diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37209-0.txt | 7592 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37209-h/37209-h.htm | 11755 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37209-h/images/illus-cvr.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34809 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37209-h/images/illus1.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25609 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37209-h/images/illus2.jpg | bin | 0 -> 44995 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37209-h/images/illus3.jpg | bin | 0 -> 40884 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 37209-h/images/illus4.jpg | bin | 0 -> 36811 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/37209-0.txt | 7592 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/37209-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 143779 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/37209-8.txt | 7592 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/37209-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 142167 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/37209-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 333968 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/37209.txt | 7592 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/37209.zip | bin | 0 -> 142119 bytes |
17 files changed, 42139 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/37209-0.txt b/37209-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5779b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/37209-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7592 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Turner Twins + +Author: Ralph Henry Barbour + +Illustrator: C. M. Relyea + +Release Date: August 26, 2011 [EBook #37209] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + + + + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + +[Illustration: Through the secret door] + + + + + THE + TURNER TWINS + + BY + RALPH HENRY BARBOUR + + Author of “The Crimson Sweater,” “Harry’s Island,” + “Team-Mates,” etc. + + ILLUSTRATED BY + C. M. RELYEA + + NEW YORK + THE CENTURY CO. + 1922 + + + + + Copyright, 1921, 1922, by + The Century Co. + + PRINTED IN THE U. S. A. + + + + + CONTENTS + + CHAPTER PAGE + I Introduces a Pair of Shoes 3 + II The Girl in the White Middy 13 + III Cakes and Ale 28 + IV Kewpie Starts Something 37 + V In the Performance of Duty 52 + VI Ned is Firm 61 + VII High School Accepts Defeat 70 + VIII In the Miser’s House 84 + IX Laurie Hears News 98 + X Polly Entertains 110 + XI Ned Speaks Out 120 + XII The Committee on Arrangements 130 + XIII Ned Gets into the Game 141 + XIV The Fete 154 + XV Ned Has an Idea 170 + XVI Polly Tells a Spook Story 179 + XVII Laurie Makes a Protest 190 + XVIII Before the Battle 201 + XIX Ned is Missing 213 + XX For the Honor of the Turners 223 + XXI The Understudy 238 + XXII The Boys Make a Present 250 + XXIII The Secret Passage 262 + XXIV A Merry Christmas 272 + + + + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + +Through the secret door Frontispiece + +“Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!” 36 + +“But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” asked Polly 136 + +“Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.” 240 + + + + +THE TURNER TWINS + + + + +CHAPTER I—INTRODUCES A PAIR OF HEROES + + +“Jail,” said the boy in the gray flannels. + +“School,” pronounced the boy in the blue serge. + +“Bet you!” + +“No, sir, you owe me ten cents now. You didn’t pay up the last time.” + +“It’s wrong to bet for money, Ned.” + +The other set down the suitcase he was carrying and scoffed. “Yes, when +you lose,” he observed, with deep sarcasm. “That’s thirty-five cents you +owe me. You bet in Chicago that—” + +“That debt’s outlawed. Chicago’s in Michigan—” + +“Bet you!” + +“And this is New York, and so—” + +“Mighty good thing Dad sent you to school, Laurie. Chicago’s in +Illinois, you ignoramus.” + +“Is it? Well, who cares?” Laurence Stenman Turner had also deposited the +bag he was carrying on the brick sidewalk and was applying a +lavender-bordered handkerchief to a moist brow. “Just the same, that’s a +jail.” + +“If that’s a jail, I’ll eat my hat,” declared the other, + +“It’s not a school, though, and that’s flat,” was the prompt retort. + +“Huh, that was an easy one!” Edward Anderson Turner retreated to a +flat-topped stone wall bordering a well-shaded lawn and seated himself +with a sigh of relief. His companion followed suit. Behind them, grass +and trees and flower beds made a pleasant setting for a square gray +house, half hidden from the street. Overhead a horse-chestnut tree +spread low branches across the sidewalk. The quiet village street +ascended gently, curving as it went, empty in both directions. Somewhere +on a neighboring thoroughfare a scissors-grinder was punctuating the +silence with the musical _ding—dang—dong_ of bells. In a near-by tree +a locust was making his shrill clatter. Across the way, the subject of +contention, stood a large red-brick edifice, stone trimmed, many +windowed, costly and unlovely. The boys viewed it silently. Then their +glances fell to the two black suitcases on the curbing. + +“How far did that hombre say it was to the school?” asked Ned Turner, +after a minute of silence. + +“Three quarters of a mile.” + +“How far have we walked already?” + +“Mile and a half.” + +“Consequently?” + +“Said hombre was a li—was unvoracious.” + +“Un-_ver_-acious is the word, old son.” + +“What do we care? We don’t own it,” replied Laurie, cheerfully. “Want to +go on?” + +Ned shook his head slowly. “What time have you got?” he asked. + +“What time do you want?” was the flippant response. + +With a sigh, Ned pulled back his left sleeve and looked at his watch. +“It’s only about a quarter to twelve. We don’t have to get there until +six if we don’t want to.” + +“I know, but I couldn’t sit on this wall all that time! Besides, what +about lunch?” + +“I’m not very hungry,” was the sad reply. + +“That’s the trouble with having your breakfast late.” + +“That’s the trouble with eating two plates of griddle-cakes, you mean,” +retorted Laurie. “Anyway, I’m hungry if you’re not. Let’s go.” + +But he made no move, and they continued to dangle their shoes from the +wall and gaze lazily across the shady street. The scissors-grinder’s +chime died in the distance. Farther down the street the whirring of a +lawn-mower competed with the locust. + +“Upon a wall they sat them down,” murmured Ned, turning a challenging +look on his companion. + +“Lost in the wilds of Orstead Town,” added Laurie. + +Ned nodded mild approval and once more silence held. + +Save that one was dressed in gray and the other in blue, the two boys +were strikingly alike. Each was slim of body and round of face, with +red-brown hair and a short, slightly impertinent nose. Ned’s eyes were a +trifle bluer than Laurie’s and he had the advantage—if advantage it +was—of some five pounds of weight. But neither of these facts was +apparent at first glance. Faces and hands were well browned and the pair +looked extremely healthy. They were dressed neatly, with perhaps more +attention to detail than is usual in lads of their age, their attire +terminating at one end in well-polished brown shoes and at the other in +immaculate black derbies. Their age was fifteen years, three months, and +eleven days. Which, of course, leads you to the correct conclusion that +they were twins. + +“Maybe,” hazarded Laurie, presently, “we’ve lost our way.” + +“Don’t just see how we could,” Ned objected. “The old chap at the +station said we were to keep right along up Walnut Street. This is still +Walnut Street, isn’t it?” + +“I suppose so.” Laurie’s glance strayed right and left. “Must be; I +don’t see any walnuts.” + +“Guess the only ‘nuts’ are right here. Come on, let ’s hit the trail +again.” Ned slid to his feet and took up his burden. “Why the dickens we +didn’t take that carriage the fellow wanted to sell us is more than I +see.” + +“’Cause we needed the exercise. Also, ’cause we’re down to a dollar and +fourteen cents between us—unless you ’re holding out.” + +“Well, I’m not!” replied Ned, indignantly. “I paid for the breakfasts in +New York—” + +“And I paid for dinner on the diner last night—” + +“Who said you didn’t?” They went on leisurely, and presently Ned +continued: “Say, suppose we don’t like this ranch after we get +there—then what, old son?” + +Laurie considered thoughtfully. Then, “Two things we can do,” he +pronounced. “No, three. We can put up with it, change it to suit us, or +leave it.” + +“Leave it! Yes, we can! On a dollar and fourteen cents?” + +“We’ll have nearly twenty more when we cash Dad’s check and pay the term +bill. Twenty dollars would take us back to New York and buy a lot of +griddle-cakes, anyway.” + +Laurie’s voice was partly drowned by a small delivery automobile that +dashed into sight at a corner ahead and sped by with a clamor worthy of +a four-ton truck. The brothers looked after it interestedly. “That’s the +first sign of life we’ve seen,” said Ned. “Say, I do wish this street +would stop twisting this way. First thing we know, we’ll be back at the +station!” + +“Bet you I’d hop the first freight then. I’ve got a hunch that we’re not +going to care for Hillman’s School.” + +“Speak for yourself. I am. I like this town, too. It’s pretty.” + +“Oh, it’s pretty enough,” grumbled Laurie, “but it went to sleep about a +century ago and hasn’t waked up since. Here’s somebody coming; let’s ask +where the school is.” + +“It’s just a girl.” + +“What of it? She probably knows.” + +The girl appeared to be of about their own age and wore a white middy +dress with black trimming and a scarlet tie knotted below a V of +sun-browned throat. She wore no hat and her dark hair was gathered into +a single braid. As she drew near she gave the boys a quick glance of +appraisal from a pair of gravely friendly brown eyes. It was Ned who +shifted his suitcase to his left hand and raised his derby. It was +always Ned who spoke first; after that, they alternated scrupulously. + +“Would you please tell us where Hillman’s School is?” he asked. + +The girl stopped and her somewhat serious face lighted with a smile. +“It’s right there,” she replied, and nodded. + +The boys turned to the blankness of a high privet hedge behind an iron +fence. The girl laughed softly. “Behind the hedge, I mean,” she +explained. “The gate is a little way around the corner there, on Summit +Street.” + +“Oh,” said Laurie. That laugh was contagious, and he grinned in +response. “A man at the station told us it was only three quarters of a +mile, but we’ve been walking for hours!” + +“I guess it’s nearer a mile than three quarters,” answered the girl, +slowly. She appeared to be giving the matter very serious consideration +and two little thoughtful creases appeared above her nose, a small, +straight nose that was bridged by a sprinkling of freckles. Then the +smile came again. “Maybe it did seem longer, though,” she acknowledged, +“for it’s uphill all the way; and then, you had your bags. You’re new +boys, aren’t you?” + +Ned acknowledged it, adding, “Think we’ll like it?” + +The girl seemed genuinely surprised. “Why, of course! Every one likes +it. What a perfectly funny idea!” + +“Well,” said Laurie, defensively, “we’ve never tried boarding-school +before, you see. Dad didn’t know anything about Hillman’s, either. He +chose it on account of the way the advertisement read in a magazine. +Something about ‘a moderate discipline rigidly enforced.’” + +The girl laughed again. (She had a jolly sort of laugh, they decided.) +“You’re—you’re twins, aren’t you?” she asked. + +“He is,” replied Ned, gravely. + +“Why—why, aren’t you both?” Her brown eyes grew very round and the +little lines creased her nose again. + +“It’s this way,” explained Laurie. “Ned was born first, and so, as there +was only one of him, he wasn’t a twin. Then I came, and that made two of +us, and I was a twin. You see, don’t you? It’s really quite plain.” + +The girl shook her head slowly in puzzlement. “I—I’m afraid I don’t,” +she answered apologetically. “You _must_ be twins—both of you, I +mean—because you both look just like both—I mean, each other!” Then +she caught the sparkle of mischief in Ned’s blue eyes and laughed. Then +they all laughed. After which they seemed suddenly to be very good +friends, such good friends that Laurie abandoned custom and spoke out of +turn. + +“I suppose you know a lot of the fellows,” he said. + +The girl shook her head. “N—no, not any, really. Of course, I see most +of them when they come to Mother’s, but she doesn’t like me to—to +_know_ them.” + +“Of course not,” approved Ned. “She’s dead right, too. They’re a pretty +poor lot, I guess.” + +“Oh, no, they’re not, really! Only, you see—” She stopped, and then +went on a trifle breathlessly: “I guess she wouldn’t be awfully pleased +if she saw me now! I—I hope you’ll like the school.” + +She nodded and went on. + +“Thanks,” called Laurie. “If we don’t like it, we’ll change it. +Good-by.” + +“Nice kid,” observed Ned, tolerantly, as they turned the corner of the +hedge. “Wonder who she is. She said most of the fellows went to her +mother’s. Maybe her mother gives dancing lessons or something, eh?” + +“If she does, she won’t see me,” responded his brother, firmly. “No +dancing for mine.” + +“Maybe it’s compulsory.” + +“Maybe it’s esthetic,” retorted Laurie, derisively. “It makes no never +mind. I’m agin it. This must be the place. Yes, there’s a sign.” + +It was a very modest sign a-swing from a rustic post beside a broad +entrance giving on to a well-kept drive. “Hillman’s School—Entrance +Only,” it read. Laurie stopped in pretended alarm and laid a detaining +clutch on Ned’s shoulder. + +“‘Entrance Only’! Sounds as if we couldn’t ever get out again, Ned! Do +you dare?” + +Ned looked doubtfully through at the curving drive and the red-brick +building that showed beyond the border of trees and shrubbery. Then he +threw back his shoulders and set foot bravely within. + +“Come, comrade, let us know the worst!” + +Laurie, with a gesture of resignation, followed. + +“What you durst I will likewise durst!” + + + + +CHAPTER II—THE GIRL IN THE WHITE MIDDY + + +When Doctor John Hyde Hillman started a modest school for boys, on the +bank of the Hudson River, at Orstead, the town barely crept to the one +brick building that contained dormitory and recitation-rooms. But that +was nearly twenty years ago, and to-day the place is no longer isolated, +but stands well inside the residence section of the village. There are +four buildings, occupying most of an unusually large block. School Hall, +four stories in height, is a red-brick, slate-roofed edifice, whose +unloveliness has been mercifully hidden by ivy. It faces Summit Street +and contains the class-rooms, the offices, and, at one end, the +principal’s quarters. Flanking it are the two dormitories, East Hall and +West Hall. These, while of brick too, are modern and far more +attractive. Each contains sleeping-rooms to accommodate forty students, +two masters’ studies, a recreation-hall, dining-room, kitchen, and +service-rooms. Behind East Hall is the gymnasium, a picturesque +structure of random-set stone, gray stucco, and much glass. Here, +besides the gymnasium proper, is an auditorium of good size, a modest +swimming-tank, locker-room and baths, and a commodious office presided +over by Mr. Wells, the physical director. From the gymnasium steps one +looks across an attractive, well-kept quadrangle of shaded turf, +vegetable and flower gardens, and tennis-courts. + +Doctor Hillman occupies an apartment at the west end of the School Hall, +gained from the building by way of the school offices, and from without +by way of a wide porch, vine screened in summer and glassed in winter, +an outdoor living-room where, on seasonable Friday afternoons, the +doctor’s maiden sister, Miss Tabitha, who keeps house for him, serves +weak tea and layer-cake to all comers. Miss Tabitha, I regret to say, is +known among the boys as “Tabby,” with, however, no more intention of +disrespect than in alluding to the doctor as “Johnny.” Miss Tabitha’s +thin body holds a warm heart, and her somewhat stern countenance belies +her kindly ways. + +On this fifteenth day of September, shortly after twelve o’clock, Miss +Tabitha was seated on the vine-shaded porch in an erect and +uncompromising attitude, her knitting-needles clicking busily. Near by, +but a few moments before released from the office, the doctor was +stretched in a long wicker chair, a morning paper before him. At the +other end of the porch, a gate-legged table was spread for the mid-day +meal, and a middle-aged colored woman—who, when it pleased her, +answered to the name of Aunt Persis—shuffled in and out of sight at +intervals. It was Miss Tabitha who, hearing the sound of steps on the +walk, peered over her glasses and broke the silence. + +“Two more of the boys are coming, John,” she announced. + +The doctor grunted. + +“I think they are new boys. Yes, I am sure they are. And bless my soul, +John, they’re alike as two peas!” + +“Alike?” The doctor rustled the paper to indicate interest. “Well, why +shouldn’t they be? Probably they’re brothers. Let me see, weren’t those +two boys from California brothers? Of course. Turner’s the name.” + +“Well, I never saw two boys so much alike in all my born days,” Miss +Tabitha marveled. “Do you suppose they can be twins, John?” + +“It’s quite within the realm of probability,” was the reply. “I believe +that twins do occur occasionally, even in the—er—best-regulated +families.” + +“Well, they certainly _are_ twins!” Miss Tabitha laid down her work, +brushed the front of her immaculate dress, and prepared to rise. “I +suppose I had better go and meet them,” she added. + +“I don’t see the necessity for it, my dear,” the doctor protested. +“Cummins may, I think, be relied on to deal even with—er—twins.” + +“Of course; but—still—California’s such a long way—and they may feel +strange—or lonesome—” + +The doctor laughed gently. “Then by all means go, my dear. If you like, +have them out here for a few minutes. If the resemblance between them is +as striking as you seem to think, they must be worth seeing.” + +When Miss Tabitha had tripped into the house, the doctor dropped his +paper, stretched luxuriously, and, with a sigh of protest, sat up. He +was several years younger than his sister—which is to say, in the +neighborhood of forty-seven. He was a smallish man, compactly built, +with a pleasant countenance on which a carefully-trimmed Vandyke beard +made up to an extent for the lack of hair above. He wore shell-rimmed +glasses and was very near-sighted, a fact emphasized by his manner of +thrusting his head forward to eke out the deficiencies of his lenses. +This trick was apparent a minute later when, following in the tripping +footsteps of Miss Tabitha, the two boys emerged on the porch. They were +amazingly alike, the doctor decided: same height, same breadth at hip +and shoulder, same coloring, same leisurely, yet confident, ease of +movement, same expression of lively curiosity twinkling through an +almost depressingly respectful solemnity. + +“These are the Turner boys,” announced Miss Tabitha. “This is Edward and +this is—” She halted to look doubtfully from one to the other. “Or—or +perhaps _this_ is Edward and—Dear me!” + +“I’m Edward, ma’am,” said the boy in blue. + +“Well, I don’t see how you can ever be _certain_ of it!” sighed Miss +Tabitha, doubtfully. “This is Doctor Hillman.” + +They shook hands, and in a moment the boys found themselves seated side +by side and replying to the doctor’s questions. + +“You are entering with certificates from your high school principal, I +believe, young gentlemen. What year were you?” + +“Second, sir,” answered Ned. + +“And your home is in—” + +“Santa Lucia, sir,” replied Laurie. + +“California,” added Ned. + +“Well, you’re quite a ways from home. Did you make the trip alone?” + +“Yes, sir. Dad was coming with us as far as Chicago, but something +happened so he couldn’t. We didn’t have any trouble, though.” + +“Really? Well, I believe you have the distinction of residing farther +away than any of your fellows here. I don’t recall any one who lives as +far away as California; do you, sister?” + +Miss Tabitha looked doubtful and hesitated an instant before she +replied, “George Watson comes from Wyoming, I think, John.” + +“So he does,” assented the doctor, gravely; “but measured in a straight +line, my dear, California is slightly farther than Wyoming.” + +“Is it?” asked Miss Tabitha, untroubled. “I never could remember where +those western States are.” + +“You remember many more important things, however. My sister, boys, +fancied that she detected a certain resemblance between you, and even +surmised that you might be—er—twins. Doubtless she’s mistaken.” + +“No, sir,” answered Ned, more than a trace of surprise in his voice. “I +mean, we are twins, sir.” + +“Why, now that’s interesting! Looking closer—” the doctor leaned +forward and craned his head—“I believe I detect a certain slight +similarity myself!” + +There was a perceptible twinkle behind the glasses and Laurie dared a +laugh, in which the doctor and Ned joined, while Miss Tabitha murmured: +“Well! I should think you _might_!” + +“I hope you are both going to like the school,” continued the doctor. +“Of course, you’ll find our ways a little different, but we’ll try to +make you feel at home. You are the first representatives of your State +who have attended our school, and I trust that both in conduct and +industry you will bring honor to it. Mr. Cornish, your hall master, will +advise you in all matters pertaining to your studies, Other questions +may be taken to Mr. Cummins, the school secretary, whom you have +doubtless already met. But I want you always to feel at perfect liberty +to come to me at any time on any matter at all. And,” added the doctor, +with a twinkle, “if we fail you, there is still my sister, who, I assure +you, possesses more wisdom than all of us.” + +Miss Tabitha acknowledged the compliment with a little wry smile, and +Ned and Laurie arose. + +“Yes, sir,” said the former. + +“Thank you, sir,” said Laurie. + +“Luncheon is served at one in West Hall,” continued the doctor. “That’s +the dormitory behind you there. Beginning with supper to-night, you will +take your meals in your own hall, but only a few of the students have +arrived as yet, and so only one dining-room is open. I’m very glad to +have met you, young gentlemen. Mr. Cummins will direct you to your room. +Good morning.” + +Five minutes later, the Turner twins set their suitcases down on the +floor of Number 16 East Hall and looked about them. Number 16 was not +palatial as to size, but it was big enough to hold comfortably the two +single beds, the study-table, the two narrow chiffoniers, and the four +chairs that made up its furnishing. There was a generous-sized closet at +each side of the door, and two windows set close together between the +beds. Under the windows was a wide seat, lacking only pillows to make it +inviting. From the casements the boys looked over or through the topmost +branches of the maples that lined Washington Street and followed Summit +Street as it continued its ascent of the hill and presently leveled out +between a thick wood on one side and an open field on the other. + +“That must be the athletic field,” said Laurie. “See the stand there? +And the goal-posts? How do you like it?” + +“The field? Looks all right from here.” + +“I mean the whole outfit, you simp; the school and Doctor Hillman and +Miss Frosty-Face and everything.” + +“Cut out calling names, Laurie. Miss Hillman’s all right. So’s the +doctor. So’s the school. I like it. Wonder when our trunks will get +here.” + +“Half an hour ago you had a hunch you weren’t going to like it,” jeered +Laurie. “Changed your mind, haven’t you?” + +“Yes, and I’m going to change more than my mind.” Whereupon Ned opened +his bag and selected a clean shirt. “What time is it?” + +“What do you wear a watch for if you never look at it?” grumbled his +brother. “It’s ten to one, Lazy. I’m going to find a place to wash up. I +choose this side of the room, Ned.” + +Ned studied the room a moment. “No, you don’t,” he challenged. “I’ll +take this side. I’m the oldest.” “There isn’t any difference, you chump. +One side’s as good as the other.” + +“Then you won’t mind taking the other,” answered Ned, sweetly. “Run +along and find the lavatory. I think it’s at the head of the stairs. +Wonder why they put us up two flights.” + +“Guess they knew you were naturally lazy and needed the exercise.” + +Laurie dodged a pair of traveling slippers in a red-leather case and +disappeared into the corridor. + +Some ten minutes later they descended the stairway together and set out +for West Hall. Laurie drew attention to the gymnasium building, but Ned, +who had recovered his appetite, only deigned it a glance. Two boys, +luggage laden, evidently just arrived, came down the steps of School +Hall as the twins passed, and stared curiously. + +“Guess they’ve never seen twins before in this part of the world,” +grumbled Laurie. “Those chaps nearly popped their eyes out!” + +West Hall proved an exact duplicate of their own dormitory, and the +dining-room occupied all the right end of it. There were about fifteen +boys there, in age varying from fourteen to eighteen, and there was a +perceptible pause in the business of eating when the newcomers entered. +A waitress conducted them to seats at a table already occupied by three +other lads, and asked if they’d have milk or iced tea. Ned, as usual, +answered for both. + +“Iced tea, please, and lots of lemon.” + +A very stout boy, sitting across the table, sniggered, and then, +encountering Ned’s inquiring regard, said, “Guess you think you’re in +the Waldorf!” + + +“What’s the Waldorf?” asked Ned. “Don’t you get lemon with iced tea +here?” + +“Sure! but you don’t get much. Say, are you fellows—twins, or what?” + +“Twins?” repeated Laurie. “Where do you get that stuff? This fellow’s +name is Anderson and mine’s Stenman. What’s yours?” + +“Crow. Honest, is that a fact?” Crow looked appealingly at the other +occupants of the table. These, however, two rather embarrassed-looking +youngsters of fourteen or thereabouts, fixed their eyes on their plates, +and Crow turned his regard incredulously back to the twins. “Gee, you +fellows look enough alike to be—be—” He swallowed the word. “Aren’t +you even related?” + +Ned gazed speculatively at Laurie and Laurie gazed speculatively at Ned. +“We might be,” hazarded the latter. + +Laurie nodded. “If we went back far enough, we might find a common +ancestor.” + +The arrival of luncheon caused a diversion, although Crow, who was a +round-faced, credulous-looking youth of perhaps seventeen, continued to +regard them surreptitiously and in puzzlement. At last, making the +passing of the salt an excuse, for further conversation, he asked, +“Where do you fellows come from?” + +“California,” said Ned. + +“Santa Lucia,” said Laurie. + +“Well, but,” sputtered Crow, “isn’t California in Santa—I mean, isn’t +Santa—Say, you guys are joking, I’ll bet!” + +“Methinks,” observed Ned, helping himself gravely to mustard, “his words +sound coarse and vulgar.” + +Laurie abstractedly added a fourth teaspoon of sugar to his iced tea. +“Like Turk or Kurd or even Bulgar,” he murmured. + +Crow stared, grunted, and pushed his chair back. “You fellows think +you’re smart, don’t you?” he sputtered. “Bet you you are twins—both of +you!” + +Ned and Laurie looked after him in mild and patient surprise until his +broad back had disappeared from view. Then a choking sound came from one +of the younger lads, and Ned asked gently, “Now what’s your trouble, +son?” + +The boy grew very red of face and gave way to giggles. “I knew all the +time you were twins,” he gasped. + +“Did you really?” exclaimed Laurie. “Well, listen. Just as a favor to +us, don’t say anything about it, eh? You see, we’re sort of—sort of—” + +“Sort of sensitive,” aided Ned. “We’d rather it wasn’t generally known. +You understand, don’t you?” + +The boy looked as if he was very far indeed from understanding, but he +nodded, choked again, and muttered something that seemed to indicate +that the secret was safe with him. Laurie thanked him gratefully. + +After luncheon they went sight-seeing about the school, snooped through +the dim corridors and empty class-rooms of School Hall, viewed the +gymnasium and experimented with numerous apparatus, and finally, after +browsing through a flower and vegetable garden behind the recitation +building and watching two boys make a pretense of playing tennis, +returned to Number 16 in the hope of finding their trunks. But the +baggage had not arrived, and presently, since the room was none too +cool, they descended again and followed the curving drive to the right +and past a sign that said “Exit Only” and wandered west on Summit +Street. + +For the middle of September in the latitude of southern New York the +weather was decidedly warm, and neither grass nor trees hinted that +autumn had arrived. In the well-kept gardens across the way, scarlet +sage and cosmos, asters and dahlias made riots of color. + +“Hot!” grunted Ned, running a finger around the inside of his collar. + +“Beastly,” agreed Laurie, removing his cap and fanning his heated face. +“Wonder where the river is. If we had our bathing-suits, maybe we could +go for a swim.” + +“Yes, and if we had a cake of ice we could sit on it!” responded Ned, +sarcastically. “This place is hotter than Santa Lucia.” + +At the next corner they turned again to the right. Morton Street, like +so many of the streets in Orstead, refused to go straight, and after a +few minutes, to their mild bewilderment, they found themselves on Walnut +Street once more, a block below the school. + +“I’m not going back yet,” said Laurie, firmly. “Let’s find a place where +we can get something cool to drink.” + +As Walnut Street was unpromising, they crossed it and meandered along +Garden Street. The houses here appeared to be less prosperous, and the +front yards were less likely to hold lawn and flowers than dilapidated +baby-carriages. At the first crossing they peered right and left, and +were rewarded by the sight of a swinging sign at a little distance. + +What the sign said was as yet a mystery, for the trees intervened, but +Laurie declared that he believed in signs and they made their way toward +it. It finally proved to be a very cheerful little sign hung above a +little white door in a little pale-blue two-story house, the lower floor +of which was plainly devoted to commercial purposes. + + L. S. DEANE + BOOKS, TOYS, AND + CONFECTIONERY + CIRCULATING LIBRARY + LAUNDRY AGENCY + TONICS + +That is what the sign said in red letters on a white background. The +windows, many paned, allowed uncertain glimpses of various articles: +tops of red and blue and green, boxes of pencils, pads of paper, jars of +candy, many bottles of ink, a catcher’s glove, a dozen tennis-balls, +some paper kites— + +Laurie dragged Ned inside, through a screen door that, on opening, +caused a bell to tinkle somewhere in the farther recesses of the little +building. It was dark inside, after the glare of the street, and +refreshingly cool. Laurie, leading the way, collided with a bench, +caromed off the end of a counter, and became aware of a figure, dimly +seen, beyond the width of a show-case. + +“Have you anything cold to drink?” asked Ned, leaning across the +show-case. + +“Ginger-ale or tonic or something?” Laurie elaborated. + +“Yes, indeed,” replied the apparition, in a strangely familiar voice. +“If you will step over to the other side, please—” + +Ned and Laurie leaned farther across the show-case. + +It was the girl in the white middy dress. + + + + +CHAPTER III—CAKES AND ALE + + +“Hello!” exclaimed the twins, in one voice. + +“Hello,” replied the girl, and they suspected that she was smiling, +although their eyes were still too unused to the dimness of the little +store for them to be certain. She was still only a vague figure in +white, with a deeper blur where her face should have been. Treading on +each other’s heels, Ned and Laurie followed her to the other side. The +twilight brightened and objects became more distinct. They were in front +of a sort of trough-like box in which, half afloat in a pool of +ice-water, were bottles of tonic and soda and ginger-ale. Behind it was +a counter on which reposed a modest array of pastry. + +“What do you want?” asked the girl in the middy. + +“Ginger-ale,” answered Ned. “Say, do you live here?” + +“No, this is the shop,” was the reply. “I live upstairs.” + +“Oh, well, you know what I mean,” muttered Ned. “Is this your store?” + +“It’s my mother’s. I help in it afternoons. My mother is Mrs. Deane. The +boys call her the Widow. I’m Polly Deane.” + +“Pleased to know you,” said Laurie. “Our name’s Turner. I’m Laurie and +he’s Ned. Let me open that for you.” + +“Oh, no, thanks. I’ve opened hundreds of them. Oh dear! You said +ginger-ale, didn’t you! And I’ve opened a root-beer. It’s so dark in +here in the afternoon.” + +“That’s all right,” Ned assured her. “We like root-beer. We’d just as +soon have it as ginger-ale. Wouldn’t we, Laurie?” + +“You bet! We’re crazy about it.” + +“Are you sure? It’s no trouble to—Well, _this_ is ginger-ale, anyway. +I’m awfully sorry!” + +“What do we care?” asked Ned. “We don’t own it.” + +“Don’t own it?” repeated Polly, in a puzzled tone. + +“That’s just an expression of his,” explained Laurie. “He’s awfully +slangy. I try to break him of it, but it’s no use. It’s fierce.” + +“Of course _you_ don’t use slang?” asked Polly, demurely. “Who wants the +root-beer?” + +“You take it,” said Laurie, hurriedly. + +“No, you,” said Ned. “You’re fonder of it than I am, Laurie. I don’t +mind, really!” + +Laurie managed a surreptitious kick on his brother’s shin. “Tell you +what,” he exclaimed, “we’ll mix ’em!” + +Ned agreed, though not enthusiastically, and with the aid of a third +glass the deed was done. The boys tasted experimentally, each asking a +question over the rim of his glass. Then looks of relief came over both +faces and they sighed ecstatically. + +“Corking!” they breathed in unison. + +Polly laughed, “I never knew any one to do that before,” she said. “I’m +glad you like it. I’ll tell the other boys about it.” + +“No, you mustn’t,” protested Ned. “It’s our invention. We’ll call +it—call it—” + +“Call it an Accident,” suggested Laurie. + +“We’ll call it a Polly,” continued the other. “It really is bully. +It’s—it’s different; isn’t it, Laurie? Have another?” + +“Who were those on?” was the suspicious reply. + +“You. The next is on me. Only maybe another wouldn’t taste so good, eh?” + +“Don’t you fool yourself! I’ll risk that.” + +However, the third and fourth bottles, properly combined though they +were, lacked novelty, and it was some time before the last glass was +emptied. Meanwhile, of course, they talked. The boys acknowledged that, +so far, they liked what they had seen of the school. Mention of the +doctor and Miss Hillman brought forth warm praise from Polly. “Every one +likes the doctor ever so much,” she declared. “And Miss Tabitha is—” + +“Miss what?” interrupted Laurie. + +“Miss Tabitha. That’s her name.” Polly laughed softly. “They call her +Tabby,—the boys, I mean,—but they like her. She’s a dear, even if she +does look sort of—of cranky. She isn’t, though, a bit. She makes +believe she’s awfully stern, but she’s just as soft as—as—” + +“As Laurie’s head?” offered Ned, helpfully. “Say, you sell ’most +everything here, don’t you? Are those cream-puffs?” + +Ned slipped a hand into his pocket and Laurie coughed furiously. Ned’s +hand came forth empty. He turned away from temptation. “They look mighty +good,” he said. “If we’d seen those before we’d had all that +ginger-ale—” + +Polly spoke detachedly. “You can have credit if you like,” she said, +placing the empty bottles aside. “The doctor lets the boys run bills +here up to a dollar. They can’t go over a dollar, though.” + +“Personally,” observed Laurie, jingling some coins in a trousers pocket, +“I prefer to pay cash. Still, there are times—” + +“Yes, a fellow gets short now and then,” said Ned, turning for another +look at the pastry counter. “Maybe, just for—for convenience, it would +be a good plan to have an account here, Laurie. Sometimes a fellow +forgets to put any money in his pocket, you know. Does your mother make +these?” + +“Yes, the cream-cakes, and some of the others. The rest Miss Comfort +makes.” + +“That’s another funny name,” said Laurie. “Who is Miss Comfort?” + +“She’s—she’s just Miss Comfort, I guess,” replied Polly. “She lives on +the next corner, in the house with the white shutters. She’s quite old, +almost seventy, I suppose, and she makes the nicest cake in Orstead. +Everybody goes to her for cakes. That’s the way she lives, I guess.” + +“Maybe we’d ought to help her,” suggested Ned, mentally choosing the +largest and fattest cakes on the tray. “I guess we’ll take a couple. How +much are they?” + +“Six cents apiece,” said Polly. “Do you want them in a bag?” + +“No, thanks.” Ned handed one of the cakes to Laurie; “we’ll eat them +now.” Then, between mouthfuls; “Maybe you’d better charge this to us. If +we’re going to open an account, we might as well do it now, don’t you +think?” + +Polly retired behind a counter and produced a long and narrow book, from +which dangled a lead pencil at the end of a string. She put the tip of +the pencil between her lips and looked across. “You’d better tell me +your full names, I think.” + +“Edward Anderson Turner and—” + +“I meant just your first names.” + +“Oh! Edward and Laurence. You can charge us each with two bottles and +one cake.” + +“I like that!” scoffed Laurie. “Thought you were treating to cakes?” + +“Huh! Don’t you want to help Miss Comfort? I should think you’d like +to—to do a charitable act once in a while.” + +“Don’t see what difference it makes to her,” grumbled Laurie, “whether +you pay for both or I pay for one. She gets her money just the same.” + +Ned brushed a crumb from his jacket. “You don’t get the idea,” he +replied gently. “Of course, I might pay for both, but you wouldn’t feel +right about it, Laurie.” + +“Wouldn’t I? Where do you get that stuff? You try it and see.” Laurie +spoke grimly, but not hopefully. Across the counter, Polly was giggling +over the account-book. + +“You’re the funniest boys I ever did see,” she explained, in answer to +their inquiring looks. “You—you say such funny things!” + +Before she could elucidate, footsteps sounded in the room behind the +store and a tiny white-haired woman appeared. In spite of her hair, she +couldn’t have been very old, for her face was plump and unwrinkled and +her cheeks quite rosy. Seeing the customers, she bowed prettily and said +“Good afternoon” in a very sweet voice. + +“Good afternoon,” returned the twins. + +“Mama, these are the Turner boys,” said Polly. “One of them is Ned and +the other is Laurie, but I don’t know which, because they look just +exactly alike. They—they’re twins!” + +“I want to know!” said Mrs. Deane. “Isn’t that nice? I’m very pleased to +meet you, young gentlemen. I hope Polly has served you with what you +wanted. My stock is kind of low just now. You see, we don’t have many +customers in summer, and it’s very hard to get things, nowadays, even if +you do pay three times what they’re worth. Polly, those ice-cream cones +never did come, did they?” + +“Gee, do you have ice-cream?” asked Ned; eagerly. + +“Never you mind!” said Laurie, grabbing his arm. “You come on out of +here before you die on my hands. I’m sorry to tell you, ma’am, that he +doesn’t know when to stop eating. I have to go around everywhere with +him and look after him. If I didn’t, he’d be dead in no time.” + +“I want to know!” exclaimed the Widow Deane interestedly. “Why, it’s +very fortunate for him he has you, isn’t it?” + +“Yes’m,” answered Laurie, but he spoke doubtfully, for the little +white-haired lady seemed to hide a laugh behind her words. Ned was +grinning. Laurie propelled him to the door. Then, without relinquishing +his grasp, he doffed his cap. + +“Good afternoon,” he said, “We’ll come again,” + +“We know not how,” added Ned, “we know not when.” + +“Bless my soul!” murmured the Widow, as the screen door swung behind +them. + +Back at school, the twins found a different scene from what they had +left. The grounds were populous with boys, and open windows in the two +dormitory buildings showed many others. The entrances were piled with +trunks and more were arriving. A rattling taxi turned in at the gate, +with much blowing of a frenzied but bronchial horn, and added five merry +youths to the population. Ned and Laurie made their way to East Hall, +conscious, as they approached, of many eyes focussed on them from +wide-flung windows. Remarks reached them, too. + +“See who’s with us!” came from a second-floor casement above the +entrance; “the two Dromios!” + +“Tweedledum and Tweedledee!” + +“The Siamese Twins, I’ll bet a cooky!” + +“Hi, East Hall! Heads out!” + +The two were glad when they reached the shelter of the doorway. “Some +one’s going to get his head punched before long,” growled Ned, as they +started upstairs. + +“What do we care? We don’t own ’em. Let them have their fun, Neddie.” + +“I’ll let some of them have a wallop,” was the answer. “You’d think we +were the first pair of twins they’d ever seen!” + +“Well, maybe we are. How do you know? Suppose those trunks have come?” + +They had, and for the next hour the twins were busy unpacking and +getting settled. From beyond their door came sounds of much turmoil; the +noise of arriving baggage, the banging of doors, shouts, whistling, +singing; but they were otherwise undisturbed until, just when Laurie had +slammed down the lid of his empty trunk, there came a knock at their +portal, followed, before either one could open his mouth in response, by +the appearance in the doorway of a bulky apparition in a gorgeous +crimson bath-robe. + +“Hello, fellows!” greeted the apparition. “Salutations and everything!” + +[Illustration: “Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!”] + + + + +CHAPTER IV—KEWPIE STARTS SOMETHING + + +The twins stared silently and suspiciously for an instant. Then Ned made +cautious response. + +“Hello,” he said, with what must have seemed to the visitor a lamentable +lack of cordiality. + +The latter pushed the door shut behind him by the kick of one stockinged +foot, and grinned jovially. “My name’s Proudtree,” he announced. + +“You can’t blame us,” replied Laurie, coldly. + +Proudtree laughed amiably. “It is a rotten name, isn’t it? I live across +the corridor, you know. Thought I’d drop in and get acquainted, seeing +you’re new fellows; extend the hand of friendship and all that. You +understand. By Jove, Pringle was right, too!” + +“That’s fine,” said Ned, with more than a trace of sarcasm. “What +about?” + +“Why,” answered Proudtree, easing his generous bulk into a chair, “he +said you fellows were twins.” + +“Not only were,” said Laurie, gently, “but are. Don’t mind, do you?” + +“Oh, come off your horse,” begged the visitor. “Don’t be so cocky. Who’s +said anything? I just wanted to have a look. Never saw any twins +before—grown-up twins, I mean. You understand.” + +“Thought you said you came to extend the hand of friendship,” retorted +Ned, sarcastically. “Well, have a good look, partner. There’s no +charge!” + +Proudtree grinned and accepted the invitation. Ned fumed silently under +the inspection, but Laurie’s sense of humor came to his aid. Proudtree +appeared to be getting a lot of entertainment from his silent comparison +of his hosts, and presently, when Ned’s exasperation had just about +reached the explosive point, he chuckled. + +“I’ve got it,” he said. + +“Got what?” Laurie asked. + +“The—the clue! I know how to tell you apart! His eyes are different +from yours; more blue. Yours are sort of gray. But, geewhillikins, it +must be a heap of fun! Being twins, I mean. And fooling people. You +understand.” + +“Well, if you’re quite through,” snapped Ned, “maybe you’ll call it a +day. We’ve got things to do.” + +“Meaning you’d like me to beat it?” asked the visitor, good-temperedly. + +“Just that!” + +“Oh, come, Ned,” Laurie protested, soothingly, “he’s all right. I dare +say we are sort of freakish and—” + +“Sure,” agreed Proudtree, eagerly, “that’s what I meant. But say, I +didn’t mean to hurt any one’s feelings. Geewhillikins, if I got waxy +every time the fellows josh me about being fat—” Words failed him and +he sighed deeply. + +Laurie laughed. “We might start a side-show, the three of us, and make a +bit of money. ‘Only ten cents! One dime! This way to the Siamese Twins +and the Fat Boy! Walk up! Walk up!’” + +Proudtree smiled wanly. “I only weigh a hundred and seventy-eight and +three quarters, too,” he said dolorously. “If I was a couple of inches +taller it wouldn’t be so bad.” + +“I don’t think it’s bad as it is,” said Laurie, kindly. “You don’t look +really _fat_; you just look sort of—of—” + +“Amplitudinous,” supplied Ned, with evident satisfaction. + +Proudtree viewed him doubtfully. Then he smiled. “Well, I’ve got to get +rid of nearly fifteen pounds in the next two weeks,” he said, with a +shake of his head, “and that’s going to take some doing.” + +“What for?” Laurie asked. “Why destroy your symmetry?” + +“Football. I’m trying for center. I nearly made it last year, but +Wiggins beat me out. He’s gone now, though, and Mulford as good as said +last spring that I could make it this fall if I could get down to a +hundred and sixty-five.” + +“Who’s Mulford?” inquired Ned. “A fortune-teller?” + +Proudtree ignored the sarcasm. “Mulford’s our coach. He’s all right, +too. The trouble with me is, I’m awfully fond of sweet things, and +I—I’ve been eating a lot of ’em lately. But I guess I can drop fourteen +pounds if I cut out pies and candy and things. Don’t you think so?” +Proudtree appealed to Laurie almost pathetically. + +“Don’t let any one tell you anything different,” replied Laurie, +reassuringly. Ned, evidently recovered from his peevishness, asked: + +“What sort of football do they play here?” + +“Corking!” answered Proudtree. + +“I mean, Rugby or the other?” + +“Rugby!” exclaimed Proudtree, scornfully. “I guess not! We play regular +football. Nobody plays Rugby around these parts. Are you fellows going +out?” + +“Not just yet,” replied Ned. + +“He means are we going to try for the football team,” explained Laurie. +“Yes, we are, Proudtree; at least, one of us is.” + +“You?” + +“We haven’t decided yet. You see, we’ve never played your kind of +football. Back home, at high school, we played American Rugby, and it’s +quite different. But we decided that one of us had better go in for +football and the other for baseball, if only to do our duty by the +school.” + +Proudtree looked puzzled. “How are you going to decide?” he asked. + +“Oh, we’ll toss up or draw lots or something, I suppose. Maybe, though, +Ned had better play football, because I know more baseball than he does. +Still, I’m not particular.” + +“That’s the limit!” chuckled the visitor. “Say, what are your names? I +didn’t see any cards on the door.” + +“Turner. His is Laurie and mine’s Ned,” answered the latter. “Do we put +our names on the door?” + +“It’s the best way,” answered Proudtree. “Well, I’ve got to be moving. I +started to take a shower and got side-tracked. You chaps come on over +and see me and I’ll get some of the other fellows in. You want to meet +the right sort, you know. What’s your class?” + +“Lower middle, I reckon,” said Ned. “That’s what we expect.” + +“Too bad you can’t make upper. That’s mine. We’ve got a corking bunch of +fellows this year. Well, see you later. Try for Mr. Barrett’s table when +you go down. That’s the best. Maybe they’ll put you there if you bluff +it out. You understand. So long, fellows.” + +Proudtree withdrew with considerable dignity in view of his bulk, waving +a benedictory hand ere the door closed behind him. Ned shook his head. +“Sort of a fresh hombre,” he said. + +“Oh, he only meant to be friendly, I reckon,” said Laurie. “You +understand.” + +Ned laughed. “I’ll bet they’ve got a wonderful football team here if he +plays on it! By the way, maybe we’d better settle which of us is to be +the football star. I suppose they begin to practise pretty soon. I’ll be +the goat, if you like; though you had better luck with that book you +bought in Chicago. I couldn’t make head or tail of it. I never saw so +many rules for playing one game in my life!” + +“It _was_ sort of difficult,” agreed Laurie. “I dare say, though, that +you pick up the rules quick enough when you start to play. If you don’t +really mind, I think you’d better go in for football, and I’ll do the +baseball stunt. I’ve played it more than you have, you know, even if I’m +no wonder.” + +“All right!” Ned sighed. “We’ll get a bottle of arnica to-morrow. +Nothing like being prepared. How about going to see Mr. What’s-his-name +before supper about courses?” + +“Might as well, and have it over with. I’d like to know whether we’re +going to make the lower middle.” + +“Don’t see what else we can make. They can’t stick us in the junior +class. Where’s my coat? For the love of lemons, Laurie, can’t you find +anything else to sit on? Gosh, look at the wrinkles!” + +“Those aren’t wrinkles; they’re just creases. Come on!” + +Half an hour later they closed the door of Mr. Cornish’s study on the +floor below, in a chastened mood. Each carried a little buff card +whereon the instructor had tabulated an amazing number and variety of +study periods. Back in Number 16, Ned cast himself into a chair, thrust +his legs forth, and gazed disconsolately at the card. + +“I don’t see where a fellow finds time for anything but work here,” he +complained. “Sixteen, eighteen, twenty-one hours a week! What do you +know about that?” + +“Well, don’t be so proud of it. I’ve got the same, haven’t I? I wonder +how many hours he thinks there are in a day?” + +“I tell you what I think,” said Ned, after a moment’s thought. “I think +he got it into his head that we’re very ambitious and want to graduate +next spring!” + +“Maybe that’s it,” agreed Laurie, gravely. “Shall we go back and tell +him he’s wrong?” + +“N-no, let’s not. He seemed a well-meaning old codger, and I wouldn’t +want to hurt his feelings—if he has any. Let’s go down and see what +they’ve got for supper.” + +Ned’s blandishments failed with the waitress, and they were established +at a table presided over by a tall and very thin gentleman, whose name, +as they learned presently, was Mr. Brock. There were four tables in the +room, each accommodating ten boys and a member of the faculty. +Diagonally across the dining-hall, the twins descried the ample Mr. +Proudtree. Another table was in charge of a pleasant-faced woman who +proved to be the school matron, Mrs. Wyman. Mr. Cornish, the hall +master, and Mr. Barrett sat at the heads of the remaining boards. + +The room was very attractive, with a fine big stone fireplace at the +farther end, and broad windows on two sides. The food proved plain, but +it was served in generous quantities; and notwithstanding that the twins +were a bit self-conscious, they managed a very satisfactory meal. + +Their fellow-students seemed to be a very decent lot. Their ages +appeared to average about sixteen, and they had the clean, healthy look +of boys who spent much of their time outdoors. At the table at which the +twins sat, four of the boys were evidently seniors, and one was as +evidently a junior. The latter looked hardly more than thirteen, though +he was in reality a year older than that, and had the features and +expression of a cherub. The twins concluded that he was a new boy and +felt a little sorry for him. He looked much too young and innocent to +face the world alone. + +No one made any special effort to engage either Ned or Laurie in +conversation, perhaps because the returning youths had so much to talk +about among themselves. Mr. Brock ate his supper in silence, save when +one of the older boys addressed him, and had a far-away and abstracted +air. Laurie saw him sweeten his tea three times, and then frown in +annoyance when he finally tasted it. + +The boy who had guessed their awful secret at luncheon sat at the next +table, and more than once Ned caught him looking across with a +half-bewildered, half-frightened expression that somehow managed to +convey the intelligence that, in spite of temptation, he had kept the +faith. Ned finally rewarded him with a significant wink, and the youth +retired in confusion behind the milk-pitcher. + +When the meal was over the twins went outside and, following the example +set by others, made themselves comfortable on the grass beyond the walk. +Near by, two older boys were conversing earnestly, and Ned and Laurie, +having exhausted their own subjects of conversation, found themselves +listening. + +“We’ve got to do it,” the larger of the two was saying. “Dave’s going to +call a meeting of the school for Friday evening, and Mr. Wells is going +to talk to them. I’ll talk too. Maybe you’d better, Frank. You can tell +them a funny story and get them feeling generous.” + +“Nothing doing, Joe. Leave me out of it. I never could talk from a +platform. Anyway, it’s the fellows’ duty to provide money. If they +don’t, they won’t have a team. They understand that—or they will when +you tell them. There’s another thing, though, Joe, that we’ve got to +have besides money, and that’s material. We’ve _got_ to get more fellows +out.” + +“I know. I’ll tell them that, too. I’m going to put a notice up in +School Hall in the morning. Mr. Cummins says there are eight new fellows +entering the middle classes this year. Maybe some of them are +football-players.” + +“Bound to be. Did you see the twins?” + +“No, but Billy Emerson was telling me about them. What do they look +like?” + +“Not bad. Rather light-weight, though, and sort of slow. They’re from +Arizona or somewhere out that way, I think. You can’t tell them apart, +Joe.” + +“Think they’re football stuff?” + +“Search me. Might be. They’re light, though. Here comes Kewpie. Gosh, +he’s fatter than ever! Hi, Kewpie! Come over here!” + +It was Proudtree who answered the hail, descended the steps, and +approached. “Hello, Joe! Hello, Frank! Well, here we are again, eh? +Great to be back, isn’t it? Have a good summer, Joe?” + +“Fine! You?” + +“Corking! I was on Dad’s yacht all through August. Saw the races and +everything. Bully eats, too. You understand.” + +“Yes,” Joe Stevenson replied, “and I understand why you’re about twenty +pounds overweight, Kewpie! You ought to be kicked around the yard, you +fat loafer. Thought you wanted to play center this fall.” + +“I’m going to! Listen, Joe, I’m only fourteen pounds over and I’ll drop +that in no time. Honest, I will. You see! Besides, it isn’t all fat, +either. A lot of it’s good, hard muscle.” + +“Yes, it is! I can see you getting muscle lying around on your father’s +yacht! I’m off you, Kewpie. You haven’t acted square. You knew mighty +well that you were supposed to keep yourself fit this summer, and now +look at you! You’re a big fat lump!” + +“Aw, say, Joe! Listen, will you?” Proudtree’s gaze wandered in search of +inspiration and fell on the twins. His face lighted. “Hello, you chaps!” +he said. Then he leaned over and spoke to Joe. “Say, have you met the +Turner brothers, Joe? One of ’em’s a swell player. Played out in North +Dakota or somewhere.” + +“Which one?” asked Joe, surreptitiously eying the twins. “Why, the—I +forget: they look so much alike, you know. I think it’s the one this +way. Or maybe it’s the other. Anyway, I’ll fetch them over, eh?” + +“All right, Kewpie.” + +Kewpie started away, paused, and spoke again. “They’re—they’re awfully +modest chaps, Joe. You’d think from hearing them talk that they didn’t +know much about the game, but don’t you be fooled. That’s just their +way. You understand.” + +“Oh, sure, Kewpie!” And when the latter had gone on his errand Joe +smiled and, lowering his voice, said to Frank Brattle: “Kewpie’s trying +to put something over. I wonder what.” + +“Proudtree tells me one of you fellows plays football,” said Joe, a +minute later, when introductions had been performed and Ned and Laurie +had seated themselves. “We need good players this fall. Of course, I +hope you’ll both come out.” + +“Ned’s the football chap,” said Laurie. “Baseball’s my line.” + +“I don’t know—” began Ned, but Laurie pinched him warningly, and he +gulped and, to Kewpie’s evident relief, made a fresh start. “I’m not +much of a player,” he said modestly, “but I’m willing to have a try at +it.” + +Kewpie darted an “I-told-you-so” glance at Joe and Frank. + +“Where do you come from, Turner?” Joe asked politely. + +“Santa Lucia, California. I was in the high school there two years. +Everything’s quite—quite different here.” Ned spoke hurriedly, as +though anxious to switch the conversation from football, and Laurie +smiled in wicked enjoyment. “The climate’s different, you know,” Ned +went on desperately, “and the country and—and everything.” + +“I suppose so,” said Frank Brattle. “What’s your position, Turner?” + +“Position?” + +“Yes; I mean, where did you play? Behind the line, I suppose, or maybe +end.” + +“Oh, yes, yes, behind the line. You see, I—I—” + +“There aren’t many fellows can play half-back the way Ned can,” said +Laurie, gravely. “He won’t tell you so, but if you ever meet any one who +saw him play against Weedon School last year—” + +“Shut up!” begged Ned, almost tearfully. + +Kewpie was grinning delightedly. Joe Stevenson viewed Ned with absolute +affection. “Half-back, eh? Well, we can use another good half, Turner, +and I hope you’re the fellow. I don’t know whether Kewpie told you that +I’m captain this year, but I am, and I’m going to try mighty hard to +captain a winning team. You look a bit light, but I dare say you’re +fast, and, for my part, I like them that way. Besides, we’ve got Mason +and Boessel if we want the heavy sort. Practice starts to-morrow at +four, by the way. How about your brother? Glad to have him come out, +too. Even if he hasn’t played, he might learn the trick. And there’s +next year to think of, you know.” + +“I think not, thanks,” answered Laurie. “One football star is enough in +the family.” + +“Well, if you change your mind, come on and have a try. Glad to have met +you. See you to-morrow—er—Turner. I want to find Dave, Frank. Coming +along?” + +The two older boys made off toward West Hall, and as soon as they were +out of hearing Ned turned indignantly on Laurie. + +“You’re a nice one!” he hissed. “Look at the hole you’ve got me in! +‘Half-back’! ‘Played against Weedon School’! What did you want to talk +that way for? Why, those fellows think I know football!” + +“Cheer up,” answered his brother, grinning. “All you’ve got to do is +bluff it through. Besides, Proudtree asked us not to let on we didn’t +know a football from a doughnut, and I had to say something! You acted +as if you were tongue-tied!” + +“Yes; that’s so—you started it!” Ned turned belligerently around. “Said +it would be a favor to you—” He stopped, discovering that Proudtree had +silently disappeared and that he was wasting his protests on the empty +air. “Huh!” he resumed after a moment of surprise, “it’s a good thing he +did beat it! Look here, Laurie, I’m in a beast of a mess. Yow know I +can’t face that captain chap to-morrow. Suppose he handed me a football +and told me to kick it!” + +“He won’t. I’ve watched football practice back home. You’ll stand around +in a circle—” + +“How the dickens can I stand in a circle?” objected Ned. + +“And pass a football for a while. Then you’ll try starting, and maybe +fall on the ball a few times, until you’re nice and lame, and after that +you’ll run around the track half a dozen times—” + +“Oh, shut up! You make me sick! I won’t do it. I’m through. I’d look +fine, wouldn’t I? I guess not, partner!” + +“You’ve got to, Ned,” replied Laurie calmly. “You can’t back down now. +The honor of the Turners is at stake! Come on up and I’ll read that +rules book to you. Maybe some of it’ll seep in!” + +After a moment of indecision Ned arose and followed silently. + + + + +CHAPTER V—IN THE PERFORMANCE OF DUTY + + +School began in earnest the next morning. Ned and Laurie were awakened +from a deep slumber by the imperative clanging of a gong. There were +hurried trips to the bath-room, and finally a descent to the +recreation-room and morning prayers. Breakfast followed in the pleasant, +sunlit dining-hall, and at half-past eight the twins went to their first +class. There wasn’t much real work performed that morning, however. +Books were bought and, being again in possession of funds, Ned purchased +lavishly of stationery and supplies. He had a veritable passion for +patent binders, scratch-pads, blank-books, and pencils, and Laurie +viewed the result of a half-hour’s mad career with unconcealed concern. + +“You’re all wrong, Ned,” he said earnestly. “We aren’t opening a +stationery emporium. Besides, we can’t begin to compete with the office. +They buy at wholesale, and—” + +“Never mind the comedy. You’ll be helping yourself to these things soon +enough, and then you won’t be so funny.” + +“That’s the only way they’ll ever get used up! Why, you’ve got enough +truck there to last three years!” + +There was one interesting annual observance that morning that the twins +witnessed inadvertently. At a little after eight the fellows began to +assemble in front of School Hall. Ned and Laurie, joining the throng, +supposed that it was merely awaiting the half-hour, until presently +there appeared at the gate a solitary youth of some fourteen years, who +came up the circling drive about as joyfully as a French Royalist +approaching the guillotine. Deep silence prevailed until the embarrassed +and unhappy youth had conquered half of the interminable distance. Then +a loud “_Hep!_” was heard, and the throng broke into a measured refrain: + +“_Hep!—Hep!—Hep!—Hep!_” + +This was in time to the boy’s dogged steps. A look of consternation came +into his face and he faltered. Then, however, he set his jaw, looked +straight ahead, and came on determinedly. + +“_Hep!—Hep!_” + +Up the steps he passed, a disk of color in each cheek, looking neither +to right nor left, and passed from sight. As he did so, the chorus +changed to a good-humored laugh of approval. Ned made inquiry of a youth +beside him. + +“Day boy,” was the explanation. “There are ten of them, you know: +fellows who live in town. We always give them a welcome. That chap had +spunk, but you wait and see some of them!” + +Two more followed together, and, each upheld in that moment of trial by +the presence of the other, passed through the ordeal with flying colors. +But the twins noted that the laughing applause was lacking. After that, +the remaining seven arrived almost on each other’s heels and the air was +filled with “_Heps!_” Some looked only surprised, others angry; but most +of then grinned in a sickly, embarrassed way and went by with hanging +heads. + +“Sort of tough,” was Ned’s verdict, and Laurie agreed as they followed +the last victim inside. + +“It looks as if day students weren’t popular,” he added. + +Later, though, he found that he was wrong. The boys who lived in the +village were accepted without reservation, but, naturally enough, seldom +attained to a full degree of intimacy with those who lived in the +dormitories. + +By afternoon the twins had become well shaken down into the new life, +had made several superficial acquaintances, and had begun to feel at +home. Of Kewpie Proudtree they had caught but fleeting glimpses, for +that youth displayed a tendency to keep at a distance. As the hour of +four o’clock approached, Ned became more and more worried, and his +normally sunny countenance took on an expression of deep gloom. Laurie +kept close at his side, fearing that courage would fail and Ned would +bring disgrace to the tribe of Turner. But Laurie ought to have known +better, for Ned was never what his fellows would have called a +“quitter.” Ned meant to see it through. His mind had retained very +little of the football lore that his brother had poured into it the +night before, but he had, at least, a somewhat clearer idea of the +general principles of the game. He knew, for instance, that a team +comprised eleven players instead of the twelve he had supposed, and that +certain restrictions governed the methods by which you might wrest the +ball from an opponent. Thus, you could not legally snatch it out of his +arms, nor trip him up in the hope that he would drop it. Ned thought the +restrictions rather silly, but accepted them. + +The athletic field, known in school parlance as the play-field, was even +larger than it had looked from their windows. It held two gridirons and +three baseball diamonds, as well as a quarter-mile track and ten +tennis-courts. There was also a picturesque and well-appointed +field-house and a fairly large grand stand. To Ned’s relief, most of the +ninety students were in attendance, though only about forty of the +number were in playing togs. Ned’s idea was that among so many he might +escape close observation. + +He had, of course, handled a football more or less, and he was possessed +of his full share of common sense. Besides, he had perhaps rather more +than his share of assurance. To his own surprise, if not to Laurie’s, he +got through the hour and a half of practice very creditably. Seasoned +candidates and novices were on the same plane to-day. There was, first +of all, a talk by the coach. Mr. Mulford was a short, broad, +good-humored man of about thirty, with a round and florid countenance, +which possibly accounted for the nickname of “Pinky” that the school had +affectionately awarded him. His real name was Stephen, and he had played +guard, and played it well, for several years with Trinity College. This +was his fourth season as football coach at Hillman’s and his third as +baseball coach. So far he had been fairly successful in both sports. + +His talk was brief and earnest, although he smiled through it all. He +wanted lots of material, but he didn’t want any fellow to report for +practice who didn’t mean to do his level best and stick it out. Those +who were afraid of either hard work or hard knocks had better save their +time and his. Those who did report would get a fair trial and no favor. +He meant to see the best team this fall that Hillman’s School had ever +turned out, one that would start with a rush and finish with a bang, +like a rocket! + +“And,” he went on, “I want this team made up the way a rocket is. A +rocket is filled with stars, fellows, but you don’t realize it until the +final burst. So we’re going to put the soft pedal on individual +brilliancy this year. It almost had us licked last fall, as you’ll +remember. This year we’re going to try hard for a well-rounded team of +hard workers, fellows who will interlock and gear together. It’s the +machine that wins, the machine of eleven parts that work all together in +oil. We’re going to find the eleven parts first, and after that we’re +going to do the oiling. All right now! Ten men to a squad. Get balls and +pass in circles. Learn to hold the ball when you catch it. Glue right to +it. And when you pass, put it where you want it to go. Don’t think that +the work is silly and unnecessary, because it isn’t. A fellow who can’t +hold a ball when it comes to him is of no use on this team. So keep your +minds right on the job and your eyes right on the ball. All right, +Captain Stevenson.” + +At least, Ned could, to quote Laurie, “stand in a circle” and pass a +football, and he did, and did it better than several others in his +squad. In the same way, he could go after a trickling pigskin and catch +it up without falling over himself, though it is possible that his +“form” was less graceful than that of one or two of his fellows. When, +later, they were formed in a line and started off by the snapping of the +ball in the hands of a world-wearied youth in a faded blue sweater +bearing a white H on its breast, Ned didn’t show up so well, for he was +almost invariably one of the last to plunge forward. The blue-sweatered +youth called his attention to the fact finally in a few well-chosen +words. + +“You guy in the brown bloomers!” he bellowed. (Of course they weren’t +bloomers, but a pair of somewhat expansive golf breeches that Ned, +lacking proper attire, had donned, not without misgivings, on Laurie’s +advice.) “Are you asleep? Put some life into it! Watch this ball, and +when you see it roll, jump! You don’t look like a cripple, but you +surely act like one!” + +Toward the end a half-dozen last-year fellows took to punting, but, to +Ned’s relief, no one suggested that he take a hand at it, and at +half-past five or thereabouts his trials came to an end. He went out of +his way, dodging behind a group on the side-line, to escape Joe +Stevenson, but ran plump into Frank Brattle instead. + +“Hello, Turner,” Frank greeted. “How did it go?” + +“All right,” replied Ned, with elaborate carelessness. “Fine.” + +“Rather a nuisance having to go through the kindergarten stunts, isn’t +it?” continued the other, sympathetically. “Mulford’s a great hand at +what he calls the fundamentals, though. I dare say he’s right, too. It’s +funny how easy it is to get out of the hang of things during the summer. +I’m as stiff as a broom!” + +“So am I,” answered Ned, earnestly and truthfully. Frank smiled, nodded, +and wandered on, and Ned, sighting Laurie hunched up in the grand stand, +joined him. “It’s a bully game, football,” he sighed, as he lowered +himself cautiously to a seat and listened to hear his muscles creak. +“Full of beneficial effects and all that.” Laurie grinned in silence. +Ned felt experimentally of his back, frowned, rocked himself backward +and forward twice, and looked relieved. “I guess there’s nothing +actually broken,” he murmured, “I dare say it’ll be all right soon.” + +“They say the first two months are the hardest,” responded Laurie, +comfortingly. “After that there’s no sensation.” + +Ned nodded. “I believe it,” he said feelingly. He fixed his gaze on the +farther goal-post and after a minute of silence remarked: + +“I’d like to catch the man who invented football!” + +He turned a challenging look on his brother. Laurie blinked and for +several seconds his lips moved noiselessly and there was a haunted look +in his gray eyes. Then, triumphantly, he completed the couplet: “It may +suit some, but it doesn’t suit all!” + +“Rotten!” said Ned. + +“I’d like to see you do any better,” answered Laurie, aggrievedly. +“There isn’t any proper rhyme for ‘football,’ anyway.” + +“Nor any reason for it, either. Of all—” + +“Hi, you fellow!” interrupted a scandalized voice. “What are you doing +up there? Have you done your two laps?” + +The speaker was a lanky, red-haired man who bristled with authority and +outrage. + +“Two laps?” stammered Ned. “No, sir.” + +“Get at it, then. And beat it in when you have. Want to catch cold, do +you? Sitting around without a blanket or anything like that!” The +trainer shot a final disgusted look at the offender and went on. + +“Gee,” murmured Ned, “I thought I was done! Two laps, he said! I’ll +never be able to, Laurie!” + +“Oh, yes, you will,” was the cheerful response. “And while you’re doing +them you can think up a better rhyme for ‘football’ than I did!” + +Ned looked back reproachfully as he limped to the ground and, having +gained the running-track, set off at a stiff-kneed jog. Laurie’s +expression relented as he watched. + +“Sort of tough on the kid,” he muttered sympathetically. Then his face +hardened again and he shook his head. “I’ve got to be stern with him, +though!” + + + + +CHAPTER VI—NED IS FIRM + + +Kewpie Proudtree obeyed the shouted invitation to enter Number 16 and +appeared with a countenance as innocent as that of an infant. “Hello, +fellows,” he said cordially, dropping into a chair with indications of +exhaustion. “How do you like it as far as you’ve gone?” + +Ned shifted in his seat at the study-table, choking back a groan, and +fixed Kewpie with a baleful look. “Listen, Proudtree,” he said sternly. +“I’ve got a bone to pick with you!” + +“With me?” Kewpie stared in amazement. “What have I done?” + +“You’ve got me into a fix, that’s what you’ve done! Didn’t you ask +me—us—last night not to let on to Stevenson that we—I—couldn’t play +football? Didn’t you say it would be a favor to you? Didn’t you say it +would be all right and—and everything?” + +“Sure! What of it?” + +“Why, you crazy galoot, you must have told him that I knew all about the +game! And you knew mighty well I didn’t! Stevenson thinks I’m a wonder, +and I don’t know a touch-down from a—a forward kick!” + +“Pass, not kick,” corrected Kewpie, patiently. “Look here, Turner— Say, +are you Ned or Laurie? Blessed if I can tell!” + +“Ned,” replied that youth, with much dignity. + +“Guess I’ll have to call you Ned, then. Can’t call you both Turner. You +understand. It was like this, Ned. You see, I want to stand in with Joe +Stevenson. It—it’s for the good of the school. If they don’t play me at +center this fall, who are they going to play? Well, Joe thought I—well, +he seemed to think I hadn’t acted just right about keeping my weight +down. He—he was sort of peeved with me. So I wanted to smooth him down +a bit. You understand. That’s why I told him what I did.” + +“Well, what _did_ you tell him?” + +“Why, I sort of—well, it wasn’t what I _said_ exactly; it was what he +thought I meant!” + +“Proudtree, you’re telling a whopper,” said Ned, sternly. “And you told +one to Stevenson, too, or I miss my guess.” + +“I only said that you were a swell football-player.” + +“For the love of lemons! What do you call that but a whopper?” + +Kewpie looked both ashamed and distressed. He swallowed hard and glanced +furtively at Laurie as though hoping for aid. But Laurie looked as +unsympathetic as Ned. Kewpie sighed dolefully. “I—I suppose it was,” he +acknowledged. “I didn’t think about that. I’m sorry, Ned, honest! I +didn’t mean to tell what wasn’t so. I just wanted to get Joe’s mind off +his troubles. You understand.” + +“Well, you got me in a mess,” grumbled Ned. “I got by all right to-day, +I suppose, but what’s going to happen to-morrow?” + +Kewpie evidently didn’t know, for he stared morosely at the floor for a +long minute. Finally, “I’ll go to Joe and fess up if—if you say so,” he +gulped. + +“I think you ought to,” responded Ned. + +“Where’s the sense in that?” demanded Laurie. “What good would it do? +Proudtree did fib, but he didn’t mean to. I mean he didn’t do it for +harm. If he goes and tells Stevenson that he fibbed, Stevenson will have +it in for him harder than ever; and he will have it in for you, too, +Ned. Maybe he will think it was a scheme that you and Proudtree hatched +together. That’s a punk idea, I say. Best thing to do is prove that +Proudtree didn’t fib.” + +“How?” asked Ned. + +“Why, Proudtree—” + +“There’s an awful lot of that ‘Proudtree’ stuff,” complained the +visitor. “Would you mind calling me Kewpie?” + +“All right. Well, Kewpie told Captain Stevenson that you are a swell +player. Go ahead and be one.” + +“Huh, sounds easy the way you say it,” scoffed Ned; “but how can I, when +I don’t know anything about the silly game? I wish to goodness you’d +taken up football instead of me!” + +“You got through to-day all right, didn’t you?” asked Laurie. “Well, +keep it up. Keep your eyes open and learn. You can do it. You’re no +fool, even if you haven’t my intellect. Besides, you’re the best little +fakir that ever came over the range.” + +“You can’t fake kicking a football,” said Ned, scathingly. + +“Look here!” exclaimed Kewpie, his round face illumined by a great idea. +“Tell you what, Ned! I’ll show you how to kick!” + +The silence that greeted the offer might have offended a more sensitive +youth, but Kewpie went on with enthusiasm. “Of course, I’m no wonder at +it. I’m a little too short in the leg and, right now, I—I’m a bit +heavy; but I used to kick and I know how it ought to be done. Say we +have a half-hour or so at it every morning for a while?” + +“Wouldn’t Stevenson know what was up?” asked Ned, dubiously. + +“He needn’t know. We’ll go over to the lot behind the grammar school. +Even if he saw us, he’d think we were having some fun.” + +“He must have a strange idea of fun,” sighed Ned. “Still, if you want to +take the trouble—” + +“Glad to! Besides, I owe you something for—for getting you in wrong. +And I can put you wise to a lot of little things about handling a ball. +We could do some passing, for instance. Wonder who’s got a ball we could +borrow. I’ll find one somewhere. You understand. Now, what hour have you +got free in the morning?” + +A comparison of schedules showed that on two mornings a week the boys +could meet at ten, and on two other mornings at ten-thirty. The +remaining days were not accommodating, however. + +“Well, even four times a week will show results,” said Kewpie, +cheerfully. “This is Thursday. We’ll have the first lesson Saturday at +ten.” + +“I hope they don’t ask me to do any kicking before then,” said Ned. + +“Not likely. You’ll get about the same stuff to-morrow as you had +to-day. You’ll get by, take my word for it. That’s settled, then.” +Kewpie referred to an ornate gold wrist-watch. “It’s after eight. You’re +going over to Johnny’s, aren’t you!” + +“Johnny’s?” repeated Laurie. “Oh, Doctor Hillman’s! I suppose so. What’s +it like?” + +“Oh, it isn’t bad. The eats are pretty fair. Anyway, he sort of likes +the fellows to go, and he’s a good sort. You’ll be introduced to the +faculty and their wives, if they have any, and meet a lot of fellows +whose names you’ll forget the next minute. Take my advice and sort of +work in toward the dining-room. Last year, the harlequin ice-cream gave +out before I could get to the table.” Kewpie sighed. “Tabby has bully +cake, too, and I’m off of cake. Isn’t that rotten luck?” + +“Awful!” laughed Ned. “You going over now?” + +“Yes. Come on and I’ll introduce you to some of the fellows you ought to +know. I’ll wash my dirty paws and meet you in two minutes.” + +The principal’s reception proved rather enjoyable. The “eats” were +excellent and, under Kewpie’s guidance, the twins reached the long table +in the dining-room well in advance of the crowd. As Laurie remarked +afterward, it was worth the amount of trouble involved just to watch +Kewpie’s mouth water as he gazed soulfully at the chocolate layer-cake. +To his credit be it narrated that he manfully resisted it. Besides +consuming much delectable food, the twins were impressively introduced +by their guide to a number of their fellow-students, the introduction +being prefaced in each case by a sort of biographical note, as: “There’s +Dan Whipple. The tall fellow with the trick collar, talking to Mrs. +Wells. Rows stroke on the crew. Senior class president. Honor man last +year. President of Attic, too. Good chap to know. Come on.” In such +manner they met at least a half-dozen school notables, most of whom were +extremely affable to the new boys. Sometimes, to be sure, the twins had +a suspicion that Kewpie was pretending a closer intimacy with a notable +than in fact existed, but he always “got away with it.” + +The only fly in the ointment of the evening’s enjoyment occurred when +Kewpie mischievously introduced them to Mrs. Pennington, the wife of the +Greek and Latin instructor, and sneaked away. Mrs. Pennington was tall +and extremely thin, and viewed the world through a pair of +tortoise-shell spectacles. She had a high voice and what Ned termed a +“very Lake Superior” manner, and, since she confined her conversation to +the benefits to be derived from an earnest study of the Latin poets, +philosophers, and historians, the twins were not happy. Fortunately, +very little was demanded from them conversationally, Mrs. Pennington +being quite competent to do all the talking. But, unfortunately, she +gave them no chance to get away. Ned descried Kewpie grinning +heartlessly from the doorway and rewarded him with a terrific and +threatening scowl. Kewpie, however, waved blandly and faded into the +night. Release came to them at last and they scurried away, neglecting, +in their hurried departure, to say good night either to the doctor or +Miss Tabitha, a breach of etiquette which probably passed unnoted by the +hosts. Back in East Hall, the twins hammered loudly at Number 15, but +Kewpie was either absent or discreet. At any rate, there was no +response, and revenge had to be postponed. + +To Laurie’s surprise, a notice on the bulletin-board in the corridor of +School Hall the following morning announced that autumn baseball +practice would begin that afternoon. He had supposed that his hour to +offer himself on the altar of school patriotism would not arrive until +the next spring; and later, when he strode down Walnut Street with Ned, +in search of football togs for the latter, he broached the subject +diplomatically. + +“Funny idea to have baseball practice this time of year, I think,” he +remarked carelessly. “Not much good in it. A fellow would forget +anything he learned by next April.” + +“Didn’t know they did,” replied Ned, uninterestedly. “Who told you +that?” + +“Oh, there was a notice on the board in School Hall. Don’t believe many +fellows go out in the fall.” + +“Thought baseball was a spring and summer game. Still, I dare say you +can play it just as well now. Seems to me I’ve heard of having spring +football practice, haven’t you?” + +“I dare say. Crazy scheme, though, playing games out of season.” + +“Ye-es.” Ned went on thoughtfully a moment Then he shot a suspicious +glance at his brother. “You going out?” he demanded. + +“N-no, I don’t think so,” answered Laurie, lightly. “There’s that +building we had the bet on the other day. We never did find out—” + +“Never you mind about that building,” interrupted Ned, severely. “I’m on +to you, partner. You’re trying to renege on baseball. Well, it doesn’t +go! You’re a baseball hero and you’ve got to get busy!” + +“Aw, Ned, have a heart! There’s plenty of time—” + +“No, sir, by jiminy! You got me slaving for the dear old school, now you +do your bit!” + +“Yes, but it isn’t fair to start the baseball season in September. You +know it isn’t.” + +“Cut out the alibis! You can get some baseball togs right now. Good +thing you spoke of it. What’ll you need?” + +“All I need is kindness,” wailed Laurie. “Ned, I don’t want to be a +hero! I don’t want to save the dear old school from defeat in the ninth +inning! I—I—” + +“You’re going to do as you agreed to,” answered Ned, grimly. “Remember +that the honor of the Turners is at stake!” + +Laurie sighed deeply. Then, “You speak of honor! Say no more. I yield,” +he declaimed dramatically. + +“You bet you do,” answered Ned, unhesitatingly. “You for the baseball +field!” + + + + +CHAPTER VII—HIGH SCHOOL ACCEPTS DEFEAT + + +A week passed, and the twins began to feel like old residents. They had +ceased being “the Turner twins” to acquaintances, although others still +referred to them so, and their novelty had so far worn off that they +could enter a classroom or walk side by side across the yard without +being conscious of the rapt, almost incredulous stares of the beholders. +To merely casual acquaintances they were known as Ned and Laurie; to a +few friends they had become Nid and Nod. Kewpie was responsible for +that. He had corrupted “Ned” into “Nid,” after which it was impossible +for Laurie to be anything but “Nod.” Laurie had demurred for a time, +demanding to be informed who Nod had been. Kewpie couldn’t tell him, +being of the hazy belief that Nid and Nod were brothers in some fairy +story he had once read, but he earnestly assured Laurie that both had +been most upright and wholly estimable persons. Anyhow, Laurie’s +objections wouldn’t have accomplished much, for others had been prompt +to adopt the nicknames and all the protests in the world wouldn’t have +caused them to drop them. These others weren’t many in number, however: +Kewpie and Thurman Kendrick and Lee Murdock and George Watson about made +up the list of them at this time. + +Kendrick was Kewpie’s room-mate, a smallish, black-haired, very earnest +youth of sixteen, which age was also Kewpie’s. Thurman was familiarly +known as “Hop,” although the twins never learned why. He was a candidate +for quarter-back on the eleven and took his task very seriously. Lee +Murdock was one of the baseball crowd, and Laurie had scraped +acquaintance with him on the diamond during a practice game. The word +“scraped” is used advisedly, for Laurie, in sliding to second base, had +spiked much of the skin from Lee’s ankle. Of such incidents are +friendships formed! Lee was two years older than Laurie, a big, rather +raw-boned fellow with a mop of ash-colored hair and very bright blue +eyes. + +George Watson was sixteen, an upper middler, and, as Laurie frequently +assured him, no fit associate for a respectable fellow. To the latter +assertion George cheerfully agreed, adding that he always avoided such. +He came from Wyoming and had brought with him a breeziness of manner +that his acquaintances, rightly or wrongly, described as “wild and +woolly.” Of the four, Kewpie and George were more often found in company +with the twins. + +There had been four lessons in kicking on an open lot behind the grammar +school, two short blocks away, and while Ned had not yet mastered the +gentle art of hurtling a football through the air, Kewpie was +enthusiastic about his pupil’s progress. “Why, geewhillikins, Nid,” he +broke forth after the fourth session, “you’re a born kicker! Honest you +are! You’ve got a corking swing and a lot of drive. You—you’ve got real +_form_, that’s what you’ve got. You understand. And you certainly do +learn! Of course, you haven’t got it all from me, because you’ve been +punting in practice two or three times, but I take some of the credit.” + +“You’ve got a right to,” responded Ned. “You’ve taught me a lot more +than I’ve learned on the field. Gee, if it hadn’t been for you I’d been +afraid even to try a punt over there! You ought to see the puzzled way +that Pope looks at me sometimes. He can’t seem to make me out, because, +I suppose, Joe Stevenson told him I was a crackajack. Yesterday he said, +‘You get good distance, Turner, and your direction isn’t bad, but you +never punt twice the same way!’” + +“Well, you don’t,” laughed Kewpie. “But you’ll get over that just as +soon as I can get it into your thick head that the right way’s the best +and there’s only one right!” + +“I know,” said Ned, humbly. “I mean to do the way you say, but I sort of +forget.” + +“That’s because you try to think of too many things at once. Stop +thinking about your leg and just remember the ball and keep your eyes on +it until it’s in the air. That’s the secret, Nid. I heard Joe telling +Pinky the other day that you’d ought to shape up well for next year.” + +“Next year!” exclaimed Ned, dubiously. “Gee! mean to tell me I’m going +through all this work for next year?” + +“Well, you might get a place this year, for all you know,” replied +Kewpie, soothingly. “Just keep on coming, Nid. If you could only—well, +if you had just a bit more _speed_ now, got started quicker, you know, +Pinky would have you on the second squad in no time, I believe. You’re +all right after you get started, but—you understand.” + +“I do the best I know how,” sighed Ned. “I suppose I am slow on the +get-away, though. Corson is always calling me down about it. Oh, well, +what do I care? I don’t own it.” + +“I’d like to see you make good, though,” said Kewpie. “Besides, remember +the honor of the Turners!” + +Ned laughed. “Laurie will look after that. He’s doing great things in +baseball, if you believe him, and it wouldn’t be right for us to capture +all the athletic honors.” + +“You make me weary!” grunted Kewpie. “Say, don’t you California chaps +ever have any pep?” + +“California, old scout, is famous for its pep. We grow it for market out +there. Why, I’ve seen a hundred acres planted to it!” + +“You have, eh? Well, it’s a big shame you didn’t bring a sprig of it +East with you, you lazy lummox! Some day I’m going to drop a cockle-burr +down your back and see if you don’t show some action!” + +Hillman’s started her season on the following Saturday with Orstead High +School. As neither team had seen much practice, the contest didn’t show +a very high grade of football. The teams played four ten-minute +quarters, consuming a good two hours of elapsed time in doing it, their +members spending many precious moments prone on the turf. The weather +was miserably warm for football and the players were still pretty soft. + +Kewpie derived great satisfaction from the subsequent discovery that he +had dropped three quarter pounds and was within a mere seven pounds of +his desired weight. Had he played the game through instead of yielding +the center position to Holmes at the beginning of the last half, he +might have reached his goal that afternoon. Ned and Laurie wounded him +deeply by declaring that there was no apparent improvement in his +appearance. + +Ned saw the game from the substitutes’ bench, and Laurie from the stand. +High School turned out a full attendance and, since Hillman’s was +outnumbered two to one, “O. H. S.” colors and cheers predominated. +Laurie sat with Lee Murdock, who, as a baseball enthusiast, professed a +great scorn of football. (There was no practice on the diamond that +afternoon.) Lee amused himself by making ridiculous comments in a voice +audible for many yards around. + +“That’s piffle!” he declared on one occasion, when the ground was strewn +with tired, panting players. “The umpire said, ‘Third down,’ but if they +aren’t three quarters down, I’ll treat the crowd! The trouble with those +fellows is that they didn’t get enough sleep last night. Any one can see +that. Why, I can hear that big chap snoring ’way over here!” Again, +“That brother of yours is playing better than any of them,” he asserted. + +“Ned? Why, he isn’t in! He’s on the bench down there.” + +“Sure! That’s what I mean. You don’t see him grabbing the ball away from +Brattle and losing two or three yards at a time. No, sir; he just sits +right there, half asleep, and makes High School _work_ for the game. +Every time he doesn’t take the ball, Nod, he saves us three or four +yards. He’s a hero, that’s what he is. If Mulford would get all the rest +of them back on the bench, we might win.” + +“You’re crazy,” laughed Laurie. + +During the intermission, Laurie’s wandering gaze fell on two girls a +dozen seats away. One, whom he had never seen before, displayed a +cherry-and-black pennant and belonged unmistakably to the high school +cohort. She was a rather jolly-looking girl, Laurie decided, with a good +deal of straw-colored hair and a pink-and-white skin. Her companion was +evidently divided as to allegiance, for she had a cherry-and-black +ribbon pinned on the front of her dress and wore a dark-blue silken +arm-band. For a moment Laurie wondered why she looked familiar to him. +Then he recognized her as Polly Deane. The two girls appeared to be +alone, although some boys in the row behind were talking to them. + +So far, the twins had not been back to the little shop on Pine Street, +but Laurie resolved now that he would drop around there very soon and +pay his bill before his money was gone. After paying the school bill for +the first half-year, he and Ned had shared slightly more than twenty +dollars, but since then there had been many expenses. They had each had +to purchase playing togs and stationery, and, finally, had donated two +dollars apiece to the football fund at the mass-meeting Friday night of +the week before. + +Viewed from a financial standpoint, that meeting hadn’t been a great +success, and it was no secret that, unless more money was forthcoming, +the team would be obliged to cancel at least one of its away-from-home +games. But it had resulted in bringing out a big field of candidates, +and there had been a lot of enthusiasm. The next day, viewing his +reduced exchequer, Laurie had ruefully observed that he guessed a dollar +would have been enough to give, but Ned had called him a “piker” and a +“tight-wad” and other scornful things. Yesterday Ned had borrowed half a +dollar, which was more than a fourth of Laurie’s remaining cash; and the +first of October was still a week distant. Realizing the latter fact, +Laurie changed his mind about settling his account at the Widow Deane’s. +But, he reflected, with another friendly glance in Polly’s direction, it +wouldn’t be right to withhold his trade from the store. And he wasn’t +anywhere near the limit of indebtedness yet! + +Two listless periods followed the intermission, the only inspiring +incident coming when, near the end of the third quarter, Pope, Hillman’s +full-back, foiled in his attempt to get a forward pass away, smashed +past the enemy and around his left end for a run that placed the pigskin +six yards short of the last white line. From there the home team managed +to push its way to a touch-down, the third and last score of the day. +The final figures were 10 to 7 in Hillman’s favor, and neither side was +very proud of the outcome. + +Ned returned to Number 16 half an hour later in a most critical frame of +mind, and spent ten minutes explaining to Laurie just when and how the +school team had failed. At last Laurie interrupted him to ask, “Have you +told this to Mr. Mulford, Ned?” + +“Mr. Mulford? Why—oh, go to the dickens!” + +“Seems to me he ought to know,” said Laurie, gravely. + +“That’s all right. You can be sarcastic if you like, but I’m talking +horse-sense. You see a lot of things from the bench that you don’t see +from the stand. Besides, you’ve got to know football to understand it. +Now you take—” + +“I beg your pardon! Did you say anything about understanding football?” + +“Well, I understand a lot more about it than you do,” replied the other, +warmly. “I’ve been playing it a week, haven’t I?” + +“Sure, but I’ll bet you don’t know how much a safety counts!” + +“I don’t need to. That’s up to the referee. But I know some football, +just the same. And I punted forty-seven yards yesterday, too!” + +“In how many punts?” inquired Laurie, innocently. + +Ned threw a book at him and the subject was closed. + +In his own line, baseball, Laurie was not setting the world on fire. He +was gaining a familiarity with the position of center fielder on the +scrub nine, and batting practice was at least not doing him any harm. +But he certainly had displayed no remarkable ability; and if Ned had +gained a notion to the contrary, it was merely because it pleased Laurie +to fool him with accounts of imaginary incidents in which he, Laurie, +had shone most brilliantly. As Ned knew even less about baseball than he +had known of football, almost any fairy-tale “went” with him, and Laurie +derived much amusement thereby; decidedly more, in fact, than he derived +from playing! + +On Monday morning Laurie dragged Ned over to the Widow Deane’s for +ginger-ale, professing a painful thirst. The Widow greeted them +pleasantly, recalling their names, and provided them with the requested +beverage. Laurie’s thirst seemed to have passed, for he had difficulty +in consuming his portion. When, presently, he asked politely about +Polly, it developed that that young lady was quite well enough to attend +high school as usual. Laurie said, “Oh!” and silently promised himself +that the next time he got thirsty it would be in the afternoon. Ned ate +two doughnuts and was hesitating over raspberry tarts when Laurie +dragged him away. “Can’t you think of anything but eating?” demanded the +latter, disgustedly. Ned only blinked. + +“Ginger-ale always makes me hungry,” he explained calmly. + +Two days later, the twins awoke to cloudy skies, and by mid-forenoon a +lazy drizzle was falling, which later turned to a downright tempest of +wind and rain. At four the baseball candidates scooted to the +field-house for cover, although, peering forth through a drenched +window, Laurie discerned the football-players still at work. Lee Murdock +said he guessed the equinoctial storm had come, and that if it had +there’d be no practice for a couple of days. Laurie tried to look +broken-hearted and failed dismally. Taking advantage of a lull in the +downpour, he and Lee, with many of the others, set forth for school. +They were still far short of the gymnasium, however, when the torrent +began again, and it was a wet, bedraggled, and breathless crowd that +presently pushed through the door. + +George Watson, who had been playing tennis before the rain started, was +philosophically regarding a pair of “unshrinkable” flannel trousers +which, so he declared, had already receded an inch at the bottoms. It +was George who suggested that, after changing to dry clothing, they go +over to the Widow’s and have ice-cream at his expense. Not possessing a +rain-coat of his own, Laurie invaded Number 15 and borrowed Kewpie’s. It +was many sizes too large, but it answered. The Widow’s was full when he +and George and Lee got there, and the pastry counter looked as though it +had been visited by an invading army. There was still ice-cream, though, +and the three squeezed into a corner and became absorbedly silent for a +space. + +Polly was helping her mother, and Laurie exchanged greetings with her, +but she was far too busy for conversation. Lee treated to a second round +of ice-cream, and afterward Laurie bought a bag of old-fashioned +chocolates. He hoped Polly would wait on him, but it was Polly’s mother +who did so and asked after his brother as she filled the paper sack. + +“I do hope you’re looking after him and that he hasn’t eaten those +raspberry tarts yet,” she said pleasantly. + +“Yes’m,” said Laurie. “I mean, he hasn’t.” He thought it surprising that +the Widow Deane was able to tell them apart. Even Kewpie and George +frequently made mistakes. + +It was still pouring when they went out again, and they hurried up the +street and around the corner into School Park, their progress somewhat +delayed by the fact that Laurie had placed the bag of candy in an +outside pocket of Kewpie’s capacious rain-coat and that all three had +difficulty in finding it. Lee had just popped a big chocolate into his +mouth and George was fumbling into the moist bag when the clouds opened +suddenly and such a deluge fell as made them gasp. In distance they were +but a long block from school; but with the rain descending on them as +though poured from a million buckets, their thought was of immediate +shelter. + +“Wow!” yelped Lee. “Let’s get out of this! Here’s a house. Come on!” + +There was an opening in a high hedge, and a short brick walk from which +the drops were rebounding knee-high, and, seen dimly through the deluge, +a porch at the end of it. They reached it in what Laurie called three +leaps and a jump, and, under shelter of the roof, drew breath and looked +back into the gray welter. The park was invisible, and even the high +lilac hedge was only a blurred shape. Lee had to shout to make himself +heard above the rain. + +“Wonder who lives here,” he said. “I don’t remember this house.” + +“Sure you do!” said George. “This is the Coventry house. We’re on the +side porch.” + +“Oh!” Lee gazed doubtfully into the rain. “Well, anyway, it’ll do. Gee, +my trousers are soaked to the knees! How long do you suppose this will +keep up?” + +“You said for two days,” answered Laurie, cheerfully, trying to dry his +neck with a moist handkerchief. + +“I mean this shower, you chump!” + +“Call this a shower? What’s a cloud-burst like in this part of the +country, then?” + +“We don’t have such things,” answered George, who was peering through a +side-light into the dim interior. “Say, I thought this place was empty,” +he continued. “I can see chairs and a table in there.” + +“No; some one rented it this fall,” said Lee. “I noticed the other day +that the front door was open and the grass had been cut. I wouldn’t want +to live in the place, though.” + +“Why?” inquired Laurie. + +But, before any answer came, the door was suddenly opened within a few +inches of George’s nose and a voice said: + +“You fellows had better come inside until it’s over.” + + + + +CHAPTER VIII—IN THE MISER’S HOUSE + + +The invitation came from a boy of about sixteen, a slim, eminently +attractive chap, who smiled persuasively through the aperture. Laurie +knew that he had seen him somewhere, but it was not until they had +followed, somewhat protestingly, into a hallway and from there into a +large and shadowy drawing-room that he recognized him as one of the day +pupils. Lee, it seemed, knew him slightly and called him by name. + +“We oughtn’t to come in here,” Lee apologized. “We’re soaking wet, +Starling.” + +“It doesn’t matter,” answered their host. “Wait till I find a match and +we’ll have a fire here.” + +“Don’t bother, please,” George protested. “We’re going right on in a +minute.” + +“Might as well get dry a bit first. The fire’s all laid.” The boy held a +match at the grate and in a moment the wood was snapping merrily. “Pull +up some chairs, fellows. Here, try this. Some rain, isn’t it?” + +“Rather,” agreed Lee. “By the way, do you know Turner? And Watson?” The +three boys shook hands. “I didn’t know you lived here,” Lee continued. +“Saw the house had been taken, but didn’t know who had it. Corking big +place, isn’t it?” + +Starling laughed. “It’s big all right, but it’s not so corking. Let me +have that rain-coat, Turner. The rooms are so frightfully huge that you +get lost in them! I have the bedroom above this, and the first morning I +woke up in it I thought I was in the Sahara Desert! This was the only +place we could find, though, that was for rent, and we had to take it. +Dad came here on short notice and we didn’t have much time to look +around. Pull up closer to the fire, Watson, and get your feet dry. I’ve +got some slippers upstairs if you want to take your shoes off.” + +“No, thanks. I guess the wet didn’t get through. I’ve seen you over at +school, haven’t I?” + +“Yes, I’m a day boy; one of the ‘Hep, heps!’” + +Lee grinned. “Sort of a mean trick, that, Starling, but they always do +it every year.” + +“Wish I’d known about it beforehand. I’d have sneaked over a fence and +through a window. It was fierce! I was the last fellow to get in this +fall. Dad made application in August, and some fellow who had entered in +the spring changed his mind; otherwise I’d have had to go to the high +school.” + +“That would have been an awful fate,” said George, gravely. + +“Oh, I wouldn’t have minded. I like Hillman’s, though. Do any of you +chaps play tennis?” + +“I try to,” answered George. + +“Wish you’d give me a game some day. Tennis is about the only thing I +know much about, and I saw some dandy courts over at the field.” + +“Glad to,” George assured him. “Any day you like, Starling. I’m not much +of a player, though, so don’t expect a lot.” + +“Guess you’re good enough to handle me,” laughed the other. “I like it +better than I can play it. How about to-morrow afternoon?” + +“Suits me,” answered George. “Three-thirty?” + +“Fine! I’m going to get Dad to build a court in the yard here, if I can. +There’s lots of room, but there’s a tumble-down old grape-arbor right in +the middle.” + +“Yes, there’s surely room enough,” agreed Lee. “We used to come over +here last fall and get pears—there’s a dandy seckel tree back there. +I’d say there was room for two or three courts if some of the trees were +cut down.” + +“What could he do with three of them?” asked Laurie. + +“I suppose we’d have to get the owner’s permission to even take that +rickety old arbor down,” Starling said. + +“I thought the owner was dead,” Lee observed. + +George chuckled. “If he was dead he wouldn’t be the owner, you simple! +Old Coventry died three or four years ago, but somebody owns the place, +of course. If what they tell of the old chap is true, it must have +broken his heart to know he couldn’t take the place with him! Maybe he +took his money with him, though. Anyway, the story goes that he had +slathers of it, and they could only find a couple of thousands when he +died.” + +“What was he, a miser?” asked Starling. + +“Yes, one of the sort you read about in the stories. Lived here all +alone for years and years with only a negro servant. They say you could +never see a light in the place at night, and he never went off the front +porch more than a couple of times a year. Then a carriage came for him +and he got in and went down to the boat. He didn’t use the train because +it cost too much. Of course, when he died, folks expected to find that +he had left a mint of money; but all any one could discover was about +two thousand dollars in one of the banks here—that, and this property. +The heirs, whoever they were, pretty near tore the insides out of the +house, they say, looking for coin, but they didn’t get any thing.” + +“And at night the old codger’s ghost walks around,” added Lee; “and if +you follow him, he’ll take you to the place the money’s hidden.” + +“Honest?” exclaimed Starling, joyfully. “Gosh, that’s great! I always +wanted to live in a house with a ghost.” + +“I’m sorry, then,” said George, “for I just made that part up.” + +“_You_ did?” Lee looked incredulous. “Where do you come in? I’ve heard +that ever since I came here.” + +“No, sir; you may have heard the rest of the story, but not the part +about the ghost. I wrote the yarn up in my junior year for an English +comp., and tacked on the ghost feature as a sort of added climax. Got +good marks, too, and the Orstead paper published the thing. I’ll show it +to you, if you like.” + +Lee looked unconvinced still, and Starling disappointed. “Well, it’s a +good story, anyway, and makes the place more interesting. Some day I’ll +have a look myself for the hidden millions.” + +“Guess the old chap never had that much,” said George. “Thirty or forty +thousand is about what he was supposed to have salted away.” + +“Scarcely worth bothering about,” observed Laurie, with a yawn. + +“But look here, what became of the servant?” asked Starling. “Maybe he +got the dough and made off with it.” + +“Lots of folks thought that,” replied George; “but the theory didn’t pan +out for a cent. The negro stuck around here for quite a while and then +ambled off somewhere. He claimed that old Coventry died owing him a +month’s wages, and tried to get some one to pay him, but I guess he +never got any of it, if it was really owing.” + +“Where did he go to?” asked Starling. + +“I don’t know. New York City, I think.” + +“I’ll bet he either had the money or knew where it was,” declared +Starling, with conviction. “Don’t you see, fellows, he did just what any +one would do in his case? He stuck around so he wouldn’t be suspected. +If he’d gone right off, folks would have said he was trying to avoid +being asked about the money. And then he faked up the yarn about the old +gentleman owing him wages. A first-class detective would have got trace +of the coin, I’ll wager!” + +“You’ve been reading _Sherlock Holmes_,” laughed Lee. “Why don’t you +follow up your clue, find the negro, and restore the lost wealth to the +starving heirs?” + +“Huh! If he did get the money, he’s where even _Sherlock Holmes_ +wouldn’t find him by this time. Some one should have followed the fellow +and kept watch on him right then. How old was he, Watson?” + +“About fifty, I guess. They say he had white whiskers, anyway. Oh, he +didn’t know any more than he said he did. He was all right. He had been +with old Coventry for years and years, one of those old-time family +servants, you know, honest and faithful. Why, he went on something +fierce when the old chap died!” + +“Say, how much of this guff is real and how much of it is English +composition?” asked Lee, suspiciously. “How do you know the negro took +on when the old codger died? You weren’t here.” + +“Maybe I heard it,” replied George, grinning. + +“Yes, and maybe you just made it up, like the stuff about the ghost,” +Lee retorted sarcastically. “I’ve heard the yarn two or three times, but +I never heard that the negro had white whiskers or that he went into +mourning!” + +“It’s a fact, though,” declared the other, warmly. “I prepared mighty +well on that comp.; talked with half a dozen persons who knew the story. +Got most of the stuff from the Widow Deane, though. Old Coventry had +been dead only about two years then and folks were still talking about +him. The Widow doesn’t think the old chap had nearly as much money as he +was supposed to have.” + +“She has the little store around on the back street?” asked Starling. + +“Yes. She took that as her share.” + +“Her share of what?” demanded Lee. + +“Why, of the estate. Old Coventry owned the whole half-block right +through from Walnut Street to Pine. She rented that house from him until +he died; paid a good stiff price, too; and then, when the estate was +finally settled, she took it as her share, although she had to pay the +other heirs something because they claimed that it was worth more than +she had a right to.” + +“Look here,” said Lee, “do you mean that the Widow Deane was one of old +Coventry’s heirs?” + +“Of course! Didn’t you know it? She was a half-sister. She lived over in +New Jersey, she told me, until her husband died. Then she wrote to old +Coventry, asking him to help her because she didn’t have much money, and +he invited her to come here. She thought he meant to give her a home +with him; but when she got here, the best he would do was rent her that +little house around on Pine Street and stock it up for her as a store. +Then he built a fence between the two places. It used to be open right +through.” + +“Gee, you certainly know a lot of ancient history!” marveled Lee. + +“I believe in being thorough,” laughed George. “When I tackle a subject +I get a fall out of it.” + +“So when I trail the murderer—I mean the thief,” reflected Starling, +“I’ll be doing the old lady back there a good turn, won’t I?” + +“Surest thing you know!” agreed George. + +“And she needs the money, I guess. I don’t believe she makes a fortune +out of that emporium. And that daughter of hers is a nice kid, too.” + +“How many other heirs are there to share in the money when Starling +finds it?” asked Laurie. + +“I don’t know. Quite a bunch, I believe. The old chap wasn’t married, +and the heirs are nephews and nieces and things like that. The Widow’s +the only one living around here, though.” + +“Well, when I do find it,” laughed Starling, “I’ll keep it quiet and +hand it all over to the Widow.” + +“He wants to make a hit with Polly,” said Lee. “He’s a fox.” + +“I’ve never seen her,” Starling denied. + +“Well, she’s a mighty pretty girl,” George avowed. “If you don’t believe +me, ask Nod.” + +Laurie looked intensely innocent and very surprised. “Why me?” he asked +blandly. + +George shook his head, grinning. “You can’t get away with it, son! Think +I didn’t see you making love to the old lady this afternoon?” + +“Well,” Laurie laughed, “I thought it was Polly you spoke of.” + +“Sure, but she was busy waiting on a bunch of juniors and so you made up +to the Widow. We saw you smirking and talking sweet to her, didn’t we, +Lee? Butter wouldn’t have melted in the dear lamb’s mouth. And I thought +the old lady seemed rather taken with him, too; didn’t you, Lee?” + +“Rather! It was positively sickening! Talk about foxes—” + +“Oh, dry up and blow away!” muttered Laurie. “Say, the rain’s stopped +now—pretty nearly.” + +“Wants to get away from the embarrassing subject,” George confided to +Starling. “Well, I never desert a pal, Nod. Come on, we’ll trot along. +Much obliged for taking us in, Starling. Hope we haven’t ruined your +rug. Half-past three to-morrow, if the courts are dry. I’ll meet you in +School Hall.” + +“Glad to have you drop around at my room some time,” said Lee. “I’m in +West; Number 7.” + +“Same here,” added Laurie; “16 East Hall. Thanks, Starling.” + +“You’re welcome. Come in again, fellows. When I get that tennis-court +fixed up, we’ll have some fun here. You needn’t wait for that, though. +I’d like you to meet my father and aunt. No one’s at home just now. I +say, better take a couple of umbrellas.” + +“Not worth it, thanks,” answered Lee. “After that deluge, this is just +an April shower. So long!” + +Lee’s statement wasn’t much of an exaggeration, and the three continued +their way to the school unhurriedly. George remarked gloomily that it +didn’t look awfully promising for tennis on the morrow, adding: “I’ll +bet that chap’s a corking good player, too.” + +“Maybe you’ll learn a little about the game from him,” said Laurie, +sweetly. “How old do you say he is?” + +“Starling? Oh, seventeen, maybe. He’s in upper middle.” + +“Sixteen, more likely,” said George. “He seems a decent sort, eh? How +did you come to know him?” + +“I didn’t really know him. He’s in some of my classes and we’ve spoken a +couple of times. Rather a—an interesting kind of chap. Wonder what his +father does here. Funny place for him to come to. He spoke of an aunt, +but didn’t say anything about a mother. Guess she’s dead. Auntie +probably keeps house for them.” + +As they entered the gate George chuckled and Laurie asked, “What’s your +trouble, Old-Timer!” + +“I was just thinking what a joke it would be if Starling took that stuff +seriously about the hidden money and began to hack away the woodwork and +dig up the cellar floor!” + +“Why, wasn’t it true?” + +“Sure! At least, as true as anything is that folks tell. You know, Nod, +after being repeated a couple of hundred times a story sort of grows.” + +Lee grunted. “After some smart Aleck has written it up as an English +comp. its own mother wouldn’t know it! The real joke would be for +Starling to wreck the woodwork and find the money!” + +“No, that wouldn’t be a joke,” said George, “that would be a movie! Come +on! It’s starting again! Last man in East buys the sodas! Come on, Lee!” + +Lee and Laurie ran a dead heat, and all the way to George’s room, on the +second floor, each sought to shift to the other the responsibility of +providing the soda-water for the trio. In the end, George appointed +himself referee and halved the responsibility between them. + +When, twenty minutes later, Laurie climbed onward to Number 16, he found +a very disgruntled Ned curled up in the window-seat, which was now +plentifully supplied with cushions. “Where’ve you been all the +afternoon?” he demanded aggrievedly. + +“Many places,” replied Laurie, cheerfully. “Why the grouch?” + +“You’d have a grouch, I reckon, if you’d messed around with a soggy +football for almost two hours in a cloud-burst!” + +“Did you—er—get wet?” + +“Oh, no, I didn’t get wet! I carried an umbrella all the time, you silly +toad! Or maybe you think they roofed the gridiron over for us?” + +“Well, I got sort of water-logged myself, and don’t you let any one tell +you any different! Wait till I return this rain-coat and I’ll tell you +about it.” + +“I’ve got troubles enough of my own,” grumbled Ned, as Laurie crossed +the corridor. + +Kewpie wasn’t in when the borrowed garment was returned, but Hop +Kendrick was, and Hop said it was quite all right, that Ned was welcome +to anything of Kewpie’s at any time, and please just stick it in the +closet or somewhere. And Laurie thanked him gratefully and placed the +rain-coat, which wasn’t very wet now, where he had found it. And the +incident would have ended then and there if it hadn’t started in to rain +cats and dogs again after supper and if Kewpie hadn’t taken it into his +head to pay a visit to a fellow in West Hall. Which is introductory to +the fact that at eight o’clock that evening, while Ned and Laurie were +conscientiously absorbed in preparing to-morrow’s Latin, a large and +irate youth appeared at the door of Number 16 with murder in his eyes +and what appeared to be gore on his hands! + +“That’s a swell way to return a fellow’s coat!” he accused. + +He brandished one gory hand dramatically, and with the other exhumed +from a pocket of the garment a moist and shapeless mass of brown paper +and chocolate creams. “Look at this!” he exhorted. “It—it’s all over +me! The pocket’s a regular glue-pot! Ugh!” + +Laurie looked and his shoulders heaved. + +“Oh, Kewpie!” he gurgled, contrition—or something—quite overmastering +him. “I’m s-s-so s-s-sorry!” + +Kewpie regarded him scathingly a moment, while syrupy globules detached +themselves from the exhibit and ran along his wrist. Finally he +exploded: “Sorry! Yes, you are!” + +Whereupon the door closed behind him with an indignant crash, and +Laurie, unable longer to contain his sorrow, dropped his head on his +books and gave way to it unrestrainedly. + + + + +CHAPTER IX—LAURIE HEARS NEWS + + +October arrived with the first touch of cooler weather, and the football +candidates, who had panted and perspired under summer conditions for a +fortnight, took heart. Among these was Ned. Laurie, who at first had had +to alternate sympathy and severity in order to keep his brother’s +courage to the sticking-point, now found that his encouragement was no +longer needed. Ned was quite as much in earnest as any fellow who wore +canvas. Probably he was not destined ever to become a mighty player, for +he seemed to lack that quality which coaches, unable to describe, call +football instinct. But he had made progress—surprising progress when it +is considered that he had known virtually nothing of the game two weeks +before. + +Laurie, whose afternoons were still absorbed by baseball, viewed Ned’s +efforts as something of a joke, much to the latter’s chagrin, and +continued to do so until a chance conversation with Thurman Kendrick +opened his eyes. Hop had come across one forenoon to borrow some notes +and had tarried a moment to talk. In those days, when Hop talked he +talked of just one subject, and that subject was football, and he +introduced it to-day. + +“We’ve got to do better to-morrow than we did last week,” he said +earnestly, “or we’ll get licked hard. Cole’s was fairly easy, but +Highland is a tough customer. Our trouble so far has been slowness, and +Highland’s as fast as they make them. Somehow, Mulford doesn’t seem able +to get any pep into our bunch. The line isn’t so bad, but the back +field’s like cold glue.” + +“That’s up to the quarter, isn’t it?” asked Laurie, anxious to prove +himself not absolutely ignorant of the subject. + +“Yes, partly; but it’s up to the coach first. If the backs aren’t used +to working fast, the quarter can’t make them. Frank Brattle’s a good +quarter, Nod. I sort of wish he wasn’t so good!” + +“Meaning you’d have a better chance of swiping his job?” smiled Laurie. + +“Oh, I’ll never do that; but if he wasn’t so good I’d get in more often. +The best I can hope for this year is to get in for maybe a full period +in the Farview game. Anyway, I’ll get my letter, and maybe next year +I’ll land in the position. Frank’s a senior, you know.” + +“Is he? I haven’t seen much practice so far. Baseball keeps me pretty +busy.” + +“How are you getting on?” + +“Slow, I’m afraid. Anyway, you could easily tell Babe Ruth and me +apart!” + +“I guess you’re doing better than you let on,” said Hop. “If you’re as +good at baseball as your brother is at football, you’ll do.” + +“I guess I am,” laughed Laurie; “just about!” + +“Well, Nid is surely coming fast,” replied Hop, gravely. “He’s been +doing some nice work the last few days.” + +Laurie stared. “Say, what are you doing, Hop? Stringing me?” he +demanded. + +“Stringing you?” Hop looked puzzled. “Why, no. How do you mean?” + +“About Ned. Do you mean that he’s really playing football?” + +“Why, of course I do. Didn’t you know it?” + +Laurie shook his head. “He’s been telling me a lot of stuff, but I +thought he was just talking, the way I’ve been, to sort of keep his +courage up.” + +“Nonsense! Nid’s doing mighty well. I don’t know how much experience +he’s had; some ways he acts sort of green; but he’s got Mason worried, I +guess. If he had another fifteen pounds he’d make the team sure. As it +is, I wouldn’t be surprised to see him play a whole lot this fall. You +see, he’s a pretty good punter, Nod, and yesterday he blossomed out as a +drop-kicker, too. Landed the ball over from about the thirty yards and +from a hard angle. Mason doesn’t do any kicking, and it’s no bad thing +to have a fellow in the back field who can help Pope out in a pinch. +It’s his kicking ability that’ll get him on if anything does.” + +“I see,” said Laurie, thoughtfully. “Well, I’m mighty glad. To tell the +truth, Hop, Ned hasn’t had an awful lot of experience. He’s had to bluff +a good deal.” + +“I suspected something of the sort from seeing him work the first week +or so. And then Kewpie said something that sort of lined up with the +idea. Well, he’s working hard and he’s making good. Much obliged for +these, Nod. I’ll fetch them back in ten minutes.” + +When Kendrick had taken his departure Laurie stared thoughtfully for a +minute into space. Finally he shook his head and smiled. “Good old Ned!” +he murmured. “I’m sorry I ragged him so. Gee, I’ll have to buckle down +to my own job or he’ll leave me at the post!” + +After practice that afternoon, Laurie and Lee picked up George and Bob +Starling at the tennis-courts, and, after changing into “cits,” went +around to the doctor’s porch and joined a dozen other lads who were +engaged in drinking Miss Tabitha’s weak tea and eating her +soul-satisfying layer-cake. After a half-hour of batting and fielding +practice and a five-inning game between the first team and the scrubs, +Laurie was in a most receptive mood as far as refreshments were +concerned. Miss Tabitha made an ideal hostess, for she left conversation +to the guests and occupied herself in seeing that cups and plates were +kept filled. No one had yet discovered the number of helpings of cake +that constituted Miss Tabitha’s limit of hospitality, and there was a +story of a junior so depressed by homesickness that he had +absent-mindedly consumed six wedges of it and was being urged to a +seventh when some inner voice uttered a saving warning. In spite of very +healthy appetites, none of the quartette sought to compete with that +record, but Laurie and George did allow themselves to be persuaded to +third helpings, declining most politely until they feared to decline any +more. Before they had finished, the doctor joined the group and made +himself very agreeable, telling several funny stories that set every one +laughing and caused a small junior—it was the cherub-faced youth who +sat at Laurie’s table in the dining-hall and whose career thus far had +proved anything but that of a cherub—to swallow a mouthful of mocha +cake the wrong way, with disastrous results. During the ensuing +confusion the quartette took their departure. At the gate Bob Starling +said: + +“By the way, fellows, I spoke to Dad about that tennis-court, and he’s +written to the agent for permission. He says there won’t be any trouble; +and if there is, he’ll agree to put the garden back the way we found it +and erect a new arbor.” + +“What will it be?” asked George. “Sod or gravel?” + +“Oh, gravel. You couldn’t get a sod court in shape under a year, and I +want to use it this fall. I’m going to look around to-morrow for some +one to do the job. Know who does that sort of work here—Lee?” + +“No, but I suppose you get a contractor; one of those fellows who build +roads and stone walls and things.” + +“I’d ask at the court-house,” said Laurie. + +“At the court—oh, that’s a punk one!” jeered Bob. “See you later, +fellows!” + +The game with Highland Academy was played across the river at Lookout, +and most of the fellows went. In spite of Hop Kendrick’s pessimistic +prophecy, Hillman’s took command of the situation in the first quarter +and held it undisturbed to the final whistle. The contest was, if not +extremely fast, well played by both teams, and the hosts refused to +acknowledge defeat until the end. Captain Stevenson, at left tackle, was +the bright, particular star of the day, with the redoubtable Pope a good +second. + +It was Joe Stevenson’s capture of a fumbled ball in the first five +minutes of play and his amazing run through the enemy ranks that +produced the initial score. Pope kicked an easy goal after Slavin, right +half, had plunged through for a touch-down. Later in the game, Pope had +added three more points by a place-kick from the forty-two yards. +Highland twice reached the Blue’s ten-yard line, the first time losing +the ball on downs, and the next attempting a forward pass that went +astray. Her one opportunity to score by a kick was wrecked by no other +than Kewpie, who, having substituted Holmes at the beginning of the +second half, somehow shot his hundred and seventy pounds through the +defense and met the pigskin with his nose. Kewpie presented a +disreputable appearance for several days, but was given due honor. +Hillman’s returned across the Hudson in the twilight of early October +with exultant cheers and songs. + +Ned watched that game from the substitutes’ bench, just as he had +watched the two preceding contests, but a newly awakened _esprit de +corps_ forbade complaining. When Laurie sympathetically observed that he +thought it was time Mulford gave Ned a chance in a real game, Ned +responded with dignity, almost with severity, that he guessed the coach +knew his business. + +The first of the month—or, to be exact, the fourth—brought the twins +their monthly allowances, and one of the first things Laurie did was to +go to the little blue shop on Pine Street and pay his bill, which had +reached its prescribed limit several days before. Ned went, too, +although he didn’t display much enthusiasm over the mission. Ned held +that, having created a bill, it was all wrong deliberately to destroy +it. To his mind, a bill was something to cherish and preserve. Laurie, +however, pointed out that, since one was prohibited from further +transactions at the Widow’s, even on a cash basis, as long as one owed +money there, it would be wise to cancel the debts. Ned recognized the +wisdom of the statement and reluctantly parted with ninety-seven cents. + +Since it was only a little after two o’clock, the shop was empty when +the twins entered, and Polly and her mother were just finishing their +lunch in the back room. It was Polly who answered the tinkle of the bell +and who, after some frowning and turning of pages in the account-book, +canceled the indebtedness. + +“Now,” said Ned, “I guess I’ll have a cream-cake. Want one, Laurie?” + +Laurie did, in spite of the fact that it was less than an hour since +dinner. Mrs. Deane appeared at the door, observed the proceeding, and +smiled. + +“I’m real glad to see you’re still alive,” she said to Ned. “I guess he +must take very good care of you.” + +“Yes’m, I do,” Laurie assured her gravely. + +Ned laughed scornfully, or as scornfully as it was possible to laugh +with his mouth full. “You shouldn’t believe everything he tells you, +Mrs. Deane. I have to look after him like a baby. Why, he wouldn’t get +down in time for breakfast if I didn’t put most of his clothes on.” + +“That’s no joke, either,” retorted Laurie, “about you putting my clothes +on. You’re wearing one of my collars and my best socks right now, +and—yes, sir, that’s my blue tie!” + +“Wait a bit, partner! Where’d you get that shirt you’re wearing?” + +“That’s different,” answered Laurie, with dignity. “Mine are all in the +wash. Besides, it’s an old one and you never wear it.” + +“I never get a chance to wear it!” + +“It must be very convenient for you,” said Mrs. Deane, smilingly, “to be +able to wear each other’s things. Polly, I guess there won’t be any one +else in for a while; maybe they’d like to see your garden.” + +Being assured that they would, Polly led the way through the back room, +a pleasant, sunny apartment evidently combining the duties of kitchen +and dining-room, and out to a little back porch shaded by +morning-glories and nasturtiums that fairly ran riot over the green +lattice. There was a braided rug on the floor and a small rocker and a +tiny table on which were books and a magazine or two. The books were +evidently Polly’s school books, for they were held together by a strap. + +The twins liked that garden. It wasn’t very large, for when the peculiar +Mr. Coventry had divided the estate he had placed the high board fence +very close to the little frame dwelling; but perhaps its very smallness +made it seem more attractive. Narrow beds encompassed it on three sides, +and a gravel walk followed the beds. In the tiny square inside, a small +rustic arbor, covered with climbing rose-vines, held a seat that, as was +presently proved, accommodated three very comfortably. + +But before they were allowed to sit down the boys had to be shown many +things: the hollyhocks against the back fence, the flowering almond that +had been brought all the way from the old home in New Jersey,—and had +never quite made up its mind whether to die of homesickness or go on +living,—the bed of lilies-of-the-valley that just _wouldn’t_ keep out +of the path and many other floral treasures. Nasturtiums and +morning-glories and scarlet sage and crinkly-edged white and lavender +petunias were still blossoming gaily, and there was even a cluster of +white roses on the arbor, for, so far, no frost had come. The twins +admired properly and Polly was all smiles, until suddenly she said, +“O-oh!” and faced them reproachfully. + +“You’ve just let me go on and be perfectly ridiculous!” she charged. “I +don’t think it’s a bit nice of you!” + +“Why, what—how do you mean?” stammered Ned. + +“You have the most wonderful flowers in the world in California, and you +know it!” she replied severely; “and you’ve let me show you these poor +little things as if—as if they were anything at all in comparison! I +forgot you came from California.” + +“Maybe we didn’t tell you,” offered Laurie. “Anyway, your flowers—” + +“In California they have hedges of geraniums and roses climb right over +the houses, and orange-trees and palms and everything,” interrupted +Polly, breathlessly. “Why, this garden must seem perfectly—perfectly +_awful_ to you!” + +“Don’t you believe it!” denied Ned. “Flowers and things do grow bigger, +I suppose, out our way; but they aren’t a bit prettier, are they, +Laurie?” + +“Not so pretty,” answered the other, earnestly. “Besides, _I_ never saw +a geranium hedge in my life. Maybe they have them in some places, like +Pasadena, but there isn’t _one_ in Santa Lucia, honest. There isn’t, is +there, Ned?” + +“_I_ never saw one. And palms aren’t awfully pretty. They get sort of +scraggly-looking sometimes. Honest, Polly, I never saw a garden any +prettier and cuter than this is. Of course, some are bigger and—and +more magnificent—” + +“Who wants a magnificent garden?” demanded Laurie, scornfully. “What +have you got in the box, Polly?” + +Comforted, Polly smiled again. “That’s Antoinette,” she said. “Come and +see.” + +Antoinette lived in a wooden box in the shelter of the porch, and had +long ears and very blue eyes and a nose that twitched funnily when they +approached. In short, Antoinette was a fluffy smoke-gray rabbit. “She +has a dreadfully long pedigree,” said Polly, as she took Antoinette out +and snuggled her in her arms. + +“Has she?” murmured Laurie. “I thought it looked rather short.” + +“A pedigree isn’t a _tail_, you idiot,” said Ned, scathingly. “She’s +awfully pretty, Polly. Will she bite?” + +“Of course not! At least, not unless you look like a cabbage-leaf.” + +“I wouldn’t take a chance,” Laurie advised. “Any one who’s as green as +you are—” + +“She _tries_ to eat ’most everything,” said Polly, “but she likes +cabbage and lettuce and carrots best.” + +“I wish I had a cabbage,” muttered Laurie, searching his pockets; “or a +carrot. You haven’t a carrot with you, have you, Ned?” + +“You’re the silliest boys!” laughed Polly, returning Antoinette to her +box. “Let’s go and sit down a minute.” And when they were on the seat +under the arbor and she had smoothed her skirt and tucked a pair of +rather soiled white canvas shoes from sight, she announced, “There! Now +you can make up a verse about something!” + + + + +CHAPTER X—POLLY ENTERTAINS + + +“Make up a—what did you say?” asked Ned. + +“Make up a verse,” answered Polly, placidly. “As you did the other day +when you went out. Don’t you remember?” + +“Oh!” Laurie looked somewhat embarrassed and a trifle silly. “Why, you +see—we only do that when—when—” + +“When we have inspiration,” aided Ned, glibly. + +“Yes, that’s it, inspiration! We—we have to have inspiration.” + +“I’m sure Antoinette ought to be enough inspiration to any poet,” +returned Polly, laughing. “You know you never saw a more beautiful +rabbit in your life—lives, I mean.” + +Ned looked inquiringly at Laurie. Then he said, “Well, maybe if I close +my eyes a minute—” He suited action to word. Polly viewed him with +eager interest; Laurie, with misgiving. Finally, after a moment of +silent suspense, his eyelids flickered and: + +“O Antoinette, most lovely of thy kind!” he declaimed. + +“Thou eatest cabbages and watermelon rind!” finished Laurie, promptly. + +Polly clapped her hands, but her approval was short-lived. “But she +doesn’t eatest watermelon rind,” she declared indignantly. “I’m sure it +wouldn’t be at all good for her!” + +Laurie grinned. “That’s what we call poetic license,” he explained. +“When you make a rhyme, sometimes you’ve got to—to sacrifice truth +for—in the interests of—I mean, you’ve got to think of the _sound_! +‘Kind’ and ‘carrot’ wouldn’t sound _right_, don’t you see?” + +“Well, I’m sure watermelon rind doesn’t sound right, either,” objected +Polly; “not for a rabbit. Rabbits have very delicate digestions.” + +“We might change it,” offered Ned. “How would this do? + + “O Antoinette, more lovely than a parrot, + Thou dost subsist on cabbages and carrot.” + +“That’s silly,” said Polly, scornfully. + +“Poetry usually is silly,” Ned answered. + +Laurie, who had been gazing raptly at his shoes, broke forth exultantly. +“I’ve got it!” he cried. “Listen! + + “O Antoinette, most beauteous of rabbits, + Be mine and I will feed thee naught but cabbits!” + +A brief silence followed. Then Ned asked, “What are cabbits?” + +“Cabbits are vegetables,” replied Laurie. + +“I never heard of them,” said Polly, wrinkling her forehead. + +“Neither did any one else,” laughed Ned. “He just made them up to rhyme +with rabbits.” + +“A cabbit,” said Laurie, loftily, “is something between a cabbage and a +carrot.” + +“What does it look like?” giggled Polly. + +Laurie blinked. “We-ell, you’ve seen a—you’ve seen an artichoke, +haven’t you?” Polly nodded and Laurie blinked again. “And you’ve seen +a—a mangel-wurzel?” + +“No, I don’t think so.” + +“Then I don’t see how I can tell you,” said Laurie, evidently relieved, +“because a cabbit is more like a mangel-wurzel than anything else. Of +course, it’s not so deciduous, and the shape is different; it’s more +obvate than a mangel-wurzel; more—” he swept his hands vaguely in +air—“more phenomenal.” + +“Oh, dry up,” said Ned, grinning. “How’d you like to have to put up with +an idiot like that all your life, Polly? The worst of it is, folks +sometimes mistake him for me!” + +“Yes, it’s awful, but I manage to bear up under it,” Laurie sighed. + +“How did you ever come to think of making those funny rhymes?” Polly +asked. + +“Oh, we had measles once, about four years ago,” said Ned. “We always +had everything together—measles, whooping-cough, scarlet fever, +everything. And when we were getting over it they wouldn’t let us read +and so we made up rhymes. I forget whose idea it was. I’d make up one +line and Laurie would make up the other, or the other way round. The +idea was to have the last word of the first line so hard that the other +fellow couldn’t rhyme to it. But I guess I only stuck Laurie once. Then +the word was lemon.” + +“You didn’t really stick me then,” Laurie denied. “I rhymed it with +demon. You said they didn’t rhyme, but I showed you a rhyming dictionary +that said they did.” + +“The dictionary said it was an imperfect rhyme, Laurie, and—” + +“Just the same, a rhyme’s a rhyme. Say, Ned, remember the one we made up +about Miss Yetter?” Ned nodded and grinned. “Miss Yetter was our nurse. +We thought it was pretty clever, but she didn’t like it. + + “When feeling ill send for Miss Yetter. + If you don’t die, she’ll make you better.” + +“She was quite insulted about it,” laughed Ned, “and told Dad; and he +tried to lecture us, but we got laughing so he couldn’t. We made rhymes +all the time for a while and nearly drove folks crazy; and finally Dad +said if we didn’t stop it he’d whale us. And I said, ‘All right, sir, +we’ll try not to do it’; and Laurie, the chump, butted in with, ‘’Cause +if we do, we know we’ll rue it!’ We nearly got the licking right then!” + +“You _are_ funny!” laughed Polly. “Is your mother—haven’t you—” + +“She died when we were kids,” answered Laurie. “I just remember her, but +Ned doesn’t.” + +“You think you do. You’ve just heard Dad, and nurse talk about her. We +were only four when Mother died.” + +Laurie looked unconvinced, but didn’t argue the matter. Instead he +asked, “Your father’s dead, isn’t he, Polly?” + +“Yes, he died when I was eight. He was a dear, and I missed him just +terribly. Mother says I look like him. He was very tall and was always +laughing. Mother says he laughed so much he didn’t have time for +anything else. She means that he wasn’t—wasn’t very successful. We were +very poor when he died. But I guess he was lots nicer than he would have +been if he had just been—successful. I guess the most successful man in +this town is Mr. Sparks, the banker, and no one has ever seen him laugh +once. And Uncle Peter was successful, too, I suppose; and he was just as +sour and ill-tempered as anything. He wasn’t my real uncle, but I called +him that because Mother said it would please him. It didn’t seem to.” + +“Was that Mr. Coventry?” asked Laurie. “The mis—I mean the man who +lived in the big square house over there?” + +“Yes. And I don’t mind your calling him the miser, because that is just +what he was. He was Mother’s half-brother, but he didn’t act as if he +was even a quarter-brother! He was always just as horrid as he could be. +When Father died he wrote Mother to come here and he would provide her +with a home. And when we came, we found he meant that Mother was to live +here and pay him rent. She didn’t have enough money to do that, and so +Uncle Peter made the front of the house into a store and bought some +things for her and made her sign a mortgage or something. When he died, +we thought maybe he had left Mother a little; but there wasn’t any will, +and not much property, either—just the big house on Walnut Street and +this place and about two thousand dollars. When the property was +divided, Mother got the other heirs to let her have this as her portion +of the estate, but she had to pay four hundred and fifty dollars for it. +That took about all she had saved and more, and so we haven’t been able +to do much to the house yet.” + +“It doesn’t look as if it needed much doing to,” said Ned, critically. + +“Oh, but it does! It needs a new coat of paint, for one thing. And some +of the blinds are broken. And there ought to be a furnace in it. Stoves +don’t really keep it warm in winter. Some day we’ll fix it up nicely, +though. As soon as I get through high school, I’m going to work and make +a lot of money.” + +“Attaboy!” approved Ned. “What are you going to do, Polly?” + +“I’m learning stenography and typewriting, and Mr. Farmer, the +lawyer,—he’s the one who got the others to let Mother have the house +when Uncle Peter’s estate was settled,—says he will find a place for me +in his office. He’s awfully nice. Some stenographers make lots of money, +don’t they?” + +“I guess so,” Ned agreed. “There’s a woman in Dad’s office who gets +eighteen dollars a week.” + +Polly clasped her hands delightedly. “Maybe I wouldn’t get that much, +though. I guess Mr. Farmer doesn’t pay his stenographer very high wages. +Maybe I’d get twelve dollars, though. Don’t you think I might?” + +“Sure!” said Laurie. “Don’t you let any one tell you any different. +Didn’t folks think that your Uncle Peter left more money than was found, +Polly?” + +“Oh, yes; but no one really knew. The lawyers looked everywhere. If he +did have any more, he must have hidden it away pretty well. They looked +all through the house and dug holes in the cellar floor. It was very +exciting. Mother thinks he lost what money he had speculating in stocks +and things. He used to go to New York about four times a year. No one +knew what he did there, not even Hilary; but Mother thinks he went to +see men who deal in stocks and that they got his money away from him.” + +“Who is Hilary?” Laurie inquired. + +“Hilary was a colored man that Uncle had had a long time. It seemed to +me that if Uncle had had much money, Hilary would have known about it; +and he didn’t.” + +“Where is he now? Hilary, I mean,” added Laurie, somewhat unnecessarily. + +“I don’t know. He went away a little while after Uncle Peter died. He +said he was going to New York, I think.” + +“You don’t suppose he took the money with him, do you? I mean—” + +“Oh no!” Polly seemed quite horrified. “Hilary was just as honest as +honest! Why, Uncle Peter died owing him almost forty dollars and Hilary +never got a cent of it! The lawyers were too mean for anything!” + +“There’s a fellow named Starling living there now,” Laurie said. “His +father’s rented the house for three years. Bob says that he’s going to +find the money and give it to your mother.” + +Polly laughed. “Oh, I wish that he would! But I guess if the lawyers +couldn’t find it he never will. Lawyers, they say, can find money when +nobody else can! Is he nice?” + +“Bob? Yes, he’s a dandy chap. You ought to know him, Polly; he’s your +next-door neighbor.” + +“Back-door neighbor, you mean,” interpolated Ned. + +“I think I saw him in the garden one day,” said Polly. “His father is an +engineer, Mae Ferrand says, and he’s building a big bridge for the +railway. Or maybe it’s a tunnel. I forget.” + +“Is Mae Something the girl with the molasses-candy hair you were with at +the high school game?” Laurie asked. + +“Yes, but her hair isn’t like molasses candy. It’s perfectly lovely +hair. It’s like—like diluted sunshine!” + +Laurie whistled. “Gee! Did you get that, Neddie? Well, anyway, I like +dark hair better.” + +“Oh, I don’t! I’d love to have hair like Mae’s. And, what do you think, +she likes my hair better than her own!” + +“Don’t blame her,” said Laurie. “What do you say, Ned?” + +“I say I’ve got to beat it back and get into football togs. What time is +it?” + +“Look at your own watch, you lazy loafer. Well, come on. I say, Polly, +would your mother let you go to the game with me Saturday? That is, if +you want to, of course.” + +“Oh, I’d love to! But—I’ll ask her, anyway. And if she says I may, +would you mind if Mae went too? We usually go together to the games.” + +“Not a bit. I’ll be around again before Saturday and see what she says.” + +“I wouldn’t be surprised if she said yes,” remarked Polly. “I think she +must like you boys. Anyway, you’re the first of the Hillman’s boys she +has ever let me invite out here.” + +“Really? Bully for her! Wait till I say farewell to Antoinette, ‘most +beauteous of rabbits!’ What does she twitch her nose like that for?” + +“I think she’s asking for some cabbits,” replied Polly, gravely. + +“She’s making faces at you, you chump,” said Ned, rudely. “Come on.” +They returned through the little living-room, empty save for a big black +cat asleep in a rocking-chair, and found Mrs. Deane serving the first of +the afternoon trade in the shop beyond. They said good afternoon to her +very politely, and Polly went to the door with them. Outside on the +walk, Ned nudged Laurie, and they paused side by side and gravely +removed their caps. + +“We give you thanks and say farewell, Miss Polly.” + +“The visit’s been, indeed, most jolly!” + + + + +CHAPTER XI—NED SPEAKS OUT + + +There was a cut in the football squad that afternoon and more than a +dozen candidates were retired, leaving twenty-eight players for the +first and scrub teams. Ned survived, as, indeed, he expected to; for, +while he knew his limitations, neither the coach nor the captain +appeared to. Perhaps they were sometimes puzzled over flashes of +ineptitude, or perhaps they put them down to temporary reversals of +form; at least, Ned’s talent was never seriously questioned by them. He +had settled down as a regular half-back on the scrub eleven, although +twice he had been called on in practice scrimmages to take Mason’s place +at left half on the first squad. He was too light to make much headway +in bucking plays, and his inability to start quickly handicapped him +frequently in running; but as a kicker he was dependable and had +developed a quite remarkable accuracy at forward passing. Against a +light opponent or a slow one he could be counted on to play a fairly +good game, although so far he had not been allowed the opportunity. With +him on the scrub team was Hop Kendrick at quarter, and, for a time, +Kewpie at center. But Kewpie had trained down at last to a hundred and +sixty-five pounds and was handling his weight and bulk with a new +snappiness, and a few days after Ned became a part of the scrub outfit +Kewpie was elevated to the first team, and a much disgruntled Holmes +took his place on the second. + +With the defeat of Wagner School, Hillman’s ended her preliminary +season. In that contest, played at home, the Blue showed a new +aggressiveness and much more speed; and, while she was able to score +only one touch-down, and Pope failed miserably at goal, every one was +well satisfied. Wagner had a strong team, and a victory over it was no +small triumph. Hillman’s line held splendidly under the battering-ram +tactics of the adversary, and her backs were fast and shifty. On attack, +the Blue failed to gain consistently; but in the third period, with a +captured fumble on Wagner’s thirty-three yards for encouragement, Pope +got free for half the distance, and Slavin and Mason, alternating, +worked the enemy’s left side until the ball lay on the five-yard line. +Then a fake attack on Wagner’s right, with Pope carrying the ball +through on the left of center, brought the only score of the day. Kewpie +proved himself that afternoon, for he was a veritable Rock of Gibraltar +on defense and a hundred and sixty-five pounds of steel springs on +attack. The Blue team was far from a perfect machine yet, but it seemed +that Mulford had found his parts and that only a generous oiling was +needed. + +Laurie and George Watson escorted Polly and Mae Ferrand to the game, +and, although aware of the covert grins and whispered witticisms of +acquaintances, enjoyed themselves hugely. Mae proved to be a very jolly, +wholesome sort of girl, and her knowledge of what may be termed “inside +football” was stupendous and made both Laurie and George rather ashamed +of their ignorance. Between the halves, Ned, arrayed in a trailing gray +blanket, joined them and promptly became involved with Mae in a very +technical argument that no one else could follow. From the fact that Ned +retired with a rather dispirited expression when the teams came on +again, Laurie surmised that the honors had gone to Mae. + +The following Monday evening, while the enthusiasm produced by the +victory over Wagner School was still undiminished, a second mass-meeting +was held in the auditorium to devise means of replenishing the football +treasury: Three of the remaining five games were to be played away from +Orstead, and in two cases the distance to be traveled was considerable +and the expenses consequently large. As Joe Stevenson said, introducing +the subject for discussion, if Hillman’s charged admission to her home +games, it would be possible to get through a season without asking for +assistance from the student body. “But you fellows know that that isn’t +the school policy. We are allowed to sell tickets for the Farview game +only, and, while we make about four hundred and fifty dollars as our +share, that doesn’t go very far against the season’s outlay. We have to +pay from seventy-five to a hundred and twenty-five dollars to every team +that comes here to play us. When we go away we seldom make enough to pay +our expenses. In the Highland game, because it cost us almost nothing +for fares, we did. At the present moment we have a cash balance on hand +of forty-three dollars, and our liabilities, including Mr. Mulford’s +salary for the remainder of the season, are about eight hundred dollars. + +“The manager estimates that we’ll have to incur added expenses for about +a hundred and twenty dollars for Farview game tickets and new supplies. +In short, we shall have to pay out, before the season ends, about nine +hundred dollars. Against that we have on hand forty-three dollars, and +in prospect something like five hundred, leaving us about three hundred +and fifty in the hole. + +“There has been talk of cutting out the Lansing and Whittier games, but +that wouldn’t make enough difference. Besides, it would give us a black +eye to cancel games as late as this. We might save perhaps seventy +dollars if we did, but it would cost us ten times that in public +estimation. As far as I can see, fellows, if we’re going to have a +football team, we’ve got to pay for it. We’ve asked permission to charge +admission, even a nominal one, to all games, but the faculty is against +it. And we have asked to have a regular assessment made against each +student. To many of us that would seem the fairer and most satisfactory +way of meeting the emergency. But the faculty doesn’t like that any +better than the other proposition. So I guess it’s up to us, each and +every one of us, to dig down and produce the coin. + +“We need three hundred and fifty dollars at least. That means that every +fellow in school must pony up four dollars, or, rather, that the average +must be four dollars each. Some of you can’t give so much, probably, and +a few can give more. I’d like to hear from you, please. Don’t be afraid +to say what you think. We want to get together on this matter and thrash +it out, if it takes until ten o’clock. Any one who has any suggestion to +offer or anything to say will be heard. Come on, somebody!” + +There were plenty of speakers: Dave Brewster, the baseball captain, Dan +Whipple, senior class president, Lew Cooper, upper middle class +president, Dave Murray, the manager of the team, Craig Jones, for the +lower middlers, and many others, Some subscribed to the donation scheme, +others opposed it. Cooper suggested an appeal to the school alumni. +Brewster pointed out that the effort would cost money and that the +result would be uncertain and, in any case, slow. An increase in the +price of tickets to the Farview game was discussed and the idea +abandoned. An hour passed and the meeting was getting nowhere. Some of +the younger boys had already withdrawn. A tall, lantern-jawed youth had +charged the football committee with extravagance, and Dave Murray had +bitterly resented the allegation. Ned, who, with Laurie and Lee Murdock, +was seated near the back of the hall, had shown signs of restiveness for +some time and had been muttering to himself. Now, to the surprise of his +companions, he jumped to his feet and demanded recognition: + +“Mr. Chairman!” + +“Mister—” Dan Whipple pointed a finger at Ned and nodded. + +“Turner,” prompted Kewpie from a front seat. + +“Mr. Turner,” encouraged the chairman. + +“I’d like to say that I never heard so much talking and saw so little +action,” began Ned, impatiently. “What’s the matter with some one saying +something useful instead of just chewing the rag?” + +“You tell ’em,” piped a small junior, above the applause and laughter. + +“All right! I’ll tell you fellows that you’re a lot of pikers to +hesitate to pledge three or four hundred dollars to keep your team +going. Where I come from we had to have a new grand stand two years ago, +and we called a meeting like this and we raised seven hundred dollars in +thirty-five minutes in cash and pledges. There were a lot more of us, +but half of us would have felt like Rockefellers if we’d ever found a +whole half-dollar in our pockets! Some of us gave as high as five +dollars, but not many. Most of us pledged two dollars; and those who +didn’t have two dollars went out and worked until they’d made it, by +jingo! And we got our grand stand up inside of two weeks, in time for +the big baseball game.” + +There was real applause this time, and those in the front of the hall +had swung around to have a look at the earnest youth who was calling +them names. + +“That’s one way of getting the money,” continued Ned, warming up finely, +“but there’s another. Out my way—” + +“Say, where do you come from?” called some one. + +“I come from California,” answered Ned, proudly. “Maybe you’ve heard of +it!” + +“Attaboy!” shouted Kewpie. “Swing your leg, Nid!” + +“When we want to raise some money out there and folks are too stingy to +give it outright, we take it away from them another way. We get up a +fête. We give them a good time and they pay for it. Why not try it here? +I don’t know how many folks there are in this burg, but I reckon there +are enough to part with three or four hundred dollars. Give them an +excuse to spend their money and they’ll spend it!” + +Ned sat down amid loud applause, and Dave Brewster was recognized, +although half a dozen others were clamoring for speech. + +“Turner’s said something, fellows,” declared Brewster. “The idea’s worth +considering. We’ve never tackled the town folks for money, and there’s +no reason why they shouldn’t come across. They’ve come to our games for +years without paying a cent, except for the Farview game, and it +wouldn’t hurt them to give a little to a good cause. I don’t know what +sort of a fête Turner has in mind, but I should think we might get up +something that would do the business.” + +“Mr. Chairman,” said Kewpie, “I move that a committee of three be +appointed by the chair, to include Nid,—I mean Mr. Turner,—to consider +the—the matter of giving a fête to raise the money.” + +“Seconded!” + +“You have heard the motion,” droned Whipple. “All those in favor will so +signify by saying ‘Aye.’ Contrary, ‘No.’ Moved and carried. I will +appoint the presidents of the senior and upper middle classes and Mr. +Turner to the committee, three in all. Is it the sense of this meeting +that your committee is to report to it at a subsequent meeting, or is it +to have authority to proceed with the matter if it decides that the +scheme is a good one?” + +“Full authority, Mr. Chairman!” “Let ’em go ahead with it!” “Sure! +That’s what we want. Let’s have action!” + +“Is there any other business? Then I declare the meeting adjourned!” + +Whipple captured Ned on the way out. “We’d better get together right +away on this, Turner,” he said. “Can you meet Cooper and me at my room +to-morrow at twelve?” + +Ned agreed, and he and Laurie and Lee went on. “What I’d like to know,” +remarked Laurie, after a moment’s silence, “is how you’re going to have +a fête in a place like this. The weather’s too cold for it.” + +“Maybe it will be warmer,” answered Ned, cheerfully. “Besides, we don’t +have to have it outdoors.” + +“It wouldn’t be a fête if you didn’t,” sniffed the other. + +“Well, what’s the difference? Call it anything you like. The big thing +is to get the money.” + +“You had your cheek with you to talk the way you did,” chuckled Laurie. + +“He talked sense, though,” asserted Lee, warmly. + +“Of course. The Turners always do.” Laurie steered Ned toward the +entrance of East Hall. “Well, good night, Lee. See you at the fête!” + +Upstairs, Ned tossed his cap to the bed, plumped himself into a chair at +the table, and drew paper and pencil to him. “Now,” he said, “let’s +figure this out. I’ve got to talk turkey to those fellows to-morrow. +What’s your idea, partner?” + +“Hey, where do you get that stuff?” demanded Laurie. “Why drag me into +it? It’s not my fête. I don’t own it.” + +“Shut up and sit down there before I punch your head. You’ve got to help +with this. The honor of the Turners is at stake!” + +So Laurie subsided and for more than an hour he and Ned racked their +brains and gradually the plan took shape. + + + + +CHAPTER XII—THE COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS + + +“It’s like this,” explained Ned. He and Laurie and Polly and Mae Ferrand +were in the little garden behind the shop. The girls were on the bench +and the boys were seated on the turf before the arbor, their knees +encircled with their arms. A few yards away Antoinette eyed them gravely +and twitched her nose. On the porch step, Towser, the big black cat, +blinked benignly, sometimes shifting his gaze to the branches of the +maple in the next yard, where an impudent black-and-white woodpecker was +seeking a late luncheon. + +“There are two sub-committees,” continued Ned, earnestly. “Whipple and +Cooper are the Committee on Finance and Publicity, and Laurie and I are +the Committee on Arrangements. I told them I had to have help and so +they took Laurie in.” + +“No thanks to you,” grumbled Laurie, who was, however, secretly much +pleased. + +“It’s going to be next Saturday afternoon and evening, and this is +Tuesday, and so there isn’t much time. We were afraid to make it any +later because the weather might get too cold. Besides, the team needs +the money right off. I looked in an almanac and it said that next +Saturday would be fair and warm, so that’s all right.” + +“But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” asked Polly. “I +know ours does. When we had our high-school picnic, the almanac said +‘showers’ and it was a perfectly gorgeous day. I carried my mackintosh +around all day and it was a perfect nuisance. Don’t you remember, Mae?” + +“Well, you’ve got to believe in something,” declared Ned. “Anyway, we’re +going to have it at Bob Starling’s, and if it’s too cold outdoors, we’ll +move inside.” + +“You mean at Uncle Peter’s?” exclaimed Polly. + +“Yes. We thought of having it at school first, but Mr. Hillman didn’t +like it much; and besides, the fellows would be inside without having to +pay to get there! You see, it’s going to cost every one a quarter just +to get in.” + +“And how much to get out?” asked Mae, innocently. + +Ned grinned. “As much as we can get away from them. There’ll be twelve +booths to sell things in—” + +“What sort of things?” Polly inquired. + +“All sorts. Eats and drinks and everything. We’re getting the +storekeepers to donate things. So far they’ve just given us things that +they haven’t been able to sell, a pile of junk; but we’re going to stop +that. Biddle, the hardware man, gave us a dozen cheap pocket-knives, but +he’s got to come across again. We’ve been to only eight of them so far, +but we haven’t done so worse. Guess we’ve got enough truck for one booth +already. And then there’ll be one of them for a rummage sale. We’re +going to get each of the fellows to give us something for that, and I’ll +bet we’ll have a fine lot of truck. Each booth will represent a college +and be decorated in the proper colors: Yale, Harvard, Princeton, and so +on. And—and now it’s your turn, Laurie.” + +“Yes, I notice that I always have to do the dirty work,” said the other. +He hugged his knees tighter, rolled over on his back for inspiration, +and, when he again faced his audience on the bench, smiled his nicest. +“Here’s where you girls come in,” he announced. “We want you two to take +two of the booths and get a girl for each of the others. Want to?” + +“Oh, it would be darling!” cried Polly. + +“I’d love to!” said Mae. + +“Only—” + +“Only—” + +“Only what!” asked Ned, as the girls viewed each other doubtfully. + +“I’m not sure Mother would let me,” sighed Polly. “Do you think she +would, Mae?” + +“I don’t believe so. And I don’t believe Mama would let me. She—she’s +awfully particular that way.” + +“Gee!” said Ned, in disappointed tones, “I don’t see why not! It isn’t +as if—” + +“Of course it isn’t,” agreed Laurie. “Besides, your mothers would be +there too!” + +“Would they?” asked Mae, uncertainly. + +“Of course! Every one’s coming! What harm would there be in it? You can +do things for—for charity that you can’t do any other time! All you’d +have to do would be to just stand behind the booth and sell things. It +won’t be hard. Everything will have the price marked on it and—” + +“You won’t need to go by the prices always, though,” interpolated Ned. +“I mean, if you can get more than the thing is marked, you’d better do +it! And then there’s the—the costumes, Laurie.” + +“Oh, yes, I forgot. We’d like each girl to sort of wear something that +would sort of match the college she represented—sort of,” he explained +apologetically. “If you had the Yale booth, you could wear a dark-blue +waist, and so on. Do you think that would be possible?” + +Polly giggled. “We might ask Stella Hatch to take the Harvard booth, +Mae. With her hair, she wouldn’t have to dress much!” + +“And you and Polly could take your first pick,” observed Laurie, +craftily. “You’d look swell as—as Dartmouth, Mae!” + +“In _green_! My gracious, Ned! No, thank you! But Polly ought to be +Yale. She looks lovely in blue. I think I’d like to be Cornell. My +brother Harry’s in Cornell.” + +“All right,” agreed Ned. “I wish you’d ask your mothers soon, will you? +Do try, because we’ve just got to get girls for the booths. You’d have +lots of fun, too. The Banjo and Mandolin Club is going to play for +dancing for an hour at five and nine, and there’ll be an entertainment, +too.” + +“What sort?” asked Polly. + +“We don’t know yet. Some of the gymnastic team will do stunts, I think, +for one thing, and there’ll be singing and maybe Laurie will do some +rope-swinging—” + +“I told you a dozen times I wouldn’t! Besides, I haven’t any rope.” + +“We can find one, probably,” replied his brother, untroubled. “We +haven’t settled about the entertainment yet. And there are two or three +other things we haven’t got to. Starling’s going to have his garden all +fixed up, and he’s going to cover the old arbor with branches and hang +Chinese lanterns in it and have little tables and chairs there for folks +to sit down and eat ice-cream and cake. + +“And that reminds me, Polly. Do you suppose that Miss Comfort would make +some cakes for us?” + +“Why, yes, Nid, but—but you’d have to _buy_ them. I don’t think you +ought to expect her to _donate_ them.” + +“We meant to buy them, of course, Polly. And we wondered if your mother +would make some of those dandy cream-puffs.” + +“I’m sure she will. How many would you want?” + +“I don’t know. You see, there’s no way of telling how many will come. +There are three thousand people in Orstead, but that doesn’t mean much, +does it? The ‘Messenger’ editor’s agreed to put in an advertisement for +us for nothing, and there’ll be notices all around town in the windows: +we got the man who prints the school monthly to do them for just the +cost of the paper. So folks ought to come, shouldn’t you think?” + +“Oh, I’m sure they will!” agreed Polly, and Mae echoed her. “But it’ll +be dreadfully hard to know how much cake and ice-cream and refreshments +to order, won’t it?” + +“Fierce,” agreed Ned. “I suppose the best way will be to reckon on, say, +three hundred and order that much stuff. Only, how do you tell how much +three hundred will eat?” + +“Why, you can’t! Besides, Nid, three hundred people would only bring in +seventy-five dollars!” + +“In admissions, yes; but we’ve got to make them buy things when we get +them in there. If every one spent a dollar inside—” + +“But lots of them won’t. Do you think they will, Mae?” + +Mae shook her head. “No, I don’t. Lots and lots will just come out of +curiosity and won’t spend a cent. I know, boys, because that’s the way +they act at the fairs here.” + +Ned kicked at the turf gloomily. “Gee, that’s fierce!” he muttered. + +“Well, we’d ought to get more than three hundred folks,” said Laurie. +“Remember, it’s to be afternoon and evening too. I’ll bet there’ll be +nearer six hundred than three.” + +Ned brightened. “That’s so. And six hundred, even if they only averaged +fifty cents apiece, would be three hundred dollars. And I guess if we +can make three hundred, we can dig up the other fifty! Well, we’ve got +to get busy, Laurie. I got them to give me a cut from practice this +afternoon and I’ll have to make the most of my time,” he explained to +the girls. + +“Oh! And did they let you off, too, Nod?” asked Polly. + +“No, we’re through with baseball,” Laurie answered. “No more till +spring. I’m just fairly broken-hearted!” + +“When will you know about helping us, Polly?” Ned asked. + +[Illustration: “But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” +asked Polly] + +“I’ll ask Mother right away; and you’ll ask, too, won’t you, Mae? Can +you stop in this evening? I do hope it’ll be all right!” + +“So do we!” said Ned and Laurie, in a breath. “Rather!” + +And the Committee on Arrangements hurried away. + +That night the committee met again in Dan Whipple’s room in West Hall +and satisfactory progress was reported all along the line. Ned read a +list of donations from the town merchants, and announced that twelve +young ladies from the high school would be on hand, appropriately +attired, to take charge of the booths. Lew Cooper showed proofs of the +poster that was to be displayed in windows and tacked on posts and +fences, and of the four-inch, double-column advertisement to appear in +the “Messenger.” Dan reported that Mr. Wells, the physical director, had +promised to see that the best six members of the gymnastic team should +exhibit afternoon and evening. + +“That means, though,” he said, “that we’ll have to have some kind of a +platform. Better make a note of that, Lew.” + +“Platforms cost money,” answered Lew, dubiously. “Maybe we can +borrow—I’ll tell you what! There’s one stored over in the field-house, +one they use to set the dressing-tent on. It’s in two +pieces,—sections,—but I guess it’s big enough. We’ll see if we can’t +get the use of it.” + +“Good! Better ask Mr. Wells, Say, Hal, did you see Norris?” + +Hal Pringle was Dan’s room-mate, and, while he was usually present at +the meetings, he was careful to keep himself in the background unless +called on for advice. Now he looked up from his book and nodded. “Yes, +it ’a all right. They’ll play for an hour in the afternoon and an hour +at night. I had to promise them eats, though.” + +“Of course. Much obliged. Speaking of eats, fellows, what’s been done +about the refreshments?” + +“Nothing yet,” answered Ned. “I wanted to talk that over. How many +sandwiches and how much salad will we want? And how many gallons of +ice-cream and—” + +“Whoa!” begged Dan. “Blessed if I know! How the dickens are we going to +know how much food will be needed? What’s the rule about it? Or isn’t +there any?” + +“Depends on how many will attend the show,” said Lew. “Find that out—” + +“How’re we going to find it out, you chump? How many do you suppose we +can count on, Ned?” + +“Maybe six hundred,” was the answer. “But if it should rain—” + +“There you are! If it rained, we mightn’t get two hundred! I’ll say +that’s a problem. We’d be in a fine fix if we found ourselves with two +or three freezers of ice-cream on our hands and a lot of other truck. +Look here, Tabby might know. Suppose you ask her, Ned. We’ve got to have +enough and not too much.” + +“It’ll be all right about the ice-cream,” said Laurie. “The man said we +could return what we didn’t open if we got it back that night so he +could pack it over. But the other things—” + +“You talk to Tabby in the morning,” repeated Dan. “She’ll know if any +one does. Now what else? What about the entertainment part of it, Mr. +Chairman of the Committee on Arrangements? What have you got in mind +besides the gymnastics?” + +“We thought we might find some one who could sing or dance. But we don’t +know many of the fellows.” + +“Bully! There’s Cheesman, Lew. He’s a corker. And Kewpie isn’t so bad. +He sings a funny song mighty well.” + +“He couldn’t sing it in the afternoon, though, Dan: he’d be at the +field.” + +“That’s so! still, the game ought to be finished by four. We wouldn’t +have the entertainment part until late, would we?” + +“About four, I thought,” said Ned, “but Kewpie could come last. I’ll put +him down, anyway.” + +“Anything else besides songs?” asked Dan. + +“Yes, only-” Ned dropped his voice and glanced at Pringle—“only it’s +got to be kept a secret to make good.” + +“Oh, Hal’s all right. He’s a sort of ex-officio member of the committee. +Shoot, Ned!” + + + + +CHAPTER XIII—NED GETS INTO THE GAME + + +Four hectic days followed. To Laurie, since Ned was held for two hours +each afternoon at the football field, fell most of the duties of the +Committee on Arrangements, and he was a very busy youth. He badgered +shopkeepers into parting with goods to be sold at the booths, helped Bob +Starling trim up the old arbor in the garden of the Coventry place, made +frequent trips to the Or stead caterer’s, engaged eight cakes from Miss +Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from the Widow Deane, spent two +hours Wednesday helping Lew and Hal Pringle distribute posters +throughout the village, and attended to a hundred other matters +between-times. Of course, Ned aided when he could, and was helpful with +advice and unfailing in suggestions; but recitations and football +practice didn’t leave him much time, even though he conscientiously +arose a full hour earlier every morning that week, and skimped studying +so much that he got in trouble with three instructors in one day! + +Miss Tabitha had proved as helpful as Dan Whipple had predicted. She had +shaken her head at the idea of entertaining six hundred at the fête. +“You mustn’t count on more than half that many,” she said. “I dare say +all the boys will go, and they’ll make ninety. Then, if you get two +hundred of the townsfolk, you’ll be doing very nicely. Don’t decide how +much salad or how many sandwiches you want until Saturday morning. So +much will depend on the weather. Even if you hold the affair indoors, +lots of folks won’t come if it rains. You say you’ve ordered eight cakes +from Martha Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from Mrs. Deane?” + +“Yes’m,” said Ned. “We wanted Mrs. Deane to make more, but she didn’t +think she could.” + +“Well, that’s a hundred and fourty-four cream-puffs, and—let me +see—one of Miss Comfort’s cakes will cut into sixteen pieces, and eight +times sixteen—” + +“A hundred and twenty-eight, ma’am.” + +“Well, and a hundred and twenty-eight and a hundred and forty-four—” + +“Two hundred and seventy-two.” + +“You’re real quick at figures, aren’t you? Seems as if, though, counting +on three hundred, you’d be a little short. I’ll have Aunt Persis make +one of her marble-cakes. That’ll help out, I guess.” + +“Yes’m; thanks awfully,” answered Ned. + +“Who is going to serve the refreshments?” + +“Why—why—” Ned’s face fell. “I guess we hadn’t thought of that!” + +“Well, it makes a heap of difference, because you can make a quart of +ice-cream serve ten people or twenty, just as you’ve a mind to. I +usually count on sixteen. Same way with a loaf of cake, and same way +with salad. It’s awfully easy to waste salad when you’re serving it. +Now, if you’d like me to, Ned, I’ll attend to serving everything for +you. You just have the things set down there and I’ll look after them.” + +“Oh, Miss Hillman, if you would! Gee, that would be great! It—it’ll be +a lot of trouble, though, ma’am.” + +“Well, I guess it won’t be the first trouble I’ve seen,” replied Miss +Tabitha, dryly; “nor it won’t be the last!” + +Thursday afternoon Laurie hurried over to the Coventry place as soon as +a two-o’clock recitation was done. Bob was awaiting him at the gate, and +conducted him around to the back of the big square house. Ned stared in +surprise. The tangle of trees and vines and shrubbery had been trimmed +to orderly neatness, the long, unkempt grass had been shorn to a yellow, +but respectable, turf, and the old arbor showed new strips where Thomas, +the Starlings’ man, had been at work on the decrepit frame. Near at hand +lay piles of cedar and hemlock branches. + +“Dad got a couple of the men to cut those down near the tunnel and haul +them up here.” Bob explained. “Thomas is going to help us put them up. +He made a peachy job of the garden, didn’t he?” + +“You bet!” responded Laurie, heartily. “I wouldn’t have known the place! +I say, Bob, this arbor’s longer than I thought it was.” + +“Forty feet, about. Why?” + +“I only ordered six tables and a dozen chairs from the caterer,” +answered Laurie, dubiously. “Guess they aren’t enough; but he’s charging +twenty-five cents apiece for them—” + +“Twenty-five cents for a table? Isn’t that dirt-cheap?” + +“We’re only renting them, you idiot!” + +“Oh, I see. Well, six is enough, I guess; you don’t want to crowd them. +Now let’s get busy with the green stuff. I’ll yell down cellar for +Thomas. There’s a ball of twine, and I’ve got two hammers and a lot of +tacks on the side porch. You take your coat off and I’ll—” + +“We’ll have to have a step-ladder, Bob!” + +“There’s a short ladder right beside you. Be right back.” + +Laurie sat down on a wheelbarrow, after removing his coat and folding +back the sleeves of his shirt, and looked around him. The garden was +fairly large—larger in appearance since the clutter of shrubbery along +the sides had been cleared away. Along the School Park edge ran a tall +hedge of lilac bushes. At the back was the high board fence, painted +dark brown, that separated the garden from the Widow Deane’s humble +property. On the other side was a rusty ornamental iron fence, mostly +hidden by vines. Broad walks, in spite of Thomas’s efforts rather +overrun with weeds, surrounded the central plot of ancient turf, and +another ran straight down the middle of the garden, connecting with the +arbor. Wires were to be strung from the trees and across to the arbor, +and Chinese lanterns hung thereon. Laurie, half closing his eyes, sought +to visualize the place as it would appear on Saturday. He did want the +affair to be a success, both financial and artistic, both on account of +the school and—well, for the honor of the Turners! While he was musing, +two things happened simultaneously: Bob and Thomas appeared from the +house, and a familiar voice came to him from the opposite direction. + +“Nod!” called the voice. “Nod, will you please come here a moment?” + +Laurie’s eyes sought the board fence. Over the top of it appeared the +head and shoulders of Polly. He left the wheelbarrow and hurried through +the arbor and down the walk beyond. Polly’s face indicated distress, +whether mental or physical Laurie couldn’t determine. But Polly’s first +words explained. + +“I can’t stay here l-long,” she said. “I—I’m just hanging by my elbows. +I cl-climbed up on a board, and it’s fallen down!” + +“I’ll get you a ladder!” cried Laurie, gallantly. + +“N-no, never mind. I’m going to drop in a s-second. I just want to ask +you what Brown’s color is. Nettie Blanchard is going to be Brown and—” + +“Why, brown, of course!” + +“Oh!” There was the sound of desperate scraping against the farther side +of the fence, and Polly’s countenance became fairly convulsed with the +effort of holding herself in sight. “Oh! She said it was pur-pur—” + +Polly disappeared. There was a thud from the next yard. + +“Purple!” The word floated across to him, muffled but triumphant. + +“Are you hurt, Polly?” he called anxiously. + +“Not a bit,” was the rueful response, “but I’m afraid the day-lilies +are!” Then she laughed merrily. “Thanks, Nod! I didn’t think Nettie was +right. She loves purple, you see!” + +“Does she? Well, say, maybe she can be Williams. We weren’t going to +have Williams, but its color is purple, I think, and if she is going to +be disappointed—” + +“She will look very well indeed in brown,” came from the other side in +judicial tones; “and if we begin making changes, half the girls will +want to be something they aren’t. Why, Pearl Fayles begged to be some +girls’ college neither Mae nor I had ever heard of, just so she could +wear lavender and pale lemon!” + +“Well, all right,” laughed Laurie. “She’d better stick to Brown—and +brown! Good-by, Polly. I’ll drop in after a while and find out how +things are getting on.” + +He turned to find Bob viewing him quizzically from the end of the arbor, +swinging a hammer in each hand. “Of course it’s all right, I dare say,” +he announced, “but I _thought_ you came here to fix up the arbor. +Instead of that I find you talking to girls over the fence!” + +“There’s only one girl,” replied Laurie, with dignity, “and we were +talking business.” + +“Oh, of course! Sorry I interrupted.” + +“You needn’t be, and you didn’t. Quit grinning like a simpleton and give +me a hammer!” + +“Right-o! Come on, Thomas! It’s quite all right now!” + +An hour later their task was done, and well done, and they viewed it +with approval. To be honest, the major part of the work had been +performed by the faithful Thomas, although it is not to be denied that +both Laurie and Bob toiled conscientiously. Before they were through +approving the result from various angles, Bob’s father joined them. Mr. +Starling was an older edition of Bob—a tall, straight, lean-visaged man +of forty-two or -three, with the complexion of one who had lived an +outdoor life. He had a deep, pleasant voice and a quiet manner not fully +in accord with a pair of keen eyes and a firm mouth. + +“I’d call that a good piece of work, boys,” he said, as he joined them. +“And right up to specifications, too. Those paper lanterns come yet, +Bob?” + +“No, sir; I haven’t seen them.” + +“Lanterns, Mr. Starling?” asked Laurie. “Do you mean Chinese lanterns? +We’ve ordered a lot from the caterer, sir.” + +“Tell him you won’t need them, then. I’ve got a hundred coming up from +the city, Turner. They ought to be here, too. Thomas, call up the +express company and ask about them.” + +“That’s very kind, sir,” said Laurie, “but you needn’t have done it. +You—you’re doing _everything_!” + +“Nonsense! Bob and I want to do our part, of course. Well, this +wilderness certainly looks different, doesn’t it? That reminds me, Bob; +the agent writes me that we may ‘make such improvements to the property +as we desire.’ So, as I consider the absence of that arbor an +improvement, I guess you can pull it down any time you like. I’m going +to have a cup of tea, Turner. Will you join me? I believe there will be +cakes, too.” + +Laurie found Ned in rather a low frame of mind when he got back to +Number 16 a half-hour before supper-time. Ned was hunched over a Latin +book and each hand held a firm grip on his hair. At Laurie’s arrival he +merely grunted. + +“Where does it pain you most?” asked Laurie, solicitously, subsiding +into a chair with a weary sigh. Ned’s mood was far from flippant. He +rewarded the other with a scowl, and bent his gaze on the book again. +“Want to hear the latest news from the front?” persisted Laurie. + +“No, I don’t!” his brother growled. “I’ve had all the news I can stand. +Smug says that if I don’t get this rotten stuff by nine to-night, and +make a perfect showing to-morrow, he will can me!” + +“Mr. Cornish said that?” gasped Laurie. “What do you know about that? +Why, I thought he was a gentleman!” + +“He’s a—a brute! I can’t learn the old stuff! And I have a hunch that +Mulford means to give me a try in the Loring game Saturday. And if I +don’t get this, Cornish will fix it so I can’t play. He as good as said +so.” + +“Didn’t you tell him you’d been busy with the fête and everything?” + +“Of course I did. Much he cared! Just made a rotten pun. Said I’d better +keep my own fate in mind. Puns are fearfully low and vulgar!” + +“Aren’t they? How much of that have you got?” + +“Six pages. I—I’ve sort of neglected it the last two days. Some fellows +can fake through, but I don’t have any luck. He’s always picking on me.” + +Laurie whistled expressively. “Six pages! Well, never say die, partner. +We’ll get down to supper early, and that’ll give us two hours before +nine.” + +“Us?” questioned Ned, hopefully. + +“Sure. I’ll give you a hand. As the well-known proverb so wisely +remarks, two heads are the shortest way home.” + +Ned grinned, and stopped tormenting his hair. “Honest? That’s mighty +decent, Laurie. I’ll do as much for you some day.” + +“Hope you won’t have to. Wash your dirty face and let’s beat it!” + +At half-past nine a more cheerful and much relieved Ned returned from +the hall master’s study. “All right,” he announced to an anxious Laurie. +“He was rather decent, too. Said he guessed that, in view of the +manifold affairs engaging my attention just now,—you know the crazy way +he talks,—he wouldn’t demand too much from me. Reckon he means to let +me down easy to-morrow, eh?” + +“Maybe, partner, and maybe not. Take my advice and, in the words of the +Scouts, be prepared!” + +Friday was a hectic day for Laurie and all others concerned with the +fête. Difficulties that had remained in ambush all the week sprang out +and confronted them at the last moment. Half a dozen things had been +forgotten, and every member of the committee sought to exonerate +himself. Tempers were short and the meeting in Dan Whipple’s room at +nine o’clock was far from harmonious. All went to bed that night firmly +convinced that the affair was doomed to be a flat failure. And, to add +to that conviction, the night sky was overcast and an unsympathetic +easterly wind was blowing. Ned, conscious of having imposed too many +duties on Laurie, was grouchy and silent; and Laurie, convinced that he +had been made a “goat” of, and that Ned was secretly blaming him for +mistakes and omissions that were no fault of his, retired in high +dudgeon. + +And yet, the morning dawned fair and warm, with an almost cloudless blue +sky over the world, and life looked very different indeed. Ned arose +whistling, and Laurie somehow knew that everything would be all right. +Fortunately, they had but two recitations on Saturday, and in +consequence there remained to them three whole hours before dinner to +devote to the affairs of the entertainment. They were busy hours, you +may be sure. If Ned hurried downtown once, he hurried there half a dozen +times; while Laurie, seated beside the driver of a rickety +express-wagon, rounded up all kinds of things, from the platform at the +field-house to the cakes at Miss Comfort’s. Dinner brought a respite; +but as soon as it was over, Laurie was back on the job, while Ned joined +the football-players. + +Of course, what the Hillman’s School football team should have done that +afternoon was to score a decisive victory over the visiting eleven. What +it did do was to get thoroughly worsted. Loring was something of a +surprise, with a heavier line and a faster bunch of backs than Hillman’s +had expected. And Loring knew a lot of football, and proved the fact +early in the game. At half-past two, by which time the second period was +half over, the result was a foregone conclusion. Loring had scored two +touch-downs and as many goals therefrom, and the Blue had never once +threatened the adversary’s last white line. Gains through the opponent +were infrequent and short, even Pope, who could generally be depended on +to tear off a few yards when the worst came to the worst, failing +dismally. + +In mid-field, Mason and Slavin made some stirring advances around the +Loring wings, and there were several successful forward passes to the +home team’s credit; but, once past Loring’s thirty-yard line, Hillman’s +seemed powerless. The third quarter went scoreless, and in the fourth, +realizing doubtless that defeat was certain, Coach Mulford used his +substitutes lavishly. Ned made his first appearance on the big team in +that period, taking Mason’s place for some eight of the fifteen minutes. +He did neither better nor worse than the other second- and third-string +fellows, perhaps—although, when Pope was taken out and Deering +substituted at full-back, he did his share of the punting and performed +very creditably. But that fourth period gave Loring an opportunity to +add to her score, and she seized it. Even with several substitutes in +her own line-up, she was still far better than Hillman’s, and a goal +from the field and, in the last few moments of the game, a third +touch-down, resulted. + +The Blue fought desperately and gamely with her back to the wall, in an +effort to stave off that last score; but eventually Holmes, who had +taken Kewpie’s place at center, weakened, and the Loring back piled +through. The final score was 23 to 0, and what two hours before had been +looked on as a victory or, at the worst, a tie, had become a cataclysm! +Humiliated, if not disgraced, the home-team players trailed to the +field-house with hanging heads, averting their eyes from the sight of +Loring’s triumphal march around the gridiron. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV—THE FETE + + +Behold Fairyland! + +Well, at least an excellent imitation of what Fairyland must look like. +Overhead, a clear, star-sprinkled sky; below, scores of gaily-hued +lanterns shedding their soft glow over a charming scene. Through the +side gate, please, on School Park. Twenty-five cents to the boy on duty +there, and you are inside, with the manifold attractions awaiting you. +On three sides of the transformed garden are the college booths, each +decked with bunting and flags of appropriate colors, and each presided +over by a patriotically attired young lady who will gladly, nay, +eagerly, sell you almost anything from a cake of soap (“Donated by the +Town Square Pharmacy, H. J. Congreve, Prop’r.”) to a knitted sweater or +a gingham house-dress (“Compliments of The New York Store, High Class +Dry Goods”). Near at hand, Yale is represented by Miss Polly Deane, +capped and aproned in blue, her eyes sparkling and her voice sweetly +insistent: “Won’t you buy something, please, sir? Post-cards, two for +five! These pictures are only fifty cents, all beautifully framed and +ready for hanging! Can I sell you something, ma’am?” + +Beyond, gay with orange and black, is the Princeton booth; and still +beyond, Dartmouth and Columbia and California; and then, a blur of +brilliant crimson through the leafage, Harvard. And so on all around the +garden, with merry voices sounding above the chatter of the throng that +moves here and there. Down the center of Fairyland runs a leafy tunnel +from within which blue and red and yellow and green rays twinkle. There, +under the hanging lanterns, little tables and chairs are dotted on the +gravel, and half a dozen aproned youths are busy bearing, not always +without mishap, plates of salad and rolls and dishes of ice-cream and +cake. Close to the back of the house is a platform illumined by a row of +electric lights, the one glaring spot in the area of soft radiance. + +“How’s it going?” asked a heavily-built youth of a slimmer one who had +paused at the entrance to the arbor. + +“Hello, Kewpie! Oh, bully, so far. We took in eighty-four dollars this +afternoon, and we’ll do at least twice as well to-night. They’re still +coming. Have you seen Whipple anywhere?” + +“Yes, a minute ago, down at the Pennsylvania booth. She’s a mighty +pretty girl, too, Nod. I bought a pocket-knife of her for a quarter, and +got stung; but I don’t mind. I’m going back to get another pretty soon. +When do I have to sing again?” + +“You follow Wilson’s clog-dance. We’re switching you and Cheesman, +Kewpie. His stuff is corking, but it’s pretty high-brow, and we thought +you’d better bring up the end and make the audience feel cheerful.” + +“All right; but it won’t feel very cheerful if those orchestra guys +don’t do better than they did this afternoon. They were four or five +notes behind me once! Nid said you had a new stunt this +evening—something you left out this afternoon.” + +“Yes; we couldn’t work it in daylight very well. It ought to go fine +to-night, though.” + +“What is it?” + +“You wait and see. I’ve got to find Whipple. Say, if you see Ned, tell +him I’ll be at the platform in five minutes and want him to meet me +there. Everybody keeps getting lost here!” + +On the way past the arbor, Laurie ran into George Watson, returning +across lots balancing a couple of plates in one hand and holding a large +slab of cake in the other, from which he nibbled as he went. “Hello!” he +said, none too distinctly. “I’ve been looking for you.” + +“Wanted to bring me refreshments, I suppose.” + +George looked at the empty plates, laughed, and shook his head. “Not +exactly. I’ve been feeding Cornell. Somebody ought to take eats to those +girls, Nod; they’re starving!” + +“All right; you do it.” + +“What do you think I am? A millionaire? I bought Mae a salad and an +ice-cream, and I’m about broke. Lend me a half, will you? Thanks. Want +an ice-cream? I’ll treat.” + +“No, thanks. Have you seen Dan Whipple?” + +“Sure! He’s over at the Pennsylvania booth, buying it out! Say, +everything’s going great, isn’t it? Couldn’t have had a finer evening, +either, what? Well, see you later. I’m hungry!” And George continued his +way to the house, where Miss Tabitha, surrounded by willing and hungry +helpers, presided sternly, but most capably, over the refreshments. + +At eight o’clock the boy on duty at the entrance estimated the +attendance as close to two hundred, which, added to the eighty-six paid +admissions before supper, brought the total close to the first estimate +of three hundred. It is safe to say that every Hillman’s boy attended +the fête either in the afternoon or evening, and that most of the +faculty came and brought Mrs. Faculty—when there was a Mrs. Faculty. +Doctor Hillman was spied by Laurie purchasing a particularly useless and +unlovely article in burnt wood from the auburn-haired Miss Hatch. Every +one seemed to be having a good time, and the only fly in the ointment of +the committee was the likelihood that the refreshments would be +exhausted far too soon. + +The Weather Man had kindly provided an evening of exceptional warmth, +with scarcely enough breeze to sway the paper lanterns that glowed from +end to end of the old garden, an evening so warm that ice-cream was more +in demand than sandwiches or salad; and fortunately so, since ice-cream +was the one article of refreshment that could be and was replenished. +If, said Ned, folks would stick to ice-cream and go light on the other +refreshments, they might get through. To which Laurie agreed, and Ned +hied him to the telephone and ordered another freezer sent up. + +At a few minutes after eight the Banjo and Mandolin Club took possession +of the chairs behind the platform and dashed into a military march. +Following that, six picked members of the Gymnastic Club did some very +clever work, and Cheesman, a tall and rather soulful-looking upper +middler, sang two ballads very well indeed, and then, as an encore, +quite took the joy out of life with “Suwanee River”! Little Miss +Comfort, present through the courtesy of the Committee on Arrangements, +sniffled quite audibly, but was heard to declare that “it was just too +sweet for anything!” A rather embarrassed junior attempted some card +tricks that didn’t go very well, and then Wilson, garbed more or less in +the character of an Irish gentleman returning from Donnybrook Fair, and +swinging a shillaly, did some jig-dancing that was really clever and won +much applause. + +There was a brief unofficial intermission while three anxious committee +members made search for Kewpie Proudtree. He was presently discovered +consuming his fourth plate of ice-cream in the seclusion of the side +porch, and was haled away, protesting, to the platform. In spite of what +may seem an over-indulgence in refreshment, Kewpie was in excellent +voice and a jovial mood, and sang four rollicking songs in a manner that +captured his audience. In fact, long after Kewpie had vanished from the +public gaze and returned to his ice-cream, the audience still demanded +more. + +Its attention was eventually captured, however, by Dan Whipple, who +announced importantly that it gave him much pleasure to say that, at a +great expense, the committee had secured as an added attraction the +world-famed Signor Duodelli, who, with their kind permission, would +exhibit for their pleasure and astoundment his miraculous act known as +the Vanishing Man, as performed before the crowned heads of Europe, to +the bewilderment and applause of all beholders. “Ladies and gentlemen, +Signor Duodelli!” + +The Signor had a noticeable likeness to Lew Cooper, in spite of his +gorgeous mustache and flowing robe of red and purple cheese-cloth. Yet +it might not have been Lew, for his manner was extremely foreign and his +gestures and the few words he used in directing the arranging of his +“properties” were unmistakably Latin. The properties consisted of a +kitchen chair, a threefold screen covered with black baize, and a coil +of rope. There was also in evidence a short wand, but the Signor held +that in his hand, waving it around most eloquently. The audience laughed +and applauded and waited patiently until the chair had been placed +exactly to the Signor’s liking, close to the back of the platform, and +the screen beside it. Previously several of the lights had been put out, +and those that remained threw their glare on the front of the stage, +leaving the back, while discernible, less in evidence. + +“Now,” announced the Signor, narrowly escaping from falling off the +platform as he tripped over his robe, “I aska da some one coma up and +giva da help. Any one I aska. You, Signor, maybe, eh?” The magician +pointed his wand at Mr. Cornish, in the front of the clustered audience; +but the gentleman laughingly declined. The Signor seemed disappointed. +“No-o-o? You no geta da hurt. Some one else, eh?” He looked invitingly +around, and a small junior, urged by his companions, struggled to the +front. Unfortunately for his ambitions to pose in the lime-light, the +Signor’s glance had moved to another quarter, and, ere the junior could +get his attention, a volunteer appeared from the semi-obscurity of the +kitchen porch. He was peculiarly attired, wearing a simple white garment +having a strong resemblance to the old-fashioned night-shirt, that +covered him completely from neck to ankles. He was bareheaded, revealing +the fact that his locks were red-brown in hue. + +“Ah!” exclaimed the Signor, delightedly. “You will helpa me, _si_? Right +thisa way, Signor. I thanka you!” + +“That’s one of the Turner fellows,” muttered a boy, while the small +junior and his companions called “Fake!” loudly. However, the +good-natured laughter of the audience drowned the accusation, and some +two hundred pairs of eyes watched amusedly and expectantly while, with +the assistance of two other volunteers, the youth in the white robe was +tied securely to the chair. + +“Maka him tight,” directed the Signor, enthusiastically, waving his +wand. “Pulla da knot. Ha, thata da way! Good! Signors, I thanka you!” + +The two who had tied the victim to the chair retired from the platform. +The Signor seized the screen and opened it wide and turned it around and +closed it and turned it again. + +“You seea?” he demanded. “There is nothing that deceive! Now, then, I +placea da screen so!” He folded it around the boy and the chair, leaving +only the side away from the audience uncovered. He drew away the width +of the platform, and, “Music, ifa you please,” he requested. The +orchestra, whose members had moved their chairs to one side, struck up a +merry tune, and the Signor, folding his arms, bent a rapt gaze on the +blank, impenetrable blackness of the screen. A brief moment passed. Then +the Signor bade the music cease, took a step forward, and pointed to the +screen. + +“Away!” he cried, and swung his arm in a half-circle, his body following +with a weird flaring of his brilliant robes until, with outstretched +finger, he faced the audience. “Ha! He come! Thisa way, Signor! Comea +quick!” + +As one man the audience turned and followed the pointing finger. Through +the deserted arbor came a boy in a white garment. He pushed his way +through the throng and jumped to the stage. As he did so, the Signor +whisked aside the screen. There was the chair empty, and there was the +rope dangling from it, twisted and knotted. + +A moment of surprised silence gave place to hearty applause. +Theoretically it might have been possible for the boy in the chair to +vanish from behind the screen, reach the farther end of the garden, and +run back into sight; but actually, as the audience realized on second +thought, it couldn’t possibly have been done in the few seconds, surely +not more than ten, that had elapsed between the placing of the screen +and the appearance of the boy behind them. And then, how had he got +himself free from the rope? An audience likes to be puzzled, and this +one surely was. The garden hummed with conjecture and discussion. There +were some there who could have explained the seeming phenomenon, but +they held their counsel. + +Meanwhile, on the platform the Signor was modestly bowing alternately to +the audience and to his subject, the latter apparently no worse for his +magic transposition. And the orchestra again broke into its interrupted +melody. The applause became insistent, but Signor Duodelli, perhaps +because his contract with the committee called for no further evidence +of his powers, only bowed and bowed and at last disappeared into the +obscurity of the shadows. Whereupon the Banjo and Mandolin Club moved +into the house, and presently the strains of a one-step summoned the +dancers to the big drawing-room. + +Laurie, unconsciously rubbing a wrist, smiled as he listened to the +comments of the dissolving audience. “Well, but there’s no getting +around the fact that it was the same boy,” declared a pompous little +gentleman to his companion. “Same hair and eyes and everything! Couldn’t +be two boys as much alike, eh? Not possibly! Very clever!” + +Laurie chuckled as he made his way to Polly’s booth. That young lady +looked a little tired, and, by the same token, so did the Yale booth! +Only a bare dozen framed pictures and a small number of post-cards +remained of her stock. “Don’t you think I’ve done awfully well?” asked +Polly, a trifle pathetically. She seemed to need praise, and Laurie +supplied it. + +“Corking, Polly,” he assured her. “I guess you’ve sold more than any of +the others, haven’t you?” + +“N-no, I guess some of the others have done better, Nod; but I think +they had more attractive articles, don’t you? Anyhow, I’ve taken in +twelve dollars and thirty cents since supper, and I made four dollars +and eighty-five cents this afternoon; only I must have dropped a dime +somewhere, for I’m ten cents short. Or perhaps someone didn’t give me +the right amount.” + +“Why, that’s seventeen dollars!” exclaimed Laurie. “I didn’t think you +had anywhere near seventeen dollars’ worth of things here, Polly!” + +“Oh, I didn’t! Not nearly! Why, if I’d sold things at the prices marked +on them, Nod, I wouldn’t have had more than half as much! But lots of +folks _wanted_ to pay more, and I let them. Mr. Conklin, the jeweler, +bought a picture, one of the funny landscapes with the frames that +didn’t fit at the corners, and he said it was ridiculous to sell it for +a quarter, and he gave me a dollar for it. Then he held the picture up +and just laughed and laughed at it! I guess he just wanted to spend his +money, don’t you? You know, Ned said we were to get as much as we could +for things, so I usually added ten cents to the price that was marked on +them—sometimes more, if a person looked extravagant. One lady came back +and said she’d paid twenty-five cents for a picture and it was marked +fifteen on the back. I said I was sorry she was dissatisfied and I’d be +very glad to buy it back from her for twenty.” + +Laurie laughed. “What did she say to that?” he asked. + +“She said if I wanted it bad enough to pay twenty cents for it she +guessed it was worth twenty-five, and went off and didn’t come back.” +Polly laughed and then sighed. “I’m awfully tired. Doesn’t that music +sound lovely? Do you dance?” + +Laurie shook his head. “No; but, say, if you want to go in there, I’ll +watch the booth for you.” + +Polly hesitated. “It’s funny you don’t,” she said. “Don’t you like it?” + +It was Laurie’s turn to hesitate. “No, not much. I never have danced. +It—it seems sort of silly.” He looked at Polly doubtfully. Although he +wouldn’t have acknowledged it, he was more than half sorry that dancing +was not included among his accomplishments. + +“It isn’t silly at all,” asserted Polly, almost indignantly. “You ought +to learn. Mae could teach you to one-step in no time at all!” + +“I guess that’s about the way I’d do it,” answered Laurie, sadly—“in no +time at all! Don’t you—couldn’t _you_ teach a fellow?” + +“I don’t believe so. I never tried to teach any one. Besides, Mae dances +lots better than I do. She put the things she had left on Grace +Boswell’s booth and went inside the minute the music started. She wanted +me to come, but I thought I shouldn’t,” added Polly, virtuously. + +“You go ahead now,” urged Laurie. “I’ll stay here till you come back. It +isn’t fair for you girls to miss the dancing. Besides, I guess there +won’t be much more sold now. Folks have begun to go, some of them, and +most of the others are inside.” + +Polly looked toward the house. Through the big wide-open windows the +lilting music of a waltz floated out. The Banjo and Mandolin Club was +really doing very well to-night. Polly sighed once and looked wistful. +Then she shook her head. “Thanks, Nod,” she said, “but I guess I’ll stay +here. Some one _might_ come.” + +“What do you care? You don’t own ’em! Anyway, I guess I could sell a +post-card if I had to!” + +“You’d have trouble selling any of those pictures,” laughed Polly. +“Aren’t they dreadful? Where did they come from?” + +“Pretty fierce,” Laurie agreed. “They came from the Metropolitan +Furniture Store. The man dug them out of a corner in the cellar. I guess +he’d had them for years! Anyway, there was enough dust on them to choke +you. He seemed awfully tickled when we agreed to take them and let him +alone!” + +“I should think he might have! We girls agreed to buy things from each +other, just to help, but the only things they bought from me were +post-cards!” Polly laughed as though at some thought; and Laurie, who +had elevated himself to an empty corner of the booth and was swinging +his feet against the blue draping in front, looked inquiringly. “I was +just thinking about the boys,” explained Polly. + +“What about them? What boys do you mean?” Laurie asked coldly. + +“The high school boys. They’re awfully peeved because we girls took part +in this, and not one of them has been here, I guess.” + +“Cheeky beggars,” grumbled Laurie. “Guess we can do without them, +though. Here comes Bob’s father.” + +Mr. Starling was bent on a most peculiar mission. Laurie and Polly +watched him stop at the next booth and engage in conversation. Then a +fat pocket-book was produced, a bill was tendered, and Mr. Starling +strolled on. At the Yale booth he stopped again. + +“Well, Turner,” he greeted, “this affair looks like a huge success, +doesn’t it? Why aren’t you young folks inside there, dancing?” + +“I don’t dance, sir,” answered Laurie, somewhat to his chagrin in a most +apologetic tone. “And Polly thinks she ought to stand by the ship. This +is Polly Deane, Mr. Starling.” + +Bob’s father shook hands cordially across the depleted counter and +assured its proprietor that he was very glad indeed to make her +acquaintance. Then he added: “But you don’t seem to have much left, Miss +Polly. Now, I’m a great hand at a bargain. I dare say that if you made +me a fair price for what there is here I’d jump at it. What do you say?” + +Polly apparently didn’t know just what to say for a minute, and her gaze +sought counsel of Laurie. + +“If you ask me,” laughed the latter, “I’d say fifty cents was a big +price for the lot!” + +“You’re not in charge,” said Mr. Starling, almost severely. “I’m sure +the young lady has better business ability. Suppose you name a price, +Miss Polly.” + +“We-ell—” Polly did some mental arithmetic, and then, doubtfully: “A +dollar and a half, sir,” she said. + +“Done!” replied Mr. Starling. He drew forth a two-dollar bill. “There +you are! Just leave the things where they are. I’ll look after them +later. Now you youngsters go in and dance. What’s this? Change? My dear +young lady, don’t you know that change is never given at an affair of +this kind? I really couldn’t think of taking it. It—it’s a criminal +offense!” And Mr. Starling nodded and walked away. + +“By Jove, he’s a brick!” exclaimed Laurie, warmly. “Look, he’s doing the +same thing everywhere!” + +“I know,” answered Polly, watching. “It’s just dear of him, isn’t it? +But, Nod, _what_ do you suppose he will do with these awful pictures?” + +“The same thing he will do with that truck he’s buying now,” was the +laughing reply. “He will probably put them in the furnace!” + +“Well,” said Polly, after a moment, “I suppose we might as well go +inside, don’t you? We can look on, anyway, and”—with a stifled +sigh—“I’d ’most as lief look on as dance.” + +Laurie followed, for the second time in his life wishing that the +Terpsichorean art had been included in his education! + + + + +CHAPTER XV—NED HAS AN IDEA + + +“Three hundred and thirty-three dollars and eighty-five cents,” said +Ned, in very satisfied tones. “We took in three hundred and sixty-three +five, but we had twenty-nine twenty to come out for expenses. Not so +bad, what?” + +“But something tells me,” answered Laurie, mournfully, “that if all our +expenses were deducted we’d have less than that. You see,” he explained +to Polly, “I lost the piece of paper that I set down the money I paid +out on, and I just had to guess what it all came to, because I’d never +had time to add it up.” + +“I dare say you guessed enough,” replied Ned, untroubled. + +“I dare say I didn’t, then!” was the indignant response. “If I did, +where’s all the money I had when I started? I’ve got a dollar and ninety +cents left, and I had over four dollars when you roped me in on the +thing! I’m more than two dollars shy, I tell you!” + +“Oh, well, it’s gone for a worthy cause,” laughed Ned. + +“Maybe,” Laurie grumbled, “but I notice that none of yours has gone that +way. You always made me pay for everything!” + +“Well, I think you did it beautifully,” said Polly. “I never suspected +you’d make so much!” + +They were in the little garden behind the shop. It was the second day +after the fête, and the bell in the Congregational church tower had just +struck two. There was a perceptible nip in the air to-day, and the +flowers in the border showed blackened leaves, while the nasturtiums +were frankly limp and lifeless. But here in the sunshine it was warm +enough, and Laurie, spurning the bench, was seated tailor fashion on the +yellowing turf. Polly had stated her absolute certitude that he would +catch cold, but Laurie derided the idea. + +“We’re awfully much obliged to you girls,” said Ned. “We wouldn’t have +done nearly so well if you hadn’t helped. I think the committee ought to +give you a—a vote of thanks or something.” + +“Oh, we all loved it!” Polly assured him earnestly. “We had heaps of +fun. Why, I wouldn’t have missed that disappearing trick for anything. I +was positively thrilled when Laurie came running up the garden!” + +The boys’ laughter interrupted, and Polly looked puzzled. + +“That wasn’t Laurie,” explained Ned. “That was me.” + +“But I was sure you were the one in the chair! And if you were in the +chair, how could you—” + +“I wasn’t, though. That was Laurie.” + +Polly sighed despairingly. “I’ll never get so I can tell you apart,” she +said; “unless I hear you talk, that is! I don’t see yet how it was done. +Won’t you please tell me?” + +“It was as easy as easy,” replied Ned. “You see, the way I planned it +first—” + +“The way _who_ planned it?” inquired Laurie. + +“Well, the way _we_ planned it, then.” + +“Hold on! Whose idea was it in the first place, partner?” + +“Oh, don’t be so fussy! Anyway, you couldn’t have done it without me!” + +“I never said I could. But you’ve got a lot of cheek to talk about the +way _you—_” + +Polly clapped her hands to her ears. “I’m not being told how it was +done, and I do want to know. Go on, Ned.” + +“Well, it was done like this. You see, Laurie was tied to the chair, and +I was hiding out at the other end of the garden. Then Lew Cooper put the +screen around the chair.” Polly nodded. “Then I started toward the +platform, and every one turned to look at me.” Polly nodded again. +“Well, right behind the platform was the bulkhead door into the cellar. +When Cooper shouted to me to come on, two fellows who were on the stairs +waiting pushed the door open, grabbed Laurie, chair and all, and whisked +him down cellar. Then they put another chair, just like the first one, +behind the screen, and when Cooper pulled the screen away, there it was, +just as if Laurie had somehow untied himself and—and vanished! Of +course, if any one had been looking at the screen instead of at me just +then, he might have seen what was going on, although it was pretty dark +behind there and he mightn’t have. Anyway, no one was, I guess. The +trick depended on the—the faint similarity between us. Lots of fellows +who knew us were on to it, but the folks from the village were puzzled +for fair!” + +“Indeed they were,” agreed Polly. “They just couldn’t understand it at +all!” + +“It would have been better,” mused Laurie, “if we could have taken the +screen away and showed the empty chair before Ned came into sight; but +there didn’t seem to be any way of doing that. We had to have the people +looking the other way, and we had to work quick. As it was, I was half +killed, for Wainwright and Plummer were in such a hurry to get the other +chair up there that they just dumped me on my back! And then they ran +upstairs through the kitchen to see the end of it, and I was kicking +around down there for five minutes!” + +“Well,” said Ned, a few minutes later, “I’m not finding out what to do +with this.” He opened one hand and exposed some bills and two ten-cent +pieces folded into a wad. “Your mother says she won’t take it, +Polly—that she didn’t understand we were going to pay her for the +cream-puffs. Gee, we wouldn’t have thought of asking her to make them +for nothing!” + +Polly nodded sympathetically. “Mother says, though, that the boys bring +so much trade to her that it’s only fair for her to help them.” + +“That’s poppy-cock!” said Laurie. “Seven dollars and twenty cents is a +lot of money. Look here; don’t you think she ought to take it, Polly?” + +Polly was silent a moment. Then she nodded affirmatively. “Yes, I do,” +she said frankly. “She really needs the money, Ned. I wouldn’t tell any +one else, but we’re just frightfully hard up, and I wouldn’t be a bit +surprised if Mother had to give up here before very long.” + +“Give up!” exclaimed Ned. “You mean—go away?” + +“Yes. You see, she doesn’t make very much money in the store; nothing +like she used to before the war sent prices so high. And then, what with +taxes and water and light, and the interest on the mortgage, why, it +hardly pays. Just the same, if she says she won’t take the money, Ned, +why, I guess she won’t, and that’s all there is to it. But she ought +to!” + +“Can’t she charge more for things?” asked Laurie. “Everyone else does +nowadays. That bake-shop down on Hudson Street gets eight cents for +cream-puffs and éclairs, and you sell them for six.” + +“I know; but Mama says six cents is enough and that the boys oughtn’t to +have to pay any more. And lots of things she sells for hardly any more +than she used to before prices advanced. Why, I have to watch all the +time; and when bills come in for things, I have to compare them with +what we’re getting for them, and lots of times I find that Mama’s been +selling for less than what she’s paid! She just won’t be a profiteer, +she says!” + +“Gee! I hope you don’t have to shut up,” said Laurie. He looked around +the little garden. “It—it’s such a jolly place! And the house and +everything. Gee, that would be a shame!” + +Polly sighed while she nodded. “It is nice,” she agreed; “but there are +so many things that ought to be done! Uncle Peter never would do much +for us. He did promise to have the house painted, but he died about a +month after that, and so it was never done.” + +“Suppose he up and died so’s he wouldn’t have to do it?” inquired +Laurie, suspiciously. + +Polly shook her head and looked a trifle shocked, until she caught the +smile in Ned’s eyes. + +“It doesn’t look as if it would cost much money to paint it,” remarked +Ned, looking up at the rear of the little two-and-a-half-story building. +“It’s not much more than a doll’s house, anyway. How many rooms are +there, Polly?” + +“Three upstairs, and then a sort of attic room under the roof; and two +downstairs.” + +“Uh-huh. I just wondered. It wouldn’t be much of a trick to paint the +outside. Bet you I could do it in a couple of days.” + +Laurie gasped. “A couple of days! You? How do you get like that? It +would take a real painter a week to do it!” + +“Maybe; but I’m not a real painter,” answered Ned, grinning. He glanced +at the crumpled wad in his hand and held it tentatively toward Polly. +“Maybe you’d better take charge of this, Polly, until we decide what to +do with it.” + +But Polly put her hands resolutely behind her, and shook her head with +decision. “No, Ned, I’d rather not. If Mama says she won’t have it, she +won’t, and you might just as well give it back to the—the fund.” + +Somewhat to Laurie’s surprise, Ned pocketed the money without further +protest. “All right,” he said. “It’s very kind of your mother. We +mustn’t forget to see that her name’s included in the list of those who +donated things, Laurie. This week’s ‘Messenger’ is going to tell all +about it. Well, I’ve got to pull my freight. You coming, partner?” + +“Yes, I guess so,” replied Laurie, without much enthusiasm. “I promised +Bob and George to get another fellow and play some tennis this +afternoon.” + +“Gee! it must be great to have nothing to do but play,” sighed his +brother. + +“Huh, any one would think, to hear you talk, that you were working,” +replied Laurie, crushingly. “All you do is stand around and watch the +others.” + +“Think so?” Ned smiled in a superior way. “You come down this afternoon +and see how much standing around I do. Joe Stevenson says I’ve got to +practise goals now. Isn’t that the limit?” + +“I suppose it pains him to see you loafing,” said Laurie. “Anyway, I +dare say it’ll keep you out of mischief.” + +Laurie led the way to the back fence, against which leaned a plank with +two pieces of wood nailed across it. This afforded a short cut to and +from school, and was an idea of Bob’s. From the top of the fence they +dropped into the shrubbery and then made their way to the side gate. + +The arbor had not yet been denuded of its evergreen clothing, and there +were other evidences of the recent festival in the shape of crumpled +paper napkins lying on the ground. Thomas had taken down the lanterns +and was packing them away in their case by the kitchen porch, and the +boys called a greeting to him as they passed. + +“Bob still mean to make a tennis-court here?” asked Ned, as they went +through the gate. + +“Yes. He’s going to tear down that arbor right away, he says. So far, +though, he hasn’t found any one to do the work on the court. Every one +is busy. I don’t believe he will get it done in time to use it this +fall.” + +“Of course he won’t. It’s nearly November now. Say, you’d better take +this money and hand it over to Whipple. You’ll see him before I do. And +tell him to put Mrs. Deane’s name down with the other folks who +contributed, will you?” + +“All right; but I think it’s a shame to let her stand for all those +cakes.” + +“So do I; only—” + +“Only what?” + +“Maybe we can make it up to her another way. I’ve got an idea, Laurie.” + +“I hope it’s better than most of ’em. What is it?” + +And when Ned had explained it, Laurie considered a long moment and then +indorsed it enthusiastically. “That’s corking!” he cried. “For once, +Ned, the old bean has worked! Only, when could we—” + +“Christmas vacation,” said Ned. “We won’t have much to do then. What do +you say?” + +“I say that, for the first time in my life, Neddie, I’m proud to +acknowledge you as my twin!” + + + + +CHAPTER XVI—POLLY TELLS A SPOOK STORY + + +Assured of sufficient funds to complete its season without financial +embarrassment, the Hillman’s football team seemed to take a new and +firmer grip on things. Practice went well that week, and the players +showed vim and snap. Perhaps the colder weather helped, too. The line-up +that faced the scrubs on Friday for a short scrimmage was, barring +accidents, that which would, four weeks later, start the game against +Hillman’s old rival, Farview Academy. Farley and White were at the ends, +Captain Stevenson and Pringle were the tackles, Emerson and Corson were +the guards, and Kewpie Proudtree was at center. Frank Brattle at +quarter, Mason and Slavin for halves, and Pope at full-back composed the +rest of the team. There were some weak places, to be sure; but, on the +whole, Coach Mulford was fairly satisfied that he had the parts for a +capable machine. + +Ned was still playing on the scrub eleven, and doing rather well. As a +punter, at least, he deserved his position at left half, and it might be +that he would develop into a fair goal-kicker; for in the last four +days, under the tuition of the coach and full-back Pope, he had shown +excellent promise. Those morning lessons, now abandoned, had grounded +Ned well in the art of toeing the pigskin, and, whatever fame the future +might hold for him as punter or drop-kicker or place-kicker, much of the +credit would be Kewpie’s. + +To-day, in the second ten minutes of the scrimmaging,—there was but +twenty minutes in all,—Thursby, playing quarter, and probably acting +under instructions, gave Ned his first chance to show what he could do +in the way of field goals. Unable to reach a point nearer than twenty +yards to the school team’s goal, Thursby called for “kick formation, +Turner back,” and Ned went up-field with his heart in his mouth. +Although the cross-bar was less than thirty yards from where he took his +stand and almost directly in front of him, it looked to Ned to be a +woeful distance away and the angle much more severe than it was. But he +didn’t have much time for reflection, for Thursby called his signal +quickly, and the leather came back to him at a good pass, and the school +team was crashing through. + +Ned always thought that he closed his eyes when he swung his toe against +the rebounding ball and trusted to luck, but I doubt it, for the pigskin +described a perfect arc and went well and true over the bar, and if Ned +had had his eyes closed I don’t believe the pigskin would have acted +that way at all. Most of the scrub team players thumped him on the back +and showed their delight in other ways, for they had not scored on the +school team for nearly a week; while, at a little distance, Coach +Mulford nodded his head almost imperceptibly. It was too bad Ned didn’t +see that nod, for it would have pleased him far more than the buffets of +his team-mates. + +The next day Hillman’s made a trip to Warring and played the Lansing +team to a standstill, returning with a 22-0 victory tucked under its +belt. Ned got into the game for a bare five minutes at the last, as did +half a dozen other substitutes; but he was not called on to kick any +goals, for which he was at once sorry and glad. To have had the eyes of +nearly a thousand persons on him would, he thought, have precluded any +possibility of success; but, on the other hand, had he succeeded—He +sighed for lost opportunities! + +The attendance that afternoon was a matter of great joy to Manager Dave +Murray, for Hillman’s went home with a neat sum as its share of the +day’s profits, a sum far larger than he had counted on—large enough, in +fact, to make up the difference between the net receipts from the fête +and the three hundred and fifty dollars aimed at. + +Hillman’s good fortune held for another week. There were no accidents +during practice; every fellow in the line-up played for all that was in +him; and the scrubs took a licking every afternoon. Ned twice more +gained glory as a drop-kicker, although on a third occasion he failed +lamentably. Unfortunately, neither of his successes brought victory to +his team, since the opponents had on each occasion a safe lead in the +scoring. Every afternoon, following the scrimmage, Ned was presented by +the coach with a nice battle-scarred football, and instructed to go down +to the east goal and “put some over.” Sometimes Hop Kendrick or Ben +Thursby went with him to hold the ball while he tried placement-kicks, +and always an unhappy substitute was delegated to retrieve the pigskin +for him; but the coach let him pretty much alone, and Pope looked on +only occasionally and was surprisingly sparing of comment or advice. And +yet, Ned improved, rather to his surprise, since he felt himself +neglected and, as he said to Laurie, didn’t see how they expected a +fellow to learn goal-kicking if they didn’t show him a little! But, +although he didn’t realize it, Ned had reached a point in his +development where he was best left to his own devices, and Coach Mulford +knew it and forbore to risk confusing him with unnecessary instruction. +So Ned pegged away doggedly, and got results, as he considered, in spite +of the coach! + +Against the Queens Preparatory Institute, which journeyed up from the +city on Saturday, the Blue was able to emerge from four grueling +fifteen-minute periods with the score 6-6, from the Blue’s standpoint a +very satisfactory showing, for Q. P. I. was a much-heralded team and had +downed stronger elevens than Hillman’s. So November began its second +week, and cloudy days and not infrequently rainy ones took the place of +the sunny weather of October. + +Laurie would have been somewhat at a loss for a way in which to spend +his afternoons at that time, had it not been for Bob Starling’s +overmastering desire to build a tennis-court in the garden of the +Coventry place. The weather was far too cold for tennis, although now +and then he and Bob played George and Lee Murdock, and the wrecking of +the old grape-arbor, preparatory to digging up the sod, proved a welcome +diversion. Sometimes Thomas took a hand; but Thomas had plenty to do +indoors, and the work was accomplished almost wholly by Bob and Laurie, +with the occasional moral support of George or Lee. + +Usually an hour’s labor with hammer or crowbar ended with an adjournment +to the Widow Deane’s, by way of the back fence, for refreshments. +Sometimes it was warm enough to foregather in the little garden behind +the shop and, armed with cream-puffs or tarts, spend a jolly half-hour +in the society of Polly and Mae. At such times Mrs. Deane, hearing the +shouts and laughter, came to the back door and smiled in sympathy. + +One glorious afternoon of mingled sunlight and frost there was an +excursion afoot out into the country in search of nuts. Polly and Mae +and Laurie and George and Bob and Lee formed the party. They carried two +baskets, one of which George wore on his head most of the way, to the +wonderment of the infrequent passers. Mae knew, or thought she knew, +where there were chestnut trees, and led the way for three miles to what +is called Two Jug Ridge. The chestnut trees, however, were, according to +Laurie, away for the afternoon. They found some hickory nuts, not quite +ready to leave their husks, and a few beech-nuts, and after gathering +those they sat on a broad, flat boulder and looked down on Orstead and +Little Windsor and some twelve miles of the Hudson River, and talked a +good deal of nonsense—all except Lee, who went to sleep with his cap +pulled over his eyes, and had a cold in his head for days after. George +decided that when he was through college and was married, he would come +back there and build a bungalow just where they were seated. + +“This will do for the front door-step,” he expounded, “and over there +will be a closed-in porch with an open fireplace and a Gloucester +hammock.” + +“That all you’re going to have?” asked Bob. “No kitchen?” + +“Oh, there’ll be a kitchen, all right, and a dining-room—no, I guess +we’ll eat on the porch. Wouldn’t it be a dandy place, though? Look at +the view!” + +“Fine,” said Laurie, without much enthusiasm, remembering the last +uphill mile. “Don’t mind if I don’t come to see you often, though, do +you?” + +“Not a bit! Nobody asked you, anyway.” + +“You could live on nuts,” murmured Polly, “and could have shaggy-barks +for breakfast and beech-nuts for dinner and—” + +“Grape-nuts for supper,” said Laurie, coming to the rescue. + +“And you could call the place the Squirrel-Cage,” suggested Bob. + +And that reminded Mae of a story her father had told of a man who had +lived in the woods farther down the river some years before, and who ate +nothing but nuts and things he found in the forest. “He lived all alone +in a little cabin he’d built, and folks said he was a deserter from the +army, and—” + +“What army?” George asked. + +“The Northern Army, of course.” + +“I thought you might mean the Salvation Army. Then this was quite awhile +ago, wasn’t it?” + +“Of course, stupid! Years and years ago. And finally, when he died, +folks found that he wasn’t a deserter at all, but a general or a major +or something, and they found a prize that the government had given him, +some sort of a medal for bravery in battle. Wasn’t that sad?” + +“Well,” replied Laurie, doubtfully, “I suppose it was. I suppose the +government would have shown better judgment if they’d given him a bag of +nuts. Of course, he couldn’t eat that medal!” + +“You’re horrid! Anyway, it just shows that you mustn’t judge folks +by—by outward appearances, doesn’t it?” + +“Rather! I’ve always said that, too. Take George, for example. Just to +look at him, you’d never think he had any sense at all; but at times—” + +“Lay off of George,” interrupted that young gentleman, threateningly. +“If folks judged you by the way you talk, you’d be inside a nice high +wall!” + +Why the talk should have drifted from there to the subject of ghosts and +uncanny happenings isn’t apparent, but it did. In the midst of it, Lee +gave a tremendous snore that scared both the girls horribly, and sat up +suddenly, blinking. “Hello!” he muttered. Then he yawned and grinned +foolishly. “Guess I must have dropped off,” he said apologetically. + +“You didn’t,” said George. “If you had you’d have waked up quicker! Cut +out the chatter; Polly’s telling a spook yarn.” + +Lee gathered up a handful of beech-nuts and was silent except for the +sound he made in cracking the shells. + +“It isn’t much of a story,” disclaimed Polly, “but it—it _was_ funny. +It began just after Mama and I came here. I mean, that was the first +time. One night, after we had gone to bed, Mama called me. ‘I think +there’s some one downstairs, Polly,’ she whispered. We both listened, +and, sure enough, we could hear a sort of tapping sound. It wasn’t like +footsteps, exactly; more—more hollow, as if it came from a long way +off. But it sounded right underneath. We listened a minute or two, and +then it stopped and didn’t begin again; and presently we lighted a +candle and went downstairs, and nobody was there and everything was +quite all right. So we thought that perhaps what we’d heard was some one +walking along the street. + +“We didn’t hear it again for nearly two weeks, and then it lasted +longer—maybe two minutes. It got louder; and stopped, and began again, +and died away; and we sat there and listened, and I thought of ghosts +and everything except robbers, because it didn’t sound like any one in +the store. It was more as if it was some one in the cellar.” + +“Well, maybe it was,” suggested Laurie, when Polly paused. + +“That’s what we thought, Nod, until we went to see. Then we remembered +that there wasn’t any cellar!” + +“Oh!” said Laurie. + +“What happened then?” asked Lee, flicking a shell at George. + +“It kept on happening every little while for two years. We got so we +didn’t think any more about it. Mr. Farmer, the lawyer, said what we +heard was probably a rat. But I know very well it wasn’t that. It was +too regular. It was always just the same each time. At first we could +just hear it a little, and then it grew louder and louder, and stopped. +And then it began again, loud, and just sort of—of trailed off till you +couldn’t hear it at all. I suppose we never would have heard it if it +hadn’t been for Mama not sleeping very well, because it always came +after midnight, usually about half-past twelve. After a while I didn’t +hear it at all, because Mama stopped waking me up.” + +“Spooks,” declared George, with unction. “The house is haunted, Polly.” + +“Wish I lived there,” said Bob eagerly. “I’m crazy about ghosts. They +told me that old Coven—I mean your uncle, Polly—haunted the house +we’re in; but, gee! I’ve been around at all times of night and never +seen a thing! There are lots of jolly, shivery noises—stairs creaking, +and woodwork popping, and all that, you know; but nary a ghost. Look +here, Polly! Let me sit down in the store some night, will you? I’d love +to!” + +“You’ve got funny ideas of fun,” murmured George. + +“Oh, but it’s gone now,” said Mae. “Hasn’t it, Polly? You haven’t heard +the noise for a long time, have you?” + +“No, not for—oh, two years, I think. At least, that’s what Mama says. +Maybe, though, she sleeps better and doesn’t hear things.” + +“I guess Mr. What’s-his-name was right,” said Lee. “It was probably a +rat, or a family of rats.” + +“Rats wouldn’t make the same sound every time,” scoffed Laurie. + +“They might. Trained rats might. Maybe they escaped from a circus.” + +“And maybe you escaped from an asylum,” responded Laurie, getting up. +“Let’s take him home before he gets violent.” + + + + +CHAPTER XVII—LAURIE MAKES A PROTEST + + +The football team continued to add victories, and as the fateful 20th of +November approached enthusiasm grew until, after the Whittier game, +which Hillman’s won by a field goal in the final hectic two minutes, it +became more a furore than enthusiasm. Ned, by that time, had settled +down to a realization that, no matter what progress he made this fall, +no matter how adept he became at kicking a football down the field or +over the cross-bar, he would not make the first team; that, in short, he +was being educated as next year material. There was no injustice in +this, and he realized it; for, aside from his proficiency as a kicker, +he was not in the class with the school team backs. He couldn’t worm his +way through a hole in the opposing line the way Slavin could, nor smash +through the defense the way Mason did, nor dodge and side-step in a +broken field like Pope. Once going, Ned was rather hard to stop, for he +displayed some of the slippery qualities of an eel; but it took him ten +yards to get his speed up, and the opponents had a discouraging way of +getting through and flooring him before the tenth yard was won! But he +had grown to love the game, and no one toiled more conscientiously. +There were times when Laurie devoutly wished that Ned hadn’t taken up +the game, for after a half-hour of Ned’s chatter Laurie found the +subject of football a trifle dull. + +On the Wednesday before the Farview contest the Orstead High School team +came over for a practice game. At least, Hillman’s called it a practice +game and considered it such; but High School had blood in her eye and +was secretly determined to wreak all the vengeance possible. Once a +year, for the space of some three hours, Orstead High School swore +allegiance to Hillman’s and turned out at the field and rooted valiantly +for the Blue while she battled with Farview. But all the rest of the +time she was frankly hostile and derisive. This Wednesday afternoon the +hostility was apparent from the first. More than a hundred boys and a +scattering of girls followed their team to the Hillman’s field and +demanded revenge for the early-season defeat, while the High School +team, which had passed through a rather successful season and was not at +all the aggregation that the Blue had beaten 10 to 7, started right out +after it. + +Coach Mulford began with his first-string players, and against them High +School was not dangerous, although there were anxious moments. The +second period ended with the score 7—0 in Hillman’s favor, only a +fumble by Slavin on High School’s eight yards saving the visitor from a +second touch-down. When the third quarter began, Coach Mulford put in +nearly a new eleven, only Kewpie Proudtree, Farley, Mason, and Pope +remaining over. Perhaps the High School coach had talked new strength +and determination into his charges during the intermission, for the +visitors started in on the second half in whirlwind fashion. The Blue +kicked off, and High School’s quarter got the ball on his +twenty-five-yard line and scampered back to the thirty-five before he +was laid low by Farley, the Blue’s left end. From there, with fierce +slams at Hillman’s right and two short forward passes over the center of +the line, High School reached the opponent’s thirty-two. There an +off-side penalty set her back, and, after two attempts at rushing that +produced but three yards, she kicked to the five-yard line. Kendrick +fumbled the catch, but recovered and was downed on his ten. Pope punted +on second down to mid-field, and from there High School started another +slashing advance that took her to the thirty-four yards before she was +halted. + +On the side-lines, the High School supporters were shouting and +beseeching and banners were waving deliriously. A tow-haired full-back, +who had all along proved the visitor’s best ground-gainer, smashed +through the Hillman’s left for two yards; and then, on fourth down, +faking a kick, he set off on a romp around the adversary’s right. +Lightner, the second-string end, was effectually boxed, and the runner, +turning wide, was off down the field at top speed. Only Hop Kendrick +stood between him and the goal-line, and Hop waited on the fifteen +yards, wary and alert. The tow-haired boy’s feint to the right didn’t +fool him, and when the side-stepping to the left began, Hop was on him +with a clean dive and a hard tackle, and the two rolled to earth +together. But the ball was on the thirteen yards now, and it was first +down for High School, and the latter was not to be denied. A plunge off +tackle took the pigskin in front of the goal, though there was no gain. +Hillman’s piled up an attack at right guard. On third down, High School +called for kick formation, and the tow-haired terror dropped back. + +From the side of the gridiron, Hillman’s rooters chanted: “Block that +kick! Block that kick!” But there was no kick to block, for the +full-back only backed away a pace or two when the pigskin reached him, +and then tossed to the corner of the field and to the eager hands of an +uncovered right end who had but to make three strides before he was over +the line. Hop got him then; but the damage was done, and the visitors +lining the gridiron were cheering and cavorting wildly. The kick was +from a difficult angle, but the tow-haired player made it, and the score +was tied. + +The teams changed fields a minute later. Undismayed, Coach Mulford sent +in three new substitutes, one of them in place of Pope. Hillman’s got +the ball in mid-field on a fumble, and set off for the adversary’s goal; +but the new players were not able to make much headway, and Deering, who +had taken Pope’s place, punted. The effort landed the ball on High +School’s thirty-seven, and her quarter ran it back eight more before he +was stopped. Three tries at the line netted seven yards, and the visitor +punted to Hop Kendrick on his eighteen. This time Hop hugged the ball +hard and set off along the far side of the gridiron at a smart pace. +Fortunately for him, one High School end overran. The other challenged, +but missed his tackle. By that time a hasty interference had formed, +and, guarded by Mason and Lightner, Hop reached his forty before +misfortune overtook him. There a High School tackle crashed through the +interference and nailed him hard. + +But that twenty-yard sprint had brought new vim to the Blue’s novices, +and new confidence, and from their forty yards they began a fast, hard +attack that placed High School with her back to the wall almost before +she realized it. If the substitutes lacked the experience and brawn of +the first-choice players, they at least had sand and speed. And they had +a quarter-back who was earnest and grim and determined, and who, sensing +that the opponent was weary, realized that speed, and a lot of it, was +the one thing that could save the day. And so Hop proved his right to +his nickname that afternoon. Hop he did, and so did his team. Signals +were fairly shot into the air, and there was no longer any time between +plays for High School to recover her breath. Twice, with plunges at the +right of the visitor’s line and runs outside her tackles, Hillman’s made +her distance and the pigskin rested on the thirty-six yards. + +So far the Blue had attempted but three forward passes, of which only +one had succeeded. Now, from position, Hop threw straight over the +center, and somehow Lightner was there and pulled it down, although the +enemy was clustered around him thick. That seven-yard gain was made ten +when Deering was poked through the center, ten a little more, for the +ball was down on High School’s twenty-four-yard line. The game that had +been proclaimed a practice event for the purpose of seasoning the +substitutes against Saturday’s contest had developed within the last +half-hour into a battle to the death. Outside the gridiron the opposing +factions hurled defiant cheers at each other and rooted as they had not +rooted all the season. On the field the rivalry was even more intense, +and black looks and hard knocks were the order. + +High School, sparring for time, administered to a breathless right +guard, and then drew into a bunch for a whispered conference, while +Hillman’s supporters hooted derisively. Deering gained three and Boessel +two more. High School ran two substitutes on, and, after the next play, +two more. An old-fashioned criss-cross sent Mason around his own right +end for eight yards and planted the ball just short of the ten-yard +line. Mason gave place to Beedle. A slide off tackle centered the +pigskin and gained a scant yard. Deering struck center for a yard loss, +and Lightner was caught off-side. The ball went back to the seventeen +yards. + +High School was playing desperately and her line had stiffened. Beedle +gave way to Ned after that second down, and Ned had his instructions. +The ball was in front of High School’s goal, and from the seventeen +yards a field goal was an easy proposition if the opponents could be +held away from the kicker. Perhaps Hop Kendrick didn’t realize why Ned +had been sent in, or perhaps he thought better of his own judgment. +Since by the rules Ned could not communicate the instructions from the +coach until after the following play, he could only look his surprise +when Hop failed to call him back to kicking position. Farley, captain in +Stevenson’s absence, seemed to be on the point of protesting, and even +took a step toward the quarter-back; but he evidently reconsidered, for +he returned to his position at the end of the line, and the starting +signal followed. + +The play was a fake attack on the right, with Boessel carrying the ball +to the left inside of tackle, and it worked to perfection. High School, +over-anxious, stormed to the defense of her threatened right side, and +Boessel, with Ned hanging at his flank as far as the five-yard line, +where the earth suddenly rose up and smote him, romped over the line for +the last and deciding touch-down, while the Blue cohorts went fairly +wild with delight. + +On the side-line, Coach Mulford turned to Joe Stevenson. “What do you +think of Kendrick?” he asked, smiling. + +“I’d kiss him if I had him here,” answered Joe, grinning joyously. “I +call him one sweet little quarter, Coach!” + +“Well, this was his day, all right,” mused the other; “I hope he will +show up as well Saturday. Now we’ll see whether Turner can kick a goal. +He’s been doing some good work in practice, but he looks scared to death +and will probably miss it by a mile.” + +And Ned _was_ scared, too. He tried to steady his nerves by assuring +himself that, whether he made it or missed it, the Blue had won the +game, and that consequently a failure made little difference. But the +silence of his schoolmates and the “booing” of the visiting rooters +affected him badly. To Hop, holding the ball from the turf, it seemed +that Ned would never have done pointing it. And so it seemed to the +onlookers. Never was a kicker more deliberate. But at last Hop heard a +faint “Down!” and drew his fingers from beneath the oval and waited an +anxious moment. Then there was a clean, hard _thud_, and the +quarter-back, watching its flight, saw the pigskin rise lazily, end over +end, and go straight and high over the bar. + +And he might have heard Ned’s loud sigh of relief, had not the pounding +of the charging enemy and the cries of the Hillman’s horde drowned it. + +Another kick-off and four plays ended the contest, and High School, +after cheering half-heartedly, went off disgruntled and silent. + +On his way to the field-house, Ned, trotting along with Hop, encountered +Polly and Mae in the throng, and paused to speak. “Bully game, wasn’t +it?” he said. Then, seeing Mae’s High School banner, he added: “High +School put up a dandy fight, Mae.” + +“Indeed she did,” agreed Mae. “I thought once she was going to win, +too.” + +Polly was laughing. “Poor Mae didn’t know which team she wanted to win,” +she explained. “When High School gained she waved her flag, and when +Hillman’s gained she waved it just the same. She was waving it all the +time! That was a lovely goal you made, Nid.” + +“Thanks. I—well, I was so scared I didn’t know whether to kick the ball +or bite it! I’m mighty glad it went over, though.” He nodded and hurried +on in the wake of Hop, who, being a very earnest young gentleman and +completely absorbed in the business of football, considered girls far +outside his scheme of things. + +Three quarters of an hour later, Laurie arose from his recumbent +position on the window-seat of Number 16 East Hall, and delivered an +ultimatum in quiet but forceful tones. “Ned,” he said, “I saw that game +from about the middle of the first quarter to the bitter end. Nothing +escaped my eagle gaze. I can even tell you exactly how many times that +High School umpire consulted his rules book when he thought no one was +looking. I know how much dirt there was in Frank Brattle’s left ear when +they dragged him out. I know—” + +“Well, what of it? What’s your chief trouble?” growled Ned. + +“Knowing all this and more, much more, Neddie, I refuse to listen any +longer to your reminiscences. You’ve been through the game three times +since you landed up here, and there’s a limit to my endurance. And +you’ve reached that limit, Neddie—you really have. I’m going down to +George’s, where I may hear something besides touch-downs and passes and +goals. When you recover, Neddie, come on down.” + +“Oh, go to the dickens!” muttered Ned, as the door closed softly. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII—BEFORE THE BATTLE + + +“The fellow who put these posts in,” grunted Bob, as he heaved and +tugged, “must have had more time than brains!” + +It was Thursday afternoon. A hard frost, which had frozen the ground a +half-inch deep, had counseled him to finish the work of wrecking the +arbor. But three posts remained, and at one of these Bob, after having +dug around it, and pried at it with a bar until patience was exhausted, +was tugging lustily. Laurie, wiping the sweat of honest toil from his +brow, cast aside the bar and gave a hand. + +“Come on,” he said hopefully. “One, two—three! Heave!” + +“Heave!” muttered Bob. + +But although the post, which had formed a corner of the arbor, gave from +side to side, it refused to leave its nest. Panting, the boys drew off +and observed it glumly. + +“Guess we’ll have to dig some more,” said Bob. + +“Wait a minute. Let me get a purchase on it with the bar.” + +Laurie seized that implement again and drove it into the softened earth +beside the post. As the first drive didn’t send it far enough, he pulled +it out, and put all his strength into the next effort. This time he +succeeded beyond all expectations. The bar slipped through his fingers +and disappeared from sight! + +“Well!” he gasped. “What do you know—” + +“Where-where did it go to?” cried Bob, dumfounded. + +“It went—it went to China, I guess! It just slipped right through my +hands, and kept on slipping!” Laurie knelt and dug at the hole with his +fingers. + +“Find it?” asked Bob. “Try the shovel.” + +“No, I can’t feel it. Hand it here.” Laurie took the shovel and dug +frantically. Then Bob dug. The result was that they enlarged and +deepened the hole around the post, but the crowbar failed to +materialize. + +“I suppose,” said Laurie, finally, dropping the shovel and tilting back +his cap, “what happened was that I struck a sort of hole, and the bar +went right down in. Maybe it was a rat-hole, Bob.” + +“I guess so. Anyway, it’s gone, and we’ll have to get a new one.” + +“Oh, I guess we’ll find it when we get the post out. Let’s try the old +thing.” + +They did, and, after a moment of indecision, it came out most +obligingly. But there was still no crowbar to be seen. Laurie shook his +head, mystified. “That’s the funniest thing I ever saw,” he declared. + +“It surely is! Look here; maybe there’s an old well there.” + +“Then why didn’t the post go down into it?” + +“Because it’s covered over with stones. The bar happened to slip into +a—a crevice.” + +Laurie nodded dubiously. “That might be it,” he agreed. “Or perhaps +we’ve discovered a subterranean cavern!” + +“Caverns always are subterranean, aren’t they?” + +“No; sometimes they’re in the side of a hill.” + +“Then they’re caves.” + +“A cave and a cavern are the same thing, you smart Aleck.” + +“All right; but even if a cavern is in a hill, it’s underground, and +subterranean means under—” + +“Help! You win, Bob! Come on and get hold of this log and let’s get it +out of here.” And, as they staggered with it across the garden to add it +to the pile of posts and lumber already there, he continued: “There’s +one thing certain, Bob, and that’s that you won’t get me to play tennis +on your court. I’d be afraid of sinking into the ground some fine day!” + +“Maybe you’d find the crowbar then,” said Bob. “Heave!” + +Laurie “heaved,” patted the brown loam from his hands, and surveyed the +pile. “There’s a lot of good stuff there,” he pondered. “Some of it’s +sort of rotten, but there’s enough to build something.” + +“What do you want to build?” + +“I don’t know. We could build a sort of covered seat, like the one in +Polly’s yard, where folks could rest and look on. Take about six of +these posts and some of the strips, and some boards for the seat—” + +“Who’d dig the post-holes?” inquired Bob, coldly. + +“Oh, we could get a couple of the others to help. Honest, Bob, it would +be a lot of fun. Maybe we couldn’t do it before spring, though.” + +“I might leave the stuff here,” said Bob. “Thomas could sort of pile it +a little neater, you know. I love to carpenter. Sometime we’ll draw a +plan of it, Nod.” + +“Right-o! How about those other posts? No use trying to do anything with +’em to-day, is there?” + +“No; we’ll have to have another crowbar.” + +Laurie looked relieved. “Well, let’s go over and see whether the Widow’s +got any of those little cakes with the chocolate on top,” he suggested. +“Hard work always makes a fellow hungry.” + +There was a rousing football meeting in the auditorium that evening, +with speeches and music, songs and cheers; and the enthusiasm spilled +over to the yard afterward, and threatened to become unruly until Dan +Whipple mounted the steps of School Hall and spoke with all the +authority of eighteen years and the senior class presidency. Whereupon +someone suggested a cheer for the Doctor, and the joyous crowd thronged +to the west end of the building and gave nine long “Hillman’s,” with a +“Doctor Hillman” on the end. And then suddenly the lights flashed on on +the porch, and there were the Doctor and Miss Tabitha, the former +looking very much as if he had awakened very recently from a nap—which +was, in fact, the case. But he was smiling as he stepped to the doorway +and near-sightedly surveyed the throng. + +“This—er—testimonial would appear to demand some sort of a response,” +he announced, as the applause that had greeted his appearance died away. +“But I find myself singularly devoid of words, boys. Perhaps some of you +recall the story of the visitor in Sunday-school who was unexpectedly +called on by the superintendent to address the children. He hemmed and +hawed and said, finally, that it gave him much pleasure to see so many +smiling, happy faces. And he hoped they were all good little boys and +girls and knew their lessons. And then his eloquence failed him, and +after an unhappy interim he asked: ‘And now, children, what shall I +say?’ And a little girl in the front row lisped: ‘Pleathe, Mithter, thay +“Amen” and thit down!’ + +“Perhaps I’d better say ‘Amen’ and sit down, too,” he went on, when the +laughter had ceased; “but before I do I’d like to assure you that I am +‘rooting’ just as hard as any of you for a victory the day after +to-morrow. My duties will not allow me to see the team in action, as +much as I’d like to, but I am kept well informed of its progress. I have +my scouts at work constantly. Mr. Pennington reports to me on the work +of the linemen; Mr. Barrett advises me each day as to the backs; Mr. +Wells is my authority on—er—stratagem.” + +This amused his hearers intensely, since none of the three instructors +mentioned had ever been known to attend a game or watch a practice. + +“And,” continued the principal, when he could, “I follow the newspaper +reports of our enemy’s progress. Of course, I don’t believe all I read. +If I did I’d be certain that only overwhelming disaster awaited us on +Saturday. But there is one thing that troubles me. I read recently that +the Farview center is a very large youth, weighing, if I am not +mistaken, some one hundred and seventy pounds. While mere weight and +brawn are not everything, I yet tremble to consider what may happen to +the slight, atomic youth who will oppose him. Young gentlemen, I shudder +when I dwell on that unequal meeting, that impending battle of David and +Goliath!” + +When the new burst of laughter had subsided, the doctor continued more +soberly: “I wish the team all success, a notable victory. Or, if the +gods of battle will it otherwise, I wish it the manly grace to accept +defeat smilingly and undismayed. I am certain of one thing, boys, which +is that, whether fortune favors the Dark Blue or the Maroon and White, +the contest will be hard fought and clean, and bring honor alike to the +victor and vanquished. You have my heartiest good wishes. And”—the +doctor took the hand of Miss Tabitha, who had been standing a few steps +behind him—“and the heartiest good wishes of another, who, while not a +close follower of your sports, has a warm spot in her heart for each and +every one of you, and who is as firmly convinced as I am of the +invincibility of the Dark Blue!” + +“Three cheers for Tab—for Miss Hillman!” cried a voice; and, at first a +trifle ragged with laughter, the cheers rang forth heartily. Then came +another cheer for the doctor and a rousing one for “Hillman’s! +_Hillman’s!!_ HILLMAN’S!!!” And the little throng, laughing and +chattering, dispersed to the dormitories. + +Friday saw but a light practice for the first team and a final +appearance of the scrubs, who, cheered by the students, went through a +few minutes of snappy signal work, and the waving sweaters and blankets +dashed off to the field-house, their period of servitude at an end. For +the first team there was a long blackboard drill in the gymnasium after +supper, and Ned, who, somewhat to his surprise and very much to his +gratification, had been retained on the squad, returned to Number 16 at +nine o’clock in a rather bemused condition of mind. Kewpie, who +accompanied him, tried to cheer him up. + +“It’ll be all right to-morrow, Nid,” he declared. “I know how you feel. +Fact is, I wouldn’t know one signal from another if I got it this +minute, and as for those sequences—” Words failed him. “But when you +get on the field to-morrow it’ll all come back to you. It—it’s sort of +psychological. A trick of memory and all that. You understand!” + +“I don’t see why he needs to worry, anyhow,” observed Laurie, cruelly. +“He won’t get a show in to-morrow’s game.” + +Ned looked hopeful for a moment, then relapsed into dejection as Kewpie +answered: “I’d like to bet you he will, Nod. I’d like to bet you that +he’ll play a full period. You just watch Farview lay for Pope! Boy, +they’re going to make hard weather for that lad! They were after him +last year, but they couldn’t get him and he played right through. But +I’d like to bet you that to-morrow they’ll have him out of it before the +last quarter.” + +“What do you mean?” asked Laurie, in surprise. “They don’t play that +sort of a game, do they?” + +“What sort of a game?” responded Kewpie. “They play hard, that’s the way +they play! And every time they tackle Pope, they’ll tackle him so he’ll +know it. And every time he hits the line, there’ll be one of those +red-legs waiting for him. Oh, they don’t play dirty, if you mean that; +but they don’t let any chances slip, believe me!” + +“It sounds sort of off color to me, though,” Laurie objected. “How are +you going to put a fellow out of the game if you don’t slug or do +something like that?” + +Kewpie smiled knowingly. “My son,” he said, “if I start after you and +run you around the dormitory about twenty times—” + +Ned, in spite of his down-heartedness, snickered at the picture evolved, +and Kewpie grinned. + +“Well, suppose some one else did, then. Anyhow, after he’d done it about +a couple of dozen times, you’d be all in, wouldn’t you? He wouldn’t have +to kick you or knock you down or anything, would he? Well, that’s what I +mean. That’s the way they’ll go after Pope. They’ll tire him out. You +understand. And every time they tackle him, they’ll tackle him good and +hard. Well, suppose Pope does go out, and there’s a chance for a field +goal, as there’s likely to be. Who will Pinky put in? Why, Nid, of +course! Who else is there? Brattle can’t kick one goal in six. No more +can Deering. What do you think Mulford’s been nursing Nid all the season +for?” + +“Next year?” said Laurie, questioningly. + +“Sure—and this year, too. You watch and see. I’d like to bet you that +Nid’ll have a goal to kick to-morrow—yes, and that he’ll kick it, too!” + +“Don’t!” groaned Ned. “I never could do it!” + +“Well,” laughed Laurie, “I don’t bet for money, Kewpie, but I tell you +what I’ll do. If Ned kicks a goal to-morrow, I’ll take you over to the +Widow’s, and I’ll buy you all the cream-puffs you can eat at one +sitting!” + +“It’s a go!” cried Kewpie. “And if he doesn’t, I’ll do it to you!” + +“Of course,” explained Laurie, in recognition of his brother’s look of +pained inquiry, “I’m not making the offer because I think Ned can’t do +it, or because I don’t want him to play. You bet I do! It’s because I do +want him to, Kewpie. You see, I usually lose bets!” + +“All right, you crazy galoot. I’ve got to beat it. Pinky made us swear +by the Great Horn Spoon to be in bed by ten. Good night. Don’t let the +signal stuff worry you, Nid. It’ll come out all right to-morrow. You +understand. Night!” + +When the door had closed, Laurie laughed and turned to Ned. “He’s a good +old scout, isn’t he? I say, what’s the matter with you, Ned? You look +like the end of a hard winter! Cheer up! It may not be true!” + +But Ned shook his head, although he tried to smile unconcernedly. “It’ll +happen just the way he told, Laurie,” he said, sadly. “I just know it +will! They’ll get Pope out of the way, and there’ll be a field goal +wanted, just as there was Wednesday, and Mulford will send me in!” + +“Well, what of it? You’d like that, wouldn’t you?” + +“I—I’m scared!” + +“Oh, piffle, Neddie! You’ve got nerves, that’s all. The night before the +battle, you know, and all that! In the morning you’ll be as right as +rain. Get your clothes off and tumble in. Want me to read a story to +you? There’s a corker in the ‘Post’ this week.” + +“No, thanks; I guess not. I’d better go to sleep.” + +But, although Ned, stifling a desire to sit up and read the corking +story himself, put the light out at ten minutes before ten, he lay awake +until after midnight and suffered as blue a case of funk as any boy ever +did. And when, at length, sleep came, it was filled with visions in +which he stood in the center of a vast arena, the object of countless +eyes, and tried over and over, and never with success, to kick a +perfectly gigantic leather ball over a cross-bar that was higher than +the Masonic Temple at home! + +The truth is that Ned was over-trained and stale. And the further truth +is that when he awoke to as sweet a November morning as ever peered down +from a cloudless sky through golden sunlight, he felt, as he phrased it +to himself, like a sock that had just come through the wringer! + + + + +CHAPTER XIX—NED IS MISSING + + +Ned ate almost no breakfast, and Laurie noted the fact, but, after a +glance at his brother’s face, said nothing. After all, he reflected, +there were probably others of the squad who were displaying no more +appetite this morning. Afterward, on the way to School Hall for their +only recitation of the day, he asked off-handedly: “How are you feeling, +Neddie?” + +Ned didn’t answer at once. When he did, he only replied laconically: +“Rotten!” + +“How do you mean, rotten?” Laurie disguised anxiety under flippancy. +“Tummy out of whack? Or is it a case of ingrowing signals?” + +“I don’t know what the trouble is,” answered Ned seriously. “I feel +perfectly punk. And I—I’m scared, Laurie. I’d give a million dollars if +I didn’t have to go to the field this afternoon. I wish to goodness I +could duck somehow. Say, feel my forehead. Isn’t it hot?” + +Laurie felt, and shook his head. “Cool as a cucumber, you old fakir. +Buck up, Neddie! You’ll feel better after a while. Did you sleep all +right?” + +“I guess so,” replied the other dispiritedly. “I dreamed a lot. Dreamed +I was kicking goals over a bar as high as a mountain. And the ball was +as big as a hogshead. And there were about a million folks watching me, +and Mr. Cornish was beating a bass-drum.” + +Laurie laughed. “Some dream, Neddie! Tell you what. After we get out of +here, we’ll take a nice, long hike. Mulford wants the players to stay +outdoors, doesn’t he? Didn’t you tell me he said you were to walk or +something?” + +Ned nodded. “I’m too tired to walk, though, Laurie. Guess I’ll get a +book and go over to the park. Or go down and jump in the river!” + +“Fine idea!” scoffed Laurie. “What have you got against the river? It +never did anything to you, did it?” + +Ned, however, refused to smile. “You don’t need to come along,” he said. +“I—I guess I’d rather be alone, Laurie.” + +“You will be, if you’re going to jump in the river, partner! The water’s +a heap too cold to appeal to me. Well, cheer up. See you when we come +out.” + +There was a holiday feeling in the air this morning that didn’t promise +well for recitations, and Mr. Brock’s chemistry class was a sore trial +to that gentleman. Yet, although he frowned often and sighed many +despairing sighs, he made allowance for the prevailing mood of +restlessness and exhibited unusual patience. And finally it was over and +the class trooped out. + +“You stay here,” said Laurie, “and I’ll run over and get a couple of +books from the room. What do you want?” + +“I don’t care—anything,” answered Ned, listlessly. + +When Laurie went off, Ned seated himself on a step and gazed forlornly +around him. Groups of boys stood on the walks in animated conversation. +Near at hand, a half-dozen juniors were discussing the game avidly, +drawing comforting conclusions from a comparison of the season’s +performances of Hillman’s and Farview. Suddenly the prospect of sitting +on a park bench with Laurie became utterly distasteful to Ned, and, with +a hurried glance in the direction of East Hall, he arose and made his +way along the drive and into Summit Street. There he turned to the left +and walked quickly to the corner. At Washington Street another look +behind showed that he had made his escape, and he heaved a sigh of +relief and went on past the library and into Cumber Street, heading +unconsciously toward the open country eastward of town. + +When Laurie returned to School Hall with a book for Ned and a magazine +for himself, he sat down and waited a few minutes, supposing that Ned +would be back. When he didn’t come, Laurie went over to School Park, +thinking that he had perhaps grown tired of waiting in the yard. But no +Ned was to be seen, and, puzzled but untroubled, Laurie dawdled into +Pine Street. The white-and-red sign above the Widow Deane’s little store +shone bravely in the sunlight. For an hour Laurie enjoyed the society of +Polly and Antoinette in the sunny garden, where, against the board +fence, a clump of hardy chrysanthemums made a cheery showing of yellow +and lavender. Antoinette had retired to winter quarters, which means +that a gunny-sack and a length of old red carpet had been draped over +her box. But just now the drapery was lifted, and Antoinette was doing +great things to a very large cabbage-leaf. Towser had established +himself in the sunshine atop the porch roof and gazed down benignly at +the pair below. + +Laurie and Polly talked, of course, about the game. He and George were +again to act as escorts to the two girls, a fact that had eaten a large +hole in Laurie’s remaining allowance. About ten o’clock he took himself +away, reminding Polly to be ready at half-past one, since it took a good +ten minutes to walk to the field, and because, wisely, he realized that +to Polly “half-past one” would mean a quarter or two. Climbing the fence +into Bob’s yard, he discovered that young man with a new crowbar about +to begin an attack on the remaining posts of the arbor. So he removed +his sweater, moistened his hands in the time-honored and only +efficacious manner, and joined the assault. After the posts were added +to the pile beside the fence, the two boys went indoors and refreshed +the inner man with piping-hot ginger cookies. Thus it was that it was +nearly noon when Laurie got back to Number 16, to find, to his +uneasiness, that Ned was not there. Nor, as far as any evidences showed, +had he been there since before breakfast. + +Laurie threw himself on the window-seat and tried to apply himself to +the magazine that he had carried all morning. But he began to be really +worried about Ned. He didn’t understand where he could be. Even if he +had gone off by himself, mooning along the roads, which was what Laurie +suspected he had done, he should have been home before this, for, as +Laurie knew, the players were to go to lunch at twelve. Presently he +dropped the magazine and strode across the corridor to Number 15. Kewpie +was not in, but Hop was there—a more than ordinarily serious-faced Hop, +who replied to Laurie’s inquiry in an absent-minded manner suggesting +that some one had placed him in a trance and gone away without awakening +him. Hop hadn’t seen Nid all morning. Kewpie had just gone over to West +Hall. He hoped there wouldn’t be any wind this afternoon. Farview had a +punter that could do fifty yards easily, and a wind would lengthen his +kicks frightfully. Did Nod think those clouds meant wind? + +Laurie withdrew without venturing an opinion in the matter. Football, he +reflected, was a far more dangerous pastime than folks generally +realized, when it could affect a fellow’s brains like that! Downstairs, +he searched the little group about the dining-hall door, and finally +made inquiry of Dave Murray. Dave was worried and excited and a bit +short-tempered. + +“Nid Turner? No, I haven’t seen him. He’ll be here pretty quick, though. +We eat at twelve.” + +He left Laurie, to push his way toward the entrance to accost Mr. +Mulford, who was coming in; and Laurie went out and sat down on the step +and watched. Kewpie came striding across from West Hall, smiling and +evidently very fit. But when Laurie questioned him the smile faded. + +“Nid? No, I haven’t set eyes on him. Isn’t he here? Are you sure? Say, +you don’t suppose the silly guy has bolted? He was in mean shape last +night, Nod. But he wouldn’t do that! He’s no quitter. He’ll be here in a +minute or two.” + +“Suppose—suppose he isn’t?” asked Laurie, anxiously. “Would it matter +much?” + +“Matter?” Kewpie shrugged, one eye on the dining-hall door, through +which his team-mates were beginning to pass. “It wouldn’t matter to the +game, I guess. I was only trying to cheer him up last night. You +understand. It isn’t likely Pinky will use him. But it would be a bad +thing for him, Nod. It would be an awful black eye, in fact, if he cut +the game. Guess Pinky would just about can him for all time! I say, I’ve +got to hustle in there. Why don’t you have a look around for him? Maybe +he’s in the library, or over in West, or—or somewhere. See you later, +Nod!” + +Kewpie disappeared into the dining-hall, and a moment later the door was +closed. Laurie acted on Kewpie’s suggestion, and made a thorough search +of School Hall and the other dormitory, and even poked his head into the +gymnasium, where only an empty floor met his gaze. After that there +seemed nothing to do but wait. Ned had already missed his lunch, for the +fellows were coming out into the corridor when Laurie returned to East +Hall. Murray nailed him as he tried to pass unnoticed to the stairs. + +“Say, Nod, where’s that brother of yours?” he demanded indignantly. +“Didn’t he know that lunch was at twelve? Where is he, anyway?” + +“I don’t know, Dave,” Laurie answered, miserably. “He went for a walk +this morning, and I haven’t seen him since. I guess he went too far and +couldn’t get back in time. I’ve been looking all over for him.” + +“That’s fine!” said the manager, bitterly. “Mulford asked for him, and I +said I’d look him up. You’d better find him mighty quick, Nod. Tell him +to get something to eat somewhere and be at the gym not later than one. +There’s a floor drill then. I’ll make it all right with Mulford, +somehow. But there’ll be the dickens and all to pay if he doesn’t show +up!” + +Hoping against hope, Laurie hurried up to the room. But there was no +Ned. One o’clock came and passed. Time and again Laurie went to the gate +and looked up and down the street, but without result. Ned had +disappeared utterly, it seemed, and the unwelcome conclusion grew in +Laurie’s mind that Ned had shown the white feather and had deliberately +absented himself. Laurie didn’t like to think that, and there were +moments when he couldn’t. But here it was nearly half-past one, and Ned +hadn’t come, and facts are facts! It looked, he thought sadly, like a +bad day for the honor of the Turners! + +At half-past one he found George Watson in his room, and handed over one +of his tickets. “I can’t go to the field with you,” he said, “but I’ll +find you over there. Try to keep a seat for me, will you?” + +“What’s the big idea?” asked George, blankly. “Why can’t you go with us? +That’s a fine game to play!” + +“I’ll tell you later. I—I’ve got something to do. Be a good fellow, +George, won’t you? And tell Polly how it is, will you?” + +“How the dickens can I tell Polly how it is when I don’t know how it is +myself?” asked George, indignantly. “Oh, all right! But you want to get +there pretty quick, Nod. It’s hard to hold seats when there aren’t +enough of them in the first place. There’s a regular mob going out there +already!” + +Disconsolately Laurie hurried out and stationed himself at the dormitory +entrance. Presently the players emerged from the gymnasium in their togs +and passed through the little gate to Washington Street. Laurie watched +them file past, hoping hard that Ned would be among them. But, although +all the rest were there, twenty-one in all, there was no Ned. + +From Washington Street and Summit Street came a steady tramping of feet, +accompanied by a swishing sound as the pedestrians brushed through the +fallen leaves. Occasionally an automobile went by with a warning honk of +its horn at the corner. Looking over the withered hedge, Laurie could +see the colors of Hillman’s and Farview marching past, banners of dark +blue bearing the white Old English H, maroon-and-white flags adorned +with the letters “F. A.” Laughter and the merry, excited chatter of many +voices came to him. The yard was empty, except for a boy hurrying down +the steps of West Hall, and he too quickly disappeared through the gate. + +Presently Laurie looked at his watch. The time was eighteen minutes to +two. He left East Hall and turned toward the gymnasium. Out of the +shelter of the dormitory a little breeze fanned his face, and he +remembered Hop Kendrick’s dread of a wind that would put more power into +the toe of the Farview punter. It might be, he reflected, that Hop was +due for disappointment; but the matter didn’t seem very important to +him. The locker-room in the gymnasium was empty. Over the benches lay +the discarded underclothing of the players, and sometimes the outer +clothing as well, suggesting that excitement on this occasion had +prevailed over orderliness. Laurie made his way to Ned’s locker. It was +closed, and behind the unfastened door hung his togs. + + + + +CHAPTER XX—FOR THE HONOR OF THE TURNERS + + +Walking felt good to Ned that morning. The air, brisk in spite of the +sunshine and the day’s stillness, cleared his head of the queer +cloudiness that had been there since awakening, and, turning into the +country road that led eastward toward the higher hills, he strode along +briskly. He had, he reflected, played rather a low-down trick on Laurie; +but that could be explained later, and Laurie wouldn’t mind when he +understood. When he had gone the better part of a mile into the country, +and the road had begun to steepen perceptibly, the sound of a motor +behind warned him to one side. But, instead of passing in a cloud of +dust, the automobile slowed down as it reached the pedestrian, and the +driver, a genial-looking man of middle age, hailed. + +“Going my way?” he asked. “Get in if you like.” + +Ned hesitated, and then climbed in beside the solitary occupant of the +car. The prospect of speeding through the sunlit morning world appealed +to him, and he thanked the driver and snuggled into the other corner of +the front seat. + +“That’s all right, my boy,” answered the man, genially. “Glad to have +company. How far are you going?” + +“Just—just up the road a ways,” replied Ned, vaguely. “I was out for a +walk, only this seemed better.” + +“Well, it’s quicker, though it doesn’t give you quite so much exercise,” +was the response. “You sing out when you’ve had enough. Maybe you can +get a lift going back, if you’re not in too much of a hurry. Still, +there isn’t much travel on this road. Most folks go around by Little +Windsor. It’s longer, but the road’s a sight better. I go this way +because I can do it quicker. There are some fierce bumps, though. Yell +if you drop out!” + +The car was a heavy one with good springs, and as long as Ned remained +in it the bad bumps didn’t materialize. His companion evidently liked to +talk, and Ned learned a good deal about him and his business, without, +however, finding it very interesting. The man asked few questions, and +so Ned merely supplied the information that he was from Hillman’s School +and that he liked to walk and that he had all the morning to get back +in. The car kept up an even, effortless speed of twenty-seven or -eight +miles an hour, and it was finding himself booming up the straight grade +over Candle Mountain that brought Ned to a sudden realization that if he +meant to get back to school by twelve o’clock without undue effort he +had best part company with his chatty acquaintance. So, at the summit of +the hill, he said good-by, repeated his thanks, and got out. + +“Guess you’re about six miles from Orstead,” said the man. “It won’t +take you long to get back there, though, if you find a lift. Don’t +hesitate to stop any one you see; they’ll be glad to take you in. +Good-by!” + +The gray automobile went on and was speedily dropping from sight beyond +the nearly leafless forest. Ned watched it disappear, and then set his +face toward home. The ride had certainly done him good, he told himself. +The prospect of being called on to kick a dozen goals wouldn’t have +dismayed him a mite at that moment. In fact, he suddenly realized that +he was going to be horribly disappointed if the chance to attempt at +least one goal from the field did not come to him, and he wondered why +he had felt so craven last night. + +After a mile or so a small, dust-covered car overhauled him and went by +without a challenge from him. It was still only ten o’clock, and he had +two hours yet, and he had no intention of begging a ride. Taken +leisurely, the remaining miles would be covered without weariness and in +plenty of time. When he had accomplished, as he reckoned, about half the +distance to Orstead, his watch said seventeen minutes to eleven. The +forenoon had grown appreciably warmer, and so had Ned. Beside the road +was a little knoll carpeted with ashy-brown beech-leaves. Only a stone +wall, bordered with blackberry briars, intervened. + +Ned climbed across the wall and seated himself on the slope of the +knoll. The land descended gently before him toward the river and the +town, but neither was in sight. Presently, removing his cap, he +stretched himself on his back and linked his fingers under his head. And +presently, because the blue, sunlit, almost cloudless sky was too +dazzling to gaze at long, he closed his eyes. And as he did so a +strange, delicious languor descended upon him. He sighed luxuriously and +stretched his legs into a more comfortable position. It was odd that he +should feel sleepy at this time of day, he thought, and it wouldn’t do +to stay here too long. He wished, though, that he didn’t have to get +anywhere at any especial time. It would be great to just lie here like +this and feel the sun on his face and— + +At about that moment he stopped thinking at all and went sound asleep. + +When he awoke he was in shadow, for the sun had traveled around and past +the elbow of a near-by old and knotted oak whose brown-pink leaves still +clung to the twisted branches. Ned looked around him in puzzlement, and +it was a long moment before he could account for his surroundings. When +he had, he sat up very quickly and gave a startled look at his watch. +The thing was crazy! It said twenty-one minutes past two! Of course it +couldn’t be that late, he told himself indignantly. But even as he said +it he was oppressed by a conviction that it was. And a look at the sun +removed any lingering doubt! + +He sprang to his feet, seized his cap, and stumbled across the wall, +and, again on the road, set out at a run toward home. But after a moment +he slowed up. “Was there any use in hurrying now? The game was already +in progress—had been going on for twenty minutes. The first quarter was +probably nearly over. What would they say to him, the fellows and Coach +Mulford and—Laurie? Somehow, what Laurie would think appeared far more +important than what any of the others might. He would have such a poor +excuse, he reflected ruefully! Went for a walk, and fell asleep by the +road! Gee, he couldn’t tell them that! He might tell Laurie; but the +others—” + +He was jogging on as he thought things over. Even if he ran all the way, +and he couldn’t do that, of course, he wouldn’t get to school before +three. And then he would have to change into his togs and reach the +field. And by that time the second half would have started. Wouldn’t it +be far better to remain away altogether? He might easily reach his room +unseen, and then, when Laurie returned, he could pretend illness. He +might not fool Laurie; but the others, Coach Mulford and Dave Murray and +the fellows, would have to believe him. + +If a fellow was ill, he couldn’t be expected to play football. He even +got as far as wondering what particular and peculiar malady he could +assume, when he put the idea aside. + +“No use lying about it,” he muttered. “Got to face the music, Ned! It +was your own fault. Maybe Mulford will let me down easy. I wouldn’t like +to queer myself for next year. Gee, though, what’ll the school think?” +And Ned groaned aloud. + +While he had slept, five vehicles had passed him, and as many persons +had seen him lying there asleep in the sun and idly conjectured about +him. But now, when he needed help to conquer the interminable three +miles that stretched between him and the town, and although he +constantly turned his head to gaze hopefully back along the dusty road, +not a conveyance appeared. Before long, since he had unwisely started at +too great a speed, he was forced to sit down on a rock and rest. He was +very nearly out of breath and the perspiration was trickling down +beneath his cloth cap. A light breeze had sprung up since he had dropped +asleep, and it felt very grateful as it caressed his damp hair and +flushed face. + +Perhaps those three miles were nearer four, because when, tired, dusty, +and heart-sick, he descried the tower of the Congregational church above +the leafless elms and maples of the village, the gilded hands pointed to +twelve minutes past three. Even had he arrived in time, he reflected +miserably, he would never have been able to serve his team-mates and his +school, for he was scarcely able to drag one foot behind the other as he +finally turned into the yard. + +The place appeared deserted, grounds and buildings alike, as Ned +unhesitatingly made his way across to the gymnasium. He had long since +decided on his course of action. No matter whether he had failed his +coach and his schoolmates, his duty was still plain. As late as it was, +he would get into his togs and report at the field. But when, in the +empty locker-room, he paused before where his football togs should have +been, he found only empty hooks. The locker, save for towels, was empty! + +At first he accepted the fact as conclusive evidence of his +disgrace—thought that coach or manager or an infuriated student body +had removed his clothes as a signal of degradation! Then the +unlikelihood of the conclusion came, and he wondered whether they had +really been there. But of course they had! He remembered perfectly +hanging them up, as usual, yesterday afternoon. Perhaps some one had +borrowed them, then. The locker had been unfastened, probably, for half +the time he forgot to turn the key in it. Wondering, he made his way out +of the building, undecided now what to do. But as he reached the corner +a burst of cheers floated to him from the play-field. His head came up. +It was still his duty to report, togs or no togs! Resolutely he set out +on Summit Street, the sounds of battle momentarily growing nearer as he +limped along. + +By the entrances many automobiles and some carriages lined the road. +Above the stand the backs of the spectators in the top row of seats +looked strangely agitated, and blue flags waved and snapped. A fainter +cheer came to him, the slogan of Farview, from the farther side of the +field. He heard the piping of signals, and a dull thud of leather +against leather, then cries and a whistle shrilling; and then a great +and triumphant burst of cheering from the Blue side. + +He hurried his steps, leaped the low fence beside the road, and came to +a group of spectators standing at the nearer end of the long, low grand +stand. He could see the gridiron now, and the battling teams in +mid-field. And the scoreboard at the farther end! And, seeing that, his +heart sank. “Hillman’s 7—Visitors 9” was the story! He tugged the +sleeve of a man beside him, a youngish man in a chauffeur’s livery. + +“What period is it?” he asked. + +“Fourth,” was the answer. The man turned a good-natured look on the +boy’s anxious face. + +“Been going about four minutes. You just get here?” + +Ned nodded. “How did they get their nine?” he asked. + +“Farview? Worked a forward pass in the second quarter for about thirty +yards, and smashed over for a touch-down. They failed at goal, though. +That made ’em six, and they got three more in the last quarter. +Hillman’s fumbled about on their thirty, and that bandy-legged full-back +of Farview’s kicked a corking goal from field. Gee—say, it was some +kick!” + +“Placement or drop?” + +“Drop. Almost forty yards, I guess. There they go again!” The chauffeur +tiptoed to see over a neighbor’s head. Ned, past his shoulder, had an +uncertain glimpse of the Maroon and White breaking through the Blue’s +left side. When the down was signaled, he spoke again. + +“How did Hillman’s score?” he asked. + +“Huh? Oh, she got started right off at the beginning of the game and +just ate those red-legs up. Rushed the ball from the middle of the +field, five and six yards at a whack, and landed it on the other +fellow’s door-sill. Farview sort of pulled together then and made a +fight; but that big chap, Pope, the full-back, smashed through finally, +right square between the posts. After that he kicked the goal. Guess the +red-legs had stage-fright then, but they got over it, and our fellows +haven’t had a chance to score since. Pope had to lay off last quarter. +They played him to a standstill. Mason’s mighty good, but he can’t make +the gains Pope did. First down again! Say, they aren’t doing a thing but +eating us up!” + +Ned wormed himself to the front of the group, and came to anchor at the +side of a tall policeman, close to the rope that stretched from the end +of the stand well past the zone line. By craning his neck he could look +down the length of the field. White-sweatered, armed with big blue +megaphones, Brewster and Whipple and two others, cheer leaders, were +working mightily, although the resulting cheers sounded weak where Ned +stood. The teams were coming down the field slowly but surely, the Blue +contesting every yard, but yielding after every play. The lines faced +each other close to the thirty now. Across the gridiron, Farview’s pæans +were joyful and confident, and the maroon-and-white flags gyrated in +air. Well back toward his threatened goal, Hop Kendrick, white-faced and +anxious, called hoarse encouragement. Ned clenched his hands and hoped +and feared. + +A line attack turned into an unexpected forward pass, and a tall Farview +end came streaking down just inside the boundary. Hop was after him like +a shot; but Deering, who had taken Pope’s place, ran him out at the +fifteen-yard line. The Maroon and White went wild with joy. The teams +trooped in on the heels of the diminutive referee, and the ball was down +just inside Hillman’s fifteen. Ned looked the Blue team over. Save for +Corson and White, the line was made up of first-string men, but the back +field was, with the single exception of Mason, all substitutes: +Kendrick, Boessel, and Deering. + +A plunge straight at the center gave Farview two more precious yards, +Kewpie, apparently pretty well played out, yielding before the desperate +attack. Three more yards were gained between Emerson and Stevenson on +the left. Third down now, and five to go! Evidently Farview was +determined on a touch-down, for on the nine yards, with an excellent +chance for a field goal, she elected to rush again. But this time the +Blue’s center held, and the Farview left half, when friend and foe was +pulled from above him, held the pigskin scarcely a foot in advance of +its former position. It was Hillman’s turn to cheer, and cheer she did. +Ned added a wild shout of triumph to the din about him. + +Fourth down, and still five yards to gain! Now Farview must either kick +or try a forward, and realizing this the Blue’s secondary defense +dropped back and out. A Farview substitute came speeding on, a new left +tackle. Then, amid a sudden hush, the quarter sang his signals: “Kick +formation! 73—61—29—” The big full-back stretched his arms out. +“12—17—9!” Back sped the ball, straight and breast-high. The Blue line +plunged gallantly. The stand became a pandemonium. The full-back swung a +long right leg, but the ball didn’t drop from his hands. Two steps to +the left, and he was poising it for a forward pass! Then he threw, well +over the up-stretched hands of a Hillman’s player who had broken +through, and to the left. A Maroon and White end awaited the ball, for +the instant all alone on the Blue’s goal-line. Ned, seeing, groaned +dismally. Then from somewhere a pair of blue-clad arms flashed into +sight, a slim body leaped high, and from the Hillman’s side of the field +came a veritable thunder of relief and exultation. For the blue arms had +the ball, and the blue player was dodging and worming toward the farther +side-line! Captain Stevenson it was who cleared the path for him at the +last moment, bowling over a Farview player whose arms were already +stretched to grapple, and, in a shorter time than the telling takes, Hop +Kendrick was racing toward the distant goal! + +Afterward Ned realized that during the ensuing ten or twelve seconds he +had tried desperately to shin up the tall policeman; but at the time he +had not known it, nor, or so it appeared, had the policeman, for the +latter was shouting his lungs out! Past the middle of the field sped +Hop, running as fleetly as a hare, and behind him pounded a solitary +Farview end. These two left the rest of the field farther and farther +back at every stride. For a moment it seemed that Hop would win that +desperate race; but at last, near the thirty-five yards, he faltered, +and the gap between him and his pursuer closed to a matter of three or +four strides, and after that it was only a question of how close to the +goal the Blue runner would get before he was overtaken and dragged down. +The end came between the fifteen- and twenty-yard streaks. Then, no more +than a stride behind, the Farview player sprang. His arms wrapped +themselves around Hop’s knees, and the runner crashed to earth. + +For a long minute the babel of shouting continued, for that eighty-yard +sprint had changed the complexion of the game in a handful of seconds. +Hillman’s was no longer the besieged, fighting in her last trench to +stave off defeat, but stood now on the threshold of victory, herself the +besieger! + +Farview called for time. Two substitutes came in to strengthen her line. +Hop, evidently no worse for his effort, was on his feet again, thumping +his players on the backs, imploring, entreating, and confident. On the +seventeen yards lay the brown oval, almost in front of the right-hand +goal-post. A field goal would put the home team one point to the good, +and, with only a few minutes left to play, win the game almost beyond a +doubt, and none on the Blue’s side of the field doubted that a try at +goal would follow. Even when the first play came from ordinary formation +and Deering smashed into the left of Farview’s line for a scant yard, +the audience was not fooled. Of course, it was wise to gain what ground +they might with three downs to waste, for there was always the chance +that a runner might get free and that luck would bring a touch-down +instead. + +Yet again Hop signaled a line attack. This time it was Mason who carried +the ball, and he squirmed through for two yards outside left tackle, +edging the pigskin nearer the center of the goal. Then came a shout that +started near the Blue team’s bench and traveled right along the stand. A +slight youngster was pulling off his sweater in front of the bench, a +boy with red-brown hair and a pale, set face. Then he had covered the +red-brown hair with a leather helmet and was trotting into the field +with upraised hand. + +Ned stared and stared. Then he closed his eyes for an instant, opened +them, and stared again. After that he pinched himself hard to make +certain that he was awake and not still dreaming on the knoll beside the +road. The substitute was speaking to the referee now, and Deering was +walking away from the group in the direction of the bench. The cheering +began, the leaders waving their arms in unison along the length of the +Hillman’s stand: + +“’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! Deering!” + +And then again, a second later: “’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! +’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! Turner!” + +Ned turned imploringly to the tall policeman. “What—who was that last +fellow they cheered?” he faltered. + +The policeman looked down impatiently. + +“Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXI—THE UNDERSTUDY + + +“_Block that kick! Block that kick! Block that kick!_” chanted Farview +imploringly, from across the trampled field. + +Yet above the hoarse entreaty came Hop Kendrick’s confident voice: “All +right, Hillman’s! Make it go! Here’s where we win it! Kick formation! +Turner back!” And then: “25—78—26—194! 12—31—9—” + +But it was Hop himself who dashed straight forward and squirmed ahead +over one white line before the whistle blew. + +“Fourth down!” called the referee. “About four and a half!” + +“Come on!” cried Hop. “Make it go this time! Hard, fellows, hard! We’ve +got ’em going!” He threw an arm over the shoulder of the new substitute. +Those near by saw the latter shake his head, saw Hop draw back and stare +as if aghast at the insubordination. Farview protested to the referee +against the delay, and the latter called warningly. Hop nodded, and +raised his voice again: + +“Kick formation! Turner back!” + +Then he walked back to where the substitute stood and dropped to his +knees. + +“Place-kick!” grunted a man at Ned’s elbow. “Can’t miss it from there if +the line holds!” + +Ned, in a perfect agony of suspense, waited. Hop was calling his +signals. There was a pause. Then: “16—32—7—” + +Back came the ball on a long pass from Kewpie. It was high, but Hop got +it, pulled it down, and pointed it. Ned saw the kicker step forward. +Then he closed his eyes. + +There was a wild outburst from all around him, and he opened them again. +The ball was not in sight, but a frantic little man in a gray sweater +was waving his arms like a semaphore behind the farther goal. Along the +space between stand and side-line a quartette of youths leaped crazily, +flourishing great blue megaphones or throwing them in air. Above the +stand blue banners waved and caps tossed about. On the scoreboard at the +far end of the field the legend read: “Hillman’s 10—Visitors 9.” + +A moment later, a boy with a wide grin on his tired face and nerves that +were still jangling made his way along Summit Street in the direction of +school. Behind him the cheers and shouts still broke forth at intervals, +for there yet remained some three minutes of playing time. Once, in the +sudden stillness between cheers, he heard plainly the hollow thump of a +punted ball. More shouts then, indeterminate, dying away suddenly. The +boy walked quickly, for he had a reason for wanting to gain the security +of his room before the crowd flowed back from the field. At last, at the +school gate, he paused and looked back and listened. From the distant +scene of battle came a faint surge of sound that rose and fell and rose +again and went on unceasingly as long as he could hear. + +Back in Number 16, Ned threw his cap aside and dropped into the nearest +chair. There was much that he understood, yet much more that was still a +mystery to him. One thing, however, he dared hope, and that was that the +disgrace of having failed his fellows had passed him miraculously by! As +to the rest, he pondered and speculated vainly. He felt horribly limp +and weary while he waited for Laurie to come. And after a while he heard +cheering, and arose and went to a window. There could no longer be any +doubt as to the final outcome of the game. Between the sidewalk throngs, +dancing from side to side of the street with linked arms, came +Hillman’s, triumphant! + +[Illustration: “Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.”] + +And here and there, borne on the shoulders of joyous comrades, bobbed a +captured player. There were more than a dozen of them, some taking the +proceeding philosophically, others squirming and fighting for freedom. +Now and then one succeeded in getting free, but recapture was invariably +his fate. At least, this was true with a single exception while Ned +watched. The exception was a boy with red-brown hair, who, having +managed to slip from his enthusiastic friends, dashed through the throng +on the sidewalk, leaped a fence, cut across a corner, and presently sped +through the gate on Washington Street, pursuit defeated. A minute later, +flushed and breathless, he flung open the door of Number 16. + +At sight of Ned, Laurie’s expression of joyous satisfaction faded. He +halted inside the door and closed it slowly behind him. At last, +“Hello,” he said, listlessly. + +“Hello,” answered Ned. Then there was a long silence. Outside, in front +of the gymnasium, they were cheering the victorious team, player by +player. At last, “We won, didn’t we?” asked Ned. + +Laurie nodded as if the thing were a matter of total indifference. He +still wore football togs, and he frowningly viewed a great hole in one +blue stocking as he seated himself on his bed. + +“Well,” he said, finally, “what happened to you?” + +Ned told him, at first haltingly, and then with more assurance as he saw +the look of relief creep into Laurie’s face. As he ended his story, +Laurie’s countenance expressed only a great and joyous amusement. + +“Neddie,” he chuckled, “you’ll be the death of me yet! You came pretty +near to it to-day, too, partner!” He sobered as his thoughts went back +to a moment some fifteen minutes before, and he shook his head. +“Partner, this thing of understudying a football hero is mighty wearing. +I’m through for all time. After this, Ned, you’ll have to provide your +own substitute! I’m done!” + +“How—why—how did you happen to think of it?” asked Ned, rather humbly. +“Weren’t you—scared?” + +“Scared? Have a heart! I was frightened to death every minute I sat on +the bench. And then, when Mulford yelped at me, I—well, I simply passed +away altogether! I’m at least ten years older than I was this morning, +Neddie, and I’ll bet I’ve got gray hairs all over my poor old head. You +see, Murray as much as said that it was all day with you if you didn’t +show up. Kewpie was a bit down-hearted about it, too. I waited around +until half-past one or after, thinking every moment that you’d turn +up—hoping you would, anyhow; although, to be right honest, Neddie, I +had a sort of hunch, after the way you acted and talked, that maybe +you’d gone off on purpose. Anyhow, about one o’clock I got to thinking, +and the more I thought the more I got into the notion that something had +to be done if the honor of the Turners was to be—be upheld. And the +only thing I could think of was putting on your togs and bluffing it +through. Kewpie owned up that he’d been talking rot last night—that he +didn’t really think you’d be called on to-day. And I decided to take a +chance. Of course, if I’d known what was going to happen I guess I +wouldn’t have had the courage; but I didn’t know. I thought all I’d have +to do was sit on the bench and watch. + +“So I went over to the gym and got your togs on, and streaked out to the +field, I guess I looked as much like you as you do, for none of the +fellows knew that I wasn’t you. I was careful not to talk much. Mr. +Mulford gave me thunder, and so did Murray, and Joe Stevenson looked +pretty black. I just said I was sorry, and there wasn’t much time to +explain, anyway, because the game was starting about the time I got +there. Once, in the third period, when Slavin was hurt, Mulford looked +along the bench and stopped when he got to me, and I thought my time had +come. But I guess he wanted to punish me for being late. Anyway, Boessel +got the job. When the blow did fall, Neddie, I was sick clean through. +My tummy sort of folded up and my spine was about as stiff as—as a +drink of water! I wanted to run, or crawl under the bench or something. +‘You’ve pleased yourself so far to-day, Turner,’ said Mulford. ‘Now +suppose you do something for the school. Kendrick will call for a kick. +You see that it gets over, or I’ll have something to say to you later. +Remember this, though: not a word to any one but the referee until after +the next play. Now get out there and _win this game!_’ + +“Nice thing to say to a chap who’d never kicked a football in his life +except around the street! But, gee, Neddie, what could I do? I’d started +the thing, and I had to see it through. Of course I thought that maybe +I’d ought to fess up that I wasn’t me—or, rather, you—and let some one +else kick. But I knew there wasn’t any one else they could depend on, +and I decided that if some one had to miss the goal, it might as well be +me—or you. Besides, there was the honor of the Turners! So I sneaked +out, with my heart in my boots,—your boots, I mean,—and Hop called for +a line play, and then another one, and I thought maybe I was going to +get off without making a fool of myself. But no such luck. ‘Take all the +time you want, Nid,’ said Hop. ‘We’ll hold ’em for you. Drop it over, +for the love of mud! We’ve got to have this game!’ ‘Drop it?’ said I. +‘Not on your life, Hop! Make it a place-kick or I’ll never have a +chance!’ ‘What do you mean?’ he asked. ‘I mean I can’t drop-kick +to-day.’ I guess something in my voice or the way I said it put him on, +for he looked at me pretty sharp. Still, maybe he didn’t guess the +truth, either, for he let me have my way and let me kick. + +“After that”—Laurie half closed his eyes and shook his head +slowly—“after that I don’t really know what did happen. I have a sort +of a hazy recollection of Hop shouting some signals that didn’t mean a +thing in my young life, and kneeling on the ground a couple of yards +ahead of me. I didn’t dare look at the goal, though I knew it was ahead +of me and about twenty yards away. Then there was a brown streak, and +things began to move, and I moved with them. I suppose I swung my +foot,-probably my right one, though it may have been my left,—and then +I closed my eyes tight and waited for some one to kill me. Next thing I +knew, I was being killed—or I thought I thought I was, for a second. It +turned out, though, that the fellows weren’t really killing me; they +were just beating me black and blue to show they were pleased. + +“Of course, it was all the biggest piece of luck that ever happened, +Ned. Hop aimed the ball just right, and somehow or other I managed to +kick it. Maybe any one would have done just as well, because I guess it +was an easy goal. Anyway, the honor of the Turners was safe!” + +“You’re a regular brick,” said Ned, a bit huskily. “What—what happened +afterward? I didn’t stay.” + +“Afterward Hop looked at me kind of queer and said, ‘I guess that’ll do +for you, Turner,’ and I beat it away from there as fast as I knew how, +and Mulford sent in some other poor unfortunate. There were only half a +dozen plays after that, and we kicked whenever we got the ball.” + +“Do you think any one but Hop found out?” asked Ned, anxiously. + +“Not a one. And I’m not sure, mind you, that Hop did. You see, he didn’t +_say_ anything. Only, he did call me ‘Nid’ at first, and then ‘Turner’ +the next time. I haven’t seen him since. I guess I never will know, +unless I ask him. One thing’s sure, though, Ned, and that is that Hop +won’t talk.” + +“You don’t think I’d ought to fess up?” asked Ned. + +“I do not,” replied Laurie stoutly. “What’s the good? It wasn’t your +fault if you went to sleep out in the country. If any one’s to blame, +it’s me. I oughtn’t to have hoaxed them. No, sir; if Mulford or any one +says anything, just you tell them you fell asleep and couldn’t help +getting there late. But I don’t believe any one will ask questions now. +They’re all too pleased and excited. But, gee, Neddie! I certainly am +glad I made that goal instead of missing it. I’d be a pretty mean +feeling pup to-night if I hadn’t!” + +“It was wonderful,” mused Ned. “You putting it over, I mean. With all +that crowd looking on, and Farview shouting—” + +“Shouting? I didn’t hear them. I didn’t know whether there was any one +around just then! I had troubles of my own, partner! Know something? +Well, I think there’s the chap who kicked that goal.” Laurie raised his +right foot and displayed one of Ned’s scuffed football shoes. “I guess I +just sort of left things to him and he did the business. Good old Mister +Shoe!” + +Ned jumped to his feet and pulled Laurie from the bed. “For the love of +lemons,” he cried, “get those togs off before any one comes in!” + +“Gee, that’s so!” Laurie worked feverishly, while Ned stumbled over a +chair and turned the key in the lock. + +“A fine pair of idiots we are!” exclaimed Ned, as he ripped Laurie’s +shirt off for him. “Suppose Hop or Kewpie had come in while we were +sitting here!” + +Hillman’s spent the rest of the evening in celebration. In the +dining-hall the appearance of any member of the squad was the signal for +hand-clapping and cheers, and when Ned entered, followed by Laurie, the +applause was deafening. Ned showed himself to be a very modest and +retiring hero, for he fairly scuttled to his seat, and kept his head +bent over his plate long after the applause had died away. Then, +stealing an unhappy glance at Laurie, he found that youth grinning +broadly, and was the recipient of a most meaningful wink. After supper, +in the corridor, the twins ran squarely into Hop Kendrick. Ned tried to +pull aside, but Laurie stood his ground. Hop was plainly a very happy +youth to-night, although even when happiest he never entirely lost his +look of earnest gravity. + +“Well, we did it, Nid!” he said joyfully, clapping that youth on the +shoulder. “That was a corking kick of yours, son!” + +Ned stammered something utterly unintelligible, but Laurie came to the +rescue: “Ned says it was the way you pointed the ball that won that +goal, Hop,” he said casually. “He’s mighty modest about it.” + +Hop shot a quick glance at the speaker, and Ned declared afterward that +there was a smile behind it. But all he said was: “Oh, well, pointing +isn’t everything, Nod. _Some one’s_ got to kick it!” + +When he had gone on, Ned and Laurie viewed each other questioningly. +“Think he knows?” asked Ned. Laurie shook his head frowningly. “You’ve +got me, partner!” he answered. + +And, because neither asked Hop Kendrick outright, neither ever did know! + +There were songs and speeches and a general jollification after supper, +ending in a parade of cheering, singing youths who marched through the +town from end to end, and at last drew up outside Doctor Hillman’s porch +and shouted until that gentleman appeared and responded. The Doctor’s +words were few, but they hit the spot, and when there had been another +long cheer for him, and another long cheer for the team, and a final +mighty cheer for the school, the happy boys called it a day and sought +the dormitories. + +Ned was just dropping off to sleep that night when Laurie’s voice +reached him through the darkness. + +“Ned!” called Laurie. + +“Huh?” + +“Are you awake?” + +“Uh-huh.” + +“Listen. It’s a fortunate thing to be a twin.” + +There was a long moment of silence. Then Ned’s voice came sleepily: + +“’Cause if one twin can’t the other twin kin!” + + + + +CHAPTER XXII—THE BOYS MAKE A PRESENT + + +The week or so succeeding the Farview game seemed like an anticlimax. +The bottom had sort of dropped out of things and there was no immediate +excitement to look forward to. The weather became as miserable as +weather possibly could, the slight snowfall that followed the rain of +Thanksgiving Day lasting only long enough to be seen by the early +risers. Perhaps it was well that lack of events and inclement weather +ruled, for Ned and a good many other boys in school were no worse for an +opportunity to apply themselves undisturbedly to their studies. +Basketball candidates were called the first Monday in December, and the +twins held a serious conference on the question of reporting. Ned, who +felt rather flat since there was no more football, was half inclined to +go in for the game, and would have had Laurie insisted. But Laurie voted +that for the present the Turners had done sufficient in the athletic +line, that the honor of the family demanded no further sacrifices on the +altar of duty. So Ned abandoned the idea and talked of trying for the +crew in the spring. + +When December was a week old, the fellows set their gaze on the +Christmas recess, which this year began on Wednesday, three days before +Christmas, and lasted until the 2d of January. Eleven days are not +sufficient to make a trip across the continent and back advisable, +although the twins figured that, with the best of fortune, they would be +able to reach Santa Lucia in time for dinner Christmas night. On the +other hand, the missing of one connection would delay their arrival +until the following afternoon, and, as Laurie pointed out, they were +fairly certain to be held up somewhere on the way, and a sleeping-car +wasn’t exactly an ideal place in which to spend the holiday! Besides, +there was a noticeable lack of encouragement from home. It had been +accepted beforehand that the boys were to remain at the school during +the recess, and nothing in Mr. Turner’s fortnightly letters hinted that +he had changed his mind. + +“I’d just as lief stay here, anyway,” declared Ned. “We can have a lot +more fun. Maybe there’ll be a bunch of snow, and I’m dying to try +skiing.” + +“You bet! And skating, too! And then there’s that other scheme. Mustn’t +forget that, Neddie.” + +“You mean—” + +“Yes. Didn’t you say we’d do it during vacation?” + +“Sure! It—it’ll take quite a lot of money, though, Laurie. And we’ll +have presents to buy for Dad and Aunt Emmie and the cousins—” + +“The cousins get Christmas cards, and that’s all they do get,” +interrupted Laurie, decisively. “That’s all they ever give us, and I’d +rather spend my money on something that’ll really—really benefit some +one. I guess Dad’ll send us some more money, too, for Christmas. We can +do it, all right. I’ve got nearly seven dollars right now. I haven’t +spent hardly any money this month.” + +“All right. Some day soon we’ll go downtown and find out how much it’s +going to cost and what we’ll need and everything. I say, we can get Bob +to help us, too!” + +“Rather! And three or four other fellows, I guess. Every one likes the +Widow, and George says there will be five or six fellows here during +recess. He was here last year, and he says he had a dandy time.” + +“Let’s get George this afternoon and get the thing started. We can find +out the—the area and ask the man how much we’ll need.” + +“Sure! And we can buy it and store it at Bob’s. Then all we’ll have to +do will be carry it over the fence. I’ll go down and see if I can find +him. Look here, Neddie. Why don’t we do it before Christmas and make it +a sort of Christmas present? Say we worked hard all day Thursday and +Friday—” + +“Great! Only if it snowed—” + +Laurie’s face fell. “Gee, that’s so! I suppose we couldn’t do it if it +snowed. Or rained. Or if it was frightfully cold.” + +“They say it doesn’t get real cold here until after New Year’s,” said +Ned, reassuringly. “But of course it might snow or rain. Well, we’ll do +it in time for Christmas if we can. If we can’t, we’ll do it for New +Year’s. I’ll bet she’ll be tickled to death. I say, though! We never +found out about the color!” + +“I did,” answered Laurie modestly. “I asked Polly. She said white.” + +“White! Geewhillikins, Laurie, that makes it harder, doesn’t it? We’d +have to put on two coats!” + +“Think so?” Laurie frowned. “I guess we would. That would take twice as +long, eh? Look here; maybe—maybe I can get Polly to change her mind!” + +“That’s likely, you chump!” Ned scowled thoughtfully. Finally, “I tell +you what,” he said. “Suppose we went around there sometime, and talked +with Mrs. Deane, and told her how nice we think blue looks and how sort +of—of distinctive! Gee, it wouldn’t be any trick at all to make it +blue; but white—” He shook his head despondently. + +“Cheer up!” said Laurie. “I’ve got the dope, partner! Listen. We’ll tell +them that it ought to be blue because blue’s the school color and all +that. Mrs. Deane thinks a heap of Hillman’s, and she’ll fall for it as +sure as shooting. So’ll Polly! Come on! Let’s find George and get the +thing started!” + +“Better get Bob to go with us, too. He said something about wanting to +pay his share of it, so we’d better let him in right from the start. +After all, we don’t want to hog it, Laurie!” + +A fortnight later the exodus came. Of the four-score lads who lived at +Hillman’s, all but eight took their departure that Wednesday morning, +and Ned and Laurie and George watched the last group drive off for the +station with feelings of genuine satisfaction. Life at school during the +eleven days of recess promised to be busy and enjoyable, and they were +eager to see the decks cleared, so to speak, and to start the new way of +living. Ned and Laurie had had plenty of invitations for Christmas week. +Both Kewpie and Lee Murdock had earnestly desired their society at their +respective homes, and there had been others less insistent but possibly +quite as cordial invitations. But neither one had weakened. George half +promised one of the boys to visit him for a few days after Christmas, +but later he canceled his acceptance. + +Besides George and the twins, there remained at school five other +fellows who, because they lived at a distance and railway fares were +high, or for other reasons, found it expedient to accept Doctor +Hillman’s hospitality. None of the five, two juniors, one lower middler, +and two upper middlers, were known to the twins more than casually when +recess began; but eating together three times a day and being thrown in +one another’s society at other times soon made the acquaintance much +closer, and all proved to be decent, likable chaps. + +Meals were served at a corner table in West Hall, and during recess +there were seldom fewer than three of the faculty present. That may +sound depressing, but in vacation-time an instructor becomes quite a +human, jovial person, and the scant dozen around the table enjoyed +themselves hugely. In the evening Doctor Hillman held open house, and +Miss Tabitha showed a genius for providing methods of entertainment. +Sometimes they popped corn in the fireplace in the cozy living-room, +sometimes they roasted apples. Once it was chestnuts that jumped on the +hearth. Then, too, Miss Tabitha was a past mistress in the art of making +fudge, and on two occasions Mr. Barrett, the mathematics instructor, +displayed such a sweet tooth that the boys lost the last of their awe +and “ragged” him without mercy. Several times the Doctor read aloud, +choosing, to the boys’ surprise, a corking detective novel that had them +squirming on the edges of their chairs. Toward the last of the vacation, +Laurie confided to Ned and George that he wished recess was just +beginning. + +To Ned’s and Laurie’s great disappointment, neither snow nor ice +appeared and the weather remained merely briskly cold, with sometimes a +day like Indian summer. But I am getting ahead of my story, which really +comes to an end on Christmas Day. + +More than a week before the closing of school, the four conspirators had +finished their preparations for the task that was to provide the Widow +Deane with a novel Christmas present. In Bob’s cellar were many cans +containing blue paint, white paint, linseed oil, and turpentine. There +were brushes there, too, and a scraper, and a roll of cotton rags +provided by Polly. For, in the end, it had become necessary to acquaint +Polly with the project. Against Bob’s back fence reposed all the +ladders, of varying lengths, that the neighborhood afforded. Wednesday +evening Ned and Laurie and George herded the other boys into George’s +room, and explained the scheme and asked for volunteers. They got five +most enthusiastic ones. + +Nine o’clock the next morning was set as the time for the beginning of +the work, and at that hour nine rather disreputably-attired youths +appeared in Mrs. Deane’s yard, arriving by way of the back fence, and +began their assault. The first the Widow knew of what was happening was +when, being then occupied with the task of tidying up the sleeping-room +on the second floor, she was startled to see the head and shoulders of a +boy appear outside her window. Her exclamation of alarm gave place to +murmurs of bewilderment as the supposed burglar contented himself with +lifting the two shutters from their hinges and passing them down the +ladder to some unseen accomplice. Mrs. Deane looked forth. In the garden +was what at first glimpse looked like a convention of tramps. They were +armed with ladders and brushes and pots of paint, and they were already +very busy. Across two trestles set on the grass plot, the stolen +shutters were laid as fast as they were taken down. One boy, flourishing +a broad-bladed implement, scraped the rough surfaces. A second plied a +big round brush, dusting diligently. Numbers three and four, as soon as +the first two operatives retired, attacked with brushes dripping with +white paint. In almost no time at all the first shutter was off the +trestles and leaning, fresh and spotless, against the fence. Every +instant another shutter appeared. Mrs. Deane gazed in fascinated +amazement. One after another, she recognized the miscreants: the two +Turner boys, George Watson, Mr. Starling’s son, Hal Goring, the Stanton +boy, and the rest; but, although recognition brought reassurance, +bewilderment remained, and she hurried downstairs as fast as ever she +could go. + +Polly was on the back porch, a very disturbed and somewhat indignant +Towser in her arms, evidently a party to the undertaking, and to her +Mrs. Deane breathlessly appealed. + +“Polly! What are they doing?” she gasped. + +“You’ll have to ask the boys, Mama.” Polly’s eyes were dancing. “Nid, +here’s Mama, and she wants to know what you’re doing!” + +Nid hurried up, a dripping brush in one hand and a smear of white paint +across one cheek, followed by Laurie. The others paused at their various +tasks to watch smilingly. + +“Painting the house, Mrs. Deane!” + +“Painting the house! My house? Why—why—what—who—” + +“Yes’m. There’s the blue paint. It’s as near like the old as we could +find. You don’t think it’s too dark, do you?” + +“But I don’t understand, Nid Turner!” said Mrs. Deane helplessly. “Who +told you to? Who’s going to pay for it?” + +“It’s all paid for, ma’am. It—it’s a sort of Christmas present from +us—from the school. You—you don’t mind, do you?” + +“Well, I never did!” Mrs. Deane looked from Ned to Laurie, her mouth +quivering. “I—I don’t know what to say. I guess I’ll—I’ll go see if +any one’s—in the shop, Polly. Did you think you—heard the bell?” Mrs. +Deane’s eyes were frankly wet as she turned hurriedly away and +disappeared inside. Ned viewed Polly anxiously. + +“Do you think she—doesn’t like it?” he half whispered. + +Polly shook her head and laughed softly, although her own eyes were not +quite dry. “Of course she likes it, you stupid boy! She just didn’t know +what to say. She’ll be back pretty soon, after she’s had a little cry.” + +“Oh!” said Ned and Laurie in chorus, their faces brightening; and Laurie +added apologetically: “Gee, we didn’t want to make her cry, Polly!” + +“That sort of a cry doesn’t hurt,” said Polly. + +Afterward Mrs. Deane said a great deal, and said it very sweetly, and +the boys got more or less embarrassed, and were heartily glad when she +drew Ned to her and kissed him, much to that youth’s distress, and the +incident ended in laughter. By noon the shutters were done, and nine +industrious amateur painters were swarming over the back of the little +house. I’m not going to tell you that the job was done as perfectly as +Sprague and Currie, Painters and Paper-hangers, would have done it, but +you’re to believe that it was done much quicker and at a far greater +saving of money! And when it was finished no one except a professional +would ever have known the difference. Perhaps there was more blue and +white paint scattered around the landscape than was absolutely +necessary, and it always remained a mystery how Antoinette managed to +get her right ear looking like a bit of Italian sky, for every one +professed ignorance and Antoinette was apparently well protected from +spatters. (It took Polly more than a week to restore the rabbit to her +original appearance.) + +When the early winter twilight fell and it became necessary to knock off +work for the day, the blue painting was more than half done and, unless +weather prevented, it was certain that the entire task would be finished +by to-morrow evening. Mrs. Deane served five-o’clock tea,—only it +happened to be four-o’clock tea instead,—and nine very, very hungry +lads did full justice to the repast, and the little room behind the +store held a merry party. Perhaps the prevailing odor of paint detracted +somewhat from Mrs. Deane’s and Polly’s enjoyment of the refreshments, +but you may be certain they made no mention of the fact. + +That night the boys viewed the cloudy sky apprehensively. Laurie, who +knew little about it, declared dubiously that it smelt like snow. But +when morning came, although the cloudiness persisted most of the day, +the weather remained kindly, with just enough frost in the air to chill +feet and nip idle fingers and to give an added zest to labor. Very +little time was wasted on luncheon, and at two o’clock the last slap of +blue paint had been applied and the more difficult work of doing the +white trim began. Fortunately, there were only eleven windows and two +doors, and although “drawing” the sashes was slow and finicking work, +with nine willing hands hard at it the end came shortly after dusk, +when, watched by eight impatient companions, young Haskell, one of the +junior class boys, with trembling fingers drew his brush along the last +few inches of a front window, and then, because he was quite keyed up +and because it was much too dark to see well, celebrated the culmination +of his efforts by putting a foot squarely into a can of white paint! + +When first-aid methods had been applied, he was allowed, on promise to +put only one foot to the floor, to accompany the rest inside and +announce to a delighted and slightly tremulous Mrs. Deane that the work +was completed. There was a real celebration then, with more piping-hot +tea and lots of perfectly scrumptious cream-puffs,—besides less +enticing bread-and-butter sandwiches,—and Mrs. Deane tried hard to +thank the boys and couldn’t quite do it, and Polly failed almost as +dismally, and Laurie made a wonderful speech that no one understood very +well, except for the general meaning, and nine flushed and very happy +youths cheered long and loudly for Mrs. Deane, and finally departed +merrily into the winter twilight, calling back many a “Merry Christmas” +as they went. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII—THE SECRET PASSAGE + + +Christmas Day dawned clear and mild, a green Christmas if ever there was +one. And yet, in spite of the absence of such traditional accompaniments +as snow and ice, the spirit of the season was there in abundance. Ned +and Laurie, wakening early to the sound of church bells, felt Christmasy +right from the first conscious moment. When they hastened down the hall +for their baths, they could hear George and Hal Goring on the floor +below uniting in what they fondly believed was song. Later, at +breakfast, beside a perfectly wonderful repast in which chicken and +little crisp sausages and hot, crisp waffles played leading rôles, the +Doctor and Miss Tabitha had placed at each plate a Christmas card tied +by a tiny blue ribbon to a diminutive painter’s brush! Later on there +was to be a tree in the Doctor’s living-room. In fact, the tree was +already there, and the boys had spent much of the preceding evening +trimming it and placing around its base inexpensive gifts of a joking +nature for one another and the Doctor and Miss Tabitha and the two +instructors who were there. + +Laurie and Ned had exchanged presents with each other and had received +several from home, not the least welcome of which was a check from their +father. And they had bought small gifts for George and Bob. Also, though +you needn’t tell it around school, Laurie had purchased a most +odoriferous and ornate bottle of perfume for Polly! So when, shortly +after breakfast, Ned suggested that Laurie take Bob’s present over to +him, Laurie evinced entire willingness to perform the errand. That he +carried not one gift but two in his pockets was, however, beyond Ned’s +knowledge. A cheerful whistling from the back of the house drew Laurie +past the front entrance, and he found Bob, attired in any but festal +garments, swinging open the bulkhead doors. A pair of old gray trousers +and a disreputable brown sweater formed most of his costume. At sight of +Laurie he gave a joyful whoop. + +“Merry Christmas!” he called. “I was going over to see you in a minute. +Thomas is in bed with a cold or something, and I’m furnace-man and +general factotle—” + +“Factotum, you mean,” laughed Laurie. + +“All right! As you fellows say, what do I care? I don’t own it. Now +you’re here, you can just give me a hand with this load of junk. Dad +says it doesn’t look shipshape for Christmas.” Bob indicated more than a +dozen paint-cans, empty, partly empty, or unopened, and a mess of +brushes, paddles, and rags that they had set there last evening. “I +suppose a lot of these might as well be thrown away, but we’ll dump the +whole caboodle down in the cellar for now.” + +“All right,” agreed Laurie. “First, though, here’s something that Ned +and I thought you might like. It isn’t anything much, you know, Bob; +just a—a trinket.” + +“For me?” Bob took the little packet, and removed the paper and then the +lid, disclosing a pair of silver cuff-links lying in a nest of +cotton-wool. As Laurie said, they weren’t much, but they were neat and +the jeweler had made a very good job of the three plain block letters, +R. D. S., that he had engraved on them. “Gee, they’re corking!” +exclaimed Bob, with unmistakable sincerity. “I needed them, too, Nod. I +lost one of a pair just the other day, and—” + +“I know you did. That’s why we got those.” + +“Well, I’m awfully much obliged. They’re great. I’ve got a couple of +little things upstairs for you chaps. They aren’t nearly so nice as +these, but I’ll get ’em—” + +“Wait till we finish this job,” said Laurie. “Grab a handful and come +on. Is Thomas very sick?” + +“I guess not,” replied Bob, as he followed the other down the steps. “He +ate some breakfast, but aunt thought he’d better stay in bed. I had a +great time with the furnace this morning. Got up at half-past six and +shoveled coal to beat the band!” + +“Where do you want to put these?” asked Laurie. + +“Anywhere, I guess. Hold on; let’s dump ’em on the shelves in the closet +there. Then they’ll be out of the way. Some day we’ll clean the cans all +out, and maybe we’ll get enough to paint that arbor we’re going to +build. Here you are.” + +Bob led the way to a small room built against the rear wall of the big +cellar. Designed for a preserve closet, its shelves had probably long +been empty of aught save dust, and the door, wide open, hung from one +hinge. It was some six feet broad and perhaps five feet deep, built of +matched boards. Before Bob entered the cobwebby doorway with his load of +cans, its only contents were an accumulation of empty preserve-jars in a +wooden box set on the cement floor beneath a lower shelf at the back. +There were eight shelves across the rear wall, divided in the center by +a vertical board into two tiers. Bob placed his load on a lower shelf +and Laurie put his on the shelf above. As he drew away he noticed that +the shelf appeared to have worked out from the boards at the back, and +he gave it a blow on the edge with the flat of one hand. It slipped back +into place, but, to his surprise, it came forward again an inch or two, +and all the other shelves in that tier came with it! + +“Hey!” said Laurie, startled. + +Bob, at the doorway, turned. “What’s the matter?” he asked. + +“Nothing, only—” Laurie took hold of the shelf above the loosened one +and pulled. It yielded a little, and so did the other shelves and the +rear wall of the cubicle, but it was only a matter of less than an inch. +Bob, at his side, looked on interestedly. + +“That’s funny,” he said. “Push on it.” + +Laurie pushed, and the tier went back a couple of inches. “Looks like +this side was separate from the rest,” said Laurie. “What’s the idea of +having it come out like that?” + +“Search me!” answered Bob. “Pull it toward you again and let me have a +look.” A second later he exclaimed: “The whole side is loose, Nod, but +it can’t come out because the ends of the shelves strike this partition +board! Try it again!” Laurie obeyed, moving the tier back and forth +three or four times as far as it would go. Bob shook his head in +puzzlement, his gaze roving around the dim interior. Then, “Look here,” +he said. “The shelves on the side aren’t on a level with the back ones, +Nod.” + +“What of it?” + +“Nothing, maybe; only, if the back swung out the side shelves wouldn’t +stop it! See what I mean?” + +“Not exactly. Anyhow, it doesn’t swing out, so what’s the—” + +“Hold on!” Bob sprang forward and seized the edge of a shelf in the +right-hand tier close to the partition board, and pulled. It readily +yielded an inch, but no more. + +“Wait!” Laurie bent and pulled aside the box of jars. “Now!” + +Then, as Bob tugged, to their amazement the right-hand tier swung toward +them, its lower edge scraping on the cement floor, and the left-hand +tier swung with it, the whole back wall of the closet, shelves and all, +opening toward them like a pair of double doors! + +“Gee!” whispered Laurie. “What do you suppose—” + +“Pull them wide open and let’s find out,” said Bob recklessly. + +When the two sides were open as far as they would go, there was an +aperture between them some three feet wide. Beyond it was darkness, +though, as they gazed, the stones of the cellar wall took shape dimly. +Then Laurie seized Bob’s arm. + +“Look!” he whispered excitedly. Behind, where the left-hand tier of +shelves had stood, was a blacker patch about three feet high by two feet +wide, which, as they stared in fascination, evolved itself into an +opening in the wall. + +“Know what I think?” asked Bob, in low tones. “I think we’ve found the +miser’s hiding-place, Nod!” + +“Honest? Maybe it’s just a—a drain or something. Got a match?” + +“There are some over by the furnace. Hold your horses!” Bob hurried out, +and was back in a moment and was standing at the opening between the +doors with a lighted match held toward the opening in the wall. As the +little light grew they saw that the stones of the wall had been removed +from a space of a foot above the floor and three feet high and some two +feet wide. Around the opening so made cement had been applied in the +form of a smooth casing. + +The match flickered and went out, and in the succeeding gloom the two +boys stared at each other with wide eyes. + +“Would you dare go in there?” asked Laurie. + +“Sure! Why not? It can’t be anything but a sort of cave underground. +Wait till I get a candle.” + +“A lantern would be better,” suggested Laurie, viewing the hole +dubiously. + +“That’s so, and there’s one here somewhere. I noticed it the other day.” +Bob’s voice came from the cellar beyond, and Laurie heard him walking +around out there. Then, “I’ve got it!” Bob called. “There’s oil in it, +too! Now we’ll have a look!” + +Laurie heard the chimney of the lantern squeak as it was forced up and +then drop into place again. Then a wan light came toward the closet, and +Bob appeared, triumphant and excited. “Wait till I turn it up a bit. +There we are! Come on!” + +They passed through between the doors, Bob leading, and stooped before +the hole in the wall. Bob held the lantern inside, and Laurie peered +over his shoulder. “Gee, it’s high,” whispered the latter. + +“Yes, and it isn’t a cave at all; it’s a tunnel!” said Bob, in awed +tones. “What do you say?” + +“I’ll go, if you will,” replied Laurie, stoutly; and without much +enthusiasm Bob ducked his head and crawled through. Past the two-foot +wall was a passage, more than head-high and about a yard in width, stone +walled and arched, that led straight ahead farther than the light of the +lantern penetrated. The walls were dry, but the earthen floor was damp +to the touch. There was a musty odor, though the air in there seemed +fresh. + +“Where do you suppose it goes to?” asked Bob, in a hushed voice. + +“I can’t imagine. But it runs straight back from the cellar, and so it +must pass under the garden. Let’s—let’s go on, Bob.” + +“Sure! Only I thought we were going to find old Coventry’s treasure!” + +“How do you know we aren’t?” asked Laurie. + +“That’s so! Maybe he buried it under the garden.” Their footfalls +sounded clearly on the hard-packed earth floor as they went ahead. +Suddenly Bob, in the lead, uttered an exclamation, and Laurie jumped a +foot and then hurried forward to where the other was standing. Beside +him, its point buried in the floor of the tunnel, was the lost crowbar! + +“What do you know?” gasped Bob. “We’re under the farther end of the +arbor. That bar came through between those stones up here.” He touch the +crevice in the arched roof with a finger. “See the dirt it brought down +with it? Well, that explains that mystery!” + +“Yes, but—where does this thing go to, Bob?” + +“Let’s find out. It can’t go much farther, because the arbor was only +about forty feet from the back fence.” + +But they went that forty feet and perhaps forty more before the wavering +light of the lantern showed them a stout wooden door across their path. +Formed of two-inch planking and strengthened with three broad cleats, it +was hinged to a frame of concrete. It wasn’t a big door, but it looked +very formidable to the two boys who stood there and viewed it dubiously +in the yellow glare of the lantern; for a big square iron lock held it +firmly in place. + +“Guess we don’t go any farther,” said Bob, dryly. + +“Maybe the key’s here somewhere,” Laurie suggested; and, although Bob +scoffed at the suggestion, they searched thoroughly but without success. + +“We could bust it,” Bob said; “only maybe we haven’t any right to.” + +“I don’t see why not, Bob. We discovered it. Let’s!” + +“We-ell, but one of us’ll have to go for a hammer or something.” + +“Sure; I’ll go.” + +“And leave me here in the dark? I guess not!” + +“We’ll both go, then. Hold on! What’s the matter with the crowbar?” + +“Of course! I never thought of that! I’ll fetch it!” The light receded +down the tunnel until it was small and dim, and Laurie, left alone in +front of the mysterious portal, felt none too happy. Of course there was +nothing to be afraid of, but he was awfully glad when the light drew +nearer again and Bob returned. “You hold this,” directed Bob, “and I’ll +give it a couple of whacks.” + +Laurie took the lantern, and Bob brought the bar down smartly on the +lock. Probably it was old and rusty, for it broke into pieces under the +blow, and in another instant they had thrust the heavy bolt back. Then +Bob took a long breath and pulled the door toward them. The hinges +squeaked loudly, startlingly, in the silence. Before them lay darkness, +and Laurie, leaning past the doorway, raised the lantern high. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV—A MERRY CHRISTMAS + + +“Guess Laurie got lost,” grumbled Ned, kicking one foot against the step +and looking across the yard. + +George laughed. “Guess you could find him if you went as far as the +Widow’s, Nid.” + +“Well, he ought to be back. It’s nearly time for the tree, isn’t it?” +Characteristically, Ned saved himself the trouble of determining the +matter for himself, and it was George who looked at his watch. + +“There’s ’most an hour yet. Let’s go and have a look for him. He and Bob +are probably at Polly’s.” + +But they didn’t get as far as Polly’s just then, for when they reached +the corner they descried Laurie tearing along the side yard of the +Coventry place. At sight of them he moderated his speed slightly and +began to shout, waving both hands in a quite demented manner. + +“What’s he saying?” asked George. “What’s wrong?” + +“Wants us to hurry,” grumbled Ned. “We are hurrying, you idiot!” he +continued, raising his voice. But he hurried faster, George at his +heels, and met Laurie at the front gate. + +“What’s your trouble?” he demanded. “House on fire? Bob got the croup? +What is it? Can’t you talk?” + +“Can’t tell you,” panted Laurie. “You’ve got to see—for yourself! Come +on!” + +He seized Ned by one arm, and pulled him away and around the house and +down the bulkhead steps, George loping after them. In the cellar stood +Bob, disreputable in his old clothes and adorned with dust and cobwebs, +a lighted lantern in one hand. + +“Has he told you?” he cried, as the others piled down the stairs. + +“Told me? He hasn’t told anything,” gasped Ned, shaking himself free at +last. “What is it?” + +Bob laughed loudly and gleefully. “Then come on!” he shouted. He dashed +into the preserve closet, Ned, George, and Laurie at his heels, passed +from sight for an instant, and was seen again crawling through a hole in +the wall. Ned and George showered questions as they pattered along the +tunnel, but all they received in reply was insane laughter and a +meaningless, breathless jumble of words. And then they were at the +farther portal, and Bob led the way through, and they followed. + +They found themselves in a small cellar-like compartment scarcely four +paces square. It was windowless, although, close to the raftered ceiling +in the rear wall, two oblongs of brick set in the stone showed where at +some time small windows had been. The floor was paved with flat stones. +In one corner, the only objects there, were a small iron chest, its lid +swung open and back, and a crowbar. The newcomers stared in amazement, +the truth slowly dawning on them. It was Laurie who spoke first. + +“Go and look!” he said excitedly. + +Ned and George obeyed. Within the chest lay four fat, heavy brownish +envelopes, bound and tied with pink tape. + +“Take one out and open it,” said Bob over Ned’s shoulder. + +Ned picked up one. Across one end was written in scrawly characters the +inscription “Gov’t.” + +“‘Government,’” explained Laurie, softly. “It’s full of United States +bonds. Nearly a dozen of them. Have a look.” + +“Geewhillikins!” breathed Ned, in awe, as he drew the folded contents +into the light. “Old Coventry’s, do you mean?” + +“Of course! Whose else? And there are three more lots. We haven’t +figured them up yet, but there must be fifty thousand dollars’ worth!” + +“Maybe they’re no good,” offered George. + +“How do you mean, no good?” asked Ned indignantly. “United States bonds +are always good!” + +“Well, the others—” + +“They’re railroad bonds, all of them, three different lots,” said Bob. +“I guess they’re all right, too, don’t you, Ned?” + +“Right as rain! Why, the old codger—What’s that?” he asked suddenly, +looking ceiling-ward. Laurie laughed. + +“That’s what we wondered,” he answered. “We jumped when we heard it +first. Don’t you know where you are?” + +Ned looked around him and shook his head. + +“Under the Widow Deane’s house!” + +“Wha-at! But Polly said there wasn’t any cellar!” + +“She doesn’t know any better. Look above you. See where the stairway +went? The old chap must have torn it away and boarded the hole up; and +bricked up the windows, too. It must have cost him a pretty penny to do +all this!” + +“What—what are you going to do with it?” asked George, pointing to the +chest. + +“Why, hand it over to the lawyers, whoever they are, I suppose,” +answered Bob. “But first of all we’re going to take those bonds and dump +them into the Widow’s lap. I always said I’d hand it all over to her, +when I found it. I never thought I would find it, but I have—or Laurie +has, because if he hadn’t noticed that the shelves were loose we never +would—” + +“Besides,” interrupted George, “she comes in for a share of the money. +Come on, fellows! Let’s do it now! Gee, it will be some Christmas +present!” + +“Won’t it? Let’s each one take a package,” said Laurie. “We’ll leave +everything just as it is for the lawyer folks. Come on!” + +“Say, fellows, there’s an awfully funny smell down here,” observed +George. “Sort of—sort of sweet, like—like violets or something. Notice +it?” + +“Yes, I noticed it before I got in here, though,” said Ned. “Wonder what +it is.” + +“Oh, places like this get to smelling funny after they’ve been shut up +for a while,” said Bob. “And I guess this place hasn’t been opened for +two years, eh?” + +“Of course not; not since old Coventry died. Just the same, it’s a +mighty funny odor.” And George sniffed again perplexedly. Laurie, who +had withdrawn to the door, unconsciously placed a hand in one jacket +pocket, where, within a crushed cardboard box, some fragments of glass +were all that remained of Polly’s present! In prying open the lid of the +chest he had brought the end of the crowbar against that pocket, and now +the purchase was only a memory, albeit a fragrant one. + +Some three minutes later four flushed-faced and very joyous youths burst +into the Widow Deane’s shop. To the jangling of the little bell in the +back room Polly appeared, a very pretty, bright-eyed Polly this morning +in a new Christmas dress. + +“Merry Christmas!” she cried. “Merry Christmas, Nid! Merry Christmas, +Bob! Merry Christmas, George! Merry Christmas, Nod!” + +Perhaps Laurie should have felt hurt that his own greeting had come +last; but he wasn’t, for a glance went with it that hadn’t accompanied +the others. But, although the boys answered the greetings in chorus, it +was apparent to Polly that they were there for another purpose than to +wish her a Merry Christmas. + +“Where’s your mother!” demanded Bob. + +“In there.” Polly pointed to the back room, and without ceremony the +four filed past and into the little living-room. Mrs. Deane was seated +in a rocker, her spectacles pushed down on her nose, a paper across her +knees, and her eyes fixed in smiling inquiry on the doorway. + +Bob led the way. On the outspread paper he laid a brown envelop. “Wish +you a Merry Christmas, ma’am,” he said. + +Laurie followed, deposited his envelop beside Bob’s, repeated the +greeting, and drew aside to make way for Nod and George. The Widow +looked inquiringly from the stout envelops to the boys, smiling +tolerantly the while. Boys were always up to pranks, and she liked them, +boys and pranks both! + +“What are these?” she asked, finally, when the fourth envelop lay in her +lap. + +Polly, looking over her shoulder, gasped as she read the writing on one +of the packets, and her eyes, as round as round, looked across at +Laurie. + +“_Nod! They aren’t—You haven’t—_” + +“Yes, they are!” cried Laurie. “Look and see for yourself! Open them, +Mrs. Deane!” + + * * * * * + +Ten minutes later, when the first excitement had somewhat subsided, +Polly clapped her hands. + +“Why,” she cried, “now we know what those sounds were we used to hear, +Mama! They were Uncle Peter down there in the cellar! They were his +footsteps! And only a little while ago I thought I heard sounds sort of +like them! And that must have been you boys!” + +“Of course,” agreed Bob. “And we could hear you folks up here quite +plainly. There goes my last hope of catching a ghost!” + +“How many are there to share in the money, Mrs. Deane?” asked George. + +“Dear me, I’m not quite sure.” She looked inquiringly over her +spectacles at Polly. “Weren’t there seven, dear?” + +“Eight, Mama.” + +“Well, even then it isn’t so bad” said George. “One eighth of +sixty-two-thousand—” + +“Seven thousand seven hundred and fifty,” announced Laurie, promptly. +“And the bonds may be worth more than we figured, ma’am!” + +“Well, I’m sure,” answered Mrs. Deane, “seven thousand dollars is seven +times more money than I ever expected to see! I shan’t know what to do +with it.” She looked quite alarmed and helpless for a moment, but Polly +patted her shoulder reassuringly. + +“You must invest it, dearest, and then you won’t have to keep this place +any longer, because when I go to work—” + +But, instead of vanishing, the Widow Deane’s alarm increased. “Oh, I +couldn’t give up the store, Polly!” she gasped. “Why—why, what would I +do with myself all day?” + +“Yes’m that’s so!” declared Ned, heartily. “Gee, you couldn’t do that! +Why, we wouldn’t have any place to buy cream-puffs!” + +“I guess I would keep on with the store,” Mrs. Deane concluded, when the +laughter had subsided. “I’m afraid I’d never be very happy if I didn’t +have you boys around. Well, it’s certainly very wonderful, isn’t it, +Polly?” + +“It’s—it’s heavenly!” declared Polly. “This is just the most beautiful +Christmas there ever was or ever will be! And I don’t see how we can +ever thank you all for finding—” + +“Gosh!” exclaimed Laurie. “The Doctor’s tree, fellows! We’ll have to +beat it! We’ll leave the bonds here until to-morrow—eh?” + +“But I want to see the tunnel and—and everything!” cried Polly. + +“That’s so! We’ll come over after dinner. Come on, fellows! Neddie, come +away from those tarts!” + +“I was only looking,” sighed Ned. + +Mrs. Deane and Polly went with them to the door. Down the street the +deep-toned bell in the Congregational church was ringing, and, farther +away, other bells were joining in a chorus of glad triumph. Mrs. Deane, +listening, held a very happy look in her face. On the sidewalk, Ned and +Laurie dropped behind their companions, paused, and faced the doorway. +There was a quick exchange of glances between them, and then, bowing, +Ned began and Laurie finished: + + “A Merry Christmas and well-filled bins,” + “Is the hearty wish of the Turner Twins!” + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + +***** This file should be named 37209-0.txt or 37209-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/2/0/37209/ + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/37209-h/37209-h.htm b/37209-h/37209-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d766176 --- /dev/null +++ b/37209-h/37209-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,11755 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" > +<head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> + <meta content="The Turner Twins" name="DC.Title"/> + <meta content="Ralph Henry Barbour" name="DC.Creator"/> + <meta content="en" name="DC.Language"/> + <meta content="1922" name="DC.Created"/> + <meta name="generator" content="ppgen (1.19) generated Aug 24, 2011 09:41 AM" /> + <title>The Turner Twins</title> + <style type="text/css"> + body {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%;} + p {margin-top:1ex; margin-bottom:0; text-align:justify;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size:x-small; text-align:right; text-indent:0; + position:absolute; right:2%; padding:1px 3px; font-style:normal; + font-variant:normal; font-weight:normal; text-decoration:none; + background-color:inherit; border:1px solid #eee;} + .pncolor {color:silver;} + h1 {text-align:center; font-weight:normal; + font-size:1.4em; margin-top:4em; margin-bottom:2em;} + h2 {text-align:left; font-weight:normal; + font-size:1.2em; margin-top:4em; margin-bottom:2em;} + h3 {text-align:center; font-weight:bold; + font-size:0.9em; margin-top:1.5em; margin-bottom:1em;} + hr.pb {margin:30px 0; width:100%; border:none; border-top:thin dashed silver; clear:both;} + .sc {font-variant: small-caps;} + .center {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center;} + .larger {font-size:larger;} + .smaller {font-size:smaller;} + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + table.c {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + .caption {font-size: 80%;} + .sc {font-variant:small-caps} + div.center>:first-child {margin: .5em auto 0 auto;text-align:center;} + div.center p {margin: 0 auto; text-align:center;} + hr.tb {border:none; border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin: 20px auto; width:35%} + </style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Turner Twins + +Author: Ralph Henry Barbour + +Illustrator: C. M. Relyea + +Release Date: August 26, 2011 [EBook #37209] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + + + + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + +<div class='figcenter' style='padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em'> +<a name='i001' id='i001'></a> +<img src='images/illus-cvr.jpg' alt='' title=''/><br /> +</div> +<p> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> +</p> +<div><a name='illus1' id='illus1'></a></div> +<div class='figcenter' style='padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em'> +<a name='i002' id='i002'></a> +<img src="images/illus1.jpg" alt="Through the secret door" title=""/><br /> +<span class='caption'>Through the secret door</span> +</div> +<p> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> +</p> +<div class='center'> +<p><span style='font-size:1.6em;font-weight:bold;'>THE</span></p> +<p><span style='font-size:1.6em;font-weight:bold;'>TURNER TWINS</span></p> +<p> </p> +<p>BY</p> +<p><span style='font-size:larger;'>RALPH HENRY BARBOUR</span></p> +<p> </p> +<p><span style='font-size:smaller;'>Author of “<span class='sc'>The Crimson Sweater</span>,” “<span class='sc'>Harry’s Island</span>,”</span></p> +<p><span style='font-size:smaller;'>“<span class='sc'>Team-Mates</span>,” etc.</span></p> +<p> </p> +<p><span style='font-size:smaller;'>ILLUSTRATED BY</span></p> +<p>C. M. RELYEA</p> +<p> </p> +<p>NEW YORK</p> +<p>THE CENTURY CO.</p> +<p>1922</p> +</div> +<p> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> +</p> +<div class='center'> +<p><span class='sc'>Copyright</span>, 1921, 1922, by</p> +<p>The Century Co.</p> +<p> </p> +<p><span class='sc'>PRINTED IN THE U. S. A.</span></p> +</div> +<p> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> +</p> +<div class='center'> +<p><span style='font-size:larger;'>CONTENTS</span></p> +</div> +<table class='c' summary='table of contents'> +<tr><td style='font-size:smaller'>CHAPTER</td><td></td><td style='font-size:smaller'>PAGE</td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>I</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Introduces a Pair of Shoes</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chI'>3</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>II</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Girl in the White Middy</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chII'>13</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>III</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Cakes and Ale</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chIII'>28</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>IV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Kewpie Starts Something</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chIV'>37</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>V</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>In the Performance of Duty</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chV'>52</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>VI</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Ned is Firm</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chVI'>61</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>VII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>High School Accepts Defeat</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chVII'>70</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>VIII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>In the Miser’s House</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chVIII'>84</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>IX</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Laurie Hears News</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chIX'>98</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>X</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Polly Entertains</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chX'>110</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XI</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Ned Speaks Out</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXI'>120</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Committee on Arrangements</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXII'>130</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XIII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Ned Gets into the Game</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXIII'>141</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XIV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Fete</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXIV'>154</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Ned Has an Idea</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXV'>170</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XVI</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Polly Tells a Spook Story</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXVI'>179</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XVII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Laurie Makes a Protest</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXVII'>190</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XVIII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Before the Battle</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXVIII'>201</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XIX</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Ned is Missing</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXIX'>213</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XX</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>For the Honor of the Turners</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXX'>223</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXI</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Understudy</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXI'>238</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Boys Make a Present</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXII'>250</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXIII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Secret Passage</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXIII'>262</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXIV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>A Merry Christmas</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXIV'>272</a></td></tr> +</table> +<p> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> +</p> +<div class='center'> +<p><span style='font-size:larger;'>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</span></p> +</div> +<table class='c' summary='loi'> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:1em;'>Through the secret door</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#illus1'>Frontispiece</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:1em;'>“Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!”</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#illus2'>36</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:1em;'>“But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” asked Polly</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#illus3'>136</a></td></tr> +<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:1em;'>“Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.”</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#illus4'>240</a></td></tr> +</table> +<p> + <br /> + <br /> + <br /> +</p> +<h1>THE TURNER TWINS</h1> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_3'></a>3</span><a name='chI' id='chI'></a>CHAPTER I—INTRODUCES A PAIR OF HEROES</h2> +<p> +“Jail,” said the boy in the gray flannels. +</p> +<p> +“School,” pronounced the boy in the blue +serge. +</p> +<p> +“Bet you!” +</p> +<p> +“No, sir, you owe me ten cents now. You +didn’t pay up the last time.” +</p> +<p> +“It’s wrong to bet for money, Ned.” +</p> +<p> +The other set down the suitcase he was carrying +and scoffed. “Yes, when you lose,” he observed, +with deep sarcasm. “That’s thirty-five +cents you owe me. You bet in Chicago that—” +</p> +<p> +“That debt’s outlawed. Chicago’s in Michigan—” +</p> +<p> +“Bet you!” +</p> +<p> +“And this is New York, and so—” +</p> +<p> +“Mighty good thing Dad sent you to school, +Laurie. Chicago’s in Illinois, you ignoramus.” +</p> +<p> +“Is it? Well, who cares?” Laurence Stenman +Turner had also deposited the bag he was +carrying on the brick sidewalk and was applying +a lavender-bordered handkerchief to a moist brow. +“Just the same, that’s a jail.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_4'></a>4</span> +</p> +<p> +“If that’s a jail, I’ll eat my hat,” declared +the other, +</p> +<p> +“It’s not a school, though, and that’s flat,” +was the prompt retort. +</p> +<p> +“Huh, that was an easy one!” Edward Anderson +Turner retreated to a flat-topped stone wall +bordering a well-shaded lawn and seated himself +with a sigh of relief. His companion followed +suit. Behind them, grass and trees and flower +beds made a pleasant setting for a square gray +house, half hidden from the street. Overhead +a horse-chestnut tree spread low branches across +the sidewalk. The quiet village street ascended +gently, curving as it went, empty in both directions. +Somewhere on a neighboring thoroughfare +a scissors-grinder was punctuating the silence +with the musical <em>ding—dang—dong</em> of bells. In +a near-by tree a locust was making his shrill clatter. +Across the way, the subject of contention, +stood a large red-brick edifice, stone trimmed, +many windowed, costly and unlovely. The boys +viewed it silently. Then their glances fell to the +two black suitcases on the curbing. +</p> +<p> +“How far did that hombre say it was to the +school?” asked Ned Turner, after a minute of +silence. +</p> +<p> +“Three quarters of a mile.” +</p> +<p> +“How far have we walked already?” +</p> +<p> +“Mile and a half.” +</p> +<p> +“Consequently?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_5'></a>5</span> +</p> +<p> +“Said hombre was a li—was unvoracious.” +</p> +<p> +“Un-<em>ver</em>-acious is the word, old son.” +</p> +<p> +“What do we care? We don’t own it,” replied +Laurie, cheerfully. “Want to go on?” +</p> +<p> +Ned shook his head slowly. “What time have +you got?” he asked. +</p> +<p> +“What time do you want?” was the flippant response. +</p> +<p> +With a sigh, Ned pulled back his left sleeve and +looked at his watch. “It’s only about a quarter +to twelve. We don’t have to get there until six +if we don’t want to.” +</p> +<p> +“I know, but I couldn’t sit on this wall all that +time! Besides, what about lunch?” +</p> +<p> +“I’m not very hungry,” was the sad reply. +</p> +<p> +“That’s the trouble with having your breakfast +late.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s the trouble with eating two plates +of griddle-cakes, you mean,” retorted Laurie. +“Anyway, I’m hungry if you’re not. Let’s +go.” +</p> +<p> +But he made no move, and they continued to +dangle their shoes from the wall and gaze lazily +across the shady street. The scissors-grinder’s +chime died in the distance. Farther down the +street the whirring of a lawn-mower competed +with the locust. +</p> +<p> +“Upon a wall they sat them down,” murmured +Ned, turning a challenging look on his +companion. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_6'></a>6</span> +</p> +<p> +“Lost in the wilds of Orstead Town,” added +Laurie. +</p> +<p> +Ned nodded mild approval and once more +silence held. +</p> +<p> +Save that one was dressed in gray and the other +in blue, the two boys were strikingly alike. Each +was slim of body and round of face, with red-brown +hair and a short, slightly impertinent nose. +Ned’s eyes were a trifle bluer than Laurie’s and he +had the advantage—if advantage it was—of some +five pounds of weight. But neither of these +facts was apparent at first glance. Faces and +hands were well browned and the pair looked extremely +healthy. They were dressed neatly, with +perhaps more attention to detail than is usual in +lads of their age, their attire terminating at one +end in well-polished brown shoes and at the other +in immaculate black derbies. Their age was +fifteen years, three months, and eleven days. +Which, of course, leads you to the correct conclusion +that they were twins. +</p> +<p> +“Maybe,” hazarded Laurie, presently, “we’ve +lost our way.” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t just see how we could,” Ned objected. +“The old chap at the station said we were to keep +right along up Walnut Street. This is still Walnut +Street, isn’t it?” +</p> +<p> +“I suppose so.” Laurie’s glance strayed right +and left. “Must be; I don’t see any walnuts.” +</p> +<p> +“Guess the only ‘nuts’ are right here. Come +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_7'></a>7</span> +on, let ’s hit the trail again.” Ned slid to his feet +and took up his burden. “Why the dickens we +didn’t take that carriage the fellow wanted to sell +us is more than I see.” +</p> +<p> +“’Cause we needed the exercise. Also, ’cause +we’re down to a dollar and fourteen cents between +us—unless you ’re holding out.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I’m not!” replied Ned, indignantly. +“I paid for the breakfasts in New York—” +</p> +<p> +“And I paid for dinner on the diner last +night—” +</p> +<p> +“Who said you didn’t?” They went on +leisurely, and presently Ned continued: “Say, +suppose we don’t like this ranch after we get there—then +what, old son?” +</p> +<p> +Laurie considered thoughtfully. Then, “Two +things we can do,” he pronounced. “No, three. +We can put up with it, change it to suit us, or +leave it.” +</p> +<p> +“Leave it! Yes, we can! On a dollar and +fourteen cents?” +</p> +<p> +“We’ll have nearly twenty more when we cash +Dad’s check and pay the term bill. Twenty dollars +would take us back to New York and buy a +lot of griddle-cakes, anyway.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie’s voice was partly drowned by a small +delivery automobile that dashed into sight at a +corner ahead and sped by with a clamor worthy +of a four-ton truck. The brothers looked after it +interestedly. “That’s the first sign of life we’ve +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_8'></a>8</span> +seen,” said Ned. “Say, I do wish this street +would stop twisting this way. First thing we +know, we’ll be back at the station!” +</p> +<p> +“Bet you I’d hop the first freight then. I’ve +got a hunch that we’re not going to care for Hillman’s +School.” +</p> +<p> +“Speak for yourself. I am. I like this town, +too. It’s pretty.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, it’s pretty enough,” grumbled Laurie, +“but it went to sleep about a century ago and +hasn’t waked up since. Here’s somebody coming; +let’s ask where the school is.” +</p> +<p> +“It’s just a girl.” +</p> +<p> +“What of it? She probably knows.” +</p> +<p> +The girl appeared to be of about their own age +and wore a white middy dress with black trimming +and a scarlet tie knotted below a V of sun-browned +throat. She wore no hat and her dark +hair was gathered into a single braid. As she +drew near she gave the boys a quick glance of appraisal +from a pair of gravely friendly brown +eyes. It was Ned who shifted his suitcase to his +left hand and raised his derby. It was always +Ned who spoke first; after that, they alternated +scrupulously. +</p> +<p> +“Would you please tell us where Hillman’s +School is?” he asked. +</p> +<p> +The girl stopped and her somewhat serious +face lighted with a smile. “It’s right there,” +she replied, and nodded. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_9'></a>9</span> +</p> +<p> +The boys turned to the blankness of a high +privet hedge behind an iron fence. The girl +laughed softly. “Behind the hedge, I mean,” +she explained. “The gate is a little way around +the corner there, on Summit Street.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh,” said Laurie. That laugh was contagious, +and he grinned in response. “A man at +the station told us it was only three quarters of a +mile, but we’ve been walking for hours!” +</p> +<p> +“I guess it’s nearer a mile than three quarters,” +answered the girl, slowly. She appeared +to be giving the matter very serious consideration +and two little thoughtful creases appeared above +her nose, a small, straight nose that was bridged +by a sprinkling of freckles. Then the smile came +again. “Maybe it did seem longer, though,” she +acknowledged, “for it’s uphill all the way; and +then, you had your bags. You’re new boys, +aren’t you?” +</p> +<p> +Ned acknowledged it, adding, “Think we’ll like +it?” +</p> +<p> +The girl seemed genuinely surprised. “Why, +of course! Every one likes it. What a perfectly +funny idea!” +</p> +<p> +“Well,” said Laurie, defensively, “we’ve +never tried boarding-school before, you see. Dad +didn’t know anything about Hillman’s, either. +He chose it on account of the way the advertisement +read in a magazine. Something about ‘a +moderate discipline rigidly enforced.’” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_10'></a>10</span> +</p> +<p> +The girl laughed again. (She had a jolly sort +of laugh, they decided.) “You’re—you’re twins, +aren’t you?” she asked. +</p> +<p> +“He is,” replied Ned, gravely. +</p> +<p> +“Why—why, aren’t you both?” Her brown +eyes grew very round and the little lines creased +her nose again. +</p> +<p> +“It’s this way,” explained Laurie. “Ned was +born first, and so, as there was only one of him, +he wasn’t a twin. Then I came, and that made +two of us, and I was a twin. You see, don’t you? +It’s really quite plain.” +</p> +<p> +The girl shook her head slowly in puzzlement. +“I—I’m afraid I don’t,” she answered apologetically. +“You <em>must</em> be twins—both of you, I mean—because +you both look just like both—I mean, +each other!” Then she caught the sparkle of +mischief in Ned’s blue eyes and laughed. Then +they all laughed. After which they seemed suddenly +to be very good friends, such good friends +that Laurie abandoned custom and spoke out of +turn. +</p> +<p> +“I suppose you know a lot of the fellows,” he +said. +</p> +<p> +The girl shook her head. “N—no, not any, +really. Of course, I see most of them when they +come to Mother’s, but she doesn’t like me to—to +<em>know</em> them.” +</p> +<p> +“Of course not,” approved Ned. “She’s dead +right, too. They’re a pretty poor lot, I guess.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_11'></a>11</span> +</p> +<p> +“Oh, no, they’re not, really! Only, you see—” +She stopped, and then went on a trifle breathlessly: +“I guess she wouldn’t be awfully pleased +if she saw me now! I—I hope you’ll like the +school.” +</p> +<p> +She nodded and went on. +</p> +<p> +“Thanks,” called Laurie. “If we don’t like it, +we’ll change it. Good-by.” +</p> +<p> +“Nice kid,” observed Ned, tolerantly, as they +turned the corner of the hedge. “Wonder who +she is. She said most of the fellows went to her +mother’s. Maybe her mother gives dancing lessons +or something, eh?” +</p> +<p> +“If she does, she won’t see me,” responded his +brother, firmly. “No dancing for mine.” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe it’s compulsory.” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe it’s esthetic,” retorted Laurie, derisively. +“It makes no never mind. I’m agin +it. This must be the place. Yes, there’s a +sign.” +</p> +<p> +It was a very modest sign a-swing from a rustic +post beside a broad entrance giving on to a well-kept +drive. “Hillman’s School—Entrance Only,” +it read. Laurie stopped in pretended alarm and +laid a detaining clutch on Ned’s shoulder. +</p> +<p> +“‘Entrance Only’! Sounds as if we couldn’t +ever get out again, Ned! Do you dare?” +</p> +<p> +Ned looked doubtfully through at the curving +drive and the red-brick building that showed beyond +the border of trees and shrubbery. Then +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_12'></a>12</span> +he threw back his shoulders and set foot bravely +within. +</p> +<p> +“Come, comrade, let us know the worst!” +</p> +<p> +Laurie, with a gesture of resignation, followed. +</p> +<p> +“What you durst I will likewise durst!” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_13'></a>13</span><a name='chII' id='chII'></a>CHAPTER II—THE GIRL IN THE WHITE MIDDY</h2> +<p> +When Doctor John Hyde Hillman started a +modest school for boys, on the bank of the +Hudson River, at Orstead, the town barely crept to +the one brick building that contained dormitory +and recitation-rooms. But that was nearly twenty +years ago, and to-day the place is no longer isolated, +but stands well inside the residence section +of the village. There are four buildings, occupying +most of an unusually large block. School +Hall, four stories in height, is a red-brick, slate-roofed +edifice, whose unloveliness has been mercifully +hidden by ivy. It faces Summit Street and +contains the class-rooms, the offices, and, at one +end, the principal’s quarters. Flanking it are the +two dormitories, East Hall and West Hall. These, +while of brick too, are modern and far more +attractive. Each contains sleeping-rooms to accommodate +forty students, two masters’ studies, +a recreation-hall, dining-room, kitchen, and service-rooms. +Behind East Hall is the gymnasium, +a picturesque structure of random-set stone, gray +stucco, and much glass. Here, besides the gymnasium +proper, is an auditorium of good size, a +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_14'></a>14</span> +modest swimming-tank, locker-room and baths, +and a commodious office presided over by Mr. +Wells, the physical director. From the gymnasium +steps one looks across an attractive, well-kept +quadrangle of shaded turf, vegetable and flower +gardens, and tennis-courts. +</p> +<p> +Doctor Hillman occupies an apartment at the +west end of the School Hall, gained from the +building by way of the school offices, and from +without by way of a wide porch, vine screened in +summer and glassed in winter, an outdoor living-room +where, on seasonable Friday afternoons, the +doctor’s maiden sister, Miss Tabitha, who keeps +house for him, serves weak tea and layer-cake to +all comers. Miss Tabitha, I regret to say, is +known among the boys as “Tabby,” with, however, +no more intention of disrespect than in +alluding to the doctor as “Johnny.” Miss +Tabitha’s thin body holds a warm heart, and her +somewhat stern countenance belies her kindly +ways. +</p> +<p> +On this fifteenth day of September, shortly +after twelve o’clock, Miss Tabitha was seated on +the vine-shaded porch in an erect and uncompromising +attitude, her knitting-needles clicking busily. +Near by, but a few moments before released from +the office, the doctor was stretched in a long wicker +chair, a morning paper before him. At the other +end of the porch, a gate-legged table was spread +for the mid-day meal, and a middle-aged colored +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_15'></a>15</span> +woman—who, when it pleased her, answered to +the name of Aunt Persis—shuffled in and out of +sight at intervals. It was Miss Tabitha who, +hearing the sound of steps on the walk, peered +over her glasses and broke the silence. +</p> +<p> +“Two more of the boys are coming, John,” she +announced. +</p> +<p> +The doctor grunted. +</p> +<p> +“I think they are new boys. Yes, I am sure +they are. And bless my soul, John, they’re alike +as two peas!” +</p> +<p> +“Alike?” The doctor rustled the paper to indicate +interest. “Well, why shouldn’t they be? +Probably they’re brothers. Let me see, weren’t +those two boys from California brothers? Of +course. Turner’s the name.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I never saw two boys so much alike in +all my born days,” Miss Tabitha marveled. “Do +you suppose they can be twins, John?” +</p> +<p> +“It’s quite within the realm of probability,” +was the reply. “I believe that twins do occur occasionally, +even in the—er—best-regulated families.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, they certainly <em>are</em> twins!” Miss Tabitha +laid down her work, brushed the front of her +immaculate dress, and prepared to rise. “I suppose +I had better go and meet them,” she added. +</p> +<p> +“I don’t see the necessity for it, my dear,” the +doctor protested. “Cummins may, I think, be +relied on to deal even with—er—twins.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_16'></a>16</span> +</p> +<p> +“Of course; but—still—California’s such a +long way—and they may feel strange—or lonesome—” +</p> +<p> +The doctor laughed gently. “Then by all +means go, my dear. If you like, have them out +here for a few minutes. If the resemblance between +them is as striking as you seem to think, +they must be worth seeing.” +</p> +<p> +When Miss Tabitha had tripped into the house, +the doctor dropped his paper, stretched luxuriously, +and, with a sigh of protest, sat up. He +was several years younger than his sister—which +is to say, in the neighborhood of forty-seven. He +was a smallish man, compactly built, with a pleasant +countenance on which a carefully-trimmed +Vandyke beard made up to an extent for the lack +of hair above. He wore shell-rimmed glasses and +was very near-sighted, a fact emphasized by his +manner of thrusting his head forward to eke out +the deficiencies of his lenses. This trick was apparent +a minute later when, following in the +tripping footsteps of Miss Tabitha, the two boys +emerged on the porch. They were amazingly +alike, the doctor decided: same height, same +breadth at hip and shoulder, same coloring, same +leisurely, yet confident, ease of movement, same +expression of lively curiosity twinkling through +an almost depressingly respectful solemnity. +</p> +<p> +“These are the Turner boys,” announced Miss +Tabitha. “This is Edward and this is—” She +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_17'></a>17</span> +halted to look doubtfully from one to the other. +“Or—or perhaps <em>this</em> is Edward and—Dear +me!” +</p> +<p> +“I’m Edward, ma’am,” said the boy in blue. +</p> +<p> +“Well, I don’t see how you can ever be <em>certain</em> +of it!” sighed Miss Tabitha, doubtfully. “This +is Doctor Hillman.” +</p> +<p> +They shook hands, and in a moment the boys +found themselves seated side by side and replying +to the doctor’s questions. +</p> +<p> +“You are entering with certificates from your +high school principal, I believe, young gentlemen. +What year were you?” +</p> +<p> +“Second, sir,” answered Ned. +</p> +<p> +“And your home is in—” +</p> +<p> +“Santa Lucia, sir,” replied Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“California,” added Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Well, you’re quite a ways from home. Did +you make the trip alone?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, sir. Dad was coming with us as far as +Chicago, but something happened so he couldn’t. +We didn’t have any trouble, though.” +</p> +<p> +“Really? Well, I believe you have the distinction +of residing farther away than any of +your fellows here. I don’t recall any one who +lives as far away as California; do you, sister?” +</p> +<p> +Miss Tabitha looked doubtful and hesitated an +instant before she replied, “George Watson +comes from Wyoming, I think, John.” +</p> +<p> +“So he does,” assented the doctor, gravely; +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_18'></a>18</span> +“but measured in a straight line, my dear, California +is slightly farther than Wyoming.” +</p> +<p> +“Is it?” asked Miss Tabitha, untroubled. “I +never could remember where those western States +are.” +</p> +<p> +“You remember many more important things, +however. My sister, boys, fancied that she detected +a certain resemblance between you, and +even surmised that you might be—er—twins. +Doubtless she’s mistaken.” +</p> +<p> +“No, sir,” answered Ned, more than a trace of +surprise in his voice. “I mean, we are twins, +sir.” +</p> +<p> +“Why, now that’s interesting! Looking +closer—” the doctor leaned forward and craned +his head—“I believe I detect a certain slight +similarity myself!” +</p> +<p> +There was a perceptible twinkle behind the +glasses and Laurie dared a laugh, in which the +doctor and Ned joined, while Miss Tabitha murmured: +“Well! I should think you <em>might</em>!” +</p> +<p> +“I hope you are both going to like the school,” +continued the doctor. “Of course, you’ll find our +ways a little different, but we’ll try to make you +feel at home. You are the first representatives +of your State who have attended our school, and +I trust that both in conduct and industry you will +bring honor to it. Mr. Cornish, your hall master, +will advise you in all matters pertaining to your +studies, Other questions may be taken to Mr. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_19'></a>19</span> +Cummins, the school secretary, whom you have +doubtless already met. But I want you always +to feel at perfect liberty to come to me at any +time on any matter at all. And,” added the doctor, +with a twinkle, “if we fail you, there is still +my sister, who, I assure you, possesses more wisdom +than all of us.” +</p> +<p> +Miss Tabitha acknowledged the compliment +with a little wry smile, and Ned and Laurie arose. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, sir,” said the former. +</p> +<p> +“Thank you, sir,” said Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“Luncheon is served at one in West Hall,” continued +the doctor. “That’s the dormitory behind +you there. Beginning with supper to-night, +you will take your meals in your own hall, but only +a few of the students have arrived as yet, and so +only one dining-room is open. I’m very glad to +have met you, young gentlemen. Mr. Cummins +will direct you to your room. Good morning.” +</p> +<p> +Five minutes later, the Turner twins set their +suitcases down on the floor of Number 16 East +Hall and looked about them. Number 16 was not +palatial as to size, but it was big enough to hold +comfortably the two single beds, the study-table, +the two narrow chiffoniers, and the four chairs +that made up its furnishing. There was a generous-sized +closet at each side of the door, and +two windows set close together between the beds. +Under the windows was a wide seat, lacking only +pillows to make it inviting. From the casements +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_20'></a>20</span> +the boys looked over or through the topmost +branches of the maples that lined Washington +Street and followed Summit Street as it continued +its ascent of the hill and presently leveled out between +a thick wood on one side and an open field +on the other. +</p> +<p> +“That must be the athletic field,” said Laurie. +“See the stand there? And the goal-posts? +How do you like it?” +</p> +<p> +“The field? Looks all right from here.” +</p> +<p> +“I mean the whole outfit, you simp; the school +and Doctor Hillman and Miss Frosty-Face and +everything.” +</p> +<p> +“Cut out calling names, Laurie. Miss Hillman’s +all right. So’s the doctor. So’s the +school. I like it. Wonder when our trunks will +get here.” +</p> +<p> +“Half an hour ago you had a hunch you weren’t +going to like it,” jeered Laurie. “Changed your +mind, haven’t you?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, and I’m going to change more than my +mind.” Whereupon Ned opened his bag and selected +a clean shirt. “What time is it?” +</p> +<p> +“What do you wear a watch for if you never +look at it?” grumbled his brother. “It’s ten to +one, Lazy. I’m going to find a place to wash +up. I choose this side of the room, Ned.” +</p> +<p> +Ned studied the room a moment. “No, you +don’t,” he challenged. “I’ll take this side. +I’m the oldest.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_21'></a>21</span> +“There isn’t any difference, you chump. One +side’s as good as the other.” +</p> +<p> +“Then you won’t mind taking the other,” answered +Ned, sweetly. “Run along and find the +lavatory. I think it’s at the head of the stairs. +Wonder why they put us up two flights.” +</p> +<p> +“Guess they knew you were naturally lazy and +needed the exercise.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie dodged a pair of traveling slippers in +a red-leather case and disappeared into the +corridor. +</p> +<p> +Some ten minutes later they descended the +stairway together and set out for West Hall. +Laurie drew attention to the gymnasium building, +but Ned, who had recovered his appetite, only +deigned it a glance. Two boys, luggage laden, +evidently just arrived, came down the steps of +School Hall as the twins passed, and stared curiously. +</p> +<p> +“Guess they’ve never seen twins before in this +part of the world,” grumbled Laurie. “Those +chaps nearly popped their eyes out!” +</p> +<p> +West Hall proved an exact duplicate of their +own dormitory, and the dining-room occupied all +the right end of it. There were about fifteen boys +there, in age varying from fourteen to eighteen, +and there was a perceptible pause in the business +of eating when the newcomers entered. A waitress +conducted them to seats at a table already +occupied by three other lads, and asked if they’d +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_22'></a>22</span> +have milk or iced tea. Ned, as usual, answered +for both. +</p> +<p> +“Iced tea, please, and lots of lemon.” +</p> +<p> +A very stout boy, sitting across the table, sniggered, +and then, encountering Ned’s inquiring regard, +said, “Guess you think you’re in the Waldorf!” +</p> +<p> +“What’s the Waldorf?” asked Ned. “Don’t +you get lemon with iced tea here?” +</p> +<p> +“Sure! but you don’t get much. Say, are you +fellows—twins, or what?” +</p> +<p> +“Twins?” repeated Laurie. “Where do you +get that stuff? This fellow’s name is Anderson +and mine’s Stenman. What’s yours?” +</p> +<p> +“Crow. Honest, is that a fact?” Crow looked +appealingly at the other occupants of the table. +These, however, two rather embarrassed-looking +youngsters of fourteen or thereabouts, fixed their +eyes on their plates, and Crow turned his regard +incredulously back to the twins. “Gee, you fellows +look enough alike to be—be—” He swallowed +the word. “Aren’t you even related?” +</p> +<p> +Ned gazed speculatively at Laurie and Laurie +gazed speculatively at Ned. “We might be,” +hazarded the latter. +</p> +<p> +Laurie nodded. “If we went back far enough, +we might find a common ancestor.” +</p> +<p> +The arrival of luncheon caused a diversion, although +Crow, who was a round-faced, credulous-looking +youth of perhaps seventeen, continued to +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_23'></a>23</span> +regard them surreptitiously and in puzzlement. +At last, making the passing of the salt an excuse, +for further conversation, he asked, “Where do +you fellows come from?” +</p> +<p> +“California,” said Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Santa Lucia,” said Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“Well, but,” sputtered Crow, “isn’t California +in Santa—I mean, isn’t Santa—Say, you guys +are joking, I’ll bet!” +</p> +<p> +“Methinks,” observed Ned, helping himself +gravely to mustard, “his words sound coarse and +vulgar.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie abstractedly added a fourth teaspoon of +sugar to his iced tea. “Like Turk or Kurd or +even Bulgar,” he murmured. +</p> +<p> +Crow stared, grunted, and pushed his chair +back. “You fellows think you’re smart, don’t +you?” he sputtered. “Bet you you are twins—both +of you!” +</p> +<p> +Ned and Laurie looked after him in mild and +patient surprise until his broad back had disappeared +from view. Then a choking sound came +from one of the younger lads, and Ned asked +gently, “Now what’s your trouble, son?” +</p> +<p> +The boy grew very red of face and gave way +to giggles. “I knew all the time you were +twins,” he gasped. +</p> +<p> +“Did you really?” exclaimed Laurie. “Well, +listen. Just as a favor to us, don’t say anything +about it, eh? You see, we’re sort of—sort of—” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_24'></a>24</span> +</p> +<p> +“Sort of sensitive,” aided Ned. “We’d rather +it wasn’t generally known. You understand, +don’t you?” +</p> +<p> +The boy looked as if he was very far indeed +from understanding, but he nodded, choked again, +and muttered something that seemed to indicate +that the secret was safe with him. Laurie +thanked him gratefully. +</p> +<p> +After luncheon they went sight-seeing about the +school, snooped through the dim corridors and +empty class-rooms of School Hall, viewed the +gymnasium and experimented with numerous apparatus, +and finally, after browsing through a +flower and vegetable garden behind the recitation +building and watching two boys make a pretense +of playing tennis, returned to Number 16 in the +hope of finding their trunks. But the baggage +had not arrived, and presently, since the room +was none too cool, they descended again and followed +the curving drive to the right and past a +sign that said “Exit Only” and wandered west +on Summit Street. +</p> +<p> +For the middle of September in the latitude of +southern New York the weather was decidedly +warm, and neither grass nor trees hinted that +autumn had arrived. In the well-kept gardens +across the way, scarlet sage and cosmos, asters +and dahlias made riots of color. +</p> +<p> +“Hot!” grunted Ned, running a finger around +the inside of his collar. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_25'></a>25</span> +</p> +<p> +“Beastly,” agreed Laurie, removing his cap +and fanning his heated face. “Wonder where +the river is. If we had our bathing-suits, maybe +we could go for a swim.” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, and if we had a cake of ice we could sit +on it!” responded Ned, sarcastically. “This +place is hotter than Santa Lucia.” +</p> +<p> +At the next corner they turned again to the +right. Morton Street, like so many of the streets +in Orstead, refused to go straight, and after a few +minutes, to their mild bewilderment, they found +themselves on Walnut Street once more, a block +below the school. +</p> +<p> +“I’m not going back yet,” said Laurie, firmly. +“Let’s find a place where we can get something +cool to drink.” +</p> +<p> +As Walnut Street was unpromising, they +crossed it and meandered along Garden Street. +The houses here appeared to be less prosperous, +and the front yards were less likely to hold lawn +and flowers than dilapidated baby-carriages. At +the first crossing they peered right and left, and +were rewarded by the sight of a swinging sign at +a little distance. +</p> +<p> +What the sign said was as yet a mystery, for +the trees intervened, but Laurie declared that he +believed in signs and they made their way toward +it. It finally proved to be a very cheerful +little sign hung above a little white door in a +little pale-blue two-story house, the lower floor +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_26'></a>26</span> +of which was plainly devoted to commercial +purposes. +</p> +<div class='center'> +<p>L. S. DEANE</p> +<p>BOOKS, TOYS, AND</p> +<p>CONFECTIONERY</p> +<p>CIRCULATING LIBRARY</p> +<p>LAUNDRY AGENCY</p> +<p>TONICS</p> +</div> +<p> +That is what the sign said in red letters on a +white background. The windows, many paned, +allowed uncertain glimpses of various articles: +tops of red and blue and green, boxes of pencils, +pads of paper, jars of candy, many bottles of ink, +a catcher’s glove, a dozen tennis-balls, some paper +kites— +</p> +<p> +Laurie dragged Ned inside, through a screen +door that, on opening, caused a bell to tinkle somewhere +in the farther recesses of the little building. +It was dark inside, after the glare of the +street, and refreshingly cool. Laurie, leading the +way, collided with a bench, caromed off the end +of a counter, and became aware of a figure, dimly +seen, beyond the width of a show-case. +</p> +<p> +“Have you anything cold to drink?” asked +Ned, leaning across the show-case. +</p> +<p> +“Ginger-ale or tonic or something?” Laurie +elaborated. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, indeed,” replied the apparition, in a +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_27'></a>27</span> +strangely familiar voice. “If you will step over +to the other side, please—” +</p> +<p> +Ned and Laurie leaned farther across the show-case. +</p> +<p> +It was the girl in the white middy dress. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_28'></a>28</span><a name='chIII' id='chIII'></a>CHAPTER III—CAKES AND ALE</h2> +<p> +“Hello!” exclaimed the twins, in one voice. +</p> +<p> +“Hello,” replied the girl, and they suspected +that she was smiling, although their eyes +were still too unused to the dimness of the little +store for them to be certain. She was still only +a vague figure in white, with a deeper blur where +her face should have been. Treading on each +other’s heels, Ned and Laurie followed her to the +other side. The twilight brightened and objects +became more distinct. They were in front of a +sort of trough-like box in which, half afloat in a +pool of ice-water, were bottles of tonic and soda +and ginger-ale. Behind it was a counter on which +reposed a modest array of pastry. +</p> +<p> +“What do you want?” asked the girl in the +middy. +</p> +<p> +“Ginger-ale,” answered Ned. “Say, do you +live here?” +</p> +<p> +“No, this is the shop,” was the reply. “I live +upstairs.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, well, you know what I mean,” muttered +Ned. “Is this your store?” +</p> +<p> +“It’s my mother’s. I help in it afternoons. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_29'></a>29</span> +My mother is Mrs. Deane. The boys call her the +Widow. I’m Polly Deane.” +</p> +<p> +“Pleased to know you,” said Laurie. “Our +name’s Turner. I’m Laurie and he’s Ned. +Let me open that for you.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, no, thanks. I’ve opened hundreds of +them. Oh dear! You said ginger-ale, didn’t +you! And I’ve opened a root-beer. It’s so +dark in here in the afternoon.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s all right,” Ned assured her. “We +like root-beer. We’d just as soon have it as +ginger-ale. Wouldn’t we, Laurie?” +</p> +<p> +“You bet! We’re crazy about it.” +</p> +<p> +“Are you sure? It’s no trouble to—Well, +<em>this</em> is ginger-ale, anyway. I’m awfully sorry!” +</p> +<p> +“What do we care?” asked Ned. “We don’t +own it.” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t own it?” repeated Polly, in a puzzled +tone. +</p> +<p> +“That’s just an expression of his,” explained +Laurie. “He’s awfully slangy. I try to break +him of it, but it’s no use. It’s fierce.” +</p> +<p> +“Of course <em>you</em> don’t use slang?” asked Polly, +demurely. “Who wants the root-beer?” +</p> +<p> +“You take it,” said Laurie, hurriedly. +</p> +<p> +“No, you,” said Ned. “You’re fonder of it +than I am, Laurie. I don’t mind, really!” +</p> +<p> +Laurie managed a surreptitious kick on his +brother’s shin. “Tell you what,” he exclaimed, +“we’ll mix ’em!” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_30'></a>30</span> +</p> +<p> +Ned agreed, though not enthusiastically, and +with the aid of a third glass the deed was done. +The boys tasted experimentally, each asking a +question over the rim of his glass. Then looks +of relief came over both faces and they sighed +ecstatically. +</p> +<p> +“Corking!” they breathed in unison. +</p> +<p> +Polly laughed, “I never knew any one to do +that before,” she said. “I’m glad you like it. +I’ll tell the other boys about it.” +</p> +<p> +“No, you mustn’t,” protested Ned. “It’s our +invention. We’ll call it—call it—” +</p> +<p> +“Call it an Accident,” suggested Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“We’ll call it a Polly,” continued the other. +“It really is bully. It’s—it’s different; isn’t +it, Laurie? Have another?” +</p> +<p> +“Who were those on?” was the suspicious +reply. +</p> +<p> +“You. The next is on me. Only maybe another +wouldn’t taste so good, eh?” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t you fool yourself! I’ll risk that.” +</p> +<p> +However, the third and fourth bottles, properly +combined though they were, lacked novelty, and it +was some time before the last glass was emptied. +Meanwhile, of course, they talked. The boys acknowledged +that, so far, they liked what they had +seen of the school. Mention of the doctor and +Miss Hillman brought forth warm praise from +Polly. “Every one likes the doctor ever so +much,” she declared. “And Miss Tabitha is—” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_31'></a>31</span> +</p> +<p> +“Miss what?” interrupted Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“Miss Tabitha. That’s her name.” Polly +laughed softly. “They call her Tabby,—the boys, +I mean,—but they like her. She’s a dear, even if +she does look sort of—of cranky. She isn’t, +though, a bit. She makes believe she’s awfully +stern, but she’s just as soft as—as—” +</p> +<p> +“As Laurie’s head?” offered Ned, helpfully. +“Say, you sell ’most everything here, don’t you? +Are those cream-puffs?” +</p> +<p> +Ned slipped a hand into his pocket and Laurie +coughed furiously. Ned’s hand came forth +empty. He turned away from temptation. +“They look mighty good,” he said. “If we’d +seen those before we’d had all that ginger-ale—” +</p> +<p> +Polly spoke detachedly. “You can have credit +if you like,” she said, placing the empty bottles +aside. “The doctor lets the boys run bills here +up to a dollar. They can’t go over a dollar, +though.” +</p> +<p> +“Personally,” observed Laurie, jingling some +coins in a trousers pocket, “I prefer to pay cash. +Still, there are times—” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, a fellow gets short now and then,” said +Ned, turning for another look at the pastry +counter. “Maybe, just for—for convenience, it +would be a good plan to have an account here, +Laurie. Sometimes a fellow forgets to put any +money in his pocket, you know. Does your +mother make these?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_32'></a>32</span> +</p> +<p> +“Yes, the cream-cakes, and some of the others. +The rest Miss Comfort makes.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s another funny name,” said Laurie. +“Who is Miss Comfort?” +</p> +<p> +“She’s—she’s just Miss Comfort, I guess,” +replied Polly. “She lives on the next corner, in +the house with the white shutters. She’s quite +old, almost seventy, I suppose, and she makes the +nicest cake in Orstead. Everybody goes to her +for cakes. That’s the way she lives, I guess.” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe we’d ought to help her,” suggested +Ned, mentally choosing the largest and fattest +cakes on the tray. “I guess we’ll take a couple. +How much are they?” +</p> +<p> +“Six cents apiece,” said Polly. “Do you want +them in a bag?” +</p> +<p> +“No, thanks.” Ned handed one of the cakes to +Laurie; “we’ll eat them now.” Then, between +mouthfuls; “Maybe you’d better charge this to +us. If we’re going to open an account, we might +as well do it now, don’t you think?” +</p> +<p> +Polly retired behind a counter and produced a +long and narrow book, from which dangled a lead pencil +at the end of a string. She put the tip of +the pencil between her lips and looked across. +“You’d better tell me your full names, I think.” +</p> +<p> +“Edward Anderson Turner and—” +</p> +<p> +“I meant just your first names.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh! Edward and Laurence. You can charge +us each with two bottles and one cake.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_33'></a>33</span> +</p> +<p> +“I like that!” scoffed Laurie. “Thought you +were treating to cakes?” +</p> +<p> +“Huh! Don’t you want to help Miss Comfort? +I should think you’d like to—to do a charitable +act once in a while.” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t see what difference it makes to her,” +grumbled Laurie, “whether you pay for both or +I pay for one. She gets her money just the +same.” +</p> +<p> +Ned brushed a crumb from his jacket. “You +don’t get the idea,” he replied gently. “Of +course, I might pay for both, but you wouldn’t +feel right about it, Laurie.” +</p> +<p> +“Wouldn’t I? Where do you get that stuff? +You try it and see.” Laurie spoke grimly, but +not hopefully. Across the counter, Polly was +giggling over the account-book. +</p> +<p> +“You’re the funniest boys I ever did see,” she +explained, in answer to their inquiring looks. +“You—you say such funny things!” +</p> +<p> +Before she could elucidate, footsteps sounded in +the room behind the store and a tiny white-haired +woman appeared. In spite of her hair, she +couldn’t have been very old, for her face was +plump and unwrinkled and her cheeks quite rosy. +Seeing the customers, she bowed prettily and +said “Good afternoon” in a very sweet voice. +</p> +<p> +“Good afternoon,” returned the twins. +</p> +<p> +“Mama, these are the Turner boys,” said Polly. +“One of them is Ned and the other is Laurie, but +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_34'></a>34</span> +I don’t know which, because they look just exactly +alike. They—they’re twins!” +</p> +<p> +“I want to know!” said Mrs. Deane. “Isn’t +that nice? I’m very pleased to meet you, young +gentlemen. I hope Polly has served you with +what you wanted. My stock is kind of low +just now. You see, we don’t have many customers +in summer, and it’s very hard to get things, +nowadays, even if you do pay three times what +they’re worth. Polly, those ice-cream cones +never did come, did they?” +</p> +<p> +“Gee, do you have ice-cream?” asked Ned; +eagerly. +</p> +<p> +“Never you mind!” said Laurie, grabbing his +arm. “You come on out of here before you die +on my hands. I’m sorry to tell you, ma’am, that +he doesn’t know when to stop eating. I have to +go around everywhere with him and look after +him. If I didn’t, he’d be dead in no time.” +</p> +<p> +“I want to know!” exclaimed the Widow Deane +interestedly. “Why, it’s very fortunate for him +he has you, isn’t it?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes’m,” answered Laurie, but he spoke +doubtfully, for the little white-haired lady seemed +to hide a laugh behind her words. Ned was +grinning. Laurie propelled him to the door. +Then, without relinquishing his grasp, he doffed +his cap. +</p> +<p> +“Good afternoon,” he said, “We’ll come +again,” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_35'></a>35</span> +</p> +<p> +“We know not how,” added Ned, “we know +not when.” +</p> +<p> +“Bless my soul!” murmured the Widow, as the +screen door swung behind them. +</p> +<p> +Back at school, the twins found a different scene +from what they had left. The grounds were +populous with boys, and open windows in the two +dormitory buildings showed many others. The +entrances were piled with trunks and more were +arriving. A rattling taxi turned in at the gate, +with much blowing of a frenzied but bronchial +horn, and added five merry youths to the population. +Ned and Laurie made their way to East +Hall, conscious, as they approached, of many eyes +focussed on them from wide-flung windows. Remarks +reached them, too. +</p> +<p> +“See who’s with us!” came from a second-floor +casement above the entrance; “the two Dromios!” +</p> +<p> +“Tweedledum and Tweedledee!” +</p> +<p> +“The Siamese Twins, I’ll bet a cooky!” +</p> +<p> +“Hi, East Hall! Heads out!” +</p> +<p> +The two were glad when they reached the shelter +of the doorway. “Some one’s going to get +his head punched before long,” growled Ned, as +they started upstairs. +</p> +<p> +“What do we care? We don’t own ’em. Let +them have their fun, Neddie.” +</p> +<p> +“I’ll let some of them have a wallop,” was the +answer. “You’d think we were the first pair of +twins they’d ever seen!” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_36'></a>36</span> +</p> +<p> +“Well, maybe we are. How do you know? +Suppose those trunks have come?” +</p> +<p> +They had, and for the next hour the twins were +busy unpacking and getting settled. From beyond +their door came sounds of much turmoil; the +noise of arriving baggage, the banging of doors, +shouts, whistling, singing; but they were otherwise +undisturbed until, just when Laurie had +slammed down the lid of his empty trunk, there +came a knock at their portal, followed, before +either one could open his mouth in response, by +the appearance in the doorway of a bulky apparition +in a gorgeous crimson bath-robe. +</p> +<p> +“Hello, fellows!” greeted the apparition. +“Salutations and everything!” +</p> +<div><a name='illus2' id='illus2'></a></div> +<div class='figcenter' style='padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em'> +<a name='i003' id='i003'></a> +<img src="images/illus2.jpg" alt="“Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!”" title=""/><br /> +<span class='caption'>“Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!”</span> +</div> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_37'></a>37</span><a name='chIV' id='chIV'></a>CHAPTER IV—KEWPIE STARTS SOMETHING</h2> +<p> +The twins stared silently and suspiciously for +an instant. Then Ned made cautious response. +</p> +<p> +“Hello,” he said, with what must have seemed +to the visitor a lamentable lack of cordiality. +</p> +<p> +The latter pushed the door shut behind him by +the kick of one stockinged foot, and grinned jovially. +“My name’s Proudtree,” he announced. +</p> +<p> +“You can’t blame us,” replied Laurie, coldly. +</p> +<p> +Proudtree laughed amiably. “It is a rotten +name, isn’t it? I live across the corridor, you +know. Thought I’d drop in and get acquainted, +seeing you’re new fellows; extend the hand of +friendship and all that. You understand. By +Jove, Pringle was right, too!” +</p> +<p> +“That’s fine,” said Ned, with more than a +trace of sarcasm. “What about?” +</p> +<p> +“Why,” answered Proudtree, easing his generous +bulk into a chair, “he said you fellows were +twins.” +</p> +<p> +“Not only were,” said Laurie, gently, “but +are. Don’t mind, do you?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, come off your horse,” begged the visitor. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_38'></a>38</span> +“Don’t be so cocky. Who’s said anything? I +just wanted to have a look. Never saw any twins +before—grown-up twins, I mean. You understand.” +</p> +<p> +“Thought you said you came to extend the +hand of friendship,” retorted Ned, sarcastically. +“Well, have a good look, partner. There’s no +charge!” +</p> +<p> +Proudtree grinned and accepted the invitation. +Ned fumed silently under the inspection, but +Laurie’s sense of humor came to his aid. Proudtree +appeared to be getting a lot of entertainment +from his silent comparison of his hosts, and presently, +when Ned’s exasperation had just about +reached the explosive point, he chuckled. +</p> +<p> +“I’ve got it,” he said. +</p> +<p> +“Got what?” Laurie asked. +</p> +<p> +“The—the clue! I know how to tell you +apart! His eyes are different from yours; more +blue. Yours are sort of gray. But, geewhillikins, +it must be a heap of fun! Being twins, I +mean. And fooling people. You understand.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, if you’re quite through,” snapped Ned, +“maybe you’ll call it a day. We’ve got things +to do.” +</p> +<p> +“Meaning you’d like me to beat it?” asked +the visitor, good-temperedly. +</p> +<p> +“Just that!” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, come, Ned,” Laurie protested, soothingly, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_39'></a>39</span> +“he’s all right. I dare say we are sort of freakish +and—” +</p> +<p> +“Sure,” agreed Proudtree, eagerly, “that’s +what I meant. But say, I didn’t mean to hurt +any one’s feelings. Geewhillikins, if I got waxy +every time the fellows josh me about being fat—” +Words failed him and he sighed deeply. +</p> +<p> +Laurie laughed. “We might start a side-show, +the three of us, and make a bit of money. ‘Only +ten cents! One dime! This way to the Siamese +Twins and the Fat Boy! Walk up! Walk +up!’” +</p> +<p> +Proudtree smiled wanly. “I only weigh a +hundred and seventy-eight and three quarters, +too,” he said dolorously. “If I was a couple of +inches taller it wouldn’t be so bad.” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t think it’s bad as it is,” said Laurie, +kindly. “You don’t look really <em>fat</em>; you just +look sort of—of—” +</p> +<p> +“Amplitudinous,” supplied Ned, with evident +satisfaction. +</p> +<p> +Proudtree viewed him doubtfully. Then he +smiled. “Well, I’ve got to get rid of nearly +fifteen pounds in the next two weeks,” he said, +with a shake of his head, “and that’s going to +take some doing.” +</p> +<p> +“What for?” Laurie asked. “Why destroy +your symmetry?” +</p> +<p> +“Football. I’m trying for center. I nearly +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_40'></a>40</span> +made it last year, but Wiggins beat me out. He’s +gone now, though, and Mulford as good as said +last spring that I could make it this fall if I could +get down to a hundred and sixty-five.” +</p> +<p> +“Who’s Mulford?” inquired Ned. “A fortune-teller?” +</p> +<p> +Proudtree ignored the sarcasm. “Mulford’s +our coach. He’s all right, too. The trouble with +me is, I’m awfully fond of sweet things, and I—I’ve +been eating a lot of ’em lately. But I guess +I can drop fourteen pounds if I cut out pies and +candy and things. Don’t you think so?” Proudtree +appealed to Laurie almost pathetically. +</p> +<p> +“Don’t let any one tell you anything different,” +replied Laurie, reassuringly. Ned, evidently +recovered from his peevishness, asked: +</p> +<p> +“What sort of football do they play here?” +</p> +<p> +“Corking!” answered Proudtree. +</p> +<p> +“I mean, Rugby or the other?” +</p> +<p> +“Rugby!” exclaimed Proudtree, scornfully. +“I guess not! We play regular football. Nobody +plays Rugby around these parts. Are you +fellows going out?” +</p> +<p> +“Not just yet,” replied Ned. +</p> +<p> +“He means are we going to try for the football +team,” explained Laurie. “Yes, we are, +Proudtree; at least, one of us is.” +</p> +<p> +“You?” +</p> +<p> +“We haven’t decided yet. You see, we’ve +never played your kind of football. Back home, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_41'></a>41</span> +at high school, we played American Rugby, and +it’s quite different. But we decided that one of +us had better go in for football and the other for +baseball, if only to do our duty by the school.” +</p> +<p> +Proudtree looked puzzled. “How are you +going to decide?” he asked. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, we’ll toss up or draw lots or something, +I suppose. Maybe, though, Ned had better play +football, because I know more baseball than he +does. Still, I’m not particular.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s the limit!” chuckled the visitor. +“Say, what are your names? I didn’t see any +cards on the door.” +</p> +<p> +“Turner. His is Laurie and mine’s Ned,” +answered the latter. “Do we put our names on +the door?” +</p> +<p> +“It’s the best way,” answered Proudtree. +“Well, I’ve got to be moving. I started to take +a shower and got side-tracked. You chaps come +on over and see me and I’ll get some of the other +fellows in. You want to meet the right sort, +you know. What’s your class?” +</p> +<p> +“Lower middle, I reckon,” said Ned. “That’s +what we expect.” +</p> +<p> +“Too bad you can’t make upper. That’s mine. +We’ve got a corking bunch of fellows this year. +Well, see you later. Try for Mr. Barrett’s table +when you go down. That’s the best. Maybe +they’ll put you there if you bluff it out. You understand. +So long, fellows.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_42'></a>42</span> +</p> +<p> +Proudtree withdrew with considerable dignity +in view of his bulk, waving a benedictory hand ere +the door closed behind him. Ned shook his head. +“Sort of a fresh hombre,” he said. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, he only meant to be friendly, I reckon,” +said Laurie. “You understand.” +</p> +<p> +Ned laughed. “I’ll bet they’ve got a wonderful +football team here if he plays on it! By the +way, maybe we’d better settle which of us is to +be the football star. I suppose they begin to +practise pretty soon. I’ll be the goat, if you +like; though you had better luck with that book +you bought in Chicago. I couldn’t make head or +tail of it. I never saw so many rules for playing +one game in my life!” +</p> +<p> +“It <em>was</em> sort of difficult,” agreed Laurie. “I +dare say, though, that you pick up the rules quick +enough when you start to play. If you don’t +really mind, I think you’d better go in for football, +and I’ll do the baseball stunt. I’ve played +it more than you have, you know, even if I’m no +wonder.” +</p> +<p> +“All right!” Ned sighed. “We’ll get a bottle +of arnica to-morrow. Nothing like being prepared. +How about going to see Mr. What’s-his-name +before supper about courses?” +</p> +<p> +“Might as well, and have it over with. I’d +like to know whether we’re going to make the +lower middle.” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t see what else we can make. They can’t +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_43'></a>43</span> +stick us in the junior class. Where’s my coat? +For the love of lemons, Laurie, can’t you find +anything else to sit on? Gosh, look at the +wrinkles!” +</p> +<p> +“Those aren’t wrinkles; they’re just creases. +Come on!” +</p> +<p> +Half an hour later they closed the door of Mr. +Cornish’s study on the floor below, in a chastened +mood. Each carried a little buff card whereon +the instructor had tabulated an amazing number +and variety of study periods. Back in Number +16, Ned cast himself into a chair, thrust his legs +forth, and gazed disconsolately at the card. +</p> +<p> +“I don’t see where a fellow finds time for anything +but work here,” he complained. “Sixteen, +eighteen, twenty-one hours a week! What do you +know about that?” +</p> +<p> +“Well, don’t be so proud of it. I’ve got the +same, haven’t I? I wonder how many hours he +thinks there are in a day?” +</p> +<p> +“I tell you what I think,” said Ned, after a +moment’s thought. “I think he got it into his +head that we’re very ambitious and want to graduate +next spring!” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe that’s it,” agreed Laurie, gravely. +“Shall we go back and tell him he’s wrong?” +</p> +<p> +“N-no, let’s not. He seemed a well-meaning +old codger, and I wouldn’t want to hurt his feelings—if +he has any. Let’s go down and see +what they’ve got for supper.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_44'></a>44</span> +</p> +<p> +Ned’s blandishments failed with the waitress, +and they were established at a table presided over +by a tall and very thin gentleman, whose name, +as they learned presently, was Mr. Brock. There +were four tables in the room, each accommodating +ten boys and a member of the faculty. Diagonally +across the dining-hall, the twins descried the +ample Mr. Proudtree. Another table was in +charge of a pleasant-faced woman who proved +to be the school matron, Mrs. Wyman. Mr. Cornish, +the hall master, and Mr. Barrett sat at the +heads of the remaining boards. +</p> +<p> +The room was very attractive, with a fine big +stone fireplace at the farther end, and broad windows +on two sides. The food proved plain, but +it was served in generous quantities; and notwithstanding +that the twins were a bit self-conscious, +they managed a very satisfactory +meal. +</p> +<p> +Their fellow-students seemed to be a very decent +lot. Their ages appeared to average about +sixteen, and they had the clean, healthy look of +boys who spent much of their time outdoors. At +the table at which the twins sat, four of the boys +were evidently seniors, and one was as evidently +a junior. The latter looked hardly more than +thirteen, though he was in reality a year older +than that, and had the features and expression of +a cherub. The twins concluded that he was a new +boy and felt a little sorry for him. He looked +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_45'></a>45</span> +much too young and innocent to face the world +alone. +</p> +<p> +No one made any special effort to engage either +Ned or Laurie in conversation, perhaps because +the returning youths had so much to talk about +among themselves. Mr. Brock ate his supper in +silence, save when one of the older boys addressed +him, and had a far-away and abstracted +air. Laurie saw him sweeten his tea three times, +and then frown in annoyance when he finally +tasted it. +</p> +<p> +The boy who had guessed their awful secret +at luncheon sat at the next table, and more +than once Ned caught him looking across with a +half-bewildered, half-frightened expression that +somehow managed to convey the intelligence that, +in spite of temptation, he had kept the faith. +Ned finally rewarded him with a significant wink, +and the youth retired in confusion behind the +milk-pitcher. +</p> +<p> +When the meal was over the twins went outside +and, following the example set by others, +made themselves comfortable on the grass beyond +the walk. Near by, two older boys were +conversing earnestly, and Ned and Laurie, having +exhausted their own subjects of conversation, +found themselves listening. +</p> +<p> +“We’ve got to do it,” the larger of the two +was saying. “Dave’s going to call a meeting of +the school for Friday evening, and Mr. Wells is +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_46'></a>46</span> +going to talk to them. I’ll talk too. Maybe +you’d better, Frank. You can tell them a funny +story and get them feeling generous.” +</p> +<p> +“Nothing doing, Joe. Leave me out of it. I +never could talk from a platform. Anyway, it’s +the fellows’ duty to provide money. If they +don’t, they won’t have a team. They understand +that—or they will when you tell them. +There’s another thing, though, Joe, that we’ve +got to have besides money, and that’s material. +We’ve <em>got</em> to get more fellows out.” +</p> +<p> +“I know. I’ll tell them that, too. I’m going +to put a notice up in School Hall in the morning. +Mr. Cummins says there are eight new fellows +entering the middle classes this year. +Maybe some of them are football-players.” +</p> +<p> +“Bound to be. Did you see the twins?” +</p> +<p> +“No, but Billy Emerson was telling me about +them. What do they look like?” +</p> +<p> +“Not bad. Rather light-weight, though, and +sort of slow. They’re from Arizona or somewhere +out that way, I think. You can’t tell them +apart, Joe.” +</p> +<p> +“Think they’re football stuff?” +</p> +<p> +“Search me. Might be. They’re light, though. +Here comes Kewpie. Gosh, he’s fatter than +ever! Hi, Kewpie! Come over here!” +</p> +<p> +It was Proudtree who answered the hail, descended +the steps, and approached. “Hello, Joe! +Hello, Frank! Well, here we are again, eh? +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_47'></a>47</span> +Great to be back, isn’t it? Have a good summer, +Joe?” +</p> +<p> +“Fine! You?” +</p> +<p> +“Corking! I was on Dad’s yacht all through +August. Saw the races and everything. Bully +eats, too. You understand.” +</p> +<p> +“Yes,” Joe Stevenson replied, “and I understand +why you’re about twenty pounds overweight, +Kewpie! You ought to be kicked around +the yard, you fat loafer. Thought you wanted +to play center this fall.” +</p> +<p> +“I’m going to! Listen, Joe, I’m only fourteen +pounds over and I’ll drop that in no time. +Honest, I will. You see! Besides, it isn’t all +fat, either. A lot of it’s good, hard muscle.” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, it is! I can see you getting muscle lying +around on your father’s yacht! I’m off you, +Kewpie. You haven’t acted square. You knew +mighty well that you were supposed to keep yourself +fit this summer, and now look at you! +You’re a big fat lump!” +</p> +<p> +“Aw, say, Joe! Listen, will you?” Proudtree’s +gaze wandered in search of inspiration and +fell on the twins. His face lighted. “Hello, you +chaps!” he said. Then he leaned over and spoke +to Joe. “Say, have you met the Turner brothers, +Joe? One of ’em’s a swell player. Played +out in North Dakota or somewhere.” +</p> +<p> +“Which one?” asked Joe, surreptitiously eying +the twins. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_48'></a>48</span> +“Why, the—I forget: they look so much alike, +you know. I think it’s the one this way. Or +maybe it’s the other. Anyway, I’ll fetch them +over, eh?” +</p> +<p> +“All right, Kewpie.” +</p> +<p> +Kewpie started away, paused, and spoke again. +“They’re—they’re awfully modest chaps, Joe. +You’d think from hearing them talk that they +didn’t know much about the game, but don’t you +be fooled. That’s just their way. You understand.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, sure, Kewpie!” And when the latter had +gone on his errand Joe smiled and, lowering his +voice, said to Frank Brattle: “Kewpie’s trying +to put something over. I wonder what.” +</p> +<p> +“Proudtree tells me one of you fellows plays +football,” said Joe, a minute later, when introductions +had been performed and Ned and Laurie +had seated themselves. “We need good players +this fall. Of course, I hope you’ll both come +out.” +</p> +<p> +“Ned’s the football chap,” said Laurie. +“Baseball’s my line.” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t know—” began Ned, but Laurie +pinched him warningly, and he gulped and, to +Kewpie’s evident relief, made a fresh start. +“I’m not much of a player,” he said modestly, +“but I’m willing to have a try at it.” +</p> +<p> +Kewpie darted an “I-told-you-so” glance at +Joe and Frank. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_49'></a>49</span> +</p> +<p> +“Where do you come from, Turner?” Joe +asked politely. +</p> +<p> +“Santa Lucia, California. I was in the high +school there two years. Everything’s quite—quite +different here.” Ned spoke hurriedly, as +though anxious to switch the conversation from +football, and Laurie smiled in wicked enjoyment. +“The climate’s different, you know,” Ned went +on desperately, “and the country and—and +everything.” +</p> +<p> +“I suppose so,” said Frank Brattle. “What’s +your position, Turner?” +</p> +<p> +“Position?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes; I mean, where did you play? Behind the +line, I suppose, or maybe end.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, yes, yes, behind the line. You see, I—I—” +</p> +<p> +“There aren’t many fellows can play half-back +the way Ned can,” said Laurie, gravely. “He +won’t tell you so, but if you ever meet any one +who saw him play against Weedon School last +year—” +</p> +<p> +“Shut up!” begged Ned, almost tearfully. +</p> +<p> +Kewpie was grinning delightedly. Joe Stevenson +viewed Ned with absolute affection. +“Half-back, eh? Well, we can use another good +half, Turner, and I hope you’re the fellow. I +don’t know whether Kewpie told you that I’m +captain this year, but I am, and I’m going to try +mighty hard to captain a winning team. You +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_50'></a>50</span> +look a bit light, but I dare say you’re fast, and, +for my part, I like them that way. Besides, +we’ve got Mason and Boessel if we want the +heavy sort. Practice starts to-morrow at four, +by the way. How about your brother? Glad to +have him come out, too. Even if he hasn’t +played, he might learn the trick. And there’s +next year to think of, you know.” +</p> +<p> +“I think not, thanks,” answered Laurie. “One +football star is enough in the family.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, if you change your mind, come on and +have a try. Glad to have met you. See you +to-morrow—er—Turner. I want to find Dave, +Frank. Coming along?” +</p> +<p> +The two older boys made off toward West Hall, +and as soon as they were out of hearing Ned +turned indignantly on Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“You’re a nice one!” he hissed. “Look at +the hole you’ve got me in! ‘Half-back’! +‘Played against Weedon School’! What did you +want to talk that way for? Why, those fellows +think I know football!” +</p> +<p> +“Cheer up,” answered his brother, grinning. +“All you’ve got to do is bluff it through. Besides, +Proudtree asked us not to let on we didn’t +know a football from a doughnut, and I had to say +something! You acted as if you were tongue-tied!” +</p> +<p> +“Yes; that’s so—you started it!” Ned turned +belligerently around. “Said it would be a favor +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_51'></a>51</span> +to you—” He stopped, discovering that Proudtree +had silently disappeared and that he was +wasting his protests on the empty air. “Huh!” +he resumed after a moment of surprise, “it’s a +good thing he did beat it! Look here, Laurie, +I’m in a beast of a mess. Yow know I can’t face +that captain chap to-morrow. Suppose he handed +me a football and told me to kick it!” +</p> +<p> +“He won’t. I’ve watched football practice +back home. You’ll stand around in a circle—” +</p> +<p> +“How the dickens can I stand in a circle?” objected +Ned. +</p> +<p> +“And pass a football for a while. Then you’ll +try starting, and maybe fall on the ball a few +times, until you’re nice and lame, and after that +you’ll run around the track half a dozen +times—” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, shut up! You make me sick! I won’t +do it. I’m through. I’d look fine, wouldn’t I? +I guess not, partner!” +</p> +<p> +“You’ve got to, Ned,” replied Laurie calmly. +“You can’t back down now. The honor of the +Turners is at stake! Come on up and I’ll read +that rules book to you. Maybe some of it’ll seep +in!” +</p> +<p> +After a moment of indecision Ned arose and +followed silently. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_52'></a>52</span><a name='chV' id='chV'></a>CHAPTER V—IN THE PERFORMANCE OF DUTY</h2> +<p> +School began in earnest the next morning. +Ned and Laurie were awakened from a deep +slumber by the imperative clanging of a gong. +There were hurried trips to the bath-room, and +finally a descent to the recreation-room and +morning prayers. Breakfast followed in the +pleasant, sunlit dining-hall, and at half-past eight +the twins went to their first class. There wasn’t +much real work performed that morning, however. +Books were bought and, being again in +possession of funds, Ned purchased lavishly of +stationery and supplies. He had a veritable +passion for patent binders, scratch-pads, blank-books, +and pencils, and Laurie viewed the result +of a half-hour’s mad career with unconcealed +concern. +</p> +<p> +“You’re all wrong, Ned,” he said earnestly. +“We aren’t opening a stationery emporium. +Besides, we can’t begin to compete with the office. +They buy at wholesale, and—” +</p> +<p> +“Never mind the comedy. You’ll be helping +yourself to these things soon enough, and then +you won’t be so funny.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_53'></a>53</span> +</p> +<p> +“That’s the only way they’ll ever get used up! +Why, you’ve got enough truck there to last three +years!” +</p> +<p> +There was one interesting annual observance +that morning that the twins witnessed inadvertently. +At a little after eight the fellows began +to assemble in front of School Hall. Ned and +Laurie, joining the throng, supposed that it was +merely awaiting the half-hour, until presently +there appeared at the gate a solitary youth of +some fourteen years, who came up the circling +drive about as joyfully as a French Royalist +approaching the guillotine. Deep silence prevailed +until the embarrassed and unhappy youth +had conquered half of the interminable distance. +Then a loud “<em>Hep!</em>” was heard, and the throng +broke into a measured refrain: +</p> +<p> +“<em>Hep!—Hep!—Hep!—Hep!</em>” +</p> +<p> +This was in time to the boy’s dogged steps. A +look of consternation came into his face and he +faltered. Then, however, he set his jaw, looked +straight ahead, and came on determinedly. +</p> +<p> +“<em>Hep!—Hep!</em>” +</p> +<p> +Up the steps he passed, a disk of color in each +cheek, looking neither to right nor left, and passed +from sight. As he did so, the chorus changed to +a good-humored laugh of approval. Ned made +inquiry of a youth beside him. +</p> +<p> +“Day boy,” was the explanation. “There are +ten of them, you know: fellows who live in +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_54'></a>54</span> +town. We always give them a welcome. That +chap had spunk, but you wait and see some of +them!” +</p> +<p> +Two more followed together, and, each upheld +in that moment of trial by the presence of the +other, passed through the ordeal with flying +colors. But the twins noted that the laughing +applause was lacking. After that, the remaining +seven arrived almost on each other’s heels +and the air was filled with “<em>Heps!</em>” Some +looked only surprised, others angry; but most of +then grinned in a sickly, embarrassed way and +went by with hanging heads. +</p> +<p> +“Sort of tough,” was Ned’s verdict, and Laurie +agreed as they followed the last victim inside. +</p> +<p> +“It looks as if day students weren’t popular,” +he added. +</p> +<p> +Later, though, he found that he was wrong. +The boys who lived in the village were accepted +without reservation, but, naturally enough, seldom +attained to a full degree of intimacy with +those who lived in the dormitories. +</p> +<p> +By afternoon the twins had become well shaken +down into the new life, had made several superficial +acquaintances, and had begun to feel at +home. Of Kewpie Proudtree they had caught +but fleeting glimpses, for that youth displayed a +tendency to keep at a distance. As the hour of +four o’clock approached, Ned became more and +more worried, and his normally sunny countenance took +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_55'></a>55</span> +on an expression of deep gloom. +Laurie kept close at his side, fearing that courage +would fail and Ned would bring disgrace to the +tribe of Turner. But Laurie ought to have +known better, for Ned was never what his fellows +would have called a “quitter.” Ned meant to +see it through. His mind had retained very +little of the football lore that his brother had +poured into it the night before, but he had, at +least, a somewhat clearer idea of the general principles +of the game. He knew, for instance, that +a team comprised eleven players instead of the +twelve he had supposed, and that certain restrictions +governed the methods by which you might +wrest the ball from an opponent. Thus, you +could not legally snatch it out of his arms, nor +trip him up in the hope that he would drop it. +Ned thought the restrictions rather silly, but accepted +them. +</p> +<p> +The athletic field, known in school parlance as +the play-field, was even larger than it had looked +from their windows. It held two gridirons and +three baseball diamonds, as well as a quarter-mile +track and ten tennis-courts. There was +also a picturesque and well-appointed field-house +and a fairly large grand stand. To Ned’s +relief, most of the ninety students were in attendance, +though only about forty of the number were +in playing togs. Ned’s idea was that among so +many he might escape close observation. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_56'></a>56</span> +</p> +<p> +He had, of course, handled a football more or +less, and he was possessed of his full share of +common sense. Besides, he had perhaps rather +more than his share of assurance. To his own +surprise, if not to Laurie’s, he got through the +hour and a half of practice very creditably. Seasoned +candidates and novices were on the same +plane to-day. There was, first of all, a talk by +the coach. Mr. Mulford was a short, broad, +good-humored man of about thirty, with a round +and florid countenance, which possibly accounted +for the nickname of “Pinky” that the school had +affectionately awarded him. His real name was +Stephen, and he had played guard, and played it +well, for several years with Trinity College. +This was his fourth season as football coach at +Hillman’s and his third as baseball coach. So +far he had been fairly successful in both sports. +</p> +<p> +His talk was brief and earnest, although he +smiled through it all. He wanted lots of material, +but he didn’t want any fellow to report +for practice who didn’t mean to do his level best +and stick it out. Those who were afraid of +either hard work or hard knocks had better save +their time and his. Those who did report would +get a fair trial and no favor. He meant to see +the best team this fall that Hillman’s School had +ever turned out, one that would start with a rush +and finish with a bang, like a rocket! +</p> +<p> +“And,” he went on, “I want this team made +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_57'></a>57</span> +up the way a rocket is. A rocket is filled with +stars, fellows, but you don’t realize it until the +final burst. So we’re going to put the soft pedal +on individual brilliancy this year. It almost had +us licked last fall, as you’ll remember. This +year we’re going to try hard for a well-rounded +team of hard workers, fellows who will interlock +and gear together. It’s the machine that wins, +the machine of eleven parts that work all together +in oil. We’re going to find the eleven parts first, +and after that we’re going to do the oiling. All +right now! Ten men to a squad. Get balls and +pass in circles. Learn to hold the ball when you +catch it. Glue right to it. And when you pass, +put it where you want it to go. Don’t think that +the work is silly and unnecessary, because it isn’t. +A fellow who can’t hold a ball when it comes to +him is of no use on this team. So keep your +minds right on the job and your eyes right on the +ball. All right, Captain Stevenson.” +</p> +<p> +At least, Ned could, to quote Laurie, “stand in +a circle” and pass a football, and he did, and did +it better than several others in his squad. In +the same way, he could go after a trickling pigskin +and catch it up without falling over himself, +though it is possible that his “form” was less +graceful than that of one or two of his fellows. +When, later, they were formed in a line and +started off by the snapping of the ball in the +hands of a world-wearied youth in a faded blue +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_58'></a>58</span> +sweater bearing a white H on its breast, Ned +didn’t show up so well, for he was almost invariably +one of the last to plunge forward. The blue-sweatered +youth called his attention to the fact +finally in a few well-chosen words. +</p> +<p> +“You guy in the brown bloomers!” he bellowed. +(Of course they weren’t bloomers, but a +pair of somewhat expansive golf breeches that +Ned, lacking proper attire, had donned, not without +misgivings, on Laurie’s advice.) “Are you +asleep? Put some life into it! Watch this ball, +and when you see it roll, jump! You don’t look +like a cripple, but you surely act like one!” +</p> +<p> +Toward the end a half-dozen last-year fellows +took to punting, but, to Ned’s relief, no one suggested +that he take a hand at it, and at half-past +five or thereabouts his trials came to an end. He +went out of his way, dodging behind a group on +the side-line, to escape Joe Stevenson, but ran +plump into Frank Brattle instead. +</p> +<p> +“Hello, Turner,” Frank greeted. “How did +it go?” +</p> +<p> +“All right,” replied Ned, with elaborate carelessness. +“Fine.” +</p> +<p> +“Rather a nuisance having to go through the +kindergarten stunts, isn’t it?” continued the +other, sympathetically. “Mulford’s a great +hand at what he calls the fundamentals, though. +I dare say he’s right, too. It’s funny how easy +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_59'></a>59</span> +it is to get out of the hang of things during the +summer. I’m as stiff as a broom!” +</p> +<p> +“So am I,” answered Ned, earnestly and truthfully. +Frank smiled, nodded, and wandered on, +and Ned, sighting Laurie hunched up in the grand +stand, joined him. “It’s a bully game, football,” +he sighed, as he lowered himself cautiously +to a seat and listened to hear his muscles creak. +“Full of beneficial effects and all that.” Laurie +grinned in silence. Ned felt experimentally of +his back, frowned, rocked himself backward and +forward twice, and looked relieved. “I guess +there’s nothing actually broken,” he murmured, +“I dare say it’ll be all right soon.” +</p> +<p> +“They say the first two months are the hardest,” +responded Laurie, comfortingly. “After +that there’s no sensation.” +</p> +<p> +Ned nodded. “I believe it,” he said feelingly. +He fixed his gaze on the farther goal-post and +after a minute of silence remarked: +</p> +<p> +“I’d like to catch the man who invented football!” +</p> +<p> +He turned a challenging look on his brother. +Laurie blinked and for several seconds his lips +moved noiselessly and there was a haunted look +in his gray eyes. Then, triumphantly, he completed +the couplet: “It may suit some, but it +doesn’t suit all!” +</p> +<p> +“Rotten!” said Ned. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_60'></a>60</span> +</p> +<p> +“I’d like to see you do any better,” answered +Laurie, aggrievedly. “There isn’t any proper +rhyme for ‘football,’ anyway.” +</p> +<p> +“Nor any reason for it, either. Of all—” +</p> +<p> +“Hi, you fellow!” interrupted a scandalized +voice. “What are you doing up there? Have +you done your two laps?” +</p> +<p> +The speaker was a lanky, red-haired man who +bristled with authority and outrage. +</p> +<p> +“Two laps?” stammered Ned. “No, sir.” +</p> +<p> +“Get at it, then. And beat it in when you +have. Want to catch cold, do you? Sitting +around without a blanket or anything like that!” +The trainer shot a final disgusted look at the offender +and went on. +</p> +<p> +“Gee,” murmured Ned, “I thought I was done! +Two laps, he said! I’ll never be able to, Laurie!” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, yes, you will,” was the cheerful response. +“And while you’re doing them you can think up +a better rhyme for ‘football’ than I did!” +</p> +<p> +Ned looked back reproachfully as he limped to +the ground and, having gained the running-track, +set off at a stiff-kneed jog. Laurie’s expression +relented as he watched. +</p> +<p> +“Sort of tough on the kid,” he muttered sympathetically. +Then his face hardened again and +he shook his head. “I’ve got to be stern with +him, though!” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_61'></a>61</span><a name='chVI' id='chVI'></a>CHAPTER VI—NED IS FIRM</h2> +<p> +Kewpie Proudtree obeyed the shouted +invitation to enter Number 16 and appeared +with a countenance as innocent as that of an infant. +“Hello, fellows,” he said cordially, dropping +into a chair with indications of exhaustion. +“How do you like it as far as you’ve gone?” +</p> +<p> +Ned shifted in his seat at the study-table, choking +back a groan, and fixed Kewpie with a baleful +look. “Listen, Proudtree,” he said sternly. +“I’ve got a bone to pick with you!” +</p> +<p> +“With me?” Kewpie stared in amazement. +“What have I done?” +</p> +<p> +“You’ve got me into a fix, that’s what you’ve +done! Didn’t you ask me—us—last night not +to let on to Stevenson that we—I—couldn’t play +football? Didn’t you say it would be a favor +to you? Didn’t you say it would be all right +and—and everything?” +</p> +<p> +“Sure! What of it?” +</p> +<p> +“Why, you crazy galoot, you must have told +him that I knew all about the game! And you +knew mighty well I didn’t! Stevenson thinks +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_62'></a>62</span> +I’m a wonder, and I don’t know a touch-down +from a—a forward kick!” +</p> +<p> +“Pass, not kick,” corrected Kewpie, patiently. +“Look here, Turner— Say, are you Ned or +Laurie? Blessed if I can tell!” +</p> +<p> +“Ned,” replied that youth, with much dignity. +</p> +<p> +“Guess I’ll have to call you Ned, then. Can’t +call you both Turner. You understand. It was +like this, Ned. You see, I want to stand in +with Joe Stevenson. It—it’s for the good of the +school. If they don’t play me at center this fall, +who are they going to play? Well, Joe thought I—well, +he seemed to think I hadn’t acted just right +about keeping my weight down. He—he was sort +of peeved with me. So I wanted to smooth him +down a bit. You understand. That’s why I told +him what I did.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, what <em>did</em> you tell him?” +</p> +<p> +“Why, I sort of—well, it wasn’t what I <em>said</em> +exactly; it was what he thought I meant!” +</p> +<p> +“Proudtree, you’re telling a whopper,” said +Ned, sternly. “And you told one to Stevenson, +too, or I miss my guess.” +</p> +<p> +“I only said that you were a swell football-player.” +</p> +<p> +“For the love of lemons! What do you call +that but a whopper?” +</p> +<p> +Kewpie looked both ashamed and distressed. +He swallowed hard and glanced furtively at +Laurie as though hoping for aid. But Laurie +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_63'></a>63</span> +looked as unsympathetic as Ned. Kewpie sighed +dolefully. “I—I suppose it was,” he acknowledged. +“I didn’t think about that. I’m sorry, +Ned, honest! I didn’t mean to tell what wasn’t +so. I just wanted to get Joe’s mind off his +troubles. You understand.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, you got me in a mess,” grumbled Ned. +“I got by all right to-day, I suppose, but what’s +going to happen to-morrow?” +</p> +<p> +Kewpie evidently didn’t know, for he stared +morosely at the floor for a long minute. Finally, +“I’ll go to Joe and fess up if—if you say so,” +he gulped. +</p> +<p> +“I think you ought to,” responded Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Where’s the sense in that?” demanded +Laurie. “What good would it do? Proudtree +did fib, but he didn’t mean to. I mean he didn’t +do it for harm. If he goes and tells Stevenson +that he fibbed, Stevenson will have it in for him +harder than ever; and he will have it in for you, +too, Ned. Maybe he will think it was a scheme +that you and Proudtree hatched together. That’s +a punk idea, I say. Best thing to do is prove +that Proudtree didn’t fib.” +</p> +<p> +“How?” asked Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Why, Proudtree—” +</p> +<p> +“There’s an awful lot of that ‘Proudtree’ +stuff,” complained the visitor. “Would you mind +calling me Kewpie?” +</p> +<p> +“All right. Well, Kewpie told Captain Stevenson that +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_64'></a>64</span> +you are a swell player. Go ahead and +be one.” +</p> +<p> +“Huh, sounds easy the way you say it,” scoffed +Ned; “but how can I, when I don’t know anything +about the silly game? I wish to goodness you’d +taken up football instead of me!” +</p> +<p> +“You got through to-day all right, didn’t +you?” asked Laurie. “Well, keep it up. Keep +your eyes open and learn. You can do it. You’re +no fool, even if you haven’t my intellect. Besides, +you’re the best little fakir that ever came +over the range.” +</p> +<p> +“You can’t fake kicking a football,” said Ned, +scathingly. +</p> +<p> +“Look here!” exclaimed Kewpie, his round +face illumined by a great idea. “Tell you what, +Ned! I’ll show you how to kick!” +</p> +<p> +The silence that greeted the offer might have +offended a more sensitive youth, but Kewpie went +on with enthusiasm. “Of course, I’m no wonder +at it. I’m a little too short in the leg and, +right now, I—I’m a bit heavy; but I used to +kick and I know how it ought to be done. Say +we have a half-hour or so at it every morning +for a while?” +</p> +<p> +“Wouldn’t Stevenson know what was up?” +asked Ned, dubiously. +</p> +<p> +“He needn’t know. We’ll go over to the lot +behind the grammar school. Even if he saw us, +he’d think we were having some fun.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_65'></a>65</span> +</p> +<p> +“He must have a strange idea of fun,” sighed +Ned. “Still, if you want to take the trouble—” +</p> +<p> +“Glad to! Besides, I owe you something for—for getting +you in wrong. And I can put you +wise to a lot of little things about handling a +ball. We could do some passing, for instance. +Wonder who’s got a ball we could borrow. I’ll +find one somewhere. You understand. Now, +what hour have you got free in the morning?” +</p> +<p> +A comparison of schedules showed that on two +mornings a week the boys could meet at ten, and +on two other mornings at ten-thirty. The remaining +days were not accommodating, however. +</p> +<p> +“Well, even four times a week will show results,” +said Kewpie, cheerfully. “This is Thursday. +We’ll have the first lesson Saturday at +ten.” +</p> +<p> +“I hope they don’t ask me to do any kicking +before then,” said Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Not likely. You’ll get about the same stuff +to-morrow as you had to-day. You’ll get by, take +my word for it. That’s settled, then.” Kewpie +referred to an ornate gold wrist-watch. “It’s +after eight. You’re going over to Johnny’s, +aren’t you!” +</p> +<p> +“Johnny’s?” repeated Laurie. “Oh, Doctor +Hillman’s! I suppose so. What’s it like?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, it isn’t bad. The eats are pretty fair. +Anyway, he sort of likes the fellows to go, and +he’s a good sort. You’ll be introduced to the +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_66'></a>66</span> +faculty and their wives, if they have any, and meet +a lot of fellows whose names you’ll forget the +next minute. Take my advice and sort of work +in toward the dining-room. Last year, the harlequin +ice-cream gave out before I could get +to the table.” Kewpie sighed. “Tabby has bully +cake, too, and I’m off of cake. Isn’t that rotten +luck?” +</p> +<p> +“Awful!” laughed Ned. “You going over +now?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes. Come on and I’ll introduce you to some +of the fellows you ought to know. I’ll wash my +dirty paws and meet you in two minutes.” +</p> +<p> +The principal’s reception proved rather enjoyable. +The “eats” were excellent and, under +Kewpie’s guidance, the twins reached the +long table in the dining-room well in advance +of the crowd. As Laurie remarked afterward, it +was worth the amount of trouble involved just to +watch Kewpie’s mouth water as he gazed soulfully +at the chocolate layer-cake. To his credit +be it narrated that he manfully resisted it. Besides +consuming much delectable food, the twins +were impressively introduced by their guide to +a number of their fellow-students, the introduction +being prefaced in each case by a sort of biographical +note, as: “There’s Dan Whipple. The tall +fellow with the trick collar, talking to Mrs. Wells. +Rows stroke on the crew. Senior class president. +Honor man last year. President of Attic, too. Good +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_67'></a>67</span> +chap to know. Come on.” In +such manner they met at least a half-dozen school +notables, most of whom were extremely affable +to the new boys. Sometimes, to be sure, the twins +had a suspicion that Kewpie was pretending a +closer intimacy with a notable than in fact existed, +but he always “got away with it.” +</p> +<p> +The only fly in the ointment of the evening’s +enjoyment occurred when Kewpie mischievously +introduced them to Mrs. Pennington, the wife of +the Greek and Latin instructor, and sneaked away. +Mrs. Pennington was tall and extremely thin, +and viewed the world through a pair of tortoise-shell +spectacles. She had a high voice and what +Ned termed a “very Lake Superior” manner, +and, since she confined her conversation to the +benefits to be derived from an earnest study of +the Latin poets, philosophers, and historians, the +twins were not happy. Fortunately, very little +was demanded from them conversationally, Mrs. +Pennington being quite competent to do all the +talking. But, unfortunately, she gave them no +chance to get away. Ned descried Kewpie grinning +heartlessly from the doorway and rewarded +him with a terrific and threatening scowl. Kewpie, +however, waved blandly and faded into the +night. Release came to them at last and they +scurried away, neglecting, in their hurried departure, +to say good night either to the doctor or +Miss Tabitha, a breach of etiquette which probably +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_68'></a>68</span> +passed unnoted by the hosts. Back in East Hall, +the twins hammered loudly at Number 15, but +Kewpie was either absent or discreet. At any +rate, there was no response, and revenge had to be +postponed. +</p> +<p> +To Laurie’s surprise, a notice on the bulletin-board +in the corridor of School Hall the following +morning announced that autumn baseball +practice would begin that afternoon. He had supposed +that his hour to offer himself on the altar +of school patriotism would not arrive until the +next spring; and later, when he strode down Walnut +Street with Ned, in search of football togs +for the latter, he broached the subject diplomatically. +</p> +<p> +“Funny idea to have baseball practice this time +of year, I think,” he remarked carelessly. “Not +much good in it. A fellow would forget anything +he learned by next April.” +</p> +<p> +“Didn’t know they did,” replied Ned, uninterestedly. +“Who told you that?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, there was a notice on the board in School +Hall. Don’t believe many fellows go out in the +fall.” +</p> +<p> +“Thought baseball was a spring and summer +game. Still, I dare say you can play it just as +well now. Seems to me I’ve heard of having +spring football practice, haven’t you?” +</p> +<p> +“I dare say. Crazy scheme, though, playing +games out of season.” +</p> +<p> +“Ye-es.” Ned went on thoughtfully a moment +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_69'></a>69</span> +Then he shot a suspicious glance at his brother. +“You going out?” he demanded. +</p> +<p> +“N-no, I don’t think so,” answered Laurie, +lightly. “There’s that building we had the +bet on the other day. We never did find out—” +</p> +<p> +“Never you mind about that building,” interrupted +Ned, severely. “I’m on to you, partner. +You’re trying to renege on baseball. Well, it +doesn’t go! You’re a baseball hero and you’ve +got to get busy!” +</p> +<p> +“Aw, Ned, have a heart! There’s plenty of +time—” +</p> +<p> +“No, sir, by jiminy! You got me slaving for +the dear old school, now you do your bit!” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, but it isn’t fair to start the baseball season +in September. You know it isn’t.” +</p> +<p> +“Cut out the alibis! You can get some baseball +togs right now. Good thing you spoke of it. +What’ll you need?” +</p> +<p> +“All I need is kindness,” wailed Laurie. “Ned, +I don’t want to be a hero! I don’t want to save +the dear old school from defeat in the ninth inning! +I—I—” +</p> +<p> +“You’re going to do as you agreed to,” answered +Ned, grimly. “Remember that the honor +of the Turners is at stake!” +</p> +<p> +Laurie sighed deeply. Then, “You speak of +honor! Say no more. I yield,” he declaimed +dramatically. +</p> +<p> +“You bet you do,” answered Ned, unhesitatingly. +“You for the baseball field!” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_70'></a>70</span><a name='chVII' id='chVII'></a>CHAPTER VII—HIGH SCHOOL ACCEPTS DEFEAT</h2> +<p> +A week passed, and the twins began to feel +like old residents. They had ceased being +“the Turner twins” to acquaintances, although +others still referred to them so, and their novelty +had so far worn off that they could enter a classroom +or walk side by side across the yard without +being conscious of the rapt, almost incredulous +stares of the beholders. To merely casual +acquaintances they were known as Ned and +Laurie; to a few friends they had become Nid +and Nod. Kewpie was responsible for that. He +had corrupted “Ned” into “Nid,” after which it +was impossible for Laurie to be anything but +“Nod.” Laurie had demurred for a time, demanding +to be informed who Nod had been. Kewpie +couldn’t tell him, being of the hazy belief that +Nid and Nod were brothers in some fairy story +he had once read, but he earnestly assured +Laurie that both had been most upright and +wholly estimable persons. Anyhow, Laurie’s objections +wouldn’t have accomplished much, for +others had been prompt to adopt the nicknames +and all the protests in the world wouldn’t have +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_71'></a>71</span> +caused them to drop them. These others weren’t +many in number, however: Kewpie and Thurman +Kendrick and Lee Murdock and George Watson +about made up the list of them at this time. +</p> +<p> +Kendrick was Kewpie’s room-mate, a smallish, +black-haired, very earnest youth of sixteen, which +age was also Kewpie’s. Thurman was familiarly +known as “Hop,” although the twins never +learned why. He was a candidate for quarter-back +on the eleven and took his task very seriously. +Lee Murdock was one of the baseball +crowd, and Laurie had scraped acquaintance with +him on the diamond during a practice game. The +word “scraped” is used advisedly, for Laurie, +in sliding to second base, had spiked much of the +skin from Lee’s ankle. Of such incidents are +friendships formed! Lee was two years older +than Laurie, a big, rather raw-boned fellow with +a mop of ash-colored hair and very bright blue +eyes. +</p> +<p> +George Watson was sixteen, an upper middler, +and, as Laurie frequently assured him, no fit associate +for a respectable fellow. To the latter assertion +George cheerfully agreed, adding that he +always avoided such. He came from Wyoming +and had brought with him a breeziness of manner +that his acquaintances, rightly or wrongly, described +as “wild and woolly.” Of the four, +Kewpie and George were more often found in +company with the twins. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_72'></a>72</span> +</p> +<p> +There had been four lessons in kicking on an +open lot behind the grammar school, two short +blocks away, and while Ned had not yet mastered +the gentle art of hurtling a football through the +air, Kewpie was enthusiastic about his pupil’s +progress. “Why, geewhillikins, Nid,” he broke +forth after the fourth session, “you’re a born +kicker! Honest you are! You’ve got a corking +swing and a lot of drive. You—you’ve got +real <em>form</em>, that’s what you’ve got. You understand. +And you certainly do learn! Of course, +you haven’t got it all from me, because you’ve +been punting in practice two or three times, but +I take some of the credit.” +</p> +<p> +“You’ve got a right to,” responded Ned. +“You’ve taught me a lot more than I’ve learned +on the field. Gee, if it hadn’t been for you I’d +been afraid even to try a punt over there! You +ought to see the puzzled way that Pope looks +at me sometimes. He can’t seem to make me out, +because, I suppose, Joe Stevenson told him I was +a crackajack. Yesterday he said, ‘You get good +distance, Turner, and your direction isn’t bad, +but you never punt twice the same way!’” +</p> +<p> +“Well, you don’t,” laughed Kewpie. “But +you’ll get over that just as soon as I can get it +into your thick head that the right way’s the +best and there’s only one right!” +</p> +<p> +“I know,” said Ned, humbly. “I mean to do +the way you say, but I sort of forget.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_73'></a>73</span> +</p> +<p> +“That’s because you try to think of too many +things at once. Stop thinking about your leg +and just remember the ball and keep your eyes on +it until it’s in the air. That’s the secret, Nid. +I heard Joe telling Pinky the other day that you’d +ought to shape up well for next year.” +</p> +<p> +“Next year!” exclaimed Ned, dubiously. +“Gee! mean to tell me I’m going through all this +work for next year?” +</p> +<p> +“Well, you might get a place this year, for +all you know,” replied Kewpie, soothingly. “Just +keep on coming, Nid. If you could only—well, +if you had just a bit more <em>speed</em> now, got started +quicker, you know, Pinky would have you on the +second squad in no time, I believe. You’re all +right after you get started, but—you understand.” +</p> +<p> +“I do the best I know how,” sighed Ned. “I +suppose I am slow on the get-away, though. Corson +is always calling me down about it. Oh, well, +what do I care? I don’t own it.” +</p> +<p> +“I’d like to see you make good, though,” said +Kewpie. “Besides, remember the honor of the +Turners!” +</p> +<p> +Ned laughed. “Laurie will look after that. +He’s doing great things in baseball, if you believe +him, and it wouldn’t be right for us to capture +all the athletic honors.” +</p> +<p> +“You make me weary!” grunted Kewpie. +“Say, don’t you California chaps ever have any +pep?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_74'></a>74</span> +</p> +<p> +“California, old scout, is famous for its pep. +We grow it for market out there. Why, I’ve +seen a hundred acres planted to it!” +</p> +<p> +“You have, eh? Well, it’s a big shame you +didn’t bring a sprig of it East with you, you +lazy lummox! Some day I’m going to drop a +cockle-burr down your back and see if you don’t +show some action!” +</p> +<p> +Hillman’s started her season on the following +Saturday with Orstead High School. As neither +team had seen much practice, the contest didn’t +show a very high grade of football. The teams +played four ten-minute quarters, consuming a good +two hours of elapsed time in doing it, their members +spending many precious moments prone on +the turf. The weather was miserably warm for +football and the players were still pretty soft. +</p> +<p> +Kewpie derived great satisfaction from the +subsequent discovery that he had dropped three +quarter pounds and was within a mere seven +pounds of his desired weight. Had he +played the game through instead of yielding +the center position to Holmes at the beginning +of the last half, he might have reached his goal +that afternoon. Ned and Laurie wounded him +deeply by declaring that there was no apparent +improvement in his appearance. +</p> +<p> +Ned saw the game from the substitutes’ bench, +and Laurie from the stand. High School turned +out a full attendance and, since Hillman’s was +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_75'></a>75</span> +outnumbered two to one, “O. H. S.” colors and cheers +predominated. Laurie sat with Lee Murdock, +who, as a baseball enthusiast, professed a great +scorn of football. (There was no practice on the +diamond that afternoon.) Lee amused himself +by making ridiculous comments in a voice audible +for many yards around. +</p> +<p> +“That’s piffle!” he declared on one occasion, +when the ground was strewn with tired, panting +players. “The umpire said, ‘Third down,’ but +if they aren’t three quarters down, I’ll treat +the crowd! The trouble with those fellows is that +they didn’t get enough sleep last night. Any +one can see that. Why, I can hear that big chap +snoring ’way over here!” Again, “That brother +of yours is playing better than any of them,” he +asserted. +</p> +<p> +“Ned? Why, he isn’t in! He’s on the bench +down there.” +</p> +<p> +“Sure! That’s what I mean. You don’t see +him grabbing the ball away from Brattle and losing +two or three yards at a time. No, sir; he just +sits right there, half asleep, and makes High +School <em>work</em> for the game. Every time he +doesn’t take the ball, Nod, he saves us three or +four yards. He’s a hero, that’s what he is. If +Mulford would get all the rest of them back on +the bench, we might win.” +</p> +<p> +“You’re crazy,” laughed Laurie. +</p> +<p> +During the intermission, Laurie’s wandering +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_76'></a>76</span> +gaze fell on two girls a dozen seats away. One, +whom he had never seen before, displayed a +cherry-and-black pennant and belonged unmistakably +to the high school cohort. She was a +rather jolly-looking girl, Laurie decided, with a +good deal of straw-colored hair and a pink-and-white +skin. Her companion was evidently divided +as to allegiance, for she had a cherry-and-black +ribbon pinned on the front of her dress and +wore a dark-blue silken arm-band. For a moment +Laurie wondered why she looked familiar to +him. Then he recognized her as Polly Deane. +The two girls appeared to be alone, although some +boys in the row behind were talking to them. +</p> +<p> +So far, the twins had not been back to the +little shop on Pine Street, but Laurie resolved +now that he would drop around there very soon +and pay his bill before his money was gone. +After paying the school bill for the first half-year, +he and Ned had shared slightly more +than twenty dollars, but since then there had +been many expenses. They had each had to purchase +playing togs and stationery, and, finally, +had donated two dollars apiece to the football +fund at the mass-meeting Friday night of the +week before. +</p> +<p> +Viewed from a financial standpoint, that meeting +hadn’t been a great success, and it was no +secret that, unless more money was forthcoming, +the team would be obliged to cancel at least one +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_77'></a>77</span> +of its away-from-home games. But it had resulted +in bringing out a big field of candidates, +and there had been a lot of enthusiasm. The +next day, viewing his reduced exchequer, Laurie +had ruefully observed that he guessed a dollar +would have been enough to give, but Ned had +called him a “piker” and a “tight-wad” and +other scornful things. Yesterday Ned had borrowed +half a dollar, which was more than a +fourth of Laurie’s remaining cash; and the first +of October was still a week distant. Realizing the +latter fact, Laurie changed his mind about settling +his account at the Widow Deane’s. But, he +reflected, with another friendly glance in Polly’s +direction, it wouldn’t be right to withhold his +trade from the store. And he wasn’t anywhere +near the limit of indebtedness yet! +</p> +<p> +Two listless periods followed the intermission, +the only inspiring incident coming when, near the +end of the third quarter, Pope, Hillman’s full-back, +foiled in his attempt to get a forward pass +away, smashed past the enemy and around his +left end for a run that placed the pigskin six +yards short of the last white line. From there +the home team managed to push its way to a +touch-down, the third and last score of the day. +The final figures were 10 to 7 in Hillman’s favor, +and neither side was very proud of the outcome. +</p> +<p> +Ned returned to Number 16 half an hour later +in a most critical frame of mind, and spent ten +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_78'></a>78</span> +minutes explaining to Laurie just when and how +the school team had failed. At last Laurie interrupted +him to ask, “Have you told this to +Mr. Mulford, Ned?” +</p> +<p> +“Mr. Mulford? Why—oh, go to the dickens!” +</p> +<p> +“Seems to me he ought to know,” said Laurie, +gravely. +</p> +<p> +“That’s all right. You can be sarcastic if +you like, but I’m talking horse-sense. You see +a lot of things from the bench that you don’t see +from the stand. Besides, you’ve got to know +football to understand it. Now you take—” +</p> +<p> +“I beg your pardon! Did you say anything +about understanding football?” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I understand a lot more about it than +you do,” replied the other, warmly. “I’ve been +playing it a week, haven’t I?” +</p> +<p> +“Sure, but I’ll bet you don’t know how much +a safety counts!” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t need to. That’s up to the referee. +But I know some football, just the same. And +I punted forty-seven yards yesterday, too!” +</p> +<p> +“In how many punts?” inquired Laurie, innocently. +</p> +<p> +Ned threw a book at him and the subject was +closed. +</p> +<p> +In his own line, baseball, Laurie was not setting +the world on fire. He was gaining a familiarity +with the position of center fielder on the +scrub nine, and batting practice was at least not +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_79'></a>79</span> +doing him any harm. But he certainly had displayed +no remarkable ability; and if Ned had +gained a notion to the contrary, it was merely +because it pleased Laurie to fool him with accounts +of imaginary incidents in which he, Laurie, +had shone most brilliantly. As Ned knew even +less about baseball than he had known of football, +almost any fairy-tale “went” with him, and +Laurie derived much amusement thereby; decidedly +more, in fact, than he derived from playing! +</p> +<p> +On Monday morning Laurie dragged Ned over +to the Widow Deane’s for ginger-ale, professing +a painful thirst. The Widow greeted them +pleasantly, recalling their names, and provided +them with the requested beverage. Laurie’s +thirst seemed to have passed, for he had difficulty +in consuming his portion. When, presently, he +asked politely about Polly, it developed that that +young lady was quite well enough to attend high +school as usual. Laurie said, “Oh!” and silently +promised himself that the next time he got thirsty +it would be in the afternoon. Ned ate two doughnuts +and was hesitating over raspberry tarts +when Laurie dragged him away. “Can’t you +think of anything but eating?” demanded the latter, +disgustedly. Ned only blinked. +</p> +<p> +“Ginger-ale always makes me hungry,” he +explained calmly. +</p> +<p> +Two days later, the twins awoke to cloudy +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_80'></a>80</span> +skies, and by mid-forenoon a lazy drizzle was +falling, which later turned to a downright tempest +of wind and rain. At four the baseball candidates +scooted to the field-house for cover, although, +peering forth through a drenched window, +Laurie discerned the football-players still at +work. Lee Murdock said he guessed the equinoctial +storm had come, and that if it had +there’d be no practice for a couple of days. +Laurie tried to look broken-hearted and failed +dismally. Taking advantage of a lull in the downpour, +he and Lee, with many of the others, set +forth for school. They were still far short of the +gymnasium, however, when the torrent began +again, and it was a wet, bedraggled, and breathless +crowd that presently pushed through the +door. +</p> +<p> +George Watson, who had been playing tennis +before the rain started, was philosophically regarding +a pair of “unshrinkable” flannel trousers +which, so he declared, had already receded +an inch at the bottoms. It was George who suggested +that, after changing to dry clothing, they +go over to the Widow’s and have ice-cream at +his expense. Not possessing a rain-coat of his +own, Laurie invaded Number 15 and borrowed +Kewpie’s. It was many sizes too large, but it +answered. The Widow’s was full when he and +George and Lee got there, and the pastry counter +looked as though it had been visited by an invading +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_81'></a>81</span> +army. There was still ice-cream, though, +and the three squeezed into a corner and became +absorbedly silent for a space. +</p> +<p> +Polly was helping her mother, and Laurie exchanged +greetings with her, but she was far too +busy for conversation. Lee treated to a second +round of ice-cream, and afterward Laurie bought +a bag of old-fashioned chocolates. He hoped +Polly would wait on him, but it was Polly’s +mother who did so and asked after his brother +as she filled the paper sack. +</p> +<p> +“I do hope you’re looking after him and that +he hasn’t eaten those raspberry tarts yet,” she +said pleasantly. +</p> +<p> +“Yes’m,” said Laurie. “I mean, he hasn’t.” +He thought it surprising that the Widow Deane +was able to tell them apart. Even Kewpie and +George frequently made mistakes. +</p> +<p> +It was still pouring when they went out again, +and they hurried up the street and around the +corner into School Park, their progress somewhat +delayed by the fact that Laurie had placed +the bag of candy in an outside pocket of Kewpie’s +capacious rain-coat and that all three had difficulty +in finding it. Lee had just popped a big +chocolate into his mouth and George was fumbling +into the moist bag when the clouds opened suddenly +and such a deluge fell as made them gasp. +In distance they were but a long block from +school; but with the rain descending on them as +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_82'></a>82</span> +though poured from a million buckets, their +thought was of immediate shelter. +</p> +<p> +“Wow!” yelped Lee. “Let’s get out of this! +Here’s a house. Come on!” +</p> +<p> +There was an opening in a high hedge, and a +short brick walk from which the drops were +rebounding knee-high, and, seen dimly through +the deluge, a porch at the end of it. They reached +it in what Laurie called three leaps and a jump, +and, under shelter of the roof, drew breath and +looked back into the gray welter. The park was +invisible, and even the high lilac hedge was only +a blurred shape. Lee had to shout to make himself +heard above the rain. +</p> +<p> +“Wonder who lives here,” he said. “I don’t +remember this house.” +</p> +<p> +“Sure you do!” said George. “This is the +Coventry house. We’re on the side porch.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh!” Lee gazed doubtfully into the rain. +“Well, anyway, it’ll do. Gee, my trousers are +soaked to the knees! How long do you suppose +this will keep up?” +</p> +<p> +“You said for two days,” answered Laurie, +cheerfully, trying to dry his neck with a moist +handkerchief. +</p> +<p> +“I mean this shower, you chump!” +</p> +<p> +“Call this a shower? What’s a cloud-burst +like in this part of the country, then?” +</p> +<p> +“We don’t have such things,” answered +George, who was peering through a side-light +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_83'></a>83</span> +into the dim interior. “Say, I thought this place +was empty,” he continued. “I can see chairs +and a table in there.” +</p> +<p> +“No; some one rented it this fall,” said Lee. +“I noticed the other day that the front door was +open and the grass had been cut. I wouldn’t +want to live in the place, though.” +</p> +<p> +“Why?” inquired Laurie. +</p> +<p> +But, before any answer came, the door was +suddenly opened within a few inches of George’s +nose and a voice said: +</p> +<p> +“You fellows had better come inside until it’s +over.” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_84'></a>84</span><a name='chVIII' id='chVIII'></a>CHAPTER VIII—IN THE MISER’S HOUSE</h2> +<p> +The invitation came from a boy of about sixteen, +a slim, eminently attractive chap, who +smiled persuasively through the aperture. +Laurie knew that he had seen him somewhere, +but it was not until they had followed, somewhat +protestingly, into a hallway and from there into +a large and shadowy drawing-room that he recognized +him as one of the day pupils. Lee, it +seemed, knew him slightly and called him by name. +</p> +<p> +“We oughtn’t to come in here,” Lee apologized. +“We’re soaking wet, Starling.” +</p> +<p> +“It doesn’t matter,” answered their host. +“Wait till I find a match and we’ll have a fire +here.” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t bother, please,” George protested. +“We’re going right on in a minute.” +</p> +<p> +“Might as well get dry a bit first. The fire’s +all laid.” The boy held a match at the grate +and in a moment the wood was snapping merrily. +“Pull up some chairs, fellows. Here, try this. +Some rain, isn’t it?” +</p> +<p> +“Rather,” agreed Lee. “By the way, do you +know Turner? And Watson?” The three boys +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_85'></a>85</span> +shook hands. “I didn’t know you lived here,” +Lee continued. “Saw the house had been taken, +but didn’t know who had it. Corking big place, +isn’t it?” +</p> +<p> +Starling laughed. “It’s big all right, but it’s +not so corking. Let me have that rain-coat, +Turner. The rooms are so frightfully huge that +you get lost in them! I have the bedroom above +this, and the first morning I woke up in it I +thought I was in the Sahara Desert! This was +the only place we could find, though, that was +for rent, and we had to take it. Dad came here +on short notice and we didn’t have much time to +look around. Pull up closer to the fire, Watson, +and get your feet dry. I’ve got some slippers +upstairs if you want to take your shoes +off.” +</p> +<p> +“No, thanks. I guess the wet didn’t get +through. I’ve seen you over at school, haven’t +I?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, I’m a day boy; one of the ‘Hep, heps!’” +</p> +<p> +Lee grinned. “Sort of a mean trick, that, +Starling, but they always do it every year.” +</p> +<p> +“Wish I’d known about it beforehand. I’d +have sneaked over a fence and through a window. +It was fierce! I was the last fellow to get +in this fall. Dad made application in August, +and some fellow who had entered in the spring +changed his mind; otherwise I’d have had to go +to the high school.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_86'></a>86</span> +</p> +<p> +“That would have been an awful fate,” said +George, gravely. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, I wouldn’t have minded. I like Hillman’s, +though. Do any of you chaps play tennis?” +</p> +<p> +“I try to,” answered George. +</p> +<p> +“Wish you’d give me a game some day. +Tennis is about the only thing I know much +about, and I saw some dandy courts over at the +field.” +</p> +<p> +“Glad to,” George assured him. “Any day +you like, Starling. I’m not much of a player, +though, so don’t expect a lot.” +</p> +<p> +“Guess you’re good enough to handle me,” +laughed the other. “I like it better than I can +play it. How about to-morrow afternoon?” +</p> +<p> +“Suits me,” answered George. “Three-thirty?” +</p> +<p> +“Fine! I’m going to get Dad to build a court +in the yard here, if I can. There’s lots of room, +but there’s a tumble-down old grape-arbor right +in the middle.” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, there’s surely room enough,” agreed +Lee. “We used to come over here last fall and +get pears—there’s a dandy seckel tree back +there. I’d say there was room for two or three +courts if some of the trees were cut down.” +</p> +<p> +“What could he do with three of them?” asked +Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“I suppose we’d have to get the owner’s permission +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_87'></a>87</span> +to even take that rickety old arbor down,” +Starling said. +</p> +<p> +“I thought the owner was dead,” Lee observed. +</p> +<p> +George chuckled. “If he was dead he wouldn’t +be the owner, you simple! Old Coventry died +three or four years ago, but somebody owns the +place, of course. If what they tell of the old chap +is true, it must have broken his heart to know +he couldn’t take the place with him! Maybe he +took his money with him, though. Anyway, the +story goes that he had slathers of it, and they +could only find a couple of thousands when he +died.” +</p> +<p> +“What was he, a miser?” asked Starling. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, one of the sort you read about in the +stories. Lived here all alone for years and years +with only a negro servant. They say you could +never see a light in the place at night, and he +never went off the front porch more than a couple +of times a year. Then a carriage came for him +and he got in and went down to the boat. He +didn’t use the train because it cost too much. +Of course, when he died, folks expected to find +that he had left a mint of money; but all any one +could discover was about two thousand dollars +in one of the banks here—that, and this property. +The heirs, whoever they were, pretty near tore +the insides out of the house, they say, looking for +coin, but they didn’t get any thing.” +</p> +<p> +“And at night the old codger’s ghost walks +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_88'></a>88</span> +around,” added Lee; “and if you follow him, +he’ll take you to the place the money’s hidden.” +</p> +<p> +“Honest?” exclaimed Starling, joyfully. +“Gosh, that’s great! I always wanted to live +in a house with a ghost.” +</p> +<p> +“I’m sorry, then,” said George, “for I just +made that part up.” +</p> +<p> +“<em>You</em> did?” Lee looked incredulous. “Where +do you come in? I’ve heard that ever since I +came here.” +</p> +<p> +“No, sir; you may have heard the rest of the +story, but not the part about the ghost. I wrote +the yarn up in my junior year for an English +comp., and tacked on the ghost feature as a sort +of added climax. Got good marks, too, and the +Orstead paper published the thing. I’ll show +it to you, if you like.” +</p> +<p> +Lee looked unconvinced still, and Starling disappointed. +“Well, it’s a good story, anyway, +and makes the place more interesting. Some day +I’ll have a look myself for the hidden millions.” +</p> +<p> +“Guess the old chap never had that much,” +said George. “Thirty or forty thousand is +about what he was supposed to have salted away.” +</p> +<p> +“Scarcely worth bothering about,” observed +Laurie, with a yawn. +</p> +<p> +“But look here, what became of the servant?” +asked Starling. “Maybe he got the dough and +made off with it.” +</p> +<p> +“Lots of folks thought that,” replied George; +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_89'></a>89</span> +“but the theory didn’t pan out for a cent. The +negro stuck around here for quite a while and +then ambled off somewhere. He claimed that old +Coventry died owing him a month’s wages, and +tried to get some one to pay him, but I guess he +never got any of it, if it was really owing.” +</p> +<p> +“Where did he go to?” asked Starling. +</p> +<p> +“I don’t know. New York City, I think.” +</p> +<p> +“I’ll bet he either had the money or knew +where it was,” declared Starling, with conviction. +“Don’t you see, fellows, he did just what any +one would do in his case? He stuck around so he +wouldn’t be suspected. If he’d gone right off, +folks would have said he was trying to avoid being +asked about the money. And then he faked +up the yarn about the old gentleman owing him +wages. A first-class detective would have got +trace of the coin, I’ll wager!” +</p> +<p> +“You’ve been reading <em>Sherlock Holmes</em>,” +laughed Lee. “Why don’t you follow up your +clue, find the negro, and restore the lost wealth +to the starving heirs?” +</p> +<p> +“Huh! If he did get the money, he’s where +even <em>Sherlock Holmes</em> wouldn’t find him by this +time. Some one should have followed the fellow +and kept watch on him right then. How old was +he, Watson?” +</p> +<p> +“About fifty, I guess. They say he had white +whiskers, anyway. Oh, he didn’t know any +more than he said he did. He was all right. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_90'></a>90</span> +He had been with old Coventry for years and +years, one of those old-time family servants, you +know, honest and faithful. Why, he went on +something fierce when the old chap died!” +</p> +<p> +“Say, how much of this guff is real and how +much of it is English composition?” asked Lee, +suspiciously. “How do you know the negro took +on when the old codger died? You weren’t +here.” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe I heard it,” replied George, grinning. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, and maybe you just made it up, like the +stuff about the ghost,” Lee retorted sarcastically. +“I’ve heard the yarn two or three times, but I +never heard that the negro had white whiskers +or that he went into mourning!” +</p> +<p> +“It’s a fact, though,” declared the other, +warmly. “I prepared mighty well on that comp.; +talked with half a dozen persons who knew the +story. Got most of the stuff from the Widow +Deane, though. Old Coventry had been dead only +about two years then and folks were still talking +about him. The Widow doesn’t think the old +chap had nearly as much money as he was supposed +to have.” +</p> +<p> +“She has the little store around on the back +street?” asked Starling. +</p> +<p> +“Yes. She took that as her share.” +</p> +<p> +“Her share of what?” demanded Lee. +</p> +<p> +“Why, of the estate. Old Coventry owned the +whole half-block right through from Walnut +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_91'></a>91</span> +Street to Pine. She rented that house from him +until he died; paid a good stiff price, too; and +then, when the estate was finally settled, she took +it as her share, although she had to pay the other +heirs something because they claimed that it was +worth more than she had a right to.” +</p> +<p> +“Look here,” said Lee, “do you mean that the +Widow Deane was one of old Coventry’s heirs?” +</p> +<p> +“Of course! Didn’t you know it? She was a +half-sister. She lived over in New Jersey, she +told me, until her husband died. Then she wrote +to old Coventry, asking him to help her because +she didn’t have much money, and he invited her +to come here. She thought he meant to give her +a home with him; but when she got here, the best +he would do was rent her that little house around +on Pine Street and stock it up for her as a store. +Then he built a fence between the two places. It +used to be open right through.” +</p> +<p> +“Gee, you certainly know a lot of ancient +history!” marveled Lee. +</p> +<p> +“I believe in being thorough,” laughed George. +“When I tackle a subject I get a fall out of it.” +</p> +<p> +“So when I trail the murderer—I mean the +thief,” reflected Starling, “I’ll be doing the old +lady back there a good turn, won’t I?” +</p> +<p> +“Surest thing you know!” agreed George. +</p> +<p> +“And she needs the money, I guess. I don’t believe +she makes a fortune out of that emporium. +And that daughter of hers is a nice kid, too.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_92'></a>92</span> +</p> +<p> +“How many other heirs are there to share in +the money when Starling finds it?” asked Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“I don’t know. Quite a bunch, I believe. The +old chap wasn’t married, and the heirs are +nephews and nieces and things like that. The +Widow’s the only one living around here, +though.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, when I do find it,” laughed Starling, +“I’ll keep it quiet and hand it all over to the +Widow.” +</p> +<p> +“He wants to make a hit with Polly,” said Lee. +“He’s a fox.” +</p> +<p> +“I’ve never seen her,” Starling denied. +</p> +<p> +“Well, she’s a mighty pretty girl,” George +avowed. “If you don’t believe me, ask Nod.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie looked intensely innocent and very surprised. +“Why me?” he asked blandly. +</p> +<p> +George shook his head, grinning. “You can’t +get away with it, son! Think I didn’t see you +making love to the old lady this afternoon?” +</p> +<p> +“Well,” Laurie laughed, “I thought it was +Polly you spoke of.” +</p> +<p> +“Sure, but she was busy waiting on a bunch +of juniors and so you made up to the Widow. We +saw you smirking and talking sweet to her, didn’t +we, Lee? Butter wouldn’t have melted in the +dear lamb’s mouth. And I thought the old lady +seemed rather taken with him, too; didn’t you, +Lee?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_93'></a>93</span> +</p> +<p> +“Rather! It was positively sickening! Talk +about foxes—” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, dry up and blow away!” muttered Laurie. +“Say, the rain’s stopped now—pretty nearly.” +</p> +<p> +“Wants to get away from the embarrassing +subject,” George confided to Starling. “Well, I +never desert a pal, Nod. Come on, we’ll trot +along. Much obliged for taking us in, Starling. +Hope we haven’t ruined your rug. Half-past +three to-morrow, if the courts are dry. I’ll meet +you in School Hall.” +</p> +<p> +“Glad to have you drop around at my room +some time,” said Lee. “I’m in West; Number +7.” +</p> +<p> +“Same here,” added Laurie; “16 East Hall. +Thanks, Starling.” +</p> +<p> +“You’re welcome. Come in again, fellows. +When I get that tennis-court fixed up, we’ll have +some fun here. You needn’t wait for that, +though. I’d like you to meet my father and aunt. +No one’s at home just now. I say, better take +a couple of umbrellas.” +</p> +<p> +“Not worth it, thanks,” answered Lee. “After +that deluge, this is just an April shower. So +long!” +</p> +<p> +Lee’s statement wasn’t much of an exaggeration, +and the three continued their way to the +school unhurriedly. George remarked gloomily +that it didn’t look awfully promising for tennis +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_94'></a>94</span> +on the morrow, adding: “I’ll bet that chap’s a +corking good player, too.” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe you’ll learn a little about the game +from him,” said Laurie, sweetly. “How old do +you say he is?” +</p> +<p> +“Starling? Oh, seventeen, maybe. He’s in +upper middle.” +</p> +<p> +“Sixteen, more likely,” said George. “He +seems a decent sort, eh? How did you come to +know him?” +</p> +<p> +“I didn’t really know him. He’s in some of +my classes and we’ve spoken a couple of times. +Rather a—an interesting kind of chap. Wonder +what his father does here. Funny place for him +to come to. He spoke of an aunt, but didn’t say +anything about a mother. Guess she’s dead. +Auntie probably keeps house for them.” +</p> +<p> +As they entered the gate George chuckled and +Laurie asked, “What’s your trouble, Old-Timer!” +</p> +<p> +“I was just thinking what a joke it would be +if Starling took that stuff seriously about the hidden +money and began to hack away the woodwork +and dig up the cellar floor!” +</p> +<p> +“Why, wasn’t it true?” +</p> +<p> +“Sure! At least, as true as anything is that +folks tell. You know, Nod, after being repeated a +couple of hundred times a story sort of grows.” +</p> +<p> +Lee grunted. “After some smart Aleck has +written it up as an English comp. its own mother +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_95'></a>95</span> +wouldn’t know it! The real joke would be for +Starling to wreck the woodwork and find the +money!” +</p> +<p> +“No, that wouldn’t be a joke,” said George, +“that would be a movie! Come on! It’s starting +again! Last man in East buys the sodas! Come +on, Lee!” +</p> +<p> +Lee and Laurie ran a dead heat, and all the way +to George’s room, on the second floor, each sought +to shift to the other the responsibility of providing +the soda-water for the trio. In the end, +George appointed himself referee and halved the +responsibility between them. +</p> +<p> +When, twenty minutes later, Laurie climbed onward +to Number 16, he found a very disgruntled +Ned curled up in the window-seat, which was now +plentifully supplied with cushions. “Where’ve +you been all the afternoon?” he demanded aggrievedly. +</p> +<p> +“Many places,” replied Laurie, cheerfully. +“Why the grouch?” +</p> +<p> +“You’d have a grouch, I reckon, if you’d +messed around with a soggy football for almost +two hours in a cloud-burst!” +</p> +<p> +“Did you—er—get wet?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, no, I didn’t get wet! I carried an umbrella +all the time, you silly toad! Or maybe you +think they roofed the gridiron over for us?” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I got sort of water-logged myself, and +don’t you let any one tell you any different! Wait +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_96'></a>96</span> +till I return this rain-coat and I’ll tell you about +it.” +</p> +<p> +“I’ve got troubles enough of my own,” +grumbled Ned, as Laurie crossed the corridor. +</p> +<p> +Kewpie wasn’t in when the borrowed garment +was returned, but Hop Kendrick was, and Hop +said it was quite all right, that Ned was welcome +to anything of Kewpie’s at any time, and please +just stick it in the closet or somewhere. And +Laurie thanked him gratefully and placed the +rain-coat, which wasn’t very wet now, where he +had found it. And the incident would have ended +then and there if it hadn’t started in to rain +cats and dogs again after supper and if Kewpie +hadn’t taken it into his head to pay a visit to a +fellow in West Hall. Which is introductory to +the fact that at eight o’clock that evening, while +Ned and Laurie were conscientiously absorbed in +preparing to-morrow’s Latin, a large and irate +youth appeared at the door of Number 16 with +murder in his eyes and what appeared to be gore +on his hands! +</p> +<p> +“That’s a swell way to return a fellow’s coat!” +he accused. +</p> +<p> +He brandished one gory hand dramatically, and +with the other exhumed from a pocket of the garment +a moist and shapeless mass of brown paper +and chocolate creams. “Look at this!” he exhorted. +“It—it’s all over me! The pocket’s +a regular glue-pot! Ugh!” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_97'></a>97</span> +</p> +<p> +Laurie looked and his shoulders heaved. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, Kewpie!” he gurgled, contrition—or +something—quite overmastering him. “I’m +s-s-so s-s-sorry!” +</p> +<p> +Kewpie regarded him scathingly a moment, +while syrupy globules detached themselves from +the exhibit and ran along his wrist. Finally he +exploded: “Sorry! Yes, you are!” +</p> +<p> +Whereupon the door closed behind him with an +indignant crash, and Laurie, unable longer to contain +his sorrow, dropped his head on his books and +gave way to it unrestrainedly. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_98'></a>98</span><a name='chIX' id='chIX'></a>CHAPTER IX—LAURIE HEARS NEWS</h2> +<p> +October arrived with the first touch of +cooler weather, and the football candidates, +who had panted and perspired under summer conditions +for a fortnight, took heart. Among these +was Ned. Laurie, who at first had had to alternate +sympathy and severity in order to keep his +brother’s courage to the sticking-point, now found +that his encouragement was no longer needed. +Ned was quite as much in earnest as any fellow +who wore canvas. Probably he was not destined +ever to become a mighty player, for he seemed +to lack that quality which coaches, unable to describe, +call football instinct. But he had made +progress—surprising progress when it is considered +that he had known virtually nothing of the +game two weeks before. +</p> +<p> +Laurie, whose afternoons were still absorbed by +baseball, viewed Ned’s efforts as something of a +joke, much to the latter’s chagrin, and continued +to do so until a chance conversation with Thurman +Kendrick opened his eyes. Hop had come +across one forenoon to borrow some notes and had +tarried a moment to talk. In those days, when +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_99'></a>99</span> +Hop talked he talked of just one subject, and +that subject was football, and he introduced it +to-day. +</p> +<p> +“We’ve got to do better to-morrow than we did +last week,” he said earnestly, “or we’ll get +licked hard. Cole’s was fairly easy, but Highland +is a tough customer. Our trouble so far has +been slowness, and Highland’s as fast as they +make them. Somehow, Mulford doesn’t seem able +to get any pep into our bunch. The line isn’t so +bad, but the back field’s like cold glue.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s up to the quarter, isn’t it?” asked +Laurie, anxious to prove himself not absolutely +ignorant of the subject. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, partly; but it’s up to the coach first. +If the backs aren’t used to working fast, the +quarter can’t make them. Frank Brattle’s a +good quarter, Nod. I sort of wish he wasn’t so +good!” +</p> +<p> +“Meaning you’d have a better chance of swiping +his job?” smiled Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, I’ll never do that; but if he wasn’t so +good I’d get in more often. The best I can +hope for this year is to get in for maybe a full +period in the Farview game. Anyway, I’ll get +my letter, and maybe next year I’ll land in the +position. Frank’s a senior, you know.” +</p> +<p> +“Is he? I haven’t seen much practice so far. +Baseball keeps me pretty busy.” +</p> +<p> +“How are you getting on?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_100'></a>100</span> +</p> +<p> +“Slow, I’m afraid. Anyway, you could easily +tell Babe Ruth and me apart!” +</p> +<p> +“I guess you’re doing better than you let on,” +said Hop. “If you’re as good at baseball as your +brother is at football, you’ll do.” +</p> +<p> +“I guess I am,” laughed Laurie; “just about!” +</p> +<p> +“Well, Nid is surely coming fast,” replied Hop, +gravely. “He’s been doing some nice work the +last few days.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie stared. “Say, what are you doing, Hop? +Stringing me?” he demanded. +</p> +<p> +“Stringing you?” Hop looked puzzled. “Why, +no. How do you mean?” +</p> +<p> +“About Ned. Do you mean that he’s really +playing football?” +</p> +<p> +“Why, of course I do. Didn’t you know it?” +</p> +<p> +Laurie shook his head. “He’s been telling +me a lot of stuff, but I thought he was just talking, +the way I’ve been, to sort of keep his courage up.” +</p> +<p> +“Nonsense! Nid’s doing mighty well. I don’t +know how much experience he’s had; some ways +he acts sort of green; but he’s got Mason worried, +I guess. If he had another fifteen pounds +he’d make the team sure. As it is, I wouldn’t +be surprised to see him play a whole lot this fall. +You see, he’s a pretty good punter, Nod, and +yesterday he blossomed out as a drop-kicker, too. +Landed the ball over from about the thirty yards +and from a hard angle. Mason doesn’t do any +kicking, and it’s no bad thing to have a fellow in +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_101'></a>101</span> +the back field who can help Pope out in a pinch. +It’s his kicking ability that’ll get him on if anything +does.” +</p> +<p> +“I see,” said Laurie, thoughtfully. “Well, I’m +mighty glad. To tell the truth, Hop, Ned hasn’t +had an awful lot of experience. He’s had to +bluff a good deal.” +</p> +<p> +“I suspected something of the sort from seeing +him work the first week or so. And then Kewpie +said something that sort of lined up with the +idea. Well, he’s working hard and he’s making +good. Much obliged for these, Nod. I’ll fetch +them back in ten minutes.” +</p> +<p> +When Kendrick had taken his departure Laurie +stared thoughtfully for a minute into space. Finally +he shook his head and smiled. “Good old +Ned!” he murmured. “I’m sorry I ragged him +so. Gee, I’ll have to buckle down to my own job +or he’ll leave me at the post!” +</p> +<p> +After practice that afternoon, Laurie and Lee +picked up George and Bob Starling at the tennis-courts, +and, after changing into “cits,” went +around to the doctor’s porch and joined a dozen +other lads who were engaged in drinking Miss +Tabitha’s weak tea and eating her soul-satisfying +layer-cake. After a half-hour of batting and +fielding practice and a five-inning game between +the first team and the scrubs, Laurie was in a +most receptive mood as far as refreshments were +concerned. Miss Tabitha made an ideal hostess, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_102'></a>102</span> +for she left conversation to the guests and occupied +herself in seeing that cups and plates were +kept filled. No one had yet discovered the number +of helpings of cake that constituted Miss +Tabitha’s limit of hospitality, and there was a +story of a junior so depressed by homesickness +that he had absent-mindedly consumed six wedges +of it and was being urged to a seventh when some +inner voice uttered a saving warning. In spite +of very healthy appetites, none of the quartette +sought to compete with that record, but Laurie +and George did allow themselves to be persuaded +to third helpings, declining most politely until +they feared to decline any more. Before they had +finished, the doctor joined the group and made +himself very agreeable, telling several funny stories +that set every one laughing and caused a +small junior—it was the cherub-faced youth who +sat at Laurie’s table in the dining-hall and whose +career thus far had proved anything but that of a +cherub—to swallow a mouthful of mocha cake the +wrong way, with disastrous results. During the +ensuing confusion the quartette took their departure. +At the gate Bob Starling said: +</p> +<p> +“By the way, fellows, I spoke to Dad about +that tennis-court, and he’s written to the agent +for permission. He says there won’t be any +trouble; and if there is, he’ll agree to put the +garden back the way we found it and erect a new +arbor.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_103'></a>103</span> +</p> +<p> +“What will it be?” asked George. “Sod or +gravel?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, gravel. You couldn’t get a sod court in +shape under a year, and I want to use it this +fall. I’m going to look around to-morrow for +some one to do the job. Know who does that +sort of work here—Lee?” +</p> +<p> +“No, but I suppose you get a contractor; one +of those fellows who build roads and stone walls +and things.” +</p> +<p> +“I’d ask at the court-house,” said Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“At the court—oh, that’s a punk one!” jeered +Bob. “See you later, fellows!” +</p> +<p> +The game with Highland Academy was played +across the river at Lookout, and most of the fellows +went. In spite of Hop Kendrick’s pessimistic +prophecy, Hillman’s took command of the situation +in the first quarter and held it undisturbed +to the final whistle. The contest was, if not extremely +fast, well played by both teams, and the +hosts refused to acknowledge defeat until the end. +Captain Stevenson, at left tackle, was the bright, +particular star of the day, with the redoubtable +Pope a good second. +</p> +<p> +It was Joe Stevenson’s capture of a fumbled +ball in the first five minutes of play and his amazing +run through the enemy ranks that produced +the initial score. Pope kicked an easy goal after +Slavin, right half, had plunged through for a +touch-down. Later in the game, Pope had added +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_104'></a>104</span> +three more points by a place-kick from the forty-two +yards. Highland twice reached the Blue’s +ten-yard line, the first time losing the ball on +downs, and the next attempting a forward pass +that went astray. Her one opportunity to score +by a kick was wrecked by no other than Kewpie, +who, having substituted Holmes at the beginning +of the second half, somehow shot his hundred and +seventy pounds through the defense and met the +pigskin with his nose. Kewpie presented a disreputable +appearance for several days, but was +given due honor. Hillman’s returned across the +Hudson in the twilight of early October with exultant +cheers and songs. +</p> +<p> +Ned watched that game from the substitutes’ +bench, just as he had watched the two preceding +contests, but a newly awakened <em>esprit de corps</em> +forbade complaining. When Laurie sympathetically +observed that he thought it was time Mulford +gave Ned a chance in a real game, Ned responded +with dignity, almost with severity, that +he guessed the coach knew his business. +</p> +<p> +The first of the month—or, to be exact, the +fourth—brought the twins their monthly allowances, +and one of the first things Laurie did was +to go to the little blue shop on Pine Street and +pay his bill, which had reached its prescribed +limit several days before. Ned went, too, although +he didn’t display much enthusiasm over +the mission. Ned held that, having created a bill, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_105'></a>105</span> +it was all wrong deliberately to destroy it. To +his mind, a bill was something to cherish and preserve. +Laurie, however, pointed out that, since +one was prohibited from further transactions at +the Widow’s, even on a cash basis, as long as one +owed money there, it would be wise to cancel +the debts. Ned recognized the wisdom of the +statement and reluctantly parted with ninety-seven +cents. +</p> +<p> +Since it was only a little after two o’clock, the +shop was empty when the twins entered, and +Polly and her mother were just finishing their +lunch in the back room. It was Polly who answered +the tinkle of the bell and who, after some +frowning and turning of pages in the account-book, +canceled the indebtedness. +</p> +<p> +“Now,” said Ned, “I guess I’ll have a cream-cake. +Want one, Laurie?” +</p> +<p> +Laurie did, in spite of the fact that it was +less than an hour since dinner. Mrs. Deane appeared +at the door, observed the proceeding, and +smiled. +</p> +<p> +“I’m real glad to see you’re still alive,” +she said to Ned. “I guess he must take very +good care of you.” +</p> +<p> +“Yes’m, I do,” Laurie assured her gravely. +</p> +<p> +Ned laughed scornfully, or as scornfully as it +was possible to laugh with his mouth full. “You +shouldn’t believe everything he tells you, Mrs. +Deane. I have to look after him like a baby. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_106'></a>106</span> +Why, he wouldn’t get down in time for +breakfast if I didn’t put most of his clothes on.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s no joke, either,” retorted Laurie, +“about you putting my clothes on. You’re wearing +one of my collars and my best socks right +now, and—yes, sir, that’s my blue tie!” +</p> +<p> +“Wait a bit, partner! Where’d you get that +shirt you’re wearing?” +</p> +<p> +“That’s different,” answered Laurie, with dignity. +“Mine are all in the wash. Besides, it’s +an old one and you never wear it.” +</p> +<p> +“I never get a chance to wear it!” +</p> +<p> +“It must be very convenient for you,” said Mrs. +Deane, smilingly, “to be able to wear each other’s +things. Polly, I guess there won’t be any one +else in for a while; maybe they’d like to see your +garden.” +</p> +<p> +Being assured that they would, Polly led the +way through the back room, a pleasant, sunny +apartment evidently combining the duties of kitchen +and dining-room, and out to a little back +porch shaded by morning-glories and nasturtiums +that fairly ran riot over the green lattice. There +was a braided rug on the floor and a small rocker +and a tiny table on which were books and a magazine +or two. The books were evidently Polly’s +school books, for they were held together by a +strap. +</p> +<p> +The twins liked that garden. It wasn’t very +large, for when the peculiar Mr. Coventry had +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_107'></a>107</span> +divided the estate he had placed the high board +fence very close to the little frame dwelling; but +perhaps its very smallness made it seem more attractive. +Narrow beds encompassed it on three +sides, and a gravel walk followed the beds. In the +tiny square inside, a small rustic arbor, covered +with climbing rose-vines, held a seat that, as +was presently proved, accommodated three very +comfortably. +</p> +<p> +But before they were allowed to sit down the +boys had to be shown many things: the hollyhocks +against the back fence, the flowering almond +that had been brought all the way from the +old home in New Jersey,—and had never quite +made up its mind whether to die of homesickness +or go on living,—the bed of lilies-of-the-valley +that just <em>wouldn’t</em> keep out of the path and many +other floral treasures. Nasturtiums and morning-glories +and scarlet sage and crinkly-edged white +and lavender petunias were still blossoming gaily, +and there was even a cluster of white roses on the +arbor, for, so far, no frost had come. The twins +admired properly and Polly was all smiles, until +suddenly she said, “O-oh!” and faced them reproachfully. +</p> +<p> +“You’ve just let me go on and be perfectly ridiculous!” +she charged. “I don’t think it’s a +bit nice of you!” +</p> +<p> +“Why, what—how do you mean?” stammered +Ned. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_108'></a>108</span> +</p> +<p> +“You have the most wonderful flowers in the +world in California, and you know it!” she replied +severely; “and you’ve let me show you +these poor little things as if—as if they were anything +at all in comparison! I forgot you came +from California.” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe we didn’t tell you,” offered Laurie. +“Anyway, your flowers—” +</p> +<p> +“In California they have hedges of geraniums +and roses climb right over the houses, and orange-trees +and palms and everything,” interrupted +Polly, breathlessly. “Why, this garden +must seem perfectly—perfectly <em>awful</em> to you!” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t you believe it!” denied Ned. “Flowers +and things do grow bigger, I suppose, out our +way; but they aren’t a bit prettier, are they, +Laurie?” +</p> +<p> +“Not so pretty,” answered the other, earnestly. +“Besides, <em>I</em> never saw a geranium hedge in my life. +Maybe they have them in some places, like Pasadena, +but there isn’t <em>one</em> in Santa Lucia, honest. +There isn’t, is there, Ned?” +</p> +<p> +“<em>I</em> never saw one. And palms aren’t awfully +pretty. They get sort of scraggly-looking sometimes. +Honest, Polly, I never saw a garden any +prettier and cuter than this is. Of course, some +are bigger and—and more magnificent—” +</p> +<p> +“Who wants a magnificent garden?” demanded +Laurie, scornfully. “What have you got in the +box, Polly?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_109'></a>109</span> +</p> +<p> +Comforted, Polly smiled again. “That’s Antoinette,” +she said. “Come and see.” +</p> +<p> +Antoinette lived in a wooden box in the shelter +of the porch, and had long ears and very blue eyes +and a nose that twitched funnily when they approached. +In short, Antoinette was a fluffy +smoke-gray rabbit. “She has a dreadfully long +pedigree,” said Polly, as she took Antoinette out +and snuggled her in her arms. +</p> +<p> +“Has she?” murmured Laurie. “I thought it +looked rather short.” +</p> +<p> +“A pedigree isn’t a <em>tail</em>, you idiot,” said Ned, +scathingly. “She’s awfully pretty, Polly. Will +she bite?” +</p> +<p> +“Of course not! At least, not unless you look +like a cabbage-leaf.” +</p> +<p> +“I wouldn’t take a chance,” Laurie advised. +“Any one who’s as green as you are—” +</p> +<p> +“She <em>tries</em> to eat ’most everything,” said Polly, +“but she likes cabbage and lettuce and carrots +best.” +</p> +<p> +“I wish I had a cabbage,” muttered Laurie, +searching his pockets; “or a carrot. You haven’t +a carrot with you, have you, Ned?” +</p> +<p> +“You’re the silliest boys!” laughed Polly, returning +Antoinette to her box. “Let’s go and +sit down a minute.” And when they were on the +seat under the arbor and she had smoothed her +skirt and tucked a pair of rather soiled white +canvas shoes from sight, she announced, “There! +Now you can make up a verse about something!” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_110'></a>110</span><a name='chX' id='chX'></a>CHAPTER X—POLLY ENTERTAINS</h2> +<p> +“Make up a—what did you say?” asked Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Make up a verse,” answered Polly, placidly. +“As you did the other day when you went +out. Don’t you remember?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh!” Laurie looked somewhat embarrassed +and a trifle silly. “Why, you see—we only do +that when—when—” +</p> +<p> +“When we have inspiration,” aided Ned, glibly. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, that’s it, inspiration! We—we have to +have inspiration.” +</p> +<p> +“I’m sure Antoinette ought to be enough inspiration +to any poet,” returned Polly, laughing. +“You know you never saw a more beautiful rabbit +in your life—lives, I mean.” +</p> +<p> +Ned looked inquiringly at Laurie. Then he +said, “Well, maybe if I close my eyes a minute—” +He suited action to word. Polly viewed him with +eager interest; Laurie, with misgiving. Finally, +after a moment of silent suspense, his eyelids +flickered and: +</p> +<p> +“O Antoinette, most lovely of thy kind!” he declaimed. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_111'></a>111</span> +</p> +<p> +“Thou eatest cabbages and watermelon rind!” +finished Laurie, promptly. +</p> +<p> +Polly clapped her hands, but her approval was +short-lived. “But she doesn’t eatest watermelon +rind,” she declared indignantly. “I’m sure it +wouldn’t be at all good for her!” +</p> +<p> +Laurie grinned. “That’s what we call poetic +license,” he explained. “When you make a +rhyme, sometimes you’ve got to—to sacrifice +truth for—in the interests of—I mean, you’ve got +to think of the <em>sound</em>! ‘Kind’ and ‘carrot’ +wouldn’t sound <em>right</em>, don’t you see?” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I’m sure watermelon rind doesn’t +sound right, either,” objected Polly; “not for a +rabbit. Rabbits have very delicate digestions.” +</p> +<p> +“We might change it,” offered Ned. “How +would this do? +</p> +<p> + “O Antoinette, more lovely than a parrot,<br /> + Thou dost subsist on cabbages and carrot.”<br /> +</p> +<p> +“That’s silly,” said Polly, scornfully. +</p> +<p> +“Poetry usually is silly,” Ned answered. +</p> +<p> +Laurie, who had been gazing raptly at his +shoes, broke forth exultantly. “I’ve got it!” he +cried. “Listen! +</p> +<p> + “O Antoinette, most beauteous of rabbits,<br /> + Be mine and I will feed thee naught but cabbits!”<br /> +</p> +<div><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_112'></a>112</span></div> +<p> +A brief silence followed. Then Ned asked, +“What are cabbits?” +</p> +<p> +“Cabbits are vegetables,” replied Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“I never heard of them,” said Polly, wrinkling +her forehead. +</p> +<p> +“Neither did any one else,” laughed Ned. “He +just made them up to rhyme with rabbits.” +</p> +<p> +“A cabbit,” said Laurie, loftily, “is something +between a cabbage and a carrot.” +</p> +<p> +“What does it look like?” giggled Polly. +</p> +<p> +Laurie blinked. “We-ell, you’ve seen a—you’ve +seen an artichoke, haven’t you?” Polly +nodded and Laurie blinked again. “And you’ve +seen a—a mangel-wurzel?” +</p> +<p> +“No, I don’t think so.” +</p> +<p> +“Then I don’t see how I can tell you,” said +Laurie, evidently relieved, “because a cabbit is +more like a mangel-wurzel than anything else. +Of course, it’s not so deciduous, and the shape +is different; it’s more obvate than a mangel-wurzel; +more—” he swept his hands vaguely in air—“more +phenomenal.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, dry up,” said Ned, grinning. “How’d +you like to have to put up with an idiot like that +all your life, Polly? The worst of it is, folks +sometimes mistake him for me!” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, it’s awful, but I manage to bear up under +it,” Laurie sighed. +</p> +<p> +“How did you ever come to think of making +those funny rhymes?” Polly asked. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_113'></a>113</span> +</p> +<p> +“Oh, we had measles once, about four years +ago,” said Ned. “We always had everything together—measles, +whooping-cough, scarlet fever, +everything. And when we were getting over it +they wouldn’t let us read and so we made up +rhymes. I forget whose idea it was. I’d make +up one line and Laurie would make up the other, +or the other way round. The idea was to have the +last word of the first line so hard that the other +fellow couldn’t rhyme to it. But I guess I only +stuck Laurie once. Then the word was lemon.” +</p> +<p> +“You didn’t really stick me then,” Laurie denied. +“I rhymed it with demon. You said they +didn’t rhyme, but I showed you a rhyming dictionary +that said they did.” +</p> +<p> +“The dictionary said it was an imperfect rhyme, +Laurie, and—” +</p> +<p> +“Just the same, a rhyme’s a rhyme. Say, Ned, +remember the one we made up about Miss +Yetter?” Ned nodded and grinned. “Miss +Yetter was our nurse. We thought it was pretty +clever, but she didn’t like it. +</p> +<p> + “When feeling ill send for Miss Yetter.<br /> + If you don’t die, she’ll make you better.”<br /> +</p> +<p> +“She was quite insulted about it,” laughed Ned, +“and told Dad; and he tried to lecture us, but we +got laughing so he couldn’t. We made rhymes +all the time for a while and nearly drove folks +crazy; and finally Dad said if we didn’t stop it +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_114'></a>114</span> +he’d whale us. And I said, ‘All right, sir, we’ll +try not to do it’; and Laurie, the chump, butted +in with, ‘’Cause if we do, we know we’ll rue it!’ +We nearly got the licking right then!” +</p> +<p> +“You <em>are</em> funny!” laughed Polly. “Is your +mother—haven’t you—” +</p> +<p> +“She died when we were kids,” answered +Laurie. “I just remember her, but Ned doesn’t.” +</p> +<p> +“You think you do. You’ve just heard Dad, +and nurse talk about her. We were only four +when Mother died.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie looked unconvinced, but didn’t argue +the matter. Instead he asked, “Your father’s +dead, isn’t he, Polly?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, he died when I was eight. He was a +dear, and I missed him just terribly. Mother +says I look like him. He was very tall and was +always laughing. Mother says he laughed so +much he didn’t have time for anything else. +She means that he wasn’t—wasn’t very successful. +We were very poor when he died. But +I guess he was lots nicer than he would have +been if he had just been—successful. I guess +the most successful man in this town is Mr. +Sparks, the banker, and no one has ever seen him +laugh once. And Uncle Peter was successful, +too, I suppose; and he was just as sour and ill-tempered +as anything. He wasn’t my real uncle, +but I called him that because Mother said it +would please him. It didn’t seem to.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_115'></a>115</span> +</p> +<p> +“Was that Mr. Coventry?” asked Laurie. +“The mis—I mean the man who lived in the big +square house over there?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes. And I don’t mind your calling him +the miser, because that is just what he was. He +was Mother’s half-brother, but he didn’t act as +if he was even a quarter-brother! He was always +just as horrid as he could be. When Father +died he wrote Mother to come here and he would +provide her with a home. And when we came, +we found he meant that Mother was to live here +and pay him rent. She didn’t have enough money +to do that, and so Uncle Peter made the front +of the house into a store and bought some things +for her and made her sign a mortgage or something. +When he died, we thought maybe he had +left Mother a little; but there wasn’t any will, +and not much property, either—just the big +house on Walnut Street and this place and about +two thousand dollars. When the property was divided, +Mother got the other heirs to let her have +this as her portion of the estate, but she had +to pay four hundred and fifty dollars for it. That +took about all she had saved and more, and so +we haven’t been able to do much to the house +yet.” +</p> +<p> +“It doesn’t look as if it needed much doing +to,” said Ned, critically. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, but it does! It needs a new coat of paint, +for one thing. And some of the blinds are broken. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_116'></a>116</span> +And there ought to be a furnace in it. Stoves +don’t really keep it warm in winter. Some day +we’ll fix it up nicely, though. As soon as I get +through high school, I’m going to work and +make a lot of money.” +</p> +<p> +“Attaboy!” approved Ned. “What are you +going to do, Polly?” +</p> +<p> +“I’m learning stenography and typewriting, +and Mr. Farmer, the lawyer,—he’s the one who +got the others to let Mother have the house when +Uncle Peter’s estate was settled,—says he will +find a place for me in his office. He’s awfully +nice. Some stenographers make lots of money, +don’t they?” +</p> +<p> +“I guess so,” Ned agreed. “There’s a woman +in Dad’s office who gets eighteen dollars a week.” +</p> +<p> +Polly clasped her hands delightedly. “Maybe +I wouldn’t get that much, though. I guess Mr. +Farmer doesn’t pay his stenographer very high +wages. Maybe I’d get twelve dollars, though. +Don’t you think I might?” +</p> +<p> +“Sure!” said Laurie. “Don’t you let any one +tell you any different. Didn’t folks think that +your Uncle Peter left more money than was found, +Polly?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, yes; but no one really knew. The lawyers +looked everywhere. If he did have any more, +he must have hidden it away pretty well. They +looked all through the house and dug holes in the +cellar floor. It was very exciting. Mother thinks +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_117'></a>117</span> +he lost what money he had speculating in stocks +and things. He used to go to New York about +four times a year. No one knew what he did +there, not even Hilary; but Mother thinks he +went to see men who deal in stocks and that they +got his money away from him.” +</p> +<p> +“Who is Hilary?” Laurie inquired. +</p> +<p> +“Hilary was a colored man that Uncle had +had a long time. It seemed to me that if Uncle +had had much money, Hilary would have known +about it; and he didn’t.” +</p> +<p> +“Where is he now? Hilary, I mean,” added +Laurie, somewhat unnecessarily. +</p> +<p> +“I don’t know. He went away a little while +after Uncle Peter died. He said he was going +to New York, I think.” +</p> +<p> +“You don’t suppose he took the money with +him, do you? I mean—” +</p> +<p> +“Oh no!” Polly seemed quite horrified. “Hilary +was just as honest as honest! Why, Uncle +Peter died owing him almost forty dollars and +Hilary never got a cent of it! The lawyers were +too mean for anything!” +</p> +<p> +“There’s a fellow named Starling living there +now,” Laurie said. “His father’s rented the +house for three years. Bob says that he’s going +to find the money and give it to your +mother.” +</p> +<p> +Polly laughed. “Oh, I wish that he would! +But I guess if the lawyers couldn’t find it he +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_118'></a>118</span> +never will. Lawyers, they say, can find money +when nobody else can! Is he nice?” +</p> +<p> +“Bob? Yes, he’s a dandy chap. You ought +to know him, Polly; he’s your next-door neighbor.” +</p> +<p> +“Back-door neighbor, you mean,” interpolated +Ned. +</p> +<p> +“I think I saw him in the garden one day,” said +Polly. “His father is an engineer, Mae Ferrand +says, and he’s building a big bridge for the +railway. Or maybe it’s a tunnel. I forget.” +</p> +<p> +“Is Mae Something the girl with the molasses-candy +hair you were with at the high school +game?” Laurie asked. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, but her hair isn’t like molasses candy. +It’s perfectly lovely hair. It’s like—like diluted +sunshine!” +</p> +<p> +Laurie whistled. “Gee! Did you get that, +Neddie? Well, anyway, I like dark hair better.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, I don’t! I’d love to have hair like Mae’s. +And, what do you think, she likes my hair better +than her own!” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t blame her,” said Laurie. “What do +you say, Ned?” +</p> +<p> +“I say I’ve got to beat it back and get into +football togs. What time is it?” +</p> +<p> +“Look at your own watch, you lazy loafer. +Well, come on. I say, Polly, would your mother +let you go to the game with me Saturday? That +is, if you want to, of course.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_119'></a>119</span> +</p> +<p> +“Oh, I’d love to! But—I’ll ask her, anyway. +And if she says I may, would you mind if +Mae went too? We usually go together to the +games.” +</p> +<p> +“Not a bit. I’ll be around again before Saturday +and see what she says.” +</p> +<p> +“I wouldn’t be surprised if she said yes,” remarked +Polly. “I think she must like you boys. +Anyway, you’re the first of the Hillman’s boys +she has ever let me invite out here.” +</p> +<p> +“Really? Bully for her! Wait till I say farewell +to Antoinette, ‘most beauteous of rabbits!’ +What does she twitch her nose like that for?” +</p> +<p> +“I think she’s asking for some cabbits,” replied +Polly, gravely. +</p> +<p> +“She’s making faces at you, you chump,” +said Ned, rudely. “Come on.” They returned +through the little living-room, empty save for a +big black cat asleep in a rocking-chair, and found +Mrs. Deane serving the first of the afternoon +trade in the shop beyond. They said good afternoon +to her very politely, and Polly went to the +door with them. Outside on the walk, Ned nudged +Laurie, and they paused side by side and gravely +removed their caps. +</p> +<p> +“We give you thanks and say farewell, Miss +Polly.” +</p> +<p> +“The visit’s been, indeed, most jolly!” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_120'></a>120</span><a name='chXI' id='chXI'></a>CHAPTER XI—NED SPEAKS OUT</h2> +<p> +There was a cut in the football squad that +afternoon and more than a dozen candidates +were retired, leaving twenty-eight players for the +first and scrub teams. Ned survived, as, indeed, +he expected to; for, while he knew his limitations, +neither the coach nor the captain appeared to. +Perhaps they were sometimes puzzled over flashes +of ineptitude, or perhaps they put them down to +temporary reversals of form; at least, Ned’s talent +was never seriously questioned by them. He +had settled down as a regular half-back on the +scrub eleven, although twice he had been called on +in practice scrimmages to take Mason’s place at +left half on the first squad. He was too light +to make much headway in bucking plays, and his +inability to start quickly handicapped him frequently +in running; but as a kicker he was dependable +and had developed a quite remarkable +accuracy at forward passing. Against a light +opponent or a slow one he could be counted on to +play a fairly good game, although so far he had +not been allowed the opportunity. With him on +the scrub team was Hop Kendrick at quarter, and, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_121'></a>121</span> +for a time, Kewpie at center. But Kewpie had +trained down at last to a hundred and sixty-five +pounds and was handling his weight and bulk with +a new snappiness, and a few days after Ned became +a part of the scrub outfit Kewpie was elevated +to the first team, and a much disgruntled +Holmes took his place on the second. +</p> +<p> +With the defeat of Wagner School, Hillman’s +ended her preliminary season. In that contest, +played at home, the Blue showed a new aggressiveness +and much more speed; and, while she +was able to score only one touch-down, and Pope +failed miserably at goal, every one was well satisfied. +Wagner had a strong team, and a victory +over it was no small triumph. Hillman’s line +held splendidly under the battering-ram tactics +of the adversary, and her backs were fast and +shifty. On attack, the Blue failed to gain consistently; +but in the third period, with a captured +fumble on Wagner’s thirty-three yards for encouragement, +Pope got free for half the distance, +and Slavin and Mason, alternating, worked the +enemy’s left side until the ball lay on the five-yard +line. Then a fake attack on Wagner’s right, +with Pope carrying the ball through on the left +of center, brought the only score of the day. Kewpie +proved himself that afternoon, for he was a +veritable Rock of Gibraltar on defense and a +hundred and sixty-five pounds of steel springs +on attack. The Blue team was far from a perfect +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_122'></a>122</span> +machine yet, but it seemed that Mulford had +found his parts and that only a generous oiling +was needed. +</p> +<p> +Laurie and George Watson escorted Polly and +Mae Ferrand to the game, and, although aware +of the covert grins and whispered witticisms of +acquaintances, enjoyed themselves hugely. Mae +proved to be a very jolly, wholesome sort of girl, +and her knowledge of what may be termed “inside +football” was stupendous and made both +Laurie and George rather ashamed of their ignorance. +Between the halves, Ned, arrayed in a +trailing gray blanket, joined them and promptly +became involved with Mae in a very technical argument +that no one else could follow. From the +fact that Ned retired with a rather dispirited +expression when the teams came on again, Laurie +surmised that the honors had gone to Mae. +</p> +<p> +The following Monday evening, while the enthusiasm +produced by the victory over Wagner +School was still undiminished, a second mass-meeting +was held in the auditorium to devise +means of replenishing the football treasury: +Three of the remaining five games were to be +played away from Orstead, and in two cases the +distance to be traveled was considerable and the +expenses consequently large. As Joe Stevenson +said, introducing the subject for discussion, if +Hillman’s charged admission to her home games, +it would be possible to get through a season without +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_123'></a>123</span> +asking for assistance from the student body. +“But you fellows know that that isn’t the school +policy. We are allowed to sell tickets for the Farview +game only, and, while we make about four +hundred and fifty dollars as our share, that +doesn’t go very far against the season’s outlay. +We have to pay from seventy-five to a hundred and +twenty-five dollars to every team that comes here +to play us. When we go away we seldom make +enough to pay our expenses. In the Highland +game, because it cost us almost nothing for fares, +we did. At the present moment we have a cash +balance on hand of forty-three dollars, and our +liabilities, including Mr. Mulford’s salary for the +remainder of the season, are about eight hundred +dollars. +</p> +<p> +“The manager estimates that we’ll have to +incur added expenses for about a hundred and +twenty dollars for Farview game tickets and +new supplies. In short, we shall have to pay out, +before the season ends, about nine hundred dollars. +Against that we have on hand forty-three +dollars, and in prospect something like five hundred, +leaving us about three hundred and fifty +in the hole. +</p> +<p> +“There has been talk of cutting out the Lansing +and Whittier games, but that wouldn’t make +enough difference. Besides, it would give us a +black eye to cancel games as late as this. We +might save perhaps seventy dollars if we did, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_124'></a>124</span> +but it would cost us ten times that in public +estimation. As far as I can see, fellows, if +we’re going to have a football team, we’ve got +to pay for it. We’ve asked permission to charge +admission, even a nominal one, to all games, but +the faculty is against it. And we have asked to +have a regular assessment made against each +student. To many of us that would seem the +fairer and most satisfactory way of meeting the +emergency. But the faculty doesn’t like that +any better than the other proposition. So I guess +it’s up to us, each and every one of us, to dig +down and produce the coin. +</p> +<p> +“We need three hundred and fifty dollars at +least. That means that every fellow in school +must pony up four dollars, or, rather, that the +average must be four dollars each. Some of you +can’t give so much, probably, and a few can give +more. I’d like to hear from you, please. Don’t +be afraid to say what you think. We want to +get together on this matter and thrash it out, +if it takes until ten o’clock. Any one who has +any suggestion to offer or anything to say will +be heard. Come on, somebody!” +</p> +<p> +There were plenty of speakers: Dave Brewster, +the baseball captain, Dan Whipple, senior class +president, Lew Cooper, upper middle class president, +Dave Murray, the manager of the team, +Craig Jones, for the lower middlers, and many +others, Some subscribed to the donation scheme, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_125'></a>125</span> +others opposed it. Cooper suggested an appeal +to the school alumni. Brewster pointed out that +the effort would cost money and that the result +would be uncertain and, in any case, slow. An increase +in the price of tickets to the Farview game +was discussed and the idea abandoned. An hour +passed and the meeting was getting nowhere. +Some of the younger boys had already withdrawn. +A tall, lantern-jawed youth had charged the football +committee with extravagance, and Dave +Murray had bitterly resented the allegation. Ned, +who, with Laurie and Lee Murdock, was seated +near the back of the hall, had shown signs of +restiveness for some time and had been muttering +to himself. Now, to the surprise of his companions, +he jumped to his feet and demanded +recognition: +</p> +<p> +“Mr. Chairman!” +</p> +<p> +“Mister—” Dan Whipple pointed a finger at +Ned and nodded. +</p> +<p> +“Turner,” prompted Kewpie from a front seat. +</p> +<p> +“Mr. Turner,” encouraged the chairman. +</p> +<p> +“I’d like to say that I never heard so much +talking and saw so little action,” began Ned, +impatiently. “What’s the matter with some one +saying something useful instead of just chewing +the rag?” +</p> +<p> +“You tell ’em,” piped a small junior, above the +applause and laughter. +</p> +<p> +“All right! I’ll tell you fellows that you’re +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_126'></a>126</span> +a lot of pikers to hesitate to pledge three or four +hundred dollars to keep your team going. Where +I come from we had to have a new grand stand +two years ago, and we called a meeting like this +and we raised seven hundred dollars in thirty-five +minutes in cash and pledges. There were a lot +more of us, but half of us would have felt like +Rockefellers if we’d ever found a whole half-dollar +in our pockets! Some of us gave as high +as five dollars, but not many. Most of us pledged +two dollars; and those who didn’t have two dollars +went out and worked until they’d made it, +by jingo! And we got our grand stand up inside +of two weeks, in time for the big baseball +game.” +</p> +<p> +There was real applause this time, and those +in the front of the hall had swung around to have +a look at the earnest youth who was calling them +names. +</p> +<p> +“That’s one way of getting the money,” continued +Ned, warming up finely, “but there’s +another. Out my way—” +</p> +<p> +“Say, where do you come from?” called some +one. +</p> +<p> +“I come from California,” answered Ned, +proudly. “Maybe you’ve heard of it!” +</p> +<p> +“Attaboy!” shouted Kewpie. “Swing your +leg, Nid!” +</p> +<p> +“When we want to raise some money out there +and folks are too stingy to give it outright, we +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_127'></a>127</span> +take it away from them another way. We get +up a fête. We give them a good time and they +pay for it. Why not try it here? I don’t know +how many folks there are in this burg, but I reckon +there are enough to part with three or four hundred +dollars. Give them an excuse to spend their +money and they’ll spend it!” +</p> +<p> +Ned sat down amid loud applause, and Dave +Brewster was recognized, although half a dozen +others were clamoring for speech. +</p> +<p> +“Turner’s said something, fellows,” declared +Brewster. “The idea’s worth considering. +We’ve never tackled the town folks for money, +and there’s no reason why they shouldn’t come +across. They’ve come to our games for years +without paying a cent, except for the Farview +game, and it wouldn’t hurt them to give a little +to a good cause. I don’t know what sort of a +fête Turner has in mind, but I should think we +might get up something that would do the business.” +</p> +<p> +“Mr. Chairman,” said Kewpie, “I move that +a committee of three be appointed by the chair, +to include Nid,—I mean Mr. Turner,—to consider +the—the matter of giving a fête to raise the +money.” +</p> +<p> +“Seconded!” +</p> +<p> +“You have heard the motion,” droned Whipple. +“All those in favor will so signify by saying +‘Aye.’ Contrary, ‘No.’ Moved and carried. I +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_128'></a>128</span> +will appoint the presidents of the senior and +upper middle classes and Mr. Turner to the committee, +three in all. Is it the sense of this meeting +that your committee is to report to it at a subsequent +meeting, or is it to have authority to proceed +with the matter if it decides that the scheme +is a good one?” +</p> +<p> +“Full authority, Mr. Chairman!” “Let ’em go +ahead with it!” “Sure! That’s what we want. +Let’s have action!” +</p> +<p> +“Is there any other business? Then I declare +the meeting adjourned!” +</p> +<p> +Whipple captured Ned on the way out. “We’d +better get together right away on this, Turner,” +he said. “Can you meet Cooper and me at my +room to-morrow at twelve?” +</p> +<p> +Ned agreed, and he and Laurie and Lee went +on. “What I’d like to know,” remarked +Laurie, after a moment’s silence, “is how you’re +going to have a fête in a place like this. The +weather’s too cold for it.” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe it will be warmer,” answered Ned, +cheerfully. “Besides, we don’t have to have it +outdoors.” +</p> +<p> +“It wouldn’t be a fête if you didn’t,” sniffed +the other. +</p> +<p> +“Well, what’s the difference? Call it anything +you like. The big thing is to get the +money.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_129'></a>129</span> +</p> +<p> +“You had your cheek with you to talk the way +you did,” chuckled Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“He talked sense, though,” asserted Lee, +warmly. +</p> +<p> +“Of course. The Turners always do.” Laurie +steered Ned toward the entrance of East Hall. +“Well, good night, Lee. See you at the fête!” +</p> +<p> +Upstairs, Ned tossed his cap to the bed, plumped +himself into a chair at the table, and drew paper +and pencil to him. “Now,” he said, “let’s figure +this out. I’ve got to talk turkey to those +fellows to-morrow. What’s your idea, partner?” +</p> +<p> +“Hey, where do you get that stuff?” demanded +Laurie. “Why drag me into it? It’s not my +fête. I don’t own it.” +</p> +<p> +“Shut up and sit down there before I punch +your head. You’ve got to help with this. The +honor of the Turners is at stake!” +</p> +<p> +So Laurie subsided and for more than an hour +he and Ned racked their brains and gradually the +plan took shape. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_130'></a>130</span><a name='chXII' id='chXII'></a>CHAPTER XII—THE COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS</h2> +<p> +“It’s like this,” explained Ned. He and Laurie +and Polly and Mae Ferrand were in the little +garden behind the shop. The girls were on the +bench and the boys were seated on the turf before +the arbor, their knees encircled with their +arms. A few yards away Antoinette eyed them +gravely and twitched her nose. On the porch +step, Towser, the big black cat, blinked benignly, +sometimes shifting his gaze to the branches of +the maple in the next yard, where an impudent +black-and-white woodpecker was seeking a late +luncheon. +</p> +<p> +“There are two sub-committees,” continued +Ned, earnestly. “Whipple and Cooper are the +Committee on Finance and Publicity, and Laurie +and I are the Committee on Arrangements. I told +them I had to have help and so they took Laurie +in.” +</p> +<p> +“No thanks to you,” grumbled Laurie, who +was, however, secretly much pleased. +</p> +<p> +“It’s going to be next Saturday afternoon and +evening, and this is Tuesday, and so there isn’t +much time. We were afraid to make it any later +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_131'></a>131</span> +because the weather might get too cold. Besides, +the team needs the money right off. I looked in +an almanac and it said that next Saturday would +be fair and warm, so that’s all right.” +</p> +<p> +“But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes +sometimes?” asked Polly. “I know ours does. +When we had our high-school picnic, the almanac +said ‘showers’ and it was a perfectly gorgeous +day. I carried my mackintosh around all day +and it was a perfect nuisance. Don’t you remember, +Mae?” +</p> +<p> +“Well, you’ve got to believe in something,” +declared Ned. “Anyway, we’re going to have it +at Bob Starling’s, and if it’s too cold outdoors, +we’ll move inside.” +</p> +<p> +“You mean at Uncle Peter’s?” exclaimed Polly. +</p> +<p> +“Yes. We thought of having it at school first, +but Mr. Hillman didn’t like it much; and besides, +the fellows would be inside without having +to pay to get there! You see, it’s going to cost +every one a quarter just to get in.” +</p> +<p> +“And how much to get out?” asked Mae, innocently. +</p> +<p> +Ned grinned. “As much as we can get away +from them. There’ll be twelve booths to sell +things in—” +</p> +<p> +“What sort of things?” Polly inquired. +</p> +<p> +“All sorts. Eats and drinks and everything. +We’re getting the storekeepers to donate things. +So far they’ve just given us things that they +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_132'></a>132</span> +haven’t been able to sell, a pile of junk; but +we’re going to stop that. Biddle, the hardware +man, gave us a dozen cheap pocket-knives, but +he’s got to come across again. We’ve been +to only eight of them so far, but we haven’t +done so worse. Guess we’ve got enough truck +for one booth already. And then there’ll be one +of them for a rummage sale. We’re going to +get each of the fellows to give us something for +that, and I’ll bet we’ll have a fine lot of truck. +Each booth will represent a college and be decorated +in the proper colors: Yale, Harvard, Princeton, +and so on. And—and now it’s your turn, +Laurie.” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, I notice that I always have to do the +dirty work,” said the other. He hugged his knees +tighter, rolled over on his back for inspiration, +and, when he again faced his audience on the +bench, smiled his nicest. “Here’s where you +girls come in,” he announced. “We want you +two to take two of the booths and get a girl for +each of the others. Want to?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, it would be darling!” cried Polly. +</p> +<p> +“I’d love to!” said Mae. +</p> +<p> +“Only—” +</p> +<p> +“Only—” +</p> +<p> +“Only what!” asked Ned, as the girls viewed +each other doubtfully. +</p> +<p> +“I’m not sure Mother would let me,” sighed +Polly. “Do you think she would, Mae?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_133'></a>133</span> +</p> +<p> +“I don’t believe so. And I don’t believe Mama +would let me. She—she’s awfully particular that +way.” +</p> +<p> +“Gee!” said Ned, in disappointed tones, “I +don’t see why not! It isn’t as if—” +</p> +<p> +“Of course it isn’t,” agreed Laurie. “Besides, +your mothers would be there too!” +</p> +<p> +“Would they?” asked Mae, uncertainly. +</p> +<p> +“Of course! Every one’s coming! What +harm would there be in it? You can do things +for—for charity that you can’t do any other time! +All you’d have to do would be to just stand +behind the booth and sell things. It won’t be +hard. Everything will have the price marked on +it and—” +</p> +<p> +“You won’t need to go by the prices always, +though,” interpolated Ned. “I mean, if you can +get more than the thing is marked, you’d better +do it! And then there’s the—the costumes, +Laurie.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, yes, I forgot. We’d like each girl to sort +of wear something that would sort of match the +college she represented—sort of,” he explained +apologetically. “If you had the Yale booth, you +could wear a dark-blue waist, and so on. Do +you think that would be possible?” +</p> +<p> +Polly giggled. “We might ask Stella Hatch to +take the Harvard booth, Mae. With her hair, +she wouldn’t have to dress much!” +</p> +<p> +“And you and Polly could take your first pick,” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_134'></a>134</span> +observed Laurie, craftily. “You’d look swell +as—as Dartmouth, Mae!” +</p> +<p> +“In <em>green</em>! My gracious, Ned! No, thank +you! But Polly ought to be Yale. She looks +lovely in blue. I think I’d like to be Cornell. My +brother Harry’s in Cornell.” +</p> +<p> +“All right,” agreed Ned. “I wish you’d ask +your mothers soon, will you? Do try, because +we’ve just got to get girls for the booths. You’d +have lots of fun, too. The Banjo and Mandolin +Club is going to play for dancing for an hour at +five and nine, and there’ll be an entertainment, +too.” +</p> +<p> +“What sort?” asked Polly. +</p> +<p> +“We don’t know yet. Some of the gymnastic +team will do stunts, I think, for one thing, +and there’ll be singing and maybe Laurie will +do some rope-swinging—” +</p> +<p> +“I told you a dozen times I wouldn’t! Besides, +I haven’t any rope.” +</p> +<p> +“We can find one, probably,” replied his +brother, untroubled. “We haven’t settled +about the entertainment yet. And there are two +or three other things we haven’t got to. Starling’s +going to have his garden all fixed up, and +he’s going to cover the old arbor with branches +and hang Chinese lanterns in it and have little +tables and chairs there for folks to sit down and +eat ice-cream and cake. +</p> +<p> +“And that reminds me, Polly. Do you suppose +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_135'></a>135</span> +that Miss Comfort would make some cakes +for us?” +</p> +<p> +“Why, yes, Nid, but—but you’d have to <em>buy</em> +them. I don’t think you ought to expect her to +<em>donate</em> them.” +</p> +<p> +“We meant to buy them, of course, Polly. +And we wondered if your mother would make +some of those dandy cream-puffs.” +</p> +<p> +“I’m sure she will. How many would you +want?” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t know. You see, there’s no way of +telling how many will come. There are three +thousand people in Orstead, but that doesn’t +mean much, does it? The ‘Messenger’ editor’s +agreed to put in an advertisement for us for +nothing, and there’ll be notices all around town +in the windows: we got the man who prints the +school monthly to do them for just the cost of +the paper. So folks ought to come, shouldn’t +you think?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, I’m sure they will!” agreed Polly, and +Mae echoed her. “But it’ll be dreadfully hard +to know how much cake and ice-cream and refreshments +to order, won’t it?” +</p> +<p> +“Fierce,” agreed Ned. “I suppose the best +way will be to reckon on, say, three hundred +and order that much stuff. Only, how do you +tell how much three hundred will eat?” +</p> +<p> +“Why, you can’t! Besides, Nid, three hundred +people would only bring in seventy-five +dollars!” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_136'></a>136</span> +</p> +<p> +“In admissions, yes; but we’ve got to make +them buy things when we get them in there. +If every one spent a dollar inside—” +</p> +<p> +“But lots of them won’t. Do you think they +will, Mae?” +</p> +<p> +Mae shook her head. “No, I don’t. Lots and +lots will just come out of curiosity and won’t +spend a cent. I know, boys, because that’s the +way they act at the fairs here.” +</p> +<p> +Ned kicked at the turf gloomily. “Gee, that’s +fierce!” he muttered. +</p> +<p> +“Well, we’d ought to get more than three hundred +folks,” said Laurie. “Remember, it’s to +be afternoon and evening too. I’ll bet there’ll +be nearer six hundred than three.” +</p> +<p> +Ned brightened. “That’s so. And six hundred, +even if they only averaged fifty cents apiece, +would be three hundred dollars. And I guess if +we can make three hundred, we can dig up the +other fifty! Well, we’ve got to get busy, Laurie. +I got them to give me a cut from practice this +afternoon and I’ll have to make the most of +my time,” he explained to the girls. +</p> +<p> +“Oh! And did they let you off, too, Nod?” +asked Polly. +</p> +<p> +“No, we’re through with baseball,” Laurie +answered. “No more till spring. I’m just fairly +broken-hearted!” +</p> +<p> +“When will you know about helping us, Polly?” +Ned asked. +</p> +<div><a name='illus3' id='illus3'></a></div> +<div class='figcenter' style='padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em'> +<a name='i004' id='i004'></a> +<img src="images/illus3.jpg" alt="“But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” asked Polly" title=""/><br /> +<span class='caption'>“But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” asked Polly</span> +</div> +<div><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_137'></a>137</span></div> +<p> +“I’ll ask Mother right away; and you’ll ask, +too, won’t you, Mae? Can you stop in this evening? +I do hope it’ll be all right!” +</p> +<p> +“So do we!” said Ned and Laurie, in a breath. +“Rather!” +</p> +<p> +And the Committee on Arrangements hurried +away. +</p> +<p> +That night the committee met again in Dan +Whipple’s room in West Hall and satisfactory +progress was reported all along the line. Ned +read a list of donations from the town merchants, +and announced that twelve young ladies from +the high school would be on hand, appropriately +attired, to take charge of the booths. Lew Cooper +showed proofs of the poster that was to be displayed +in windows and tacked on posts and +fences, and of the four-inch, double-column advertisement +to appear in the “Messenger.” Dan +reported that Mr. Wells, the physical director, +had promised to see that the best six members +of the gymnastic team should exhibit afternoon +and evening. +</p> +<p> +“That means, though,” he said, “that we’ll +have to have some kind of a platform. Better +make a note of that, Lew.” +</p> +<p> +“Platforms cost money,” answered Lew, dubiously. +“Maybe we can borrow—I’ll tell you +what! There’s one stored over in the field-house, +one they use to set the dressing-tent on. It’s +in two pieces,—sections,—but I guess it’s big +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_138'></a>138</span> +enough. We’ll see if we can’t get the use of +it.” +</p> +<p> +“Good! Better ask Mr. Wells, Say, Hal, did +you see Norris?” +</p> +<p> +Hal Pringle was Dan’s room-mate, and, while +he was usually present at the meetings, he was +careful to keep himself in the background unless +called on for advice. Now he looked up from his +book and nodded. “Yes, it ’a all right. They’ll +play for an hour in the afternoon and an hour at +night. I had to promise them eats, though.” +</p> +<p> +“Of course. Much obliged. Speaking of eats, +fellows, what’s been done about the refreshments?” +</p> +<p> +“Nothing yet,” answered Ned. “I wanted to +talk that over. How many sandwiches and how +much salad will we want? And how many gallons +of ice-cream and—” +</p> +<p> +“Whoa!” begged Dan. “Blessed if I know! +How the dickens are we going to know how much +food will be needed? What’s the rule about it? +Or isn’t there any?” +</p> +<p> +“Depends on how many will attend the show,” +said Lew. “Find that out—” +</p> +<p> +“How’re we going to find it out, you chump? +How many do you suppose we can count on, +Ned?” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe six hundred,” was the answer. “But +if it should rain—” +</p> +<p> +“There you are! If it rained, we mightn’t +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_139'></a>139</span> +get two hundred! I’ll say that’s a problem. +We’d be in a fine fix if we found ourselves with +two or three freezers of ice-cream on our hands +and a lot of other truck. Look here, Tabby might +know. Suppose you ask her, Ned. We’ve got +to have enough and not too much.” +</p> +<p> +“It’ll be all right about the ice-cream,” said +Laurie. “The man said we could return what +we didn’t open if we got it back that night so he +could pack it over. But the other things—” +</p> +<p> +“You talk to Tabby in the morning,” repeated +Dan. “She’ll know if any one does. Now what +else? What about the entertainment part of it, +Mr. Chairman of the Committee on Arrangements? +What have you got in mind besides the +gymnastics?” +</p> +<p> +“We thought we might find some one who could +sing or dance. But we don’t know many of the +fellows.” +</p> +<p> +“Bully! There’s Cheesman, Lew. He’s a +corker. And Kewpie isn’t so bad. He sings a +funny song mighty well.” +</p> +<p> +“He couldn’t sing it in the afternoon, though, +Dan: he’d be at the field.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s so! still, the game ought to be finished +by four. We wouldn’t have the entertainment +part until late, would we?” +</p> +<p> +“About four, I thought,” said Ned, “but Kewpie +could come last. I’ll put him down, anyway.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_140'></a>140</span> +</p> +<p> +“Anything else besides songs?” asked Dan. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, only-” Ned dropped his voice and +glanced at Pringle—“only it’s got to be kept +a secret to make good.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, Hal’s all right. He’s a sort of ex-officio +member of the committee. Shoot, Ned!” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_141'></a>141</span><a name='chXIII' id='chXIII'></a>CHAPTER XIII—NED GETS INTO THE GAME</h2> +<p> +Four hectic days followed. To Laurie, since +Ned was held for two hours each afternoon +at the football field, fell most of the duties of the +Committee on Arrangements, and he was a very +busy youth. He badgered shopkeepers into parting +with goods to be sold at the booths, helped +Bob Starling trim up the old arbor in the garden +of the Coventry place, made frequent trips to the +Or stead caterer’s, engaged eight cakes from Miss +Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from the +Widow Deane, spent two hours Wednesday helping +Lew and Hal Pringle distribute posters +throughout the village, and attended to a hundred +other matters between-times. Of course, +Ned aided when he could, and was helpful with advice +and unfailing in suggestions; but recitations +and football practice didn’t leave him much time, +even though he conscientiously arose a full hour +earlier every morning that week, and skimped +studying so much that he got in trouble with three +instructors in one day! +</p> +<p> +Miss Tabitha had proved as helpful as Dan +Whipple had predicted. She had shaken her head +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_142'></a>142</span> +at the idea of entertaining six hundred at the +fête. “You mustn’t count on more than half +that many,” she said. “I dare say all the boys +will go, and they’ll make ninety. Then, if you +get two hundred of the townsfolk, you’ll be +doing very nicely. Don’t decide how much salad +or how many sandwiches you want until Saturday +morning. So much will depend on the weather. +Even if you hold the affair indoors, lots of folks +won’t come if it rains. You say you’ve ordered +eight cakes from Martha Comfort and twelve +dozen cream-puffs from Mrs. Deane?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes’m,” said Ned. “We wanted Mrs. Deane +to make more, but she didn’t think she +could.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, that’s a hundred and fourty-four cream-puffs, +and—let me see—one of Miss Comfort’s +cakes will cut into sixteen pieces, and eight times +sixteen—” +</p> +<p> +“A hundred and twenty-eight, ma’am.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, and a hundred and twenty-eight and a +hundred and forty-four—” +</p> +<p> +“Two hundred and seventy-two.” +</p> +<p> +“You’re real quick at figures, aren’t you? +Seems as if, though, counting on three hundred, +you’d be a little short. I’ll have Aunt Persis +make one of her marble-cakes. That’ll help out, +I guess.” +</p> +<p> +“Yes’m; thanks awfully,” answered Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Who is going to serve the refreshments?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_143'></a>143</span> +</p> +<p> +“Why—why—” Ned’s face fell. “I guess +we hadn’t thought of that!” +</p> +<p> +“Well, it makes a heap of difference, because +you can make a quart of ice-cream serve ten +people or twenty, just as you’ve a mind to. I +usually count on sixteen. Same way with a loaf +of cake, and same way with salad. It’s awfully +easy to waste salad when you’re serving it. Now, +if you’d like me to, Ned, I’ll attend to serving +everything for you. You just have the things +set down there and I’ll look after them.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, Miss Hillman, if you would! Gee, that +would be great! It—it’ll be a lot of trouble, +though, ma’am.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I guess it won’t be the first trouble I’ve +seen,” replied Miss Tabitha, dryly; “nor it won’t +be the last!” +</p> +<p> +Thursday afternoon Laurie hurried over to the +Coventry place as soon as a two-o’clock recitation +was done. Bob was awaiting him at the gate, and +conducted him around to the back of the big +square house. Ned stared in surprise. The +tangle of trees and vines and shrubbery had been +trimmed to orderly neatness, the long, unkempt +grass had been shorn to a yellow, but respectable, +turf, and the old arbor showed new strips where +Thomas, the Starlings’ man, had been at work on +the decrepit frame. Near at hand lay piles of +cedar and hemlock branches. +</p> +<p> +“Dad got a couple of the men to cut those +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_144'></a>144</span> +down near the tunnel and haul them up here.” +Bob explained. “Thomas is going to help us put +them up. He made a peachy job of the garden, +didn’t he?” +</p> +<p> +“You bet!” responded Laurie, heartily. “I +wouldn’t have known the place! I say, Bob, +this arbor’s longer than I thought it was.” +</p> +<p> +“Forty feet, about. Why?” +</p> +<p> +“I only ordered six tables and a dozen chairs +from the caterer,” answered Laurie, dubiously. +“Guess they aren’t enough; but he’s charging +twenty-five cents apiece for them—” +</p> +<p> +“Twenty-five cents for a table? Isn’t that +dirt-cheap?” +</p> +<p> +“We’re only renting them, you idiot!” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, I see. Well, six is enough, I guess; you +don’t want to crowd them. Now let’s get busy +with the green stuff. I’ll yell down cellar for +Thomas. There’s a ball of twine, and I’ve got +two hammers and a lot of tacks on the side porch. +You take your coat off and I’ll—” +</p> +<p> +“We’ll have to have a step-ladder, Bob!” +</p> +<p> +“There’s a short ladder right beside you. Be +right back.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie sat down on a wheelbarrow, after removing +his coat and folding back the sleeves +of his shirt, and looked around him. The garden +was fairly large—larger in appearance since +the clutter of shrubbery along the sides had been +cleared away. Along the School Park edge ran +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_145'></a>145</span> +a tall hedge of lilac bushes. At the back was the +high board fence, painted dark brown, that +separated the garden from the Widow Deane’s +humble property. On the other side was a rusty +ornamental iron fence, mostly hidden by vines. +Broad walks, in spite of Thomas’s efforts rather +overrun with weeds, surrounded the central plot +of ancient turf, and another ran straight down +the middle of the garden, connecting with the arbor. +Wires were to be strung from the trees and +across to the arbor, and Chinese lanterns hung +thereon. Laurie, half closing his eyes, sought +to visualize the place as it would appear on Saturday. +He did want the affair to be a success, +both financial and artistic, both on account of the +school and—well, for the honor of the Turners! +While he was musing, two things happened simultaneously: +Bob and Thomas appeared from the +house, and a familiar voice came to him from the +opposite direction. +</p> +<p> +“Nod!” called the voice. “Nod, will you please +come here a moment?” +</p> +<p> +Laurie’s eyes sought the board fence. Over +the top of it appeared the head and shoulders of +Polly. He left the wheelbarrow and hurried +through the arbor and down the walk beyond. +Polly’s face indicated distress, whether mental or +physical Laurie couldn’t determine. But Polly’s +first words explained. +</p> +<p> +“I can’t stay here l-long,” she said. “I—I’m +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_146'></a>146</span> +just hanging by my elbows. I cl-climbed up on a +board, and it’s fallen down!” +</p> +<p> +“I’ll get you a ladder!” cried Laurie, gallantly. +</p> +<p> +“N-no, never mind. I’m going to drop in a +s-second. I just want to ask you what Brown’s +color is. Nettie Blanchard is going to be Brown +and—” +</p> +<p> +“Why, brown, of course!” +</p> +<p> +“Oh!” There was the sound of desperate scraping +against the farther side of the fence, and +Polly’s countenance became fairly convulsed with +the effort of holding herself in sight. “Oh! She +said it was pur-pur—” +</p> +<p> +Polly disappeared. There was a thud from the +next yard. +</p> +<p> +“Purple!” The word floated across to him, +muffled but triumphant. +</p> +<p> +“Are you hurt, Polly?” he called anxiously. +</p> +<p> +“Not a bit,” was the rueful response, “but I’m +afraid the day-lilies are!” Then she laughed +merrily. “Thanks, Nod! I didn’t think Nettie +was right. She loves purple, you see!” +</p> +<p> +“Does she? Well, say, maybe she can be Williams. +We weren’t going to have Williams, but +its color is purple, I think, and if she is going to +be disappointed—” +</p> +<p> +“She will look very well indeed in brown,” came +from the other side in judicial tones; “and if +we begin making changes, half the girls will want +to be something they aren’t. Why, Pearl Fayles +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_147'></a>147</span> +begged to be some girls’ college neither Mae nor +I had ever heard of, just so she could wear lavender +and pale lemon!” +</p> +<p> +“Well, all right,” laughed Laurie. “She’d better +stick to Brown—and brown! Good-by, Polly. +I’ll drop in after a while and find out how things +are getting on.” +</p> +<p> +He turned to find Bob viewing him quizzically +from the end of the arbor, swinging a hammer in +each hand. “Of course it’s all right, I dare say,” +he announced, “but I <em>thought</em> you came here to fix +up the arbor. Instead of that I find you talking +to girls over the fence!” +</p> +<p> +“There’s only one girl,” replied Laurie, with +dignity, “and we were talking business.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, of course! Sorry I interrupted.” +</p> +<p> +“You needn’t be, and you didn’t. Quit grinning +like a simpleton and give me a hammer!” +</p> +<p> +“Right-o! Come on, Thomas! It’s quite all +right now!” +</p> +<p> +An hour later their task was done, and well +done, and they viewed it with approval. To be +honest, the major part of the work had been performed +by the faithful Thomas, although it is not +to be denied that both Laurie and Bob toiled conscientiously. +Before they were through approving +the result from various angles, Bob’s father +joined them. Mr. Starling was an older edition +of Bob—a tall, straight, lean-visaged man of +forty-two or -three, with the complexion of one +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_148'></a>148</span> +who had lived an outdoor life. He had a deep, +pleasant voice and a quiet manner not fully in accord +with a pair of keen eyes and a firm mouth. +</p> +<p> +“I’d call that a good piece of work, boys,” he +said, as he joined them. “And right up to specifications, +too. Those paper lanterns come yet, +Bob?” +</p> +<p> +“No, sir; I haven’t seen them.” +</p> +<p> +“Lanterns, Mr. Starling?” asked Laurie. “Do +you mean Chinese lanterns? We’ve ordered a +lot from the caterer, sir.” +</p> +<p> +“Tell him you won’t need them, then. I’ve +got a hundred coming up from the city, Turner. +They ought to be here, too. Thomas, call up the +express company and ask about them.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s very kind, sir,” said Laurie, “but you +needn’t have done it. You—you’re doing <em>everything</em>!” +</p> +<p> +“Nonsense! Bob and I want to do our part, of +course. Well, this wilderness certainly looks different, +doesn’t it? That reminds me, Bob; the +agent writes me that we may ‘make such improvements +to the property as we desire.’ So, as I consider +the absence of that arbor an improvement, +I guess you can pull it down any time you like. +I’m going to have a cup of tea, Turner. Will +you join me? I believe there will be cakes, too.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie found Ned in rather a low frame of mind +when he got back to Number 16 a half-hour before +supper-time. Ned was hunched over a Latin book +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_149'></a>149</span> +and each hand held a firm grip on his hair. At +Laurie’s arrival he merely grunted. +</p> +<p> +“Where does it pain you most?” asked Laurie, +solicitously, subsiding into a chair with a weary +sigh. Ned’s mood was far from flippant. He +rewarded the other with a scowl, and bent his +gaze on the book again. “Want to hear the latest +news from the front?” persisted Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“No, I don’t!” his brother growled. “I’ve had +all the news I can stand. Smug says that if I +don’t get this rotten stuff by nine to-night, and +make a perfect showing to-morrow, he will can +me!” +</p> +<p> +“Mr. Cornish said that?” gasped Laurie. +“What do you know about that? Why, I thought +he was a gentleman!” +</p> +<p> +“He’s a—a brute! I can’t learn the old stuff! +And I have a hunch that Mulford means to give +me a try in the Loring game Saturday. And if I +don’t get this, Cornish will fix it so I can’t play. +He as good as said so.” +</p> +<p> +“Didn’t you tell him you’d been busy with the +fête and everything?” +</p> +<p> +“Of course I did. Much he cared! Just made +a rotten pun. Said I’d better keep my own fate +in mind. Puns are fearfully low and vulgar!” +</p> +<p> +“Aren’t they? How much of that have you +got?” +</p> +<p> +“Six pages. I—I’ve sort of neglected it the +last two days. Some fellows can fake through, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_150'></a>150</span> +but I don’t have any luck. He’s always picking +on me.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie whistled expressively. “Six pages! +Well, never say die, partner. We’ll get down to +supper early, and that’ll give us two hours before +nine.” +</p> +<p> +“Us?” questioned Ned, hopefully. +</p> +<p> +“Sure. I’ll give you a hand. As the well-known +proverb so wisely remarks, two heads are +the shortest way home.” +</p> +<p> +Ned grinned, and stopped tormenting his hair. +“Honest? That’s mighty decent, Laurie. I’ll +do as much for you some day.” +</p> +<p> +“Hope you won’t have to. Wash your dirty +face and let’s beat it!” +</p> +<p> +At half-past nine a more cheerful and much relieved +Ned returned from the hall master’s study. +“All right,” he announced to an anxious Laurie. +“He was rather decent, too. Said he guessed that, +in view of the manifold affairs engaging my attention +just now,—you know the crazy way he +talks,—he wouldn’t demand too much from me. +Reckon he means to let me down easy to-morrow, +eh?” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe, partner, and maybe not. Take my advice +and, in the words of the Scouts, be prepared!” +</p> +<p> +Friday was a hectic day for Laurie and all +others concerned with the fête. Difficulties that +had remained in ambush all the week sprang out +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_151'></a>151</span> +and confronted them at the last moment. Half a +dozen things had been forgotten, and every member +of the committee sought to exonerate himself. +Tempers were short and the meeting in +Dan Whipple’s room at nine o’clock was far from +harmonious. All went to bed that night firmly +convinced that the affair was doomed to be a flat +failure. And, to add to that conviction, the night +sky was overcast and an unsympathetic easterly +wind was blowing. Ned, conscious of having imposed +too many duties on Laurie, was grouchy +and silent; and Laurie, convinced that he had been +made a “goat” of, and that Ned was secretly +blaming him for mistakes and omissions that were +no fault of his, retired in high dudgeon. +</p> +<p> +And yet, the morning dawned fair and warm, +with an almost cloudless blue sky over the world, +and life looked very different indeed. Ned arose +whistling, and Laurie somehow knew that everything +would be all right. Fortunately, they had +but two recitations on Saturday, and in consequence +there remained to them three whole hours +before dinner to devote to the affairs of the entertainment. +They were busy hours, you may be +sure. If Ned hurried downtown once, he hurried +there half a dozen times; while Laurie, seated beside +the driver of a rickety express-wagon, +rounded up all kinds of things, from the platform +at the field-house to the cakes at Miss Comfort’s. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_152'></a>152</span> +Dinner brought a respite; but as soon as it was +over, Laurie was back on the job, while Ned joined +the football-players. +</p> +<p> +Of course, what the Hillman’s School football +team should have done that afternoon was to score +a decisive victory over the visiting eleven. What +it did do was to get thoroughly worsted. Loring +was something of a surprise, with a heavier line +and a faster bunch of backs than Hillman’s had +expected. And Loring knew a lot of football, +and proved the fact early in the game. At half-past +two, by which time the second period was +half over, the result was a foregone conclusion. +Loring had scored two touch-downs and as many +goals therefrom, and the Blue had never once +threatened the adversary’s last white line. Gains +through the opponent were infrequent and short, +even Pope, who could generally be depended on to +tear off a few yards when the worst came to the +worst, failing dismally. +</p> +<p> +In mid-field, Mason and Slavin made some stirring +advances around the Loring wings, and there +were several successful forward passes to the +home team’s credit; but, once past Loring’s thirty-yard +line, Hillman’s seemed powerless. The third +quarter went scoreless, and in the fourth, realizing +doubtless that defeat was certain, Coach Mulford +used his substitutes lavishly. Ned made his first +appearance on the big team in that period, taking +Mason’s place for some eight of the fifteen +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_153'></a>153</span> +minutes. He did neither better nor worse than +the other second- and third-string fellows, perhaps—although, +when Pope was taken out and +Deering substituted at full-back, he did his share +of the punting and performed very creditably. +But that fourth period gave Loring an opportunity +to add to her score, and she seized it. Even +with several substitutes in her own line-up, she +was still far better than Hillman’s, and a goal +from the field and, in the last few moments of the +game, a third touch-down, resulted. +</p> +<p> +The Blue fought desperately and gamely with +her back to the wall, in an effort to stave off that +last score; but eventually Holmes, who had taken +Kewpie’s place at center, weakened, and the Loring +back piled through. The final score was 23 +to 0, and what two hours before had been looked +on as a victory or, at the worst, a tie, had become +a cataclysm! Humiliated, if not disgraced, the +home-team players trailed to the field-house with +hanging heads, averting their eyes from the +sight of Loring’s triumphal march around the +gridiron. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_154'></a>154</span><a name='chXIV' id='chXIV'></a>CHAPTER XIV—THE FETE</h2> +<p> +Behold Fairyland! +</p> +<p> +Well, at least an excellent imitation of what +Fairyland must look like. Overhead, a clear, +star-sprinkled sky; below, scores of gaily-hued +lanterns shedding their soft glow over a charming +scene. Through the side gate, please, on +School Park. Twenty-five cents to the boy on +duty there, and you are inside, with the manifold +attractions awaiting you. On three sides of the +transformed garden are the college booths, each +decked with bunting and flags of appropriate colors, +and each presided over by a patriotically attired +young lady who will gladly, nay, eagerly, +sell you almost anything from a cake of soap +(“Donated by the Town Square Pharmacy, H. +J. Congreve, Prop’r.”) to a knitted sweater or a +gingham house-dress (“Compliments of The New +York Store, High Class Dry Goods”). Near at +hand, Yale is represented by Miss Polly Deane, +capped and aproned in blue, her eyes sparkling +and her voice sweetly insistent: “Won’t you buy +something, please, sir? Post-cards, two for five! +These pictures are only fifty cents, all beautifully +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_155'></a>155</span> +framed and ready for hanging! Can I sell +you something, ma’am?” +</p> +<p> +Beyond, gay with orange and black, is the +Princeton booth; and still beyond, Dartmouth +and Columbia and California; and then, a blur +of brilliant crimson through the leafage, Harvard. +And so on all around the garden, with +merry voices sounding above the chatter of +the throng that moves here and there. Down +the center of Fairyland runs a leafy tunnel from +within which blue and red and yellow and green +rays twinkle. There, under the hanging lanterns, +little tables and chairs are dotted on the gravel, +and half a dozen aproned youths are busy bearing, +not always without mishap, plates of salad +and rolls and dishes of ice-cream and cake. Close +to the back of the house is a platform illumined +by a row of electric lights, the one glaring spot +in the area of soft radiance. +</p> +<p> +“How’s it going?” asked a heavily-built youth +of a slimmer one who had paused at the entrance +to the arbor. +</p> +<p> +“Hello, Kewpie! Oh, bully, so far. We took +in eighty-four dollars this afternoon, and we’ll +do at least twice as well to-night. They’re still +coming. Have you seen Whipple anywhere?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, a minute ago, down at the Pennsylvania +booth. She’s a mighty pretty girl, too, Nod. +I bought a pocket-knife of her for a quarter, and +got stung; but I don’t mind. I’m going back to +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_156'></a>156</span> +get another pretty soon. When do I have to +sing again?” +</p> +<p> +“You follow Wilson’s clog-dance. We’re +switching you and Cheesman, Kewpie. His stuff +is corking, but it’s pretty high-brow, and we +thought you’d better bring up the end and make +the audience feel cheerful.” +</p> +<p> +“All right; but it won’t feel very cheerful if +those orchestra guys don’t do better than they +did this afternoon. They were four or five notes +behind me once! Nid said you had a new stunt +this evening—something you left out this afternoon.” +</p> +<p> +“Yes; we couldn’t work it in daylight very +well. It ought to go fine to-night, though.” +</p> +<p> +“What is it?” +</p> +<p> +“You wait and see. I’ve got to find Whipple. +Say, if you see Ned, tell him I’ll be at the platform +in five minutes and want him to meet me +there. Everybody keeps getting lost here!” +</p> +<p> +On the way past the arbor, Laurie ran into +George Watson, returning across lots balancing +a couple of plates in one hand and holding a +large slab of cake in the other, from which he +nibbled as he went. “Hello!” he said, none too +distinctly. “I’ve been looking for you.” +</p> +<p> +“Wanted to bring me refreshments, I suppose.” +</p> +<p> +George looked at the empty plates, laughed, and +shook his head. “Not exactly. I’ve been feeding Cornell. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_157'></a>157</span> +Somebody ought to take eats to +those girls, Nod; they’re starving!” +</p> +<p> +“All right; you do it.” +</p> +<p> +“What do you think I am? A millionaire? I +bought Mae a salad and an ice-cream, and I’m +about broke. Lend me a half, will you? Thanks. +Want an ice-cream? I’ll treat.” +</p> +<p> +“No, thanks. Have you seen Dan Whipple?” +</p> +<p> +“Sure! He’s over at the Pennsylvania booth, +buying it out! Say, everything’s going great, +isn’t it? Couldn’t have had a finer evening, +either, what? Well, see you later. I’m hungry!” +And George continued his way to the house, where +Miss Tabitha, surrounded by willing and hungry +helpers, presided sternly, but most capably, over +the refreshments. +</p> +<p> +At eight o’clock the boy on duty at the entrance +estimated the attendance as close to two +hundred, which, added to the eighty-six paid admissions +before supper, brought the total close +to the first estimate of three hundred. It is safe +to say that every Hillman’s boy attended the fête +either in the afternoon or evening, and that +most of the faculty came and brought Mrs. +Faculty—when there was a Mrs. Faculty. Doctor +Hillman was spied by Laurie purchasing a +particularly useless and unlovely article in burnt +wood from the auburn-haired Miss Hatch. Every +one seemed to be having a good time, and the only +fly in the ointment of the committee was the likelihood +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_158'></a>158</span> +that the refreshments would be exhausted +far too soon. +</p> +<p> +The Weather Man had kindly provided an evening +of exceptional warmth, with scarcely enough +breeze to sway the paper lanterns that glowed +from end to end of the old garden, an evening +so warm that ice-cream was more in demand than +sandwiches or salad; and fortunately so, since +ice-cream was the one article of refreshment that +could be and was replenished. If, said Ned, +folks would stick to ice-cream and go light on +the other refreshments, they might get through. +To which Laurie agreed, and Ned hied him to the +telephone and ordered another freezer sent up. +</p> +<p> +At a few minutes after eight the Banjo and +Mandolin Club took possession of the chairs behind +the platform and dashed into a military +march. Following that, six picked members of +the Gymnastic Club did some very clever work, +and Cheesman, a tall and rather soulful-looking +upper middler, sang two ballads very well indeed, +and then, as an encore, quite took the joy out +of life with “Suwanee River”! Little Miss Comfort, +present through the courtesy of the Committee +on Arrangements, sniffled quite audibly, but +was heard to declare that “it was just too sweet +for anything!” A rather embarrassed junior attempted +some card tricks that didn’t go very well, +and then Wilson, garbed more or less in the +character of an Irish gentleman returning from +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_159'></a>159</span> +Donnybrook Fair, and swinging a shillaly, did +some jig-dancing that was really clever and won +much applause. +</p> +<p> +There was a brief unofficial intermission while +three anxious committee members made search +for Kewpie Proudtree. He was presently discovered +consuming his fourth plate of ice-cream +in the seclusion of the side porch, and was haled +away, protesting, to the platform. In spite of +what may seem an over-indulgence in refreshment, +Kewpie was in excellent voice and a jovial +mood, and sang four rollicking songs in a manner +that captured his audience. In fact, long +after Kewpie had vanished from the public gaze +and returned to his ice-cream, the audience still +demanded more. +</p> +<p> +Its attention was eventually captured, however, +by Dan Whipple, who announced importantly that +it gave him much pleasure to say that, at a great +expense, the committee had secured as an added +attraction the world-famed Signor Duodelli, who, +with their kind permission, would exhibit for their +pleasure and astoundment his miraculous act +known as the Vanishing Man, as performed before +the crowned heads of Europe, to the bewilderment +and applause of all beholders. “Ladies +and gentlemen, Signor Duodelli!” +</p> +<p> +The Signor had a noticeable likeness to Lew +Cooper, in spite of his gorgeous mustache and +flowing robe of red and purple cheese-cloth. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_160'></a>160</span> +Yet it might not have been Lew, for his manner +was extremely foreign and his gestures and the +few words he used in directing the arranging of +his “properties” were unmistakably Latin. The +properties consisted of a kitchen chair, a threefold +screen covered with black baize, and a coil of rope. +There was also in evidence a short wand, but the +Signor held that in his hand, waving it around +most eloquently. The audience laughed and applauded +and waited patiently until the chair +had been placed exactly to the Signor’s liking, +close to the back of the platform, and the screen +beside it. Previously several of the lights had +been put out, and those that remained threw their +glare on the front of the stage, leaving the back, +while discernible, less in evidence. +</p> +<p> +“Now,” announced the Signor, narrowly escaping +from falling off the platform as he tripped +over his robe, “I aska da some one coma up and +giva da help. Any one I aska. You, Signor, +maybe, eh?” The magician pointed his wand +at Mr. Cornish, in the front of the clustered +audience; but the gentleman laughingly declined. +The Signor seemed disappointed. “No-o-o? You +no geta da hurt. Some one else, eh?” He looked +invitingly around, and a small junior, urged by +his companions, struggled to the front. Unfortunately +for his ambitions to pose in the lime-light, +the Signor’s glance had moved to another +quarter, and, ere the junior could get his attention, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_161'></a>161</span> +a volunteer appeared from the semi-obscurity of +the kitchen porch. He was peculiarly attired, +wearing a simple white garment having a strong +resemblance to the old-fashioned night-shirt, that +covered him completely from neck to ankles. He +was bareheaded, revealing the fact that his locks +were red-brown in hue. +</p> +<p> +“Ah!” exclaimed the Signor, delightedly. +“You will helpa me, <em>si</em>? Right thisa way, Signor. +I thanka you!” +</p> +<p> +“That’s one of the Turner fellows,” muttered +a boy, while the small junior and his companions +called “Fake!” loudly. However, the good-natured +laughter of the audience drowned the +accusation, and some two hundred pairs of eyes +watched amusedly and expectantly while, with the +assistance of two other volunteers, the youth in +the white robe was tied securely to the chair. +</p> +<p> +“Maka him tight,” directed the Signor, enthusiastically, +waving his wand. “Pulla da knot. +Ha, thata da way! Good! Signors, I thanka +you!” +</p> +<p> +The two who had tied the victim to the chair +retired from the platform. The Signor seized the +screen and opened it wide and turned it around +and closed it and turned it again. +</p> +<p> +“You seea?” he demanded. “There is nothing +that deceive! Now, then, I placea da screen so!” +He folded it around the boy and the chair, leaving +only the side away from the audience uncovered. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_162'></a>162</span> +He drew away the width of the platform, and, +“Music, ifa you please,” he requested. The orchestra, +whose members had moved their chairs +to one side, struck up a merry tune, and the Signor, +folding his arms, bent a rapt gaze on the +blank, impenetrable blackness of the screen. A +brief moment passed. Then the Signor bade the +music cease, took a step forward, and pointed to +the screen. +</p> +<p> +“Away!” he cried, and swung his arm in a half-circle, +his body following with a weird flaring of +his brilliant robes until, with outstretched finger, +he faced the audience. “Ha! He come! Thisa +way, Signor! Comea quick!” +</p> +<p> +As one man the audience turned and followed +the pointing finger. Through the deserted arbor +came a boy in a white garment. He pushed his +way through the throng and jumped to the stage. +As he did so, the Signor whisked aside the screen. +There was the chair empty, and there was the +rope dangling from it, twisted and knotted. +</p> +<p> +A moment of surprised silence gave place to +hearty applause. Theoretically it might have +been possible for the boy in the chair to vanish +from behind the screen, reach the farther end of +the garden, and run back into sight; but actually, +as the audience realized on second thought, it +couldn’t possibly have been done in the few seconds, +surely not more than ten, that had elapsed +between the placing of the screen and the appearance +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_163'></a>163</span> +of the boy behind them. And then, +how had he got himself free from the rope? An +audience likes to be puzzled, and this one surely +was. The garden hummed with conjecture and +discussion. There were some there who could +have explained the seeming phenomenon, but +they held their counsel. +</p> +<p> +Meanwhile, on the platform the Signor was +modestly bowing alternately to the audience and +to his subject, the latter apparently no worse for +his magic transposition. And the orchestra +again broke into its interrupted melody. The +applause became insistent, but Signor Duodelli, +perhaps because his contract with the committee +called for no further evidence of his powers, only +bowed and bowed and at last disappeared into +the obscurity of the shadows. Whereupon the +Banjo and Mandolin Club moved into the house, +and presently the strains of a one-step summoned +the dancers to the big drawing-room. +</p> +<p> +Laurie, unconsciously rubbing a wrist, smiled +as he listened to the comments of the dissolving +audience. “Well, but there’s no getting around +the fact that it was the same boy,” declared a +pompous little gentleman to his companion. +“Same hair and eyes and everything! Couldn’t +be two boys as much alike, eh? Not possibly! +Very clever!” +</p> +<p> +Laurie chuckled as he made his way to Polly’s +booth. That young lady looked a little tired, and, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_164'></a>164</span> +by the same token, so did the Yale booth! Only +a bare dozen framed pictures and a small number +of post-cards remained of her stock. “Don’t you +think I’ve done awfully well?” asked Polly, a +trifle pathetically. She seemed to need praise, +and Laurie supplied it. +</p> +<p> +“Corking, Polly,” he assured her. “I guess +you’ve sold more than any of the others, haven’t +you?” +</p> +<p> +“N-no, I guess some of the others have done +better, Nod; but I think they had more attractive +articles, don’t you? Anyhow, I’ve taken in +twelve dollars and thirty cents since supper, and +I made four dollars and eighty-five cents this afternoon; +only I must have dropped a dime somewhere, +for I’m ten cents short. Or perhaps +someone didn’t give me the right amount.” +</p> +<p> +“Why, that’s seventeen dollars!” exclaimed +Laurie. “I didn’t think you had anywhere near +seventeen dollars’ worth of things here, Polly!” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, I didn’t! Not nearly! Why, if I’d sold +things at the prices marked on them, Nod, I +wouldn’t have had more than half as much! But +lots of folks <em>wanted</em> to pay more, and I let them. +Mr. Conklin, the jeweler, bought a picture, one +of the funny landscapes with the frames that +didn’t fit at the corners, and he said it was ridiculous +to sell it for a quarter, and he gave me a +dollar for it. Then he held the picture up and +just laughed and laughed at it! I guess he just +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_165'></a>165</span> +wanted to spend his money, don’t you? You +know, Ned said we were to get as much as we +could for things, so I usually added ten cents to +the price that was marked on them—sometimes +more, if a person looked extravagant. One lady +came back and said she’d paid twenty-five cents +for a picture and it was marked fifteen on the +back. I said I was sorry she was dissatisfied +and I’d be very glad to buy it back from her for +twenty.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie laughed. “What did she say to that?” +he asked. +</p> +<p> +“She said if I wanted it bad enough to pay +twenty cents for it she guessed it was worth +twenty-five, and went off and didn’t come back.” +Polly laughed and then sighed. “I’m awfully +tired. Doesn’t that music sound lovely? Do +you dance?” +</p> +<p> +Laurie shook his head. “No; but, say, if you +want to go in there, I’ll watch the booth for +you.” +</p> +<p> +Polly hesitated. “It’s funny you don’t,” she +said. “Don’t you like it?” +</p> +<p> +It was Laurie’s turn to hesitate. “No, not +much. I never have danced. It—it seems sort +of silly.” He looked at Polly doubtfully. Although +he wouldn’t have acknowledged it, he was +more than half sorry that dancing was not included +among his accomplishments. +</p> +<p> +“It isn’t silly at all,” asserted Polly, almost +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_166'></a>166</span> +indignantly. “You ought to learn. Mae could +teach you to one-step in no time at all!” +</p> +<p> +“I guess that’s about the way I’d do it,” answered +Laurie, sadly—“in no time at all! Don’t +you—couldn’t <em>you</em> teach a fellow?” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t believe so. I never tried to teach any +one. Besides, Mae dances lots better than I do. +She put the things she had left on Grace Boswell’s +booth and went inside the minute the music +started. She wanted me to come, but I thought +I shouldn’t,” added Polly, virtuously. +</p> +<p> +“You go ahead now,” urged Laurie. “I’ll +stay here till you come back. It isn’t fair for +you girls to miss the dancing. Besides, I guess +there won’t be much more sold now. Folks have +begun to go, some of them, and most of the others +are inside.” +</p> +<p> +Polly looked toward the house. Through the +big wide-open windows the lilting music of a waltz +floated out. The Banjo and Mandolin Club was +really doing very well to-night. Polly sighed once +and looked wistful. Then she shook her head. +“Thanks, Nod,” she said, “but I guess I’ll stay +here. Some one <em>might</em> come.” +</p> +<p> +“What do you care? You don’t own ’em! +Anyway, I guess I could sell a post-card if I had +to!” +</p> +<p> +“You’d have trouble selling any of those pictures,” +laughed Polly. “Aren’t they dreadful? +Where did they come from?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_167'></a>167</span> +</p> +<p> +“Pretty fierce,” Laurie agreed. “They came +from the Metropolitan Furniture Store. The +man dug them out of a corner in the cellar. I +guess he’d had them for years! Anyway, there +was enough dust on them to choke you. He +seemed awfully tickled when we agreed to take +them and let him alone!” +</p> +<p> +“I should think he might have! We girls +agreed to buy things from each other, just to help, +but the only things they bought from me were +post-cards!” Polly laughed as though at some +thought; and Laurie, who had elevated himself +to an empty corner of the booth and was swinging +his feet against the blue draping in front, +looked inquiringly. “I was just thinking about +the boys,” explained Polly. +</p> +<p> +“What about them? What boys do you +mean?” Laurie asked coldly. +</p> +<p> +“The high school boys. They’re awfully +peeved because we girls took part in this, and not +one of them has been here, I guess.” +</p> +<p> +“Cheeky beggars,” grumbled Laurie. “Guess +we can do without them, though. Here comes +Bob’s father.” +</p> +<p> +Mr. Starling was bent on a most peculiar mission. +Laurie and Polly watched him stop at the +next booth and engage in conversation. Then a +fat pocket-book was produced, a bill was tendered, +and Mr. Starling strolled on. At the Yale booth +he stopped again. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_168'></a>168</span> +</p> +<p> +“Well, Turner,” he greeted, “this affair looks +like a huge success, doesn’t it? Why aren’t you +young folks inside there, dancing?” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t dance, sir,” answered Laurie, somewhat +to his chagrin in a most apologetic tone. +“And Polly thinks she ought to stand by the ship. +This is Polly Deane, Mr. Starling.” +</p> +<p> +Bob’s father shook hands cordially across the +depleted counter and assured its proprietor that +he was very glad indeed to make her acquaintance. +Then he added: “But you don’t seem to +have much left, Miss Polly. Now, I’m a great +hand at a bargain. I dare say that if you made +me a fair price for what there is here I’d jump +at it. What do you say?” +</p> +<p> +Polly apparently didn’t know just what to say +for a minute, and her gaze sought counsel of +Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“If you ask me,” laughed the latter, “I’d say +fifty cents was a big price for the lot!” +</p> +<p> +“You’re not in charge,” said Mr. Starling, almost +severely. “I’m sure the young lady has +better business ability. Suppose you name a +price, Miss Polly.” +</p> +<p> +“We-ell—” Polly did some mental arithmetic, +and then, doubtfully: “A dollar and a half, +sir,” she said. +</p> +<p> +“Done!” replied Mr. Starling. He drew forth +a two-dollar bill. “There you are! Just leave +the things where they are. I’ll look after them +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_169'></a>169</span> +later. Now you youngsters go in and dance. +What’s this? Change? My dear young lady, +don’t you know that change is never given at an +affair of this kind? I really couldn’t think of +taking it. It—it’s a criminal offense!” And +Mr. Starling nodded and walked away. +</p> +<p> +“By Jove, he’s a brick!” exclaimed Laurie, +warmly. “Look, he’s doing the same thing +everywhere!” +</p> +<p> +“I know,” answered Polly, watching. “It’s +just dear of him, isn’t it? But, Nod, <em>what</em> do +you suppose he will do with these awful pictures?” +</p> +<p> +“The same thing he will do with that truck +he’s buying now,” was the laughing reply. “He +will probably put them in the furnace!” +</p> +<p> +“Well,” said Polly, after a moment, “I suppose +we might as well go inside, don’t you? We +can look on, anyway, and”—with a stifled +sigh—“I’d ’most as lief look on as dance.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie followed, for the second time in his life +wishing that the Terpsichorean art had been included +in his education! +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_170'></a>170</span><a name='chXV' id='chXV'></a>CHAPTER XV—NED HAS AN IDEA</h2> +<p> +“Three hundred and thirty-three dollars and +eighty-five cents,” said Ned, in very satisfied +tones. “We took in three hundred and sixty-three +five, but we had twenty-nine twenty to come +out for expenses. Not so bad, what?” +</p> +<p> +“But something tells me,” answered Laurie, +mournfully, “that if all our expenses were deducted +we’d have less than that. You see,” he +explained to Polly, “I lost the piece of paper that +I set down the money I paid out on, and I just +had to guess what it all came to, because I’d +never had time to add it up.” +</p> +<p> +“I dare say you guessed enough,” replied Ned, +untroubled. +</p> +<p> +“I dare say I didn’t, then!” was the indignant +response. “If I did, where’s all the money I +had when I started? I’ve got a dollar and ninety +cents left, and I had over four dollars when you +roped me in on the thing! I’m more than two +dollars shy, I tell you!” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, well, it’s gone for a worthy cause,” +laughed Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Maybe,” Laurie grumbled, “but I notice that +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_171'></a>171</span> +none of yours has gone that way. You always +made me pay for everything!” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I think you did it beautifully,” said +Polly. “I never suspected you’d make so much!” +</p> +<p> +They were in the little garden behind the shop. +It was the second day after the fête, and the bell +in the Congregational church tower had just +struck two. There was a perceptible nip in the +air to-day, and the flowers in the border showed +blackened leaves, while the nasturtiums were +frankly limp and lifeless. But here in the sunshine +it was warm enough, and Laurie, spurning +the bench, was seated tailor fashion on the yellowing +turf. Polly had stated her absolute certitude +that he would catch cold, but Laurie derided +the idea. +</p> +<p> +“We’re awfully much obliged to you girls,” +said Ned. “We wouldn’t have done nearly so +well if you hadn’t helped. I think the committee +ought to give you a—a vote of thanks or something.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, we all loved it!” Polly assured him +earnestly. “We had heaps of fun. Why, I +wouldn’t have missed that disappearing trick for +anything. I was positively thrilled when Laurie +came running up the garden!” +</p> +<p> +The boys’ laughter interrupted, and Polly +looked puzzled. +</p> +<p> +“That wasn’t Laurie,” explained Ned. +“That was me.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_172'></a>172</span> +</p> +<p> +“But I was sure you were the one in the +chair! And if you were in the chair, how could +you—” +</p> +<p> +“I wasn’t, though. That was Laurie.” +</p> +<p> +Polly sighed despairingly. “I’ll never get so +I can tell you apart,” she said; “unless I hear +you talk, that is! I don’t see yet how it was +done. Won’t you please tell me?” +</p> +<p> +“It was as easy as easy,” replied Ned. “You +see, the way I planned it first—” +</p> +<p> +“The way <em>who</em> planned it?” inquired Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“Well, the way <em>we</em> planned it, then.” +</p> +<p> +“Hold on! Whose idea was it in the first +place, partner?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, don’t be so fussy! Anyway, you couldn’t +have done it without me!” +</p> +<p> +“I never said I could. But you’ve got a lot of +cheek to talk about the way <em>you—</em>” +</p> +<p> +Polly clapped her hands to her ears. “I’m not +being told how it was done, and I do want to +know. Go on, Ned.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, it was done like this. You see, Laurie +was tied to the chair, and I was hiding out at the +other end of the garden. Then Lew Cooper put +the screen around the chair.” Polly nodded. +“Then I started toward the platform, and every +one turned to look at me.” Polly nodded again. +“Well, right behind the platform was the bulkhead +door into the cellar. When Cooper shouted +to me to come on, two fellows who were on the +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_173'></a>173</span> +stairs waiting pushed the door open, grabbed +Laurie, chair and all, and whisked him down cellar. +Then they put another chair, just like the +first one, behind the screen, and when Cooper +pulled the screen away, there it was, just as if +Laurie had somehow untied himself and—and +vanished! Of course, if any one had been looking +at the screen instead of at me just then, he +might have seen what was going on, although it +was pretty dark behind there and he mightn’t +have. Anyway, no one was, I guess. The trick +depended on the—the faint similarity between us. +Lots of fellows who knew us were on to it, but the +folks from the village were puzzled for fair!” +</p> +<p> +“Indeed they were,” agreed Polly. “They +just couldn’t understand it at all!” +</p> +<p> +“It would have been better,” mused Laurie, +“if we could have taken the screen away and +showed the empty chair before Ned came into +sight; but there didn’t seem to be any way of +doing that. We had to have the people looking +the other way, and we had to work quick. As it +was, I was half killed, for Wainwright and Plummer +were in such a hurry to get the other chair +up there that they just dumped me on my back! +And then they ran upstairs through the kitchen +to see the end of it, and I was kicking around +down there for five minutes!” +</p> +<p> +“Well,” said Ned, a few minutes later, “I’m +not finding out what to do with this.” He opened +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_174'></a>174</span> +one hand and exposed some bills and two ten-cent +pieces folded into a wad. “Your mother +says she won’t take it, Polly—that she didn’t understand +we were going to pay her for the cream-puffs. +Gee, we wouldn’t have thought of asking +her to make them for nothing!” +</p> +<p> +Polly nodded sympathetically. “Mother says, +though, that the boys bring so much trade to her +that it’s only fair for her to help them.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s poppy-cock!” said Laurie. “Seven +dollars and twenty cents is a lot of money. Look +here; don’t you think she ought to take it, Polly?” +</p> +<p> +Polly was silent a moment. Then she nodded +affirmatively. “Yes, I do,” she said frankly. +“She really needs the money, Ned. I wouldn’t +tell any one else, but we’re just frightfully hard +up, and I wouldn’t be a bit surprised if Mother +had to give up here before very long.” +</p> +<p> +“Give up!” exclaimed Ned. “You mean—go +away?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes. You see, she doesn’t make very much +money in the store; nothing like she used to before +the war sent prices so high. And then, what with +taxes and water and light, and the interest on the +mortgage, why, it hardly pays. Just the same, +if she says she won’t take the money, Ned, why, +I guess she won’t, and that’s all there is to it. +But she ought to!” +</p> +<p> +“Can’t she charge more for things?” asked +Laurie. “Everyone else does nowadays. That +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_175'></a>175</span> +bake-shop down on Hudson Street gets eight +cents for cream-puffs and éclairs, and you sell +them for six.” +</p> +<p> +“I know; but Mama says six cents is enough +and that the boys oughtn’t to have to pay any +more. And lots of things she sells for hardly any +more than she used to before prices advanced. +Why, I have to watch all the time; and when bills +come in for things, I have to compare them with +what we’re getting for them, and lots of times +I find that Mama’s been selling for less than +what she’s paid! She just won’t be a profiteer, +she says!” +</p> +<p> +“Gee! I hope you don’t have to shut up,” +said Laurie. He looked around the little garden. +“It—it’s such a jolly place! And the house and +everything. Gee, that would be a shame!” +</p> +<p> +Polly sighed while she nodded. “It is nice,” +she agreed; “but there are so many things that +ought to be done! Uncle Peter never would do +much for us. He did promise to have the house +painted, but he died about a month after that, +and so it was never done.” +</p> +<p> +“Suppose he up and died so’s he wouldn’t +have to do it?” inquired Laurie, suspiciously. +</p> +<p> +Polly shook her head and looked a trifle shocked, +until she caught the smile in Ned’s eyes. +</p> +<p> +“It doesn’t look as if it would cost much money +to paint it,” remarked Ned, looking up at the +rear of the little two-and-a-half-story building. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_176'></a>176</span> +“It’s not much more than a doll’s house, anyway. +How many rooms are there, Polly?” +</p> +<p> +“Three upstairs, and then a sort of attic room +under the roof; and two downstairs.” +</p> +<p> +“Uh-huh. I just wondered. It wouldn’t be +much of a trick to paint the outside. Bet you I +could do it in a couple of days.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie gasped. “A couple of days! You? +How do you get like that? It would take a real +painter a week to do it!” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe; but I’m not a real painter,” answered +Ned, grinning. He glanced at the crumpled wad +in his hand and held it tentatively toward Polly. +“Maybe you’d better take charge of this, Polly, +until we decide what to do with it.” +</p> +<p> +But Polly put her hands resolutely behind her, +and shook her head with decision. “No, Ned, I’d +rather not. If Mama says she won’t have it, she +won’t, and you might just as well give it back to +the—the fund.” +</p> +<p> +Somewhat to Laurie’s surprise, Ned pocketed +the money without further protest. “All right,” +he said. “It’s very kind of your mother. We +mustn’t forget to see that her name’s included +in the list of those who donated things, Laurie. +This week’s ‘Messenger’ is going to tell all about +it. Well, I’ve got to pull my freight. You coming, +partner?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, I guess so,” replied Laurie, without +much enthusiasm. “I promised Bob and George +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_177'></a>177</span> +to get another fellow and play some tennis this +afternoon.” +</p> +<p> +“Gee! it must be great to have nothing to do +but play,” sighed his brother. +</p> +<p> +“Huh, any one would think, to hear you talk, +that you were working,” replied Laurie, crushingly. +“All you do is stand around and watch +the others.” +</p> +<p> +“Think so?” Ned smiled in a superior way. +“You come down this afternoon and see how +much standing around I do. Joe Stevenson says +I’ve got to practise goals now. Isn’t that the +limit?” +</p> +<p> +“I suppose it pains him to see you loafing,” +said Laurie. “Anyway, I dare say it’ll keep you +out of mischief.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie led the way to the back fence, against +which leaned a plank with two pieces of wood +nailed across it. This afforded a short cut to +and from school, and was an idea of Bob’s. From +the top of the fence they dropped into the +shrubbery and then made their way to the side +gate. +</p> +<p> +The arbor had not yet been denuded of its evergreen +clothing, and there were other evidences of +the recent festival in the shape of crumpled paper +napkins lying on the ground. Thomas had +taken down the lanterns and was packing them +away in their case by the kitchen porch, and +the boys called a greeting to him as they +passed. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_178'></a>178</span> +</p> +<p> +“Bob still mean to make a tennis-court here?” +asked Ned, as they went through the gate. +</p> +<p> +“Yes. He’s going to tear down that arbor +right away, he says. So far, though, he hasn’t +found any one to do the work on the court. +Every one is busy. I don’t believe he will get it +done in time to use it this fall.” +</p> +<p> +“Of course he won’t. It’s nearly November +now. Say, you’d better take this money and +hand it over to Whipple. You’ll see him before +I do. And tell him to put Mrs. Deane’s name +down with the other folks who contributed, will +you?” +</p> +<p> +“All right; but I think it’s a shame to let her +stand for all those cakes.” +</p> +<p> +“So do I; only—” +</p> +<p> +“Only what?” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe we can make it up to her another way. +I’ve got an idea, Laurie.” +</p> +<p> +“I hope it’s better than most of ’em. What is +it?” +</p> +<p> +And when Ned had explained it, Laurie considered +a long moment and then indorsed it enthusiastically. +“That’s corking!” he cried. +“For once, Ned, the old bean has worked! Only, +when could we—” +</p> +<p> +“Christmas vacation,” said Ned. “We won’t +have much to do then. What do you say?” +</p> +<p> +“I say that, for the first time in my life, Neddie, +I’m proud to acknowledge you as my twin!” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_179'></a>179</span><a name='chXVI' id='chXVI'></a>CHAPTER XVI—POLLY TELLS A SPOOK STORY</h2> +<p> +Assured of sufficient funds to complete its +season without financial embarrassment, the +Hillman’s football team seemed to take a new and +firmer grip on things. Practice went well that +week, and the players showed vim and snap. +Perhaps the colder weather helped, too. The +line-up that faced the scrubs on Friday for a +short scrimmage was, barring accidents, that +which would, four weeks later, start the game +against Hillman’s old rival, Farview Academy. +Farley and White were at the ends, Captain +Stevenson and Pringle were the tackles, Emerson +and Corson were the guards, and Kewpie Proudtree +was at center. Frank Brattle at quarter, +Mason and Slavin for halves, and Pope at full-back +composed the rest of the team. There were +some weak places, to be sure; but, on the whole, +Coach Mulford was fairly satisfied that he had +the parts for a capable machine. +</p> +<p> +Ned was still playing on the scrub eleven, and +doing rather well. As a punter, at least, he deserved +his position at left half, and it might be +that he would develop into a fair goal-kicker; for +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_180'></a>180</span> +in the last four days, under the tuition of the +coach and full-back Pope, he had shown excellent +promise. Those morning lessons, now abandoned, +had grounded Ned well in the art of toeing +the pigskin, and, whatever fame the future might +hold for him as punter or drop-kicker or place-kicker, +much of the credit would be Kewpie’s. +</p> +<p> +To-day, in the second ten minutes of the scrimmaging,—there +was but twenty minutes in all,—Thursby, +playing quarter, and probably acting +under instructions, gave Ned his first chance to +show what he could do in the way of field goals. +Unable to reach a point nearer than twenty yards +to the school team’s goal, Thursby called for +“kick formation, Turner back,” and Ned went +up-field with his heart in his mouth. Although +the cross-bar was less than thirty yards from +where he took his stand and almost directly in +front of him, it looked to Ned to be a woeful distance +away and the angle much more severe than +it was. But he didn’t have much time for reflection, +for Thursby called his signal quickly, +and the leather came back to him at a good pass, +and the school team was crashing through. +</p> +<p> +Ned always thought that he closed his eyes +when he swung his toe against the rebounding ball +and trusted to luck, but I doubt it, for the pigskin +described a perfect arc and went well and true +over the bar, and if Ned had had his eyes closed +I don’t believe the pigskin would have acted that +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_181'></a>181</span> +way at all. Most of the scrub team players +thumped him on the back and showed their delight +in other ways, for they had not scored on the +school team for nearly a week; while, at a little +distance, Coach Mulford nodded his head almost +imperceptibly. It was too bad Ned didn’t see +that nod, for it would have pleased him far more +than the buffets of his team-mates. +</p> +<p> +The next day Hillman’s made a trip to Warring +and played the Lansing team to a standstill, returning +with a 22-0 victory tucked under its belt. +Ned got into the game for a bare five minutes at +the last, as did half a dozen other substitutes; but +he was not called on to kick any goals, for which +he was at once sorry and glad. To have had the +eyes of nearly a thousand persons on him would, +he thought, have precluded any possibility of success; +but, on the other hand, had he succeeded—He +sighed for lost opportunities! +</p> +<p> +The attendance that afternoon was a matter of +great joy to Manager Dave Murray, for Hillman’s +went home with a neat sum as its share of the +day’s profits, a sum far larger than he had +counted on—large enough, in fact, to make up the +difference between the net receipts from the fête +and the three hundred and fifty dollars aimed at. +</p> +<p> +Hillman’s good fortune held for another week. +There were no accidents during practice; every +fellow in the line-up played for all that was in +him; and the scrubs took a licking every afternoon. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_182'></a>182</span> +Ned twice more gained glory as a drop-kicker, +although on a third occasion he failed +lamentably. Unfortunately, neither of his successes +brought victory to his team, since the opponents +had on each occasion a safe lead in the +scoring. Every afternoon, following the scrimmage, +Ned was presented by the coach with a nice +battle-scarred football, and instructed to go down +to the east goal and “put some over.” Sometimes +Hop Kendrick or Ben Thursby went with +him to hold the ball while he tried placement-kicks, +and always an unhappy substitute was +delegated to retrieve the pigskin for him; but the +coach let him pretty much alone, and Pope looked +on only occasionally and was surprisingly sparing +of comment or advice. And yet, Ned improved, +rather to his surprise, since he felt himself neglected +and, as he said to Laurie, didn’t see how +they expected a fellow to learn goal-kicking if +they didn’t show him a little! But, although he +didn’t realize it, Ned had reached a point in his +development where he was best left to his own +devices, and Coach Mulford knew it and forbore +to risk confusing him with unnecessary instruction. +So Ned pegged away doggedly, and got results, +as he considered, in spite of the coach! +</p> +<p> +Against the Queens Preparatory Institute, +which journeyed up from the city on Saturday, +the Blue was able to emerge from four grueling +fifteen-minute periods with the score 6-6, from +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_183'></a>183</span> +the Blue’s standpoint a very satisfactory showing, +for Q. P. I. was a much-heralded team and +had downed stronger elevens than Hillman’s. +So November began its second week, and cloudy +days and not infrequently rainy ones took the +place of the sunny weather of October. +</p> +<p> +Laurie would have been somewhat at a loss for +a way in which to spend his afternoons at that +time, had it not been for Bob Starling’s overmastering +desire to build a tennis-court in the +garden of the Coventry place. The weather was +far too cold for tennis, although now and then he +and Bob played George and Lee Murdock, and +the wrecking of the old grape-arbor, preparatory +to digging up the sod, proved a welcome diversion. +Sometimes Thomas took a hand; but +Thomas had plenty to do indoors, and the work +was accomplished almost wholly by Bob and +Laurie, with the occasional moral support of +George or Lee. +</p> +<p> +Usually an hour’s labor with hammer or crowbar +ended with an adjournment to the Widow +Deane’s, by way of the back fence, for refreshments. +Sometimes it was warm enough to foregather +in the little garden behind the shop and, +armed with cream-puffs or tarts, spend a jolly +half-hour in the society of Polly and Mae. At +such times Mrs. Deane, hearing the shouts and +laughter, came to the back door and smiled in +sympathy. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_184'></a>184</span> +</p> +<p> +One glorious afternoon of mingled sunlight and +frost there was an excursion afoot out into the +country in search of nuts. Polly and Mae and +Laurie and George and Bob and Lee formed the +party. They carried two baskets, one of which +George wore on his head most of the way, to the +wonderment of the infrequent passers. Mae +knew, or thought she knew, where there were +chestnut trees, and led the way for three miles +to what is called Two Jug Ridge. The chestnut +trees, however, were, according to Laurie, away +for the afternoon. They found some hickory nuts, +not quite ready to leave their husks, and a +few beech-nuts, and after gathering those they +sat on a broad, flat boulder and looked down on +Orstead and Little Windsor and some twelve +miles of the Hudson River, and talked a good deal +of nonsense—all except Lee, who went to sleep +with his cap pulled over his eyes, and had a cold +in his head for days after. George decided that +when he was through college and was married, +he would come back there and build a bungalow +just where they were seated. +</p> +<p> +“This will do for the front door-step,” he expounded, +“and over there will be a closed-in +porch with an open fireplace and a Gloucester +hammock.” +</p> +<p> +“That all you’re going to have?” asked Bob. +“No kitchen?” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, there’ll be a kitchen, all right, and a dining-room—no, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_185'></a>185</span> +I guess we’ll eat on the porch. +Wouldn’t it be a dandy place, though? Look at +the view!” +</p> +<p> +“Fine,” said Laurie, without much enthusiasm, +remembering the last uphill mile. “Don’t mind +if I don’t come to see you often, though, do +you?” +</p> +<p> +“Not a bit! Nobody asked you, anyway.” +</p> +<p> +“You could live on nuts,” murmured Polly, +“and could have shaggy-barks for breakfast and +beech-nuts for dinner and—” +</p> +<p> +“Grape-nuts for supper,” said Laurie, coming +to the rescue. +</p> +<p> +“And you could call the place the Squirrel-Cage,” +suggested Bob. +</p> +<p> +And that reminded Mae of a story her father +had told of a man who had lived in the woods +farther down the river some years before, and +who ate nothing but nuts and things he found in +the forest. “He lived all alone in a little cabin +he’d built, and folks said he was a deserter from +the army, and—” +</p> +<p> +“What army?” George asked. +</p> +<p> +“The Northern Army, of course.” +</p> +<p> +“I thought you might mean the Salvation +Army. Then this was quite awhile ago, wasn’t +it?” +</p> +<p> +“Of course, stupid! Years and years ago. +And finally, when he died, folks found that he +wasn’t a deserter at all, but a general or a major +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_186'></a>186</span> +or something, and they found a prize that the +government had given him, some sort of a medal +for bravery in battle. Wasn’t that sad?” +</p> +<p> +“Well,” replied Laurie, doubtfully, “I suppose +it was. I suppose the government would +have shown better judgment if they’d given him +a bag of nuts. Of course, he couldn’t eat that +medal!” +</p> +<p> +“You’re horrid! Anyway, it just shows that +you mustn’t judge folks by—by outward appearances, +doesn’t it?” +</p> +<p> +“Rather! I’ve always said that, too. Take +George, for example. Just to look at him, you’d +never think he had any sense at all; but at +times—” +</p> +<p> +“Lay off of George,” interrupted that young +gentleman, threateningly. “If folks judged you +by the way you talk, you’d be inside a nice high +wall!” +</p> +<p> +Why the talk should have drifted from there to +the subject of ghosts and uncanny happenings +isn’t apparent, but it did. In the midst of it, +Lee gave a tremendous snore that scared both +the girls horribly, and sat up suddenly, blinking. +“Hello!” he muttered. Then he yawned and +grinned foolishly. “Guess I must have dropped +off,” he said apologetically. +</p> +<p> +“You didn’t,” said George. “If you had +you’d have waked up quicker! Cut out the +chatter; Polly’s telling a spook yarn.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_187'></a>187</span> +</p> +<p> +Lee gathered up a handful of beech-nuts and +was silent except for the sound he made in cracking +the shells. +</p> +<p> +“It isn’t much of a story,” disclaimed Polly, +“but it—it <em>was</em> funny. It began just after Mama +and I came here. I mean, that was the first time. +One night, after we had gone to bed, Mama +called me. ‘I think there’s some one downstairs, +Polly,’ she whispered. We both listened, +and, sure enough, we could hear a sort of tapping +sound. It wasn’t like footsteps, exactly; more—more +hollow, as if it came from a long way off. +But it sounded right underneath. We listened +a minute or two, and then it stopped and didn’t +begin again; and presently we lighted a candle +and went downstairs, and nobody was there and +everything was quite all right. So we thought +that perhaps what we’d heard was some one +walking along the street. +</p> +<p> +“We didn’t hear it again for nearly two +weeks, and then it lasted longer—maybe two +minutes. It got louder; and stopped, and began +again, and died away; and we sat there and listened, +and I thought of ghosts and everything except +robbers, because it didn’t sound like any one +in the store. It was more as if it was some one +in the cellar.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, maybe it was,” suggested Laurie, when +Polly paused. +</p> +<p> +“That’s what we thought, Nod, until we went +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_188'></a>188</span> +to see. Then we remembered that there wasn’t +any cellar!” +</p> +<p> +“Oh!” said Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“What happened then?” asked Lee, flicking a +shell at George. +</p> +<p> +“It kept on happening every little while for +two years. We got so we didn’t think any more +about it. Mr. Farmer, the lawyer, said what we +heard was probably a rat. But I know very well +it wasn’t that. It was too regular. It was always +just the same each time. At first we could +just hear it a little, and then it grew louder and +louder, and stopped. And then it began again, +loud, and just sort of—of trailed off till you +couldn’t hear it at all. I suppose we never +would have heard it if it hadn’t been for Mama +not sleeping very well, because it always came +after midnight, usually about half-past twelve. +After a while I didn’t hear it at all, because +Mama stopped waking me up.” +</p> +<p> +“Spooks,” declared George, with unction. +“The house is haunted, Polly.” +</p> +<p> +“Wish I lived there,” said Bob eagerly. “I’m +crazy about ghosts. They told me that old Coven—I +mean your uncle, Polly—haunted the house +we’re in; but, gee! I’ve been around at all times +of night and never seen a thing! There are lots +of jolly, shivery noises—stairs creaking, and +woodwork popping, and all that, you know; but +nary a ghost. Look here, Polly! Let me sit +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_189'></a>189</span> +down in the store some night, will you? I’d love +to!” +</p> +<p> +“You’ve got funny ideas of fun,” murmured +George. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, but it’s gone now,” said Mae. “Hasn’t +it, Polly? You haven’t heard the noise for a long +time, have you?” +</p> +<p> +“No, not for—oh, two years, I think. At least, +that’s what Mama says. Maybe, though, she +sleeps better and doesn’t hear things.” +</p> +<p> +“I guess Mr. What’s-his-name was right,” said +Lee. “It was probably a rat, or a family of rats.” +</p> +<p> +“Rats wouldn’t make the same sound every +time,” scoffed Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“They might. Trained rats might. Maybe +they escaped from a circus.” +</p> +<p> +“And maybe you escaped from an asylum,” responded +Laurie, getting up. “Let’s take him +home before he gets violent.” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_190'></a>190</span><a name='chXVII' id='chXVII'></a>CHAPTER XVII—LAURIE MAKES A PROTEST</h2> +<p> +The football team continued to add victories, +and as the fateful 20th of November approached +enthusiasm grew until, after the Whittier +game, which Hillman’s won by a field goal +in the final hectic two minutes, it became more +a furore than enthusiasm. Ned, by that time, +had settled down to a realization that, no matter +what progress he made this fall, no matter how +adept he became at kicking a football down the +field or over the cross-bar, he would not make +the first team; that, in short, he was being educated +as next year material. There was no injustice +in this, and he realized it; for, aside from +his proficiency as a kicker, he was not in the class +with the school team backs. He couldn’t worm +his way through a hole in the opposing line the +way Slavin could, nor smash through the defense +the way Mason did, nor dodge and side-step in +a broken field like Pope. Once going, Ned was +rather hard to stop, for he displayed some of +the slippery qualities of an eel; but it took him +ten yards to get his speed up, and the opponents +had a discouraging way of getting through and +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_191'></a>191</span> +flooring him before the tenth yard was won! +But he had grown to love the game, and no one +toiled more conscientiously. There were times +when Laurie devoutly wished that Ned hadn’t +taken up the game, for after a half-hour of Ned’s +chatter Laurie found the subject of football a +trifle dull. +</p> +<p> +On the Wednesday before the Farview contest +the Orstead High School team came over +for a practice game. At least, Hillman’s called +it a practice game and considered it such; but +High School had blood in her eye and was secretly +determined to wreak all the vengeance possible. +Once a year, for the space of some three +hours, Orstead High School swore allegiance to +Hillman’s and turned out at the field and rooted +valiantly for the Blue while she battled with +Farview. But all the rest of the time she was +frankly hostile and derisive. This Wednesday +afternoon the hostility was apparent from the +first. More than a hundred boys and a scattering +of girls followed their team to the Hillman’s +field and demanded revenge for the early-season +defeat, while the High School team, which had +passed through a rather successful season and +was not at all the aggregation that the Blue had +beaten 10 to 7, started right out after it. +</p> +<p> +Coach Mulford began with his first-string +players, and against them High School was not +dangerous, although there were anxious moments. The +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_192'></a>192</span> +second period ended with the score +7—0 in Hillman’s favor, only a fumble by Slavin +on High School’s eight yards saving the visitor +from a second touch-down. When the third +quarter began, Coach Mulford put in nearly a +new eleven, only Kewpie Proudtree, Farley, Mason, +and Pope remaining over. Perhaps the +High School coach had talked new strength and +determination into his charges during the intermission, +for the visitors started in on the second +half in whirlwind fashion. The Blue kicked off, +and High School’s quarter got the ball on his +twenty-five-yard line and scampered back to the +thirty-five before he was laid low by Farley, the +Blue’s left end. From there, with fierce slams +at Hillman’s right and two short forward passes +over the center of the line, High School reached +the opponent’s thirty-two. There an off-side +penalty set her back, and, after two attempts at +rushing that produced but three yards, she kicked +to the five-yard line. Kendrick fumbled the +catch, but recovered and was downed on his ten. +Pope punted on second down to mid-field, and from +there High School started another slashing advance +that took her to the thirty-four yards before +she was halted. +</p> +<p> +On the side-lines, the High School supporters +were shouting and beseeching and banners were +waving deliriously. A tow-haired full-back, who +had all along proved the visitor’s best +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_193'></a>193</span> +ground-gainer, smashed through the Hillman’s left for +two yards; and then, on fourth down, faking a +kick, he set off on a romp around the adversary’s +right. Lightner, the second-string end, was effectually +boxed, and the runner, turning wide, +was off down the field at top speed. Only Hop +Kendrick stood between him and the goal-line, +and Hop waited on the fifteen yards, wary and +alert. The tow-haired boy’s feint to the right +didn’t fool him, and when the side-stepping to +the left began, Hop was on him with a clean dive +and a hard tackle, and the two rolled to earth together. +But the ball was on the thirteen yards +now, and it was first down for High School, and +the latter was not to be denied. A plunge off +tackle took the pigskin in front of the goal, though +there was no gain. Hillman’s piled up an attack +at right guard. On third down, High +School called for kick formation, and the tow-haired +terror dropped back. +</p> +<p> +From the side of the gridiron, Hillman’s +rooters chanted: “Block that kick! Block that +kick!” But there was no kick to block, for the +full-back only backed away a pace or two when +the pigskin reached him, and then tossed to the +corner of the field and to the eager hands of +an uncovered right end who had but to make +three strides before he was over the line. Hop +got him then; but the damage was done, and +the visitors lining the gridiron were cheering and +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_194'></a>194</span> +cavorting wildly. The kick was from a difficult +angle, but the tow-haired player made it, and +the score was tied. +</p> +<p> +The teams changed fields a minute later. Undismayed, +Coach Mulford sent in three new substitutes, +one of them in place of Pope. Hillman’s +got the ball in mid-field on a fumble, and set off +for the adversary’s goal; but the new players +were not able to make much headway, and Deering, +who had taken Pope’s place, punted. The +effort landed the ball on High School’s thirty-seven, +and her quarter ran it back eight more +before he was stopped. Three tries at the line +netted seven yards, and the visitor punted to +Hop Kendrick on his eighteen. This time Hop +hugged the ball hard and set off along the far +side of the gridiron at a smart pace. Fortunately +for him, one High School end overran. +The other challenged, but missed his tackle. By +that time a hasty interference had formed, and, +guarded by Mason and Lightner, Hop reached +his forty before misfortune overtook him. There +a High School tackle crashed through the interference +and nailed him hard. +</p> +<p> +But that twenty-yard sprint had brought new +vim to the Blue’s novices, and new confidence, +and from their forty yards they began a fast, hard +attack that placed High School with her back +to the wall almost before she realized it. If the +substitutes lacked the experience and brawn of +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_195'></a>195</span> +the first-choice players, they at least had sand +and speed. And they had a quarter-back who +was earnest and grim and determined, and who, +sensing that the opponent was weary, realized +that speed, and a lot of it, was the one thing that +could save the day. And so Hop proved his right +to his nickname that afternoon. Hop he did, +and so did his team. Signals were fairly shot +into the air, and there was no longer any time +between plays for High School to recover her +breath. Twice, with plunges at the right of the +visitor’s line and runs outside her tackles, Hillman’s +made her distance and the pigskin rested +on the thirty-six yards. +</p> +<p> +So far the Blue had attempted but three forward +passes, of which only one had succeeded. +Now, from position, Hop threw straight over the +center, and somehow Lightner was there and +pulled it down, although the enemy was clustered +around him thick. That seven-yard gain was +made ten when Deering was poked through the +center, ten a little more, for the ball was down +on High School’s twenty-four-yard line. The +game that had been proclaimed a practice event +for the purpose of seasoning the substitutes +against Saturday’s contest had developed within +the last half-hour into a battle to the death. +Outside the gridiron the opposing factions hurled +defiant cheers at each other and rooted as they +had not rooted all the season. On the field the +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_196'></a>196</span> +rivalry was even more intense, and black looks +and hard knocks were the order. +</p> +<p> +High School, sparring for time, administered +to a breathless right guard, and then drew into +a bunch for a whispered conference, while Hillman’s +supporters hooted derisively. Deering +gained three and Boessel two more. High School +ran two substitutes on, and, after the next play, +two more. An old-fashioned criss-cross sent +Mason around his own right end for eight +yards and planted the ball just short of the ten-yard +line. Mason gave place to Beedle. A slide +off tackle centered the pigskin and gained a scant +yard. Deering struck center for a yard loss, +and Lightner was caught off-side. The ball went +back to the seventeen yards. +</p> +<p> +High School was playing desperately and her +line had stiffened. Beedle gave way to Ned after +that second down, and Ned had his instructions. +The ball was in front of High School’s goal, and +from the seventeen yards a field goal was an +easy proposition if the opponents could be held +away from the kicker. Perhaps Hop Kendrick +didn’t realize why Ned had been sent in, or perhaps +he thought better of his own judgment. +Since by the rules Ned could not communicate +the instructions from the coach until after the +following play, he could only look his surprise +when Hop failed to call him back to kicking +position. Farley, captain in Stevenson’s absence, seemed +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_197'></a>197</span> +to be on the point of protesting, +and even took a step toward the quarter-back; +but he evidently reconsidered, for he returned +to his position at the end of the line, and the +starting signal followed. +</p> +<p> +The play was a fake attack on the right, with +Boessel carrying the ball to the left inside of +tackle, and it worked to perfection. High School, +over-anxious, stormed to the defense of her +threatened right side, and Boessel, with Ned +hanging at his flank as far as the five-yard line, +where the earth suddenly rose up and smote him, +romped over the line for the last and deciding +touch-down, while the Blue cohorts went fairly +wild with delight. +</p> +<p> +On the side-line, Coach Mulford turned to Joe +Stevenson. “What do you think of Kendrick?” +he asked, smiling. +</p> +<p> +“I’d kiss him if I had him here,” answered +Joe, grinning joyously. “I call him one sweet +little quarter, Coach!” +</p> +<p> +“Well, this was his day, all right,” mused the +other; “I hope he will show up as well Saturday. +Now we’ll see whether Turner can kick +a goal. He’s been doing some good work in +practice, but he looks scared to death and will +probably miss it by a mile.” +</p> +<p> +And Ned <em>was</em> scared, too. He tried to steady +his nerves by assuring himself that, whether he +made it or missed it, the Blue had won the game, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_198'></a>198</span> +and that consequently a failure made little difference. +But the silence of his schoolmates and +the “booing” of the visiting rooters affected him +badly. To Hop, holding the ball from the turf, +it seemed that Ned would never have done pointing +it. And so it seemed to the onlookers. +Never was a kicker more deliberate. But at last +Hop heard a faint “Down!” and drew his fingers +from beneath the oval and waited an anxious +moment. Then there was a clean, hard <em>thud</em>, +and the quarter-back, watching its flight, saw +the pigskin rise lazily, end over end, and go +straight and high over the bar. +</p> +<p> +And he might have heard Ned’s loud sigh of +relief, had not the pounding of the charging +enemy and the cries of the Hillman’s horde +drowned it. +</p> +<p> +Another kick-off and four plays ended the +contest, and High School, after cheering half-heartedly, +went off disgruntled and silent. +</p> +<p> +On his way to the field-house, Ned, trotting +along with Hop, encountered Polly and Mae in +the throng, and paused to speak. “Bully game, +wasn’t it?” he said. Then, seeing Mae’s High +School banner, he added: “High School put up a +dandy fight, Mae.” +</p> +<p> +“Indeed she did,” agreed Mae. “I thought +once she was going to win, too.” +</p> +<p> +Polly was laughing. “Poor Mae didn’t know +which team she wanted to win,” she explained. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_199'></a>199</span> +“When High School gained she waved her flag, +and when Hillman’s gained she waved it just the +same. She was waving it all the time! That +was a lovely goal you made, Nid.” +</p> +<p> +“Thanks. I—well, I was so scared I didn’t +know whether to kick the ball or bite it! I’m +mighty glad it went over, though.” He nodded +and hurried on in the wake of Hop, who, being +a very earnest young gentleman and completely +absorbed in the business of football, considered +girls far outside his scheme of things. +</p> +<p> +Three quarters of an hour later, Laurie arose +from his recumbent position on the window-seat +of Number 16 East Hall, and delivered an ultimatum +in quiet but forceful tones. “Ned,” he +said, “I saw that game from about the middle +of the first quarter to the bitter end. Nothing +escaped my eagle gaze. I can even tell you exactly +how many times that High School umpire +consulted his rules book when he thought no one +was looking. I know how much dirt there was +in Frank Brattle’s left ear when they dragged +him out. I know—” +</p> +<p> +“Well, what of it? What’s your chief +trouble?” growled Ned. +</p> +<p> +“Knowing all this and more, much more, Neddie, +I refuse to listen any longer to your reminiscences. +You’ve been through the game three +times since you landed up here, and there’s a +limit to my endurance. And you’ve reached +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_200'></a>200</span> +that limit, Neddie—you really have. I’m going +down to George’s, where I may hear something +besides touch-downs and passes and goals. +When you recover, Neddie, come on down.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, go to the dickens!” muttered Ned, as the +door closed softly. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_201'></a>201</span><a name='chXVIII' id='chXVIII'></a>CHAPTER XVIII—BEFORE THE BATTLE</h2> +<p> +“The fellow who put these posts in,” grunted +Bob, as he heaved and tugged, “must have +had more time than brains!” +</p> +<p> +It was Thursday afternoon. A hard frost, +which had frozen the ground a half-inch deep, +had counseled him to finish the work of wrecking +the arbor. But three posts remained, and at +one of these Bob, after having dug around it, and +pried at it with a bar until patience was exhausted, +was tugging lustily. Laurie, wiping +the sweat of honest toil from his brow, cast aside +the bar and gave a hand. +</p> +<p> +“Come on,” he said hopefully. “One, two—three! +Heave!” +</p> +<p> +“Heave!” muttered Bob. +</p> +<p> +But although the post, which had formed a +corner of the arbor, gave from side to side, it +refused to leave its nest. Panting, the boys drew +off and observed it glumly. +</p> +<p> +“Guess we’ll have to dig some more,” said +Bob. +</p> +<p> +“Wait a minute. Let me get a purchase on it +with the bar.” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_202'></a>202</span> +</p> +<p> +Laurie seized that implement again and drove +it into the softened earth beside the post. As +the first drive didn’t send it far enough, he pulled +it out, and put all his strength into the next effort. +This time he succeeded beyond all expectations. +The bar slipped through his fingers +and disappeared from sight! +</p> +<p> +“Well!” he gasped. “What do you know—” +</p> +<p> +“Where-where did it go to?” cried Bob, dumfounded. +</p> +<p> +“It went—it went to China, I guess! It just +slipped right through my hands, and kept on +slipping!” Laurie knelt and dug at the hole +with his fingers. +</p> +<p> +“Find it?” asked Bob. “Try the shovel.” +</p> +<p> +“No, I can’t feel it. Hand it here.” Laurie +took the shovel and dug frantically. Then Bob +dug. The result was that they enlarged and +deepened the hole around the post, but the crowbar +failed to materialize. +</p> +<p> +“I suppose,” said Laurie, finally, dropping the +shovel and tilting back his cap, “what happened +was that I struck a sort of hole, and the bar went +right down in. Maybe it was a rat-hole, Bob.” +</p> +<p> +“I guess so. Anyway, it’s gone, and we’ll +have to get a new one.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, I guess we’ll find it when we get the post +out. Let’s try the old thing.” +</p> +<p> +They did, and, after a moment of indecision, +it came out most obligingly. But there was still +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_203'></a>203</span> +no crowbar to be seen. Laurie shook his head, +mystified. “That’s the funniest thing I ever +saw,” he declared. +</p> +<p> +“It surely is! Look here; maybe there’s an +old well there.” +</p> +<p> +“Then why didn’t the post go down into it?” +</p> +<p> +“Because it’s covered over with stones. The +bar happened to slip into a—a crevice.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie nodded dubiously. “That might be +it,” he agreed. “Or perhaps we’ve discovered +a subterranean cavern!” +</p> +<p> +“Caverns always are subterranean, aren’t +they?” +</p> +<p> +“No; sometimes they’re in the side of a hill.” +</p> +<p> +“Then they’re caves.” +</p> +<p> +“A cave and a cavern are the same thing, you +smart Aleck.” +</p> +<p> +“All right; but even if a cavern is in a hill, +it’s underground, and subterranean means under—” +</p> +<p> +“Help! You win, Bob! Come on and get +hold of this log and let’s get it out of here.” +And, as they staggered with it across the garden +to add it to the pile of posts and lumber already +there, he continued: “There’s one thing certain, +Bob, and that’s that you won’t get me to +play tennis on your court. I’d be afraid of +sinking into the ground some fine day!” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe you’d find the crowbar then,” said +Bob. “Heave!” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_204'></a>204</span> +</p> +<p> +Laurie “heaved,” patted the brown loam from +his hands, and surveyed the pile. “There’s a +lot of good stuff there,” he pondered. “Some +of it’s sort of rotten, but there’s enough to build +something.” +</p> +<p> +“What do you want to build?” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t know. We could build a sort of covered +seat, like the one in Polly’s yard, where +folks could rest and look on. Take about six +of these posts and some of the strips, and some +boards for the seat—” +</p> +<p> +“Who’d dig the post-holes?” inquired Bob, +coldly. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, we could get a couple of the others to +help. Honest, Bob, it would be a lot of fun. +Maybe we couldn’t do it before spring, though.” +</p> +<p> +“I might leave the stuff here,” said Bob. +“Thomas could sort of pile it a little neater, you +know. I love to carpenter. Sometime we’ll +draw a plan of it, Nod.” +</p> +<p> +“Right-o! How about those other posts? No +use trying to do anything with ’em to-day, is +there?” +</p> +<p> +“No; we’ll have to have another crowbar.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie looked relieved. “Well, let’s go over +and see whether the Widow’s got any of those +little cakes with the chocolate on top,” he suggested. +“Hard work always makes a fellow +hungry.” +</p> +<p> +There was a rousing football meeting in the +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_205'></a>205</span> +auditorium that evening, with speeches and music, +songs and cheers; and the enthusiasm spilled +over to the yard afterward, and threatened to become +unruly until Dan Whipple mounted the steps +of School Hall and spoke with all the authority +of eighteen years and the senior class presidency. +Whereupon someone suggested a cheer for the +Doctor, and the joyous crowd thronged to the west +end of the building and gave nine long “Hillman’s,” +with a “Doctor Hillman” on the end. +And then suddenly the lights flashed on on the +porch, and there were the Doctor and Miss Tabitha, +the former looking very much as if he had +awakened very recently from a nap—which was, +in fact, the case. But he was smiling as he +stepped to the doorway and near-sightedly surveyed +the throng. +</p> +<p> +“This—er—testimonial would appear to demand +some sort of a response,” he announced, +as the applause that had greeted his appearance +died away. “But I find myself singularly devoid +of words, boys. Perhaps some of you recall +the story of the visitor in Sunday-school who +was unexpectedly called on by the superintendent +to address the children. He hemmed and hawed +and said, finally, that it gave him much pleasure +to see so many smiling, happy faces. And he +hoped they were all good little boys and girls +and knew their lessons. And then his eloquence +failed him, and after an unhappy interim he +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_206'></a>206</span> +asked: ‘And now, children, what shall I say?’ +And a little girl in the front row lisped: ‘Pleathe, +Mithter, thay “Amen” and thit down!’ +</p> +<p> +“Perhaps I’d better say ‘Amen’ and sit down, +too,” he went on, when the laughter had ceased; +“but before I do I’d like to assure you that I am +‘rooting’ just as hard as any of you for a victory +the day after to-morrow. My duties will +not allow me to see the team in action, as much as +I’d like to, but I am kept well informed of its +progress. I have my scouts at work constantly. +Mr. Pennington reports to me on the work of the +linemen; Mr. Barrett advises me each day as +to the backs; Mr. Wells is my authority on—er—stratagem.” +</p> +<p> +This amused his hearers intensely, since none +of the three instructors mentioned had ever been +known to attend a game or watch a practice. +</p> +<p> +“And,” continued the principal, when he +could, “I follow the newspaper reports of our +enemy’s progress. Of course, I don’t believe all +I read. If I did I’d be certain that only +overwhelming disaster awaited us on Saturday. +But there is one thing that troubles me. I read +recently that the Farview center is a very large +youth, weighing, if I am not mistaken, some one +hundred and seventy pounds. While mere weight +and brawn are not everything, I yet tremble to +consider what may happen to the slight, atomic +youth who will oppose him. Young gentlemen, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_207'></a>207</span> +I shudder when I dwell on that unequal meeting, +that impending battle of David and Goliath!” +</p> +<p> +When the new burst of laughter had subsided, +the doctor continued more soberly: “I wish the +team all success, a notable victory. Or, if the +gods of battle will it otherwise, I wish it the +manly grace to accept defeat smilingly and undismayed. +I am certain of one thing, boys, which +is that, whether fortune favors the Dark Blue or +the Maroon and White, the contest will be hard +fought and clean, and bring honor alike to the +victor and vanquished. You have my heartiest +good wishes. And”—the doctor took the hand of +Miss Tabitha, who had been standing a few steps +behind him—“and the heartiest good wishes of +another, who, while not a close follower of your +sports, has a warm spot in her heart for each +and every one of you, and who is as firmly convinced +as I am of the invincibility of the Dark +Blue!” +</p> +<p> +“Three cheers for Tab—for Miss Hillman!” +cried a voice; and, at first a trifle ragged with +laughter, the cheers rang forth heartily. Then +came another cheer for the doctor and a rousing +one for “Hillman’s! <em>Hillman’s!!</em> HILLMAN’S!!!” +And the little throng, laughing +and chattering, dispersed to the dormitories. +</p> +<p> +Friday saw but a light practice for the first +team and a final appearance of the scrubs, who, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_208'></a>208</span> +cheered by the students, went through a few +minutes of snappy signal work, and the waving +sweaters and blankets dashed off to the field-house, +their period of servitude at an end. For +the first team there was a long blackboard drill +in the gymnasium after supper, and Ned, who, +somewhat to his surprise and very much to his +gratification, had been retained on the squad, +returned to Number 16 at nine o’clock in a rather +bemused condition of mind. Kewpie, who accompanied him, +tried to cheer him up. +</p> +<p> +“It’ll be all right to-morrow, Nid,” he declared. +“I know how you feel. Fact is, I +wouldn’t know one signal from another if I got +it this minute, and as for those sequences—” +Words failed him. “But when you get on the +field to-morrow it’ll all come back to you. It—it’s +sort of psychological. A trick of memory +and all that. You understand!” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t see why he needs to worry, anyhow,” +observed Laurie, cruelly. “He won’t get a show +in to-morrow’s game.” +</p> +<p> +Ned looked hopeful for a moment, then relapsed +into dejection as Kewpie answered: “I’d +like to bet you he will, Nod. I’d like to bet you +that he’ll play a full period. You just watch +Farview lay for Pope! Boy, they’re going to +make hard weather for that lad! They were +after him last year, but they couldn’t get him +and he played right through. But I’d like to +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_209'></a>209</span> +bet you that to-morrow they’ll have him out of +it before the last quarter.” +</p> +<p> +“What do you mean?” asked Laurie, in surprise. +“They don’t play that sort of a game, +do they?” +</p> +<p> +“What sort of a game?” responded Kewpie. +“They play hard, that’s the way they play! +And every time they tackle Pope, they’ll tackle +him so he’ll know it. And every time he hits the +line, there’ll be one of those red-legs waiting +for him. Oh, they don’t play dirty, if you mean +that; but they don’t let any chances slip, believe +me!” +</p> +<p> +“It sounds sort of off color to me, though,” +Laurie objected. “How are you going to put +a fellow out of the game if you don’t slug or do +something like that?” +</p> +<p> +Kewpie smiled knowingly. “My son,” he +said, “if I start after you and run you around +the dormitory about twenty times—” +</p> +<p> +Ned, in spite of his down-heartedness, snickered +at the picture evolved, and Kewpie grinned. +</p> +<p> +“Well, suppose some one else did, then. Anyhow, +after he’d done it about a couple of dozen +times, you’d be all in, wouldn’t you? He +wouldn’t have to kick you or knock you down or +anything, would he? Well, that’s what I mean. +That’s the way they’ll go after Pope. They’ll +tire him out. You understand. And every time +they tackle him, they’ll tackle him good and hard. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_210'></a>210</span> +Well, suppose Pope does go out, and there’s a +chance for a field goal, as there’s likely to be. +Who will Pinky put in? Why, Nid, of course! +Who else is there? Brattle can’t kick one goal +in six. No more can Deering. What do you +think Mulford’s been nursing Nid all the season +for?” +</p> +<p> +“Next year?” said Laurie, questioningly. +</p> +<p> +“Sure—and this year, too. You watch and see. +I’d like to bet you that Nid’ll have a goal to kick +to-morrow—yes, and that he’ll kick it, too!” +</p> +<p> +“Don’t!” groaned Ned. “I never could do +it!” +</p> +<p> +“Well,” laughed Laurie, “I don’t bet for +money, Kewpie, but I tell you what I’ll do. If +Ned kicks a goal to-morrow, I’ll take you over +to the Widow’s, and I’ll buy you all the cream-puffs +you can eat at one sitting!” +</p> +<p> +“It’s a go!” cried Kewpie. “And if he +doesn’t, I’ll do it to you!” +</p> +<p> +“Of course,” explained Laurie, in recognition +of his brother’s look of pained inquiry, “I’m not +making the offer because I think Ned can’t do +it, or because I don’t want him to play. You bet +I do! It’s because I do want him to, Kewpie. +You see, I usually lose bets!” +</p> +<p> +“All right, you crazy galoot. I’ve got to beat +it. Pinky made us swear by the Great Horn +Spoon to be in bed by ten. Good night. Don’t +let the signal stuff worry you, Nid. It’ll come +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_211'></a>211</span> +out all right to-morrow. You understand. +Night!” +</p> +<p> +When the door had closed, Laurie laughed and +turned to Ned. “He’s a good old scout, isn’t +he? I say, what’s the matter with you, Ned? +You look like the end of a hard winter! Cheer +up! It may not be true!” +</p> +<p> +But Ned shook his head, although he tried to +smile unconcernedly. “It’ll happen just the way +he told, Laurie,” he said, sadly. “I just know +it will! They’ll get Pope out of the way, and +there’ll be a field goal wanted, just as there was +Wednesday, and Mulford will send me in!” +</p> +<p> +“Well, what of it? You’d like that, wouldn’t +you?” +</p> +<p> +“I—I’m scared!” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, piffle, Neddie! You’ve got nerves, +that’s all. The night before the battle, you +know, and all that! In the morning you’ll be as +right as rain. Get your clothes off and tumble +in. Want me to read a story to you? There’s +a corker in the ‘Post’ this week.” +</p> +<p> +“No, thanks; I guess not. I’d better go to +sleep.” +</p> +<p> +But, although Ned, stifling a desire to sit up +and read the corking story himself, put the light +out at ten minutes before ten, he lay awake until +after midnight and suffered as blue a case of funk +as any boy ever did. And when, at length, sleep +came, it was filled with visions in which he stood +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_212'></a>212</span> +in the center of a vast arena, the object of countless +eyes, and tried over and over, and never with +success, to kick a perfectly gigantic leather ball +over a cross-bar that was higher than the +Masonic Temple at home! +</p> +<p> +The truth is that Ned was over-trained and +stale. And the further truth is that when he +awoke to as sweet a November morning as ever +peered down from a cloudless sky through golden +sunlight, he felt, as he phrased it to himself, like +a sock that had just come through the wringer! +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_213'></a>213</span><a name='chXIX' id='chXIX'></a>CHAPTER XIX—NED IS MISSING</h2> +<p> +Ned ate almost no breakfast, and Laurie noted +the fact, but, after a glance at his brother’s +face, said nothing. After all, he reflected, there +were probably others of the squad who were +displaying no more appetite this morning. +Afterward, on the way to School Hall for their +only recitation of the day, he asked off-handedly: +“How are you feeling, Neddie?” +</p> +<p> +Ned didn’t answer at once. When he did, +he only replied laconically: “Rotten!” +</p> +<p> +“How do you mean, rotten?” Laurie disguised +anxiety under flippancy. “Tummy out of +whack? Or is it a case of ingrowing signals?” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t know what the trouble is,” answered +Ned seriously. “I feel perfectly punk. And +I—I’m scared, Laurie. I’d give a million dollars +if I didn’t have to go to the field this afternoon. +I wish to goodness I could duck somehow. +Say, feel my forehead. Isn’t it hot?” +</p> +<p> +Laurie felt, and shook his head. “Cool as a +cucumber, you old fakir. Buck up, Neddie! +You’ll feel better after a while. Did you sleep +all right?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_214'></a>214</span> +</p> +<p> +“I guess so,” replied the other dispiritedly. +“I dreamed a lot. Dreamed I was kicking +goals over a bar as high as a mountain. And +the ball was as big as a hogshead. And there +were about a million folks watching me, and Mr. +Cornish was beating a bass-drum.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie laughed. “Some dream, Neddie! +Tell you what. After we get out of here, we’ll +take a nice, long hike. Mulford wants the players +to stay outdoors, doesn’t he? Didn’t you tell +me he said you were to walk or something?” +</p> +<p> +Ned nodded. “I’m too tired to walk, though, +Laurie. Guess I’ll get a book and go over to the +park. Or go down and jump in the river!” +</p> +<p> +“Fine idea!” scoffed Laurie. “What have +you got against the river? It never did anything +to you, did it?” +</p> +<p> +Ned, however, refused to smile. “You don’t +need to come along,” he said. “I—I guess I’d +rather be alone, Laurie.” +</p> +<p> +“You will be, if you’re going to jump in the +river, partner! The water’s a heap too cold to +appeal to me. Well, cheer up. See you when +we come out.” +</p> +<p> +There was a holiday feeling in the air this +morning that didn’t promise well for recitations, +and Mr. Brock’s chemistry class was a sore trial +to that gentleman. Yet, although he frowned +often and sighed many despairing sighs, he made +allowance for the prevailing mood of restlessness and +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_215'></a>215</span> +exhibited unusual patience. And finally +it was over and the class trooped out. +</p> +<p> +“You stay here,” said Laurie, “and I’ll run +over and get a couple of books from the room. +What do you want?” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t care—anything,” answered Ned, +listlessly. +</p> +<p> +When Laurie went off, Ned seated himself on +a step and gazed forlornly around him. Groups +of boys stood on the walks in animated conversation. +Near at hand, a half-dozen juniors were +discussing the game avidly, drawing comforting +conclusions from a comparison of the season’s +performances of Hillman’s and Farview. Suddenly +the prospect of sitting on a park bench +with Laurie became utterly distasteful to Ned, +and, with a hurried glance in the direction of +East Hall, he arose and made his way along the +drive and into Summit Street. There he turned +to the left and walked quickly to the corner. At +Washington Street another look behind showed +that he had made his escape, and he heaved a +sigh of relief and went on past the library and +into Cumber Street, heading unconsciously toward +the open country eastward of town. +</p> +<p> +When Laurie returned to School Hall with a +book for Ned and a magazine for himself, he sat +down and waited a few minutes, supposing that +Ned would be back. When he didn’t come, +Laurie went over to School Park, thinking that +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_216'></a>216</span> +he had perhaps grown tired of waiting in the +yard. But no Ned was to be seen, and, puzzled +but untroubled, Laurie dawdled into Pine Street. +The white-and-red sign above the Widow Deane’s +little store shone bravely in the sunlight. For +an hour Laurie enjoyed the society of Polly and +Antoinette in the sunny garden, where, against +the board fence, a clump of hardy chrysanthemums +made a cheery showing of yellow and +lavender. Antoinette had retired to winter +quarters, which means that a gunny-sack and a +length of old red carpet had been draped over +her box. But just now the drapery was lifted, +and Antoinette was doing great things to a very +large cabbage-leaf. Towser had established himself +in the sunshine atop the porch roof and +gazed down benignly at the pair below. +</p> +<p> +Laurie and Polly talked, of course, about the +game. He and George were again to act as +escorts to the two girls, a fact that had eaten a +large hole in Laurie’s remaining allowance. +About ten o’clock he took himself away, reminding +Polly to be ready at half-past one, since it +took a good ten minutes to walk to the field, and +because, wisely, he realized that to Polly “half-past +one” would mean a quarter or two. Climbing +the fence into Bob’s yard, he discovered that +young man with a new crowbar about to begin +an attack on the remaining posts of the arbor. +So he removed his sweater, moistened his hands +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_217'></a>217</span> +in the time-honored and only efficacious manner, +and joined the assault. After the posts were +added to the pile beside the fence, the two boys +went indoors and refreshed the inner man with +piping-hot ginger cookies. Thus it was that +it was nearly noon when Laurie got back to +Number 16, to find, to his uneasiness, that Ned +was not there. Nor, as far as any evidences +showed, had he been there since before breakfast. +</p> +<p> +Laurie threw himself on the window-seat and +tried to apply himself to the magazine that he had +carried all morning. But he began to be really +worried about Ned. He didn’t understand +where he could be. Even if he had gone off by +himself, mooning along the roads, which was +what Laurie suspected he had done, he should +have been home before this, for, as Laurie knew, +the players were to go to lunch at twelve. Presently +he dropped the magazine and strode +across the corridor to Number 15. Kewpie was +not in, but Hop was there—a more than ordinarily +serious-faced Hop, who replied to Laurie’s +inquiry in an absent-minded manner suggesting +that some one had placed him in a trance and gone +away without awakening him. Hop hadn’t seen +Nid all morning. Kewpie had just gone over to +West Hall. He hoped there wouldn’t be any +wind this afternoon. Farview had a punter that +could do fifty yards easily, and a wind would +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_218'></a>218</span> +lengthen his kicks frightfully. Did Nod think +those clouds meant wind? +</p> +<p> +Laurie withdrew without venturing an opinion +in the matter. Football, he reflected, was a far +more dangerous pastime than folks generally realized, +when it could affect a fellow’s brains like +that! Downstairs, he searched the little group +about the dining-hall door, and finally made inquiry +of Dave Murray. Dave was worried and +excited and a bit short-tempered. +</p> +<p> +“Nid Turner? No, I haven’t seen him. He’ll +be here pretty quick, though. We eat at twelve.” +</p> +<p> +He left Laurie, to push his way toward the entrance +to accost Mr. Mulford, who was coming in; +and Laurie went out and sat down on the step and +watched. Kewpie came striding across from +West Hall, smiling and evidently very fit. But +when Laurie questioned him the smile faded. +</p> +<p> +“Nid? No, I haven’t set eyes on him. Isn’t he +here? Are you sure? Say, you don’t suppose the +silly guy has bolted? He was in mean shape last +night, Nod. But he wouldn’t do that! He’s no +quitter. He’ll be here in a minute or two.” +</p> +<p> +“Suppose—suppose he isn’t?” asked Laurie, +anxiously. “Would it matter much?” +</p> +<p> +“Matter?” Kewpie shrugged, one eye on the +dining-hall door, through which his team-mates +were beginning to pass. “It wouldn’t matter to +the game, I guess. I was only trying to cheer him +up last night. You understand. It isn’t likely +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_219'></a>219</span> +Pinky will use him. But it would be a bad thing +for him, Nod. It would be an awful black eye, in +fact, if he cut the game. Guess Pinky would just +about can him for all time! I say, I’ve got to +hustle in there. Why don’t you have a look +around for him? Maybe he’s in the library, or +over in West, or—or somewhere. See you later, +Nod!” +</p> +<p> +Kewpie disappeared into the dining-hall, and +a moment later the door was closed. Laurie +acted on Kewpie’s suggestion, and made a thorough +search of School Hall and the other dormitory, +and even poked his head into the gymnasium, +where only an empty floor met his gaze. After +that there seemed nothing to do but wait. Ned +had already missed his lunch, for the fellows +were coming out into the corridor when Laurie +returned to East Hall. Murray nailed him as +he tried to pass unnoticed to the stairs. +</p> +<p> +“Say, Nod, where’s that brother of yours?” +he demanded indignantly. “Didn’t he know that +lunch was at twelve? Where is he, anyway?” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t know, Dave,” Laurie answered, miserably. +“He went for a walk this morning, and +I haven’t seen him since. I guess he went too +far and couldn’t get back in time. I’ve been +looking all over for him.” +</p> +<p> +“That’s fine!” said the manager, bitterly. +“Mulford asked for him, and I said I’d look +him up. You’d better find him mighty quick, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_220'></a>220</span> +Nod. Tell him to get something to eat somewhere +and be at the gym not later than one. +There’s a floor drill then. I’ll make it all right +with Mulford, somehow. But there’ll be the +dickens and all to pay if he doesn’t show up!” +</p> +<p> +Hoping against hope, Laurie hurried up to +the room. But there was no Ned. One o’clock +came and passed. Time and again Laurie went +to the gate and looked up and down the street, +but without result. Ned had disappeared utterly, +it seemed, and the unwelcome conclusion grew +in Laurie’s mind that Ned had shown the white +feather and had deliberately absented himself. +Laurie didn’t like to think that, and there were +moments when he couldn’t. But here it was +nearly half-past one, and Ned hadn’t come, and +facts are facts! It looked, he thought sadly, like +a bad day for the honor of the Turners! +</p> +<p> +At half-past one he found George Watson in +his room, and handed over one of his tickets. +“I can’t go to the field with you,” he said, “but +I’ll find you over there. Try to keep a seat +for me, will you?” +</p> +<p> +“What’s the big idea?” asked George, blankly. +“Why can’t you go with us? That’s a fine game +to play!” +</p> +<p> +“I’ll tell you later. I—I’ve got something to +do. Be a good fellow, George, won’t you? And +tell Polly how it is, will you?” +</p> +<p> +“How the dickens can I tell Polly how it is when +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_221'></a>221</span> +I don’t know how it is myself?” asked George, indignantly. +“Oh, all right! But you want to get +there pretty quick, Nod. It’s hard to hold seats +when there aren’t enough of them in the first +place. There’s a regular mob going out there +already!” +</p> +<p> +Disconsolately Laurie hurried out and stationed +himself at the dormitory entrance. Presently the +players emerged from the gymnasium in their +togs and passed through the little gate to Washington +Street. Laurie watched them file past, +hoping hard that Ned would be among them. But, +although all the rest were there, twenty-one in all, +there was no Ned. +</p> +<p> +From Washington Street and Summit Street +came a steady tramping of feet, accompanied by +a swishing sound as the pedestrians brushed +through the fallen leaves. Occasionally an automobile +went by with a warning honk of its horn +at the corner. Looking over the withered hedge, +Laurie could see the colors of Hillman’s and Farview +marching past, banners of dark blue bearing +the white Old English H, maroon-and-white +flags adorned with the letters “F. A.” Laughter +and the merry, excited chatter of many voices +came to him. The yard was empty, except for a +boy hurrying down the steps of West Hall, and +he too quickly disappeared through the gate. +</p> +<p> +Presently Laurie looked at his watch. The +time was eighteen minutes to two. He left East +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_222'></a>222</span> +Hall and turned toward the gymnasium. Out of +the shelter of the dormitory a little breeze fanned +his face, and he remembered Hop Kendrick’s +dread of a wind that would put more power into +the toe of the Farview punter. It might be, he +reflected, that Hop was due for disappointment; +but the matter didn’t seem very important to +him. The locker-room in the gymnasium was +empty. Over the benches lay the discarded underclothing +of the players, and sometimes the +outer clothing as well, suggesting that excitement +on this occasion had prevailed over orderliness. +Laurie made his way to Ned’s locker. It was +closed, and behind the unfastened door hung his +togs. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_223'></a>223</span><a name='chXX' id='chXX'></a>CHAPTER XX—FOR THE HONOR OF THE TURNERS</h2> +<p> +Walking felt good to Ned that morning. +The air, brisk in spite of the sunshine and +the day’s stillness, cleared his head of the queer +cloudiness that had been there since awakening, +and, turning into the country road that led eastward +toward the higher hills, he strode along +briskly. He had, he reflected, played rather a low-down +trick on Laurie; but that could be explained +later, and Laurie wouldn’t mind when he understood. +When he had gone the better part of a +mile into the country, and the road had begun to +steepen perceptibly, the sound of a motor behind +warned him to one side. But, instead of passing in +a cloud of dust, the automobile slowed down as it +reached the pedestrian, and the driver, a genial-looking +man of middle age, hailed. +</p> +<p> +“Going my way?” he asked. “Get in if you +like.” +</p> +<p> +Ned hesitated, and then climbed in beside the +solitary occupant of the car. The prospect of +speeding through the sunlit morning world appealed +to him, and he thanked the driver and +snuggled into the other corner of the front seat. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_224'></a>224</span> +</p> +<p> +“That’s all right, my boy,” answered the man, +genially. “Glad to have company. How far are +you going?” +</p> +<p> +“Just—just up the road a ways,” replied Ned, +vaguely. “I was out for a walk, only this seemed +better.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, it’s quicker, though it doesn’t give you +quite so much exercise,” was the response. “You +sing out when you’ve had enough. Maybe you +can get a lift going back, if you’re not in too +much of a hurry. Still, there isn’t much travel +on this road. Most folks go around by Little +Windsor. It’s longer, but the road’s a sight +better. I go this way because I can do it quicker. +There are some fierce bumps, though. Yell if +you drop out!” +</p> +<p> +The car was a heavy one with good springs, +and as long as Ned remained in it the bad bumps +didn’t materialize. His companion evidently +liked to talk, and Ned learned a good deal about +him and his business, without, however, finding +it very interesting. The man asked few questions, +and so Ned merely supplied the information +that he was from Hillman’s School and that he +liked to walk and that he had all the morning +to get back in. The car kept up an even, effortless +speed of twenty-seven or -eight miles an hour, +and it was finding himself booming up the straight +grade over Candle Mountain that brought Ned +to a sudden realization that if he meant to get +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_225'></a>225</span> +back to school by twelve o’clock without undue +effort he had best part company with his chatty +acquaintance. So, at the summit of the hill, he +said good-by, repeated his thanks, and got out. +</p> +<p> +“Guess you’re about six miles from Orstead,” +said the man. “It won’t take you long to get +back there, though, if you find a lift. Don’t +hesitate to stop any one you see; they’ll be glad +to take you in. Good-by!” +</p> +<p> +The gray automobile went on and was speedily +dropping from sight beyond the nearly leafless +forest. Ned watched it disappear, and then +set his face toward home. The ride had certainly +done him good, he told himself. The prospect of +being called on to kick a dozen goals wouldn’t +have dismayed him a mite at that moment. In +fact, he suddenly realized that he was going to be +horribly disappointed if the chance to attempt at +least one goal from the field did not come to +him, and he wondered why he had felt so craven +last night. +</p> +<p> +After a mile or so a small, dust-covered car +overhauled him and went by without a challenge +from him. It was still only ten o’clock, and he had +two hours yet, and he had no intention of begging +a ride. Taken leisurely, the remaining miles +would be covered without weariness and in plenty +of time. When he had accomplished, as he reckoned, +about half the distance to Orstead, his watch +said seventeen minutes to eleven. The forenoon +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_226'></a>226</span> +had grown appreciably warmer, and so had Ned. +Beside the road was a little knoll carpeted with +ashy-brown beech-leaves. Only a stone wall, bordered +with blackberry briars, intervened. +</p> +<p> +Ned climbed across the wall and seated himself +on the slope of the knoll. The land descended +gently before him toward the river and the town, +but neither was in sight. Presently, removing +his cap, he stretched himself on his back and +linked his fingers under his head. And presently, +because the blue, sunlit, almost cloudless +sky was too dazzling to gaze at long, he closed +his eyes. And as he did so a strange, delicious +languor descended upon him. He sighed luxuriously +and stretched his legs into a more comfortable +position. It was odd that he should feel +sleepy at this time of day, he thought, and it +wouldn’t do to stay here too long. He wished, +though, that he didn’t have to get anywhere at any +especial time. It would be great to just lie here +like this and feel the sun on his face and— +</p> +<p> +At about that moment he stopped thinking at +all and went sound asleep. +</p> +<p> +When he awoke he was in shadow, for the sun +had traveled around and past the elbow of a near-by +old and knotted oak whose brown-pink leaves +still clung to the twisted branches. Ned looked +around him in puzzlement, and it was a long moment +before he could account for his surroundings. +When he had, he sat up very quickly and +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_227'></a>227</span> +gave a startled look at his watch. The thing was +crazy! It said twenty-one minutes past two! Of +course it couldn’t be that late, he told himself indignantly. +But even as he said it he was oppressed +by a conviction that it was. And a look +at the sun removed any lingering doubt! +</p> +<p> +He sprang to his feet, seized his cap, and +stumbled across the wall, and, again on the road, +set out at a run toward home. But after a moment +he slowed up. “Was there any use in hurrying +now? The game was already in progress—had +been going on for twenty minutes. The first +quarter was probably nearly over. What would +they say to him, the fellows and Coach Mulford +and—Laurie? Somehow, what Laurie would +think appeared far more important than what +any of the others might. He would have such +a poor excuse, he reflected ruefully! Went for +a walk, and fell asleep by the road! Gee, he +couldn’t tell them that! He might tell Laurie; +but the others—” +</p> +<p> +He was jogging on as he thought things over. +Even if he ran all the way, and he couldn’t do +that, of course, he wouldn’t get to school before +three. And then he would have to change into his +togs and reach the field. And by that time the second +half would have started. Wouldn’t it be +far better to remain away altogether? He might +easily reach his room unseen, and then, when +Laurie returned, he could pretend illness. He +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_228'></a>228</span> +might not fool Laurie; but the others, Coach Mulford +and Dave Murray and the fellows, would +have to believe him. +</p> +<p> +If a fellow was ill, he couldn’t be expected to +play football. He even got as far as wondering +what particular and peculiar malady he could +assume, when he put the idea aside. +</p> +<p> +“No use lying about it,” he muttered. “Got +to face the music, Ned! It was your own fault. +Maybe Mulford will let me down easy. I +wouldn’t like to queer myself for next year. +Gee, though, what’ll the school think?” And Ned +groaned aloud. +</p> +<p> +While he had slept, five vehicles had passed him, +and as many persons had seen him lying there +asleep in the sun and idly conjectured about him. +But now, when he needed help to conquer the +interminable three miles that stretched between +him and the town, and although he constantly +turned his head to gaze hopefully back along +the dusty road, not a conveyance appeared. +Before long, since he had unwisely started at too +great a speed, he was forced to sit down on a rock +and rest. He was very nearly out of breath and +the perspiration was trickling down beneath his +cloth cap. A light breeze had sprung up since +he had dropped asleep, and it felt very grateful +as it caressed his damp hair and flushed face. +</p> +<p> +Perhaps those three miles were nearer four, +because when, tired, dusty, and heart-sick, he descried +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_229'></a>229</span> +the tower of the Congregational church +above the leafless elms and maples of the village, +the gilded hands pointed to twelve minutes +past three. Even had he arrived in time, he reflected +miserably, he would never have been able +to serve his team-mates and his school, for he was +scarcely able to drag one foot behind the other +as he finally turned into the yard. +</p> +<p> +The place appeared deserted, grounds and +buildings alike, as Ned unhesitatingly made his +way across to the gymnasium. He had long since +decided on his course of action. No matter +whether he had failed his coach and his schoolmates, +his duty was still plain. As late as it was, +he would get into his togs and report at the +field. But when, in the empty locker-room, he +paused before where his football togs should +have been, he found only empty hooks. The +locker, save for towels, was empty! +</p> +<p> +At first he accepted the fact as conclusive evidence +of his disgrace—thought that coach or manager +or an infuriated student body had removed +his clothes as a signal of degradation! Then the +unlikelihood of the conclusion came, and he wondered +whether they had really been there. But +of course they had! He remembered perfectly +hanging them up, as usual, yesterday afternoon. +Perhaps some one had borrowed them, then. The +locker had been unfastened, probably, for half the +time he forgot to turn the key in it. Wondering, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_230'></a>230</span> +he made his way out of the building, undecided +now what to do. But as he reached the corner +a burst of cheers floated to him from the play-field. +His head came up. It was still his duty +to report, togs or no togs! Resolutely he set +out on Summit Street, the sounds of battle momentarily +growing nearer as he limped along. +</p> +<p> +By the entrances many automobiles and some +carriages lined the road. Above the stand the +backs of the spectators in the top row of seats +looked strangely agitated, and blue flags waved +and snapped. A fainter cheer came to him, the +slogan of Farview, from the farther side of the +field. He heard the piping of signals, and a dull +thud of leather against leather, then cries +and a whistle shrilling; and then a great and +triumphant burst of cheering from the Blue +side. +</p> +<p> +He hurried his steps, leaped the low fence +beside the road, and came to a group of spectators +standing at the nearer end of the long, low +grand stand. He could see the gridiron now, and +the battling teams in mid-field. And the scoreboard +at the farther end! And, seeing that, his +heart sank. “Hillman’s 7—Visitors 9” was the +story! He tugged the sleeve of a man beside him, +a youngish man in a chauffeur’s livery. +</p> +<p> +“What period is it?” he asked. +</p> +<p> +“Fourth,” was the answer. The man turned +a good-natured look on the boy’s anxious face. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_231'></a>231</span> +</p> +<p> +“Been going about four minutes. You just get +here?” +</p> +<p> +Ned nodded. “How did they get their nine?” +he asked. +</p> +<p> +“Farview? Worked a forward pass in the +second quarter for about thirty yards, and +smashed over for a touch-down. They failed at +goal, though. That made ’em six, and they got +three more in the last quarter. Hillman’s +fumbled about on their thirty, and that bandy-legged +full-back of Farview’s kicked a corking +goal from field. Gee—say, it was some kick!” +</p> +<p> +“Placement or drop?” +</p> +<p> +“Drop. Almost forty yards, I guess. There +they go again!” The chauffeur tiptoed to see +over a neighbor’s head. Ned, past his shoulder, +had an uncertain glimpse of the Maroon and +White breaking through the Blue’s left side. +When the down was signaled, he spoke again. +</p> +<p> +“How did Hillman’s score?” he asked. +</p> +<p> +“Huh? Oh, she got started right off at the +beginning of the game and just ate those red-legs +up. Rushed the ball from the middle of the field, +five and six yards at a whack, and landed it on the +other fellow’s door-sill. Farview sort of pulled +together then and made a fight; but that big +chap, Pope, the full-back, smashed through finally, +right square between the posts. After that +he kicked the goal. Guess the red-legs had stage-fright +then, but they got over it, and our fellows +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_232'></a>232</span> +haven’t had a chance to score since. Pope had +to lay off last quarter. They played him to a +standstill. Mason’s mighty good, but he can’t +make the gains Pope did. First down again! +Say, they aren’t doing a thing but eating us up!” +</p> +<p> +Ned wormed himself to the front of the group, +and came to anchor at the side of a tall policeman, +close to the rope that stretched from the end +of the stand well past the zone line. By craning +his neck he could look down the length of the +field. White-sweatered, armed with big blue +megaphones, Brewster and Whipple and two +others, cheer leaders, were working mightily, although +the resulting cheers sounded weak where +Ned stood. The teams were coming down the +field slowly but surely, the Blue contesting every +yard, but yielding after every play. The lines +faced each other close to the thirty now. Across +the gridiron, Farview’s pæans were joyful and +confident, and the maroon-and-white flags gyrated +in air. Well back toward his threatened +goal, Hop Kendrick, white-faced and anxious, +called hoarse encouragement. Ned clenched his +hands and hoped and feared. +</p> +<p> +A line attack turned into an unexpected forward +pass, and a tall Farview end came streaking +down just inside the boundary. Hop was +after him like a shot; but Deering, who had taken +Pope’s place, ran him out at the fifteen-yard +line. The Maroon and White went wild with +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_233'></a>233</span> +joy. The teams trooped in on the heels of the +diminutive referee, and the ball was down just +inside Hillman’s fifteen. Ned looked the Blue +team over. Save for Corson and White, the line +was made up of first-string men, but the back +field was, with the single exception of Mason, +all substitutes: Kendrick, Boessel, and Deering. +</p> +<p> +A plunge straight at the center gave Farview +two more precious yards, Kewpie, apparently +pretty well played out, yielding before the desperate +attack. Three more yards were gained +between Emerson and Stevenson on the left. +Third down now, and five to go! Evidently Farview +was determined on a touch-down, for on the +nine yards, with an excellent chance for a field +goal, she elected to rush again. But this time +the Blue’s center held, and the Farview left half, +when friend and foe was pulled from above him, +held the pigskin scarcely a foot in advance of its +former position. It was Hillman’s turn to cheer, +and cheer she did. Ned added a wild shout of +triumph to the din about him. +</p> +<p> +Fourth down, and still five yards to gain! +Now Farview must either kick or try a forward, +and realizing this the Blue’s secondary defense +dropped back and out. A Farview substitute +came speeding on, a new left tackle. Then, amid +a sudden hush, the quarter sang his signals: +“Kick formation! 73—61—29—” The big full-back +stretched his arms out. “12—17—9!” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_234'></a>234</span> +Back sped the ball, straight and breast-high. The +Blue line plunged gallantly. The stand became +a pandemonium. The full-back swung a long +right leg, but the ball didn’t drop from his hands. +Two steps to the left, and he was poising it for a +forward pass! Then he threw, well over the up-stretched +hands of a Hillman’s player who had +broken through, and to the left. A Maroon and +White end awaited the ball, for the instant all +alone on the Blue’s goal-line. Ned, seeing, +groaned dismally. Then from somewhere a pair +of blue-clad arms flashed into sight, a slim body +leaped high, and from the Hillman’s side of the +field came a veritable thunder of relief and exultation. +For the blue arms had the ball, and the +blue player was dodging and worming toward +the farther side-line! Captain Stevenson it was +who cleared the path for him at the last moment, +bowling over a Farview player whose arms were +already stretched to grapple, and, in a shorter +time than the telling takes, Hop Kendrick was +racing toward the distant goal! +</p> +<p> +Afterward Ned realized that during the ensuing +ten or twelve seconds he had tried desperately +to shin up the tall policeman; but at the time he +had not known it, nor, or so it appeared, had the +policeman, for the latter was shouting his lungs +out! Past the middle of the field sped Hop, +running as fleetly as a hare, and behind him +pounded a solitary Farview end. These two +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_235'></a>235</span> +left the rest of the field farther and farther +back at every stride. For a moment it seemed +that Hop would win that desperate race; but +at last, near the thirty-five yards, he faltered, +and the gap between him and his pursuer closed +to a matter of three or four strides, and after +that it was only a question of how close to the +goal the Blue runner would get before he was +overtaken and dragged down. The end came between +the fifteen- and twenty-yard streaks. Then, +no more than a stride behind, the Farview player +sprang. His arms wrapped themselves around +Hop’s knees, and the runner crashed to earth. +</p> +<p> +For a long minute the babel of shouting continued, +for that eighty-yard sprint had changed +the complexion of the game in a handful of seconds. +Hillman’s was no longer the besieged, +fighting in her last trench to stave off defeat, but +stood now on the threshold of victory, herself the +besieger! +</p> +<p> +Farview called for time. Two substitutes came +in to strengthen her line. Hop, evidently no +worse for his effort, was on his feet again, +thumping his players on the backs, imploring, +entreating, and confident. On the seventeen +yards lay the brown oval, almost in front of the +right-hand goal-post. A field goal would put the +home team one point to the good, and, with only a +few minutes left to play, win the game almost beyond +a doubt, and none on the Blue’s side of the +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_236'></a>236</span> +field doubted that a try at goal would follow. +Even when the first play came from ordinary formation +and Deering smashed into the left of Farview’s +line for a scant yard, the audience was +not fooled. Of course, it was wise to gain what +ground they might with three downs to waste, +for there was always the chance that a runner +might get free and that luck would bring a touch-down +instead. +</p> +<p> +Yet again Hop signaled a line attack. This +time it was Mason who carried the ball, and he +squirmed through for two yards outside left +tackle, edging the pigskin nearer the center of the +goal. Then came a shout that started near +the Blue team’s bench and traveled right along +the stand. A slight youngster was pulling off his +sweater in front of the bench, a boy with red-brown +hair and a pale, set face. Then he had +covered the red-brown hair with a leather helmet +and was trotting into the field with upraised hand. +</p> +<p> +Ned stared and stared. Then he closed his eyes +for an instant, opened them, and stared again. +After that he pinched himself hard to make certain +that he was awake and not still dreaming on +the knoll beside the road. The substitute was +speaking to the referee now, and Deering was +walking away from the group in the direction of +the bench. The cheering began, the leaders waving +their arms in unison along the length of the +Hillman’s stand: +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_237'></a>237</span> +</p> +<p> +“’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, +’rah, ’rah! Deering!” +</p> +<p> +And then again, a second later: “’Rah, ’rah, +’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! Turner!” +</p> +<p> +Ned turned imploringly to the tall policeman. +“What—who was that last fellow they cheered?” +he faltered. +</p> +<p> +The policeman looked down impatiently. +</p> +<p> +“Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal +for ’em.” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_238'></a>238</span><a name='chXXI' id='chXXI'></a>CHAPTER XXI—THE UNDERSTUDY</h2> +<p> +“<em>Block that kick! Block that kick! Block +that kick!</em>” chanted Farview imploringly, +from across the trampled field. +</p> +<p> +Yet above the hoarse entreaty came Hop Kendrick’s +confident voice: “All right, Hillman’s! +Make it go! Here’s where we win it! Kick +formation! Turner back!” And then: “25—78—26—194! +12—31—9—” +</p> +<p> +But it was Hop himself who dashed straight +forward and squirmed ahead over one white line +before the whistle blew. +</p> +<p> +“Fourth down!” called the referee. “About +four and a half!” +</p> +<p> +“Come on!” cried Hop. “Make it go this +time! Hard, fellows, hard! We’ve got ’em going!” +He threw an arm over the shoulder of +the new substitute. Those near by saw the latter +shake his head, saw Hop draw back and +stare as if aghast at the insubordination. Farview +protested to the referee against the delay, +and the latter called warningly. Hop nodded, +and raised his voice again: +</p> +<p> +“Kick formation! Turner back!” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_239'></a>239</span> +</p> +<p> +Then he walked back to where the substitute +stood and dropped to his knees. +</p> +<p> +“Place-kick!” grunted a man at Ned’s elbow. +“Can’t miss it from there if the line holds!” +</p> +<p> +Ned, in a perfect agony of suspense, waited. +Hop was calling his signals. There was a pause. +Then: “16—32—7—” +</p> +<p> +Back came the ball on a long pass from Kewpie. +It was high, but Hop got it, pulled it down, and +pointed it. Ned saw the kicker step forward. +Then he closed his eyes. +</p> +<p> +There was a wild outburst from all around +him, and he opened them again. The ball was +not in sight, but a frantic little man in a gray +sweater was waving his arms like a semaphore +behind the farther goal. Along the space between +stand and side-line a quartette of youths +leaped crazily, flourishing great blue megaphones +or throwing them in air. Above the stand blue +banners waved and caps tossed about. On the +scoreboard at the far end of the field the legend +read: “Hillman’s 10—Visitors 9.” +</p> +<p> +A moment later, a boy with a wide grin on +his tired face and nerves that were still jangling +made his way along Summit Street in the direction +of school. Behind him the cheers and shouts +still broke forth at intervals, for there yet remained +some three minutes of playing time. +Once, in the sudden stillness between cheers, he +heard plainly the hollow thump of a punted ball. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_240'></a>240</span> +More shouts then, indeterminate, dying away suddenly. +The boy walked quickly, for he had a reason +for wanting to gain the security of his room +before the crowd flowed back from the field. At +last, at the school gate, he paused and looked back +and listened. From the distant scene of battle +came a faint surge of sound that rose and fell +and rose again and went on unceasingly as long +as he could hear. +</p> +<p> +Back in Number 16, Ned threw his cap aside and +dropped into the nearest chair. There was much +that he understood, yet much more that was still +a mystery to him. One thing, however, he dared +hope, and that was that the disgrace of having +failed his fellows had passed him miraculously +by! As to the rest, he pondered and speculated +vainly. He felt horribly limp and weary while +he waited for Laurie to come. And after a while +he heard cheering, and arose and went to a window. +There could no longer be any doubt as to +the final outcome of the game. Between the sidewalk +throngs, dancing from side to side of the +street with linked arms, came Hillman’s, triumphant! +</p> +<div><a name='illus4' id='illus4'></a></div> +<div class='figcenter' style='padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em'> +<a name='i005' id='i005'></a> +<img src="images/illus4.jpg" alt="“Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.”" title=""/><br /> +<span class='caption'>“Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.”</span> +</div> +<div><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_241'></a>241</span></div> +<p> +And here and there, borne on the shoulders +of joyous comrades, bobbed a captured player. +There were more than a dozen of them, some taking +the proceeding philosophically, others squirming +and fighting for freedom. Now and then +one succeeded in getting free, but recapture was +invariably his fate. At least, this was true with +a single exception while Ned watched. The exception +was a boy with red-brown hair, who, having +managed to slip from his enthusiastic friends, +dashed through the throng on the sidewalk, leaped +a fence, cut across a corner, and presently sped +through the gate on Washington Street, pursuit +defeated. A minute later, flushed and breathless, +he flung open the door of Number 16. +</p> +<p> +At sight of Ned, Laurie’s expression of joyous +satisfaction faded. He halted inside the door +and closed it slowly behind him. At last, “Hello,” +he said, listlessly. +</p> +<p> +“Hello,” answered Ned. Then there was a +long silence. Outside, in front of the gymnasium, +they were cheering the victorious team, player by +player. At last, “We won, didn’t we?” asked +Ned. +</p> +<p> +Laurie nodded as if the thing were a matter +of total indifference. He still wore football togs, +and he frowningly viewed a great hole in one +blue stocking as he seated himself on his bed. +</p> +<p> +“Well,” he said, finally, “what happened to +you?” +</p> +<p> +Ned told him, at first haltingly, and then with +more assurance as he saw the look of relief creep +into Laurie’s face. As he ended his story, +Laurie’s countenance expressed only a great and +joyous amusement. +</p> +<p> +“Neddie,” he chuckled, “you’ll be the death +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_242'></a>242</span> +of me yet! You came pretty near to it to-day, +too, partner!” He sobered as his thoughts went +back to a moment some fifteen minutes before, and +he shook his head. “Partner, this thing of understudying +a football hero is mighty wearing. +I’m through for all time. After this, Ned, you’ll +have to provide your own substitute! I’m +done!” +</p> +<p> +“How—why—how did you happen to think of +it?” asked Ned, rather humbly. “Weren’t you—scared?” +</p> +<p> +“Scared? Have a heart! I was frightened to +death every minute I sat on the bench. And then, +when Mulford yelped at me, I—well, I simply +passed away altogether! I’m at least ten years +older than I was this morning, Neddie, and I’ll +bet I’ve got gray hairs all over my poor old head. +You see, Murray as much as said that it was all +day with you if you didn’t show up. Kewpie +was a bit down-hearted about it, too. I waited +around until half-past one or after, thinking every +moment that you’d turn up—hoping you would, +anyhow; although, to be right honest, Neddie, I +had a sort of hunch, after the way you acted and +talked, that maybe you’d gone off on purpose. +Anyhow, about one o’clock I got to thinking, and +the more I thought the more I got into the notion +that something had to be done if the honor of the +Turners was to be—be upheld. And the only +thing I could think of was putting on your togs +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_243'></a>243</span> +and bluffing it through. Kewpie owned up that +he’d been talking rot last night—that he didn’t +really think you’d be called on to-day. And I +decided to take a chance. Of course, if I’d known +what was going to happen I guess I wouldn’t +have had the courage; but I didn’t know. I +thought all I’d have to do was sit on the bench +and watch. +</p> +<p> +“So I went over to the gym and got your togs +on, and streaked out to the field, I guess I looked +as much like you as you do, for none of the fellows +knew that I wasn’t you. I was careful +not to talk much. Mr. Mulford gave me thunder, +and so did Murray, and Joe Stevenson looked +pretty black. I just said I was sorry, and there +wasn’t much time to explain, anyway, because +the game was starting about the time I got there. +Once, in the third period, when Slavin was hurt, +Mulford looked along the bench and stopped when +he got to me, and I thought my time had come. +But I guess he wanted to punish me for being +late. Anyway, Boessel got the job. When the +blow did fall, Neddie, I was sick clean through. +My tummy sort of folded up and my spine was +about as stiff as—as a drink of water! I wanted +to run, or crawl under the bench or something. +‘You’ve pleased yourself so far to-day, Turner,’ +said Mulford. ‘Now suppose you do something +for the school. Kendrick will call for a kick. +You see that it gets over, or I’ll have something +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_244'></a>244</span> +to say to you later. Remember this, though: not +a word to any one but the referee until after the +next play. Now get out there and <em>win this +game!</em>’ +</p> +<p> +“Nice thing to say to a chap who’d never kicked +a football in his life except around the street! +But, gee, Neddie, what could I do? I’d started +the thing, and I had to see it through. Of course +I thought that maybe I’d ought to fess up that +I wasn’t me—or, rather, you—and let some +one else kick. But I knew there wasn’t any one +else they could depend on, and I decided that if +some one had to miss the goal, it might as well +be me—or you. Besides, there was the honor of +the Turners! So I sneaked out, with my heart +in my boots,—your boots, I mean,—and Hop +called for a line play, and then another one, and I +thought maybe I was going to get off without +making a fool of myself. But no such luck. +‘Take all the time you want, Nid,’ said Hop. +‘We’ll hold ’em for you. Drop it over, for +the love of mud! We’ve got to have this game!’ +‘Drop it?’ said I. ‘Not on your life, Hop! Make +it a place-kick or I’ll never have a chance!’ +‘What do you mean?’ he asked. ‘I mean I can’t +drop-kick to-day.’ I guess something in my voice +or the way I said it put him on, for he looked at +me pretty sharp. Still, maybe he didn’t guess +the truth, either, for he let me have my way and +let me kick. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_245'></a>245</span> +</p> +<p> +“After that”—Laurie half closed his eyes and +shook his head slowly—“after that I don’t really +know what did happen. I have a sort of a hazy +recollection of Hop shouting some signals that +didn’t mean a thing in my young life, and kneeling +on the ground a couple of yards ahead of me. +I didn’t dare look at the goal, though I knew it +was ahead of me and about twenty yards away. +Then there was a brown streak, and things began +to move, and I moved with them. I suppose I +swung my foot,-probably my right one, though +it may have been my left,—and then I closed my +eyes tight and waited for some one to kill me. +Next thing I knew, I was being killed—or I +thought I thought I was, for a second. It turned +out, though, that the fellows weren’t really killing +me; they were just beating me black and blue +to show they were pleased. +</p> +<p> +“Of course, it was all the biggest piece of luck +that ever happened, Ned. Hop aimed the ball +just right, and somehow or other I managed to +kick it. Maybe any one would have done just as +well, because I guess it was an easy goal. Anyway, +the honor of the Turners was safe!” +</p> +<p> +“You’re a regular brick,” said Ned, a bit +huskily. “What—what happened afterward? +I didn’t stay.” +</p> +<p> +“Afterward Hop looked at me kind of queer +and said, ‘I guess that’ll do for you, Turner,’ +and I beat it away from there as fast as I knew +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_246'></a>246</span> +how, and Mulford sent in some other poor unfortunate. +There were only half a dozen plays +after that, and we kicked whenever we got the +ball.” +</p> +<p> +“Do you think any one but Hop found out?” +asked Ned, anxiously. +</p> +<p> +“Not a one. And I’m not sure, mind you, that +Hop did. You see, he didn’t <em>say</em> anything. +Only, he did call me ‘Nid’ at first, and then +‘Turner’ the next time. I haven’t seen him +since. I guess I never will know, unless I ask +him. One thing’s sure, though, Ned, and that +is that Hop won’t talk.” +</p> +<p> +“You don’t think I’d ought to fess up?” asked +Ned. +</p> +<p> +“I do not,” replied Laurie stoutly. “What’s +the good? It wasn’t your fault if you went to +sleep out in the country. If any one’s to blame, +it’s me. I oughtn’t to have hoaxed them. No, +sir; if Mulford or any one says anything, just +you tell them you fell asleep and couldn’t help +getting there late. But I don’t believe any one +will ask questions now. They’re all too pleased +and excited. But, gee, Neddie! I certainly am +glad I made that goal instead of missing it. I’d +be a pretty mean feeling pup to-night if I hadn’t!” +</p> +<p> +“It was wonderful,” mused Ned. “You putting +it over, I mean. With all that crowd looking +on, and Farview shouting—” +</p> +<p> +“Shouting? I didn’t hear them. I didn’t +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_247'></a>247</span> +know whether there was any one around just then! +I had troubles of my own, partner! Know something? +Well, I think there’s the chap who kicked +that goal.” Laurie raised his right foot and displayed +one of Ned’s scuffed football shoes. “I +guess I just sort of left things to him and he did +the business. Good old Mister Shoe!” +</p> +<p> +Ned jumped to his feet and pulled Laurie from +the bed. “For the love of lemons,” he cried, +“get those togs off before any one comes in!” +</p> +<p> +“Gee, that’s so!” Laurie worked feverishly, +while Ned stumbled over a chair and turned the +key in the lock. +</p> +<p> +“A fine pair of idiots we are!” exclaimed Ned, +as he ripped Laurie’s shirt off for him. “Suppose +Hop or Kewpie had come in while we were +sitting here!” +</p> +<p> +Hillman’s spent the rest of the evening in +celebration. In the dining-hall the appearance of +any member of the squad was the signal for hand-clapping +and cheers, and when Ned entered, followed +by Laurie, the applause was deafening. +Ned showed himself to be a very modest and retiring +hero, for he fairly scuttled to his seat, and +kept his head bent over his plate long after the +applause had died away. Then, stealing an unhappy +glance at Laurie, he found that youth grinning +broadly, and was the recipient of a most +meaningful wink. After supper, in the corridor, +the twins ran squarely into Hop Kendrick. Ned +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_248'></a>248</span> +tried to pull aside, but Laurie stood his ground. +Hop was plainly a very happy youth to-night, +although even when happiest he never entirely +lost his look of earnest gravity. +</p> +<p> +“Well, we did it, Nid!” he said joyfully, clapping +that youth on the shoulder. “That was a +corking kick of yours, son!” +</p> +<p> +Ned stammered something utterly unintelligible, +but Laurie came to the rescue: “Ned says +it was the way you pointed the ball that won that +goal, Hop,” he said casually. “He’s mighty +modest about it.” +</p> +<p> +Hop shot a quick glance at the speaker, and Ned +declared afterward that there was a smile behind +it. But all he said was: “Oh, well, pointing +isn’t everything, Nod. <em>Some one’s</em> got to kick +it!” +</p> +<p> +When he had gone on, Ned and Laurie viewed +each other questioningly. “Think he knows?” +asked Ned. Laurie shook his head frowningly. +“You’ve got me, partner!” he answered. +</p> +<p> +And, because neither asked Hop Kendrick outright, +neither ever did know! +</p> +<p> +There were songs and speeches and a general +jollification after supper, ending in a parade of +cheering, singing youths who marched through +the town from end to end, and at last drew up +outside Doctor Hillman’s porch and shouted until +that gentleman appeared and responded. The +Doctor’s words were few, but they hit the spot, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_249'></a>249</span> +and when there had been another long cheer for +him, and another long cheer for the team, and a +final mighty cheer for the school, the happy boys +called it a day and sought the dormitories. +</p> +<p> +Ned was just dropping off to sleep that night +when Laurie’s voice reached him through the +darkness. +</p> +<p> +“Ned!” called Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“Huh?” +</p> +<p> +“Are you awake?” +</p> +<p> +“Uh-huh.” +</p> +<p> +“Listen. It’s a fortunate thing to be a twin.” +</p> +<p> +There was a long moment of silence. Then +Ned’s voice came sleepily: +</p> +<p> +“’Cause if one twin can’t the other twin kin!” +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_250'></a>250</span><a name='chXXII' id='chXXII'></a>CHAPTER XXII—THE BOYS MAKE A PRESENT</h2> +<p> +The week or so succeeding the Farview game +seemed like an anticlimax. The bottom had +sort of dropped out of things and there was no immediate +excitement to look forward to. The +weather became as miserable as weather possibly +could, the slight snowfall that followed the rain +of Thanksgiving Day lasting only long enough +to be seen by the early risers. Perhaps it was +well that lack of events and inclement weather +ruled, for Ned and a good many other boys in +school were no worse for an opportunity to apply +themselves undisturbedly to their studies. +Basketball candidates were called the first Monday +in December, and the twins held a serious +conference on the question of reporting. Ned, +who felt rather flat since there was no more football, +was half inclined to go in for the game, and +would have had Laurie insisted. But Laurie +voted that for the present the Turners had done +sufficient in the athletic line, that the honor of +the family demanded no further sacrifices on the +altar of duty. So Ned abandoned the idea and +talked of trying for the crew in the spring. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_251'></a>251</span> +</p> +<p> +When December was a week old, the fellows +set their gaze on the Christmas recess, which this +year began on Wednesday, three days before +Christmas, and lasted until the 2d of January. +Eleven days are not sufficient to make a trip +across the continent and back advisable, although +the twins figured that, with the best of fortune, +they would be able to reach Santa Lucia in time +for dinner Christmas night. On the other hand, +the missing of one connection would delay their +arrival until the following afternoon, and, as +Laurie pointed out, they were fairly certain to +be held up somewhere on the way, and a sleeping-car +wasn’t exactly an ideal place in which to +spend the holiday! Besides, there was a noticeable +lack of encouragement from home. It had +been accepted beforehand that the boys were to +remain at the school during the recess, and +nothing in Mr. Turner’s fortnightly letters +hinted that he had changed his mind. +</p> +<p> +“I’d just as lief stay here, anyway,” declared +Ned. “We can have a lot more fun. Maybe +there’ll be a bunch of snow, and I’m dying to +try skiing.” +</p> +<p> +“You bet! And skating, too! And then +there’s that other scheme. Mustn’t forget that, +Neddie.” +</p> +<p> +“You mean—” +</p> +<p> +“Yes. Didn’t you say we’d do it during +vacation?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_252'></a>252</span> +</p> +<p> +“Sure! It—it’ll take quite a lot of money, +though, Laurie. And we’ll have presents to +buy for Dad and Aunt Emmie and the cousins—” +</p> +<p> +“The cousins get Christmas cards, and that’s +all they do get,” interrupted Laurie, decisively. +“That’s all they ever give us, and I’d rather +spend my money on something that’ll really—really +benefit some one. I guess Dad’ll send us +some more money, too, for Christmas. We can +do it, all right. I’ve got nearly seven dollars +right now. I haven’t spent hardly any money +this month.” +</p> +<p> +“All right. Some day soon we’ll go downtown +and find out how much it’s going to cost +and what we’ll need and everything. I say, we +can get Bob to help us, too!” +</p> +<p> +“Rather! And three or four other fellows, I +guess. Every one likes the Widow, and George +says there will be five or six fellows here during +recess. He was here last year, and he says he +had a dandy time.” +</p> +<p> +“Let’s get George this afternoon and get the +thing started. We can find out the—the area and +ask the man how much we’ll need.” +</p> +<p> +“Sure! And we can buy it and store it at +Bob’s. Then all we’ll have to do will be carry +it over the fence. I’ll go down and see if I can +find him. Look here, Neddie. Why don’t we do +it before Christmas and make it a sort of Christmas +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_253'></a>253</span> +present? Say we worked hard all day +Thursday and Friday—” +</p> +<p> +“Great! Only if it snowed—” +</p> +<p> +Laurie’s face fell. “Gee, that’s so! I suppose +we couldn’t do it if it snowed. Or rained. +Or if it was frightfully cold.” +</p> +<p> +“They say it doesn’t get real cold here until +after New Year’s,” said Ned, reassuringly. +“But of course it might snow or rain. Well, +we’ll do it in time for Christmas if we can. If +we can’t, we’ll do it for New Year’s. I’ll bet +she’ll be tickled to death. I say, though! We +never found out about the color!” +</p> +<p> +“I did,” answered Laurie modestly. “I asked +Polly. She said white.” +</p> +<p> +“White! Geewhillikins, Laurie, that makes it +harder, doesn’t it? We’d have to put on two +coats!” +</p> +<p> +“Think so?” Laurie frowned. “I guess we +would. That would take twice as long, eh? Look +here; maybe—maybe I can get Polly to change +her mind!” +</p> +<p> +“That’s likely, you chump!” Ned scowled +thoughtfully. Finally, “I tell you what,” he said. +“Suppose we went around there sometime, and +talked with Mrs. Deane, and told her how nice we +think blue looks and how sort of—of distinctive! +Gee, it wouldn’t be any trick at all to make it +blue; but white—” He shook his head despondently. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_254'></a>254</span> +</p> +<p> +“Cheer up!” said Laurie. “I’ve got the dope, +partner! Listen. We’ll tell them that it ought +to be blue because blue’s the school color and all +that. Mrs. Deane thinks a heap of Hillman’s, +and she’ll fall for it as sure as shooting. So’ll +Polly! Come on! Let’s find George and get the +thing started!” +</p> +<p> +“Better get Bob to go with us, too. He said +something about wanting to pay his share of it, +so we’d better let him in right from the start. +After all, we don’t want to hog it, Laurie!” +</p> +<p> +A fortnight later the exodus came. Of the four-score +lads who lived at Hillman’s, all but eight +took their departure that Wednesday morning, +and Ned and Laurie and George watched the last +group drive off for the station with feelings of +genuine satisfaction. Life at school during the +eleven days of recess promised to be busy and +enjoyable, and they were eager to see the decks +cleared, so to speak, and to start the new way of +living. Ned and Laurie had had plenty of invitations +for Christmas week. Both Kewpie and +Lee Murdock had earnestly desired their society +at their respective homes, and there had been +others less insistent but possibly quite as cordial +invitations. But neither one had weakened. +George half promised one of the boys to visit him +for a few days after Christmas, but later he +canceled his acceptance. +</p> +<p> +Besides George and the twins, there remained +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_255'></a>255</span> +at school five other fellows who, because they +lived at a distance and railway fares were high, or +for other reasons, found it expedient to accept +Doctor Hillman’s hospitality. None of the five, +two juniors, one lower middler, and two upper +middlers, were known to the twins more than +casually when recess began; but eating together +three times a day and being thrown in one another’s +society at other times soon made the acquaintance +much closer, and all proved to be decent, +likable chaps. +</p> +<p> +Meals were served at a corner table in West +Hall, and during recess there were seldom fewer +than three of the faculty present. That may +sound depressing, but in vacation-time an +instructor becomes quite a human, jovial person, +and the scant dozen around the table enjoyed +themselves hugely. In the evening Doctor Hillman +held open house, and Miss Tabitha showed a +genius for providing methods of entertainment. +Sometimes they popped corn in the fireplace in +the cozy living-room, sometimes they roasted +apples. Once it was chestnuts that jumped on the +hearth. Then, too, Miss Tabitha was a past mistress +in the art of making fudge, and on two +occasions Mr. Barrett, the mathematics instructor, +displayed such a sweet tooth that the boys lost the +last of their awe and “ragged” him without +mercy. Several times the Doctor read aloud, +choosing, to the boys’ surprise, a corking detective +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_256'></a>256</span> +novel that had them squirming on the edges of +their chairs. Toward the last of the vacation, +Laurie confided to Ned and George that he wished +recess was just beginning. +</p> +<p> +To Ned’s and Laurie’s great disappointment, +neither snow nor ice appeared and the weather +remained merely briskly cold, with sometimes a +day like Indian summer. But I am getting ahead +of my story, which really comes to an end on +Christmas Day. +</p> +<p> +More than a week before the closing of school, +the four conspirators had finished their preparations +for the task that was to provide the Widow +Deane with a novel Christmas present. In Bob’s +cellar were many cans containing blue paint, white +paint, linseed oil, and turpentine. There were +brushes there, too, and a scraper, and a roll of +cotton rags provided by Polly. For, in the end, +it had become necessary to acquaint Polly with +the project. Against Bob’s back fence reposed +all the ladders, of varying lengths, that the neighborhood +afforded. Wednesday evening Ned and +Laurie and George herded the other boys into +George’s room, and explained the scheme and +asked for volunteers. They got five most enthusiastic +ones. +</p> +<p> +Nine o’clock the next morning was set as the +time for the beginning of the work, and at that +hour nine rather disreputably-attired youths appeared +in Mrs. Deane’s yard, arriving by way of +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_257'></a>257</span> +the back fence, and began their assault. The first +the Widow knew of what was happening was +when, being then occupied with the task of tidying +up the sleeping-room on the second floor, she was +startled to see the head and shoulders of a boy appear +outside her window. Her exclamation of +alarm gave place to murmurs of bewilderment as +the supposed burglar contented himself with lifting +the two shutters from their hinges and passing +them down the ladder to some unseen accomplice. +Mrs. Deane looked forth. In the garden +was what at first glimpse looked like a convention +of tramps. They were armed with ladders and +brushes and pots of paint, and they were already +very busy. Across two trestles set on the grass +plot, the stolen shutters were laid as fast as they +were taken down. One boy, flourishing a broad-bladed +implement, scraped the rough surfaces. +A second plied a big round brush, dusting +diligently. Numbers three and four, as soon as +the first two operatives retired, attacked with +brushes dripping with white paint. In almost +no time at all the first shutter was off the trestles +and leaning, fresh and spotless, against the fence. +Every instant another shutter appeared. Mrs. +Deane gazed in fascinated amazement. One after +another, she recognized the miscreants: the two +Turner boys, George Watson, Mr. Starling’s son, +Hal Goring, the Stanton boy, and the rest; but, +although recognition brought reassurance, bewilderment +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_258'></a>258</span> +remained, and she hurried downstairs +as fast as ever she could go. +</p> +<p> +Polly was on the back porch, a very disturbed +and somewhat indignant Towser in her arms, +evidently a party to the undertaking, and to her +Mrs. Deane breathlessly appealed. +</p> +<p> +“Polly! What are they doing?” she gasped. +</p> +<p> +“You’ll have to ask the boys, Mama.” Polly’s +eyes were dancing. “Nid, here’s Mama, and she +wants to know what you’re doing!” +</p> +<p> +Nid hurried up, a dripping brush in one hand +and a smear of white paint across one cheek, +followed by Laurie. The others paused at their +various tasks to watch smilingly. +</p> +<p> +“Painting the house, Mrs. Deane!” +</p> +<p> +“Painting the house! My house? Why—why—what—who—” +</p> +<p> +“Yes’m. There’s the blue paint. It’s as +near like the old as we could find. You don’t +think it’s too dark, do you?” +</p> +<p> +“But I don’t understand, Nid Turner!” said +Mrs. Deane helplessly. “Who told you to? +Who’s going to pay for it?” +</p> +<p> +“It’s all paid for, ma’am. It—it’s a sort of +Christmas present from us—from the school. +You—you don’t mind, do you?” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I never did!” Mrs. Deane looked from +Ned to Laurie, her mouth quivering. “I—I +don’t know what to say. I guess I’ll—I’ll go see +if any one’s—in the shop, Polly. Did you think +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_259'></a>259</span> +you—heard the bell?” Mrs. Deane’s eyes were +frankly wet as she turned hurriedly away and +disappeared inside. Ned viewed Polly anxiously. +</p> +<p> +“Do you think she—doesn’t like it?” he half +whispered. +</p> +<p> +Polly shook her head and laughed softly, although +her own eyes were not quite dry. “Of +course she likes it, you stupid boy! She just +didn’t know what to say. She’ll be back pretty +soon, after she’s had a little cry.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh!” said Ned and Laurie in chorus, their +faces brightening; and Laurie added apologetically: +“Gee, we didn’t want to make her cry, +Polly!” +</p> +<p> +“That sort of a cry doesn’t hurt,” said Polly. +</p> +<p> +Afterward Mrs. Deane said a great deal, and +said it very sweetly, and the boys got more or less +embarrassed, and were heartily glad when she +drew Ned to her and kissed him, much to that +youth’s distress, and the incident ended in +laughter. By noon the shutters were done, and +nine industrious amateur painters were swarming +over the back of the little house. I’m not going +to tell you that the job was done as perfectly +as Sprague and Currie, Painters and Paper-hangers, +would have done it, but you’re to believe +that it was done much quicker and at a far +greater saving of money! And when it was finished +no one except a professional would ever +have known the difference. Perhaps there was +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_260'></a>260</span> +more blue and white paint scattered around the +landscape than was absolutely necessary, and it always +remained a mystery how Antoinette managed +to get her right ear looking like a bit of +Italian sky, for every one professed ignorance +and Antoinette was apparently well protected +from spatters. (It took Polly more than a week +to restore the rabbit to her original appearance.) +</p> +<p> +When the early winter twilight fell and it became +necessary to knock off work for the day, the +blue painting was more than half done and, unless +weather prevented, it was certain that the +entire task would be finished by to-morrow evening. +Mrs. Deane served five-o’clock tea,—only it +happened to be four-o’clock tea instead,—and nine +very, very hungry lads did full justice to the repast, +and the little room behind the store held +a merry party. Perhaps the prevailing odor of +paint detracted somewhat from Mrs. Deane’s +and Polly’s enjoyment of the refreshments, but +you may be certain they made no mention of +the fact. +</p> +<p> +That night the boys viewed the cloudy sky +apprehensively. Laurie, who knew little about +it, declared dubiously that it smelt like snow. But +when morning came, although the cloudiness persisted +most of the day, the weather remained +kindly, with just enough frost in the air to chill +feet and nip idle fingers and to give an added zest +to labor. Very little time was wasted on luncheon, +and at two o’clock the last slap of blue paint had +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_261'></a>261</span> +been applied and the more difficult work of +doing the white trim began. Fortunately, there +were only eleven windows and two doors, and +although “drawing” the sashes was slow and +finicking work, with nine willing hands hard at +it the end came shortly after dusk, when, watched +by eight impatient companions, young Haskell, +one of the junior class boys, with trembling fingers +drew his brush along the last few inches of a +front window, and then, because he was quite +keyed up and because it was much too dark to +see well, celebrated the culmination of his efforts +by putting a foot squarely into a can of white +paint! +</p> +<p> +When first-aid methods had been applied, he +was allowed, on promise to put only one foot +to the floor, to accompany the rest inside and +announce to a delighted and slightly tremulous +Mrs. Deane that the work was completed. There +was a real celebration then, with more piping-hot +tea and lots of perfectly scrumptious cream-puffs,—besides +less enticing bread-and-butter +sandwiches,—and Mrs. Deane tried hard to thank +the boys and couldn’t quite do it, and Polly failed +almost as dismally, and Laurie made a wonderful +speech that no one understood very well, except +for the general meaning, and nine flushed +and very happy youths cheered long and loudly +for Mrs. Deane, and finally departed merrily into +the winter twilight, calling back many a “Merry +Christmas” as they went. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_262'></a>262</span><a name='chXXIII' id='chXXIII'></a>CHAPTER XXIII—THE SECRET PASSAGE</h2> +<p> +Christmas Day dawned clear and mild, +a green Christmas if ever there was one. +And yet, in spite of the absence of such traditional +accompaniments as snow and ice, the spirit +of the season was there in abundance. Ned and +Laurie, wakening early to the sound of church +bells, felt Christmasy right from the first conscious +moment. When they hastened down the +hall for their baths, they could hear George and +Hal Goring on the floor below uniting in what they +fondly believed was song. Later, at breakfast, +beside a perfectly wonderful repast in which +chicken and little crisp sausages and hot, crisp +waffles played leading rôles, the Doctor and Miss +Tabitha had placed at each plate a Christmas +card tied by a tiny blue ribbon to a diminutive +painter’s brush! Later on there was to be a tree +in the Doctor’s living-room. In fact, the tree +was already there, and the boys had spent much +of the preceding evening trimming it and placing +around its base inexpensive gifts of a joking nature +for one another and the Doctor and Miss +Tabitha and the two instructors who were there. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_263'></a>263</span> +</p> +<p> +Laurie and Ned had exchanged presents with +each other and had received several from home, +not the least welcome of which was a check from +their father. And they had bought small gifts for +George and Bob. Also, though you needn’t tell +it around school, Laurie had purchased a most +odoriferous and ornate bottle of perfume for +Polly! So when, shortly after breakfast, Ned +suggested that Laurie take Bob’s present over +to him, Laurie evinced entire willingness to perform +the errand. That he carried not one gift +but two in his pockets was, however, beyond Ned’s +knowledge. A cheerful whistling from the back +of the house drew Laurie past the front entrance, +and he found Bob, attired in any but festal garments, +swinging open the bulkhead doors. A pair +of old gray trousers and a disreputable brown +sweater formed most of his costume. At sight +of Laurie he gave a joyful whoop. +</p> +<p> +“Merry Christmas!” he called. “I was going +over to see you in a minute. Thomas is in bed +with a cold or something, and I’m furnace-man +and general factotle—” +</p> +<p> +“Factotum, you mean,” laughed Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“All right! As you fellows say, what do I +care? I don’t own it. Now you’re here, you +can just give me a hand with this load of junk. +Dad says it doesn’t look shipshape for Christmas.” +Bob indicated more than a dozen paint-cans, +empty, partly empty, or unopened, and a +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_264'></a>264</span> +mess of brushes, paddles, and rags that they had +set there last evening. “I suppose a lot of these +might as well be thrown away, but we’ll dump +the whole caboodle down in the cellar for now.” +</p> +<p> +“All right,” agreed Laurie. “First, though, +here’s something that Ned and I thought you +might like. It isn’t anything much, you know, +Bob; just a—a trinket.” +</p> +<p> +“For me?” Bob took the little packet, and removed +the paper and then the lid, disclosing +a pair of silver cuff-links lying in a nest of cotton-wool. +As Laurie said, they weren’t much, +but they were neat and the jeweler had made a +very good job of the three plain block letters, +R. D. S., that he had engraved on them. “Gee, +they’re corking!” exclaimed Bob, with unmistakable +sincerity. “I needed them, too, Nod. I +lost one of a pair just the other day, and—” +</p> +<p> +“I know you did. That’s why we got those.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I’m awfully much obliged. They’re +great. I’ve got a couple of little things upstairs +for you chaps. They aren’t nearly so nice as +these, but I’ll get ’em—” +</p> +<p> +“Wait till we finish this job,” said Laurie. +“Grab a handful and come on. Is Thomas very +sick?” +</p> +<p> +“I guess not,” replied Bob, as he followed the +other down the steps. “He ate some breakfast, +but aunt thought he’d better stay in bed. I had +a great time with the furnace this morning. Got +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_265'></a>265</span> +up at half-past six and shoveled coal to beat the +band!” +</p> +<p> +“Where do you want to put these?” asked +Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“Anywhere, I guess. Hold on; let’s dump ’em +on the shelves in the closet there. Then they’ll +be out of the way. Some day we’ll clean the +cans all out, and maybe we’ll get enough to paint +that arbor we’re going to build. Here you are.” +</p> +<p> +Bob led the way to a small room built against +the rear wall of the big cellar. Designed for a +preserve closet, its shelves had probably long been +empty of aught save dust, and the door, wide open, +hung from one hinge. It was some six feet broad +and perhaps five feet deep, built of matched +boards. Before Bob entered the cobwebby doorway +with his load of cans, its only contents were an +accumulation of empty preserve-jars in a +wooden box set on the cement floor beneath a lower +shelf at the back. There were eight shelves across +the rear wall, divided in the center by a vertical +board into two tiers. Bob placed his load on a +lower shelf and Laurie put his on the shelf above. +As he drew away he noticed that the shelf appeared +to have worked out from the boards at +the back, and he gave it a blow on the edge with +the flat of one hand. It slipped back into place, +but, to his surprise, it came forward again an +inch or two, and all the other shelves in that tier +came with it! +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_266'></a>266</span> +</p> +<p> +“Hey!” said Laurie, startled. +</p> +<p> +Bob, at the doorway, turned. “What’s the +matter?” he asked. +</p> +<p> +“Nothing, only—” Laurie took hold of the shelf +above the loosened one and pulled. It yielded a +little, and so did the other shelves and the rear +wall of the cubicle, but it was only a matter of +less than an inch. Bob, at his side, looked on interestedly. +</p> +<p> +“That’s funny,” he said. “Push on it.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie pushed, and the tier went back a couple +of inches. “Looks like this side was separate +from the rest,” said Laurie. “What’s the idea +of having it come out like that?” +</p> +<p> +“Search me!” answered Bob. “Pull it toward +you again and let me have a look.” A second +later he exclaimed: “The whole side is loose, +Nod, but it can’t come out because the ends of +the shelves strike this partition board! Try it +again!” Laurie obeyed, moving the tier back +and forth three or four times as far as it would +go. Bob shook his head in puzzlement, his gaze +roving around the dim interior. Then, “Look +here,” he said. “The shelves on the side aren’t +on a level with the back ones, Nod.” +</p> +<p> +“What of it?” +</p> +<p> +“Nothing, maybe; only, if the back swung out +the side shelves wouldn’t stop it! See what I +mean?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_267'></a>267</span> +</p> +<p> +“Not exactly. Anyhow, it doesn’t swing out, +so what’s the—” +</p> +<p> +“Hold on!” Bob sprang forward and seized +the edge of a shelf in the right-hand tier close to +the partition board, and pulled. It readily +yielded an inch, but no more. +</p> +<p> +“Wait!” Laurie bent and pulled aside the box +of jars. “Now!” +</p> +<p> +Then, as Bob tugged, to their amazement +the right-hand tier swung toward them, its +lower edge scraping on the cement floor, and the +left-hand tier swung with it, the whole back wall +of the closet, shelves and all, opening toward them +like a pair of double doors! +</p> +<p> +“Gee!” whispered Laurie. “What do you suppose—” +</p> +<p> +“Pull them wide open and let’s find out,” said +Bob recklessly. +</p> +<p> +When the two sides were open as far as they +would go, there was an aperture between them +some three feet wide. Beyond it was darkness, +though, as they gazed, the stones of the cellar +wall took shape dimly. Then Laurie seized Bob’s +arm. +</p> +<p> +“Look!” he whispered excitedly. Behind, +where the left-hand tier of shelves had stood, was +a blacker patch about three feet high by two +feet wide, which, as they stared in fascination, +evolved itself into an opening in the wall. +</p> +<p> +“Know what I think?” asked Bob, in low tones. +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_268'></a>268</span> +“I think we’ve found the miser’s hiding-place, +Nod!” +</p> +<p> +“Honest? Maybe it’s just a—a drain or something. +Got a match?” +</p> +<p> +“There are some over by the furnace. Hold +your horses!” Bob hurried out, and was back in +a moment and was standing at the opening between +the doors with a lighted match held toward +the opening in the wall. As the little light grew +they saw that the stones of the wall had been removed +from a space of a foot above the floor and +three feet high and some two feet wide. Around +the opening so made cement had been applied +in the form of a smooth casing. +</p> +<p> +The match flickered and went out, and in the +succeeding gloom the two boys stared at each +other with wide eyes. +</p> +<p> +“Would you dare go in there?” asked Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“Sure! Why not? It can’t be anything but +a sort of cave underground. Wait till I get a +candle.” +</p> +<p> +“A lantern would be better,” suggested Laurie, +viewing the hole dubiously. +</p> +<p> +“That’s so, and there’s one here somewhere. +I noticed it the other day.” Bob’s voice came +from the cellar beyond, and Laurie heard him +walking around out there. Then, “I’ve got it!” +Bob called. “There’s oil in it, too! Now we’ll +have a look!” +</p> +<p> +Laurie heard the chimney of the lantern squeak +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_269'></a>269</span> +as it was forced up and then drop into place again. +Then a wan light came toward the closet, and +Bob appeared, triumphant and excited. “Wait +till I turn it up a bit. There we are! Come on!” +</p> +<p> +They passed through between the doors, Bob +leading, and stooped before the hole in the wall. +Bob held the lantern inside, and Laurie peered +over his shoulder. “Gee, it’s high,” whispered +the latter. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, and it isn’t a cave at all; it’s a tunnel!” +said Bob, in awed tones. “What do you say?” +</p> +<p> +“I’ll go, if you will,” replied Laurie, stoutly; +and without much enthusiasm Bob ducked his +head and crawled through. Past the two-foot wall +was a passage, more than head-high and about a +yard in width, stone walled and arched, that led +straight ahead farther than the light of the lantern +penetrated. The walls were dry, but the +earthen floor was damp to the touch. There +was a musty odor, though the air in there seemed +fresh. +</p> +<p> +“Where do you suppose it goes to?” asked +Bob, in a hushed voice. +</p> +<p> +“I can’t imagine. But it runs straight back +from the cellar, and so it must pass under the +garden. Let’s—let’s go on, Bob.” +</p> +<p> +“Sure! Only I thought we were going to find +old Coventry’s treasure!” +</p> +<p> +“How do you know we aren’t?” asked Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“That’s so! Maybe he buried it under the +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_270'></a>270</span> +garden.” Their footfalls sounded clearly on the +hard-packed earth floor as they went ahead. Suddenly +Bob, in the lead, uttered an exclamation, and +Laurie jumped a foot and then hurried forward +to where the other was standing. Beside him, its +point buried in the floor of the tunnel, was the +lost crowbar! +</p> +<p> +“What do you know?” gasped Bob. “We’re +under the farther end of the arbor. That bar +came through between those stones up here.” +He touch the crevice in the arched roof with a +finger. “See the dirt it brought down with it? +Well, that explains that mystery!” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, but—where does this thing go to, Bob?” +</p> +<p> +“Let’s find out. It can’t go much farther, because +the arbor was only about forty feet from +the back fence.” +</p> +<p> +But they went that forty feet and perhaps forty +more before the wavering light of the lantern +showed them a stout wooden door across their +path. Formed of two-inch planking and strengthened +with three broad cleats, it was hinged to a +frame of concrete. It wasn’t a big door, but it +looked very formidable to the two boys who stood +there and viewed it dubiously in the yellow glare +of the lantern; for a big square iron lock held +it firmly in place. +</p> +<p> +“Guess we don’t go any farther,” said Bob, +dryly. +</p> +<p> +“Maybe the key’s here somewhere,” Laurie +suggested; and, although Bob scoffed at the suggestion, +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_271'></a>271</span> +they searched thoroughly but without success. +</p> +<p> +“We could bust it,” Bob said; “only maybe +we haven’t any right to.” +</p> +<p> +“I don’t see why not, Bob. We discovered it. +Let’s!” +</p> +<p> +“We-ell, but one of us’ll have to go for a hammer +or something.” +</p> +<p> +“Sure; I’ll go.” +</p> +<p> +“And leave me here in the dark? I guess +not!” +</p> +<p> +“We’ll both go, then. Hold on! What’s the +matter with the crowbar?” +</p> +<p> +“Of course! I never thought of that! I’ll +fetch it!” The light receded down the tunnel +until it was small and dim, and Laurie, left alone +in front of the mysterious portal, felt none +too happy. Of course there was nothing to +be afraid of, but he was awfully glad when +the light drew nearer again and Bob returned. +“You hold this,” directed Bob, “and I’ll give +it a couple of whacks.” +</p> +<p> +Laurie took the lantern, and Bob brought the +bar down smartly on the lock. Probably it was +old and rusty, for it broke into pieces under the +blow, and in another instant they had thrust the +heavy bolt back. Then Bob took a long breath +and pulled the door toward them. The hinges +squeaked loudly, startlingly, in the silence. Before +them lay darkness, and Laurie, leaning past +the doorway, raised the lantern high. +</p> +<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_272'></a>272</span><a name='chXXIV' id='chXXIV'></a>CHAPTER XXIV—A MERRY CHRISTMAS</h2> +<p> +“Guess Laurie got lost,” grumbled Ned, kicking +one foot against the step and looking +across the yard. +</p> +<p> +George laughed. “Guess you could find him +if you went as far as the Widow’s, Nid.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, he ought to be back. It’s nearly time +for the tree, isn’t it?” Characteristically, Ned +saved himself the trouble of determining the matter +for himself, and it was George who looked +at his watch. +</p> +<p> +“There’s ’most an hour yet. Let’s go and +have a look for him. He and Bob are probably +at Polly’s.” +</p> +<p> +But they didn’t get as far as Polly’s just +then, for when they reached the corner they descried +Laurie tearing along the side yard of the +Coventry place. At sight of them he moderated +his speed slightly and began to shout, waving +both hands in a quite demented manner. +</p> +<p> +“What’s he saying?” asked George. “What’s +wrong?” +</p> +<p> +“Wants us to hurry,” grumbled Ned. “We +are hurrying, you idiot!” he continued, raising his +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_273'></a>273</span> +voice. But he hurried faster, George at his heels, +and met Laurie at the front gate. +</p> +<p> +“What’s your trouble?” he demanded. +“House on fire? Bob got the croup? What is +it? Can’t you talk?” +</p> +<p> +“Can’t tell you,” panted Laurie. “You’ve got +to see—for yourself! Come on!” +</p> +<p> +He seized Ned by one arm, and pulled him +away and around the house and down the bulkhead +steps, George loping after them. In the cellar +stood Bob, disreputable in his old clothes and +adorned with dust and cobwebs, a lighted lantern +in one hand. +</p> +<p> +“Has he told you?” he cried, as the others piled +down the stairs. +</p> +<p> +“Told me? He hasn’t told anything,” gasped +Ned, shaking himself free at last. “What is it?” +</p> +<p> +Bob laughed loudly and gleefully. “Then come +on!” he shouted. He dashed into the preserve +closet, Ned, George, and Laurie at his heels, +passed from sight for an instant, and was seen +again crawling through a hole in the wall. Ned +and George showered questions as they pattered +along the tunnel, but all they received in reply was +insane laughter and a meaningless, breathless +jumble of words. And then they were at the +farther portal, and Bob led the way through, and +they followed. +</p> +<p> +They found themselves in a small cellar-like +compartment scarcely four paces square. It was +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_274'></a>274</span> +windowless, although, close to the raftered ceiling +in the rear wall, two oblongs of brick set in the +stone showed where at some time small windows +had been. The floor was paved with flat stones. +In one corner, the only objects there, were a small +iron chest, its lid swung open and back, and a +crowbar. The newcomers stared in amazement, +the truth slowly dawning on them. It was Laurie +who spoke first. +</p> +<p> +“Go and look!” he said excitedly. +</p> +<p> +Ned and George obeyed. Within the chest lay +four fat, heavy brownish envelopes, bound and tied +with pink tape. +</p> +<p> +“Take one out and open it,” said Bob over +Ned’s shoulder. +</p> +<p> +Ned picked up one. Across one end was written +in scrawly characters the inscription “Gov’t.” +</p> +<p> +“‘Government,’” explained Laurie, softly. +“It’s full of United States bonds. Nearly a +dozen of them. Have a look.” +</p> +<p> +“Geewhillikins!” breathed Ned, in awe, as he +drew the folded contents into the light. “Old +Coventry’s, do you mean?” +</p> +<p> +“Of course! Whose else? And there are three +more lots. We haven’t figured them up yet, but +there must be fifty thousand dollars’ worth!” +</p> +<p> +“Maybe they’re no good,” offered George. +</p> +<p> +“How do you mean, no good?” asked Ned indignantly. +“United States bonds are always +good!” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_275'></a>275</span> +</p> +<p> +“Well, the others—” +</p> +<p> +“They’re railroad bonds, all of them, three +different lots,” said Bob. “I guess they’re all +right, too, don’t you, Ned?” +</p> +<p> +“Right as rain! Why, the old codger—What’s +that?” he asked suddenly, looking ceiling-ward. +Laurie laughed. +</p> +<p> +“That’s what we wondered,” he answered. +“We jumped when we heard it first. Don’t you +know where you are?” +</p> +<p> +Ned looked around him and shook his head. +</p> +<p> +“Under the Widow Deane’s house!” +</p> +<p> +“Wha-at! But Polly said there wasn’t any cellar!” +</p> +<p> +“She doesn’t know any better. Look above +you. See where the stairway went? The old +chap must have torn it away and boarded the +hole up; and bricked up the windows, too. It +must have cost him a pretty penny to do all +this!” +</p> +<p> +“What—what are you going to do with it?” +asked George, pointing to the chest. +</p> +<p> +“Why, hand it over to the lawyers, whoever +they are, I suppose,” answered Bob. “But first +of all we’re going to take those bonds and dump +them into the Widow’s lap. I always said I’d +hand it all over to her, when I found it. I never +thought I would find it, but I have—or Laurie +has, because if he hadn’t noticed that the shelves +were loose we never would—” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_276'></a>276</span> +</p> +<p> +“Besides,” interrupted George, “she comes in +for a share of the money. Come on, fellows! +Let’s do it now! Gee, it will be some Christmas +present!” +</p> +<p> +“Won’t it? Let’s each one take a package,” +said Laurie. “We’ll leave everything just as it +is for the lawyer folks. Come on!” +</p> +<p> +“Say, fellows, there’s an awfully funny smell +down here,” observed George. “Sort of—sort +of sweet, like—like violets or something. Notice +it?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, I noticed it before I got in here, though,” +said Ned. “Wonder what it is.” +</p> +<p> +“Oh, places like this get to smelling funny +after they’ve been shut up for a while,” said Bob. +“And I guess this place hasn’t been opened for +two years, eh?” +</p> +<p> +“Of course not; not since old Coventry died. +Just the same, it’s a mighty funny odor.” And +George sniffed again perplexedly. Laurie, who +had withdrawn to the door, unconsciously placed a +hand in one jacket pocket, where, within a crushed +cardboard box, some fragments of glass were all +that remained of Polly’s present! In prying open +the lid of the chest he had brought the end of +the crowbar against that pocket, and now the purchase +was only a memory, albeit a fragrant one. +</p> +<p> +Some three minutes later four flushed-faced and +very joyous youths burst into the Widow Deane’s +shop. To the jangling of the little bell in the +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_277'></a>277</span> +back room Polly appeared, a very pretty, bright-eyed +Polly this morning in a new Christmas +dress. +</p> +<p> +“Merry Christmas!” she cried. “Merry +Christmas, Nid! Merry Christmas, Bob! Merry +Christmas, George! Merry Christmas, Nod!” +</p> +<p> +Perhaps Laurie should have felt hurt that his +own greeting had come last; but he wasn’t, for a +glance went with it that hadn’t accompanied the +others. But, although the boys answered the +greetings in chorus, it was apparent to Polly that +they were there for another purpose than to wish +her a Merry Christmas. +</p> +<p> +“Where’s your mother!” demanded Bob. +</p> +<p> +“In there.” Polly pointed to the back room, +and without ceremony the four filed past and into +the little living-room. Mrs. Deane was seated in +a rocker, her spectacles pushed down on her nose, +a paper across her knees, and her eyes fixed in +smiling inquiry on the doorway. +</p> +<p> +Bob led the way. On the outspread paper he +laid a brown envelop. “Wish you a Merry +Christmas, ma’am,” he said. +</p> +<p> +Laurie followed, deposited his envelop beside +Bob’s, repeated the greeting, and drew aside to +make way for Nod and George. The Widow +looked inquiringly from the stout envelops to the +boys, smiling tolerantly the while. Boys were +always up to pranks, and she liked them, boys and +pranks both! +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_278'></a>278</span> +</p> +<p> +“What are these?” she asked, finally, when the +fourth envelop lay in her lap. +</p> +<p> +Polly, looking over her shoulder, gasped as she +read the writing on one of the packets, and +her eyes, as round as round, looked across at +Laurie. +</p> +<p> +“<em>Nod! They aren’t—You haven’t—</em>” +</p> +<p> +“Yes, they are!” cried Laurie. “Look and see +for yourself! Open them, Mrs. Deane!” +</p> +<hr class='tb' /> +<p> +Ten minutes later, when the first excitement +had somewhat subsided, Polly clapped her hands. +</p> +<p> +“Why,” she cried, “now we know what those +sounds were we used to hear, Mama! They were +Uncle Peter down there in the cellar! They were +his footsteps! And only a little while ago I +thought I heard sounds sort of like them! And +that must have been you boys!” +</p> +<p> +“Of course,” agreed Bob. “And we could +hear you folks up here quite plainly. There goes +my last hope of catching a ghost!” +</p> +<p> +“How many are there to share in the money, +Mrs. Deane?” asked George. +</p> +<p> +“Dear me, I’m not quite sure.” She looked +inquiringly over her spectacles at Polly. +“Weren’t there seven, dear?” +</p> +<p> +“Eight, Mama.” +</p> +<p> +“Well, even then it isn’t so bad” said George. +“One eighth of sixty-two-thousand—” +</p> +<p> +“Seven thousand seven hundred and fifty,” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_279'></a>279</span> +announced Laurie, promptly. “And the bonds +may be worth more than we figured, ma’am!” +</p> +<p> +“Well, I’m sure,” answered Mrs. Deane, +“seven thousand dollars is seven times more +money than I ever expected to see! I shan’t +know what to do with it.” She looked quite +alarmed and helpless for a moment, but Polly +patted her shoulder reassuringly. +</p> +<p> +“You must invest it, dearest, and then you +won’t have to keep this place any longer, because +when I go to work—” +</p> +<p> +But, instead of vanishing, the Widow Deane’s +alarm increased. “Oh, I couldn’t give up the +store, Polly!” she gasped. “Why—why, what +would I do with myself all day?” +</p> +<p> +“Yes’m that’s so!” declared Ned, heartily. +“Gee, you couldn’t do that! Why, we wouldn’t +have any place to buy cream-puffs!” +</p> +<p> +“I guess I would keep on with the store,” Mrs. +Deane concluded, when the laughter had subsided. +“I’m afraid I’d never be very happy if I didn’t +have you boys around. Well, it’s certainly very +wonderful, isn’t it, Polly?” +</p> +<p> +“It’s—it’s heavenly!” declared Polly. “This +is just the most beautiful Christmas there ever +was or ever will be! And I don’t see how we can +ever thank you all for finding—” +</p> +<p> +“Gosh!” exclaimed Laurie. “The Doctor’s +tree, fellows! We’ll have to beat it! We’ll +leave the bonds here until to-morrow—eh?” +<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_280'></a>280</span> +</p> +<p> +“But I want to see the tunnel and—and everything!” +cried Polly. +</p> +<p> +“That’s so! We’ll come over after dinner. +Come on, fellows! Neddie, come away from +those tarts!” +</p> +<p> +“I was only looking,” sighed Ned. +</p> +<p> +Mrs. Deane and Polly went with them to the +door. Down the street the deep-toned bell in the +Congregational church was ringing, and, farther +away, other bells were joining in a chorus of glad +triumph. Mrs. Deane, listening, held a very +happy look in her face. On the sidewalk, Ned and +Laurie dropped behind their companions, paused, +and faced the doorway. There was a quick exchange +of glances between them, and then, bowing, +Ned began and Laurie finished: +</p> +<p> + “A Merry Christmas and well-filled bins,”<br /> + “Is the hearty wish of the Turner Twins!”<br /> +</p> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + +***** This file should be named 37209-h.htm or 37209-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/2/0/37209/ + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/37209-h/images/illus-cvr.jpg b/37209-h/images/illus-cvr.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fdbe5a --- /dev/null +++ b/37209-h/images/illus-cvr.jpg diff --git a/37209-h/images/illus1.jpg b/37209-h/images/illus1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6258d65 --- /dev/null +++ b/37209-h/images/illus1.jpg diff --git a/37209-h/images/illus2.jpg b/37209-h/images/illus2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7738342 --- /dev/null +++ b/37209-h/images/illus2.jpg diff --git a/37209-h/images/illus3.jpg b/37209-h/images/illus3.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b074d63 --- /dev/null +++ b/37209-h/images/illus3.jpg diff --git a/37209-h/images/illus4.jpg b/37209-h/images/illus4.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..68ffa46 --- /dev/null +++ b/37209-h/images/illus4.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f64aca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #37209 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/37209) diff --git a/old/37209-0.txt b/old/37209-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5779b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/37209-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7592 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Turner Twins + +Author: Ralph Henry Barbour + +Illustrator: C. M. Relyea + +Release Date: August 26, 2011 [EBook #37209] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + + + + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + +[Illustration: Through the secret door] + + + + + THE + TURNER TWINS + + BY + RALPH HENRY BARBOUR + + Author of “The Crimson Sweater,” “Harry’s Island,” + “Team-Mates,” etc. + + ILLUSTRATED BY + C. M. RELYEA + + NEW YORK + THE CENTURY CO. + 1922 + + + + + Copyright, 1921, 1922, by + The Century Co. + + PRINTED IN THE U. S. A. + + + + + CONTENTS + + CHAPTER PAGE + I Introduces a Pair of Shoes 3 + II The Girl in the White Middy 13 + III Cakes and Ale 28 + IV Kewpie Starts Something 37 + V In the Performance of Duty 52 + VI Ned is Firm 61 + VII High School Accepts Defeat 70 + VIII In the Miser’s House 84 + IX Laurie Hears News 98 + X Polly Entertains 110 + XI Ned Speaks Out 120 + XII The Committee on Arrangements 130 + XIII Ned Gets into the Game 141 + XIV The Fete 154 + XV Ned Has an Idea 170 + XVI Polly Tells a Spook Story 179 + XVII Laurie Makes a Protest 190 + XVIII Before the Battle 201 + XIX Ned is Missing 213 + XX For the Honor of the Turners 223 + XXI The Understudy 238 + XXII The Boys Make a Present 250 + XXIII The Secret Passage 262 + XXIV A Merry Christmas 272 + + + + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + +Through the secret door Frontispiece + +“Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!” 36 + +“But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” asked Polly 136 + +“Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.” 240 + + + + +THE TURNER TWINS + + + + +CHAPTER I—INTRODUCES A PAIR OF HEROES + + +“Jail,” said the boy in the gray flannels. + +“School,” pronounced the boy in the blue serge. + +“Bet you!” + +“No, sir, you owe me ten cents now. You didn’t pay up the last time.” + +“It’s wrong to bet for money, Ned.” + +The other set down the suitcase he was carrying and scoffed. “Yes, when +you lose,” he observed, with deep sarcasm. “That’s thirty-five cents you +owe me. You bet in Chicago that—” + +“That debt’s outlawed. Chicago’s in Michigan—” + +“Bet you!” + +“And this is New York, and so—” + +“Mighty good thing Dad sent you to school, Laurie. Chicago’s in +Illinois, you ignoramus.” + +“Is it? Well, who cares?” Laurence Stenman Turner had also deposited the +bag he was carrying on the brick sidewalk and was applying a +lavender-bordered handkerchief to a moist brow. “Just the same, that’s a +jail.” + +“If that’s a jail, I’ll eat my hat,” declared the other, + +“It’s not a school, though, and that’s flat,” was the prompt retort. + +“Huh, that was an easy one!” Edward Anderson Turner retreated to a +flat-topped stone wall bordering a well-shaded lawn and seated himself +with a sigh of relief. His companion followed suit. Behind them, grass +and trees and flower beds made a pleasant setting for a square gray +house, half hidden from the street. Overhead a horse-chestnut tree +spread low branches across the sidewalk. The quiet village street +ascended gently, curving as it went, empty in both directions. Somewhere +on a neighboring thoroughfare a scissors-grinder was punctuating the +silence with the musical _ding—dang—dong_ of bells. In a near-by tree +a locust was making his shrill clatter. Across the way, the subject of +contention, stood a large red-brick edifice, stone trimmed, many +windowed, costly and unlovely. The boys viewed it silently. Then their +glances fell to the two black suitcases on the curbing. + +“How far did that hombre say it was to the school?” asked Ned Turner, +after a minute of silence. + +“Three quarters of a mile.” + +“How far have we walked already?” + +“Mile and a half.” + +“Consequently?” + +“Said hombre was a li—was unvoracious.” + +“Un-_ver_-acious is the word, old son.” + +“What do we care? We don’t own it,” replied Laurie, cheerfully. “Want to +go on?” + +Ned shook his head slowly. “What time have you got?” he asked. + +“What time do you want?” was the flippant response. + +With a sigh, Ned pulled back his left sleeve and looked at his watch. +“It’s only about a quarter to twelve. We don’t have to get there until +six if we don’t want to.” + +“I know, but I couldn’t sit on this wall all that time! Besides, what +about lunch?” + +“I’m not very hungry,” was the sad reply. + +“That’s the trouble with having your breakfast late.” + +“That’s the trouble with eating two plates of griddle-cakes, you mean,” +retorted Laurie. “Anyway, I’m hungry if you’re not. Let’s go.” + +But he made no move, and they continued to dangle their shoes from the +wall and gaze lazily across the shady street. The scissors-grinder’s +chime died in the distance. Farther down the street the whirring of a +lawn-mower competed with the locust. + +“Upon a wall they sat them down,” murmured Ned, turning a challenging +look on his companion. + +“Lost in the wilds of Orstead Town,” added Laurie. + +Ned nodded mild approval and once more silence held. + +Save that one was dressed in gray and the other in blue, the two boys +were strikingly alike. Each was slim of body and round of face, with +red-brown hair and a short, slightly impertinent nose. Ned’s eyes were a +trifle bluer than Laurie’s and he had the advantage—if advantage it +was—of some five pounds of weight. But neither of these facts was +apparent at first glance. Faces and hands were well browned and the pair +looked extremely healthy. They were dressed neatly, with perhaps more +attention to detail than is usual in lads of their age, their attire +terminating at one end in well-polished brown shoes and at the other in +immaculate black derbies. Their age was fifteen years, three months, and +eleven days. Which, of course, leads you to the correct conclusion that +they were twins. + +“Maybe,” hazarded Laurie, presently, “we’ve lost our way.” + +“Don’t just see how we could,” Ned objected. “The old chap at the +station said we were to keep right along up Walnut Street. This is still +Walnut Street, isn’t it?” + +“I suppose so.” Laurie’s glance strayed right and left. “Must be; I +don’t see any walnuts.” + +“Guess the only ‘nuts’ are right here. Come on, let ’s hit the trail +again.” Ned slid to his feet and took up his burden. “Why the dickens we +didn’t take that carriage the fellow wanted to sell us is more than I +see.” + +“’Cause we needed the exercise. Also, ’cause we’re down to a dollar and +fourteen cents between us—unless you ’re holding out.” + +“Well, I’m not!” replied Ned, indignantly. “I paid for the breakfasts in +New York—” + +“And I paid for dinner on the diner last night—” + +“Who said you didn’t?” They went on leisurely, and presently Ned +continued: “Say, suppose we don’t like this ranch after we get +there—then what, old son?” + +Laurie considered thoughtfully. Then, “Two things we can do,” he +pronounced. “No, three. We can put up with it, change it to suit us, or +leave it.” + +“Leave it! Yes, we can! On a dollar and fourteen cents?” + +“We’ll have nearly twenty more when we cash Dad’s check and pay the term +bill. Twenty dollars would take us back to New York and buy a lot of +griddle-cakes, anyway.” + +Laurie’s voice was partly drowned by a small delivery automobile that +dashed into sight at a corner ahead and sped by with a clamor worthy of +a four-ton truck. The brothers looked after it interestedly. “That’s the +first sign of life we’ve seen,” said Ned. “Say, I do wish this street +would stop twisting this way. First thing we know, we’ll be back at the +station!” + +“Bet you I’d hop the first freight then. I’ve got a hunch that we’re not +going to care for Hillman’s School.” + +“Speak for yourself. I am. I like this town, too. It’s pretty.” + +“Oh, it’s pretty enough,” grumbled Laurie, “but it went to sleep about a +century ago and hasn’t waked up since. Here’s somebody coming; let’s ask +where the school is.” + +“It’s just a girl.” + +“What of it? She probably knows.” + +The girl appeared to be of about their own age and wore a white middy +dress with black trimming and a scarlet tie knotted below a V of +sun-browned throat. She wore no hat and her dark hair was gathered into +a single braid. As she drew near she gave the boys a quick glance of +appraisal from a pair of gravely friendly brown eyes. It was Ned who +shifted his suitcase to his left hand and raised his derby. It was +always Ned who spoke first; after that, they alternated scrupulously. + +“Would you please tell us where Hillman’s School is?” he asked. + +The girl stopped and her somewhat serious face lighted with a smile. +“It’s right there,” she replied, and nodded. + +The boys turned to the blankness of a high privet hedge behind an iron +fence. The girl laughed softly. “Behind the hedge, I mean,” she +explained. “The gate is a little way around the corner there, on Summit +Street.” + +“Oh,” said Laurie. That laugh was contagious, and he grinned in +response. “A man at the station told us it was only three quarters of a +mile, but we’ve been walking for hours!” + +“I guess it’s nearer a mile than three quarters,” answered the girl, +slowly. She appeared to be giving the matter very serious consideration +and two little thoughtful creases appeared above her nose, a small, +straight nose that was bridged by a sprinkling of freckles. Then the +smile came again. “Maybe it did seem longer, though,” she acknowledged, +“for it’s uphill all the way; and then, you had your bags. You’re new +boys, aren’t you?” + +Ned acknowledged it, adding, “Think we’ll like it?” + +The girl seemed genuinely surprised. “Why, of course! Every one likes +it. What a perfectly funny idea!” + +“Well,” said Laurie, defensively, “we’ve never tried boarding-school +before, you see. Dad didn’t know anything about Hillman’s, either. He +chose it on account of the way the advertisement read in a magazine. +Something about ‘a moderate discipline rigidly enforced.’” + +The girl laughed again. (She had a jolly sort of laugh, they decided.) +“You’re—you’re twins, aren’t you?” she asked. + +“He is,” replied Ned, gravely. + +“Why—why, aren’t you both?” Her brown eyes grew very round and the +little lines creased her nose again. + +“It’s this way,” explained Laurie. “Ned was born first, and so, as there +was only one of him, he wasn’t a twin. Then I came, and that made two of +us, and I was a twin. You see, don’t you? It’s really quite plain.” + +The girl shook her head slowly in puzzlement. “I—I’m afraid I don’t,” +she answered apologetically. “You _must_ be twins—both of you, I +mean—because you both look just like both—I mean, each other!” Then +she caught the sparkle of mischief in Ned’s blue eyes and laughed. Then +they all laughed. After which they seemed suddenly to be very good +friends, such good friends that Laurie abandoned custom and spoke out of +turn. + +“I suppose you know a lot of the fellows,” he said. + +The girl shook her head. “N—no, not any, really. Of course, I see most +of them when they come to Mother’s, but she doesn’t like me to—to +_know_ them.” + +“Of course not,” approved Ned. “She’s dead right, too. They’re a pretty +poor lot, I guess.” + +“Oh, no, they’re not, really! Only, you see—” She stopped, and then +went on a trifle breathlessly: “I guess she wouldn’t be awfully pleased +if she saw me now! I—I hope you’ll like the school.” + +She nodded and went on. + +“Thanks,” called Laurie. “If we don’t like it, we’ll change it. +Good-by.” + +“Nice kid,” observed Ned, tolerantly, as they turned the corner of the +hedge. “Wonder who she is. She said most of the fellows went to her +mother’s. Maybe her mother gives dancing lessons or something, eh?” + +“If she does, she won’t see me,” responded his brother, firmly. “No +dancing for mine.” + +“Maybe it’s compulsory.” + +“Maybe it’s esthetic,” retorted Laurie, derisively. “It makes no never +mind. I’m agin it. This must be the place. Yes, there’s a sign.” + +It was a very modest sign a-swing from a rustic post beside a broad +entrance giving on to a well-kept drive. “Hillman’s School—Entrance +Only,” it read. Laurie stopped in pretended alarm and laid a detaining +clutch on Ned’s shoulder. + +“‘Entrance Only’! Sounds as if we couldn’t ever get out again, Ned! Do +you dare?” + +Ned looked doubtfully through at the curving drive and the red-brick +building that showed beyond the border of trees and shrubbery. Then he +threw back his shoulders and set foot bravely within. + +“Come, comrade, let us know the worst!” + +Laurie, with a gesture of resignation, followed. + +“What you durst I will likewise durst!” + + + + +CHAPTER II—THE GIRL IN THE WHITE MIDDY + + +When Doctor John Hyde Hillman started a modest school for boys, on the +bank of the Hudson River, at Orstead, the town barely crept to the one +brick building that contained dormitory and recitation-rooms. But that +was nearly twenty years ago, and to-day the place is no longer isolated, +but stands well inside the residence section of the village. There are +four buildings, occupying most of an unusually large block. School Hall, +four stories in height, is a red-brick, slate-roofed edifice, whose +unloveliness has been mercifully hidden by ivy. It faces Summit Street +and contains the class-rooms, the offices, and, at one end, the +principal’s quarters. Flanking it are the two dormitories, East Hall and +West Hall. These, while of brick too, are modern and far more +attractive. Each contains sleeping-rooms to accommodate forty students, +two masters’ studies, a recreation-hall, dining-room, kitchen, and +service-rooms. Behind East Hall is the gymnasium, a picturesque +structure of random-set stone, gray stucco, and much glass. Here, +besides the gymnasium proper, is an auditorium of good size, a modest +swimming-tank, locker-room and baths, and a commodious office presided +over by Mr. Wells, the physical director. From the gymnasium steps one +looks across an attractive, well-kept quadrangle of shaded turf, +vegetable and flower gardens, and tennis-courts. + +Doctor Hillman occupies an apartment at the west end of the School Hall, +gained from the building by way of the school offices, and from without +by way of a wide porch, vine screened in summer and glassed in winter, +an outdoor living-room where, on seasonable Friday afternoons, the +doctor’s maiden sister, Miss Tabitha, who keeps house for him, serves +weak tea and layer-cake to all comers. Miss Tabitha, I regret to say, is +known among the boys as “Tabby,” with, however, no more intention of +disrespect than in alluding to the doctor as “Johnny.” Miss Tabitha’s +thin body holds a warm heart, and her somewhat stern countenance belies +her kindly ways. + +On this fifteenth day of September, shortly after twelve o’clock, Miss +Tabitha was seated on the vine-shaded porch in an erect and +uncompromising attitude, her knitting-needles clicking busily. Near by, +but a few moments before released from the office, the doctor was +stretched in a long wicker chair, a morning paper before him. At the +other end of the porch, a gate-legged table was spread for the mid-day +meal, and a middle-aged colored woman—who, when it pleased her, +answered to the name of Aunt Persis—shuffled in and out of sight at +intervals. It was Miss Tabitha who, hearing the sound of steps on the +walk, peered over her glasses and broke the silence. + +“Two more of the boys are coming, John,” she announced. + +The doctor grunted. + +“I think they are new boys. Yes, I am sure they are. And bless my soul, +John, they’re alike as two peas!” + +“Alike?” The doctor rustled the paper to indicate interest. “Well, why +shouldn’t they be? Probably they’re brothers. Let me see, weren’t those +two boys from California brothers? Of course. Turner’s the name.” + +“Well, I never saw two boys so much alike in all my born days,” Miss +Tabitha marveled. “Do you suppose they can be twins, John?” + +“It’s quite within the realm of probability,” was the reply. “I believe +that twins do occur occasionally, even in the—er—best-regulated +families.” + +“Well, they certainly _are_ twins!” Miss Tabitha laid down her work, +brushed the front of her immaculate dress, and prepared to rise. “I +suppose I had better go and meet them,” she added. + +“I don’t see the necessity for it, my dear,” the doctor protested. +“Cummins may, I think, be relied on to deal even with—er—twins.” + +“Of course; but—still—California’s such a long way—and they may feel +strange—or lonesome—” + +The doctor laughed gently. “Then by all means go, my dear. If you like, +have them out here for a few minutes. If the resemblance between them is +as striking as you seem to think, they must be worth seeing.” + +When Miss Tabitha had tripped into the house, the doctor dropped his +paper, stretched luxuriously, and, with a sigh of protest, sat up. He +was several years younger than his sister—which is to say, in the +neighborhood of forty-seven. He was a smallish man, compactly built, +with a pleasant countenance on which a carefully-trimmed Vandyke beard +made up to an extent for the lack of hair above. He wore shell-rimmed +glasses and was very near-sighted, a fact emphasized by his manner of +thrusting his head forward to eke out the deficiencies of his lenses. +This trick was apparent a minute later when, following in the tripping +footsteps of Miss Tabitha, the two boys emerged on the porch. They were +amazingly alike, the doctor decided: same height, same breadth at hip +and shoulder, same coloring, same leisurely, yet confident, ease of +movement, same expression of lively curiosity twinkling through an +almost depressingly respectful solemnity. + +“These are the Turner boys,” announced Miss Tabitha. “This is Edward and +this is—” She halted to look doubtfully from one to the other. “Or—or +perhaps _this_ is Edward and—Dear me!” + +“I’m Edward, ma’am,” said the boy in blue. + +“Well, I don’t see how you can ever be _certain_ of it!” sighed Miss +Tabitha, doubtfully. “This is Doctor Hillman.” + +They shook hands, and in a moment the boys found themselves seated side +by side and replying to the doctor’s questions. + +“You are entering with certificates from your high school principal, I +believe, young gentlemen. What year were you?” + +“Second, sir,” answered Ned. + +“And your home is in—” + +“Santa Lucia, sir,” replied Laurie. + +“California,” added Ned. + +“Well, you’re quite a ways from home. Did you make the trip alone?” + +“Yes, sir. Dad was coming with us as far as Chicago, but something +happened so he couldn’t. We didn’t have any trouble, though.” + +“Really? Well, I believe you have the distinction of residing farther +away than any of your fellows here. I don’t recall any one who lives as +far away as California; do you, sister?” + +Miss Tabitha looked doubtful and hesitated an instant before she +replied, “George Watson comes from Wyoming, I think, John.” + +“So he does,” assented the doctor, gravely; “but measured in a straight +line, my dear, California is slightly farther than Wyoming.” + +“Is it?” asked Miss Tabitha, untroubled. “I never could remember where +those western States are.” + +“You remember many more important things, however. My sister, boys, +fancied that she detected a certain resemblance between you, and even +surmised that you might be—er—twins. Doubtless she’s mistaken.” + +“No, sir,” answered Ned, more than a trace of surprise in his voice. “I +mean, we are twins, sir.” + +“Why, now that’s interesting! Looking closer—” the doctor leaned +forward and craned his head—“I believe I detect a certain slight +similarity myself!” + +There was a perceptible twinkle behind the glasses and Laurie dared a +laugh, in which the doctor and Ned joined, while Miss Tabitha murmured: +“Well! I should think you _might_!” + +“I hope you are both going to like the school,” continued the doctor. +“Of course, you’ll find our ways a little different, but we’ll try to +make you feel at home. You are the first representatives of your State +who have attended our school, and I trust that both in conduct and +industry you will bring honor to it. Mr. Cornish, your hall master, will +advise you in all matters pertaining to your studies, Other questions +may be taken to Mr. Cummins, the school secretary, whom you have +doubtless already met. But I want you always to feel at perfect liberty +to come to me at any time on any matter at all. And,” added the doctor, +with a twinkle, “if we fail you, there is still my sister, who, I assure +you, possesses more wisdom than all of us.” + +Miss Tabitha acknowledged the compliment with a little wry smile, and +Ned and Laurie arose. + +“Yes, sir,” said the former. + +“Thank you, sir,” said Laurie. + +“Luncheon is served at one in West Hall,” continued the doctor. “That’s +the dormitory behind you there. Beginning with supper to-night, you will +take your meals in your own hall, but only a few of the students have +arrived as yet, and so only one dining-room is open. I’m very glad to +have met you, young gentlemen. Mr. Cummins will direct you to your room. +Good morning.” + +Five minutes later, the Turner twins set their suitcases down on the +floor of Number 16 East Hall and looked about them. Number 16 was not +palatial as to size, but it was big enough to hold comfortably the two +single beds, the study-table, the two narrow chiffoniers, and the four +chairs that made up its furnishing. There was a generous-sized closet at +each side of the door, and two windows set close together between the +beds. Under the windows was a wide seat, lacking only pillows to make it +inviting. From the casements the boys looked over or through the topmost +branches of the maples that lined Washington Street and followed Summit +Street as it continued its ascent of the hill and presently leveled out +between a thick wood on one side and an open field on the other. + +“That must be the athletic field,” said Laurie. “See the stand there? +And the goal-posts? How do you like it?” + +“The field? Looks all right from here.” + +“I mean the whole outfit, you simp; the school and Doctor Hillman and +Miss Frosty-Face and everything.” + +“Cut out calling names, Laurie. Miss Hillman’s all right. So’s the +doctor. So’s the school. I like it. Wonder when our trunks will get +here.” + +“Half an hour ago you had a hunch you weren’t going to like it,” jeered +Laurie. “Changed your mind, haven’t you?” + +“Yes, and I’m going to change more than my mind.” Whereupon Ned opened +his bag and selected a clean shirt. “What time is it?” + +“What do you wear a watch for if you never look at it?” grumbled his +brother. “It’s ten to one, Lazy. I’m going to find a place to wash up. I +choose this side of the room, Ned.” + +Ned studied the room a moment. “No, you don’t,” he challenged. “I’ll +take this side. I’m the oldest.” “There isn’t any difference, you chump. +One side’s as good as the other.” + +“Then you won’t mind taking the other,” answered Ned, sweetly. “Run +along and find the lavatory. I think it’s at the head of the stairs. +Wonder why they put us up two flights.” + +“Guess they knew you were naturally lazy and needed the exercise.” + +Laurie dodged a pair of traveling slippers in a red-leather case and +disappeared into the corridor. + +Some ten minutes later they descended the stairway together and set out +for West Hall. Laurie drew attention to the gymnasium building, but Ned, +who had recovered his appetite, only deigned it a glance. Two boys, +luggage laden, evidently just arrived, came down the steps of School +Hall as the twins passed, and stared curiously. + +“Guess they’ve never seen twins before in this part of the world,” +grumbled Laurie. “Those chaps nearly popped their eyes out!” + +West Hall proved an exact duplicate of their own dormitory, and the +dining-room occupied all the right end of it. There were about fifteen +boys there, in age varying from fourteen to eighteen, and there was a +perceptible pause in the business of eating when the newcomers entered. +A waitress conducted them to seats at a table already occupied by three +other lads, and asked if they’d have milk or iced tea. Ned, as usual, +answered for both. + +“Iced tea, please, and lots of lemon.” + +A very stout boy, sitting across the table, sniggered, and then, +encountering Ned’s inquiring regard, said, “Guess you think you’re in +the Waldorf!” + + +“What’s the Waldorf?” asked Ned. “Don’t you get lemon with iced tea +here?” + +“Sure! but you don’t get much. Say, are you fellows—twins, or what?” + +“Twins?” repeated Laurie. “Where do you get that stuff? This fellow’s +name is Anderson and mine’s Stenman. What’s yours?” + +“Crow. Honest, is that a fact?” Crow looked appealingly at the other +occupants of the table. These, however, two rather embarrassed-looking +youngsters of fourteen or thereabouts, fixed their eyes on their plates, +and Crow turned his regard incredulously back to the twins. “Gee, you +fellows look enough alike to be—be—” He swallowed the word. “Aren’t +you even related?” + +Ned gazed speculatively at Laurie and Laurie gazed speculatively at Ned. +“We might be,” hazarded the latter. + +Laurie nodded. “If we went back far enough, we might find a common +ancestor.” + +The arrival of luncheon caused a diversion, although Crow, who was a +round-faced, credulous-looking youth of perhaps seventeen, continued to +regard them surreptitiously and in puzzlement. At last, making the +passing of the salt an excuse, for further conversation, he asked, +“Where do you fellows come from?” + +“California,” said Ned. + +“Santa Lucia,” said Laurie. + +“Well, but,” sputtered Crow, “isn’t California in Santa—I mean, isn’t +Santa—Say, you guys are joking, I’ll bet!” + +“Methinks,” observed Ned, helping himself gravely to mustard, “his words +sound coarse and vulgar.” + +Laurie abstractedly added a fourth teaspoon of sugar to his iced tea. +“Like Turk or Kurd or even Bulgar,” he murmured. + +Crow stared, grunted, and pushed his chair back. “You fellows think +you’re smart, don’t you?” he sputtered. “Bet you you are twins—both of +you!” + +Ned and Laurie looked after him in mild and patient surprise until his +broad back had disappeared from view. Then a choking sound came from one +of the younger lads, and Ned asked gently, “Now what’s your trouble, +son?” + +The boy grew very red of face and gave way to giggles. “I knew all the +time you were twins,” he gasped. + +“Did you really?” exclaimed Laurie. “Well, listen. Just as a favor to +us, don’t say anything about it, eh? You see, we’re sort of—sort of—” + +“Sort of sensitive,” aided Ned. “We’d rather it wasn’t generally known. +You understand, don’t you?” + +The boy looked as if he was very far indeed from understanding, but he +nodded, choked again, and muttered something that seemed to indicate +that the secret was safe with him. Laurie thanked him gratefully. + +After luncheon they went sight-seeing about the school, snooped through +the dim corridors and empty class-rooms of School Hall, viewed the +gymnasium and experimented with numerous apparatus, and finally, after +browsing through a flower and vegetable garden behind the recitation +building and watching two boys make a pretense of playing tennis, +returned to Number 16 in the hope of finding their trunks. But the +baggage had not arrived, and presently, since the room was none too +cool, they descended again and followed the curving drive to the right +and past a sign that said “Exit Only” and wandered west on Summit +Street. + +For the middle of September in the latitude of southern New York the +weather was decidedly warm, and neither grass nor trees hinted that +autumn had arrived. In the well-kept gardens across the way, scarlet +sage and cosmos, asters and dahlias made riots of color. + +“Hot!” grunted Ned, running a finger around the inside of his collar. + +“Beastly,” agreed Laurie, removing his cap and fanning his heated face. +“Wonder where the river is. If we had our bathing-suits, maybe we could +go for a swim.” + +“Yes, and if we had a cake of ice we could sit on it!” responded Ned, +sarcastically. “This place is hotter than Santa Lucia.” + +At the next corner they turned again to the right. Morton Street, like +so many of the streets in Orstead, refused to go straight, and after a +few minutes, to their mild bewilderment, they found themselves on Walnut +Street once more, a block below the school. + +“I’m not going back yet,” said Laurie, firmly. “Let’s find a place where +we can get something cool to drink.” + +As Walnut Street was unpromising, they crossed it and meandered along +Garden Street. The houses here appeared to be less prosperous, and the +front yards were less likely to hold lawn and flowers than dilapidated +baby-carriages. At the first crossing they peered right and left, and +were rewarded by the sight of a swinging sign at a little distance. + +What the sign said was as yet a mystery, for the trees intervened, but +Laurie declared that he believed in signs and they made their way toward +it. It finally proved to be a very cheerful little sign hung above a +little white door in a little pale-blue two-story house, the lower floor +of which was plainly devoted to commercial purposes. + + L. S. DEANE + BOOKS, TOYS, AND + CONFECTIONERY + CIRCULATING LIBRARY + LAUNDRY AGENCY + TONICS + +That is what the sign said in red letters on a white background. The +windows, many paned, allowed uncertain glimpses of various articles: +tops of red and blue and green, boxes of pencils, pads of paper, jars of +candy, many bottles of ink, a catcher’s glove, a dozen tennis-balls, +some paper kites— + +Laurie dragged Ned inside, through a screen door that, on opening, +caused a bell to tinkle somewhere in the farther recesses of the little +building. It was dark inside, after the glare of the street, and +refreshingly cool. Laurie, leading the way, collided with a bench, +caromed off the end of a counter, and became aware of a figure, dimly +seen, beyond the width of a show-case. + +“Have you anything cold to drink?” asked Ned, leaning across the +show-case. + +“Ginger-ale or tonic or something?” Laurie elaborated. + +“Yes, indeed,” replied the apparition, in a strangely familiar voice. +“If you will step over to the other side, please—” + +Ned and Laurie leaned farther across the show-case. + +It was the girl in the white middy dress. + + + + +CHAPTER III—CAKES AND ALE + + +“Hello!” exclaimed the twins, in one voice. + +“Hello,” replied the girl, and they suspected that she was smiling, +although their eyes were still too unused to the dimness of the little +store for them to be certain. She was still only a vague figure in +white, with a deeper blur where her face should have been. Treading on +each other’s heels, Ned and Laurie followed her to the other side. The +twilight brightened and objects became more distinct. They were in front +of a sort of trough-like box in which, half afloat in a pool of +ice-water, were bottles of tonic and soda and ginger-ale. Behind it was +a counter on which reposed a modest array of pastry. + +“What do you want?” asked the girl in the middy. + +“Ginger-ale,” answered Ned. “Say, do you live here?” + +“No, this is the shop,” was the reply. “I live upstairs.” + +“Oh, well, you know what I mean,” muttered Ned. “Is this your store?” + +“It’s my mother’s. I help in it afternoons. My mother is Mrs. Deane. The +boys call her the Widow. I’m Polly Deane.” + +“Pleased to know you,” said Laurie. “Our name’s Turner. I’m Laurie and +he’s Ned. Let me open that for you.” + +“Oh, no, thanks. I’ve opened hundreds of them. Oh dear! You said +ginger-ale, didn’t you! And I’ve opened a root-beer. It’s so dark in +here in the afternoon.” + +“That’s all right,” Ned assured her. “We like root-beer. We’d just as +soon have it as ginger-ale. Wouldn’t we, Laurie?” + +“You bet! We’re crazy about it.” + +“Are you sure? It’s no trouble to—Well, _this_ is ginger-ale, anyway. +I’m awfully sorry!” + +“What do we care?” asked Ned. “We don’t own it.” + +“Don’t own it?” repeated Polly, in a puzzled tone. + +“That’s just an expression of his,” explained Laurie. “He’s awfully +slangy. I try to break him of it, but it’s no use. It’s fierce.” + +“Of course _you_ don’t use slang?” asked Polly, demurely. “Who wants the +root-beer?” + +“You take it,” said Laurie, hurriedly. + +“No, you,” said Ned. “You’re fonder of it than I am, Laurie. I don’t +mind, really!” + +Laurie managed a surreptitious kick on his brother’s shin. “Tell you +what,” he exclaimed, “we’ll mix ’em!” + +Ned agreed, though not enthusiastically, and with the aid of a third +glass the deed was done. The boys tasted experimentally, each asking a +question over the rim of his glass. Then looks of relief came over both +faces and they sighed ecstatically. + +“Corking!” they breathed in unison. + +Polly laughed, “I never knew any one to do that before,” she said. “I’m +glad you like it. I’ll tell the other boys about it.” + +“No, you mustn’t,” protested Ned. “It’s our invention. We’ll call +it—call it—” + +“Call it an Accident,” suggested Laurie. + +“We’ll call it a Polly,” continued the other. “It really is bully. +It’s—it’s different; isn’t it, Laurie? Have another?” + +“Who were those on?” was the suspicious reply. + +“You. The next is on me. Only maybe another wouldn’t taste so good, eh?” + +“Don’t you fool yourself! I’ll risk that.” + +However, the third and fourth bottles, properly combined though they +were, lacked novelty, and it was some time before the last glass was +emptied. Meanwhile, of course, they talked. The boys acknowledged that, +so far, they liked what they had seen of the school. Mention of the +doctor and Miss Hillman brought forth warm praise from Polly. “Every one +likes the doctor ever so much,” she declared. “And Miss Tabitha is—” + +“Miss what?” interrupted Laurie. + +“Miss Tabitha. That’s her name.” Polly laughed softly. “They call her +Tabby,—the boys, I mean,—but they like her. She’s a dear, even if she +does look sort of—of cranky. She isn’t, though, a bit. She makes +believe she’s awfully stern, but she’s just as soft as—as—” + +“As Laurie’s head?” offered Ned, helpfully. “Say, you sell ’most +everything here, don’t you? Are those cream-puffs?” + +Ned slipped a hand into his pocket and Laurie coughed furiously. Ned’s +hand came forth empty. He turned away from temptation. “They look mighty +good,” he said. “If we’d seen those before we’d had all that +ginger-ale—” + +Polly spoke detachedly. “You can have credit if you like,” she said, +placing the empty bottles aside. “The doctor lets the boys run bills +here up to a dollar. They can’t go over a dollar, though.” + +“Personally,” observed Laurie, jingling some coins in a trousers pocket, +“I prefer to pay cash. Still, there are times—” + +“Yes, a fellow gets short now and then,” said Ned, turning for another +look at the pastry counter. “Maybe, just for—for convenience, it would +be a good plan to have an account here, Laurie. Sometimes a fellow +forgets to put any money in his pocket, you know. Does your mother make +these?” + +“Yes, the cream-cakes, and some of the others. The rest Miss Comfort +makes.” + +“That’s another funny name,” said Laurie. “Who is Miss Comfort?” + +“She’s—she’s just Miss Comfort, I guess,” replied Polly. “She lives on +the next corner, in the house with the white shutters. She’s quite old, +almost seventy, I suppose, and she makes the nicest cake in Orstead. +Everybody goes to her for cakes. That’s the way she lives, I guess.” + +“Maybe we’d ought to help her,” suggested Ned, mentally choosing the +largest and fattest cakes on the tray. “I guess we’ll take a couple. How +much are they?” + +“Six cents apiece,” said Polly. “Do you want them in a bag?” + +“No, thanks.” Ned handed one of the cakes to Laurie; “we’ll eat them +now.” Then, between mouthfuls; “Maybe you’d better charge this to us. If +we’re going to open an account, we might as well do it now, don’t you +think?” + +Polly retired behind a counter and produced a long and narrow book, from +which dangled a lead pencil at the end of a string. She put the tip of +the pencil between her lips and looked across. “You’d better tell me +your full names, I think.” + +“Edward Anderson Turner and—” + +“I meant just your first names.” + +“Oh! Edward and Laurence. You can charge us each with two bottles and +one cake.” + +“I like that!” scoffed Laurie. “Thought you were treating to cakes?” + +“Huh! Don’t you want to help Miss Comfort? I should think you’d like +to—to do a charitable act once in a while.” + +“Don’t see what difference it makes to her,” grumbled Laurie, “whether +you pay for both or I pay for one. She gets her money just the same.” + +Ned brushed a crumb from his jacket. “You don’t get the idea,” he +replied gently. “Of course, I might pay for both, but you wouldn’t feel +right about it, Laurie.” + +“Wouldn’t I? Where do you get that stuff? You try it and see.” Laurie +spoke grimly, but not hopefully. Across the counter, Polly was giggling +over the account-book. + +“You’re the funniest boys I ever did see,” she explained, in answer to +their inquiring looks. “You—you say such funny things!” + +Before she could elucidate, footsteps sounded in the room behind the +store and a tiny white-haired woman appeared. In spite of her hair, she +couldn’t have been very old, for her face was plump and unwrinkled and +her cheeks quite rosy. Seeing the customers, she bowed prettily and said +“Good afternoon” in a very sweet voice. + +“Good afternoon,” returned the twins. + +“Mama, these are the Turner boys,” said Polly. “One of them is Ned and +the other is Laurie, but I don’t know which, because they look just +exactly alike. They—they’re twins!” + +“I want to know!” said Mrs. Deane. “Isn’t that nice? I’m very pleased to +meet you, young gentlemen. I hope Polly has served you with what you +wanted. My stock is kind of low just now. You see, we don’t have many +customers in summer, and it’s very hard to get things, nowadays, even if +you do pay three times what they’re worth. Polly, those ice-cream cones +never did come, did they?” + +“Gee, do you have ice-cream?” asked Ned; eagerly. + +“Never you mind!” said Laurie, grabbing his arm. “You come on out of +here before you die on my hands. I’m sorry to tell you, ma’am, that he +doesn’t know when to stop eating. I have to go around everywhere with +him and look after him. If I didn’t, he’d be dead in no time.” + +“I want to know!” exclaimed the Widow Deane interestedly. “Why, it’s +very fortunate for him he has you, isn’t it?” + +“Yes’m,” answered Laurie, but he spoke doubtfully, for the little +white-haired lady seemed to hide a laugh behind her words. Ned was +grinning. Laurie propelled him to the door. Then, without relinquishing +his grasp, he doffed his cap. + +“Good afternoon,” he said, “We’ll come again,” + +“We know not how,” added Ned, “we know not when.” + +“Bless my soul!” murmured the Widow, as the screen door swung behind +them. + +Back at school, the twins found a different scene from what they had +left. The grounds were populous with boys, and open windows in the two +dormitory buildings showed many others. The entrances were piled with +trunks and more were arriving. A rattling taxi turned in at the gate, +with much blowing of a frenzied but bronchial horn, and added five merry +youths to the population. Ned and Laurie made their way to East Hall, +conscious, as they approached, of many eyes focussed on them from +wide-flung windows. Remarks reached them, too. + +“See who’s with us!” came from a second-floor casement above the +entrance; “the two Dromios!” + +“Tweedledum and Tweedledee!” + +“The Siamese Twins, I’ll bet a cooky!” + +“Hi, East Hall! Heads out!” + +The two were glad when they reached the shelter of the doorway. “Some +one’s going to get his head punched before long,” growled Ned, as they +started upstairs. + +“What do we care? We don’t own ’em. Let them have their fun, Neddie.” + +“I’ll let some of them have a wallop,” was the answer. “You’d think we +were the first pair of twins they’d ever seen!” + +“Well, maybe we are. How do you know? Suppose those trunks have come?” + +They had, and for the next hour the twins were busy unpacking and +getting settled. From beyond their door came sounds of much turmoil; the +noise of arriving baggage, the banging of doors, shouts, whistling, +singing; but they were otherwise undisturbed until, just when Laurie had +slammed down the lid of his empty trunk, there came a knock at their +portal, followed, before either one could open his mouth in response, by +the appearance in the doorway of a bulky apparition in a gorgeous +crimson bath-robe. + +“Hello, fellows!” greeted the apparition. “Salutations and everything!” + +[Illustration: “Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!”] + + + + +CHAPTER IV—KEWPIE STARTS SOMETHING + + +The twins stared silently and suspiciously for an instant. Then Ned made +cautious response. + +“Hello,” he said, with what must have seemed to the visitor a lamentable +lack of cordiality. + +The latter pushed the door shut behind him by the kick of one stockinged +foot, and grinned jovially. “My name’s Proudtree,” he announced. + +“You can’t blame us,” replied Laurie, coldly. + +Proudtree laughed amiably. “It is a rotten name, isn’t it? I live across +the corridor, you know. Thought I’d drop in and get acquainted, seeing +you’re new fellows; extend the hand of friendship and all that. You +understand. By Jove, Pringle was right, too!” + +“That’s fine,” said Ned, with more than a trace of sarcasm. “What +about?” + +“Why,” answered Proudtree, easing his generous bulk into a chair, “he +said you fellows were twins.” + +“Not only were,” said Laurie, gently, “but are. Don’t mind, do you?” + +“Oh, come off your horse,” begged the visitor. “Don’t be so cocky. Who’s +said anything? I just wanted to have a look. Never saw any twins +before—grown-up twins, I mean. You understand.” + +“Thought you said you came to extend the hand of friendship,” retorted +Ned, sarcastically. “Well, have a good look, partner. There’s no +charge!” + +Proudtree grinned and accepted the invitation. Ned fumed silently under +the inspection, but Laurie’s sense of humor came to his aid. Proudtree +appeared to be getting a lot of entertainment from his silent comparison +of his hosts, and presently, when Ned’s exasperation had just about +reached the explosive point, he chuckled. + +“I’ve got it,” he said. + +“Got what?” Laurie asked. + +“The—the clue! I know how to tell you apart! His eyes are different +from yours; more blue. Yours are sort of gray. But, geewhillikins, it +must be a heap of fun! Being twins, I mean. And fooling people. You +understand.” + +“Well, if you’re quite through,” snapped Ned, “maybe you’ll call it a +day. We’ve got things to do.” + +“Meaning you’d like me to beat it?” asked the visitor, good-temperedly. + +“Just that!” + +“Oh, come, Ned,” Laurie protested, soothingly, “he’s all right. I dare +say we are sort of freakish and—” + +“Sure,” agreed Proudtree, eagerly, “that’s what I meant. But say, I +didn’t mean to hurt any one’s feelings. Geewhillikins, if I got waxy +every time the fellows josh me about being fat—” Words failed him and +he sighed deeply. + +Laurie laughed. “We might start a side-show, the three of us, and make a +bit of money. ‘Only ten cents! One dime! This way to the Siamese Twins +and the Fat Boy! Walk up! Walk up!’” + +Proudtree smiled wanly. “I only weigh a hundred and seventy-eight and +three quarters, too,” he said dolorously. “If I was a couple of inches +taller it wouldn’t be so bad.” + +“I don’t think it’s bad as it is,” said Laurie, kindly. “You don’t look +really _fat_; you just look sort of—of—” + +“Amplitudinous,” supplied Ned, with evident satisfaction. + +Proudtree viewed him doubtfully. Then he smiled. “Well, I’ve got to get +rid of nearly fifteen pounds in the next two weeks,” he said, with a +shake of his head, “and that’s going to take some doing.” + +“What for?” Laurie asked. “Why destroy your symmetry?” + +“Football. I’m trying for center. I nearly made it last year, but +Wiggins beat me out. He’s gone now, though, and Mulford as good as said +last spring that I could make it this fall if I could get down to a +hundred and sixty-five.” + +“Who’s Mulford?” inquired Ned. “A fortune-teller?” + +Proudtree ignored the sarcasm. “Mulford’s our coach. He’s all right, +too. The trouble with me is, I’m awfully fond of sweet things, and +I—I’ve been eating a lot of ’em lately. But I guess I can drop fourteen +pounds if I cut out pies and candy and things. Don’t you think so?” +Proudtree appealed to Laurie almost pathetically. + +“Don’t let any one tell you anything different,” replied Laurie, +reassuringly. Ned, evidently recovered from his peevishness, asked: + +“What sort of football do they play here?” + +“Corking!” answered Proudtree. + +“I mean, Rugby or the other?” + +“Rugby!” exclaimed Proudtree, scornfully. “I guess not! We play regular +football. Nobody plays Rugby around these parts. Are you fellows going +out?” + +“Not just yet,” replied Ned. + +“He means are we going to try for the football team,” explained Laurie. +“Yes, we are, Proudtree; at least, one of us is.” + +“You?” + +“We haven’t decided yet. You see, we’ve never played your kind of +football. Back home, at high school, we played American Rugby, and it’s +quite different. But we decided that one of us had better go in for +football and the other for baseball, if only to do our duty by the +school.” + +Proudtree looked puzzled. “How are you going to decide?” he asked. + +“Oh, we’ll toss up or draw lots or something, I suppose. Maybe, though, +Ned had better play football, because I know more baseball than he does. +Still, I’m not particular.” + +“That’s the limit!” chuckled the visitor. “Say, what are your names? I +didn’t see any cards on the door.” + +“Turner. His is Laurie and mine’s Ned,” answered the latter. “Do we put +our names on the door?” + +“It’s the best way,” answered Proudtree. “Well, I’ve got to be moving. I +started to take a shower and got side-tracked. You chaps come on over +and see me and I’ll get some of the other fellows in. You want to meet +the right sort, you know. What’s your class?” + +“Lower middle, I reckon,” said Ned. “That’s what we expect.” + +“Too bad you can’t make upper. That’s mine. We’ve got a corking bunch of +fellows this year. Well, see you later. Try for Mr. Barrett’s table when +you go down. That’s the best. Maybe they’ll put you there if you bluff +it out. You understand. So long, fellows.” + +Proudtree withdrew with considerable dignity in view of his bulk, waving +a benedictory hand ere the door closed behind him. Ned shook his head. +“Sort of a fresh hombre,” he said. + +“Oh, he only meant to be friendly, I reckon,” said Laurie. “You +understand.” + +Ned laughed. “I’ll bet they’ve got a wonderful football team here if he +plays on it! By the way, maybe we’d better settle which of us is to be +the football star. I suppose they begin to practise pretty soon. I’ll be +the goat, if you like; though you had better luck with that book you +bought in Chicago. I couldn’t make head or tail of it. I never saw so +many rules for playing one game in my life!” + +“It _was_ sort of difficult,” agreed Laurie. “I dare say, though, that +you pick up the rules quick enough when you start to play. If you don’t +really mind, I think you’d better go in for football, and I’ll do the +baseball stunt. I’ve played it more than you have, you know, even if I’m +no wonder.” + +“All right!” Ned sighed. “We’ll get a bottle of arnica to-morrow. +Nothing like being prepared. How about going to see Mr. What’s-his-name +before supper about courses?” + +“Might as well, and have it over with. I’d like to know whether we’re +going to make the lower middle.” + +“Don’t see what else we can make. They can’t stick us in the junior +class. Where’s my coat? For the love of lemons, Laurie, can’t you find +anything else to sit on? Gosh, look at the wrinkles!” + +“Those aren’t wrinkles; they’re just creases. Come on!” + +Half an hour later they closed the door of Mr. Cornish’s study on the +floor below, in a chastened mood. Each carried a little buff card +whereon the instructor had tabulated an amazing number and variety of +study periods. Back in Number 16, Ned cast himself into a chair, thrust +his legs forth, and gazed disconsolately at the card. + +“I don’t see where a fellow finds time for anything but work here,” he +complained. “Sixteen, eighteen, twenty-one hours a week! What do you +know about that?” + +“Well, don’t be so proud of it. I’ve got the same, haven’t I? I wonder +how many hours he thinks there are in a day?” + +“I tell you what I think,” said Ned, after a moment’s thought. “I think +he got it into his head that we’re very ambitious and want to graduate +next spring!” + +“Maybe that’s it,” agreed Laurie, gravely. “Shall we go back and tell +him he’s wrong?” + +“N-no, let’s not. He seemed a well-meaning old codger, and I wouldn’t +want to hurt his feelings—if he has any. Let’s go down and see what +they’ve got for supper.” + +Ned’s blandishments failed with the waitress, and they were established +at a table presided over by a tall and very thin gentleman, whose name, +as they learned presently, was Mr. Brock. There were four tables in the +room, each accommodating ten boys and a member of the faculty. +Diagonally across the dining-hall, the twins descried the ample Mr. +Proudtree. Another table was in charge of a pleasant-faced woman who +proved to be the school matron, Mrs. Wyman. Mr. Cornish, the hall +master, and Mr. Barrett sat at the heads of the remaining boards. + +The room was very attractive, with a fine big stone fireplace at the +farther end, and broad windows on two sides. The food proved plain, but +it was served in generous quantities; and notwithstanding that the twins +were a bit self-conscious, they managed a very satisfactory meal. + +Their fellow-students seemed to be a very decent lot. Their ages +appeared to average about sixteen, and they had the clean, healthy look +of boys who spent much of their time outdoors. At the table at which the +twins sat, four of the boys were evidently seniors, and one was as +evidently a junior. The latter looked hardly more than thirteen, though +he was in reality a year older than that, and had the features and +expression of a cherub. The twins concluded that he was a new boy and +felt a little sorry for him. He looked much too young and innocent to +face the world alone. + +No one made any special effort to engage either Ned or Laurie in +conversation, perhaps because the returning youths had so much to talk +about among themselves. Mr. Brock ate his supper in silence, save when +one of the older boys addressed him, and had a far-away and abstracted +air. Laurie saw him sweeten his tea three times, and then frown in +annoyance when he finally tasted it. + +The boy who had guessed their awful secret at luncheon sat at the next +table, and more than once Ned caught him looking across with a +half-bewildered, half-frightened expression that somehow managed to +convey the intelligence that, in spite of temptation, he had kept the +faith. Ned finally rewarded him with a significant wink, and the youth +retired in confusion behind the milk-pitcher. + +When the meal was over the twins went outside and, following the example +set by others, made themselves comfortable on the grass beyond the walk. +Near by, two older boys were conversing earnestly, and Ned and Laurie, +having exhausted their own subjects of conversation, found themselves +listening. + +“We’ve got to do it,” the larger of the two was saying. “Dave’s going to +call a meeting of the school for Friday evening, and Mr. Wells is going +to talk to them. I’ll talk too. Maybe you’d better, Frank. You can tell +them a funny story and get them feeling generous.” + +“Nothing doing, Joe. Leave me out of it. I never could talk from a +platform. Anyway, it’s the fellows’ duty to provide money. If they +don’t, they won’t have a team. They understand that—or they will when +you tell them. There’s another thing, though, Joe, that we’ve got to +have besides money, and that’s material. We’ve _got_ to get more fellows +out.” + +“I know. I’ll tell them that, too. I’m going to put a notice up in +School Hall in the morning. Mr. Cummins says there are eight new fellows +entering the middle classes this year. Maybe some of them are +football-players.” + +“Bound to be. Did you see the twins?” + +“No, but Billy Emerson was telling me about them. What do they look +like?” + +“Not bad. Rather light-weight, though, and sort of slow. They’re from +Arizona or somewhere out that way, I think. You can’t tell them apart, +Joe.” + +“Think they’re football stuff?” + +“Search me. Might be. They’re light, though. Here comes Kewpie. Gosh, +he’s fatter than ever! Hi, Kewpie! Come over here!” + +It was Proudtree who answered the hail, descended the steps, and +approached. “Hello, Joe! Hello, Frank! Well, here we are again, eh? +Great to be back, isn’t it? Have a good summer, Joe?” + +“Fine! You?” + +“Corking! I was on Dad’s yacht all through August. Saw the races and +everything. Bully eats, too. You understand.” + +“Yes,” Joe Stevenson replied, “and I understand why you’re about twenty +pounds overweight, Kewpie! You ought to be kicked around the yard, you +fat loafer. Thought you wanted to play center this fall.” + +“I’m going to! Listen, Joe, I’m only fourteen pounds over and I’ll drop +that in no time. Honest, I will. You see! Besides, it isn’t all fat, +either. A lot of it’s good, hard muscle.” + +“Yes, it is! I can see you getting muscle lying around on your father’s +yacht! I’m off you, Kewpie. You haven’t acted square. You knew mighty +well that you were supposed to keep yourself fit this summer, and now +look at you! You’re a big fat lump!” + +“Aw, say, Joe! Listen, will you?” Proudtree’s gaze wandered in search of +inspiration and fell on the twins. His face lighted. “Hello, you chaps!” +he said. Then he leaned over and spoke to Joe. “Say, have you met the +Turner brothers, Joe? One of ’em’s a swell player. Played out in North +Dakota or somewhere.” + +“Which one?” asked Joe, surreptitiously eying the twins. “Why, the—I +forget: they look so much alike, you know. I think it’s the one this +way. Or maybe it’s the other. Anyway, I’ll fetch them over, eh?” + +“All right, Kewpie.” + +Kewpie started away, paused, and spoke again. “They’re—they’re awfully +modest chaps, Joe. You’d think from hearing them talk that they didn’t +know much about the game, but don’t you be fooled. That’s just their +way. You understand.” + +“Oh, sure, Kewpie!” And when the latter had gone on his errand Joe +smiled and, lowering his voice, said to Frank Brattle: “Kewpie’s trying +to put something over. I wonder what.” + +“Proudtree tells me one of you fellows plays football,” said Joe, a +minute later, when introductions had been performed and Ned and Laurie +had seated themselves. “We need good players this fall. Of course, I +hope you’ll both come out.” + +“Ned’s the football chap,” said Laurie. “Baseball’s my line.” + +“I don’t know—” began Ned, but Laurie pinched him warningly, and he +gulped and, to Kewpie’s evident relief, made a fresh start. “I’m not +much of a player,” he said modestly, “but I’m willing to have a try at +it.” + +Kewpie darted an “I-told-you-so” glance at Joe and Frank. + +“Where do you come from, Turner?” Joe asked politely. + +“Santa Lucia, California. I was in the high school there two years. +Everything’s quite—quite different here.” Ned spoke hurriedly, as +though anxious to switch the conversation from football, and Laurie +smiled in wicked enjoyment. “The climate’s different, you know,” Ned +went on desperately, “and the country and—and everything.” + +“I suppose so,” said Frank Brattle. “What’s your position, Turner?” + +“Position?” + +“Yes; I mean, where did you play? Behind the line, I suppose, or maybe +end.” + +“Oh, yes, yes, behind the line. You see, I—I—” + +“There aren’t many fellows can play half-back the way Ned can,” said +Laurie, gravely. “He won’t tell you so, but if you ever meet any one who +saw him play against Weedon School last year—” + +“Shut up!” begged Ned, almost tearfully. + +Kewpie was grinning delightedly. Joe Stevenson viewed Ned with absolute +affection. “Half-back, eh? Well, we can use another good half, Turner, +and I hope you’re the fellow. I don’t know whether Kewpie told you that +I’m captain this year, but I am, and I’m going to try mighty hard to +captain a winning team. You look a bit light, but I dare say you’re +fast, and, for my part, I like them that way. Besides, we’ve got Mason +and Boessel if we want the heavy sort. Practice starts to-morrow at +four, by the way. How about your brother? Glad to have him come out, +too. Even if he hasn’t played, he might learn the trick. And there’s +next year to think of, you know.” + +“I think not, thanks,” answered Laurie. “One football star is enough in +the family.” + +“Well, if you change your mind, come on and have a try. Glad to have met +you. See you to-morrow—er—Turner. I want to find Dave, Frank. Coming +along?” + +The two older boys made off toward West Hall, and as soon as they were +out of hearing Ned turned indignantly on Laurie. + +“You’re a nice one!” he hissed. “Look at the hole you’ve got me in! +‘Half-back’! ‘Played against Weedon School’! What did you want to talk +that way for? Why, those fellows think I know football!” + +“Cheer up,” answered his brother, grinning. “All you’ve got to do is +bluff it through. Besides, Proudtree asked us not to let on we didn’t +know a football from a doughnut, and I had to say something! You acted +as if you were tongue-tied!” + +“Yes; that’s so—you started it!” Ned turned belligerently around. “Said +it would be a favor to you—” He stopped, discovering that Proudtree had +silently disappeared and that he was wasting his protests on the empty +air. “Huh!” he resumed after a moment of surprise, “it’s a good thing he +did beat it! Look here, Laurie, I’m in a beast of a mess. Yow know I +can’t face that captain chap to-morrow. Suppose he handed me a football +and told me to kick it!” + +“He won’t. I’ve watched football practice back home. You’ll stand around +in a circle—” + +“How the dickens can I stand in a circle?” objected Ned. + +“And pass a football for a while. Then you’ll try starting, and maybe +fall on the ball a few times, until you’re nice and lame, and after that +you’ll run around the track half a dozen times—” + +“Oh, shut up! You make me sick! I won’t do it. I’m through. I’d look +fine, wouldn’t I? I guess not, partner!” + +“You’ve got to, Ned,” replied Laurie calmly. “You can’t back down now. +The honor of the Turners is at stake! Come on up and I’ll read that +rules book to you. Maybe some of it’ll seep in!” + +After a moment of indecision Ned arose and followed silently. + + + + +CHAPTER V—IN THE PERFORMANCE OF DUTY + + +School began in earnest the next morning. Ned and Laurie were awakened +from a deep slumber by the imperative clanging of a gong. There were +hurried trips to the bath-room, and finally a descent to the +recreation-room and morning prayers. Breakfast followed in the pleasant, +sunlit dining-hall, and at half-past eight the twins went to their first +class. There wasn’t much real work performed that morning, however. +Books were bought and, being again in possession of funds, Ned purchased +lavishly of stationery and supplies. He had a veritable passion for +patent binders, scratch-pads, blank-books, and pencils, and Laurie +viewed the result of a half-hour’s mad career with unconcealed concern. + +“You’re all wrong, Ned,” he said earnestly. “We aren’t opening a +stationery emporium. Besides, we can’t begin to compete with the office. +They buy at wholesale, and—” + +“Never mind the comedy. You’ll be helping yourself to these things soon +enough, and then you won’t be so funny.” + +“That’s the only way they’ll ever get used up! Why, you’ve got enough +truck there to last three years!” + +There was one interesting annual observance that morning that the twins +witnessed inadvertently. At a little after eight the fellows began to +assemble in front of School Hall. Ned and Laurie, joining the throng, +supposed that it was merely awaiting the half-hour, until presently +there appeared at the gate a solitary youth of some fourteen years, who +came up the circling drive about as joyfully as a French Royalist +approaching the guillotine. Deep silence prevailed until the embarrassed +and unhappy youth had conquered half of the interminable distance. Then +a loud “_Hep!_” was heard, and the throng broke into a measured refrain: + +“_Hep!—Hep!—Hep!—Hep!_” + +This was in time to the boy’s dogged steps. A look of consternation came +into his face and he faltered. Then, however, he set his jaw, looked +straight ahead, and came on determinedly. + +“_Hep!—Hep!_” + +Up the steps he passed, a disk of color in each cheek, looking neither +to right nor left, and passed from sight. As he did so, the chorus +changed to a good-humored laugh of approval. Ned made inquiry of a youth +beside him. + +“Day boy,” was the explanation. “There are ten of them, you know: +fellows who live in town. We always give them a welcome. That chap had +spunk, but you wait and see some of them!” + +Two more followed together, and, each upheld in that moment of trial by +the presence of the other, passed through the ordeal with flying colors. +But the twins noted that the laughing applause was lacking. After that, +the remaining seven arrived almost on each other’s heels and the air was +filled with “_Heps!_” Some looked only surprised, others angry; but most +of then grinned in a sickly, embarrassed way and went by with hanging +heads. + +“Sort of tough,” was Ned’s verdict, and Laurie agreed as they followed +the last victim inside. + +“It looks as if day students weren’t popular,” he added. + +Later, though, he found that he was wrong. The boys who lived in the +village were accepted without reservation, but, naturally enough, seldom +attained to a full degree of intimacy with those who lived in the +dormitories. + +By afternoon the twins had become well shaken down into the new life, +had made several superficial acquaintances, and had begun to feel at +home. Of Kewpie Proudtree they had caught but fleeting glimpses, for +that youth displayed a tendency to keep at a distance. As the hour of +four o’clock approached, Ned became more and more worried, and his +normally sunny countenance took on an expression of deep gloom. Laurie +kept close at his side, fearing that courage would fail and Ned would +bring disgrace to the tribe of Turner. But Laurie ought to have known +better, for Ned was never what his fellows would have called a +“quitter.” Ned meant to see it through. His mind had retained very +little of the football lore that his brother had poured into it the +night before, but he had, at least, a somewhat clearer idea of the +general principles of the game. He knew, for instance, that a team +comprised eleven players instead of the twelve he had supposed, and that +certain restrictions governed the methods by which you might wrest the +ball from an opponent. Thus, you could not legally snatch it out of his +arms, nor trip him up in the hope that he would drop it. Ned thought the +restrictions rather silly, but accepted them. + +The athletic field, known in school parlance as the play-field, was even +larger than it had looked from their windows. It held two gridirons and +three baseball diamonds, as well as a quarter-mile track and ten +tennis-courts. There was also a picturesque and well-appointed +field-house and a fairly large grand stand. To Ned’s relief, most of the +ninety students were in attendance, though only about forty of the +number were in playing togs. Ned’s idea was that among so many he might +escape close observation. + +He had, of course, handled a football more or less, and he was possessed +of his full share of common sense. Besides, he had perhaps rather more +than his share of assurance. To his own surprise, if not to Laurie’s, he +got through the hour and a half of practice very creditably. Seasoned +candidates and novices were on the same plane to-day. There was, first +of all, a talk by the coach. Mr. Mulford was a short, broad, +good-humored man of about thirty, with a round and florid countenance, +which possibly accounted for the nickname of “Pinky” that the school had +affectionately awarded him. His real name was Stephen, and he had played +guard, and played it well, for several years with Trinity College. This +was his fourth season as football coach at Hillman’s and his third as +baseball coach. So far he had been fairly successful in both sports. + +His talk was brief and earnest, although he smiled through it all. He +wanted lots of material, but he didn’t want any fellow to report for +practice who didn’t mean to do his level best and stick it out. Those +who were afraid of either hard work or hard knocks had better save their +time and his. Those who did report would get a fair trial and no favor. +He meant to see the best team this fall that Hillman’s School had ever +turned out, one that would start with a rush and finish with a bang, +like a rocket! + +“And,” he went on, “I want this team made up the way a rocket is. A +rocket is filled with stars, fellows, but you don’t realize it until the +final burst. So we’re going to put the soft pedal on individual +brilliancy this year. It almost had us licked last fall, as you’ll +remember. This year we’re going to try hard for a well-rounded team of +hard workers, fellows who will interlock and gear together. It’s the +machine that wins, the machine of eleven parts that work all together in +oil. We’re going to find the eleven parts first, and after that we’re +going to do the oiling. All right now! Ten men to a squad. Get balls and +pass in circles. Learn to hold the ball when you catch it. Glue right to +it. And when you pass, put it where you want it to go. Don’t think that +the work is silly and unnecessary, because it isn’t. A fellow who can’t +hold a ball when it comes to him is of no use on this team. So keep your +minds right on the job and your eyes right on the ball. All right, +Captain Stevenson.” + +At least, Ned could, to quote Laurie, “stand in a circle” and pass a +football, and he did, and did it better than several others in his +squad. In the same way, he could go after a trickling pigskin and catch +it up without falling over himself, though it is possible that his +“form” was less graceful than that of one or two of his fellows. When, +later, they were formed in a line and started off by the snapping of the +ball in the hands of a world-wearied youth in a faded blue sweater +bearing a white H on its breast, Ned didn’t show up so well, for he was +almost invariably one of the last to plunge forward. The blue-sweatered +youth called his attention to the fact finally in a few well-chosen +words. + +“You guy in the brown bloomers!” he bellowed. (Of course they weren’t +bloomers, but a pair of somewhat expansive golf breeches that Ned, +lacking proper attire, had donned, not without misgivings, on Laurie’s +advice.) “Are you asleep? Put some life into it! Watch this ball, and +when you see it roll, jump! You don’t look like a cripple, but you +surely act like one!” + +Toward the end a half-dozen last-year fellows took to punting, but, to +Ned’s relief, no one suggested that he take a hand at it, and at +half-past five or thereabouts his trials came to an end. He went out of +his way, dodging behind a group on the side-line, to escape Joe +Stevenson, but ran plump into Frank Brattle instead. + +“Hello, Turner,” Frank greeted. “How did it go?” + +“All right,” replied Ned, with elaborate carelessness. “Fine.” + +“Rather a nuisance having to go through the kindergarten stunts, isn’t +it?” continued the other, sympathetically. “Mulford’s a great hand at +what he calls the fundamentals, though. I dare say he’s right, too. It’s +funny how easy it is to get out of the hang of things during the summer. +I’m as stiff as a broom!” + +“So am I,” answered Ned, earnestly and truthfully. Frank smiled, nodded, +and wandered on, and Ned, sighting Laurie hunched up in the grand stand, +joined him. “It’s a bully game, football,” he sighed, as he lowered +himself cautiously to a seat and listened to hear his muscles creak. +“Full of beneficial effects and all that.” Laurie grinned in silence. +Ned felt experimentally of his back, frowned, rocked himself backward +and forward twice, and looked relieved. “I guess there’s nothing +actually broken,” he murmured, “I dare say it’ll be all right soon.” + +“They say the first two months are the hardest,” responded Laurie, +comfortingly. “After that there’s no sensation.” + +Ned nodded. “I believe it,” he said feelingly. He fixed his gaze on the +farther goal-post and after a minute of silence remarked: + +“I’d like to catch the man who invented football!” + +He turned a challenging look on his brother. Laurie blinked and for +several seconds his lips moved noiselessly and there was a haunted look +in his gray eyes. Then, triumphantly, he completed the couplet: “It may +suit some, but it doesn’t suit all!” + +“Rotten!” said Ned. + +“I’d like to see you do any better,” answered Laurie, aggrievedly. +“There isn’t any proper rhyme for ‘football,’ anyway.” + +“Nor any reason for it, either. Of all—” + +“Hi, you fellow!” interrupted a scandalized voice. “What are you doing +up there? Have you done your two laps?” + +The speaker was a lanky, red-haired man who bristled with authority and +outrage. + +“Two laps?” stammered Ned. “No, sir.” + +“Get at it, then. And beat it in when you have. Want to catch cold, do +you? Sitting around without a blanket or anything like that!” The +trainer shot a final disgusted look at the offender and went on. + +“Gee,” murmured Ned, “I thought I was done! Two laps, he said! I’ll +never be able to, Laurie!” + +“Oh, yes, you will,” was the cheerful response. “And while you’re doing +them you can think up a better rhyme for ‘football’ than I did!” + +Ned looked back reproachfully as he limped to the ground and, having +gained the running-track, set off at a stiff-kneed jog. Laurie’s +expression relented as he watched. + +“Sort of tough on the kid,” he muttered sympathetically. Then his face +hardened again and he shook his head. “I’ve got to be stern with him, +though!” + + + + +CHAPTER VI—NED IS FIRM + + +Kewpie Proudtree obeyed the shouted invitation to enter Number 16 and +appeared with a countenance as innocent as that of an infant. “Hello, +fellows,” he said cordially, dropping into a chair with indications of +exhaustion. “How do you like it as far as you’ve gone?” + +Ned shifted in his seat at the study-table, choking back a groan, and +fixed Kewpie with a baleful look. “Listen, Proudtree,” he said sternly. +“I’ve got a bone to pick with you!” + +“With me?” Kewpie stared in amazement. “What have I done?” + +“You’ve got me into a fix, that’s what you’ve done! Didn’t you ask +me—us—last night not to let on to Stevenson that we—I—couldn’t play +football? Didn’t you say it would be a favor to you? Didn’t you say it +would be all right and—and everything?” + +“Sure! What of it?” + +“Why, you crazy galoot, you must have told him that I knew all about the +game! And you knew mighty well I didn’t! Stevenson thinks I’m a wonder, +and I don’t know a touch-down from a—a forward kick!” + +“Pass, not kick,” corrected Kewpie, patiently. “Look here, Turner— Say, +are you Ned or Laurie? Blessed if I can tell!” + +“Ned,” replied that youth, with much dignity. + +“Guess I’ll have to call you Ned, then. Can’t call you both Turner. You +understand. It was like this, Ned. You see, I want to stand in with Joe +Stevenson. It—it’s for the good of the school. If they don’t play me at +center this fall, who are they going to play? Well, Joe thought I—well, +he seemed to think I hadn’t acted just right about keeping my weight +down. He—he was sort of peeved with me. So I wanted to smooth him down +a bit. You understand. That’s why I told him what I did.” + +“Well, what _did_ you tell him?” + +“Why, I sort of—well, it wasn’t what I _said_ exactly; it was what he +thought I meant!” + +“Proudtree, you’re telling a whopper,” said Ned, sternly. “And you told +one to Stevenson, too, or I miss my guess.” + +“I only said that you were a swell football-player.” + +“For the love of lemons! What do you call that but a whopper?” + +Kewpie looked both ashamed and distressed. He swallowed hard and glanced +furtively at Laurie as though hoping for aid. But Laurie looked as +unsympathetic as Ned. Kewpie sighed dolefully. “I—I suppose it was,” he +acknowledged. “I didn’t think about that. I’m sorry, Ned, honest! I +didn’t mean to tell what wasn’t so. I just wanted to get Joe’s mind off +his troubles. You understand.” + +“Well, you got me in a mess,” grumbled Ned. “I got by all right to-day, +I suppose, but what’s going to happen to-morrow?” + +Kewpie evidently didn’t know, for he stared morosely at the floor for a +long minute. Finally, “I’ll go to Joe and fess up if—if you say so,” he +gulped. + +“I think you ought to,” responded Ned. + +“Where’s the sense in that?” demanded Laurie. “What good would it do? +Proudtree did fib, but he didn’t mean to. I mean he didn’t do it for +harm. If he goes and tells Stevenson that he fibbed, Stevenson will have +it in for him harder than ever; and he will have it in for you, too, +Ned. Maybe he will think it was a scheme that you and Proudtree hatched +together. That’s a punk idea, I say. Best thing to do is prove that +Proudtree didn’t fib.” + +“How?” asked Ned. + +“Why, Proudtree—” + +“There’s an awful lot of that ‘Proudtree’ stuff,” complained the +visitor. “Would you mind calling me Kewpie?” + +“All right. Well, Kewpie told Captain Stevenson that you are a swell +player. Go ahead and be one.” + +“Huh, sounds easy the way you say it,” scoffed Ned; “but how can I, when +I don’t know anything about the silly game? I wish to goodness you’d +taken up football instead of me!” + +“You got through to-day all right, didn’t you?” asked Laurie. “Well, +keep it up. Keep your eyes open and learn. You can do it. You’re no +fool, even if you haven’t my intellect. Besides, you’re the best little +fakir that ever came over the range.” + +“You can’t fake kicking a football,” said Ned, scathingly. + +“Look here!” exclaimed Kewpie, his round face illumined by a great idea. +“Tell you what, Ned! I’ll show you how to kick!” + +The silence that greeted the offer might have offended a more sensitive +youth, but Kewpie went on with enthusiasm. “Of course, I’m no wonder at +it. I’m a little too short in the leg and, right now, I—I’m a bit +heavy; but I used to kick and I know how it ought to be done. Say we +have a half-hour or so at it every morning for a while?” + +“Wouldn’t Stevenson know what was up?” asked Ned, dubiously. + +“He needn’t know. We’ll go over to the lot behind the grammar school. +Even if he saw us, he’d think we were having some fun.” + +“He must have a strange idea of fun,” sighed Ned. “Still, if you want to +take the trouble—” + +“Glad to! Besides, I owe you something for—for getting you in wrong. +And I can put you wise to a lot of little things about handling a ball. +We could do some passing, for instance. Wonder who’s got a ball we could +borrow. I’ll find one somewhere. You understand. Now, what hour have you +got free in the morning?” + +A comparison of schedules showed that on two mornings a week the boys +could meet at ten, and on two other mornings at ten-thirty. The +remaining days were not accommodating, however. + +“Well, even four times a week will show results,” said Kewpie, +cheerfully. “This is Thursday. We’ll have the first lesson Saturday at +ten.” + +“I hope they don’t ask me to do any kicking before then,” said Ned. + +“Not likely. You’ll get about the same stuff to-morrow as you had +to-day. You’ll get by, take my word for it. That’s settled, then.” +Kewpie referred to an ornate gold wrist-watch. “It’s after eight. You’re +going over to Johnny’s, aren’t you!” + +“Johnny’s?” repeated Laurie. “Oh, Doctor Hillman’s! I suppose so. What’s +it like?” + +“Oh, it isn’t bad. The eats are pretty fair. Anyway, he sort of likes +the fellows to go, and he’s a good sort. You’ll be introduced to the +faculty and their wives, if they have any, and meet a lot of fellows +whose names you’ll forget the next minute. Take my advice and sort of +work in toward the dining-room. Last year, the harlequin ice-cream gave +out before I could get to the table.” Kewpie sighed. “Tabby has bully +cake, too, and I’m off of cake. Isn’t that rotten luck?” + +“Awful!” laughed Ned. “You going over now?” + +“Yes. Come on and I’ll introduce you to some of the fellows you ought to +know. I’ll wash my dirty paws and meet you in two minutes.” + +The principal’s reception proved rather enjoyable. The “eats” were +excellent and, under Kewpie’s guidance, the twins reached the long table +in the dining-room well in advance of the crowd. As Laurie remarked +afterward, it was worth the amount of trouble involved just to watch +Kewpie’s mouth water as he gazed soulfully at the chocolate layer-cake. +To his credit be it narrated that he manfully resisted it. Besides +consuming much delectable food, the twins were impressively introduced +by their guide to a number of their fellow-students, the introduction +being prefaced in each case by a sort of biographical note, as: “There’s +Dan Whipple. The tall fellow with the trick collar, talking to Mrs. +Wells. Rows stroke on the crew. Senior class president. Honor man last +year. President of Attic, too. Good chap to know. Come on.” In such +manner they met at least a half-dozen school notables, most of whom were +extremely affable to the new boys. Sometimes, to be sure, the twins had +a suspicion that Kewpie was pretending a closer intimacy with a notable +than in fact existed, but he always “got away with it.” + +The only fly in the ointment of the evening’s enjoyment occurred when +Kewpie mischievously introduced them to Mrs. Pennington, the wife of the +Greek and Latin instructor, and sneaked away. Mrs. Pennington was tall +and extremely thin, and viewed the world through a pair of +tortoise-shell spectacles. She had a high voice and what Ned termed a +“very Lake Superior” manner, and, since she confined her conversation to +the benefits to be derived from an earnest study of the Latin poets, +philosophers, and historians, the twins were not happy. Fortunately, +very little was demanded from them conversationally, Mrs. Pennington +being quite competent to do all the talking. But, unfortunately, she +gave them no chance to get away. Ned descried Kewpie grinning +heartlessly from the doorway and rewarded him with a terrific and +threatening scowl. Kewpie, however, waved blandly and faded into the +night. Release came to them at last and they scurried away, neglecting, +in their hurried departure, to say good night either to the doctor or +Miss Tabitha, a breach of etiquette which probably passed unnoted by the +hosts. Back in East Hall, the twins hammered loudly at Number 15, but +Kewpie was either absent or discreet. At any rate, there was no +response, and revenge had to be postponed. + +To Laurie’s surprise, a notice on the bulletin-board in the corridor of +School Hall the following morning announced that autumn baseball +practice would begin that afternoon. He had supposed that his hour to +offer himself on the altar of school patriotism would not arrive until +the next spring; and later, when he strode down Walnut Street with Ned, +in search of football togs for the latter, he broached the subject +diplomatically. + +“Funny idea to have baseball practice this time of year, I think,” he +remarked carelessly. “Not much good in it. A fellow would forget +anything he learned by next April.” + +“Didn’t know they did,” replied Ned, uninterestedly. “Who told you +that?” + +“Oh, there was a notice on the board in School Hall. Don’t believe many +fellows go out in the fall.” + +“Thought baseball was a spring and summer game. Still, I dare say you +can play it just as well now. Seems to me I’ve heard of having spring +football practice, haven’t you?” + +“I dare say. Crazy scheme, though, playing games out of season.” + +“Ye-es.” Ned went on thoughtfully a moment Then he shot a suspicious +glance at his brother. “You going out?” he demanded. + +“N-no, I don’t think so,” answered Laurie, lightly. “There’s that +building we had the bet on the other day. We never did find out—” + +“Never you mind about that building,” interrupted Ned, severely. “I’m on +to you, partner. You’re trying to renege on baseball. Well, it doesn’t +go! You’re a baseball hero and you’ve got to get busy!” + +“Aw, Ned, have a heart! There’s plenty of time—” + +“No, sir, by jiminy! You got me slaving for the dear old school, now you +do your bit!” + +“Yes, but it isn’t fair to start the baseball season in September. You +know it isn’t.” + +“Cut out the alibis! You can get some baseball togs right now. Good +thing you spoke of it. What’ll you need?” + +“All I need is kindness,” wailed Laurie. “Ned, I don’t want to be a +hero! I don’t want to save the dear old school from defeat in the ninth +inning! I—I—” + +“You’re going to do as you agreed to,” answered Ned, grimly. “Remember +that the honor of the Turners is at stake!” + +Laurie sighed deeply. Then, “You speak of honor! Say no more. I yield,” +he declaimed dramatically. + +“You bet you do,” answered Ned, unhesitatingly. “You for the baseball +field!” + + + + +CHAPTER VII—HIGH SCHOOL ACCEPTS DEFEAT + + +A week passed, and the twins began to feel like old residents. They had +ceased being “the Turner twins” to acquaintances, although others still +referred to them so, and their novelty had so far worn off that they +could enter a classroom or walk side by side across the yard without +being conscious of the rapt, almost incredulous stares of the beholders. +To merely casual acquaintances they were known as Ned and Laurie; to a +few friends they had become Nid and Nod. Kewpie was responsible for +that. He had corrupted “Ned” into “Nid,” after which it was impossible +for Laurie to be anything but “Nod.” Laurie had demurred for a time, +demanding to be informed who Nod had been. Kewpie couldn’t tell him, +being of the hazy belief that Nid and Nod were brothers in some fairy +story he had once read, but he earnestly assured Laurie that both had +been most upright and wholly estimable persons. Anyhow, Laurie’s +objections wouldn’t have accomplished much, for others had been prompt +to adopt the nicknames and all the protests in the world wouldn’t have +caused them to drop them. These others weren’t many in number, however: +Kewpie and Thurman Kendrick and Lee Murdock and George Watson about made +up the list of them at this time. + +Kendrick was Kewpie’s room-mate, a smallish, black-haired, very earnest +youth of sixteen, which age was also Kewpie’s. Thurman was familiarly +known as “Hop,” although the twins never learned why. He was a candidate +for quarter-back on the eleven and took his task very seriously. Lee +Murdock was one of the baseball crowd, and Laurie had scraped +acquaintance with him on the diamond during a practice game. The word +“scraped” is used advisedly, for Laurie, in sliding to second base, had +spiked much of the skin from Lee’s ankle. Of such incidents are +friendships formed! Lee was two years older than Laurie, a big, rather +raw-boned fellow with a mop of ash-colored hair and very bright blue +eyes. + +George Watson was sixteen, an upper middler, and, as Laurie frequently +assured him, no fit associate for a respectable fellow. To the latter +assertion George cheerfully agreed, adding that he always avoided such. +He came from Wyoming and had brought with him a breeziness of manner +that his acquaintances, rightly or wrongly, described as “wild and +woolly.” Of the four, Kewpie and George were more often found in company +with the twins. + +There had been four lessons in kicking on an open lot behind the grammar +school, two short blocks away, and while Ned had not yet mastered the +gentle art of hurtling a football through the air, Kewpie was +enthusiastic about his pupil’s progress. “Why, geewhillikins, Nid,” he +broke forth after the fourth session, “you’re a born kicker! Honest you +are! You’ve got a corking swing and a lot of drive. You—you’ve got real +_form_, that’s what you’ve got. You understand. And you certainly do +learn! Of course, you haven’t got it all from me, because you’ve been +punting in practice two or three times, but I take some of the credit.” + +“You’ve got a right to,” responded Ned. “You’ve taught me a lot more +than I’ve learned on the field. Gee, if it hadn’t been for you I’d been +afraid even to try a punt over there! You ought to see the puzzled way +that Pope looks at me sometimes. He can’t seem to make me out, because, +I suppose, Joe Stevenson told him I was a crackajack. Yesterday he said, +‘You get good distance, Turner, and your direction isn’t bad, but you +never punt twice the same way!’” + +“Well, you don’t,” laughed Kewpie. “But you’ll get over that just as +soon as I can get it into your thick head that the right way’s the best +and there’s only one right!” + +“I know,” said Ned, humbly. “I mean to do the way you say, but I sort of +forget.” + +“That’s because you try to think of too many things at once. Stop +thinking about your leg and just remember the ball and keep your eyes on +it until it’s in the air. That’s the secret, Nid. I heard Joe telling +Pinky the other day that you’d ought to shape up well for next year.” + +“Next year!” exclaimed Ned, dubiously. “Gee! mean to tell me I’m going +through all this work for next year?” + +“Well, you might get a place this year, for all you know,” replied +Kewpie, soothingly. “Just keep on coming, Nid. If you could only—well, +if you had just a bit more _speed_ now, got started quicker, you know, +Pinky would have you on the second squad in no time, I believe. You’re +all right after you get started, but—you understand.” + +“I do the best I know how,” sighed Ned. “I suppose I am slow on the +get-away, though. Corson is always calling me down about it. Oh, well, +what do I care? I don’t own it.” + +“I’d like to see you make good, though,” said Kewpie. “Besides, remember +the honor of the Turners!” + +Ned laughed. “Laurie will look after that. He’s doing great things in +baseball, if you believe him, and it wouldn’t be right for us to capture +all the athletic honors.” + +“You make me weary!” grunted Kewpie. “Say, don’t you California chaps +ever have any pep?” + +“California, old scout, is famous for its pep. We grow it for market out +there. Why, I’ve seen a hundred acres planted to it!” + +“You have, eh? Well, it’s a big shame you didn’t bring a sprig of it +East with you, you lazy lummox! Some day I’m going to drop a cockle-burr +down your back and see if you don’t show some action!” + +Hillman’s started her season on the following Saturday with Orstead High +School. As neither team had seen much practice, the contest didn’t show +a very high grade of football. The teams played four ten-minute +quarters, consuming a good two hours of elapsed time in doing it, their +members spending many precious moments prone on the turf. The weather +was miserably warm for football and the players were still pretty soft. + +Kewpie derived great satisfaction from the subsequent discovery that he +had dropped three quarter pounds and was within a mere seven pounds of +his desired weight. Had he played the game through instead of yielding +the center position to Holmes at the beginning of the last half, he +might have reached his goal that afternoon. Ned and Laurie wounded him +deeply by declaring that there was no apparent improvement in his +appearance. + +Ned saw the game from the substitutes’ bench, and Laurie from the stand. +High School turned out a full attendance and, since Hillman’s was +outnumbered two to one, “O. H. S.” colors and cheers predominated. +Laurie sat with Lee Murdock, who, as a baseball enthusiast, professed a +great scorn of football. (There was no practice on the diamond that +afternoon.) Lee amused himself by making ridiculous comments in a voice +audible for many yards around. + +“That’s piffle!” he declared on one occasion, when the ground was strewn +with tired, panting players. “The umpire said, ‘Third down,’ but if they +aren’t three quarters down, I’ll treat the crowd! The trouble with those +fellows is that they didn’t get enough sleep last night. Any one can see +that. Why, I can hear that big chap snoring ’way over here!” Again, +“That brother of yours is playing better than any of them,” he asserted. + +“Ned? Why, he isn’t in! He’s on the bench down there.” + +“Sure! That’s what I mean. You don’t see him grabbing the ball away from +Brattle and losing two or three yards at a time. No, sir; he just sits +right there, half asleep, and makes High School _work_ for the game. +Every time he doesn’t take the ball, Nod, he saves us three or four +yards. He’s a hero, that’s what he is. If Mulford would get all the rest +of them back on the bench, we might win.” + +“You’re crazy,” laughed Laurie. + +During the intermission, Laurie’s wandering gaze fell on two girls a +dozen seats away. One, whom he had never seen before, displayed a +cherry-and-black pennant and belonged unmistakably to the high school +cohort. She was a rather jolly-looking girl, Laurie decided, with a good +deal of straw-colored hair and a pink-and-white skin. Her companion was +evidently divided as to allegiance, for she had a cherry-and-black +ribbon pinned on the front of her dress and wore a dark-blue silken +arm-band. For a moment Laurie wondered why she looked familiar to him. +Then he recognized her as Polly Deane. The two girls appeared to be +alone, although some boys in the row behind were talking to them. + +So far, the twins had not been back to the little shop on Pine Street, +but Laurie resolved now that he would drop around there very soon and +pay his bill before his money was gone. After paying the school bill for +the first half-year, he and Ned had shared slightly more than twenty +dollars, but since then there had been many expenses. They had each had +to purchase playing togs and stationery, and, finally, had donated two +dollars apiece to the football fund at the mass-meeting Friday night of +the week before. + +Viewed from a financial standpoint, that meeting hadn’t been a great +success, and it was no secret that, unless more money was forthcoming, +the team would be obliged to cancel at least one of its away-from-home +games. But it had resulted in bringing out a big field of candidates, +and there had been a lot of enthusiasm. The next day, viewing his +reduced exchequer, Laurie had ruefully observed that he guessed a dollar +would have been enough to give, but Ned had called him a “piker” and a +“tight-wad” and other scornful things. Yesterday Ned had borrowed half a +dollar, which was more than a fourth of Laurie’s remaining cash; and the +first of October was still a week distant. Realizing the latter fact, +Laurie changed his mind about settling his account at the Widow Deane’s. +But, he reflected, with another friendly glance in Polly’s direction, it +wouldn’t be right to withhold his trade from the store. And he wasn’t +anywhere near the limit of indebtedness yet! + +Two listless periods followed the intermission, the only inspiring +incident coming when, near the end of the third quarter, Pope, Hillman’s +full-back, foiled in his attempt to get a forward pass away, smashed +past the enemy and around his left end for a run that placed the pigskin +six yards short of the last white line. From there the home team managed +to push its way to a touch-down, the third and last score of the day. +The final figures were 10 to 7 in Hillman’s favor, and neither side was +very proud of the outcome. + +Ned returned to Number 16 half an hour later in a most critical frame of +mind, and spent ten minutes explaining to Laurie just when and how the +school team had failed. At last Laurie interrupted him to ask, “Have you +told this to Mr. Mulford, Ned?” + +“Mr. Mulford? Why—oh, go to the dickens!” + +“Seems to me he ought to know,” said Laurie, gravely. + +“That’s all right. You can be sarcastic if you like, but I’m talking +horse-sense. You see a lot of things from the bench that you don’t see +from the stand. Besides, you’ve got to know football to understand it. +Now you take—” + +“I beg your pardon! Did you say anything about understanding football?” + +“Well, I understand a lot more about it than you do,” replied the other, +warmly. “I’ve been playing it a week, haven’t I?” + +“Sure, but I’ll bet you don’t know how much a safety counts!” + +“I don’t need to. That’s up to the referee. But I know some football, +just the same. And I punted forty-seven yards yesterday, too!” + +“In how many punts?” inquired Laurie, innocently. + +Ned threw a book at him and the subject was closed. + +In his own line, baseball, Laurie was not setting the world on fire. He +was gaining a familiarity with the position of center fielder on the +scrub nine, and batting practice was at least not doing him any harm. +But he certainly had displayed no remarkable ability; and if Ned had +gained a notion to the contrary, it was merely because it pleased Laurie +to fool him with accounts of imaginary incidents in which he, Laurie, +had shone most brilliantly. As Ned knew even less about baseball than he +had known of football, almost any fairy-tale “went” with him, and Laurie +derived much amusement thereby; decidedly more, in fact, than he derived +from playing! + +On Monday morning Laurie dragged Ned over to the Widow Deane’s for +ginger-ale, professing a painful thirst. The Widow greeted them +pleasantly, recalling their names, and provided them with the requested +beverage. Laurie’s thirst seemed to have passed, for he had difficulty +in consuming his portion. When, presently, he asked politely about +Polly, it developed that that young lady was quite well enough to attend +high school as usual. Laurie said, “Oh!” and silently promised himself +that the next time he got thirsty it would be in the afternoon. Ned ate +two doughnuts and was hesitating over raspberry tarts when Laurie +dragged him away. “Can’t you think of anything but eating?” demanded the +latter, disgustedly. Ned only blinked. + +“Ginger-ale always makes me hungry,” he explained calmly. + +Two days later, the twins awoke to cloudy skies, and by mid-forenoon a +lazy drizzle was falling, which later turned to a downright tempest of +wind and rain. At four the baseball candidates scooted to the +field-house for cover, although, peering forth through a drenched +window, Laurie discerned the football-players still at work. Lee Murdock +said he guessed the equinoctial storm had come, and that if it had +there’d be no practice for a couple of days. Laurie tried to look +broken-hearted and failed dismally. Taking advantage of a lull in the +downpour, he and Lee, with many of the others, set forth for school. +They were still far short of the gymnasium, however, when the torrent +began again, and it was a wet, bedraggled, and breathless crowd that +presently pushed through the door. + +George Watson, who had been playing tennis before the rain started, was +philosophically regarding a pair of “unshrinkable” flannel trousers +which, so he declared, had already receded an inch at the bottoms. It +was George who suggested that, after changing to dry clothing, they go +over to the Widow’s and have ice-cream at his expense. Not possessing a +rain-coat of his own, Laurie invaded Number 15 and borrowed Kewpie’s. It +was many sizes too large, but it answered. The Widow’s was full when he +and George and Lee got there, and the pastry counter looked as though it +had been visited by an invading army. There was still ice-cream, though, +and the three squeezed into a corner and became absorbedly silent for a +space. + +Polly was helping her mother, and Laurie exchanged greetings with her, +but she was far too busy for conversation. Lee treated to a second round +of ice-cream, and afterward Laurie bought a bag of old-fashioned +chocolates. He hoped Polly would wait on him, but it was Polly’s mother +who did so and asked after his brother as she filled the paper sack. + +“I do hope you’re looking after him and that he hasn’t eaten those +raspberry tarts yet,” she said pleasantly. + +“Yes’m,” said Laurie. “I mean, he hasn’t.” He thought it surprising that +the Widow Deane was able to tell them apart. Even Kewpie and George +frequently made mistakes. + +It was still pouring when they went out again, and they hurried up the +street and around the corner into School Park, their progress somewhat +delayed by the fact that Laurie had placed the bag of candy in an +outside pocket of Kewpie’s capacious rain-coat and that all three had +difficulty in finding it. Lee had just popped a big chocolate into his +mouth and George was fumbling into the moist bag when the clouds opened +suddenly and such a deluge fell as made them gasp. In distance they were +but a long block from school; but with the rain descending on them as +though poured from a million buckets, their thought was of immediate +shelter. + +“Wow!” yelped Lee. “Let’s get out of this! Here’s a house. Come on!” + +There was an opening in a high hedge, and a short brick walk from which +the drops were rebounding knee-high, and, seen dimly through the deluge, +a porch at the end of it. They reached it in what Laurie called three +leaps and a jump, and, under shelter of the roof, drew breath and looked +back into the gray welter. The park was invisible, and even the high +lilac hedge was only a blurred shape. Lee had to shout to make himself +heard above the rain. + +“Wonder who lives here,” he said. “I don’t remember this house.” + +“Sure you do!” said George. “This is the Coventry house. We’re on the +side porch.” + +“Oh!” Lee gazed doubtfully into the rain. “Well, anyway, it’ll do. Gee, +my trousers are soaked to the knees! How long do you suppose this will +keep up?” + +“You said for two days,” answered Laurie, cheerfully, trying to dry his +neck with a moist handkerchief. + +“I mean this shower, you chump!” + +“Call this a shower? What’s a cloud-burst like in this part of the +country, then?” + +“We don’t have such things,” answered George, who was peering through a +side-light into the dim interior. “Say, I thought this place was empty,” +he continued. “I can see chairs and a table in there.” + +“No; some one rented it this fall,” said Lee. “I noticed the other day +that the front door was open and the grass had been cut. I wouldn’t want +to live in the place, though.” + +“Why?” inquired Laurie. + +But, before any answer came, the door was suddenly opened within a few +inches of George’s nose and a voice said: + +“You fellows had better come inside until it’s over.” + + + + +CHAPTER VIII—IN THE MISER’S HOUSE + + +The invitation came from a boy of about sixteen, a slim, eminently +attractive chap, who smiled persuasively through the aperture. Laurie +knew that he had seen him somewhere, but it was not until they had +followed, somewhat protestingly, into a hallway and from there into a +large and shadowy drawing-room that he recognized him as one of the day +pupils. Lee, it seemed, knew him slightly and called him by name. + +“We oughtn’t to come in here,” Lee apologized. “We’re soaking wet, +Starling.” + +“It doesn’t matter,” answered their host. “Wait till I find a match and +we’ll have a fire here.” + +“Don’t bother, please,” George protested. “We’re going right on in a +minute.” + +“Might as well get dry a bit first. The fire’s all laid.” The boy held a +match at the grate and in a moment the wood was snapping merrily. “Pull +up some chairs, fellows. Here, try this. Some rain, isn’t it?” + +“Rather,” agreed Lee. “By the way, do you know Turner? And Watson?” The +three boys shook hands. “I didn’t know you lived here,” Lee continued. +“Saw the house had been taken, but didn’t know who had it. Corking big +place, isn’t it?” + +Starling laughed. “It’s big all right, but it’s not so corking. Let me +have that rain-coat, Turner. The rooms are so frightfully huge that you +get lost in them! I have the bedroom above this, and the first morning I +woke up in it I thought I was in the Sahara Desert! This was the only +place we could find, though, that was for rent, and we had to take it. +Dad came here on short notice and we didn’t have much time to look +around. Pull up closer to the fire, Watson, and get your feet dry. I’ve +got some slippers upstairs if you want to take your shoes off.” + +“No, thanks. I guess the wet didn’t get through. I’ve seen you over at +school, haven’t I?” + +“Yes, I’m a day boy; one of the ‘Hep, heps!’” + +Lee grinned. “Sort of a mean trick, that, Starling, but they always do +it every year.” + +“Wish I’d known about it beforehand. I’d have sneaked over a fence and +through a window. It was fierce! I was the last fellow to get in this +fall. Dad made application in August, and some fellow who had entered in +the spring changed his mind; otherwise I’d have had to go to the high +school.” + +“That would have been an awful fate,” said George, gravely. + +“Oh, I wouldn’t have minded. I like Hillman’s, though. Do any of you +chaps play tennis?” + +“I try to,” answered George. + +“Wish you’d give me a game some day. Tennis is about the only thing I +know much about, and I saw some dandy courts over at the field.” + +“Glad to,” George assured him. “Any day you like, Starling. I’m not much +of a player, though, so don’t expect a lot.” + +“Guess you’re good enough to handle me,” laughed the other. “I like it +better than I can play it. How about to-morrow afternoon?” + +“Suits me,” answered George. “Three-thirty?” + +“Fine! I’m going to get Dad to build a court in the yard here, if I can. +There’s lots of room, but there’s a tumble-down old grape-arbor right in +the middle.” + +“Yes, there’s surely room enough,” agreed Lee. “We used to come over +here last fall and get pears—there’s a dandy seckel tree back there. +I’d say there was room for two or three courts if some of the trees were +cut down.” + +“What could he do with three of them?” asked Laurie. + +“I suppose we’d have to get the owner’s permission to even take that +rickety old arbor down,” Starling said. + +“I thought the owner was dead,” Lee observed. + +George chuckled. “If he was dead he wouldn’t be the owner, you simple! +Old Coventry died three or four years ago, but somebody owns the place, +of course. If what they tell of the old chap is true, it must have +broken his heart to know he couldn’t take the place with him! Maybe he +took his money with him, though. Anyway, the story goes that he had +slathers of it, and they could only find a couple of thousands when he +died.” + +“What was he, a miser?” asked Starling. + +“Yes, one of the sort you read about in the stories. Lived here all +alone for years and years with only a negro servant. They say you could +never see a light in the place at night, and he never went off the front +porch more than a couple of times a year. Then a carriage came for him +and he got in and went down to the boat. He didn’t use the train because +it cost too much. Of course, when he died, folks expected to find that +he had left a mint of money; but all any one could discover was about +two thousand dollars in one of the banks here—that, and this property. +The heirs, whoever they were, pretty near tore the insides out of the +house, they say, looking for coin, but they didn’t get any thing.” + +“And at night the old codger’s ghost walks around,” added Lee; “and if +you follow him, he’ll take you to the place the money’s hidden.” + +“Honest?” exclaimed Starling, joyfully. “Gosh, that’s great! I always +wanted to live in a house with a ghost.” + +“I’m sorry, then,” said George, “for I just made that part up.” + +“_You_ did?” Lee looked incredulous. “Where do you come in? I’ve heard +that ever since I came here.” + +“No, sir; you may have heard the rest of the story, but not the part +about the ghost. I wrote the yarn up in my junior year for an English +comp., and tacked on the ghost feature as a sort of added climax. Got +good marks, too, and the Orstead paper published the thing. I’ll show it +to you, if you like.” + +Lee looked unconvinced still, and Starling disappointed. “Well, it’s a +good story, anyway, and makes the place more interesting. Some day I’ll +have a look myself for the hidden millions.” + +“Guess the old chap never had that much,” said George. “Thirty or forty +thousand is about what he was supposed to have salted away.” + +“Scarcely worth bothering about,” observed Laurie, with a yawn. + +“But look here, what became of the servant?” asked Starling. “Maybe he +got the dough and made off with it.” + +“Lots of folks thought that,” replied George; “but the theory didn’t pan +out for a cent. The negro stuck around here for quite a while and then +ambled off somewhere. He claimed that old Coventry died owing him a +month’s wages, and tried to get some one to pay him, but I guess he +never got any of it, if it was really owing.” + +“Where did he go to?” asked Starling. + +“I don’t know. New York City, I think.” + +“I’ll bet he either had the money or knew where it was,” declared +Starling, with conviction. “Don’t you see, fellows, he did just what any +one would do in his case? He stuck around so he wouldn’t be suspected. +If he’d gone right off, folks would have said he was trying to avoid +being asked about the money. And then he faked up the yarn about the old +gentleman owing him wages. A first-class detective would have got trace +of the coin, I’ll wager!” + +“You’ve been reading _Sherlock Holmes_,” laughed Lee. “Why don’t you +follow up your clue, find the negro, and restore the lost wealth to the +starving heirs?” + +“Huh! If he did get the money, he’s where even _Sherlock Holmes_ +wouldn’t find him by this time. Some one should have followed the fellow +and kept watch on him right then. How old was he, Watson?” + +“About fifty, I guess. They say he had white whiskers, anyway. Oh, he +didn’t know any more than he said he did. He was all right. He had been +with old Coventry for years and years, one of those old-time family +servants, you know, honest and faithful. Why, he went on something +fierce when the old chap died!” + +“Say, how much of this guff is real and how much of it is English +composition?” asked Lee, suspiciously. “How do you know the negro took +on when the old codger died? You weren’t here.” + +“Maybe I heard it,” replied George, grinning. + +“Yes, and maybe you just made it up, like the stuff about the ghost,” +Lee retorted sarcastically. “I’ve heard the yarn two or three times, but +I never heard that the negro had white whiskers or that he went into +mourning!” + +“It’s a fact, though,” declared the other, warmly. “I prepared mighty +well on that comp.; talked with half a dozen persons who knew the story. +Got most of the stuff from the Widow Deane, though. Old Coventry had +been dead only about two years then and folks were still talking about +him. The Widow doesn’t think the old chap had nearly as much money as he +was supposed to have.” + +“She has the little store around on the back street?” asked Starling. + +“Yes. She took that as her share.” + +“Her share of what?” demanded Lee. + +“Why, of the estate. Old Coventry owned the whole half-block right +through from Walnut Street to Pine. She rented that house from him until +he died; paid a good stiff price, too; and then, when the estate was +finally settled, she took it as her share, although she had to pay the +other heirs something because they claimed that it was worth more than +she had a right to.” + +“Look here,” said Lee, “do you mean that the Widow Deane was one of old +Coventry’s heirs?” + +“Of course! Didn’t you know it? She was a half-sister. She lived over in +New Jersey, she told me, until her husband died. Then she wrote to old +Coventry, asking him to help her because she didn’t have much money, and +he invited her to come here. She thought he meant to give her a home +with him; but when she got here, the best he would do was rent her that +little house around on Pine Street and stock it up for her as a store. +Then he built a fence between the two places. It used to be open right +through.” + +“Gee, you certainly know a lot of ancient history!” marveled Lee. + +“I believe in being thorough,” laughed George. “When I tackle a subject +I get a fall out of it.” + +“So when I trail the murderer—I mean the thief,” reflected Starling, +“I’ll be doing the old lady back there a good turn, won’t I?” + +“Surest thing you know!” agreed George. + +“And she needs the money, I guess. I don’t believe she makes a fortune +out of that emporium. And that daughter of hers is a nice kid, too.” + +“How many other heirs are there to share in the money when Starling +finds it?” asked Laurie. + +“I don’t know. Quite a bunch, I believe. The old chap wasn’t married, +and the heirs are nephews and nieces and things like that. The Widow’s +the only one living around here, though.” + +“Well, when I do find it,” laughed Starling, “I’ll keep it quiet and +hand it all over to the Widow.” + +“He wants to make a hit with Polly,” said Lee. “He’s a fox.” + +“I’ve never seen her,” Starling denied. + +“Well, she’s a mighty pretty girl,” George avowed. “If you don’t believe +me, ask Nod.” + +Laurie looked intensely innocent and very surprised. “Why me?” he asked +blandly. + +George shook his head, grinning. “You can’t get away with it, son! Think +I didn’t see you making love to the old lady this afternoon?” + +“Well,” Laurie laughed, “I thought it was Polly you spoke of.” + +“Sure, but she was busy waiting on a bunch of juniors and so you made up +to the Widow. We saw you smirking and talking sweet to her, didn’t we, +Lee? Butter wouldn’t have melted in the dear lamb’s mouth. And I thought +the old lady seemed rather taken with him, too; didn’t you, Lee?” + +“Rather! It was positively sickening! Talk about foxes—” + +“Oh, dry up and blow away!” muttered Laurie. “Say, the rain’s stopped +now—pretty nearly.” + +“Wants to get away from the embarrassing subject,” George confided to +Starling. “Well, I never desert a pal, Nod. Come on, we’ll trot along. +Much obliged for taking us in, Starling. Hope we haven’t ruined your +rug. Half-past three to-morrow, if the courts are dry. I’ll meet you in +School Hall.” + +“Glad to have you drop around at my room some time,” said Lee. “I’m in +West; Number 7.” + +“Same here,” added Laurie; “16 East Hall. Thanks, Starling.” + +“You’re welcome. Come in again, fellows. When I get that tennis-court +fixed up, we’ll have some fun here. You needn’t wait for that, though. +I’d like you to meet my father and aunt. No one’s at home just now. I +say, better take a couple of umbrellas.” + +“Not worth it, thanks,” answered Lee. “After that deluge, this is just +an April shower. So long!” + +Lee’s statement wasn’t much of an exaggeration, and the three continued +their way to the school unhurriedly. George remarked gloomily that it +didn’t look awfully promising for tennis on the morrow, adding: “I’ll +bet that chap’s a corking good player, too.” + +“Maybe you’ll learn a little about the game from him,” said Laurie, +sweetly. “How old do you say he is?” + +“Starling? Oh, seventeen, maybe. He’s in upper middle.” + +“Sixteen, more likely,” said George. “He seems a decent sort, eh? How +did you come to know him?” + +“I didn’t really know him. He’s in some of my classes and we’ve spoken a +couple of times. Rather a—an interesting kind of chap. Wonder what his +father does here. Funny place for him to come to. He spoke of an aunt, +but didn’t say anything about a mother. Guess she’s dead. Auntie +probably keeps house for them.” + +As they entered the gate George chuckled and Laurie asked, “What’s your +trouble, Old-Timer!” + +“I was just thinking what a joke it would be if Starling took that stuff +seriously about the hidden money and began to hack away the woodwork and +dig up the cellar floor!” + +“Why, wasn’t it true?” + +“Sure! At least, as true as anything is that folks tell. You know, Nod, +after being repeated a couple of hundred times a story sort of grows.” + +Lee grunted. “After some smart Aleck has written it up as an English +comp. its own mother wouldn’t know it! The real joke would be for +Starling to wreck the woodwork and find the money!” + +“No, that wouldn’t be a joke,” said George, “that would be a movie! Come +on! It’s starting again! Last man in East buys the sodas! Come on, Lee!” + +Lee and Laurie ran a dead heat, and all the way to George’s room, on the +second floor, each sought to shift to the other the responsibility of +providing the soda-water for the trio. In the end, George appointed +himself referee and halved the responsibility between them. + +When, twenty minutes later, Laurie climbed onward to Number 16, he found +a very disgruntled Ned curled up in the window-seat, which was now +plentifully supplied with cushions. “Where’ve you been all the +afternoon?” he demanded aggrievedly. + +“Many places,” replied Laurie, cheerfully. “Why the grouch?” + +“You’d have a grouch, I reckon, if you’d messed around with a soggy +football for almost two hours in a cloud-burst!” + +“Did you—er—get wet?” + +“Oh, no, I didn’t get wet! I carried an umbrella all the time, you silly +toad! Or maybe you think they roofed the gridiron over for us?” + +“Well, I got sort of water-logged myself, and don’t you let any one tell +you any different! Wait till I return this rain-coat and I’ll tell you +about it.” + +“I’ve got troubles enough of my own,” grumbled Ned, as Laurie crossed +the corridor. + +Kewpie wasn’t in when the borrowed garment was returned, but Hop +Kendrick was, and Hop said it was quite all right, that Ned was welcome +to anything of Kewpie’s at any time, and please just stick it in the +closet or somewhere. And Laurie thanked him gratefully and placed the +rain-coat, which wasn’t very wet now, where he had found it. And the +incident would have ended then and there if it hadn’t started in to rain +cats and dogs again after supper and if Kewpie hadn’t taken it into his +head to pay a visit to a fellow in West Hall. Which is introductory to +the fact that at eight o’clock that evening, while Ned and Laurie were +conscientiously absorbed in preparing to-morrow’s Latin, a large and +irate youth appeared at the door of Number 16 with murder in his eyes +and what appeared to be gore on his hands! + +“That’s a swell way to return a fellow’s coat!” he accused. + +He brandished one gory hand dramatically, and with the other exhumed +from a pocket of the garment a moist and shapeless mass of brown paper +and chocolate creams. “Look at this!” he exhorted. “It—it’s all over +me! The pocket’s a regular glue-pot! Ugh!” + +Laurie looked and his shoulders heaved. + +“Oh, Kewpie!” he gurgled, contrition—or something—quite overmastering +him. “I’m s-s-so s-s-sorry!” + +Kewpie regarded him scathingly a moment, while syrupy globules detached +themselves from the exhibit and ran along his wrist. Finally he +exploded: “Sorry! Yes, you are!” + +Whereupon the door closed behind him with an indignant crash, and +Laurie, unable longer to contain his sorrow, dropped his head on his +books and gave way to it unrestrainedly. + + + + +CHAPTER IX—LAURIE HEARS NEWS + + +October arrived with the first touch of cooler weather, and the football +candidates, who had panted and perspired under summer conditions for a +fortnight, took heart. Among these was Ned. Laurie, who at first had had +to alternate sympathy and severity in order to keep his brother’s +courage to the sticking-point, now found that his encouragement was no +longer needed. Ned was quite as much in earnest as any fellow who wore +canvas. Probably he was not destined ever to become a mighty player, for +he seemed to lack that quality which coaches, unable to describe, call +football instinct. But he had made progress—surprising progress when it +is considered that he had known virtually nothing of the game two weeks +before. + +Laurie, whose afternoons were still absorbed by baseball, viewed Ned’s +efforts as something of a joke, much to the latter’s chagrin, and +continued to do so until a chance conversation with Thurman Kendrick +opened his eyes. Hop had come across one forenoon to borrow some notes +and had tarried a moment to talk. In those days, when Hop talked he +talked of just one subject, and that subject was football, and he +introduced it to-day. + +“We’ve got to do better to-morrow than we did last week,” he said +earnestly, “or we’ll get licked hard. Cole’s was fairly easy, but +Highland is a tough customer. Our trouble so far has been slowness, and +Highland’s as fast as they make them. Somehow, Mulford doesn’t seem able +to get any pep into our bunch. The line isn’t so bad, but the back +field’s like cold glue.” + +“That’s up to the quarter, isn’t it?” asked Laurie, anxious to prove +himself not absolutely ignorant of the subject. + +“Yes, partly; but it’s up to the coach first. If the backs aren’t used +to working fast, the quarter can’t make them. Frank Brattle’s a good +quarter, Nod. I sort of wish he wasn’t so good!” + +“Meaning you’d have a better chance of swiping his job?” smiled Laurie. + +“Oh, I’ll never do that; but if he wasn’t so good I’d get in more often. +The best I can hope for this year is to get in for maybe a full period +in the Farview game. Anyway, I’ll get my letter, and maybe next year +I’ll land in the position. Frank’s a senior, you know.” + +“Is he? I haven’t seen much practice so far. Baseball keeps me pretty +busy.” + +“How are you getting on?” + +“Slow, I’m afraid. Anyway, you could easily tell Babe Ruth and me +apart!” + +“I guess you’re doing better than you let on,” said Hop. “If you’re as +good at baseball as your brother is at football, you’ll do.” + +“I guess I am,” laughed Laurie; “just about!” + +“Well, Nid is surely coming fast,” replied Hop, gravely. “He’s been +doing some nice work the last few days.” + +Laurie stared. “Say, what are you doing, Hop? Stringing me?” he +demanded. + +“Stringing you?” Hop looked puzzled. “Why, no. How do you mean?” + +“About Ned. Do you mean that he’s really playing football?” + +“Why, of course I do. Didn’t you know it?” + +Laurie shook his head. “He’s been telling me a lot of stuff, but I +thought he was just talking, the way I’ve been, to sort of keep his +courage up.” + +“Nonsense! Nid’s doing mighty well. I don’t know how much experience +he’s had; some ways he acts sort of green; but he’s got Mason worried, I +guess. If he had another fifteen pounds he’d make the team sure. As it +is, I wouldn’t be surprised to see him play a whole lot this fall. You +see, he’s a pretty good punter, Nod, and yesterday he blossomed out as a +drop-kicker, too. Landed the ball over from about the thirty yards and +from a hard angle. Mason doesn’t do any kicking, and it’s no bad thing +to have a fellow in the back field who can help Pope out in a pinch. +It’s his kicking ability that’ll get him on if anything does.” + +“I see,” said Laurie, thoughtfully. “Well, I’m mighty glad. To tell the +truth, Hop, Ned hasn’t had an awful lot of experience. He’s had to bluff +a good deal.” + +“I suspected something of the sort from seeing him work the first week +or so. And then Kewpie said something that sort of lined up with the +idea. Well, he’s working hard and he’s making good. Much obliged for +these, Nod. I’ll fetch them back in ten minutes.” + +When Kendrick had taken his departure Laurie stared thoughtfully for a +minute into space. Finally he shook his head and smiled. “Good old Ned!” +he murmured. “I’m sorry I ragged him so. Gee, I’ll have to buckle down +to my own job or he’ll leave me at the post!” + +After practice that afternoon, Laurie and Lee picked up George and Bob +Starling at the tennis-courts, and, after changing into “cits,” went +around to the doctor’s porch and joined a dozen other lads who were +engaged in drinking Miss Tabitha’s weak tea and eating her +soul-satisfying layer-cake. After a half-hour of batting and fielding +practice and a five-inning game between the first team and the scrubs, +Laurie was in a most receptive mood as far as refreshments were +concerned. Miss Tabitha made an ideal hostess, for she left conversation +to the guests and occupied herself in seeing that cups and plates were +kept filled. No one had yet discovered the number of helpings of cake +that constituted Miss Tabitha’s limit of hospitality, and there was a +story of a junior so depressed by homesickness that he had +absent-mindedly consumed six wedges of it and was being urged to a +seventh when some inner voice uttered a saving warning. In spite of very +healthy appetites, none of the quartette sought to compete with that +record, but Laurie and George did allow themselves to be persuaded to +third helpings, declining most politely until they feared to decline any +more. Before they had finished, the doctor joined the group and made +himself very agreeable, telling several funny stories that set every one +laughing and caused a small junior—it was the cherub-faced youth who +sat at Laurie’s table in the dining-hall and whose career thus far had +proved anything but that of a cherub—to swallow a mouthful of mocha +cake the wrong way, with disastrous results. During the ensuing +confusion the quartette took their departure. At the gate Bob Starling +said: + +“By the way, fellows, I spoke to Dad about that tennis-court, and he’s +written to the agent for permission. He says there won’t be any trouble; +and if there is, he’ll agree to put the garden back the way we found it +and erect a new arbor.” + +“What will it be?” asked George. “Sod or gravel?” + +“Oh, gravel. You couldn’t get a sod court in shape under a year, and I +want to use it this fall. I’m going to look around to-morrow for some +one to do the job. Know who does that sort of work here—Lee?” + +“No, but I suppose you get a contractor; one of those fellows who build +roads and stone walls and things.” + +“I’d ask at the court-house,” said Laurie. + +“At the court—oh, that’s a punk one!” jeered Bob. “See you later, +fellows!” + +The game with Highland Academy was played across the river at Lookout, +and most of the fellows went. In spite of Hop Kendrick’s pessimistic +prophecy, Hillman’s took command of the situation in the first quarter +and held it undisturbed to the final whistle. The contest was, if not +extremely fast, well played by both teams, and the hosts refused to +acknowledge defeat until the end. Captain Stevenson, at left tackle, was +the bright, particular star of the day, with the redoubtable Pope a good +second. + +It was Joe Stevenson’s capture of a fumbled ball in the first five +minutes of play and his amazing run through the enemy ranks that +produced the initial score. Pope kicked an easy goal after Slavin, right +half, had plunged through for a touch-down. Later in the game, Pope had +added three more points by a place-kick from the forty-two yards. +Highland twice reached the Blue’s ten-yard line, the first time losing +the ball on downs, and the next attempting a forward pass that went +astray. Her one opportunity to score by a kick was wrecked by no other +than Kewpie, who, having substituted Holmes at the beginning of the +second half, somehow shot his hundred and seventy pounds through the +defense and met the pigskin with his nose. Kewpie presented a +disreputable appearance for several days, but was given due honor. +Hillman’s returned across the Hudson in the twilight of early October +with exultant cheers and songs. + +Ned watched that game from the substitutes’ bench, just as he had +watched the two preceding contests, but a newly awakened _esprit de +corps_ forbade complaining. When Laurie sympathetically observed that he +thought it was time Mulford gave Ned a chance in a real game, Ned +responded with dignity, almost with severity, that he guessed the coach +knew his business. + +The first of the month—or, to be exact, the fourth—brought the twins +their monthly allowances, and one of the first things Laurie did was to +go to the little blue shop on Pine Street and pay his bill, which had +reached its prescribed limit several days before. Ned went, too, +although he didn’t display much enthusiasm over the mission. Ned held +that, having created a bill, it was all wrong deliberately to destroy +it. To his mind, a bill was something to cherish and preserve. Laurie, +however, pointed out that, since one was prohibited from further +transactions at the Widow’s, even on a cash basis, as long as one owed +money there, it would be wise to cancel the debts. Ned recognized the +wisdom of the statement and reluctantly parted with ninety-seven cents. + +Since it was only a little after two o’clock, the shop was empty when +the twins entered, and Polly and her mother were just finishing their +lunch in the back room. It was Polly who answered the tinkle of the bell +and who, after some frowning and turning of pages in the account-book, +canceled the indebtedness. + +“Now,” said Ned, “I guess I’ll have a cream-cake. Want one, Laurie?” + +Laurie did, in spite of the fact that it was less than an hour since +dinner. Mrs. Deane appeared at the door, observed the proceeding, and +smiled. + +“I’m real glad to see you’re still alive,” she said to Ned. “I guess he +must take very good care of you.” + +“Yes’m, I do,” Laurie assured her gravely. + +Ned laughed scornfully, or as scornfully as it was possible to laugh +with his mouth full. “You shouldn’t believe everything he tells you, +Mrs. Deane. I have to look after him like a baby. Why, he wouldn’t get +down in time for breakfast if I didn’t put most of his clothes on.” + +“That’s no joke, either,” retorted Laurie, “about you putting my clothes +on. You’re wearing one of my collars and my best socks right now, +and—yes, sir, that’s my blue tie!” + +“Wait a bit, partner! Where’d you get that shirt you’re wearing?” + +“That’s different,” answered Laurie, with dignity. “Mine are all in the +wash. Besides, it’s an old one and you never wear it.” + +“I never get a chance to wear it!” + +“It must be very convenient for you,” said Mrs. Deane, smilingly, “to be +able to wear each other’s things. Polly, I guess there won’t be any one +else in for a while; maybe they’d like to see your garden.” + +Being assured that they would, Polly led the way through the back room, +a pleasant, sunny apartment evidently combining the duties of kitchen +and dining-room, and out to a little back porch shaded by +morning-glories and nasturtiums that fairly ran riot over the green +lattice. There was a braided rug on the floor and a small rocker and a +tiny table on which were books and a magazine or two. The books were +evidently Polly’s school books, for they were held together by a strap. + +The twins liked that garden. It wasn’t very large, for when the peculiar +Mr. Coventry had divided the estate he had placed the high board fence +very close to the little frame dwelling; but perhaps its very smallness +made it seem more attractive. Narrow beds encompassed it on three sides, +and a gravel walk followed the beds. In the tiny square inside, a small +rustic arbor, covered with climbing rose-vines, held a seat that, as was +presently proved, accommodated three very comfortably. + +But before they were allowed to sit down the boys had to be shown many +things: the hollyhocks against the back fence, the flowering almond that +had been brought all the way from the old home in New Jersey,—and had +never quite made up its mind whether to die of homesickness or go on +living,—the bed of lilies-of-the-valley that just _wouldn’t_ keep out +of the path and many other floral treasures. Nasturtiums and +morning-glories and scarlet sage and crinkly-edged white and lavender +petunias were still blossoming gaily, and there was even a cluster of +white roses on the arbor, for, so far, no frost had come. The twins +admired properly and Polly was all smiles, until suddenly she said, +“O-oh!” and faced them reproachfully. + +“You’ve just let me go on and be perfectly ridiculous!” she charged. “I +don’t think it’s a bit nice of you!” + +“Why, what—how do you mean?” stammered Ned. + +“You have the most wonderful flowers in the world in California, and you +know it!” she replied severely; “and you’ve let me show you these poor +little things as if—as if they were anything at all in comparison! I +forgot you came from California.” + +“Maybe we didn’t tell you,” offered Laurie. “Anyway, your flowers—” + +“In California they have hedges of geraniums and roses climb right over +the houses, and orange-trees and palms and everything,” interrupted +Polly, breathlessly. “Why, this garden must seem perfectly—perfectly +_awful_ to you!” + +“Don’t you believe it!” denied Ned. “Flowers and things do grow bigger, +I suppose, out our way; but they aren’t a bit prettier, are they, +Laurie?” + +“Not so pretty,” answered the other, earnestly. “Besides, _I_ never saw +a geranium hedge in my life. Maybe they have them in some places, like +Pasadena, but there isn’t _one_ in Santa Lucia, honest. There isn’t, is +there, Ned?” + +“_I_ never saw one. And palms aren’t awfully pretty. They get sort of +scraggly-looking sometimes. Honest, Polly, I never saw a garden any +prettier and cuter than this is. Of course, some are bigger and—and +more magnificent—” + +“Who wants a magnificent garden?” demanded Laurie, scornfully. “What +have you got in the box, Polly?” + +Comforted, Polly smiled again. “That’s Antoinette,” she said. “Come and +see.” + +Antoinette lived in a wooden box in the shelter of the porch, and had +long ears and very blue eyes and a nose that twitched funnily when they +approached. In short, Antoinette was a fluffy smoke-gray rabbit. “She +has a dreadfully long pedigree,” said Polly, as she took Antoinette out +and snuggled her in her arms. + +“Has she?” murmured Laurie. “I thought it looked rather short.” + +“A pedigree isn’t a _tail_, you idiot,” said Ned, scathingly. “She’s +awfully pretty, Polly. Will she bite?” + +“Of course not! At least, not unless you look like a cabbage-leaf.” + +“I wouldn’t take a chance,” Laurie advised. “Any one who’s as green as +you are—” + +“She _tries_ to eat ’most everything,” said Polly, “but she likes +cabbage and lettuce and carrots best.” + +“I wish I had a cabbage,” muttered Laurie, searching his pockets; “or a +carrot. You haven’t a carrot with you, have you, Ned?” + +“You’re the silliest boys!” laughed Polly, returning Antoinette to her +box. “Let’s go and sit down a minute.” And when they were on the seat +under the arbor and she had smoothed her skirt and tucked a pair of +rather soiled white canvas shoes from sight, she announced, “There! Now +you can make up a verse about something!” + + + + +CHAPTER X—POLLY ENTERTAINS + + +“Make up a—what did you say?” asked Ned. + +“Make up a verse,” answered Polly, placidly. “As you did the other day +when you went out. Don’t you remember?” + +“Oh!” Laurie looked somewhat embarrassed and a trifle silly. “Why, you +see—we only do that when—when—” + +“When we have inspiration,” aided Ned, glibly. + +“Yes, that’s it, inspiration! We—we have to have inspiration.” + +“I’m sure Antoinette ought to be enough inspiration to any poet,” +returned Polly, laughing. “You know you never saw a more beautiful +rabbit in your life—lives, I mean.” + +Ned looked inquiringly at Laurie. Then he said, “Well, maybe if I close +my eyes a minute—” He suited action to word. Polly viewed him with +eager interest; Laurie, with misgiving. Finally, after a moment of +silent suspense, his eyelids flickered and: + +“O Antoinette, most lovely of thy kind!” he declaimed. + +“Thou eatest cabbages and watermelon rind!” finished Laurie, promptly. + +Polly clapped her hands, but her approval was short-lived. “But she +doesn’t eatest watermelon rind,” she declared indignantly. “I’m sure it +wouldn’t be at all good for her!” + +Laurie grinned. “That’s what we call poetic license,” he explained. +“When you make a rhyme, sometimes you’ve got to—to sacrifice truth +for—in the interests of—I mean, you’ve got to think of the _sound_! +‘Kind’ and ‘carrot’ wouldn’t sound _right_, don’t you see?” + +“Well, I’m sure watermelon rind doesn’t sound right, either,” objected +Polly; “not for a rabbit. Rabbits have very delicate digestions.” + +“We might change it,” offered Ned. “How would this do? + + “O Antoinette, more lovely than a parrot, + Thou dost subsist on cabbages and carrot.” + +“That’s silly,” said Polly, scornfully. + +“Poetry usually is silly,” Ned answered. + +Laurie, who had been gazing raptly at his shoes, broke forth exultantly. +“I’ve got it!” he cried. “Listen! + + “O Antoinette, most beauteous of rabbits, + Be mine and I will feed thee naught but cabbits!” + +A brief silence followed. Then Ned asked, “What are cabbits?” + +“Cabbits are vegetables,” replied Laurie. + +“I never heard of them,” said Polly, wrinkling her forehead. + +“Neither did any one else,” laughed Ned. “He just made them up to rhyme +with rabbits.” + +“A cabbit,” said Laurie, loftily, “is something between a cabbage and a +carrot.” + +“What does it look like?” giggled Polly. + +Laurie blinked. “We-ell, you’ve seen a—you’ve seen an artichoke, +haven’t you?” Polly nodded and Laurie blinked again. “And you’ve seen +a—a mangel-wurzel?” + +“No, I don’t think so.” + +“Then I don’t see how I can tell you,” said Laurie, evidently relieved, +“because a cabbit is more like a mangel-wurzel than anything else. Of +course, it’s not so deciduous, and the shape is different; it’s more +obvate than a mangel-wurzel; more—” he swept his hands vaguely in +air—“more phenomenal.” + +“Oh, dry up,” said Ned, grinning. “How’d you like to have to put up with +an idiot like that all your life, Polly? The worst of it is, folks +sometimes mistake him for me!” + +“Yes, it’s awful, but I manage to bear up under it,” Laurie sighed. + +“How did you ever come to think of making those funny rhymes?” Polly +asked. + +“Oh, we had measles once, about four years ago,” said Ned. “We always +had everything together—measles, whooping-cough, scarlet fever, +everything. And when we were getting over it they wouldn’t let us read +and so we made up rhymes. I forget whose idea it was. I’d make up one +line and Laurie would make up the other, or the other way round. The +idea was to have the last word of the first line so hard that the other +fellow couldn’t rhyme to it. But I guess I only stuck Laurie once. Then +the word was lemon.” + +“You didn’t really stick me then,” Laurie denied. “I rhymed it with +demon. You said they didn’t rhyme, but I showed you a rhyming dictionary +that said they did.” + +“The dictionary said it was an imperfect rhyme, Laurie, and—” + +“Just the same, a rhyme’s a rhyme. Say, Ned, remember the one we made up +about Miss Yetter?” Ned nodded and grinned. “Miss Yetter was our nurse. +We thought it was pretty clever, but she didn’t like it. + + “When feeling ill send for Miss Yetter. + If you don’t die, she’ll make you better.” + +“She was quite insulted about it,” laughed Ned, “and told Dad; and he +tried to lecture us, but we got laughing so he couldn’t. We made rhymes +all the time for a while and nearly drove folks crazy; and finally Dad +said if we didn’t stop it he’d whale us. And I said, ‘All right, sir, +we’ll try not to do it’; and Laurie, the chump, butted in with, ‘’Cause +if we do, we know we’ll rue it!’ We nearly got the licking right then!” + +“You _are_ funny!” laughed Polly. “Is your mother—haven’t you—” + +“She died when we were kids,” answered Laurie. “I just remember her, but +Ned doesn’t.” + +“You think you do. You’ve just heard Dad, and nurse talk about her. We +were only four when Mother died.” + +Laurie looked unconvinced, but didn’t argue the matter. Instead he +asked, “Your father’s dead, isn’t he, Polly?” + +“Yes, he died when I was eight. He was a dear, and I missed him just +terribly. Mother says I look like him. He was very tall and was always +laughing. Mother says he laughed so much he didn’t have time for +anything else. She means that he wasn’t—wasn’t very successful. We were +very poor when he died. But I guess he was lots nicer than he would have +been if he had just been—successful. I guess the most successful man in +this town is Mr. Sparks, the banker, and no one has ever seen him laugh +once. And Uncle Peter was successful, too, I suppose; and he was just as +sour and ill-tempered as anything. He wasn’t my real uncle, but I called +him that because Mother said it would please him. It didn’t seem to.” + +“Was that Mr. Coventry?” asked Laurie. “The mis—I mean the man who +lived in the big square house over there?” + +“Yes. And I don’t mind your calling him the miser, because that is just +what he was. He was Mother’s half-brother, but he didn’t act as if he +was even a quarter-brother! He was always just as horrid as he could be. +When Father died he wrote Mother to come here and he would provide her +with a home. And when we came, we found he meant that Mother was to live +here and pay him rent. She didn’t have enough money to do that, and so +Uncle Peter made the front of the house into a store and bought some +things for her and made her sign a mortgage or something. When he died, +we thought maybe he had left Mother a little; but there wasn’t any will, +and not much property, either—just the big house on Walnut Street and +this place and about two thousand dollars. When the property was +divided, Mother got the other heirs to let her have this as her portion +of the estate, but she had to pay four hundred and fifty dollars for it. +That took about all she had saved and more, and so we haven’t been able +to do much to the house yet.” + +“It doesn’t look as if it needed much doing to,” said Ned, critically. + +“Oh, but it does! It needs a new coat of paint, for one thing. And some +of the blinds are broken. And there ought to be a furnace in it. Stoves +don’t really keep it warm in winter. Some day we’ll fix it up nicely, +though. As soon as I get through high school, I’m going to work and make +a lot of money.” + +“Attaboy!” approved Ned. “What are you going to do, Polly?” + +“I’m learning stenography and typewriting, and Mr. Farmer, the +lawyer,—he’s the one who got the others to let Mother have the house +when Uncle Peter’s estate was settled,—says he will find a place for me +in his office. He’s awfully nice. Some stenographers make lots of money, +don’t they?” + +“I guess so,” Ned agreed. “There’s a woman in Dad’s office who gets +eighteen dollars a week.” + +Polly clasped her hands delightedly. “Maybe I wouldn’t get that much, +though. I guess Mr. Farmer doesn’t pay his stenographer very high wages. +Maybe I’d get twelve dollars, though. Don’t you think I might?” + +“Sure!” said Laurie. “Don’t you let any one tell you any different. +Didn’t folks think that your Uncle Peter left more money than was found, +Polly?” + +“Oh, yes; but no one really knew. The lawyers looked everywhere. If he +did have any more, he must have hidden it away pretty well. They looked +all through the house and dug holes in the cellar floor. It was very +exciting. Mother thinks he lost what money he had speculating in stocks +and things. He used to go to New York about four times a year. No one +knew what he did there, not even Hilary; but Mother thinks he went to +see men who deal in stocks and that they got his money away from him.” + +“Who is Hilary?” Laurie inquired. + +“Hilary was a colored man that Uncle had had a long time. It seemed to +me that if Uncle had had much money, Hilary would have known about it; +and he didn’t.” + +“Where is he now? Hilary, I mean,” added Laurie, somewhat unnecessarily. + +“I don’t know. He went away a little while after Uncle Peter died. He +said he was going to New York, I think.” + +“You don’t suppose he took the money with him, do you? I mean—” + +“Oh no!” Polly seemed quite horrified. “Hilary was just as honest as +honest! Why, Uncle Peter died owing him almost forty dollars and Hilary +never got a cent of it! The lawyers were too mean for anything!” + +“There’s a fellow named Starling living there now,” Laurie said. “His +father’s rented the house for three years. Bob says that he’s going to +find the money and give it to your mother.” + +Polly laughed. “Oh, I wish that he would! But I guess if the lawyers +couldn’t find it he never will. Lawyers, they say, can find money when +nobody else can! Is he nice?” + +“Bob? Yes, he’s a dandy chap. You ought to know him, Polly; he’s your +next-door neighbor.” + +“Back-door neighbor, you mean,” interpolated Ned. + +“I think I saw him in the garden one day,” said Polly. “His father is an +engineer, Mae Ferrand says, and he’s building a big bridge for the +railway. Or maybe it’s a tunnel. I forget.” + +“Is Mae Something the girl with the molasses-candy hair you were with at +the high school game?” Laurie asked. + +“Yes, but her hair isn’t like molasses candy. It’s perfectly lovely +hair. It’s like—like diluted sunshine!” + +Laurie whistled. “Gee! Did you get that, Neddie? Well, anyway, I like +dark hair better.” + +“Oh, I don’t! I’d love to have hair like Mae’s. And, what do you think, +she likes my hair better than her own!” + +“Don’t blame her,” said Laurie. “What do you say, Ned?” + +“I say I’ve got to beat it back and get into football togs. What time is +it?” + +“Look at your own watch, you lazy loafer. Well, come on. I say, Polly, +would your mother let you go to the game with me Saturday? That is, if +you want to, of course.” + +“Oh, I’d love to! But—I’ll ask her, anyway. And if she says I may, +would you mind if Mae went too? We usually go together to the games.” + +“Not a bit. I’ll be around again before Saturday and see what she says.” + +“I wouldn’t be surprised if she said yes,” remarked Polly. “I think she +must like you boys. Anyway, you’re the first of the Hillman’s boys she +has ever let me invite out here.” + +“Really? Bully for her! Wait till I say farewell to Antoinette, ‘most +beauteous of rabbits!’ What does she twitch her nose like that for?” + +“I think she’s asking for some cabbits,” replied Polly, gravely. + +“She’s making faces at you, you chump,” said Ned, rudely. “Come on.” +They returned through the little living-room, empty save for a big black +cat asleep in a rocking-chair, and found Mrs. Deane serving the first of +the afternoon trade in the shop beyond. They said good afternoon to her +very politely, and Polly went to the door with them. Outside on the +walk, Ned nudged Laurie, and they paused side by side and gravely +removed their caps. + +“We give you thanks and say farewell, Miss Polly.” + +“The visit’s been, indeed, most jolly!” + + + + +CHAPTER XI—NED SPEAKS OUT + + +There was a cut in the football squad that afternoon and more than a +dozen candidates were retired, leaving twenty-eight players for the +first and scrub teams. Ned survived, as, indeed, he expected to; for, +while he knew his limitations, neither the coach nor the captain +appeared to. Perhaps they were sometimes puzzled over flashes of +ineptitude, or perhaps they put them down to temporary reversals of +form; at least, Ned’s talent was never seriously questioned by them. He +had settled down as a regular half-back on the scrub eleven, although +twice he had been called on in practice scrimmages to take Mason’s place +at left half on the first squad. He was too light to make much headway +in bucking plays, and his inability to start quickly handicapped him +frequently in running; but as a kicker he was dependable and had +developed a quite remarkable accuracy at forward passing. Against a +light opponent or a slow one he could be counted on to play a fairly +good game, although so far he had not been allowed the opportunity. With +him on the scrub team was Hop Kendrick at quarter, and, for a time, +Kewpie at center. But Kewpie had trained down at last to a hundred and +sixty-five pounds and was handling his weight and bulk with a new +snappiness, and a few days after Ned became a part of the scrub outfit +Kewpie was elevated to the first team, and a much disgruntled Holmes +took his place on the second. + +With the defeat of Wagner School, Hillman’s ended her preliminary +season. In that contest, played at home, the Blue showed a new +aggressiveness and much more speed; and, while she was able to score +only one touch-down, and Pope failed miserably at goal, every one was +well satisfied. Wagner had a strong team, and a victory over it was no +small triumph. Hillman’s line held splendidly under the battering-ram +tactics of the adversary, and her backs were fast and shifty. On attack, +the Blue failed to gain consistently; but in the third period, with a +captured fumble on Wagner’s thirty-three yards for encouragement, Pope +got free for half the distance, and Slavin and Mason, alternating, +worked the enemy’s left side until the ball lay on the five-yard line. +Then a fake attack on Wagner’s right, with Pope carrying the ball +through on the left of center, brought the only score of the day. Kewpie +proved himself that afternoon, for he was a veritable Rock of Gibraltar +on defense and a hundred and sixty-five pounds of steel springs on +attack. The Blue team was far from a perfect machine yet, but it seemed +that Mulford had found his parts and that only a generous oiling was +needed. + +Laurie and George Watson escorted Polly and Mae Ferrand to the game, +and, although aware of the covert grins and whispered witticisms of +acquaintances, enjoyed themselves hugely. Mae proved to be a very jolly, +wholesome sort of girl, and her knowledge of what may be termed “inside +football” was stupendous and made both Laurie and George rather ashamed +of their ignorance. Between the halves, Ned, arrayed in a trailing gray +blanket, joined them and promptly became involved with Mae in a very +technical argument that no one else could follow. From the fact that Ned +retired with a rather dispirited expression when the teams came on +again, Laurie surmised that the honors had gone to Mae. + +The following Monday evening, while the enthusiasm produced by the +victory over Wagner School was still undiminished, a second mass-meeting +was held in the auditorium to devise means of replenishing the football +treasury: Three of the remaining five games were to be played away from +Orstead, and in two cases the distance to be traveled was considerable +and the expenses consequently large. As Joe Stevenson said, introducing +the subject for discussion, if Hillman’s charged admission to her home +games, it would be possible to get through a season without asking for +assistance from the student body. “But you fellows know that that isn’t +the school policy. We are allowed to sell tickets for the Farview game +only, and, while we make about four hundred and fifty dollars as our +share, that doesn’t go very far against the season’s outlay. We have to +pay from seventy-five to a hundred and twenty-five dollars to every team +that comes here to play us. When we go away we seldom make enough to pay +our expenses. In the Highland game, because it cost us almost nothing +for fares, we did. At the present moment we have a cash balance on hand +of forty-three dollars, and our liabilities, including Mr. Mulford’s +salary for the remainder of the season, are about eight hundred dollars. + +“The manager estimates that we’ll have to incur added expenses for about +a hundred and twenty dollars for Farview game tickets and new supplies. +In short, we shall have to pay out, before the season ends, about nine +hundred dollars. Against that we have on hand forty-three dollars, and +in prospect something like five hundred, leaving us about three hundred +and fifty in the hole. + +“There has been talk of cutting out the Lansing and Whittier games, but +that wouldn’t make enough difference. Besides, it would give us a black +eye to cancel games as late as this. We might save perhaps seventy +dollars if we did, but it would cost us ten times that in public +estimation. As far as I can see, fellows, if we’re going to have a +football team, we’ve got to pay for it. We’ve asked permission to charge +admission, even a nominal one, to all games, but the faculty is against +it. And we have asked to have a regular assessment made against each +student. To many of us that would seem the fairer and most satisfactory +way of meeting the emergency. But the faculty doesn’t like that any +better than the other proposition. So I guess it’s up to us, each and +every one of us, to dig down and produce the coin. + +“We need three hundred and fifty dollars at least. That means that every +fellow in school must pony up four dollars, or, rather, that the average +must be four dollars each. Some of you can’t give so much, probably, and +a few can give more. I’d like to hear from you, please. Don’t be afraid +to say what you think. We want to get together on this matter and thrash +it out, if it takes until ten o’clock. Any one who has any suggestion to +offer or anything to say will be heard. Come on, somebody!” + +There were plenty of speakers: Dave Brewster, the baseball captain, Dan +Whipple, senior class president, Lew Cooper, upper middle class +president, Dave Murray, the manager of the team, Craig Jones, for the +lower middlers, and many others, Some subscribed to the donation scheme, +others opposed it. Cooper suggested an appeal to the school alumni. +Brewster pointed out that the effort would cost money and that the +result would be uncertain and, in any case, slow. An increase in the +price of tickets to the Farview game was discussed and the idea +abandoned. An hour passed and the meeting was getting nowhere. Some of +the younger boys had already withdrawn. A tall, lantern-jawed youth had +charged the football committee with extravagance, and Dave Murray had +bitterly resented the allegation. Ned, who, with Laurie and Lee Murdock, +was seated near the back of the hall, had shown signs of restiveness for +some time and had been muttering to himself. Now, to the surprise of his +companions, he jumped to his feet and demanded recognition: + +“Mr. Chairman!” + +“Mister—” Dan Whipple pointed a finger at Ned and nodded. + +“Turner,” prompted Kewpie from a front seat. + +“Mr. Turner,” encouraged the chairman. + +“I’d like to say that I never heard so much talking and saw so little +action,” began Ned, impatiently. “What’s the matter with some one saying +something useful instead of just chewing the rag?” + +“You tell ’em,” piped a small junior, above the applause and laughter. + +“All right! I’ll tell you fellows that you’re a lot of pikers to +hesitate to pledge three or four hundred dollars to keep your team +going. Where I come from we had to have a new grand stand two years ago, +and we called a meeting like this and we raised seven hundred dollars in +thirty-five minutes in cash and pledges. There were a lot more of us, +but half of us would have felt like Rockefellers if we’d ever found a +whole half-dollar in our pockets! Some of us gave as high as five +dollars, but not many. Most of us pledged two dollars; and those who +didn’t have two dollars went out and worked until they’d made it, by +jingo! And we got our grand stand up inside of two weeks, in time for +the big baseball game.” + +There was real applause this time, and those in the front of the hall +had swung around to have a look at the earnest youth who was calling +them names. + +“That’s one way of getting the money,” continued Ned, warming up finely, +“but there’s another. Out my way—” + +“Say, where do you come from?” called some one. + +“I come from California,” answered Ned, proudly. “Maybe you’ve heard of +it!” + +“Attaboy!” shouted Kewpie. “Swing your leg, Nid!” + +“When we want to raise some money out there and folks are too stingy to +give it outright, we take it away from them another way. We get up a +fête. We give them a good time and they pay for it. Why not try it here? +I don’t know how many folks there are in this burg, but I reckon there +are enough to part with three or four hundred dollars. Give them an +excuse to spend their money and they’ll spend it!” + +Ned sat down amid loud applause, and Dave Brewster was recognized, +although half a dozen others were clamoring for speech. + +“Turner’s said something, fellows,” declared Brewster. “The idea’s worth +considering. We’ve never tackled the town folks for money, and there’s +no reason why they shouldn’t come across. They’ve come to our games for +years without paying a cent, except for the Farview game, and it +wouldn’t hurt them to give a little to a good cause. I don’t know what +sort of a fête Turner has in mind, but I should think we might get up +something that would do the business.” + +“Mr. Chairman,” said Kewpie, “I move that a committee of three be +appointed by the chair, to include Nid,—I mean Mr. Turner,—to consider +the—the matter of giving a fête to raise the money.” + +“Seconded!” + +“You have heard the motion,” droned Whipple. “All those in favor will so +signify by saying ‘Aye.’ Contrary, ‘No.’ Moved and carried. I will +appoint the presidents of the senior and upper middle classes and Mr. +Turner to the committee, three in all. Is it the sense of this meeting +that your committee is to report to it at a subsequent meeting, or is it +to have authority to proceed with the matter if it decides that the +scheme is a good one?” + +“Full authority, Mr. Chairman!” “Let ’em go ahead with it!” “Sure! +That’s what we want. Let’s have action!” + +“Is there any other business? Then I declare the meeting adjourned!” + +Whipple captured Ned on the way out. “We’d better get together right +away on this, Turner,” he said. “Can you meet Cooper and me at my room +to-morrow at twelve?” + +Ned agreed, and he and Laurie and Lee went on. “What I’d like to know,” +remarked Laurie, after a moment’s silence, “is how you’re going to have +a fête in a place like this. The weather’s too cold for it.” + +“Maybe it will be warmer,” answered Ned, cheerfully. “Besides, we don’t +have to have it outdoors.” + +“It wouldn’t be a fête if you didn’t,” sniffed the other. + +“Well, what’s the difference? Call it anything you like. The big thing +is to get the money.” + +“You had your cheek with you to talk the way you did,” chuckled Laurie. + +“He talked sense, though,” asserted Lee, warmly. + +“Of course. The Turners always do.” Laurie steered Ned toward the +entrance of East Hall. “Well, good night, Lee. See you at the fête!” + +Upstairs, Ned tossed his cap to the bed, plumped himself into a chair at +the table, and drew paper and pencil to him. “Now,” he said, “let’s +figure this out. I’ve got to talk turkey to those fellows to-morrow. +What’s your idea, partner?” + +“Hey, where do you get that stuff?” demanded Laurie. “Why drag me into +it? It’s not my fête. I don’t own it.” + +“Shut up and sit down there before I punch your head. You’ve got to help +with this. The honor of the Turners is at stake!” + +So Laurie subsided and for more than an hour he and Ned racked their +brains and gradually the plan took shape. + + + + +CHAPTER XII—THE COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS + + +“It’s like this,” explained Ned. He and Laurie and Polly and Mae Ferrand +were in the little garden behind the shop. The girls were on the bench +and the boys were seated on the turf before the arbor, their knees +encircled with their arms. A few yards away Antoinette eyed them gravely +and twitched her nose. On the porch step, Towser, the big black cat, +blinked benignly, sometimes shifting his gaze to the branches of the +maple in the next yard, where an impudent black-and-white woodpecker was +seeking a late luncheon. + +“There are two sub-committees,” continued Ned, earnestly. “Whipple and +Cooper are the Committee on Finance and Publicity, and Laurie and I are +the Committee on Arrangements. I told them I had to have help and so +they took Laurie in.” + +“No thanks to you,” grumbled Laurie, who was, however, secretly much +pleased. + +“It’s going to be next Saturday afternoon and evening, and this is +Tuesday, and so there isn’t much time. We were afraid to make it any +later because the weather might get too cold. Besides, the team needs +the money right off. I looked in an almanac and it said that next +Saturday would be fair and warm, so that’s all right.” + +“But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” asked Polly. “I +know ours does. When we had our high-school picnic, the almanac said +‘showers’ and it was a perfectly gorgeous day. I carried my mackintosh +around all day and it was a perfect nuisance. Don’t you remember, Mae?” + +“Well, you’ve got to believe in something,” declared Ned. “Anyway, we’re +going to have it at Bob Starling’s, and if it’s too cold outdoors, we’ll +move inside.” + +“You mean at Uncle Peter’s?” exclaimed Polly. + +“Yes. We thought of having it at school first, but Mr. Hillman didn’t +like it much; and besides, the fellows would be inside without having to +pay to get there! You see, it’s going to cost every one a quarter just +to get in.” + +“And how much to get out?” asked Mae, innocently. + +Ned grinned. “As much as we can get away from them. There’ll be twelve +booths to sell things in—” + +“What sort of things?” Polly inquired. + +“All sorts. Eats and drinks and everything. We’re getting the +storekeepers to donate things. So far they’ve just given us things that +they haven’t been able to sell, a pile of junk; but we’re going to stop +that. Biddle, the hardware man, gave us a dozen cheap pocket-knives, but +he’s got to come across again. We’ve been to only eight of them so far, +but we haven’t done so worse. Guess we’ve got enough truck for one booth +already. And then there’ll be one of them for a rummage sale. We’re +going to get each of the fellows to give us something for that, and I’ll +bet we’ll have a fine lot of truck. Each booth will represent a college +and be decorated in the proper colors: Yale, Harvard, Princeton, and so +on. And—and now it’s your turn, Laurie.” + +“Yes, I notice that I always have to do the dirty work,” said the other. +He hugged his knees tighter, rolled over on his back for inspiration, +and, when he again faced his audience on the bench, smiled his nicest. +“Here’s where you girls come in,” he announced. “We want you two to take +two of the booths and get a girl for each of the others. Want to?” + +“Oh, it would be darling!” cried Polly. + +“I’d love to!” said Mae. + +“Only—” + +“Only—” + +“Only what!” asked Ned, as the girls viewed each other doubtfully. + +“I’m not sure Mother would let me,” sighed Polly. “Do you think she +would, Mae?” + +“I don’t believe so. And I don’t believe Mama would let me. She—she’s +awfully particular that way.” + +“Gee!” said Ned, in disappointed tones, “I don’t see why not! It isn’t +as if—” + +“Of course it isn’t,” agreed Laurie. “Besides, your mothers would be +there too!” + +“Would they?” asked Mae, uncertainly. + +“Of course! Every one’s coming! What harm would there be in it? You can +do things for—for charity that you can’t do any other time! All you’d +have to do would be to just stand behind the booth and sell things. It +won’t be hard. Everything will have the price marked on it and—” + +“You won’t need to go by the prices always, though,” interpolated Ned. +“I mean, if you can get more than the thing is marked, you’d better do +it! And then there’s the—the costumes, Laurie.” + +“Oh, yes, I forgot. We’d like each girl to sort of wear something that +would sort of match the college she represented—sort of,” he explained +apologetically. “If you had the Yale booth, you could wear a dark-blue +waist, and so on. Do you think that would be possible?” + +Polly giggled. “We might ask Stella Hatch to take the Harvard booth, +Mae. With her hair, she wouldn’t have to dress much!” + +“And you and Polly could take your first pick,” observed Laurie, +craftily. “You’d look swell as—as Dartmouth, Mae!” + +“In _green_! My gracious, Ned! No, thank you! But Polly ought to be +Yale. She looks lovely in blue. I think I’d like to be Cornell. My +brother Harry’s in Cornell.” + +“All right,” agreed Ned. “I wish you’d ask your mothers soon, will you? +Do try, because we’ve just got to get girls for the booths. You’d have +lots of fun, too. The Banjo and Mandolin Club is going to play for +dancing for an hour at five and nine, and there’ll be an entertainment, +too.” + +“What sort?” asked Polly. + +“We don’t know yet. Some of the gymnastic team will do stunts, I think, +for one thing, and there’ll be singing and maybe Laurie will do some +rope-swinging—” + +“I told you a dozen times I wouldn’t! Besides, I haven’t any rope.” + +“We can find one, probably,” replied his brother, untroubled. “We +haven’t settled about the entertainment yet. And there are two or three +other things we haven’t got to. Starling’s going to have his garden all +fixed up, and he’s going to cover the old arbor with branches and hang +Chinese lanterns in it and have little tables and chairs there for folks +to sit down and eat ice-cream and cake. + +“And that reminds me, Polly. Do you suppose that Miss Comfort would make +some cakes for us?” + +“Why, yes, Nid, but—but you’d have to _buy_ them. I don’t think you +ought to expect her to _donate_ them.” + +“We meant to buy them, of course, Polly. And we wondered if your mother +would make some of those dandy cream-puffs.” + +“I’m sure she will. How many would you want?” + +“I don’t know. You see, there’s no way of telling how many will come. +There are three thousand people in Orstead, but that doesn’t mean much, +does it? The ‘Messenger’ editor’s agreed to put in an advertisement for +us for nothing, and there’ll be notices all around town in the windows: +we got the man who prints the school monthly to do them for just the +cost of the paper. So folks ought to come, shouldn’t you think?” + +“Oh, I’m sure they will!” agreed Polly, and Mae echoed her. “But it’ll +be dreadfully hard to know how much cake and ice-cream and refreshments +to order, won’t it?” + +“Fierce,” agreed Ned. “I suppose the best way will be to reckon on, say, +three hundred and order that much stuff. Only, how do you tell how much +three hundred will eat?” + +“Why, you can’t! Besides, Nid, three hundred people would only bring in +seventy-five dollars!” + +“In admissions, yes; but we’ve got to make them buy things when we get +them in there. If every one spent a dollar inside—” + +“But lots of them won’t. Do you think they will, Mae?” + +Mae shook her head. “No, I don’t. Lots and lots will just come out of +curiosity and won’t spend a cent. I know, boys, because that’s the way +they act at the fairs here.” + +Ned kicked at the turf gloomily. “Gee, that’s fierce!” he muttered. + +“Well, we’d ought to get more than three hundred folks,” said Laurie. +“Remember, it’s to be afternoon and evening too. I’ll bet there’ll be +nearer six hundred than three.” + +Ned brightened. “That’s so. And six hundred, even if they only averaged +fifty cents apiece, would be three hundred dollars. And I guess if we +can make three hundred, we can dig up the other fifty! Well, we’ve got +to get busy, Laurie. I got them to give me a cut from practice this +afternoon and I’ll have to make the most of my time,” he explained to +the girls. + +“Oh! And did they let you off, too, Nod?” asked Polly. + +“No, we’re through with baseball,” Laurie answered. “No more till +spring. I’m just fairly broken-hearted!” + +“When will you know about helping us, Polly?” Ned asked. + +[Illustration: “But don’t you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?” +asked Polly] + +“I’ll ask Mother right away; and you’ll ask, too, won’t you, Mae? Can +you stop in this evening? I do hope it’ll be all right!” + +“So do we!” said Ned and Laurie, in a breath. “Rather!” + +And the Committee on Arrangements hurried away. + +That night the committee met again in Dan Whipple’s room in West Hall +and satisfactory progress was reported all along the line. Ned read a +list of donations from the town merchants, and announced that twelve +young ladies from the high school would be on hand, appropriately +attired, to take charge of the booths. Lew Cooper showed proofs of the +poster that was to be displayed in windows and tacked on posts and +fences, and of the four-inch, double-column advertisement to appear in +the “Messenger.” Dan reported that Mr. Wells, the physical director, had +promised to see that the best six members of the gymnastic team should +exhibit afternoon and evening. + +“That means, though,” he said, “that we’ll have to have some kind of a +platform. Better make a note of that, Lew.” + +“Platforms cost money,” answered Lew, dubiously. “Maybe we can +borrow—I’ll tell you what! There’s one stored over in the field-house, +one they use to set the dressing-tent on. It’s in two +pieces,—sections,—but I guess it’s big enough. We’ll see if we can’t +get the use of it.” + +“Good! Better ask Mr. Wells, Say, Hal, did you see Norris?” + +Hal Pringle was Dan’s room-mate, and, while he was usually present at +the meetings, he was careful to keep himself in the background unless +called on for advice. Now he looked up from his book and nodded. “Yes, +it ’a all right. They’ll play for an hour in the afternoon and an hour +at night. I had to promise them eats, though.” + +“Of course. Much obliged. Speaking of eats, fellows, what’s been done +about the refreshments?” + +“Nothing yet,” answered Ned. “I wanted to talk that over. How many +sandwiches and how much salad will we want? And how many gallons of +ice-cream and—” + +“Whoa!” begged Dan. “Blessed if I know! How the dickens are we going to +know how much food will be needed? What’s the rule about it? Or isn’t +there any?” + +“Depends on how many will attend the show,” said Lew. “Find that out—” + +“How’re we going to find it out, you chump? How many do you suppose we +can count on, Ned?” + +“Maybe six hundred,” was the answer. “But if it should rain—” + +“There you are! If it rained, we mightn’t get two hundred! I’ll say +that’s a problem. We’d be in a fine fix if we found ourselves with two +or three freezers of ice-cream on our hands and a lot of other truck. +Look here, Tabby might know. Suppose you ask her, Ned. We’ve got to have +enough and not too much.” + +“It’ll be all right about the ice-cream,” said Laurie. “The man said we +could return what we didn’t open if we got it back that night so he +could pack it over. But the other things—” + +“You talk to Tabby in the morning,” repeated Dan. “She’ll know if any +one does. Now what else? What about the entertainment part of it, Mr. +Chairman of the Committee on Arrangements? What have you got in mind +besides the gymnastics?” + +“We thought we might find some one who could sing or dance. But we don’t +know many of the fellows.” + +“Bully! There’s Cheesman, Lew. He’s a corker. And Kewpie isn’t so bad. +He sings a funny song mighty well.” + +“He couldn’t sing it in the afternoon, though, Dan: he’d be at the +field.” + +“That’s so! still, the game ought to be finished by four. We wouldn’t +have the entertainment part until late, would we?” + +“About four, I thought,” said Ned, “but Kewpie could come last. I’ll put +him down, anyway.” + +“Anything else besides songs?” asked Dan. + +“Yes, only-” Ned dropped his voice and glanced at Pringle—“only it’s +got to be kept a secret to make good.” + +“Oh, Hal’s all right. He’s a sort of ex-officio member of the committee. +Shoot, Ned!” + + + + +CHAPTER XIII—NED GETS INTO THE GAME + + +Four hectic days followed. To Laurie, since Ned was held for two hours +each afternoon at the football field, fell most of the duties of the +Committee on Arrangements, and he was a very busy youth. He badgered +shopkeepers into parting with goods to be sold at the booths, helped Bob +Starling trim up the old arbor in the garden of the Coventry place, made +frequent trips to the Or stead caterer’s, engaged eight cakes from Miss +Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from the Widow Deane, spent two +hours Wednesday helping Lew and Hal Pringle distribute posters +throughout the village, and attended to a hundred other matters +between-times. Of course, Ned aided when he could, and was helpful with +advice and unfailing in suggestions; but recitations and football +practice didn’t leave him much time, even though he conscientiously +arose a full hour earlier every morning that week, and skimped studying +so much that he got in trouble with three instructors in one day! + +Miss Tabitha had proved as helpful as Dan Whipple had predicted. She had +shaken her head at the idea of entertaining six hundred at the fête. +“You mustn’t count on more than half that many,” she said. “I dare say +all the boys will go, and they’ll make ninety. Then, if you get two +hundred of the townsfolk, you’ll be doing very nicely. Don’t decide how +much salad or how many sandwiches you want until Saturday morning. So +much will depend on the weather. Even if you hold the affair indoors, +lots of folks won’t come if it rains. You say you’ve ordered eight cakes +from Martha Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from Mrs. Deane?” + +“Yes’m,” said Ned. “We wanted Mrs. Deane to make more, but she didn’t +think she could.” + +“Well, that’s a hundred and fourty-four cream-puffs, and—let me +see—one of Miss Comfort’s cakes will cut into sixteen pieces, and eight +times sixteen—” + +“A hundred and twenty-eight, ma’am.” + +“Well, and a hundred and twenty-eight and a hundred and forty-four—” + +“Two hundred and seventy-two.” + +“You’re real quick at figures, aren’t you? Seems as if, though, counting +on three hundred, you’d be a little short. I’ll have Aunt Persis make +one of her marble-cakes. That’ll help out, I guess.” + +“Yes’m; thanks awfully,” answered Ned. + +“Who is going to serve the refreshments?” + +“Why—why—” Ned’s face fell. “I guess we hadn’t thought of that!” + +“Well, it makes a heap of difference, because you can make a quart of +ice-cream serve ten people or twenty, just as you’ve a mind to. I +usually count on sixteen. Same way with a loaf of cake, and same way +with salad. It’s awfully easy to waste salad when you’re serving it. +Now, if you’d like me to, Ned, I’ll attend to serving everything for +you. You just have the things set down there and I’ll look after them.” + +“Oh, Miss Hillman, if you would! Gee, that would be great! It—it’ll be +a lot of trouble, though, ma’am.” + +“Well, I guess it won’t be the first trouble I’ve seen,” replied Miss +Tabitha, dryly; “nor it won’t be the last!” + +Thursday afternoon Laurie hurried over to the Coventry place as soon as +a two-o’clock recitation was done. Bob was awaiting him at the gate, and +conducted him around to the back of the big square house. Ned stared in +surprise. The tangle of trees and vines and shrubbery had been trimmed +to orderly neatness, the long, unkempt grass had been shorn to a yellow, +but respectable, turf, and the old arbor showed new strips where Thomas, +the Starlings’ man, had been at work on the decrepit frame. Near at hand +lay piles of cedar and hemlock branches. + +“Dad got a couple of the men to cut those down near the tunnel and haul +them up here.” Bob explained. “Thomas is going to help us put them up. +He made a peachy job of the garden, didn’t he?” + +“You bet!” responded Laurie, heartily. “I wouldn’t have known the place! +I say, Bob, this arbor’s longer than I thought it was.” + +“Forty feet, about. Why?” + +“I only ordered six tables and a dozen chairs from the caterer,” +answered Laurie, dubiously. “Guess they aren’t enough; but he’s charging +twenty-five cents apiece for them—” + +“Twenty-five cents for a table? Isn’t that dirt-cheap?” + +“We’re only renting them, you idiot!” + +“Oh, I see. Well, six is enough, I guess; you don’t want to crowd them. +Now let’s get busy with the green stuff. I’ll yell down cellar for +Thomas. There’s a ball of twine, and I’ve got two hammers and a lot of +tacks on the side porch. You take your coat off and I’ll—” + +“We’ll have to have a step-ladder, Bob!” + +“There’s a short ladder right beside you. Be right back.” + +Laurie sat down on a wheelbarrow, after removing his coat and folding +back the sleeves of his shirt, and looked around him. The garden was +fairly large—larger in appearance since the clutter of shrubbery along +the sides had been cleared away. Along the School Park edge ran a tall +hedge of lilac bushes. At the back was the high board fence, painted +dark brown, that separated the garden from the Widow Deane’s humble +property. On the other side was a rusty ornamental iron fence, mostly +hidden by vines. Broad walks, in spite of Thomas’s efforts rather +overrun with weeds, surrounded the central plot of ancient turf, and +another ran straight down the middle of the garden, connecting with the +arbor. Wires were to be strung from the trees and across to the arbor, +and Chinese lanterns hung thereon. Laurie, half closing his eyes, sought +to visualize the place as it would appear on Saturday. He did want the +affair to be a success, both financial and artistic, both on account of +the school and—well, for the honor of the Turners! While he was musing, +two things happened simultaneously: Bob and Thomas appeared from the +house, and a familiar voice came to him from the opposite direction. + +“Nod!” called the voice. “Nod, will you please come here a moment?” + +Laurie’s eyes sought the board fence. Over the top of it appeared the +head and shoulders of Polly. He left the wheelbarrow and hurried through +the arbor and down the walk beyond. Polly’s face indicated distress, +whether mental or physical Laurie couldn’t determine. But Polly’s first +words explained. + +“I can’t stay here l-long,” she said. “I—I’m just hanging by my elbows. +I cl-climbed up on a board, and it’s fallen down!” + +“I’ll get you a ladder!” cried Laurie, gallantly. + +“N-no, never mind. I’m going to drop in a s-second. I just want to ask +you what Brown’s color is. Nettie Blanchard is going to be Brown and—” + +“Why, brown, of course!” + +“Oh!” There was the sound of desperate scraping against the farther side +of the fence, and Polly’s countenance became fairly convulsed with the +effort of holding herself in sight. “Oh! She said it was pur-pur—” + +Polly disappeared. There was a thud from the next yard. + +“Purple!” The word floated across to him, muffled but triumphant. + +“Are you hurt, Polly?” he called anxiously. + +“Not a bit,” was the rueful response, “but I’m afraid the day-lilies +are!” Then she laughed merrily. “Thanks, Nod! I didn’t think Nettie was +right. She loves purple, you see!” + +“Does she? Well, say, maybe she can be Williams. We weren’t going to +have Williams, but its color is purple, I think, and if she is going to +be disappointed—” + +“She will look very well indeed in brown,” came from the other side in +judicial tones; “and if we begin making changes, half the girls will +want to be something they aren’t. Why, Pearl Fayles begged to be some +girls’ college neither Mae nor I had ever heard of, just so she could +wear lavender and pale lemon!” + +“Well, all right,” laughed Laurie. “She’d better stick to Brown—and +brown! Good-by, Polly. I’ll drop in after a while and find out how +things are getting on.” + +He turned to find Bob viewing him quizzically from the end of the arbor, +swinging a hammer in each hand. “Of course it’s all right, I dare say,” +he announced, “but I _thought_ you came here to fix up the arbor. +Instead of that I find you talking to girls over the fence!” + +“There’s only one girl,” replied Laurie, with dignity, “and we were +talking business.” + +“Oh, of course! Sorry I interrupted.” + +“You needn’t be, and you didn’t. Quit grinning like a simpleton and give +me a hammer!” + +“Right-o! Come on, Thomas! It’s quite all right now!” + +An hour later their task was done, and well done, and they viewed it +with approval. To be honest, the major part of the work had been +performed by the faithful Thomas, although it is not to be denied that +both Laurie and Bob toiled conscientiously. Before they were through +approving the result from various angles, Bob’s father joined them. Mr. +Starling was an older edition of Bob—a tall, straight, lean-visaged man +of forty-two or -three, with the complexion of one who had lived an +outdoor life. He had a deep, pleasant voice and a quiet manner not fully +in accord with a pair of keen eyes and a firm mouth. + +“I’d call that a good piece of work, boys,” he said, as he joined them. +“And right up to specifications, too. Those paper lanterns come yet, +Bob?” + +“No, sir; I haven’t seen them.” + +“Lanterns, Mr. Starling?” asked Laurie. “Do you mean Chinese lanterns? +We’ve ordered a lot from the caterer, sir.” + +“Tell him you won’t need them, then. I’ve got a hundred coming up from +the city, Turner. They ought to be here, too. Thomas, call up the +express company and ask about them.” + +“That’s very kind, sir,” said Laurie, “but you needn’t have done it. +You—you’re doing _everything_!” + +“Nonsense! Bob and I want to do our part, of course. Well, this +wilderness certainly looks different, doesn’t it? That reminds me, Bob; +the agent writes me that we may ‘make such improvements to the property +as we desire.’ So, as I consider the absence of that arbor an +improvement, I guess you can pull it down any time you like. I’m going +to have a cup of tea, Turner. Will you join me? I believe there will be +cakes, too.” + +Laurie found Ned in rather a low frame of mind when he got back to +Number 16 a half-hour before supper-time. Ned was hunched over a Latin +book and each hand held a firm grip on his hair. At Laurie’s arrival he +merely grunted. + +“Where does it pain you most?” asked Laurie, solicitously, subsiding +into a chair with a weary sigh. Ned’s mood was far from flippant. He +rewarded the other with a scowl, and bent his gaze on the book again. +“Want to hear the latest news from the front?” persisted Laurie. + +“No, I don’t!” his brother growled. “I’ve had all the news I can stand. +Smug says that if I don’t get this rotten stuff by nine to-night, and +make a perfect showing to-morrow, he will can me!” + +“Mr. Cornish said that?” gasped Laurie. “What do you know about that? +Why, I thought he was a gentleman!” + +“He’s a—a brute! I can’t learn the old stuff! And I have a hunch that +Mulford means to give me a try in the Loring game Saturday. And if I +don’t get this, Cornish will fix it so I can’t play. He as good as said +so.” + +“Didn’t you tell him you’d been busy with the fête and everything?” + +“Of course I did. Much he cared! Just made a rotten pun. Said I’d better +keep my own fate in mind. Puns are fearfully low and vulgar!” + +“Aren’t they? How much of that have you got?” + +“Six pages. I—I’ve sort of neglected it the last two days. Some fellows +can fake through, but I don’t have any luck. He’s always picking on me.” + +Laurie whistled expressively. “Six pages! Well, never say die, partner. +We’ll get down to supper early, and that’ll give us two hours before +nine.” + +“Us?” questioned Ned, hopefully. + +“Sure. I’ll give you a hand. As the well-known proverb so wisely +remarks, two heads are the shortest way home.” + +Ned grinned, and stopped tormenting his hair. “Honest? That’s mighty +decent, Laurie. I’ll do as much for you some day.” + +“Hope you won’t have to. Wash your dirty face and let’s beat it!” + +At half-past nine a more cheerful and much relieved Ned returned from +the hall master’s study. “All right,” he announced to an anxious Laurie. +“He was rather decent, too. Said he guessed that, in view of the +manifold affairs engaging my attention just now,—you know the crazy way +he talks,—he wouldn’t demand too much from me. Reckon he means to let +me down easy to-morrow, eh?” + +“Maybe, partner, and maybe not. Take my advice and, in the words of the +Scouts, be prepared!” + +Friday was a hectic day for Laurie and all others concerned with the +fête. Difficulties that had remained in ambush all the week sprang out +and confronted them at the last moment. Half a dozen things had been +forgotten, and every member of the committee sought to exonerate +himself. Tempers were short and the meeting in Dan Whipple’s room at +nine o’clock was far from harmonious. All went to bed that night firmly +convinced that the affair was doomed to be a flat failure. And, to add +to that conviction, the night sky was overcast and an unsympathetic +easterly wind was blowing. Ned, conscious of having imposed too many +duties on Laurie, was grouchy and silent; and Laurie, convinced that he +had been made a “goat” of, and that Ned was secretly blaming him for +mistakes and omissions that were no fault of his, retired in high +dudgeon. + +And yet, the morning dawned fair and warm, with an almost cloudless blue +sky over the world, and life looked very different indeed. Ned arose +whistling, and Laurie somehow knew that everything would be all right. +Fortunately, they had but two recitations on Saturday, and in +consequence there remained to them three whole hours before dinner to +devote to the affairs of the entertainment. They were busy hours, you +may be sure. If Ned hurried downtown once, he hurried there half a dozen +times; while Laurie, seated beside the driver of a rickety +express-wagon, rounded up all kinds of things, from the platform at the +field-house to the cakes at Miss Comfort’s. Dinner brought a respite; +but as soon as it was over, Laurie was back on the job, while Ned joined +the football-players. + +Of course, what the Hillman’s School football team should have done that +afternoon was to score a decisive victory over the visiting eleven. What +it did do was to get thoroughly worsted. Loring was something of a +surprise, with a heavier line and a faster bunch of backs than Hillman’s +had expected. And Loring knew a lot of football, and proved the fact +early in the game. At half-past two, by which time the second period was +half over, the result was a foregone conclusion. Loring had scored two +touch-downs and as many goals therefrom, and the Blue had never once +threatened the adversary’s last white line. Gains through the opponent +were infrequent and short, even Pope, who could generally be depended on +to tear off a few yards when the worst came to the worst, failing +dismally. + +In mid-field, Mason and Slavin made some stirring advances around the +Loring wings, and there were several successful forward passes to the +home team’s credit; but, once past Loring’s thirty-yard line, Hillman’s +seemed powerless. The third quarter went scoreless, and in the fourth, +realizing doubtless that defeat was certain, Coach Mulford used his +substitutes lavishly. Ned made his first appearance on the big team in +that period, taking Mason’s place for some eight of the fifteen minutes. +He did neither better nor worse than the other second- and third-string +fellows, perhaps—although, when Pope was taken out and Deering +substituted at full-back, he did his share of the punting and performed +very creditably. But that fourth period gave Loring an opportunity to +add to her score, and she seized it. Even with several substitutes in +her own line-up, she was still far better than Hillman’s, and a goal +from the field and, in the last few moments of the game, a third +touch-down, resulted. + +The Blue fought desperately and gamely with her back to the wall, in an +effort to stave off that last score; but eventually Holmes, who had +taken Kewpie’s place at center, weakened, and the Loring back piled +through. The final score was 23 to 0, and what two hours before had been +looked on as a victory or, at the worst, a tie, had become a cataclysm! +Humiliated, if not disgraced, the home-team players trailed to the +field-house with hanging heads, averting their eyes from the sight of +Loring’s triumphal march around the gridiron. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV—THE FETE + + +Behold Fairyland! + +Well, at least an excellent imitation of what Fairyland must look like. +Overhead, a clear, star-sprinkled sky; below, scores of gaily-hued +lanterns shedding their soft glow over a charming scene. Through the +side gate, please, on School Park. Twenty-five cents to the boy on duty +there, and you are inside, with the manifold attractions awaiting you. +On three sides of the transformed garden are the college booths, each +decked with bunting and flags of appropriate colors, and each presided +over by a patriotically attired young lady who will gladly, nay, +eagerly, sell you almost anything from a cake of soap (“Donated by the +Town Square Pharmacy, H. J. Congreve, Prop’r.”) to a knitted sweater or +a gingham house-dress (“Compliments of The New York Store, High Class +Dry Goods”). Near at hand, Yale is represented by Miss Polly Deane, +capped and aproned in blue, her eyes sparkling and her voice sweetly +insistent: “Won’t you buy something, please, sir? Post-cards, two for +five! These pictures are only fifty cents, all beautifully framed and +ready for hanging! Can I sell you something, ma’am?” + +Beyond, gay with orange and black, is the Princeton booth; and still +beyond, Dartmouth and Columbia and California; and then, a blur of +brilliant crimson through the leafage, Harvard. And so on all around the +garden, with merry voices sounding above the chatter of the throng that +moves here and there. Down the center of Fairyland runs a leafy tunnel +from within which blue and red and yellow and green rays twinkle. There, +under the hanging lanterns, little tables and chairs are dotted on the +gravel, and half a dozen aproned youths are busy bearing, not always +without mishap, plates of salad and rolls and dishes of ice-cream and +cake. Close to the back of the house is a platform illumined by a row of +electric lights, the one glaring spot in the area of soft radiance. + +“How’s it going?” asked a heavily-built youth of a slimmer one who had +paused at the entrance to the arbor. + +“Hello, Kewpie! Oh, bully, so far. We took in eighty-four dollars this +afternoon, and we’ll do at least twice as well to-night. They’re still +coming. Have you seen Whipple anywhere?” + +“Yes, a minute ago, down at the Pennsylvania booth. She’s a mighty +pretty girl, too, Nod. I bought a pocket-knife of her for a quarter, and +got stung; but I don’t mind. I’m going back to get another pretty soon. +When do I have to sing again?” + +“You follow Wilson’s clog-dance. We’re switching you and Cheesman, +Kewpie. His stuff is corking, but it’s pretty high-brow, and we thought +you’d better bring up the end and make the audience feel cheerful.” + +“All right; but it won’t feel very cheerful if those orchestra guys +don’t do better than they did this afternoon. They were four or five +notes behind me once! Nid said you had a new stunt this +evening—something you left out this afternoon.” + +“Yes; we couldn’t work it in daylight very well. It ought to go fine +to-night, though.” + +“What is it?” + +“You wait and see. I’ve got to find Whipple. Say, if you see Ned, tell +him I’ll be at the platform in five minutes and want him to meet me +there. Everybody keeps getting lost here!” + +On the way past the arbor, Laurie ran into George Watson, returning +across lots balancing a couple of plates in one hand and holding a large +slab of cake in the other, from which he nibbled as he went. “Hello!” he +said, none too distinctly. “I’ve been looking for you.” + +“Wanted to bring me refreshments, I suppose.” + +George looked at the empty plates, laughed, and shook his head. “Not +exactly. I’ve been feeding Cornell. Somebody ought to take eats to those +girls, Nod; they’re starving!” + +“All right; you do it.” + +“What do you think I am? A millionaire? I bought Mae a salad and an +ice-cream, and I’m about broke. Lend me a half, will you? Thanks. Want +an ice-cream? I’ll treat.” + +“No, thanks. Have you seen Dan Whipple?” + +“Sure! He’s over at the Pennsylvania booth, buying it out! Say, +everything’s going great, isn’t it? Couldn’t have had a finer evening, +either, what? Well, see you later. I’m hungry!” And George continued his +way to the house, where Miss Tabitha, surrounded by willing and hungry +helpers, presided sternly, but most capably, over the refreshments. + +At eight o’clock the boy on duty at the entrance estimated the +attendance as close to two hundred, which, added to the eighty-six paid +admissions before supper, brought the total close to the first estimate +of three hundred. It is safe to say that every Hillman’s boy attended +the fête either in the afternoon or evening, and that most of the +faculty came and brought Mrs. Faculty—when there was a Mrs. Faculty. +Doctor Hillman was spied by Laurie purchasing a particularly useless and +unlovely article in burnt wood from the auburn-haired Miss Hatch. Every +one seemed to be having a good time, and the only fly in the ointment of +the committee was the likelihood that the refreshments would be +exhausted far too soon. + +The Weather Man had kindly provided an evening of exceptional warmth, +with scarcely enough breeze to sway the paper lanterns that glowed from +end to end of the old garden, an evening so warm that ice-cream was more +in demand than sandwiches or salad; and fortunately so, since ice-cream +was the one article of refreshment that could be and was replenished. +If, said Ned, folks would stick to ice-cream and go light on the other +refreshments, they might get through. To which Laurie agreed, and Ned +hied him to the telephone and ordered another freezer sent up. + +At a few minutes after eight the Banjo and Mandolin Club took possession +of the chairs behind the platform and dashed into a military march. +Following that, six picked members of the Gymnastic Club did some very +clever work, and Cheesman, a tall and rather soulful-looking upper +middler, sang two ballads very well indeed, and then, as an encore, +quite took the joy out of life with “Suwanee River”! Little Miss +Comfort, present through the courtesy of the Committee on Arrangements, +sniffled quite audibly, but was heard to declare that “it was just too +sweet for anything!” A rather embarrassed junior attempted some card +tricks that didn’t go very well, and then Wilson, garbed more or less in +the character of an Irish gentleman returning from Donnybrook Fair, and +swinging a shillaly, did some jig-dancing that was really clever and won +much applause. + +There was a brief unofficial intermission while three anxious committee +members made search for Kewpie Proudtree. He was presently discovered +consuming his fourth plate of ice-cream in the seclusion of the side +porch, and was haled away, protesting, to the platform. In spite of what +may seem an over-indulgence in refreshment, Kewpie was in excellent +voice and a jovial mood, and sang four rollicking songs in a manner that +captured his audience. In fact, long after Kewpie had vanished from the +public gaze and returned to his ice-cream, the audience still demanded +more. + +Its attention was eventually captured, however, by Dan Whipple, who +announced importantly that it gave him much pleasure to say that, at a +great expense, the committee had secured as an added attraction the +world-famed Signor Duodelli, who, with their kind permission, would +exhibit for their pleasure and astoundment his miraculous act known as +the Vanishing Man, as performed before the crowned heads of Europe, to +the bewilderment and applause of all beholders. “Ladies and gentlemen, +Signor Duodelli!” + +The Signor had a noticeable likeness to Lew Cooper, in spite of his +gorgeous mustache and flowing robe of red and purple cheese-cloth. Yet +it might not have been Lew, for his manner was extremely foreign and his +gestures and the few words he used in directing the arranging of his +“properties” were unmistakably Latin. The properties consisted of a +kitchen chair, a threefold screen covered with black baize, and a coil +of rope. There was also in evidence a short wand, but the Signor held +that in his hand, waving it around most eloquently. The audience laughed +and applauded and waited patiently until the chair had been placed +exactly to the Signor’s liking, close to the back of the platform, and +the screen beside it. Previously several of the lights had been put out, +and those that remained threw their glare on the front of the stage, +leaving the back, while discernible, less in evidence. + +“Now,” announced the Signor, narrowly escaping from falling off the +platform as he tripped over his robe, “I aska da some one coma up and +giva da help. Any one I aska. You, Signor, maybe, eh?” The magician +pointed his wand at Mr. Cornish, in the front of the clustered audience; +but the gentleman laughingly declined. The Signor seemed disappointed. +“No-o-o? You no geta da hurt. Some one else, eh?” He looked invitingly +around, and a small junior, urged by his companions, struggled to the +front. Unfortunately for his ambitions to pose in the lime-light, the +Signor’s glance had moved to another quarter, and, ere the junior could +get his attention, a volunteer appeared from the semi-obscurity of the +kitchen porch. He was peculiarly attired, wearing a simple white garment +having a strong resemblance to the old-fashioned night-shirt, that +covered him completely from neck to ankles. He was bareheaded, revealing +the fact that his locks were red-brown in hue. + +“Ah!” exclaimed the Signor, delightedly. “You will helpa me, _si_? Right +thisa way, Signor. I thanka you!” + +“That’s one of the Turner fellows,” muttered a boy, while the small +junior and his companions called “Fake!” loudly. However, the +good-natured laughter of the audience drowned the accusation, and some +two hundred pairs of eyes watched amusedly and expectantly while, with +the assistance of two other volunteers, the youth in the white robe was +tied securely to the chair. + +“Maka him tight,” directed the Signor, enthusiastically, waving his +wand. “Pulla da knot. Ha, thata da way! Good! Signors, I thanka you!” + +The two who had tied the victim to the chair retired from the platform. +The Signor seized the screen and opened it wide and turned it around and +closed it and turned it again. + +“You seea?” he demanded. “There is nothing that deceive! Now, then, I +placea da screen so!” He folded it around the boy and the chair, leaving +only the side away from the audience uncovered. He drew away the width +of the platform, and, “Music, ifa you please,” he requested. The +orchestra, whose members had moved their chairs to one side, struck up a +merry tune, and the Signor, folding his arms, bent a rapt gaze on the +blank, impenetrable blackness of the screen. A brief moment passed. Then +the Signor bade the music cease, took a step forward, and pointed to the +screen. + +“Away!” he cried, and swung his arm in a half-circle, his body following +with a weird flaring of his brilliant robes until, with outstretched +finger, he faced the audience. “Ha! He come! Thisa way, Signor! Comea +quick!” + +As one man the audience turned and followed the pointing finger. Through +the deserted arbor came a boy in a white garment. He pushed his way +through the throng and jumped to the stage. As he did so, the Signor +whisked aside the screen. There was the chair empty, and there was the +rope dangling from it, twisted and knotted. + +A moment of surprised silence gave place to hearty applause. +Theoretically it might have been possible for the boy in the chair to +vanish from behind the screen, reach the farther end of the garden, and +run back into sight; but actually, as the audience realized on second +thought, it couldn’t possibly have been done in the few seconds, surely +not more than ten, that had elapsed between the placing of the screen +and the appearance of the boy behind them. And then, how had he got +himself free from the rope? An audience likes to be puzzled, and this +one surely was. The garden hummed with conjecture and discussion. There +were some there who could have explained the seeming phenomenon, but +they held their counsel. + +Meanwhile, on the platform the Signor was modestly bowing alternately to +the audience and to his subject, the latter apparently no worse for his +magic transposition. And the orchestra again broke into its interrupted +melody. The applause became insistent, but Signor Duodelli, perhaps +because his contract with the committee called for no further evidence +of his powers, only bowed and bowed and at last disappeared into the +obscurity of the shadows. Whereupon the Banjo and Mandolin Club moved +into the house, and presently the strains of a one-step summoned the +dancers to the big drawing-room. + +Laurie, unconsciously rubbing a wrist, smiled as he listened to the +comments of the dissolving audience. “Well, but there’s no getting +around the fact that it was the same boy,” declared a pompous little +gentleman to his companion. “Same hair and eyes and everything! Couldn’t +be two boys as much alike, eh? Not possibly! Very clever!” + +Laurie chuckled as he made his way to Polly’s booth. That young lady +looked a little tired, and, by the same token, so did the Yale booth! +Only a bare dozen framed pictures and a small number of post-cards +remained of her stock. “Don’t you think I’ve done awfully well?” asked +Polly, a trifle pathetically. She seemed to need praise, and Laurie +supplied it. + +“Corking, Polly,” he assured her. “I guess you’ve sold more than any of +the others, haven’t you?” + +“N-no, I guess some of the others have done better, Nod; but I think +they had more attractive articles, don’t you? Anyhow, I’ve taken in +twelve dollars and thirty cents since supper, and I made four dollars +and eighty-five cents this afternoon; only I must have dropped a dime +somewhere, for I’m ten cents short. Or perhaps someone didn’t give me +the right amount.” + +“Why, that’s seventeen dollars!” exclaimed Laurie. “I didn’t think you +had anywhere near seventeen dollars’ worth of things here, Polly!” + +“Oh, I didn’t! Not nearly! Why, if I’d sold things at the prices marked +on them, Nod, I wouldn’t have had more than half as much! But lots of +folks _wanted_ to pay more, and I let them. Mr. Conklin, the jeweler, +bought a picture, one of the funny landscapes with the frames that +didn’t fit at the corners, and he said it was ridiculous to sell it for +a quarter, and he gave me a dollar for it. Then he held the picture up +and just laughed and laughed at it! I guess he just wanted to spend his +money, don’t you? You know, Ned said we were to get as much as we could +for things, so I usually added ten cents to the price that was marked on +them—sometimes more, if a person looked extravagant. One lady came back +and said she’d paid twenty-five cents for a picture and it was marked +fifteen on the back. I said I was sorry she was dissatisfied and I’d be +very glad to buy it back from her for twenty.” + +Laurie laughed. “What did she say to that?” he asked. + +“She said if I wanted it bad enough to pay twenty cents for it she +guessed it was worth twenty-five, and went off and didn’t come back.” +Polly laughed and then sighed. “I’m awfully tired. Doesn’t that music +sound lovely? Do you dance?” + +Laurie shook his head. “No; but, say, if you want to go in there, I’ll +watch the booth for you.” + +Polly hesitated. “It’s funny you don’t,” she said. “Don’t you like it?” + +It was Laurie’s turn to hesitate. “No, not much. I never have danced. +It—it seems sort of silly.” He looked at Polly doubtfully. Although he +wouldn’t have acknowledged it, he was more than half sorry that dancing +was not included among his accomplishments. + +“It isn’t silly at all,” asserted Polly, almost indignantly. “You ought +to learn. Mae could teach you to one-step in no time at all!” + +“I guess that’s about the way I’d do it,” answered Laurie, sadly—“in no +time at all! Don’t you—couldn’t _you_ teach a fellow?” + +“I don’t believe so. I never tried to teach any one. Besides, Mae dances +lots better than I do. She put the things she had left on Grace +Boswell’s booth and went inside the minute the music started. She wanted +me to come, but I thought I shouldn’t,” added Polly, virtuously. + +“You go ahead now,” urged Laurie. “I’ll stay here till you come back. It +isn’t fair for you girls to miss the dancing. Besides, I guess there +won’t be much more sold now. Folks have begun to go, some of them, and +most of the others are inside.” + +Polly looked toward the house. Through the big wide-open windows the +lilting music of a waltz floated out. The Banjo and Mandolin Club was +really doing very well to-night. Polly sighed once and looked wistful. +Then she shook her head. “Thanks, Nod,” she said, “but I guess I’ll stay +here. Some one _might_ come.” + +“What do you care? You don’t own ’em! Anyway, I guess I could sell a +post-card if I had to!” + +“You’d have trouble selling any of those pictures,” laughed Polly. +“Aren’t they dreadful? Where did they come from?” + +“Pretty fierce,” Laurie agreed. “They came from the Metropolitan +Furniture Store. The man dug them out of a corner in the cellar. I guess +he’d had them for years! Anyway, there was enough dust on them to choke +you. He seemed awfully tickled when we agreed to take them and let him +alone!” + +“I should think he might have! We girls agreed to buy things from each +other, just to help, but the only things they bought from me were +post-cards!” Polly laughed as though at some thought; and Laurie, who +had elevated himself to an empty corner of the booth and was swinging +his feet against the blue draping in front, looked inquiringly. “I was +just thinking about the boys,” explained Polly. + +“What about them? What boys do you mean?” Laurie asked coldly. + +“The high school boys. They’re awfully peeved because we girls took part +in this, and not one of them has been here, I guess.” + +“Cheeky beggars,” grumbled Laurie. “Guess we can do without them, +though. Here comes Bob’s father.” + +Mr. Starling was bent on a most peculiar mission. Laurie and Polly +watched him stop at the next booth and engage in conversation. Then a +fat pocket-book was produced, a bill was tendered, and Mr. Starling +strolled on. At the Yale booth he stopped again. + +“Well, Turner,” he greeted, “this affair looks like a huge success, +doesn’t it? Why aren’t you young folks inside there, dancing?” + +“I don’t dance, sir,” answered Laurie, somewhat to his chagrin in a most +apologetic tone. “And Polly thinks she ought to stand by the ship. This +is Polly Deane, Mr. Starling.” + +Bob’s father shook hands cordially across the depleted counter and +assured its proprietor that he was very glad indeed to make her +acquaintance. Then he added: “But you don’t seem to have much left, Miss +Polly. Now, I’m a great hand at a bargain. I dare say that if you made +me a fair price for what there is here I’d jump at it. What do you say?” + +Polly apparently didn’t know just what to say for a minute, and her gaze +sought counsel of Laurie. + +“If you ask me,” laughed the latter, “I’d say fifty cents was a big +price for the lot!” + +“You’re not in charge,” said Mr. Starling, almost severely. “I’m sure +the young lady has better business ability. Suppose you name a price, +Miss Polly.” + +“We-ell—” Polly did some mental arithmetic, and then, doubtfully: “A +dollar and a half, sir,” she said. + +“Done!” replied Mr. Starling. He drew forth a two-dollar bill. “There +you are! Just leave the things where they are. I’ll look after them +later. Now you youngsters go in and dance. What’s this? Change? My dear +young lady, don’t you know that change is never given at an affair of +this kind? I really couldn’t think of taking it. It—it’s a criminal +offense!” And Mr. Starling nodded and walked away. + +“By Jove, he’s a brick!” exclaimed Laurie, warmly. “Look, he’s doing the +same thing everywhere!” + +“I know,” answered Polly, watching. “It’s just dear of him, isn’t it? +But, Nod, _what_ do you suppose he will do with these awful pictures?” + +“The same thing he will do with that truck he’s buying now,” was the +laughing reply. “He will probably put them in the furnace!” + +“Well,” said Polly, after a moment, “I suppose we might as well go +inside, don’t you? We can look on, anyway, and”—with a stifled +sigh—“I’d ’most as lief look on as dance.” + +Laurie followed, for the second time in his life wishing that the +Terpsichorean art had been included in his education! + + + + +CHAPTER XV—NED HAS AN IDEA + + +“Three hundred and thirty-three dollars and eighty-five cents,” said +Ned, in very satisfied tones. “We took in three hundred and sixty-three +five, but we had twenty-nine twenty to come out for expenses. Not so +bad, what?” + +“But something tells me,” answered Laurie, mournfully, “that if all our +expenses were deducted we’d have less than that. You see,” he explained +to Polly, “I lost the piece of paper that I set down the money I paid +out on, and I just had to guess what it all came to, because I’d never +had time to add it up.” + +“I dare say you guessed enough,” replied Ned, untroubled. + +“I dare say I didn’t, then!” was the indignant response. “If I did, +where’s all the money I had when I started? I’ve got a dollar and ninety +cents left, and I had over four dollars when you roped me in on the +thing! I’m more than two dollars shy, I tell you!” + +“Oh, well, it’s gone for a worthy cause,” laughed Ned. + +“Maybe,” Laurie grumbled, “but I notice that none of yours has gone that +way. You always made me pay for everything!” + +“Well, I think you did it beautifully,” said Polly. “I never suspected +you’d make so much!” + +They were in the little garden behind the shop. It was the second day +after the fête, and the bell in the Congregational church tower had just +struck two. There was a perceptible nip in the air to-day, and the +flowers in the border showed blackened leaves, while the nasturtiums +were frankly limp and lifeless. But here in the sunshine it was warm +enough, and Laurie, spurning the bench, was seated tailor fashion on the +yellowing turf. Polly had stated her absolute certitude that he would +catch cold, but Laurie derided the idea. + +“We’re awfully much obliged to you girls,” said Ned. “We wouldn’t have +done nearly so well if you hadn’t helped. I think the committee ought to +give you a—a vote of thanks or something.” + +“Oh, we all loved it!” Polly assured him earnestly. “We had heaps of +fun. Why, I wouldn’t have missed that disappearing trick for anything. I +was positively thrilled when Laurie came running up the garden!” + +The boys’ laughter interrupted, and Polly looked puzzled. + +“That wasn’t Laurie,” explained Ned. “That was me.” + +“But I was sure you were the one in the chair! And if you were in the +chair, how could you—” + +“I wasn’t, though. That was Laurie.” + +Polly sighed despairingly. “I’ll never get so I can tell you apart,” she +said; “unless I hear you talk, that is! I don’t see yet how it was done. +Won’t you please tell me?” + +“It was as easy as easy,” replied Ned. “You see, the way I planned it +first—” + +“The way _who_ planned it?” inquired Laurie. + +“Well, the way _we_ planned it, then.” + +“Hold on! Whose idea was it in the first place, partner?” + +“Oh, don’t be so fussy! Anyway, you couldn’t have done it without me!” + +“I never said I could. But you’ve got a lot of cheek to talk about the +way _you—_” + +Polly clapped her hands to her ears. “I’m not being told how it was +done, and I do want to know. Go on, Ned.” + +“Well, it was done like this. You see, Laurie was tied to the chair, and +I was hiding out at the other end of the garden. Then Lew Cooper put the +screen around the chair.” Polly nodded. “Then I started toward the +platform, and every one turned to look at me.” Polly nodded again. +“Well, right behind the platform was the bulkhead door into the cellar. +When Cooper shouted to me to come on, two fellows who were on the stairs +waiting pushed the door open, grabbed Laurie, chair and all, and whisked +him down cellar. Then they put another chair, just like the first one, +behind the screen, and when Cooper pulled the screen away, there it was, +just as if Laurie had somehow untied himself and—and vanished! Of +course, if any one had been looking at the screen instead of at me just +then, he might have seen what was going on, although it was pretty dark +behind there and he mightn’t have. Anyway, no one was, I guess. The +trick depended on the—the faint similarity between us. Lots of fellows +who knew us were on to it, but the folks from the village were puzzled +for fair!” + +“Indeed they were,” agreed Polly. “They just couldn’t understand it at +all!” + +“It would have been better,” mused Laurie, “if we could have taken the +screen away and showed the empty chair before Ned came into sight; but +there didn’t seem to be any way of doing that. We had to have the people +looking the other way, and we had to work quick. As it was, I was half +killed, for Wainwright and Plummer were in such a hurry to get the other +chair up there that they just dumped me on my back! And then they ran +upstairs through the kitchen to see the end of it, and I was kicking +around down there for five minutes!” + +“Well,” said Ned, a few minutes later, “I’m not finding out what to do +with this.” He opened one hand and exposed some bills and two ten-cent +pieces folded into a wad. “Your mother says she won’t take it, +Polly—that she didn’t understand we were going to pay her for the +cream-puffs. Gee, we wouldn’t have thought of asking her to make them +for nothing!” + +Polly nodded sympathetically. “Mother says, though, that the boys bring +so much trade to her that it’s only fair for her to help them.” + +“That’s poppy-cock!” said Laurie. “Seven dollars and twenty cents is a +lot of money. Look here; don’t you think she ought to take it, Polly?” + +Polly was silent a moment. Then she nodded affirmatively. “Yes, I do,” +she said frankly. “She really needs the money, Ned. I wouldn’t tell any +one else, but we’re just frightfully hard up, and I wouldn’t be a bit +surprised if Mother had to give up here before very long.” + +“Give up!” exclaimed Ned. “You mean—go away?” + +“Yes. You see, she doesn’t make very much money in the store; nothing +like she used to before the war sent prices so high. And then, what with +taxes and water and light, and the interest on the mortgage, why, it +hardly pays. Just the same, if she says she won’t take the money, Ned, +why, I guess she won’t, and that’s all there is to it. But she ought +to!” + +“Can’t she charge more for things?” asked Laurie. “Everyone else does +nowadays. That bake-shop down on Hudson Street gets eight cents for +cream-puffs and éclairs, and you sell them for six.” + +“I know; but Mama says six cents is enough and that the boys oughtn’t to +have to pay any more. And lots of things she sells for hardly any more +than she used to before prices advanced. Why, I have to watch all the +time; and when bills come in for things, I have to compare them with +what we’re getting for them, and lots of times I find that Mama’s been +selling for less than what she’s paid! She just won’t be a profiteer, +she says!” + +“Gee! I hope you don’t have to shut up,” said Laurie. He looked around +the little garden. “It—it’s such a jolly place! And the house and +everything. Gee, that would be a shame!” + +Polly sighed while she nodded. “It is nice,” she agreed; “but there are +so many things that ought to be done! Uncle Peter never would do much +for us. He did promise to have the house painted, but he died about a +month after that, and so it was never done.” + +“Suppose he up and died so’s he wouldn’t have to do it?” inquired +Laurie, suspiciously. + +Polly shook her head and looked a trifle shocked, until she caught the +smile in Ned’s eyes. + +“It doesn’t look as if it would cost much money to paint it,” remarked +Ned, looking up at the rear of the little two-and-a-half-story building. +“It’s not much more than a doll’s house, anyway. How many rooms are +there, Polly?” + +“Three upstairs, and then a sort of attic room under the roof; and two +downstairs.” + +“Uh-huh. I just wondered. It wouldn’t be much of a trick to paint the +outside. Bet you I could do it in a couple of days.” + +Laurie gasped. “A couple of days! You? How do you get like that? It +would take a real painter a week to do it!” + +“Maybe; but I’m not a real painter,” answered Ned, grinning. He glanced +at the crumpled wad in his hand and held it tentatively toward Polly. +“Maybe you’d better take charge of this, Polly, until we decide what to +do with it.” + +But Polly put her hands resolutely behind her, and shook her head with +decision. “No, Ned, I’d rather not. If Mama says she won’t have it, she +won’t, and you might just as well give it back to the—the fund.” + +Somewhat to Laurie’s surprise, Ned pocketed the money without further +protest. “All right,” he said. “It’s very kind of your mother. We +mustn’t forget to see that her name’s included in the list of those who +donated things, Laurie. This week’s ‘Messenger’ is going to tell all +about it. Well, I’ve got to pull my freight. You coming, partner?” + +“Yes, I guess so,” replied Laurie, without much enthusiasm. “I promised +Bob and George to get another fellow and play some tennis this +afternoon.” + +“Gee! it must be great to have nothing to do but play,” sighed his +brother. + +“Huh, any one would think, to hear you talk, that you were working,” +replied Laurie, crushingly. “All you do is stand around and watch the +others.” + +“Think so?” Ned smiled in a superior way. “You come down this afternoon +and see how much standing around I do. Joe Stevenson says I’ve got to +practise goals now. Isn’t that the limit?” + +“I suppose it pains him to see you loafing,” said Laurie. “Anyway, I +dare say it’ll keep you out of mischief.” + +Laurie led the way to the back fence, against which leaned a plank with +two pieces of wood nailed across it. This afforded a short cut to and +from school, and was an idea of Bob’s. From the top of the fence they +dropped into the shrubbery and then made their way to the side gate. + +The arbor had not yet been denuded of its evergreen clothing, and there +were other evidences of the recent festival in the shape of crumpled +paper napkins lying on the ground. Thomas had taken down the lanterns +and was packing them away in their case by the kitchen porch, and the +boys called a greeting to him as they passed. + +“Bob still mean to make a tennis-court here?” asked Ned, as they went +through the gate. + +“Yes. He’s going to tear down that arbor right away, he says. So far, +though, he hasn’t found any one to do the work on the court. Every one +is busy. I don’t believe he will get it done in time to use it this +fall.” + +“Of course he won’t. It’s nearly November now. Say, you’d better take +this money and hand it over to Whipple. You’ll see him before I do. And +tell him to put Mrs. Deane’s name down with the other folks who +contributed, will you?” + +“All right; but I think it’s a shame to let her stand for all those +cakes.” + +“So do I; only—” + +“Only what?” + +“Maybe we can make it up to her another way. I’ve got an idea, Laurie.” + +“I hope it’s better than most of ’em. What is it?” + +And when Ned had explained it, Laurie considered a long moment and then +indorsed it enthusiastically. “That’s corking!” he cried. “For once, +Ned, the old bean has worked! Only, when could we—” + +“Christmas vacation,” said Ned. “We won’t have much to do then. What do +you say?” + +“I say that, for the first time in my life, Neddie, I’m proud to +acknowledge you as my twin!” + + + + +CHAPTER XVI—POLLY TELLS A SPOOK STORY + + +Assured of sufficient funds to complete its season without financial +embarrassment, the Hillman’s football team seemed to take a new and +firmer grip on things. Practice went well that week, and the players +showed vim and snap. Perhaps the colder weather helped, too. The line-up +that faced the scrubs on Friday for a short scrimmage was, barring +accidents, that which would, four weeks later, start the game against +Hillman’s old rival, Farview Academy. Farley and White were at the ends, +Captain Stevenson and Pringle were the tackles, Emerson and Corson were +the guards, and Kewpie Proudtree was at center. Frank Brattle at +quarter, Mason and Slavin for halves, and Pope at full-back composed the +rest of the team. There were some weak places, to be sure; but, on the +whole, Coach Mulford was fairly satisfied that he had the parts for a +capable machine. + +Ned was still playing on the scrub eleven, and doing rather well. As a +punter, at least, he deserved his position at left half, and it might be +that he would develop into a fair goal-kicker; for in the last four +days, under the tuition of the coach and full-back Pope, he had shown +excellent promise. Those morning lessons, now abandoned, had grounded +Ned well in the art of toeing the pigskin, and, whatever fame the future +might hold for him as punter or drop-kicker or place-kicker, much of the +credit would be Kewpie’s. + +To-day, in the second ten minutes of the scrimmaging,—there was but +twenty minutes in all,—Thursby, playing quarter, and probably acting +under instructions, gave Ned his first chance to show what he could do +in the way of field goals. Unable to reach a point nearer than twenty +yards to the school team’s goal, Thursby called for “kick formation, +Turner back,” and Ned went up-field with his heart in his mouth. +Although the cross-bar was less than thirty yards from where he took his +stand and almost directly in front of him, it looked to Ned to be a +woeful distance away and the angle much more severe than it was. But he +didn’t have much time for reflection, for Thursby called his signal +quickly, and the leather came back to him at a good pass, and the school +team was crashing through. + +Ned always thought that he closed his eyes when he swung his toe against +the rebounding ball and trusted to luck, but I doubt it, for the pigskin +described a perfect arc and went well and true over the bar, and if Ned +had had his eyes closed I don’t believe the pigskin would have acted +that way at all. Most of the scrub team players thumped him on the back +and showed their delight in other ways, for they had not scored on the +school team for nearly a week; while, at a little distance, Coach +Mulford nodded his head almost imperceptibly. It was too bad Ned didn’t +see that nod, for it would have pleased him far more than the buffets of +his team-mates. + +The next day Hillman’s made a trip to Warring and played the Lansing +team to a standstill, returning with a 22-0 victory tucked under its +belt. Ned got into the game for a bare five minutes at the last, as did +half a dozen other substitutes; but he was not called on to kick any +goals, for which he was at once sorry and glad. To have had the eyes of +nearly a thousand persons on him would, he thought, have precluded any +possibility of success; but, on the other hand, had he succeeded—He +sighed for lost opportunities! + +The attendance that afternoon was a matter of great joy to Manager Dave +Murray, for Hillman’s went home with a neat sum as its share of the +day’s profits, a sum far larger than he had counted on—large enough, in +fact, to make up the difference between the net receipts from the fête +and the three hundred and fifty dollars aimed at. + +Hillman’s good fortune held for another week. There were no accidents +during practice; every fellow in the line-up played for all that was in +him; and the scrubs took a licking every afternoon. Ned twice more +gained glory as a drop-kicker, although on a third occasion he failed +lamentably. Unfortunately, neither of his successes brought victory to +his team, since the opponents had on each occasion a safe lead in the +scoring. Every afternoon, following the scrimmage, Ned was presented by +the coach with a nice battle-scarred football, and instructed to go down +to the east goal and “put some over.” Sometimes Hop Kendrick or Ben +Thursby went with him to hold the ball while he tried placement-kicks, +and always an unhappy substitute was delegated to retrieve the pigskin +for him; but the coach let him pretty much alone, and Pope looked on +only occasionally and was surprisingly sparing of comment or advice. And +yet, Ned improved, rather to his surprise, since he felt himself +neglected and, as he said to Laurie, didn’t see how they expected a +fellow to learn goal-kicking if they didn’t show him a little! But, +although he didn’t realize it, Ned had reached a point in his +development where he was best left to his own devices, and Coach Mulford +knew it and forbore to risk confusing him with unnecessary instruction. +So Ned pegged away doggedly, and got results, as he considered, in spite +of the coach! + +Against the Queens Preparatory Institute, which journeyed up from the +city on Saturday, the Blue was able to emerge from four grueling +fifteen-minute periods with the score 6-6, from the Blue’s standpoint a +very satisfactory showing, for Q. P. I. was a much-heralded team and had +downed stronger elevens than Hillman’s. So November began its second +week, and cloudy days and not infrequently rainy ones took the place of +the sunny weather of October. + +Laurie would have been somewhat at a loss for a way in which to spend +his afternoons at that time, had it not been for Bob Starling’s +overmastering desire to build a tennis-court in the garden of the +Coventry place. The weather was far too cold for tennis, although now +and then he and Bob played George and Lee Murdock, and the wrecking of +the old grape-arbor, preparatory to digging up the sod, proved a welcome +diversion. Sometimes Thomas took a hand; but Thomas had plenty to do +indoors, and the work was accomplished almost wholly by Bob and Laurie, +with the occasional moral support of George or Lee. + +Usually an hour’s labor with hammer or crowbar ended with an adjournment +to the Widow Deane’s, by way of the back fence, for refreshments. +Sometimes it was warm enough to foregather in the little garden behind +the shop and, armed with cream-puffs or tarts, spend a jolly half-hour +in the society of Polly and Mae. At such times Mrs. Deane, hearing the +shouts and laughter, came to the back door and smiled in sympathy. + +One glorious afternoon of mingled sunlight and frost there was an +excursion afoot out into the country in search of nuts. Polly and Mae +and Laurie and George and Bob and Lee formed the party. They carried two +baskets, one of which George wore on his head most of the way, to the +wonderment of the infrequent passers. Mae knew, or thought she knew, +where there were chestnut trees, and led the way for three miles to what +is called Two Jug Ridge. The chestnut trees, however, were, according to +Laurie, away for the afternoon. They found some hickory nuts, not quite +ready to leave their husks, and a few beech-nuts, and after gathering +those they sat on a broad, flat boulder and looked down on Orstead and +Little Windsor and some twelve miles of the Hudson River, and talked a +good deal of nonsense—all except Lee, who went to sleep with his cap +pulled over his eyes, and had a cold in his head for days after. George +decided that when he was through college and was married, he would come +back there and build a bungalow just where they were seated. + +“This will do for the front door-step,” he expounded, “and over there +will be a closed-in porch with an open fireplace and a Gloucester +hammock.” + +“That all you’re going to have?” asked Bob. “No kitchen?” + +“Oh, there’ll be a kitchen, all right, and a dining-room—no, I guess +we’ll eat on the porch. Wouldn’t it be a dandy place, though? Look at +the view!” + +“Fine,” said Laurie, without much enthusiasm, remembering the last +uphill mile. “Don’t mind if I don’t come to see you often, though, do +you?” + +“Not a bit! Nobody asked you, anyway.” + +“You could live on nuts,” murmured Polly, “and could have shaggy-barks +for breakfast and beech-nuts for dinner and—” + +“Grape-nuts for supper,” said Laurie, coming to the rescue. + +“And you could call the place the Squirrel-Cage,” suggested Bob. + +And that reminded Mae of a story her father had told of a man who had +lived in the woods farther down the river some years before, and who ate +nothing but nuts and things he found in the forest. “He lived all alone +in a little cabin he’d built, and folks said he was a deserter from the +army, and—” + +“What army?” George asked. + +“The Northern Army, of course.” + +“I thought you might mean the Salvation Army. Then this was quite awhile +ago, wasn’t it?” + +“Of course, stupid! Years and years ago. And finally, when he died, +folks found that he wasn’t a deserter at all, but a general or a major +or something, and they found a prize that the government had given him, +some sort of a medal for bravery in battle. Wasn’t that sad?” + +“Well,” replied Laurie, doubtfully, “I suppose it was. I suppose the +government would have shown better judgment if they’d given him a bag of +nuts. Of course, he couldn’t eat that medal!” + +“You’re horrid! Anyway, it just shows that you mustn’t judge folks +by—by outward appearances, doesn’t it?” + +“Rather! I’ve always said that, too. Take George, for example. Just to +look at him, you’d never think he had any sense at all; but at times—” + +“Lay off of George,” interrupted that young gentleman, threateningly. +“If folks judged you by the way you talk, you’d be inside a nice high +wall!” + +Why the talk should have drifted from there to the subject of ghosts and +uncanny happenings isn’t apparent, but it did. In the midst of it, Lee +gave a tremendous snore that scared both the girls horribly, and sat up +suddenly, blinking. “Hello!” he muttered. Then he yawned and grinned +foolishly. “Guess I must have dropped off,” he said apologetically. + +“You didn’t,” said George. “If you had you’d have waked up quicker! Cut +out the chatter; Polly’s telling a spook yarn.” + +Lee gathered up a handful of beech-nuts and was silent except for the +sound he made in cracking the shells. + +“It isn’t much of a story,” disclaimed Polly, “but it—it _was_ funny. +It began just after Mama and I came here. I mean, that was the first +time. One night, after we had gone to bed, Mama called me. ‘I think +there’s some one downstairs, Polly,’ she whispered. We both listened, +and, sure enough, we could hear a sort of tapping sound. It wasn’t like +footsteps, exactly; more—more hollow, as if it came from a long way +off. But it sounded right underneath. We listened a minute or two, and +then it stopped and didn’t begin again; and presently we lighted a +candle and went downstairs, and nobody was there and everything was +quite all right. So we thought that perhaps what we’d heard was some one +walking along the street. + +“We didn’t hear it again for nearly two weeks, and then it lasted +longer—maybe two minutes. It got louder; and stopped, and began again, +and died away; and we sat there and listened, and I thought of ghosts +and everything except robbers, because it didn’t sound like any one in +the store. It was more as if it was some one in the cellar.” + +“Well, maybe it was,” suggested Laurie, when Polly paused. + +“That’s what we thought, Nod, until we went to see. Then we remembered +that there wasn’t any cellar!” + +“Oh!” said Laurie. + +“What happened then?” asked Lee, flicking a shell at George. + +“It kept on happening every little while for two years. We got so we +didn’t think any more about it. Mr. Farmer, the lawyer, said what we +heard was probably a rat. But I know very well it wasn’t that. It was +too regular. It was always just the same each time. At first we could +just hear it a little, and then it grew louder and louder, and stopped. +And then it began again, loud, and just sort of—of trailed off till you +couldn’t hear it at all. I suppose we never would have heard it if it +hadn’t been for Mama not sleeping very well, because it always came +after midnight, usually about half-past twelve. After a while I didn’t +hear it at all, because Mama stopped waking me up.” + +“Spooks,” declared George, with unction. “The house is haunted, Polly.” + +“Wish I lived there,” said Bob eagerly. “I’m crazy about ghosts. They +told me that old Coven—I mean your uncle, Polly—haunted the house +we’re in; but, gee! I’ve been around at all times of night and never +seen a thing! There are lots of jolly, shivery noises—stairs creaking, +and woodwork popping, and all that, you know; but nary a ghost. Look +here, Polly! Let me sit down in the store some night, will you? I’d love +to!” + +“You’ve got funny ideas of fun,” murmured George. + +“Oh, but it’s gone now,” said Mae. “Hasn’t it, Polly? You haven’t heard +the noise for a long time, have you?” + +“No, not for—oh, two years, I think. At least, that’s what Mama says. +Maybe, though, she sleeps better and doesn’t hear things.” + +“I guess Mr. What’s-his-name was right,” said Lee. “It was probably a +rat, or a family of rats.” + +“Rats wouldn’t make the same sound every time,” scoffed Laurie. + +“They might. Trained rats might. Maybe they escaped from a circus.” + +“And maybe you escaped from an asylum,” responded Laurie, getting up. +“Let’s take him home before he gets violent.” + + + + +CHAPTER XVII—LAURIE MAKES A PROTEST + + +The football team continued to add victories, and as the fateful 20th of +November approached enthusiasm grew until, after the Whittier game, +which Hillman’s won by a field goal in the final hectic two minutes, it +became more a furore than enthusiasm. Ned, by that time, had settled +down to a realization that, no matter what progress he made this fall, +no matter how adept he became at kicking a football down the field or +over the cross-bar, he would not make the first team; that, in short, he +was being educated as next year material. There was no injustice in +this, and he realized it; for, aside from his proficiency as a kicker, +he was not in the class with the school team backs. He couldn’t worm his +way through a hole in the opposing line the way Slavin could, nor smash +through the defense the way Mason did, nor dodge and side-step in a +broken field like Pope. Once going, Ned was rather hard to stop, for he +displayed some of the slippery qualities of an eel; but it took him ten +yards to get his speed up, and the opponents had a discouraging way of +getting through and flooring him before the tenth yard was won! But he +had grown to love the game, and no one toiled more conscientiously. +There were times when Laurie devoutly wished that Ned hadn’t taken up +the game, for after a half-hour of Ned’s chatter Laurie found the +subject of football a trifle dull. + +On the Wednesday before the Farview contest the Orstead High School team +came over for a practice game. At least, Hillman’s called it a practice +game and considered it such; but High School had blood in her eye and +was secretly determined to wreak all the vengeance possible. Once a +year, for the space of some three hours, Orstead High School swore +allegiance to Hillman’s and turned out at the field and rooted valiantly +for the Blue while she battled with Farview. But all the rest of the +time she was frankly hostile and derisive. This Wednesday afternoon the +hostility was apparent from the first. More than a hundred boys and a +scattering of girls followed their team to the Hillman’s field and +demanded revenge for the early-season defeat, while the High School +team, which had passed through a rather successful season and was not at +all the aggregation that the Blue had beaten 10 to 7, started right out +after it. + +Coach Mulford began with his first-string players, and against them High +School was not dangerous, although there were anxious moments. The +second period ended with the score 7—0 in Hillman’s favor, only a +fumble by Slavin on High School’s eight yards saving the visitor from a +second touch-down. When the third quarter began, Coach Mulford put in +nearly a new eleven, only Kewpie Proudtree, Farley, Mason, and Pope +remaining over. Perhaps the High School coach had talked new strength +and determination into his charges during the intermission, for the +visitors started in on the second half in whirlwind fashion. The Blue +kicked off, and High School’s quarter got the ball on his +twenty-five-yard line and scampered back to the thirty-five before he +was laid low by Farley, the Blue’s left end. From there, with fierce +slams at Hillman’s right and two short forward passes over the center of +the line, High School reached the opponent’s thirty-two. There an +off-side penalty set her back, and, after two attempts at rushing that +produced but three yards, she kicked to the five-yard line. Kendrick +fumbled the catch, but recovered and was downed on his ten. Pope punted +on second down to mid-field, and from there High School started another +slashing advance that took her to the thirty-four yards before she was +halted. + +On the side-lines, the High School supporters were shouting and +beseeching and banners were waving deliriously. A tow-haired full-back, +who had all along proved the visitor’s best ground-gainer, smashed +through the Hillman’s left for two yards; and then, on fourth down, +faking a kick, he set off on a romp around the adversary’s right. +Lightner, the second-string end, was effectually boxed, and the runner, +turning wide, was off down the field at top speed. Only Hop Kendrick +stood between him and the goal-line, and Hop waited on the fifteen +yards, wary and alert. The tow-haired boy’s feint to the right didn’t +fool him, and when the side-stepping to the left began, Hop was on him +with a clean dive and a hard tackle, and the two rolled to earth +together. But the ball was on the thirteen yards now, and it was first +down for High School, and the latter was not to be denied. A plunge off +tackle took the pigskin in front of the goal, though there was no gain. +Hillman’s piled up an attack at right guard. On third down, High School +called for kick formation, and the tow-haired terror dropped back. + +From the side of the gridiron, Hillman’s rooters chanted: “Block that +kick! Block that kick!” But there was no kick to block, for the +full-back only backed away a pace or two when the pigskin reached him, +and then tossed to the corner of the field and to the eager hands of an +uncovered right end who had but to make three strides before he was over +the line. Hop got him then; but the damage was done, and the visitors +lining the gridiron were cheering and cavorting wildly. The kick was +from a difficult angle, but the tow-haired player made it, and the score +was tied. + +The teams changed fields a minute later. Undismayed, Coach Mulford sent +in three new substitutes, one of them in place of Pope. Hillman’s got +the ball in mid-field on a fumble, and set off for the adversary’s goal; +but the new players were not able to make much headway, and Deering, who +had taken Pope’s place, punted. The effort landed the ball on High +School’s thirty-seven, and her quarter ran it back eight more before he +was stopped. Three tries at the line netted seven yards, and the visitor +punted to Hop Kendrick on his eighteen. This time Hop hugged the ball +hard and set off along the far side of the gridiron at a smart pace. +Fortunately for him, one High School end overran. The other challenged, +but missed his tackle. By that time a hasty interference had formed, +and, guarded by Mason and Lightner, Hop reached his forty before +misfortune overtook him. There a High School tackle crashed through the +interference and nailed him hard. + +But that twenty-yard sprint had brought new vim to the Blue’s novices, +and new confidence, and from their forty yards they began a fast, hard +attack that placed High School with her back to the wall almost before +she realized it. If the substitutes lacked the experience and brawn of +the first-choice players, they at least had sand and speed. And they had +a quarter-back who was earnest and grim and determined, and who, sensing +that the opponent was weary, realized that speed, and a lot of it, was +the one thing that could save the day. And so Hop proved his right to +his nickname that afternoon. Hop he did, and so did his team. Signals +were fairly shot into the air, and there was no longer any time between +plays for High School to recover her breath. Twice, with plunges at the +right of the visitor’s line and runs outside her tackles, Hillman’s made +her distance and the pigskin rested on the thirty-six yards. + +So far the Blue had attempted but three forward passes, of which only +one had succeeded. Now, from position, Hop threw straight over the +center, and somehow Lightner was there and pulled it down, although the +enemy was clustered around him thick. That seven-yard gain was made ten +when Deering was poked through the center, ten a little more, for the +ball was down on High School’s twenty-four-yard line. The game that had +been proclaimed a practice event for the purpose of seasoning the +substitutes against Saturday’s contest had developed within the last +half-hour into a battle to the death. Outside the gridiron the opposing +factions hurled defiant cheers at each other and rooted as they had not +rooted all the season. On the field the rivalry was even more intense, +and black looks and hard knocks were the order. + +High School, sparring for time, administered to a breathless right +guard, and then drew into a bunch for a whispered conference, while +Hillman’s supporters hooted derisively. Deering gained three and Boessel +two more. High School ran two substitutes on, and, after the next play, +two more. An old-fashioned criss-cross sent Mason around his own right +end for eight yards and planted the ball just short of the ten-yard +line. Mason gave place to Beedle. A slide off tackle centered the +pigskin and gained a scant yard. Deering struck center for a yard loss, +and Lightner was caught off-side. The ball went back to the seventeen +yards. + +High School was playing desperately and her line had stiffened. Beedle +gave way to Ned after that second down, and Ned had his instructions. +The ball was in front of High School’s goal, and from the seventeen +yards a field goal was an easy proposition if the opponents could be +held away from the kicker. Perhaps Hop Kendrick didn’t realize why Ned +had been sent in, or perhaps he thought better of his own judgment. +Since by the rules Ned could not communicate the instructions from the +coach until after the following play, he could only look his surprise +when Hop failed to call him back to kicking position. Farley, captain in +Stevenson’s absence, seemed to be on the point of protesting, and even +took a step toward the quarter-back; but he evidently reconsidered, for +he returned to his position at the end of the line, and the starting +signal followed. + +The play was a fake attack on the right, with Boessel carrying the ball +to the left inside of tackle, and it worked to perfection. High School, +over-anxious, stormed to the defense of her threatened right side, and +Boessel, with Ned hanging at his flank as far as the five-yard line, +where the earth suddenly rose up and smote him, romped over the line for +the last and deciding touch-down, while the Blue cohorts went fairly +wild with delight. + +On the side-line, Coach Mulford turned to Joe Stevenson. “What do you +think of Kendrick?” he asked, smiling. + +“I’d kiss him if I had him here,” answered Joe, grinning joyously. “I +call him one sweet little quarter, Coach!” + +“Well, this was his day, all right,” mused the other; “I hope he will +show up as well Saturday. Now we’ll see whether Turner can kick a goal. +He’s been doing some good work in practice, but he looks scared to death +and will probably miss it by a mile.” + +And Ned _was_ scared, too. He tried to steady his nerves by assuring +himself that, whether he made it or missed it, the Blue had won the +game, and that consequently a failure made little difference. But the +silence of his schoolmates and the “booing” of the visiting rooters +affected him badly. To Hop, holding the ball from the turf, it seemed +that Ned would never have done pointing it. And so it seemed to the +onlookers. Never was a kicker more deliberate. But at last Hop heard a +faint “Down!” and drew his fingers from beneath the oval and waited an +anxious moment. Then there was a clean, hard _thud_, and the +quarter-back, watching its flight, saw the pigskin rise lazily, end over +end, and go straight and high over the bar. + +And he might have heard Ned’s loud sigh of relief, had not the pounding +of the charging enemy and the cries of the Hillman’s horde drowned it. + +Another kick-off and four plays ended the contest, and High School, +after cheering half-heartedly, went off disgruntled and silent. + +On his way to the field-house, Ned, trotting along with Hop, encountered +Polly and Mae in the throng, and paused to speak. “Bully game, wasn’t +it?” he said. Then, seeing Mae’s High School banner, he added: “High +School put up a dandy fight, Mae.” + +“Indeed she did,” agreed Mae. “I thought once she was going to win, +too.” + +Polly was laughing. “Poor Mae didn’t know which team she wanted to win,” +she explained. “When High School gained she waved her flag, and when +Hillman’s gained she waved it just the same. She was waving it all the +time! That was a lovely goal you made, Nid.” + +“Thanks. I—well, I was so scared I didn’t know whether to kick the ball +or bite it! I’m mighty glad it went over, though.” He nodded and hurried +on in the wake of Hop, who, being a very earnest young gentleman and +completely absorbed in the business of football, considered girls far +outside his scheme of things. + +Three quarters of an hour later, Laurie arose from his recumbent +position on the window-seat of Number 16 East Hall, and delivered an +ultimatum in quiet but forceful tones. “Ned,” he said, “I saw that game +from about the middle of the first quarter to the bitter end. Nothing +escaped my eagle gaze. I can even tell you exactly how many times that +High School umpire consulted his rules book when he thought no one was +looking. I know how much dirt there was in Frank Brattle’s left ear when +they dragged him out. I know—” + +“Well, what of it? What’s your chief trouble?” growled Ned. + +“Knowing all this and more, much more, Neddie, I refuse to listen any +longer to your reminiscences. You’ve been through the game three times +since you landed up here, and there’s a limit to my endurance. And +you’ve reached that limit, Neddie—you really have. I’m going down to +George’s, where I may hear something besides touch-downs and passes and +goals. When you recover, Neddie, come on down.” + +“Oh, go to the dickens!” muttered Ned, as the door closed softly. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII—BEFORE THE BATTLE + + +“The fellow who put these posts in,” grunted Bob, as he heaved and +tugged, “must have had more time than brains!” + +It was Thursday afternoon. A hard frost, which had frozen the ground a +half-inch deep, had counseled him to finish the work of wrecking the +arbor. But three posts remained, and at one of these Bob, after having +dug around it, and pried at it with a bar until patience was exhausted, +was tugging lustily. Laurie, wiping the sweat of honest toil from his +brow, cast aside the bar and gave a hand. + +“Come on,” he said hopefully. “One, two—three! Heave!” + +“Heave!” muttered Bob. + +But although the post, which had formed a corner of the arbor, gave from +side to side, it refused to leave its nest. Panting, the boys drew off +and observed it glumly. + +“Guess we’ll have to dig some more,” said Bob. + +“Wait a minute. Let me get a purchase on it with the bar.” + +Laurie seized that implement again and drove it into the softened earth +beside the post. As the first drive didn’t send it far enough, he pulled +it out, and put all his strength into the next effort. This time he +succeeded beyond all expectations. The bar slipped through his fingers +and disappeared from sight! + +“Well!” he gasped. “What do you know—” + +“Where-where did it go to?” cried Bob, dumfounded. + +“It went—it went to China, I guess! It just slipped right through my +hands, and kept on slipping!” Laurie knelt and dug at the hole with his +fingers. + +“Find it?” asked Bob. “Try the shovel.” + +“No, I can’t feel it. Hand it here.” Laurie took the shovel and dug +frantically. Then Bob dug. The result was that they enlarged and +deepened the hole around the post, but the crowbar failed to +materialize. + +“I suppose,” said Laurie, finally, dropping the shovel and tilting back +his cap, “what happened was that I struck a sort of hole, and the bar +went right down in. Maybe it was a rat-hole, Bob.” + +“I guess so. Anyway, it’s gone, and we’ll have to get a new one.” + +“Oh, I guess we’ll find it when we get the post out. Let’s try the old +thing.” + +They did, and, after a moment of indecision, it came out most +obligingly. But there was still no crowbar to be seen. Laurie shook his +head, mystified. “That’s the funniest thing I ever saw,” he declared. + +“It surely is! Look here; maybe there’s an old well there.” + +“Then why didn’t the post go down into it?” + +“Because it’s covered over with stones. The bar happened to slip into +a—a crevice.” + +Laurie nodded dubiously. “That might be it,” he agreed. “Or perhaps +we’ve discovered a subterranean cavern!” + +“Caverns always are subterranean, aren’t they?” + +“No; sometimes they’re in the side of a hill.” + +“Then they’re caves.” + +“A cave and a cavern are the same thing, you smart Aleck.” + +“All right; but even if a cavern is in a hill, it’s underground, and +subterranean means under—” + +“Help! You win, Bob! Come on and get hold of this log and let’s get it +out of here.” And, as they staggered with it across the garden to add it +to the pile of posts and lumber already there, he continued: “There’s +one thing certain, Bob, and that’s that you won’t get me to play tennis +on your court. I’d be afraid of sinking into the ground some fine day!” + +“Maybe you’d find the crowbar then,” said Bob. “Heave!” + +Laurie “heaved,” patted the brown loam from his hands, and surveyed the +pile. “There’s a lot of good stuff there,” he pondered. “Some of it’s +sort of rotten, but there’s enough to build something.” + +“What do you want to build?” + +“I don’t know. We could build a sort of covered seat, like the one in +Polly’s yard, where folks could rest and look on. Take about six of +these posts and some of the strips, and some boards for the seat—” + +“Who’d dig the post-holes?” inquired Bob, coldly. + +“Oh, we could get a couple of the others to help. Honest, Bob, it would +be a lot of fun. Maybe we couldn’t do it before spring, though.” + +“I might leave the stuff here,” said Bob. “Thomas could sort of pile it +a little neater, you know. I love to carpenter. Sometime we’ll draw a +plan of it, Nod.” + +“Right-o! How about those other posts? No use trying to do anything with +’em to-day, is there?” + +“No; we’ll have to have another crowbar.” + +Laurie looked relieved. “Well, let’s go over and see whether the Widow’s +got any of those little cakes with the chocolate on top,” he suggested. +“Hard work always makes a fellow hungry.” + +There was a rousing football meeting in the auditorium that evening, +with speeches and music, songs and cheers; and the enthusiasm spilled +over to the yard afterward, and threatened to become unruly until Dan +Whipple mounted the steps of School Hall and spoke with all the +authority of eighteen years and the senior class presidency. Whereupon +someone suggested a cheer for the Doctor, and the joyous crowd thronged +to the west end of the building and gave nine long “Hillman’s,” with a +“Doctor Hillman” on the end. And then suddenly the lights flashed on on +the porch, and there were the Doctor and Miss Tabitha, the former +looking very much as if he had awakened very recently from a nap—which +was, in fact, the case. But he was smiling as he stepped to the doorway +and near-sightedly surveyed the throng. + +“This—er—testimonial would appear to demand some sort of a response,” +he announced, as the applause that had greeted his appearance died away. +“But I find myself singularly devoid of words, boys. Perhaps some of you +recall the story of the visitor in Sunday-school who was unexpectedly +called on by the superintendent to address the children. He hemmed and +hawed and said, finally, that it gave him much pleasure to see so many +smiling, happy faces. And he hoped they were all good little boys and +girls and knew their lessons. And then his eloquence failed him, and +after an unhappy interim he asked: ‘And now, children, what shall I +say?’ And a little girl in the front row lisped: ‘Pleathe, Mithter, thay +“Amen” and thit down!’ + +“Perhaps I’d better say ‘Amen’ and sit down, too,” he went on, when the +laughter had ceased; “but before I do I’d like to assure you that I am +‘rooting’ just as hard as any of you for a victory the day after +to-morrow. My duties will not allow me to see the team in action, as +much as I’d like to, but I am kept well informed of its progress. I have +my scouts at work constantly. Mr. Pennington reports to me on the work +of the linemen; Mr. Barrett advises me each day as to the backs; Mr. +Wells is my authority on—er—stratagem.” + +This amused his hearers intensely, since none of the three instructors +mentioned had ever been known to attend a game or watch a practice. + +“And,” continued the principal, when he could, “I follow the newspaper +reports of our enemy’s progress. Of course, I don’t believe all I read. +If I did I’d be certain that only overwhelming disaster awaited us on +Saturday. But there is one thing that troubles me. I read recently that +the Farview center is a very large youth, weighing, if I am not +mistaken, some one hundred and seventy pounds. While mere weight and +brawn are not everything, I yet tremble to consider what may happen to +the slight, atomic youth who will oppose him. Young gentlemen, I shudder +when I dwell on that unequal meeting, that impending battle of David and +Goliath!” + +When the new burst of laughter had subsided, the doctor continued more +soberly: “I wish the team all success, a notable victory. Or, if the +gods of battle will it otherwise, I wish it the manly grace to accept +defeat smilingly and undismayed. I am certain of one thing, boys, which +is that, whether fortune favors the Dark Blue or the Maroon and White, +the contest will be hard fought and clean, and bring honor alike to the +victor and vanquished. You have my heartiest good wishes. And”—the +doctor took the hand of Miss Tabitha, who had been standing a few steps +behind him—“and the heartiest good wishes of another, who, while not a +close follower of your sports, has a warm spot in her heart for each and +every one of you, and who is as firmly convinced as I am of the +invincibility of the Dark Blue!” + +“Three cheers for Tab—for Miss Hillman!” cried a voice; and, at first a +trifle ragged with laughter, the cheers rang forth heartily. Then came +another cheer for the doctor and a rousing one for “Hillman’s! +_Hillman’s!!_ HILLMAN’S!!!” And the little throng, laughing and +chattering, dispersed to the dormitories. + +Friday saw but a light practice for the first team and a final +appearance of the scrubs, who, cheered by the students, went through a +few minutes of snappy signal work, and the waving sweaters and blankets +dashed off to the field-house, their period of servitude at an end. For +the first team there was a long blackboard drill in the gymnasium after +supper, and Ned, who, somewhat to his surprise and very much to his +gratification, had been retained on the squad, returned to Number 16 at +nine o’clock in a rather bemused condition of mind. Kewpie, who +accompanied him, tried to cheer him up. + +“It’ll be all right to-morrow, Nid,” he declared. “I know how you feel. +Fact is, I wouldn’t know one signal from another if I got it this +minute, and as for those sequences—” Words failed him. “But when you +get on the field to-morrow it’ll all come back to you. It—it’s sort of +psychological. A trick of memory and all that. You understand!” + +“I don’t see why he needs to worry, anyhow,” observed Laurie, cruelly. +“He won’t get a show in to-morrow’s game.” + +Ned looked hopeful for a moment, then relapsed into dejection as Kewpie +answered: “I’d like to bet you he will, Nod. I’d like to bet you that +he’ll play a full period. You just watch Farview lay for Pope! Boy, +they’re going to make hard weather for that lad! They were after him +last year, but they couldn’t get him and he played right through. But +I’d like to bet you that to-morrow they’ll have him out of it before the +last quarter.” + +“What do you mean?” asked Laurie, in surprise. “They don’t play that +sort of a game, do they?” + +“What sort of a game?” responded Kewpie. “They play hard, that’s the way +they play! And every time they tackle Pope, they’ll tackle him so he’ll +know it. And every time he hits the line, there’ll be one of those +red-legs waiting for him. Oh, they don’t play dirty, if you mean that; +but they don’t let any chances slip, believe me!” + +“It sounds sort of off color to me, though,” Laurie objected. “How are +you going to put a fellow out of the game if you don’t slug or do +something like that?” + +Kewpie smiled knowingly. “My son,” he said, “if I start after you and +run you around the dormitory about twenty times—” + +Ned, in spite of his down-heartedness, snickered at the picture evolved, +and Kewpie grinned. + +“Well, suppose some one else did, then. Anyhow, after he’d done it about +a couple of dozen times, you’d be all in, wouldn’t you? He wouldn’t have +to kick you or knock you down or anything, would he? Well, that’s what I +mean. That’s the way they’ll go after Pope. They’ll tire him out. You +understand. And every time they tackle him, they’ll tackle him good and +hard. Well, suppose Pope does go out, and there’s a chance for a field +goal, as there’s likely to be. Who will Pinky put in? Why, Nid, of +course! Who else is there? Brattle can’t kick one goal in six. No more +can Deering. What do you think Mulford’s been nursing Nid all the season +for?” + +“Next year?” said Laurie, questioningly. + +“Sure—and this year, too. You watch and see. I’d like to bet you that +Nid’ll have a goal to kick to-morrow—yes, and that he’ll kick it, too!” + +“Don’t!” groaned Ned. “I never could do it!” + +“Well,” laughed Laurie, “I don’t bet for money, Kewpie, but I tell you +what I’ll do. If Ned kicks a goal to-morrow, I’ll take you over to the +Widow’s, and I’ll buy you all the cream-puffs you can eat at one +sitting!” + +“It’s a go!” cried Kewpie. “And if he doesn’t, I’ll do it to you!” + +“Of course,” explained Laurie, in recognition of his brother’s look of +pained inquiry, “I’m not making the offer because I think Ned can’t do +it, or because I don’t want him to play. You bet I do! It’s because I do +want him to, Kewpie. You see, I usually lose bets!” + +“All right, you crazy galoot. I’ve got to beat it. Pinky made us swear +by the Great Horn Spoon to be in bed by ten. Good night. Don’t let the +signal stuff worry you, Nid. It’ll come out all right to-morrow. You +understand. Night!” + +When the door had closed, Laurie laughed and turned to Ned. “He’s a good +old scout, isn’t he? I say, what’s the matter with you, Ned? You look +like the end of a hard winter! Cheer up! It may not be true!” + +But Ned shook his head, although he tried to smile unconcernedly. “It’ll +happen just the way he told, Laurie,” he said, sadly. “I just know it +will! They’ll get Pope out of the way, and there’ll be a field goal +wanted, just as there was Wednesday, and Mulford will send me in!” + +“Well, what of it? You’d like that, wouldn’t you?” + +“I—I’m scared!” + +“Oh, piffle, Neddie! You’ve got nerves, that’s all. The night before the +battle, you know, and all that! In the morning you’ll be as right as +rain. Get your clothes off and tumble in. Want me to read a story to +you? There’s a corker in the ‘Post’ this week.” + +“No, thanks; I guess not. I’d better go to sleep.” + +But, although Ned, stifling a desire to sit up and read the corking +story himself, put the light out at ten minutes before ten, he lay awake +until after midnight and suffered as blue a case of funk as any boy ever +did. And when, at length, sleep came, it was filled with visions in +which he stood in the center of a vast arena, the object of countless +eyes, and tried over and over, and never with success, to kick a +perfectly gigantic leather ball over a cross-bar that was higher than +the Masonic Temple at home! + +The truth is that Ned was over-trained and stale. And the further truth +is that when he awoke to as sweet a November morning as ever peered down +from a cloudless sky through golden sunlight, he felt, as he phrased it +to himself, like a sock that had just come through the wringer! + + + + +CHAPTER XIX—NED IS MISSING + + +Ned ate almost no breakfast, and Laurie noted the fact, but, after a +glance at his brother’s face, said nothing. After all, he reflected, +there were probably others of the squad who were displaying no more +appetite this morning. Afterward, on the way to School Hall for their +only recitation of the day, he asked off-handedly: “How are you feeling, +Neddie?” + +Ned didn’t answer at once. When he did, he only replied laconically: +“Rotten!” + +“How do you mean, rotten?” Laurie disguised anxiety under flippancy. +“Tummy out of whack? Or is it a case of ingrowing signals?” + +“I don’t know what the trouble is,” answered Ned seriously. “I feel +perfectly punk. And I—I’m scared, Laurie. I’d give a million dollars if +I didn’t have to go to the field this afternoon. I wish to goodness I +could duck somehow. Say, feel my forehead. Isn’t it hot?” + +Laurie felt, and shook his head. “Cool as a cucumber, you old fakir. +Buck up, Neddie! You’ll feel better after a while. Did you sleep all +right?” + +“I guess so,” replied the other dispiritedly. “I dreamed a lot. Dreamed +I was kicking goals over a bar as high as a mountain. And the ball was +as big as a hogshead. And there were about a million folks watching me, +and Mr. Cornish was beating a bass-drum.” + +Laurie laughed. “Some dream, Neddie! Tell you what. After we get out of +here, we’ll take a nice, long hike. Mulford wants the players to stay +outdoors, doesn’t he? Didn’t you tell me he said you were to walk or +something?” + +Ned nodded. “I’m too tired to walk, though, Laurie. Guess I’ll get a +book and go over to the park. Or go down and jump in the river!” + +“Fine idea!” scoffed Laurie. “What have you got against the river? It +never did anything to you, did it?” + +Ned, however, refused to smile. “You don’t need to come along,” he said. +“I—I guess I’d rather be alone, Laurie.” + +“You will be, if you’re going to jump in the river, partner! The water’s +a heap too cold to appeal to me. Well, cheer up. See you when we come +out.” + +There was a holiday feeling in the air this morning that didn’t promise +well for recitations, and Mr. Brock’s chemistry class was a sore trial +to that gentleman. Yet, although he frowned often and sighed many +despairing sighs, he made allowance for the prevailing mood of +restlessness and exhibited unusual patience. And finally it was over and +the class trooped out. + +“You stay here,” said Laurie, “and I’ll run over and get a couple of +books from the room. What do you want?” + +“I don’t care—anything,” answered Ned, listlessly. + +When Laurie went off, Ned seated himself on a step and gazed forlornly +around him. Groups of boys stood on the walks in animated conversation. +Near at hand, a half-dozen juniors were discussing the game avidly, +drawing comforting conclusions from a comparison of the season’s +performances of Hillman’s and Farview. Suddenly the prospect of sitting +on a park bench with Laurie became utterly distasteful to Ned, and, with +a hurried glance in the direction of East Hall, he arose and made his +way along the drive and into Summit Street. There he turned to the left +and walked quickly to the corner. At Washington Street another look +behind showed that he had made his escape, and he heaved a sigh of +relief and went on past the library and into Cumber Street, heading +unconsciously toward the open country eastward of town. + +When Laurie returned to School Hall with a book for Ned and a magazine +for himself, he sat down and waited a few minutes, supposing that Ned +would be back. When he didn’t come, Laurie went over to School Park, +thinking that he had perhaps grown tired of waiting in the yard. But no +Ned was to be seen, and, puzzled but untroubled, Laurie dawdled into +Pine Street. The white-and-red sign above the Widow Deane’s little store +shone bravely in the sunlight. For an hour Laurie enjoyed the society of +Polly and Antoinette in the sunny garden, where, against the board +fence, a clump of hardy chrysanthemums made a cheery showing of yellow +and lavender. Antoinette had retired to winter quarters, which means +that a gunny-sack and a length of old red carpet had been draped over +her box. But just now the drapery was lifted, and Antoinette was doing +great things to a very large cabbage-leaf. Towser had established +himself in the sunshine atop the porch roof and gazed down benignly at +the pair below. + +Laurie and Polly talked, of course, about the game. He and George were +again to act as escorts to the two girls, a fact that had eaten a large +hole in Laurie’s remaining allowance. About ten o’clock he took himself +away, reminding Polly to be ready at half-past one, since it took a good +ten minutes to walk to the field, and because, wisely, he realized that +to Polly “half-past one” would mean a quarter or two. Climbing the fence +into Bob’s yard, he discovered that young man with a new crowbar about +to begin an attack on the remaining posts of the arbor. So he removed +his sweater, moistened his hands in the time-honored and only +efficacious manner, and joined the assault. After the posts were added +to the pile beside the fence, the two boys went indoors and refreshed +the inner man with piping-hot ginger cookies. Thus it was that it was +nearly noon when Laurie got back to Number 16, to find, to his +uneasiness, that Ned was not there. Nor, as far as any evidences showed, +had he been there since before breakfast. + +Laurie threw himself on the window-seat and tried to apply himself to +the magazine that he had carried all morning. But he began to be really +worried about Ned. He didn’t understand where he could be. Even if he +had gone off by himself, mooning along the roads, which was what Laurie +suspected he had done, he should have been home before this, for, as +Laurie knew, the players were to go to lunch at twelve. Presently he +dropped the magazine and strode across the corridor to Number 15. Kewpie +was not in, but Hop was there—a more than ordinarily serious-faced Hop, +who replied to Laurie’s inquiry in an absent-minded manner suggesting +that some one had placed him in a trance and gone away without awakening +him. Hop hadn’t seen Nid all morning. Kewpie had just gone over to West +Hall. He hoped there wouldn’t be any wind this afternoon. Farview had a +punter that could do fifty yards easily, and a wind would lengthen his +kicks frightfully. Did Nod think those clouds meant wind? + +Laurie withdrew without venturing an opinion in the matter. Football, he +reflected, was a far more dangerous pastime than folks generally +realized, when it could affect a fellow’s brains like that! Downstairs, +he searched the little group about the dining-hall door, and finally +made inquiry of Dave Murray. Dave was worried and excited and a bit +short-tempered. + +“Nid Turner? No, I haven’t seen him. He’ll be here pretty quick, though. +We eat at twelve.” + +He left Laurie, to push his way toward the entrance to accost Mr. +Mulford, who was coming in; and Laurie went out and sat down on the step +and watched. Kewpie came striding across from West Hall, smiling and +evidently very fit. But when Laurie questioned him the smile faded. + +“Nid? No, I haven’t set eyes on him. Isn’t he here? Are you sure? Say, +you don’t suppose the silly guy has bolted? He was in mean shape last +night, Nod. But he wouldn’t do that! He’s no quitter. He’ll be here in a +minute or two.” + +“Suppose—suppose he isn’t?” asked Laurie, anxiously. “Would it matter +much?” + +“Matter?” Kewpie shrugged, one eye on the dining-hall door, through +which his team-mates were beginning to pass. “It wouldn’t matter to the +game, I guess. I was only trying to cheer him up last night. You +understand. It isn’t likely Pinky will use him. But it would be a bad +thing for him, Nod. It would be an awful black eye, in fact, if he cut +the game. Guess Pinky would just about can him for all time! I say, I’ve +got to hustle in there. Why don’t you have a look around for him? Maybe +he’s in the library, or over in West, or—or somewhere. See you later, +Nod!” + +Kewpie disappeared into the dining-hall, and a moment later the door was +closed. Laurie acted on Kewpie’s suggestion, and made a thorough search +of School Hall and the other dormitory, and even poked his head into the +gymnasium, where only an empty floor met his gaze. After that there +seemed nothing to do but wait. Ned had already missed his lunch, for the +fellows were coming out into the corridor when Laurie returned to East +Hall. Murray nailed him as he tried to pass unnoticed to the stairs. + +“Say, Nod, where’s that brother of yours?” he demanded indignantly. +“Didn’t he know that lunch was at twelve? Where is he, anyway?” + +“I don’t know, Dave,” Laurie answered, miserably. “He went for a walk +this morning, and I haven’t seen him since. I guess he went too far and +couldn’t get back in time. I’ve been looking all over for him.” + +“That’s fine!” said the manager, bitterly. “Mulford asked for him, and I +said I’d look him up. You’d better find him mighty quick, Nod. Tell him +to get something to eat somewhere and be at the gym not later than one. +There’s a floor drill then. I’ll make it all right with Mulford, +somehow. But there’ll be the dickens and all to pay if he doesn’t show +up!” + +Hoping against hope, Laurie hurried up to the room. But there was no +Ned. One o’clock came and passed. Time and again Laurie went to the gate +and looked up and down the street, but without result. Ned had +disappeared utterly, it seemed, and the unwelcome conclusion grew in +Laurie’s mind that Ned had shown the white feather and had deliberately +absented himself. Laurie didn’t like to think that, and there were +moments when he couldn’t. But here it was nearly half-past one, and Ned +hadn’t come, and facts are facts! It looked, he thought sadly, like a +bad day for the honor of the Turners! + +At half-past one he found George Watson in his room, and handed over one +of his tickets. “I can’t go to the field with you,” he said, “but I’ll +find you over there. Try to keep a seat for me, will you?” + +“What’s the big idea?” asked George, blankly. “Why can’t you go with us? +That’s a fine game to play!” + +“I’ll tell you later. I—I’ve got something to do. Be a good fellow, +George, won’t you? And tell Polly how it is, will you?” + +“How the dickens can I tell Polly how it is when I don’t know how it is +myself?” asked George, indignantly. “Oh, all right! But you want to get +there pretty quick, Nod. It’s hard to hold seats when there aren’t +enough of them in the first place. There’s a regular mob going out there +already!” + +Disconsolately Laurie hurried out and stationed himself at the dormitory +entrance. Presently the players emerged from the gymnasium in their togs +and passed through the little gate to Washington Street. Laurie watched +them file past, hoping hard that Ned would be among them. But, although +all the rest were there, twenty-one in all, there was no Ned. + +From Washington Street and Summit Street came a steady tramping of feet, +accompanied by a swishing sound as the pedestrians brushed through the +fallen leaves. Occasionally an automobile went by with a warning honk of +its horn at the corner. Looking over the withered hedge, Laurie could +see the colors of Hillman’s and Farview marching past, banners of dark +blue bearing the white Old English H, maroon-and-white flags adorned +with the letters “F. A.” Laughter and the merry, excited chatter of many +voices came to him. The yard was empty, except for a boy hurrying down +the steps of West Hall, and he too quickly disappeared through the gate. + +Presently Laurie looked at his watch. The time was eighteen minutes to +two. He left East Hall and turned toward the gymnasium. Out of the +shelter of the dormitory a little breeze fanned his face, and he +remembered Hop Kendrick’s dread of a wind that would put more power into +the toe of the Farview punter. It might be, he reflected, that Hop was +due for disappointment; but the matter didn’t seem very important to +him. The locker-room in the gymnasium was empty. Over the benches lay +the discarded underclothing of the players, and sometimes the outer +clothing as well, suggesting that excitement on this occasion had +prevailed over orderliness. Laurie made his way to Ned’s locker. It was +closed, and behind the unfastened door hung his togs. + + + + +CHAPTER XX—FOR THE HONOR OF THE TURNERS + + +Walking felt good to Ned that morning. The air, brisk in spite of the +sunshine and the day’s stillness, cleared his head of the queer +cloudiness that had been there since awakening, and, turning into the +country road that led eastward toward the higher hills, he strode along +briskly. He had, he reflected, played rather a low-down trick on Laurie; +but that could be explained later, and Laurie wouldn’t mind when he +understood. When he had gone the better part of a mile into the country, +and the road had begun to steepen perceptibly, the sound of a motor +behind warned him to one side. But, instead of passing in a cloud of +dust, the automobile slowed down as it reached the pedestrian, and the +driver, a genial-looking man of middle age, hailed. + +“Going my way?” he asked. “Get in if you like.” + +Ned hesitated, and then climbed in beside the solitary occupant of the +car. The prospect of speeding through the sunlit morning world appealed +to him, and he thanked the driver and snuggled into the other corner of +the front seat. + +“That’s all right, my boy,” answered the man, genially. “Glad to have +company. How far are you going?” + +“Just—just up the road a ways,” replied Ned, vaguely. “I was out for a +walk, only this seemed better.” + +“Well, it’s quicker, though it doesn’t give you quite so much exercise,” +was the response. “You sing out when you’ve had enough. Maybe you can +get a lift going back, if you’re not in too much of a hurry. Still, +there isn’t much travel on this road. Most folks go around by Little +Windsor. It’s longer, but the road’s a sight better. I go this way +because I can do it quicker. There are some fierce bumps, though. Yell +if you drop out!” + +The car was a heavy one with good springs, and as long as Ned remained +in it the bad bumps didn’t materialize. His companion evidently liked to +talk, and Ned learned a good deal about him and his business, without, +however, finding it very interesting. The man asked few questions, and +so Ned merely supplied the information that he was from Hillman’s School +and that he liked to walk and that he had all the morning to get back +in. The car kept up an even, effortless speed of twenty-seven or -eight +miles an hour, and it was finding himself booming up the straight grade +over Candle Mountain that brought Ned to a sudden realization that if he +meant to get back to school by twelve o’clock without undue effort he +had best part company with his chatty acquaintance. So, at the summit of +the hill, he said good-by, repeated his thanks, and got out. + +“Guess you’re about six miles from Orstead,” said the man. “It won’t +take you long to get back there, though, if you find a lift. Don’t +hesitate to stop any one you see; they’ll be glad to take you in. +Good-by!” + +The gray automobile went on and was speedily dropping from sight beyond +the nearly leafless forest. Ned watched it disappear, and then set his +face toward home. The ride had certainly done him good, he told himself. +The prospect of being called on to kick a dozen goals wouldn’t have +dismayed him a mite at that moment. In fact, he suddenly realized that +he was going to be horribly disappointed if the chance to attempt at +least one goal from the field did not come to him, and he wondered why +he had felt so craven last night. + +After a mile or so a small, dust-covered car overhauled him and went by +without a challenge from him. It was still only ten o’clock, and he had +two hours yet, and he had no intention of begging a ride. Taken +leisurely, the remaining miles would be covered without weariness and in +plenty of time. When he had accomplished, as he reckoned, about half the +distance to Orstead, his watch said seventeen minutes to eleven. The +forenoon had grown appreciably warmer, and so had Ned. Beside the road +was a little knoll carpeted with ashy-brown beech-leaves. Only a stone +wall, bordered with blackberry briars, intervened. + +Ned climbed across the wall and seated himself on the slope of the +knoll. The land descended gently before him toward the river and the +town, but neither was in sight. Presently, removing his cap, he +stretched himself on his back and linked his fingers under his head. And +presently, because the blue, sunlit, almost cloudless sky was too +dazzling to gaze at long, he closed his eyes. And as he did so a +strange, delicious languor descended upon him. He sighed luxuriously and +stretched his legs into a more comfortable position. It was odd that he +should feel sleepy at this time of day, he thought, and it wouldn’t do +to stay here too long. He wished, though, that he didn’t have to get +anywhere at any especial time. It would be great to just lie here like +this and feel the sun on his face and— + +At about that moment he stopped thinking at all and went sound asleep. + +When he awoke he was in shadow, for the sun had traveled around and past +the elbow of a near-by old and knotted oak whose brown-pink leaves still +clung to the twisted branches. Ned looked around him in puzzlement, and +it was a long moment before he could account for his surroundings. When +he had, he sat up very quickly and gave a startled look at his watch. +The thing was crazy! It said twenty-one minutes past two! Of course it +couldn’t be that late, he told himself indignantly. But even as he said +it he was oppressed by a conviction that it was. And a look at the sun +removed any lingering doubt! + +He sprang to his feet, seized his cap, and stumbled across the wall, +and, again on the road, set out at a run toward home. But after a moment +he slowed up. “Was there any use in hurrying now? The game was already +in progress—had been going on for twenty minutes. The first quarter was +probably nearly over. What would they say to him, the fellows and Coach +Mulford and—Laurie? Somehow, what Laurie would think appeared far more +important than what any of the others might. He would have such a poor +excuse, he reflected ruefully! Went for a walk, and fell asleep by the +road! Gee, he couldn’t tell them that! He might tell Laurie; but the +others—” + +He was jogging on as he thought things over. Even if he ran all the way, +and he couldn’t do that, of course, he wouldn’t get to school before +three. And then he would have to change into his togs and reach the +field. And by that time the second half would have started. Wouldn’t it +be far better to remain away altogether? He might easily reach his room +unseen, and then, when Laurie returned, he could pretend illness. He +might not fool Laurie; but the others, Coach Mulford and Dave Murray and +the fellows, would have to believe him. + +If a fellow was ill, he couldn’t be expected to play football. He even +got as far as wondering what particular and peculiar malady he could +assume, when he put the idea aside. + +“No use lying about it,” he muttered. “Got to face the music, Ned! It +was your own fault. Maybe Mulford will let me down easy. I wouldn’t like +to queer myself for next year. Gee, though, what’ll the school think?” +And Ned groaned aloud. + +While he had slept, five vehicles had passed him, and as many persons +had seen him lying there asleep in the sun and idly conjectured about +him. But now, when he needed help to conquer the interminable three +miles that stretched between him and the town, and although he +constantly turned his head to gaze hopefully back along the dusty road, +not a conveyance appeared. Before long, since he had unwisely started at +too great a speed, he was forced to sit down on a rock and rest. He was +very nearly out of breath and the perspiration was trickling down +beneath his cloth cap. A light breeze had sprung up since he had dropped +asleep, and it felt very grateful as it caressed his damp hair and +flushed face. + +Perhaps those three miles were nearer four, because when, tired, dusty, +and heart-sick, he descried the tower of the Congregational church above +the leafless elms and maples of the village, the gilded hands pointed to +twelve minutes past three. Even had he arrived in time, he reflected +miserably, he would never have been able to serve his team-mates and his +school, for he was scarcely able to drag one foot behind the other as he +finally turned into the yard. + +The place appeared deserted, grounds and buildings alike, as Ned +unhesitatingly made his way across to the gymnasium. He had long since +decided on his course of action. No matter whether he had failed his +coach and his schoolmates, his duty was still plain. As late as it was, +he would get into his togs and report at the field. But when, in the +empty locker-room, he paused before where his football togs should have +been, he found only empty hooks. The locker, save for towels, was empty! + +At first he accepted the fact as conclusive evidence of his +disgrace—thought that coach or manager or an infuriated student body +had removed his clothes as a signal of degradation! Then the +unlikelihood of the conclusion came, and he wondered whether they had +really been there. But of course they had! He remembered perfectly +hanging them up, as usual, yesterday afternoon. Perhaps some one had +borrowed them, then. The locker had been unfastened, probably, for half +the time he forgot to turn the key in it. Wondering, he made his way out +of the building, undecided now what to do. But as he reached the corner +a burst of cheers floated to him from the play-field. His head came up. +It was still his duty to report, togs or no togs! Resolutely he set out +on Summit Street, the sounds of battle momentarily growing nearer as he +limped along. + +By the entrances many automobiles and some carriages lined the road. +Above the stand the backs of the spectators in the top row of seats +looked strangely agitated, and blue flags waved and snapped. A fainter +cheer came to him, the slogan of Farview, from the farther side of the +field. He heard the piping of signals, and a dull thud of leather +against leather, then cries and a whistle shrilling; and then a great +and triumphant burst of cheering from the Blue side. + +He hurried his steps, leaped the low fence beside the road, and came to +a group of spectators standing at the nearer end of the long, low grand +stand. He could see the gridiron now, and the battling teams in +mid-field. And the scoreboard at the farther end! And, seeing that, his +heart sank. “Hillman’s 7—Visitors 9” was the story! He tugged the +sleeve of a man beside him, a youngish man in a chauffeur’s livery. + +“What period is it?” he asked. + +“Fourth,” was the answer. The man turned a good-natured look on the +boy’s anxious face. + +“Been going about four minutes. You just get here?” + +Ned nodded. “How did they get their nine?” he asked. + +“Farview? Worked a forward pass in the second quarter for about thirty +yards, and smashed over for a touch-down. They failed at goal, though. +That made ’em six, and they got three more in the last quarter. +Hillman’s fumbled about on their thirty, and that bandy-legged full-back +of Farview’s kicked a corking goal from field. Gee—say, it was some +kick!” + +“Placement or drop?” + +“Drop. Almost forty yards, I guess. There they go again!” The chauffeur +tiptoed to see over a neighbor’s head. Ned, past his shoulder, had an +uncertain glimpse of the Maroon and White breaking through the Blue’s +left side. When the down was signaled, he spoke again. + +“How did Hillman’s score?” he asked. + +“Huh? Oh, she got started right off at the beginning of the game and +just ate those red-legs up. Rushed the ball from the middle of the +field, five and six yards at a whack, and landed it on the other +fellow’s door-sill. Farview sort of pulled together then and made a +fight; but that big chap, Pope, the full-back, smashed through finally, +right square between the posts. After that he kicked the goal. Guess the +red-legs had stage-fright then, but they got over it, and our fellows +haven’t had a chance to score since. Pope had to lay off last quarter. +They played him to a standstill. Mason’s mighty good, but he can’t make +the gains Pope did. First down again! Say, they aren’t doing a thing but +eating us up!” + +Ned wormed himself to the front of the group, and came to anchor at the +side of a tall policeman, close to the rope that stretched from the end +of the stand well past the zone line. By craning his neck he could look +down the length of the field. White-sweatered, armed with big blue +megaphones, Brewster and Whipple and two others, cheer leaders, were +working mightily, although the resulting cheers sounded weak where Ned +stood. The teams were coming down the field slowly but surely, the Blue +contesting every yard, but yielding after every play. The lines faced +each other close to the thirty now. Across the gridiron, Farview’s pæans +were joyful and confident, and the maroon-and-white flags gyrated in +air. Well back toward his threatened goal, Hop Kendrick, white-faced and +anxious, called hoarse encouragement. Ned clenched his hands and hoped +and feared. + +A line attack turned into an unexpected forward pass, and a tall Farview +end came streaking down just inside the boundary. Hop was after him like +a shot; but Deering, who had taken Pope’s place, ran him out at the +fifteen-yard line. The Maroon and White went wild with joy. The teams +trooped in on the heels of the diminutive referee, and the ball was down +just inside Hillman’s fifteen. Ned looked the Blue team over. Save for +Corson and White, the line was made up of first-string men, but the back +field was, with the single exception of Mason, all substitutes: +Kendrick, Boessel, and Deering. + +A plunge straight at the center gave Farview two more precious yards, +Kewpie, apparently pretty well played out, yielding before the desperate +attack. Three more yards were gained between Emerson and Stevenson on +the left. Third down now, and five to go! Evidently Farview was +determined on a touch-down, for on the nine yards, with an excellent +chance for a field goal, she elected to rush again. But this time the +Blue’s center held, and the Farview left half, when friend and foe was +pulled from above him, held the pigskin scarcely a foot in advance of +its former position. It was Hillman’s turn to cheer, and cheer she did. +Ned added a wild shout of triumph to the din about him. + +Fourth down, and still five yards to gain! Now Farview must either kick +or try a forward, and realizing this the Blue’s secondary defense +dropped back and out. A Farview substitute came speeding on, a new left +tackle. Then, amid a sudden hush, the quarter sang his signals: “Kick +formation! 73—61—29—” The big full-back stretched his arms out. +“12—17—9!” Back sped the ball, straight and breast-high. The Blue line +plunged gallantly. The stand became a pandemonium. The full-back swung a +long right leg, but the ball didn’t drop from his hands. Two steps to +the left, and he was poising it for a forward pass! Then he threw, well +over the up-stretched hands of a Hillman’s player who had broken +through, and to the left. A Maroon and White end awaited the ball, for +the instant all alone on the Blue’s goal-line. Ned, seeing, groaned +dismally. Then from somewhere a pair of blue-clad arms flashed into +sight, a slim body leaped high, and from the Hillman’s side of the field +came a veritable thunder of relief and exultation. For the blue arms had +the ball, and the blue player was dodging and worming toward the farther +side-line! Captain Stevenson it was who cleared the path for him at the +last moment, bowling over a Farview player whose arms were already +stretched to grapple, and, in a shorter time than the telling takes, Hop +Kendrick was racing toward the distant goal! + +Afterward Ned realized that during the ensuing ten or twelve seconds he +had tried desperately to shin up the tall policeman; but at the time he +had not known it, nor, or so it appeared, had the policeman, for the +latter was shouting his lungs out! Past the middle of the field sped +Hop, running as fleetly as a hare, and behind him pounded a solitary +Farview end. These two left the rest of the field farther and farther +back at every stride. For a moment it seemed that Hop would win that +desperate race; but at last, near the thirty-five yards, he faltered, +and the gap between him and his pursuer closed to a matter of three or +four strides, and after that it was only a question of how close to the +goal the Blue runner would get before he was overtaken and dragged down. +The end came between the fifteen- and twenty-yard streaks. Then, no more +than a stride behind, the Farview player sprang. His arms wrapped +themselves around Hop’s knees, and the runner crashed to earth. + +For a long minute the babel of shouting continued, for that eighty-yard +sprint had changed the complexion of the game in a handful of seconds. +Hillman’s was no longer the besieged, fighting in her last trench to +stave off defeat, but stood now on the threshold of victory, herself the +besieger! + +Farview called for time. Two substitutes came in to strengthen her line. +Hop, evidently no worse for his effort, was on his feet again, thumping +his players on the backs, imploring, entreating, and confident. On the +seventeen yards lay the brown oval, almost in front of the right-hand +goal-post. A field goal would put the home team one point to the good, +and, with only a few minutes left to play, win the game almost beyond a +doubt, and none on the Blue’s side of the field doubted that a try at +goal would follow. Even when the first play came from ordinary formation +and Deering smashed into the left of Farview’s line for a scant yard, +the audience was not fooled. Of course, it was wise to gain what ground +they might with three downs to waste, for there was always the chance +that a runner might get free and that luck would bring a touch-down +instead. + +Yet again Hop signaled a line attack. This time it was Mason who carried +the ball, and he squirmed through for two yards outside left tackle, +edging the pigskin nearer the center of the goal. Then came a shout that +started near the Blue team’s bench and traveled right along the stand. A +slight youngster was pulling off his sweater in front of the bench, a +boy with red-brown hair and a pale, set face. Then he had covered the +red-brown hair with a leather helmet and was trotting into the field +with upraised hand. + +Ned stared and stared. Then he closed his eyes for an instant, opened +them, and stared again. After that he pinched himself hard to make +certain that he was awake and not still dreaming on the knoll beside the +road. The substitute was speaking to the referee now, and Deering was +walking away from the group in the direction of the bench. The cheering +began, the leaders waving their arms in unison along the length of the +Hillman’s stand: + +“’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! Deering!” + +And then again, a second later: “’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! ’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! +’Rah, ’rah, ’rah! Turner!” + +Ned turned imploringly to the tall policeman. “What—who was that last +fellow they cheered?” he faltered. + +The policeman looked down impatiently. + +“Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXI—THE UNDERSTUDY + + +“_Block that kick! Block that kick! Block that kick!_” chanted Farview +imploringly, from across the trampled field. + +Yet above the hoarse entreaty came Hop Kendrick’s confident voice: “All +right, Hillman’s! Make it go! Here’s where we win it! Kick formation! +Turner back!” And then: “25—78—26—194! 12—31—9—” + +But it was Hop himself who dashed straight forward and squirmed ahead +over one white line before the whistle blew. + +“Fourth down!” called the referee. “About four and a half!” + +“Come on!” cried Hop. “Make it go this time! Hard, fellows, hard! We’ve +got ’em going!” He threw an arm over the shoulder of the new substitute. +Those near by saw the latter shake his head, saw Hop draw back and stare +as if aghast at the insubordination. Farview protested to the referee +against the delay, and the latter called warningly. Hop nodded, and +raised his voice again: + +“Kick formation! Turner back!” + +Then he walked back to where the substitute stood and dropped to his +knees. + +“Place-kick!” grunted a man at Ned’s elbow. “Can’t miss it from there if +the line holds!” + +Ned, in a perfect agony of suspense, waited. Hop was calling his +signals. There was a pause. Then: “16—32—7—” + +Back came the ball on a long pass from Kewpie. It was high, but Hop got +it, pulled it down, and pointed it. Ned saw the kicker step forward. +Then he closed his eyes. + +There was a wild outburst from all around him, and he opened them again. +The ball was not in sight, but a frantic little man in a gray sweater +was waving his arms like a semaphore behind the farther goal. Along the +space between stand and side-line a quartette of youths leaped crazily, +flourishing great blue megaphones or throwing them in air. Above the +stand blue banners waved and caps tossed about. On the scoreboard at the +far end of the field the legend read: “Hillman’s 10—Visitors 9.” + +A moment later, a boy with a wide grin on his tired face and nerves that +were still jangling made his way along Summit Street in the direction of +school. Behind him the cheers and shouts still broke forth at intervals, +for there yet remained some three minutes of playing time. Once, in the +sudden stillness between cheers, he heard plainly the hollow thump of a +punted ball. More shouts then, indeterminate, dying away suddenly. The +boy walked quickly, for he had a reason for wanting to gain the security +of his room before the crowd flowed back from the field. At last, at the +school gate, he paused and looked back and listened. From the distant +scene of battle came a faint surge of sound that rose and fell and rose +again and went on unceasingly as long as he could hear. + +Back in Number 16, Ned threw his cap aside and dropped into the nearest +chair. There was much that he understood, yet much more that was still a +mystery to him. One thing, however, he dared hope, and that was that the +disgrace of having failed his fellows had passed him miraculously by! As +to the rest, he pondered and speculated vainly. He felt horribly limp +and weary while he waited for Laurie to come. And after a while he heard +cheering, and arose and went to a window. There could no longer be any +doubt as to the final outcome of the game. Between the sidewalk throngs, +dancing from side to side of the street with linked arms, came +Hillman’s, triumphant! + +[Illustration: “Turner. Guess he’s going to kick a goal for ’em.”] + +And here and there, borne on the shoulders of joyous comrades, bobbed a +captured player. There were more than a dozen of them, some taking the +proceeding philosophically, others squirming and fighting for freedom. +Now and then one succeeded in getting free, but recapture was invariably +his fate. At least, this was true with a single exception while Ned +watched. The exception was a boy with red-brown hair, who, having +managed to slip from his enthusiastic friends, dashed through the throng +on the sidewalk, leaped a fence, cut across a corner, and presently sped +through the gate on Washington Street, pursuit defeated. A minute later, +flushed and breathless, he flung open the door of Number 16. + +At sight of Ned, Laurie’s expression of joyous satisfaction faded. He +halted inside the door and closed it slowly behind him. At last, +“Hello,” he said, listlessly. + +“Hello,” answered Ned. Then there was a long silence. Outside, in front +of the gymnasium, they were cheering the victorious team, player by +player. At last, “We won, didn’t we?” asked Ned. + +Laurie nodded as if the thing were a matter of total indifference. He +still wore football togs, and he frowningly viewed a great hole in one +blue stocking as he seated himself on his bed. + +“Well,” he said, finally, “what happened to you?” + +Ned told him, at first haltingly, and then with more assurance as he saw +the look of relief creep into Laurie’s face. As he ended his story, +Laurie’s countenance expressed only a great and joyous amusement. + +“Neddie,” he chuckled, “you’ll be the death of me yet! You came pretty +near to it to-day, too, partner!” He sobered as his thoughts went back +to a moment some fifteen minutes before, and he shook his head. +“Partner, this thing of understudying a football hero is mighty wearing. +I’m through for all time. After this, Ned, you’ll have to provide your +own substitute! I’m done!” + +“How—why—how did you happen to think of it?” asked Ned, rather humbly. +“Weren’t you—scared?” + +“Scared? Have a heart! I was frightened to death every minute I sat on +the bench. And then, when Mulford yelped at me, I—well, I simply passed +away altogether! I’m at least ten years older than I was this morning, +Neddie, and I’ll bet I’ve got gray hairs all over my poor old head. You +see, Murray as much as said that it was all day with you if you didn’t +show up. Kewpie was a bit down-hearted about it, too. I waited around +until half-past one or after, thinking every moment that you’d turn +up—hoping you would, anyhow; although, to be right honest, Neddie, I +had a sort of hunch, after the way you acted and talked, that maybe +you’d gone off on purpose. Anyhow, about one o’clock I got to thinking, +and the more I thought the more I got into the notion that something had +to be done if the honor of the Turners was to be—be upheld. And the +only thing I could think of was putting on your togs and bluffing it +through. Kewpie owned up that he’d been talking rot last night—that he +didn’t really think you’d be called on to-day. And I decided to take a +chance. Of course, if I’d known what was going to happen I guess I +wouldn’t have had the courage; but I didn’t know. I thought all I’d have +to do was sit on the bench and watch. + +“So I went over to the gym and got your togs on, and streaked out to the +field, I guess I looked as much like you as you do, for none of the +fellows knew that I wasn’t you. I was careful not to talk much. Mr. +Mulford gave me thunder, and so did Murray, and Joe Stevenson looked +pretty black. I just said I was sorry, and there wasn’t much time to +explain, anyway, because the game was starting about the time I got +there. Once, in the third period, when Slavin was hurt, Mulford looked +along the bench and stopped when he got to me, and I thought my time had +come. But I guess he wanted to punish me for being late. Anyway, Boessel +got the job. When the blow did fall, Neddie, I was sick clean through. +My tummy sort of folded up and my spine was about as stiff as—as a +drink of water! I wanted to run, or crawl under the bench or something. +‘You’ve pleased yourself so far to-day, Turner,’ said Mulford. ‘Now +suppose you do something for the school. Kendrick will call for a kick. +You see that it gets over, or I’ll have something to say to you later. +Remember this, though: not a word to any one but the referee until after +the next play. Now get out there and _win this game!_’ + +“Nice thing to say to a chap who’d never kicked a football in his life +except around the street! But, gee, Neddie, what could I do? I’d started +the thing, and I had to see it through. Of course I thought that maybe +I’d ought to fess up that I wasn’t me—or, rather, you—and let some one +else kick. But I knew there wasn’t any one else they could depend on, +and I decided that if some one had to miss the goal, it might as well be +me—or you. Besides, there was the honor of the Turners! So I sneaked +out, with my heart in my boots,—your boots, I mean,—and Hop called for +a line play, and then another one, and I thought maybe I was going to +get off without making a fool of myself. But no such luck. ‘Take all the +time you want, Nid,’ said Hop. ‘We’ll hold ’em for you. Drop it over, +for the love of mud! We’ve got to have this game!’ ‘Drop it?’ said I. +‘Not on your life, Hop! Make it a place-kick or I’ll never have a +chance!’ ‘What do you mean?’ he asked. ‘I mean I can’t drop-kick +to-day.’ I guess something in my voice or the way I said it put him on, +for he looked at me pretty sharp. Still, maybe he didn’t guess the +truth, either, for he let me have my way and let me kick. + +“After that”—Laurie half closed his eyes and shook his head +slowly—“after that I don’t really know what did happen. I have a sort +of a hazy recollection of Hop shouting some signals that didn’t mean a +thing in my young life, and kneeling on the ground a couple of yards +ahead of me. I didn’t dare look at the goal, though I knew it was ahead +of me and about twenty yards away. Then there was a brown streak, and +things began to move, and I moved with them. I suppose I swung my +foot,-probably my right one, though it may have been my left,—and then +I closed my eyes tight and waited for some one to kill me. Next thing I +knew, I was being killed—or I thought I thought I was, for a second. It +turned out, though, that the fellows weren’t really killing me; they +were just beating me black and blue to show they were pleased. + +“Of course, it was all the biggest piece of luck that ever happened, +Ned. Hop aimed the ball just right, and somehow or other I managed to +kick it. Maybe any one would have done just as well, because I guess it +was an easy goal. Anyway, the honor of the Turners was safe!” + +“You’re a regular brick,” said Ned, a bit huskily. “What—what happened +afterward? I didn’t stay.” + +“Afterward Hop looked at me kind of queer and said, ‘I guess that’ll do +for you, Turner,’ and I beat it away from there as fast as I knew how, +and Mulford sent in some other poor unfortunate. There were only half a +dozen plays after that, and we kicked whenever we got the ball.” + +“Do you think any one but Hop found out?” asked Ned, anxiously. + +“Not a one. And I’m not sure, mind you, that Hop did. You see, he didn’t +_say_ anything. Only, he did call me ‘Nid’ at first, and then ‘Turner’ +the next time. I haven’t seen him since. I guess I never will know, +unless I ask him. One thing’s sure, though, Ned, and that is that Hop +won’t talk.” + +“You don’t think I’d ought to fess up?” asked Ned. + +“I do not,” replied Laurie stoutly. “What’s the good? It wasn’t your +fault if you went to sleep out in the country. If any one’s to blame, +it’s me. I oughtn’t to have hoaxed them. No, sir; if Mulford or any one +says anything, just you tell them you fell asleep and couldn’t help +getting there late. But I don’t believe any one will ask questions now. +They’re all too pleased and excited. But, gee, Neddie! I certainly am +glad I made that goal instead of missing it. I’d be a pretty mean +feeling pup to-night if I hadn’t!” + +“It was wonderful,” mused Ned. “You putting it over, I mean. With all +that crowd looking on, and Farview shouting—” + +“Shouting? I didn’t hear them. I didn’t know whether there was any one +around just then! I had troubles of my own, partner! Know something? +Well, I think there’s the chap who kicked that goal.” Laurie raised his +right foot and displayed one of Ned’s scuffed football shoes. “I guess I +just sort of left things to him and he did the business. Good old Mister +Shoe!” + +Ned jumped to his feet and pulled Laurie from the bed. “For the love of +lemons,” he cried, “get those togs off before any one comes in!” + +“Gee, that’s so!” Laurie worked feverishly, while Ned stumbled over a +chair and turned the key in the lock. + +“A fine pair of idiots we are!” exclaimed Ned, as he ripped Laurie’s +shirt off for him. “Suppose Hop or Kewpie had come in while we were +sitting here!” + +Hillman’s spent the rest of the evening in celebration. In the +dining-hall the appearance of any member of the squad was the signal for +hand-clapping and cheers, and when Ned entered, followed by Laurie, the +applause was deafening. Ned showed himself to be a very modest and +retiring hero, for he fairly scuttled to his seat, and kept his head +bent over his plate long after the applause had died away. Then, +stealing an unhappy glance at Laurie, he found that youth grinning +broadly, and was the recipient of a most meaningful wink. After supper, +in the corridor, the twins ran squarely into Hop Kendrick. Ned tried to +pull aside, but Laurie stood his ground. Hop was plainly a very happy +youth to-night, although even when happiest he never entirely lost his +look of earnest gravity. + +“Well, we did it, Nid!” he said joyfully, clapping that youth on the +shoulder. “That was a corking kick of yours, son!” + +Ned stammered something utterly unintelligible, but Laurie came to the +rescue: “Ned says it was the way you pointed the ball that won that +goal, Hop,” he said casually. “He’s mighty modest about it.” + +Hop shot a quick glance at the speaker, and Ned declared afterward that +there was a smile behind it. But all he said was: “Oh, well, pointing +isn’t everything, Nod. _Some one’s_ got to kick it!” + +When he had gone on, Ned and Laurie viewed each other questioningly. +“Think he knows?” asked Ned. Laurie shook his head frowningly. “You’ve +got me, partner!” he answered. + +And, because neither asked Hop Kendrick outright, neither ever did know! + +There were songs and speeches and a general jollification after supper, +ending in a parade of cheering, singing youths who marched through the +town from end to end, and at last drew up outside Doctor Hillman’s porch +and shouted until that gentleman appeared and responded. The Doctor’s +words were few, but they hit the spot, and when there had been another +long cheer for him, and another long cheer for the team, and a final +mighty cheer for the school, the happy boys called it a day and sought +the dormitories. + +Ned was just dropping off to sleep that night when Laurie’s voice +reached him through the darkness. + +“Ned!” called Laurie. + +“Huh?” + +“Are you awake?” + +“Uh-huh.” + +“Listen. It’s a fortunate thing to be a twin.” + +There was a long moment of silence. Then Ned’s voice came sleepily: + +“’Cause if one twin can’t the other twin kin!” + + + + +CHAPTER XXII—THE BOYS MAKE A PRESENT + + +The week or so succeeding the Farview game seemed like an anticlimax. +The bottom had sort of dropped out of things and there was no immediate +excitement to look forward to. The weather became as miserable as +weather possibly could, the slight snowfall that followed the rain of +Thanksgiving Day lasting only long enough to be seen by the early +risers. Perhaps it was well that lack of events and inclement weather +ruled, for Ned and a good many other boys in school were no worse for an +opportunity to apply themselves undisturbedly to their studies. +Basketball candidates were called the first Monday in December, and the +twins held a serious conference on the question of reporting. Ned, who +felt rather flat since there was no more football, was half inclined to +go in for the game, and would have had Laurie insisted. But Laurie voted +that for the present the Turners had done sufficient in the athletic +line, that the honor of the family demanded no further sacrifices on the +altar of duty. So Ned abandoned the idea and talked of trying for the +crew in the spring. + +When December was a week old, the fellows set their gaze on the +Christmas recess, which this year began on Wednesday, three days before +Christmas, and lasted until the 2d of January. Eleven days are not +sufficient to make a trip across the continent and back advisable, +although the twins figured that, with the best of fortune, they would be +able to reach Santa Lucia in time for dinner Christmas night. On the +other hand, the missing of one connection would delay their arrival +until the following afternoon, and, as Laurie pointed out, they were +fairly certain to be held up somewhere on the way, and a sleeping-car +wasn’t exactly an ideal place in which to spend the holiday! Besides, +there was a noticeable lack of encouragement from home. It had been +accepted beforehand that the boys were to remain at the school during +the recess, and nothing in Mr. Turner’s fortnightly letters hinted that +he had changed his mind. + +“I’d just as lief stay here, anyway,” declared Ned. “We can have a lot +more fun. Maybe there’ll be a bunch of snow, and I’m dying to try +skiing.” + +“You bet! And skating, too! And then there’s that other scheme. Mustn’t +forget that, Neddie.” + +“You mean—” + +“Yes. Didn’t you say we’d do it during vacation?” + +“Sure! It—it’ll take quite a lot of money, though, Laurie. And we’ll +have presents to buy for Dad and Aunt Emmie and the cousins—” + +“The cousins get Christmas cards, and that’s all they do get,” +interrupted Laurie, decisively. “That’s all they ever give us, and I’d +rather spend my money on something that’ll really—really benefit some +one. I guess Dad’ll send us some more money, too, for Christmas. We can +do it, all right. I’ve got nearly seven dollars right now. I haven’t +spent hardly any money this month.” + +“All right. Some day soon we’ll go downtown and find out how much it’s +going to cost and what we’ll need and everything. I say, we can get Bob +to help us, too!” + +“Rather! And three or four other fellows, I guess. Every one likes the +Widow, and George says there will be five or six fellows here during +recess. He was here last year, and he says he had a dandy time.” + +“Let’s get George this afternoon and get the thing started. We can find +out the—the area and ask the man how much we’ll need.” + +“Sure! And we can buy it and store it at Bob’s. Then all we’ll have to +do will be carry it over the fence. I’ll go down and see if I can find +him. Look here, Neddie. Why don’t we do it before Christmas and make it +a sort of Christmas present? Say we worked hard all day Thursday and +Friday—” + +“Great! Only if it snowed—” + +Laurie’s face fell. “Gee, that’s so! I suppose we couldn’t do it if it +snowed. Or rained. Or if it was frightfully cold.” + +“They say it doesn’t get real cold here until after New Year’s,” said +Ned, reassuringly. “But of course it might snow or rain. Well, we’ll do +it in time for Christmas if we can. If we can’t, we’ll do it for New +Year’s. I’ll bet she’ll be tickled to death. I say, though! We never +found out about the color!” + +“I did,” answered Laurie modestly. “I asked Polly. She said white.” + +“White! Geewhillikins, Laurie, that makes it harder, doesn’t it? We’d +have to put on two coats!” + +“Think so?” Laurie frowned. “I guess we would. That would take twice as +long, eh? Look here; maybe—maybe I can get Polly to change her mind!” + +“That’s likely, you chump!” Ned scowled thoughtfully. Finally, “I tell +you what,” he said. “Suppose we went around there sometime, and talked +with Mrs. Deane, and told her how nice we think blue looks and how sort +of—of distinctive! Gee, it wouldn’t be any trick at all to make it +blue; but white—” He shook his head despondently. + +“Cheer up!” said Laurie. “I’ve got the dope, partner! Listen. We’ll tell +them that it ought to be blue because blue’s the school color and all +that. Mrs. Deane thinks a heap of Hillman’s, and she’ll fall for it as +sure as shooting. So’ll Polly! Come on! Let’s find George and get the +thing started!” + +“Better get Bob to go with us, too. He said something about wanting to +pay his share of it, so we’d better let him in right from the start. +After all, we don’t want to hog it, Laurie!” + +A fortnight later the exodus came. Of the four-score lads who lived at +Hillman’s, all but eight took their departure that Wednesday morning, +and Ned and Laurie and George watched the last group drive off for the +station with feelings of genuine satisfaction. Life at school during the +eleven days of recess promised to be busy and enjoyable, and they were +eager to see the decks cleared, so to speak, and to start the new way of +living. Ned and Laurie had had plenty of invitations for Christmas week. +Both Kewpie and Lee Murdock had earnestly desired their society at their +respective homes, and there had been others less insistent but possibly +quite as cordial invitations. But neither one had weakened. George half +promised one of the boys to visit him for a few days after Christmas, +but later he canceled his acceptance. + +Besides George and the twins, there remained at school five other +fellows who, because they lived at a distance and railway fares were +high, or for other reasons, found it expedient to accept Doctor +Hillman’s hospitality. None of the five, two juniors, one lower middler, +and two upper middlers, were known to the twins more than casually when +recess began; but eating together three times a day and being thrown in +one another’s society at other times soon made the acquaintance much +closer, and all proved to be decent, likable chaps. + +Meals were served at a corner table in West Hall, and during recess +there were seldom fewer than three of the faculty present. That may +sound depressing, but in vacation-time an instructor becomes quite a +human, jovial person, and the scant dozen around the table enjoyed +themselves hugely. In the evening Doctor Hillman held open house, and +Miss Tabitha showed a genius for providing methods of entertainment. +Sometimes they popped corn in the fireplace in the cozy living-room, +sometimes they roasted apples. Once it was chestnuts that jumped on the +hearth. Then, too, Miss Tabitha was a past mistress in the art of making +fudge, and on two occasions Mr. Barrett, the mathematics instructor, +displayed such a sweet tooth that the boys lost the last of their awe +and “ragged” him without mercy. Several times the Doctor read aloud, +choosing, to the boys’ surprise, a corking detective novel that had them +squirming on the edges of their chairs. Toward the last of the vacation, +Laurie confided to Ned and George that he wished recess was just +beginning. + +To Ned’s and Laurie’s great disappointment, neither snow nor ice +appeared and the weather remained merely briskly cold, with sometimes a +day like Indian summer. But I am getting ahead of my story, which really +comes to an end on Christmas Day. + +More than a week before the closing of school, the four conspirators had +finished their preparations for the task that was to provide the Widow +Deane with a novel Christmas present. In Bob’s cellar were many cans +containing blue paint, white paint, linseed oil, and turpentine. There +were brushes there, too, and a scraper, and a roll of cotton rags +provided by Polly. For, in the end, it had become necessary to acquaint +Polly with the project. Against Bob’s back fence reposed all the +ladders, of varying lengths, that the neighborhood afforded. Wednesday +evening Ned and Laurie and George herded the other boys into George’s +room, and explained the scheme and asked for volunteers. They got five +most enthusiastic ones. + +Nine o’clock the next morning was set as the time for the beginning of +the work, and at that hour nine rather disreputably-attired youths +appeared in Mrs. Deane’s yard, arriving by way of the back fence, and +began their assault. The first the Widow knew of what was happening was +when, being then occupied with the task of tidying up the sleeping-room +on the second floor, she was startled to see the head and shoulders of a +boy appear outside her window. Her exclamation of alarm gave place to +murmurs of bewilderment as the supposed burglar contented himself with +lifting the two shutters from their hinges and passing them down the +ladder to some unseen accomplice. Mrs. Deane looked forth. In the garden +was what at first glimpse looked like a convention of tramps. They were +armed with ladders and brushes and pots of paint, and they were already +very busy. Across two trestles set on the grass plot, the stolen +shutters were laid as fast as they were taken down. One boy, flourishing +a broad-bladed implement, scraped the rough surfaces. A second plied a +big round brush, dusting diligently. Numbers three and four, as soon as +the first two operatives retired, attacked with brushes dripping with +white paint. In almost no time at all the first shutter was off the +trestles and leaning, fresh and spotless, against the fence. Every +instant another shutter appeared. Mrs. Deane gazed in fascinated +amazement. One after another, she recognized the miscreants: the two +Turner boys, George Watson, Mr. Starling’s son, Hal Goring, the Stanton +boy, and the rest; but, although recognition brought reassurance, +bewilderment remained, and she hurried downstairs as fast as ever she +could go. + +Polly was on the back porch, a very disturbed and somewhat indignant +Towser in her arms, evidently a party to the undertaking, and to her +Mrs. Deane breathlessly appealed. + +“Polly! What are they doing?” she gasped. + +“You’ll have to ask the boys, Mama.” Polly’s eyes were dancing. “Nid, +here’s Mama, and she wants to know what you’re doing!” + +Nid hurried up, a dripping brush in one hand and a smear of white paint +across one cheek, followed by Laurie. The others paused at their various +tasks to watch smilingly. + +“Painting the house, Mrs. Deane!” + +“Painting the house! My house? Why—why—what—who—” + +“Yes’m. There’s the blue paint. It’s as near like the old as we could +find. You don’t think it’s too dark, do you?” + +“But I don’t understand, Nid Turner!” said Mrs. Deane helplessly. “Who +told you to? Who’s going to pay for it?” + +“It’s all paid for, ma’am. It—it’s a sort of Christmas present from +us—from the school. You—you don’t mind, do you?” + +“Well, I never did!” Mrs. Deane looked from Ned to Laurie, her mouth +quivering. “I—I don’t know what to say. I guess I’ll—I’ll go see if +any one’s—in the shop, Polly. Did you think you—heard the bell?” Mrs. +Deane’s eyes were frankly wet as she turned hurriedly away and +disappeared inside. Ned viewed Polly anxiously. + +“Do you think she—doesn’t like it?” he half whispered. + +Polly shook her head and laughed softly, although her own eyes were not +quite dry. “Of course she likes it, you stupid boy! She just didn’t know +what to say. She’ll be back pretty soon, after she’s had a little cry.” + +“Oh!” said Ned and Laurie in chorus, their faces brightening; and Laurie +added apologetically: “Gee, we didn’t want to make her cry, Polly!” + +“That sort of a cry doesn’t hurt,” said Polly. + +Afterward Mrs. Deane said a great deal, and said it very sweetly, and +the boys got more or less embarrassed, and were heartily glad when she +drew Ned to her and kissed him, much to that youth’s distress, and the +incident ended in laughter. By noon the shutters were done, and nine +industrious amateur painters were swarming over the back of the little +house. I’m not going to tell you that the job was done as perfectly as +Sprague and Currie, Painters and Paper-hangers, would have done it, but +you’re to believe that it was done much quicker and at a far greater +saving of money! And when it was finished no one except a professional +would ever have known the difference. Perhaps there was more blue and +white paint scattered around the landscape than was absolutely +necessary, and it always remained a mystery how Antoinette managed to +get her right ear looking like a bit of Italian sky, for every one +professed ignorance and Antoinette was apparently well protected from +spatters. (It took Polly more than a week to restore the rabbit to her +original appearance.) + +When the early winter twilight fell and it became necessary to knock off +work for the day, the blue painting was more than half done and, unless +weather prevented, it was certain that the entire task would be finished +by to-morrow evening. Mrs. Deane served five-o’clock tea,—only it +happened to be four-o’clock tea instead,—and nine very, very hungry +lads did full justice to the repast, and the little room behind the +store held a merry party. Perhaps the prevailing odor of paint detracted +somewhat from Mrs. Deane’s and Polly’s enjoyment of the refreshments, +but you may be certain they made no mention of the fact. + +That night the boys viewed the cloudy sky apprehensively. Laurie, who +knew little about it, declared dubiously that it smelt like snow. But +when morning came, although the cloudiness persisted most of the day, +the weather remained kindly, with just enough frost in the air to chill +feet and nip idle fingers and to give an added zest to labor. Very +little time was wasted on luncheon, and at two o’clock the last slap of +blue paint had been applied and the more difficult work of doing the +white trim began. Fortunately, there were only eleven windows and two +doors, and although “drawing” the sashes was slow and finicking work, +with nine willing hands hard at it the end came shortly after dusk, +when, watched by eight impatient companions, young Haskell, one of the +junior class boys, with trembling fingers drew his brush along the last +few inches of a front window, and then, because he was quite keyed up +and because it was much too dark to see well, celebrated the culmination +of his efforts by putting a foot squarely into a can of white paint! + +When first-aid methods had been applied, he was allowed, on promise to +put only one foot to the floor, to accompany the rest inside and +announce to a delighted and slightly tremulous Mrs. Deane that the work +was completed. There was a real celebration then, with more piping-hot +tea and lots of perfectly scrumptious cream-puffs,—besides less +enticing bread-and-butter sandwiches,—and Mrs. Deane tried hard to +thank the boys and couldn’t quite do it, and Polly failed almost as +dismally, and Laurie made a wonderful speech that no one understood very +well, except for the general meaning, and nine flushed and very happy +youths cheered long and loudly for Mrs. Deane, and finally departed +merrily into the winter twilight, calling back many a “Merry Christmas” +as they went. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII—THE SECRET PASSAGE + + +Christmas Day dawned clear and mild, a green Christmas if ever there was +one. And yet, in spite of the absence of such traditional accompaniments +as snow and ice, the spirit of the season was there in abundance. Ned +and Laurie, wakening early to the sound of church bells, felt Christmasy +right from the first conscious moment. When they hastened down the hall +for their baths, they could hear George and Hal Goring on the floor +below uniting in what they fondly believed was song. Later, at +breakfast, beside a perfectly wonderful repast in which chicken and +little crisp sausages and hot, crisp waffles played leading rôles, the +Doctor and Miss Tabitha had placed at each plate a Christmas card tied +by a tiny blue ribbon to a diminutive painter’s brush! Later on there +was to be a tree in the Doctor’s living-room. In fact, the tree was +already there, and the boys had spent much of the preceding evening +trimming it and placing around its base inexpensive gifts of a joking +nature for one another and the Doctor and Miss Tabitha and the two +instructors who were there. + +Laurie and Ned had exchanged presents with each other and had received +several from home, not the least welcome of which was a check from their +father. And they had bought small gifts for George and Bob. Also, though +you needn’t tell it around school, Laurie had purchased a most +odoriferous and ornate bottle of perfume for Polly! So when, shortly +after breakfast, Ned suggested that Laurie take Bob’s present over to +him, Laurie evinced entire willingness to perform the errand. That he +carried not one gift but two in his pockets was, however, beyond Ned’s +knowledge. A cheerful whistling from the back of the house drew Laurie +past the front entrance, and he found Bob, attired in any but festal +garments, swinging open the bulkhead doors. A pair of old gray trousers +and a disreputable brown sweater formed most of his costume. At sight of +Laurie he gave a joyful whoop. + +“Merry Christmas!” he called. “I was going over to see you in a minute. +Thomas is in bed with a cold or something, and I’m furnace-man and +general factotle—” + +“Factotum, you mean,” laughed Laurie. + +“All right! As you fellows say, what do I care? I don’t own it. Now +you’re here, you can just give me a hand with this load of junk. Dad +says it doesn’t look shipshape for Christmas.” Bob indicated more than a +dozen paint-cans, empty, partly empty, or unopened, and a mess of +brushes, paddles, and rags that they had set there last evening. “I +suppose a lot of these might as well be thrown away, but we’ll dump the +whole caboodle down in the cellar for now.” + +“All right,” agreed Laurie. “First, though, here’s something that Ned +and I thought you might like. It isn’t anything much, you know, Bob; +just a—a trinket.” + +“For me?” Bob took the little packet, and removed the paper and then the +lid, disclosing a pair of silver cuff-links lying in a nest of +cotton-wool. As Laurie said, they weren’t much, but they were neat and +the jeweler had made a very good job of the three plain block letters, +R. D. S., that he had engraved on them. “Gee, they’re corking!” +exclaimed Bob, with unmistakable sincerity. “I needed them, too, Nod. I +lost one of a pair just the other day, and—” + +“I know you did. That’s why we got those.” + +“Well, I’m awfully much obliged. They’re great. I’ve got a couple of +little things upstairs for you chaps. They aren’t nearly so nice as +these, but I’ll get ’em—” + +“Wait till we finish this job,” said Laurie. “Grab a handful and come +on. Is Thomas very sick?” + +“I guess not,” replied Bob, as he followed the other down the steps. “He +ate some breakfast, but aunt thought he’d better stay in bed. I had a +great time with the furnace this morning. Got up at half-past six and +shoveled coal to beat the band!” + +“Where do you want to put these?” asked Laurie. + +“Anywhere, I guess. Hold on; let’s dump ’em on the shelves in the closet +there. Then they’ll be out of the way. Some day we’ll clean the cans all +out, and maybe we’ll get enough to paint that arbor we’re going to +build. Here you are.” + +Bob led the way to a small room built against the rear wall of the big +cellar. Designed for a preserve closet, its shelves had probably long +been empty of aught save dust, and the door, wide open, hung from one +hinge. It was some six feet broad and perhaps five feet deep, built of +matched boards. Before Bob entered the cobwebby doorway with his load of +cans, its only contents were an accumulation of empty preserve-jars in a +wooden box set on the cement floor beneath a lower shelf at the back. +There were eight shelves across the rear wall, divided in the center by +a vertical board into two tiers. Bob placed his load on a lower shelf +and Laurie put his on the shelf above. As he drew away he noticed that +the shelf appeared to have worked out from the boards at the back, and +he gave it a blow on the edge with the flat of one hand. It slipped back +into place, but, to his surprise, it came forward again an inch or two, +and all the other shelves in that tier came with it! + +“Hey!” said Laurie, startled. + +Bob, at the doorway, turned. “What’s the matter?” he asked. + +“Nothing, only—” Laurie took hold of the shelf above the loosened one +and pulled. It yielded a little, and so did the other shelves and the +rear wall of the cubicle, but it was only a matter of less than an inch. +Bob, at his side, looked on interestedly. + +“That’s funny,” he said. “Push on it.” + +Laurie pushed, and the tier went back a couple of inches. “Looks like +this side was separate from the rest,” said Laurie. “What’s the idea of +having it come out like that?” + +“Search me!” answered Bob. “Pull it toward you again and let me have a +look.” A second later he exclaimed: “The whole side is loose, Nod, but +it can’t come out because the ends of the shelves strike this partition +board! Try it again!” Laurie obeyed, moving the tier back and forth +three or four times as far as it would go. Bob shook his head in +puzzlement, his gaze roving around the dim interior. Then, “Look here,” +he said. “The shelves on the side aren’t on a level with the back ones, +Nod.” + +“What of it?” + +“Nothing, maybe; only, if the back swung out the side shelves wouldn’t +stop it! See what I mean?” + +“Not exactly. Anyhow, it doesn’t swing out, so what’s the—” + +“Hold on!” Bob sprang forward and seized the edge of a shelf in the +right-hand tier close to the partition board, and pulled. It readily +yielded an inch, but no more. + +“Wait!” Laurie bent and pulled aside the box of jars. “Now!” + +Then, as Bob tugged, to their amazement the right-hand tier swung toward +them, its lower edge scraping on the cement floor, and the left-hand +tier swung with it, the whole back wall of the closet, shelves and all, +opening toward them like a pair of double doors! + +“Gee!” whispered Laurie. “What do you suppose—” + +“Pull them wide open and let’s find out,” said Bob recklessly. + +When the two sides were open as far as they would go, there was an +aperture between them some three feet wide. Beyond it was darkness, +though, as they gazed, the stones of the cellar wall took shape dimly. +Then Laurie seized Bob’s arm. + +“Look!” he whispered excitedly. Behind, where the left-hand tier of +shelves had stood, was a blacker patch about three feet high by two feet +wide, which, as they stared in fascination, evolved itself into an +opening in the wall. + +“Know what I think?” asked Bob, in low tones. “I think we’ve found the +miser’s hiding-place, Nod!” + +“Honest? Maybe it’s just a—a drain or something. Got a match?” + +“There are some over by the furnace. Hold your horses!” Bob hurried out, +and was back in a moment and was standing at the opening between the +doors with a lighted match held toward the opening in the wall. As the +little light grew they saw that the stones of the wall had been removed +from a space of a foot above the floor and three feet high and some two +feet wide. Around the opening so made cement had been applied in the +form of a smooth casing. + +The match flickered and went out, and in the succeeding gloom the two +boys stared at each other with wide eyes. + +“Would you dare go in there?” asked Laurie. + +“Sure! Why not? It can’t be anything but a sort of cave underground. +Wait till I get a candle.” + +“A lantern would be better,” suggested Laurie, viewing the hole +dubiously. + +“That’s so, and there’s one here somewhere. I noticed it the other day.” +Bob’s voice came from the cellar beyond, and Laurie heard him walking +around out there. Then, “I’ve got it!” Bob called. “There’s oil in it, +too! Now we’ll have a look!” + +Laurie heard the chimney of the lantern squeak as it was forced up and +then drop into place again. Then a wan light came toward the closet, and +Bob appeared, triumphant and excited. “Wait till I turn it up a bit. +There we are! Come on!” + +They passed through between the doors, Bob leading, and stooped before +the hole in the wall. Bob held the lantern inside, and Laurie peered +over his shoulder. “Gee, it’s high,” whispered the latter. + +“Yes, and it isn’t a cave at all; it’s a tunnel!” said Bob, in awed +tones. “What do you say?” + +“I’ll go, if you will,” replied Laurie, stoutly; and without much +enthusiasm Bob ducked his head and crawled through. Past the two-foot +wall was a passage, more than head-high and about a yard in width, stone +walled and arched, that led straight ahead farther than the light of the +lantern penetrated. The walls were dry, but the earthen floor was damp +to the touch. There was a musty odor, though the air in there seemed +fresh. + +“Where do you suppose it goes to?” asked Bob, in a hushed voice. + +“I can’t imagine. But it runs straight back from the cellar, and so it +must pass under the garden. Let’s—let’s go on, Bob.” + +“Sure! Only I thought we were going to find old Coventry’s treasure!” + +“How do you know we aren’t?” asked Laurie. + +“That’s so! Maybe he buried it under the garden.” Their footfalls +sounded clearly on the hard-packed earth floor as they went ahead. +Suddenly Bob, in the lead, uttered an exclamation, and Laurie jumped a +foot and then hurried forward to where the other was standing. Beside +him, its point buried in the floor of the tunnel, was the lost crowbar! + +“What do you know?” gasped Bob. “We’re under the farther end of the +arbor. That bar came through between those stones up here.” He touch the +crevice in the arched roof with a finger. “See the dirt it brought down +with it? Well, that explains that mystery!” + +“Yes, but—where does this thing go to, Bob?” + +“Let’s find out. It can’t go much farther, because the arbor was only +about forty feet from the back fence.” + +But they went that forty feet and perhaps forty more before the wavering +light of the lantern showed them a stout wooden door across their path. +Formed of two-inch planking and strengthened with three broad cleats, it +was hinged to a frame of concrete. It wasn’t a big door, but it looked +very formidable to the two boys who stood there and viewed it dubiously +in the yellow glare of the lantern; for a big square iron lock held it +firmly in place. + +“Guess we don’t go any farther,” said Bob, dryly. + +“Maybe the key’s here somewhere,” Laurie suggested; and, although Bob +scoffed at the suggestion, they searched thoroughly but without success. + +“We could bust it,” Bob said; “only maybe we haven’t any right to.” + +“I don’t see why not, Bob. We discovered it. Let’s!” + +“We-ell, but one of us’ll have to go for a hammer or something.” + +“Sure; I’ll go.” + +“And leave me here in the dark? I guess not!” + +“We’ll both go, then. Hold on! What’s the matter with the crowbar?” + +“Of course! I never thought of that! I’ll fetch it!” The light receded +down the tunnel until it was small and dim, and Laurie, left alone in +front of the mysterious portal, felt none too happy. Of course there was +nothing to be afraid of, but he was awfully glad when the light drew +nearer again and Bob returned. “You hold this,” directed Bob, “and I’ll +give it a couple of whacks.” + +Laurie took the lantern, and Bob brought the bar down smartly on the +lock. Probably it was old and rusty, for it broke into pieces under the +blow, and in another instant they had thrust the heavy bolt back. Then +Bob took a long breath and pulled the door toward them. The hinges +squeaked loudly, startlingly, in the silence. Before them lay darkness, +and Laurie, leaning past the doorway, raised the lantern high. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV—A MERRY CHRISTMAS + + +“Guess Laurie got lost,” grumbled Ned, kicking one foot against the step +and looking across the yard. + +George laughed. “Guess you could find him if you went as far as the +Widow’s, Nid.” + +“Well, he ought to be back. It’s nearly time for the tree, isn’t it?” +Characteristically, Ned saved himself the trouble of determining the +matter for himself, and it was George who looked at his watch. + +“There’s ’most an hour yet. Let’s go and have a look for him. He and Bob +are probably at Polly’s.” + +But they didn’t get as far as Polly’s just then, for when they reached +the corner they descried Laurie tearing along the side yard of the +Coventry place. At sight of them he moderated his speed slightly and +began to shout, waving both hands in a quite demented manner. + +“What’s he saying?” asked George. “What’s wrong?” + +“Wants us to hurry,” grumbled Ned. “We are hurrying, you idiot!” he +continued, raising his voice. But he hurried faster, George at his +heels, and met Laurie at the front gate. + +“What’s your trouble?” he demanded. “House on fire? Bob got the croup? +What is it? Can’t you talk?” + +“Can’t tell you,” panted Laurie. “You’ve got to see—for yourself! Come +on!” + +He seized Ned by one arm, and pulled him away and around the house and +down the bulkhead steps, George loping after them. In the cellar stood +Bob, disreputable in his old clothes and adorned with dust and cobwebs, +a lighted lantern in one hand. + +“Has he told you?” he cried, as the others piled down the stairs. + +“Told me? He hasn’t told anything,” gasped Ned, shaking himself free at +last. “What is it?” + +Bob laughed loudly and gleefully. “Then come on!” he shouted. He dashed +into the preserve closet, Ned, George, and Laurie at his heels, passed +from sight for an instant, and was seen again crawling through a hole in +the wall. Ned and George showered questions as they pattered along the +tunnel, but all they received in reply was insane laughter and a +meaningless, breathless jumble of words. And then they were at the +farther portal, and Bob led the way through, and they followed. + +They found themselves in a small cellar-like compartment scarcely four +paces square. It was windowless, although, close to the raftered ceiling +in the rear wall, two oblongs of brick set in the stone showed where at +some time small windows had been. The floor was paved with flat stones. +In one corner, the only objects there, were a small iron chest, its lid +swung open and back, and a crowbar. The newcomers stared in amazement, +the truth slowly dawning on them. It was Laurie who spoke first. + +“Go and look!” he said excitedly. + +Ned and George obeyed. Within the chest lay four fat, heavy brownish +envelopes, bound and tied with pink tape. + +“Take one out and open it,” said Bob over Ned’s shoulder. + +Ned picked up one. Across one end was written in scrawly characters the +inscription “Gov’t.” + +“‘Government,’” explained Laurie, softly. “It’s full of United States +bonds. Nearly a dozen of them. Have a look.” + +“Geewhillikins!” breathed Ned, in awe, as he drew the folded contents +into the light. “Old Coventry’s, do you mean?” + +“Of course! Whose else? And there are three more lots. We haven’t +figured them up yet, but there must be fifty thousand dollars’ worth!” + +“Maybe they’re no good,” offered George. + +“How do you mean, no good?” asked Ned indignantly. “United States bonds +are always good!” + +“Well, the others—” + +“They’re railroad bonds, all of them, three different lots,” said Bob. +“I guess they’re all right, too, don’t you, Ned?” + +“Right as rain! Why, the old codger—What’s that?” he asked suddenly, +looking ceiling-ward. Laurie laughed. + +“That’s what we wondered,” he answered. “We jumped when we heard it +first. Don’t you know where you are?” + +Ned looked around him and shook his head. + +“Under the Widow Deane’s house!” + +“Wha-at! But Polly said there wasn’t any cellar!” + +“She doesn’t know any better. Look above you. See where the stairway +went? The old chap must have torn it away and boarded the hole up; and +bricked up the windows, too. It must have cost him a pretty penny to do +all this!” + +“What—what are you going to do with it?” asked George, pointing to the +chest. + +“Why, hand it over to the lawyers, whoever they are, I suppose,” +answered Bob. “But first of all we’re going to take those bonds and dump +them into the Widow’s lap. I always said I’d hand it all over to her, +when I found it. I never thought I would find it, but I have—or Laurie +has, because if he hadn’t noticed that the shelves were loose we never +would—” + +“Besides,” interrupted George, “she comes in for a share of the money. +Come on, fellows! Let’s do it now! Gee, it will be some Christmas +present!” + +“Won’t it? Let’s each one take a package,” said Laurie. “We’ll leave +everything just as it is for the lawyer folks. Come on!” + +“Say, fellows, there’s an awfully funny smell down here,” observed +George. “Sort of—sort of sweet, like—like violets or something. Notice +it?” + +“Yes, I noticed it before I got in here, though,” said Ned. “Wonder what +it is.” + +“Oh, places like this get to smelling funny after they’ve been shut up +for a while,” said Bob. “And I guess this place hasn’t been opened for +two years, eh?” + +“Of course not; not since old Coventry died. Just the same, it’s a +mighty funny odor.” And George sniffed again perplexedly. Laurie, who +had withdrawn to the door, unconsciously placed a hand in one jacket +pocket, where, within a crushed cardboard box, some fragments of glass +were all that remained of Polly’s present! In prying open the lid of the +chest he had brought the end of the crowbar against that pocket, and now +the purchase was only a memory, albeit a fragrant one. + +Some three minutes later four flushed-faced and very joyous youths burst +into the Widow Deane’s shop. To the jangling of the little bell in the +back room Polly appeared, a very pretty, bright-eyed Polly this morning +in a new Christmas dress. + +“Merry Christmas!” she cried. “Merry Christmas, Nid! Merry Christmas, +Bob! Merry Christmas, George! Merry Christmas, Nod!” + +Perhaps Laurie should have felt hurt that his own greeting had come +last; but he wasn’t, for a glance went with it that hadn’t accompanied +the others. But, although the boys answered the greetings in chorus, it +was apparent to Polly that they were there for another purpose than to +wish her a Merry Christmas. + +“Where’s your mother!” demanded Bob. + +“In there.” Polly pointed to the back room, and without ceremony the +four filed past and into the little living-room. Mrs. Deane was seated +in a rocker, her spectacles pushed down on her nose, a paper across her +knees, and her eyes fixed in smiling inquiry on the doorway. + +Bob led the way. On the outspread paper he laid a brown envelop. “Wish +you a Merry Christmas, ma’am,” he said. + +Laurie followed, deposited his envelop beside Bob’s, repeated the +greeting, and drew aside to make way for Nod and George. The Widow +looked inquiringly from the stout envelops to the boys, smiling +tolerantly the while. Boys were always up to pranks, and she liked them, +boys and pranks both! + +“What are these?” she asked, finally, when the fourth envelop lay in her +lap. + +Polly, looking over her shoulder, gasped as she read the writing on one +of the packets, and her eyes, as round as round, looked across at +Laurie. + +“_Nod! They aren’t—You haven’t—_” + +“Yes, they are!” cried Laurie. “Look and see for yourself! Open them, +Mrs. Deane!” + + * * * * * + +Ten minutes later, when the first excitement had somewhat subsided, +Polly clapped her hands. + +“Why,” she cried, “now we know what those sounds were we used to hear, +Mama! They were Uncle Peter down there in the cellar! They were his +footsteps! And only a little while ago I thought I heard sounds sort of +like them! And that must have been you boys!” + +“Of course,” agreed Bob. “And we could hear you folks up here quite +plainly. There goes my last hope of catching a ghost!” + +“How many are there to share in the money, Mrs. Deane?” asked George. + +“Dear me, I’m not quite sure.” She looked inquiringly over her +spectacles at Polly. “Weren’t there seven, dear?” + +“Eight, Mama.” + +“Well, even then it isn’t so bad” said George. “One eighth of +sixty-two-thousand—” + +“Seven thousand seven hundred and fifty,” announced Laurie, promptly. +“And the bonds may be worth more than we figured, ma’am!” + +“Well, I’m sure,” answered Mrs. Deane, “seven thousand dollars is seven +times more money than I ever expected to see! I shan’t know what to do +with it.” She looked quite alarmed and helpless for a moment, but Polly +patted her shoulder reassuringly. + +“You must invest it, dearest, and then you won’t have to keep this place +any longer, because when I go to work—” + +But, instead of vanishing, the Widow Deane’s alarm increased. “Oh, I +couldn’t give up the store, Polly!” she gasped. “Why—why, what would I +do with myself all day?” + +“Yes’m that’s so!” declared Ned, heartily. “Gee, you couldn’t do that! +Why, we wouldn’t have any place to buy cream-puffs!” + +“I guess I would keep on with the store,” Mrs. Deane concluded, when the +laughter had subsided. “I’m afraid I’d never be very happy if I didn’t +have you boys around. Well, it’s certainly very wonderful, isn’t it, +Polly?” + +“It’s—it’s heavenly!” declared Polly. “This is just the most beautiful +Christmas there ever was or ever will be! And I don’t see how we can +ever thank you all for finding—” + +“Gosh!” exclaimed Laurie. “The Doctor’s tree, fellows! We’ll have to +beat it! We’ll leave the bonds here until to-morrow—eh?” + +“But I want to see the tunnel and—and everything!” cried Polly. + +“That’s so! We’ll come over after dinner. Come on, fellows! Neddie, come +away from those tarts!” + +“I was only looking,” sighed Ned. + +Mrs. Deane and Polly went with them to the door. Down the street the +deep-toned bell in the Congregational church was ringing, and, farther +away, other bells were joining in a chorus of glad triumph. Mrs. Deane, +listening, held a very happy look in her face. On the sidewalk, Ned and +Laurie dropped behind their companions, paused, and faced the doorway. +There was a quick exchange of glances between them, and then, bowing, +Ned began and Laurie finished: + + “A Merry Christmas and well-filled bins,” + “Is the hearty wish of the Turner Twins!” + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + +***** This file should be named 37209-0.txt or 37209-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/2/0/37209/ + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/37209-0.zip b/old/37209-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc0b1f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/37209-0.zip diff --git a/old/37209-8.txt b/old/37209-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5b281a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/37209-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7592 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Turner Twins + +Author: Ralph Henry Barbour + +Illustrator: C. M. Relyea + +Release Date: August 26, 2011 [EBook #37209] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + + + + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + +[Illustration: Through the secret door] + + + + + THE + TURNER TWINS + + BY + RALPH HENRY BARBOUR + + Author of "The Crimson Sweater," "Harry's Island," + "Team-Mates," etc. + + ILLUSTRATED BY + C. M. RELYEA + + NEW YORK + THE CENTURY CO. + 1922 + + + + + Copyright, 1921, 1922, by + The Century Co. + + PRINTED IN THE U. S. A. + + + + + CONTENTS + + CHAPTER PAGE + I Introduces a Pair of Shoes 3 + II The Girl in the White Middy 13 + III Cakes and Ale 28 + IV Kewpie Starts Something 37 + V In the Performance of Duty 52 + VI Ned is Firm 61 + VII High School Accepts Defeat 70 + VIII In the Miser's House 84 + IX Laurie Hears News 98 + X Polly Entertains 110 + XI Ned Speaks Out 120 + XII The Committee on Arrangements 130 + XIII Ned Gets into the Game 141 + XIV The Fete 154 + XV Ned Has an Idea 170 + XVI Polly Tells a Spook Story 179 + XVII Laurie Makes a Protest 190 + XVIII Before the Battle 201 + XIX Ned is Missing 213 + XX For the Honor of the Turners 223 + XXI The Understudy 238 + XXII The Boys Make a Present 250 + XXIII The Secret Passage 262 + XXIV A Merry Christmas 272 + + + + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + +Through the secret door Frontispiece + +"Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!" 36 + +"But don't you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?" asked Polly 136 + +"Turner. Guess he's going to kick a goal for 'em." 240 + + + + +THE TURNER TWINS + + + + +CHAPTER I--INTRODUCES A PAIR OF HEROES + + +"Jail," said the boy in the gray flannels. + +"School," pronounced the boy in the blue serge. + +"Bet you!" + +"No, sir, you owe me ten cents now. You didn't pay up the last time." + +"It's wrong to bet for money, Ned." + +The other set down the suitcase he was carrying and scoffed. "Yes, when +you lose," he observed, with deep sarcasm. "That's thirty-five cents you +owe me. You bet in Chicago that--" + +"That debt's outlawed. Chicago's in Michigan--" + +"Bet you!" + +"And this is New York, and so--" + +"Mighty good thing Dad sent you to school, Laurie. Chicago's in +Illinois, you ignoramus." + +"Is it? Well, who cares?" Laurence Stenman Turner had also deposited the +bag he was carrying on the brick sidewalk and was applying a +lavender-bordered handkerchief to a moist brow. "Just the same, that's a +jail." + +"If that's a jail, I'll eat my hat," declared the other, + +"It's not a school, though, and that's flat," was the prompt retort. + +"Huh, that was an easy one!" Edward Anderson Turner retreated to a +flat-topped stone wall bordering a well-shaded lawn and seated himself +with a sigh of relief. His companion followed suit. Behind them, grass +and trees and flower beds made a pleasant setting for a square gray +house, half hidden from the street. Overhead a horse-chestnut tree +spread low branches across the sidewalk. The quiet village street +ascended gently, curving as it went, empty in both directions. Somewhere +on a neighboring thoroughfare a scissors-grinder was punctuating the +silence with the musical _ding--dang--dong_ of bells. In a near-by tree +a locust was making his shrill clatter. Across the way, the subject of +contention, stood a large red-brick edifice, stone trimmed, many +windowed, costly and unlovely. The boys viewed it silently. Then their +glances fell to the two black suitcases on the curbing. + +"How far did that hombre say it was to the school?" asked Ned Turner, +after a minute of silence. + +"Three quarters of a mile." + +"How far have we walked already?" + +"Mile and a half." + +"Consequently?" + +"Said hombre was a li--was unvoracious." + +"Un-_ver_-acious is the word, old son." + +"What do we care? We don't own it," replied Laurie, cheerfully. "Want to +go on?" + +Ned shook his head slowly. "What time have you got?" he asked. + +"What time do you want?" was the flippant response. + +With a sigh, Ned pulled back his left sleeve and looked at his watch. +"It's only about a quarter to twelve. We don't have to get there until +six if we don't want to." + +"I know, but I couldn't sit on this wall all that time! Besides, what +about lunch?" + +"I'm not very hungry," was the sad reply. + +"That's the trouble with having your breakfast late." + +"That's the trouble with eating two plates of griddle-cakes, you mean," +retorted Laurie. "Anyway, I'm hungry if you're not. Let's go." + +But he made no move, and they continued to dangle their shoes from the +wall and gaze lazily across the shady street. The scissors-grinder's +chime died in the distance. Farther down the street the whirring of a +lawn-mower competed with the locust. + +"Upon a wall they sat them down," murmured Ned, turning a challenging +look on his companion. + +"Lost in the wilds of Orstead Town," added Laurie. + +Ned nodded mild approval and once more silence held. + +Save that one was dressed in gray and the other in blue, the two boys +were strikingly alike. Each was slim of body and round of face, with +red-brown hair and a short, slightly impertinent nose. Ned's eyes were a +trifle bluer than Laurie's and he had the advantage--if advantage it +was--of some five pounds of weight. But neither of these facts was +apparent at first glance. Faces and hands were well browned and the pair +looked extremely healthy. They were dressed neatly, with perhaps more +attention to detail than is usual in lads of their age, their attire +terminating at one end in well-polished brown shoes and at the other in +immaculate black derbies. Their age was fifteen years, three months, and +eleven days. Which, of course, leads you to the correct conclusion that +they were twins. + +"Maybe," hazarded Laurie, presently, "we've lost our way." + +"Don't just see how we could," Ned objected. "The old chap at the +station said we were to keep right along up Walnut Street. This is still +Walnut Street, isn't it?" + +"I suppose so." Laurie's glance strayed right and left. "Must be; I +don't see any walnuts." + +"Guess the only 'nuts' are right here. Come on, let 's hit the trail +again." Ned slid to his feet and took up his burden. "Why the dickens we +didn't take that carriage the fellow wanted to sell us is more than I +see." + +"'Cause we needed the exercise. Also, 'cause we're down to a dollar and +fourteen cents between us--unless you 're holding out." + +"Well, I'm not!" replied Ned, indignantly. "I paid for the breakfasts in +New York--" + +"And I paid for dinner on the diner last night--" + +"Who said you didn't?" They went on leisurely, and presently Ned +continued: "Say, suppose we don't like this ranch after we get +there--then what, old son?" + +Laurie considered thoughtfully. Then, "Two things we can do," he +pronounced. "No, three. We can put up with it, change it to suit us, or +leave it." + +"Leave it! Yes, we can! On a dollar and fourteen cents?" + +"We'll have nearly twenty more when we cash Dad's check and pay the term +bill. Twenty dollars would take us back to New York and buy a lot of +griddle-cakes, anyway." + +Laurie's voice was partly drowned by a small delivery automobile that +dashed into sight at a corner ahead and sped by with a clamor worthy of +a four-ton truck. The brothers looked after it interestedly. "That's the +first sign of life we've seen," said Ned. "Say, I do wish this street +would stop twisting this way. First thing we know, we'll be back at the +station!" + +"Bet you I'd hop the first freight then. I've got a hunch that we're not +going to care for Hillman's School." + +"Speak for yourself. I am. I like this town, too. It's pretty." + +"Oh, it's pretty enough," grumbled Laurie, "but it went to sleep about a +century ago and hasn't waked up since. Here's somebody coming; let's ask +where the school is." + +"It's just a girl." + +"What of it? She probably knows." + +The girl appeared to be of about their own age and wore a white middy +dress with black trimming and a scarlet tie knotted below a V of +sun-browned throat. She wore no hat and her dark hair was gathered into +a single braid. As she drew near she gave the boys a quick glance of +appraisal from a pair of gravely friendly brown eyes. It was Ned who +shifted his suitcase to his left hand and raised his derby. It was +always Ned who spoke first; after that, they alternated scrupulously. + +"Would you please tell us where Hillman's School is?" he asked. + +The girl stopped and her somewhat serious face lighted with a smile. +"It's right there," she replied, and nodded. + +The boys turned to the blankness of a high privet hedge behind an iron +fence. The girl laughed softly. "Behind the hedge, I mean," she +explained. "The gate is a little way around the corner there, on Summit +Street." + +"Oh," said Laurie. That laugh was contagious, and he grinned in +response. "A man at the station told us it was only three quarters of a +mile, but we've been walking for hours!" + +"I guess it's nearer a mile than three quarters," answered the girl, +slowly. She appeared to be giving the matter very serious consideration +and two little thoughtful creases appeared above her nose, a small, +straight nose that was bridged by a sprinkling of freckles. Then the +smile came again. "Maybe it did seem longer, though," she acknowledged, +"for it's uphill all the way; and then, you had your bags. You're new +boys, aren't you?" + +Ned acknowledged it, adding, "Think we'll like it?" + +The girl seemed genuinely surprised. "Why, of course! Every one likes +it. What a perfectly funny idea!" + +"Well," said Laurie, defensively, "we've never tried boarding-school +before, you see. Dad didn't know anything about Hillman's, either. He +chose it on account of the way the advertisement read in a magazine. +Something about 'a moderate discipline rigidly enforced.'" + +The girl laughed again. (She had a jolly sort of laugh, they decided.) +"You're--you're twins, aren't you?" she asked. + +"He is," replied Ned, gravely. + +"Why--why, aren't you both?" Her brown eyes grew very round and the +little lines creased her nose again. + +"It's this way," explained Laurie. "Ned was born first, and so, as there +was only one of him, he wasn't a twin. Then I came, and that made two of +us, and I was a twin. You see, don't you? It's really quite plain." + +The girl shook her head slowly in puzzlement. "I--I'm afraid I don't," +she answered apologetically. "You _must_ be twins--both of you, I +mean--because you both look just like both--I mean, each other!" Then +she caught the sparkle of mischief in Ned's blue eyes and laughed. Then +they all laughed. After which they seemed suddenly to be very good +friends, such good friends that Laurie abandoned custom and spoke out of +turn. + +"I suppose you know a lot of the fellows," he said. + +The girl shook her head. "N--no, not any, really. Of course, I see most +of them when they come to Mother's, but she doesn't like me to--to +_know_ them." + +"Of course not," approved Ned. "She's dead right, too. They're a pretty +poor lot, I guess." + +"Oh, no, they're not, really! Only, you see--" She stopped, and then +went on a trifle breathlessly: "I guess she wouldn't be awfully pleased +if she saw me now! I--I hope you'll like the school." + +She nodded and went on. + +"Thanks," called Laurie. "If we don't like it, we'll change it. +Good-by." + +"Nice kid," observed Ned, tolerantly, as they turned the corner of the +hedge. "Wonder who she is. She said most of the fellows went to her +mother's. Maybe her mother gives dancing lessons or something, eh?" + +"If she does, she won't see me," responded his brother, firmly. "No +dancing for mine." + +"Maybe it's compulsory." + +"Maybe it's esthetic," retorted Laurie, derisively. "It makes no never +mind. I'm agin it. This must be the place. Yes, there's a sign." + +It was a very modest sign a-swing from a rustic post beside a broad +entrance giving on to a well-kept drive. "Hillman's School--Entrance +Only," it read. Laurie stopped in pretended alarm and laid a detaining +clutch on Ned's shoulder. + +"'Entrance Only'! Sounds as if we couldn't ever get out again, Ned! Do +you dare?" + +Ned looked doubtfully through at the curving drive and the red-brick +building that showed beyond the border of trees and shrubbery. Then he +threw back his shoulders and set foot bravely within. + +"Come, comrade, let us know the worst!" + +Laurie, with a gesture of resignation, followed. + +"What you durst I will likewise durst!" + + + + +CHAPTER II--THE GIRL IN THE WHITE MIDDY + + +When Doctor John Hyde Hillman started a modest school for boys, on the +bank of the Hudson River, at Orstead, the town barely crept to the one +brick building that contained dormitory and recitation-rooms. But that +was nearly twenty years ago, and to-day the place is no longer isolated, +but stands well inside the residence section of the village. There are +four buildings, occupying most of an unusually large block. School Hall, +four stories in height, is a red-brick, slate-roofed edifice, whose +unloveliness has been mercifully hidden by ivy. It faces Summit Street +and contains the class-rooms, the offices, and, at one end, the +principal's quarters. Flanking it are the two dormitories, East Hall and +West Hall. These, while of brick too, are modern and far more +attractive. Each contains sleeping-rooms to accommodate forty students, +two masters' studies, a recreation-hall, dining-room, kitchen, and +service-rooms. Behind East Hall is the gymnasium, a picturesque +structure of random-set stone, gray stucco, and much glass. Here, +besides the gymnasium proper, is an auditorium of good size, a modest +swimming-tank, locker-room and baths, and a commodious office presided +over by Mr. Wells, the physical director. From the gymnasium steps one +looks across an attractive, well-kept quadrangle of shaded turf, +vegetable and flower gardens, and tennis-courts. + +Doctor Hillman occupies an apartment at the west end of the School Hall, +gained from the building by way of the school offices, and from without +by way of a wide porch, vine screened in summer and glassed in winter, +an outdoor living-room where, on seasonable Friday afternoons, the +doctor's maiden sister, Miss Tabitha, who keeps house for him, serves +weak tea and layer-cake to all comers. Miss Tabitha, I regret to say, is +known among the boys as "Tabby," with, however, no more intention of +disrespect than in alluding to the doctor as "Johnny." Miss Tabitha's +thin body holds a warm heart, and her somewhat stern countenance belies +her kindly ways. + +On this fifteenth day of September, shortly after twelve o'clock, Miss +Tabitha was seated on the vine-shaded porch in an erect and +uncompromising attitude, her knitting-needles clicking busily. Near by, +but a few moments before released from the office, the doctor was +stretched in a long wicker chair, a morning paper before him. At the +other end of the porch, a gate-legged table was spread for the mid-day +meal, and a middle-aged colored woman--who, when it pleased her, +answered to the name of Aunt Persis--shuffled in and out of sight at +intervals. It was Miss Tabitha who, hearing the sound of steps on the +walk, peered over her glasses and broke the silence. + +"Two more of the boys are coming, John," she announced. + +The doctor grunted. + +"I think they are new boys. Yes, I am sure they are. And bless my soul, +John, they're alike as two peas!" + +"Alike?" The doctor rustled the paper to indicate interest. "Well, why +shouldn't they be? Probably they're brothers. Let me see, weren't those +two boys from California brothers? Of course. Turner's the name." + +"Well, I never saw two boys so much alike in all my born days," Miss +Tabitha marveled. "Do you suppose they can be twins, John?" + +"It's quite within the realm of probability," was the reply. "I believe +that twins do occur occasionally, even in the--er--best-regulated +families." + +"Well, they certainly _are_ twins!" Miss Tabitha laid down her work, +brushed the front of her immaculate dress, and prepared to rise. "I +suppose I had better go and meet them," she added. + +"I don't see the necessity for it, my dear," the doctor protested. +"Cummins may, I think, be relied on to deal even with--er--twins." + +"Of course; but--still--California's such a long way--and they may feel +strange--or lonesome--" + +The doctor laughed gently. "Then by all means go, my dear. If you like, +have them out here for a few minutes. If the resemblance between them is +as striking as you seem to think, they must be worth seeing." + +When Miss Tabitha had tripped into the house, the doctor dropped his +paper, stretched luxuriously, and, with a sigh of protest, sat up. He +was several years younger than his sister--which is to say, in the +neighborhood of forty-seven. He was a smallish man, compactly built, +with a pleasant countenance on which a carefully-trimmed Vandyke beard +made up to an extent for the lack of hair above. He wore shell-rimmed +glasses and was very near-sighted, a fact emphasized by his manner of +thrusting his head forward to eke out the deficiencies of his lenses. +This trick was apparent a minute later when, following in the tripping +footsteps of Miss Tabitha, the two boys emerged on the porch. They were +amazingly alike, the doctor decided: same height, same breadth at hip +and shoulder, same coloring, same leisurely, yet confident, ease of +movement, same expression of lively curiosity twinkling through an +almost depressingly respectful solemnity. + +"These are the Turner boys," announced Miss Tabitha. "This is Edward and +this is--" She halted to look doubtfully from one to the other. "Or--or +perhaps _this_ is Edward and--Dear me!" + +"I'm Edward, ma'am," said the boy in blue. + +"Well, I don't see how you can ever be _certain_ of it!" sighed Miss +Tabitha, doubtfully. "This is Doctor Hillman." + +They shook hands, and in a moment the boys found themselves seated side +by side and replying to the doctor's questions. + +"You are entering with certificates from your high school principal, I +believe, young gentlemen. What year were you?" + +"Second, sir," answered Ned. + +"And your home is in--" + +"Santa Lucia, sir," replied Laurie. + +"California," added Ned. + +"Well, you're quite a ways from home. Did you make the trip alone?" + +"Yes, sir. Dad was coming with us as far as Chicago, but something +happened so he couldn't. We didn't have any trouble, though." + +"Really? Well, I believe you have the distinction of residing farther +away than any of your fellows here. I don't recall any one who lives as +far away as California; do you, sister?" + +Miss Tabitha looked doubtful and hesitated an instant before she +replied, "George Watson comes from Wyoming, I think, John." + +"So he does," assented the doctor, gravely; "but measured in a straight +line, my dear, California is slightly farther than Wyoming." + +"Is it?" asked Miss Tabitha, untroubled. "I never could remember where +those western States are." + +"You remember many more important things, however. My sister, boys, +fancied that she detected a certain resemblance between you, and even +surmised that you might be--er--twins. Doubtless she's mistaken." + +"No, sir," answered Ned, more than a trace of surprise in his voice. "I +mean, we are twins, sir." + +"Why, now that's interesting! Looking closer--" the doctor leaned +forward and craned his head--"I believe I detect a certain slight +similarity myself!" + +There was a perceptible twinkle behind the glasses and Laurie dared a +laugh, in which the doctor and Ned joined, while Miss Tabitha murmured: +"Well! I should think you _might_!" + +"I hope you are both going to like the school," continued the doctor. +"Of course, you'll find our ways a little different, but we'll try to +make you feel at home. You are the first representatives of your State +who have attended our school, and I trust that both in conduct and +industry you will bring honor to it. Mr. Cornish, your hall master, will +advise you in all matters pertaining to your studies, Other questions +may be taken to Mr. Cummins, the school secretary, whom you have +doubtless already met. But I want you always to feel at perfect liberty +to come to me at any time on any matter at all. And," added the doctor, +with a twinkle, "if we fail you, there is still my sister, who, I assure +you, possesses more wisdom than all of us." + +Miss Tabitha acknowledged the compliment with a little wry smile, and +Ned and Laurie arose. + +"Yes, sir," said the former. + +"Thank you, sir," said Laurie. + +"Luncheon is served at one in West Hall," continued the doctor. "That's +the dormitory behind you there. Beginning with supper to-night, you will +take your meals in your own hall, but only a few of the students have +arrived as yet, and so only one dining-room is open. I'm very glad to +have met you, young gentlemen. Mr. Cummins will direct you to your room. +Good morning." + +Five minutes later, the Turner twins set their suitcases down on the +floor of Number 16 East Hall and looked about them. Number 16 was not +palatial as to size, but it was big enough to hold comfortably the two +single beds, the study-table, the two narrow chiffoniers, and the four +chairs that made up its furnishing. There was a generous-sized closet at +each side of the door, and two windows set close together between the +beds. Under the windows was a wide seat, lacking only pillows to make it +inviting. From the casements the boys looked over or through the topmost +branches of the maples that lined Washington Street and followed Summit +Street as it continued its ascent of the hill and presently leveled out +between a thick wood on one side and an open field on the other. + +"That must be the athletic field," said Laurie. "See the stand there? +And the goal-posts? How do you like it?" + +"The field? Looks all right from here." + +"I mean the whole outfit, you simp; the school and Doctor Hillman and +Miss Frosty-Face and everything." + +"Cut out calling names, Laurie. Miss Hillman's all right. So's the +doctor. So's the school. I like it. Wonder when our trunks will get +here." + +"Half an hour ago you had a hunch you weren't going to like it," jeered +Laurie. "Changed your mind, haven't you?" + +"Yes, and I'm going to change more than my mind." Whereupon Ned opened +his bag and selected a clean shirt. "What time is it?" + +"What do you wear a watch for if you never look at it?" grumbled his +brother. "It's ten to one, Lazy. I'm going to find a place to wash up. I +choose this side of the room, Ned." + +Ned studied the room a moment. "No, you don't," he challenged. "I'll +take this side. I'm the oldest." "There isn't any difference, you chump. +One side's as good as the other." + +"Then you won't mind taking the other," answered Ned, sweetly. "Run +along and find the lavatory. I think it's at the head of the stairs. +Wonder why they put us up two flights." + +"Guess they knew you were naturally lazy and needed the exercise." + +Laurie dodged a pair of traveling slippers in a red-leather case and +disappeared into the corridor. + +Some ten minutes later they descended the stairway together and set out +for West Hall. Laurie drew attention to the gymnasium building, but Ned, +who had recovered his appetite, only deigned it a glance. Two boys, +luggage laden, evidently just arrived, came down the steps of School +Hall as the twins passed, and stared curiously. + +"Guess they've never seen twins before in this part of the world," +grumbled Laurie. "Those chaps nearly popped their eyes out!" + +West Hall proved an exact duplicate of their own dormitory, and the +dining-room occupied all the right end of it. There were about fifteen +boys there, in age varying from fourteen to eighteen, and there was a +perceptible pause in the business of eating when the newcomers entered. +A waitress conducted them to seats at a table already occupied by three +other lads, and asked if they'd have milk or iced tea. Ned, as usual, +answered for both. + +"Iced tea, please, and lots of lemon." + +A very stout boy, sitting across the table, sniggered, and then, +encountering Ned's inquiring regard, said, "Guess you think you're in +the Waldorf!" + + +"What's the Waldorf?" asked Ned. "Don't you get lemon with iced tea +here?" + +"Sure! but you don't get much. Say, are you fellows--twins, or what?" + +"Twins?" repeated Laurie. "Where do you get that stuff? This fellow's +name is Anderson and mine's Stenman. What's yours?" + +"Crow. Honest, is that a fact?" Crow looked appealingly at the other +occupants of the table. These, however, two rather embarrassed-looking +youngsters of fourteen or thereabouts, fixed their eyes on their plates, +and Crow turned his regard incredulously back to the twins. "Gee, you +fellows look enough alike to be--be--" He swallowed the word. "Aren't +you even related?" + +Ned gazed speculatively at Laurie and Laurie gazed speculatively at Ned. +"We might be," hazarded the latter. + +Laurie nodded. "If we went back far enough, we might find a common +ancestor." + +The arrival of luncheon caused a diversion, although Crow, who was a +round-faced, credulous-looking youth of perhaps seventeen, continued to +regard them surreptitiously and in puzzlement. At last, making the +passing of the salt an excuse, for further conversation, he asked, +"Where do you fellows come from?" + +"California," said Ned. + +"Santa Lucia," said Laurie. + +"Well, but," sputtered Crow, "isn't California in Santa--I mean, isn't +Santa--Say, you guys are joking, I'll bet!" + +"Methinks," observed Ned, helping himself gravely to mustard, "his words +sound coarse and vulgar." + +Laurie abstractedly added a fourth teaspoon of sugar to his iced tea. +"Like Turk or Kurd or even Bulgar," he murmured. + +Crow stared, grunted, and pushed his chair back. "You fellows think +you're smart, don't you?" he sputtered. "Bet you you are twins--both of +you!" + +Ned and Laurie looked after him in mild and patient surprise until his +broad back had disappeared from view. Then a choking sound came from one +of the younger lads, and Ned asked gently, "Now what's your trouble, +son?" + +The boy grew very red of face and gave way to giggles. "I knew all the +time you were twins," he gasped. + +"Did you really?" exclaimed Laurie. "Well, listen. Just as a favor to +us, don't say anything about it, eh? You see, we're sort of--sort of--" + +"Sort of sensitive," aided Ned. "We'd rather it wasn't generally known. +You understand, don't you?" + +The boy looked as if he was very far indeed from understanding, but he +nodded, choked again, and muttered something that seemed to indicate +that the secret was safe with him. Laurie thanked him gratefully. + +After luncheon they went sight-seeing about the school, snooped through +the dim corridors and empty class-rooms of School Hall, viewed the +gymnasium and experimented with numerous apparatus, and finally, after +browsing through a flower and vegetable garden behind the recitation +building and watching two boys make a pretense of playing tennis, +returned to Number 16 in the hope of finding their trunks. But the +baggage had not arrived, and presently, since the room was none too +cool, they descended again and followed the curving drive to the right +and past a sign that said "Exit Only" and wandered west on Summit +Street. + +For the middle of September in the latitude of southern New York the +weather was decidedly warm, and neither grass nor trees hinted that +autumn had arrived. In the well-kept gardens across the way, scarlet +sage and cosmos, asters and dahlias made riots of color. + +"Hot!" grunted Ned, running a finger around the inside of his collar. + +"Beastly," agreed Laurie, removing his cap and fanning his heated face. +"Wonder where the river is. If we had our bathing-suits, maybe we could +go for a swim." + +"Yes, and if we had a cake of ice we could sit on it!" responded Ned, +sarcastically. "This place is hotter than Santa Lucia." + +At the next corner they turned again to the right. Morton Street, like +so many of the streets in Orstead, refused to go straight, and after a +few minutes, to their mild bewilderment, they found themselves on Walnut +Street once more, a block below the school. + +"I'm not going back yet," said Laurie, firmly. "Let's find a place where +we can get something cool to drink." + +As Walnut Street was unpromising, they crossed it and meandered along +Garden Street. The houses here appeared to be less prosperous, and the +front yards were less likely to hold lawn and flowers than dilapidated +baby-carriages. At the first crossing they peered right and left, and +were rewarded by the sight of a swinging sign at a little distance. + +What the sign said was as yet a mystery, for the trees intervened, but +Laurie declared that he believed in signs and they made their way toward +it. It finally proved to be a very cheerful little sign hung above a +little white door in a little pale-blue two-story house, the lower floor +of which was plainly devoted to commercial purposes. + + L. S. DEANE + BOOKS, TOYS, AND + CONFECTIONERY + CIRCULATING LIBRARY + LAUNDRY AGENCY + TONICS + +That is what the sign said in red letters on a white background. The +windows, many paned, allowed uncertain glimpses of various articles: +tops of red and blue and green, boxes of pencils, pads of paper, jars of +candy, many bottles of ink, a catcher's glove, a dozen tennis-balls, +some paper kites-- + +Laurie dragged Ned inside, through a screen door that, on opening, +caused a bell to tinkle somewhere in the farther recesses of the little +building. It was dark inside, after the glare of the street, and +refreshingly cool. Laurie, leading the way, collided with a bench, +caromed off the end of a counter, and became aware of a figure, dimly +seen, beyond the width of a show-case. + +"Have you anything cold to drink?" asked Ned, leaning across the +show-case. + +"Ginger-ale or tonic or something?" Laurie elaborated. + +"Yes, indeed," replied the apparition, in a strangely familiar voice. +"If you will step over to the other side, please--" + +Ned and Laurie leaned farther across the show-case. + +It was the girl in the white middy dress. + + + + +CHAPTER III--CAKES AND ALE + + +"Hello!" exclaimed the twins, in one voice. + +"Hello," replied the girl, and they suspected that she was smiling, +although their eyes were still too unused to the dimness of the little +store for them to be certain. She was still only a vague figure in +white, with a deeper blur where her face should have been. Treading on +each other's heels, Ned and Laurie followed her to the other side. The +twilight brightened and objects became more distinct. They were in front +of a sort of trough-like box in which, half afloat in a pool of +ice-water, were bottles of tonic and soda and ginger-ale. Behind it was +a counter on which reposed a modest array of pastry. + +"What do you want?" asked the girl in the middy. + +"Ginger-ale," answered Ned. "Say, do you live here?" + +"No, this is the shop," was the reply. "I live upstairs." + +"Oh, well, you know what I mean," muttered Ned. "Is this your store?" + +"It's my mother's. I help in it afternoons. My mother is Mrs. Deane. The +boys call her the Widow. I'm Polly Deane." + +"Pleased to know you," said Laurie. "Our name's Turner. I'm Laurie and +he's Ned. Let me open that for you." + +"Oh, no, thanks. I've opened hundreds of them. Oh dear! You said +ginger-ale, didn't you! And I've opened a root-beer. It's so dark in +here in the afternoon." + +"That's all right," Ned assured her. "We like root-beer. We'd just as +soon have it as ginger-ale. Wouldn't we, Laurie?" + +"You bet! We're crazy about it." + +"Are you sure? It's no trouble to--Well, _this_ is ginger-ale, anyway. +I'm awfully sorry!" + +"What do we care?" asked Ned. "We don't own it." + +"Don't own it?" repeated Polly, in a puzzled tone. + +"That's just an expression of his," explained Laurie. "He's awfully +slangy. I try to break him of it, but it's no use. It's fierce." + +"Of course _you_ don't use slang?" asked Polly, demurely. "Who wants the +root-beer?" + +"You take it," said Laurie, hurriedly. + +"No, you," said Ned. "You're fonder of it than I am, Laurie. I don't +mind, really!" + +Laurie managed a surreptitious kick on his brother's shin. "Tell you +what," he exclaimed, "we'll mix 'em!" + +Ned agreed, though not enthusiastically, and with the aid of a third +glass the deed was done. The boys tasted experimentally, each asking a +question over the rim of his glass. Then looks of relief came over both +faces and they sighed ecstatically. + +"Corking!" they breathed in unison. + +Polly laughed, "I never knew any one to do that before," she said. "I'm +glad you like it. I'll tell the other boys about it." + +"No, you mustn't," protested Ned. "It's our invention. We'll call +it--call it--" + +"Call it an Accident," suggested Laurie. + +"We'll call it a Polly," continued the other. "It really is bully. +It's--it's different; isn't it, Laurie? Have another?" + +"Who were those on?" was the suspicious reply. + +"You. The next is on me. Only maybe another wouldn't taste so good, eh?" + +"Don't you fool yourself! I'll risk that." + +However, the third and fourth bottles, properly combined though they +were, lacked novelty, and it was some time before the last glass was +emptied. Meanwhile, of course, they talked. The boys acknowledged that, +so far, they liked what they had seen of the school. Mention of the +doctor and Miss Hillman brought forth warm praise from Polly. "Every one +likes the doctor ever so much," she declared. "And Miss Tabitha is--" + +"Miss what?" interrupted Laurie. + +"Miss Tabitha. That's her name." Polly laughed softly. "They call her +Tabby,--the boys, I mean,--but they like her. She's a dear, even if she +does look sort of--of cranky. She isn't, though, a bit. She makes +believe she's awfully stern, but she's just as soft as--as--" + +"As Laurie's head?" offered Ned, helpfully. "Say, you sell 'most +everything here, don't you? Are those cream-puffs?" + +Ned slipped a hand into his pocket and Laurie coughed furiously. Ned's +hand came forth empty. He turned away from temptation. "They look mighty +good," he said. "If we'd seen those before we'd had all that +ginger-ale--" + +Polly spoke detachedly. "You can have credit if you like," she said, +placing the empty bottles aside. "The doctor lets the boys run bills +here up to a dollar. They can't go over a dollar, though." + +"Personally," observed Laurie, jingling some coins in a trousers pocket, +"I prefer to pay cash. Still, there are times--" + +"Yes, a fellow gets short now and then," said Ned, turning for another +look at the pastry counter. "Maybe, just for--for convenience, it would +be a good plan to have an account here, Laurie. Sometimes a fellow +forgets to put any money in his pocket, you know. Does your mother make +these?" + +"Yes, the cream-cakes, and some of the others. The rest Miss Comfort +makes." + +"That's another funny name," said Laurie. "Who is Miss Comfort?" + +"She's--she's just Miss Comfort, I guess," replied Polly. "She lives on +the next corner, in the house with the white shutters. She's quite old, +almost seventy, I suppose, and she makes the nicest cake in Orstead. +Everybody goes to her for cakes. That's the way she lives, I guess." + +"Maybe we'd ought to help her," suggested Ned, mentally choosing the +largest and fattest cakes on the tray. "I guess we'll take a couple. How +much are they?" + +"Six cents apiece," said Polly. "Do you want them in a bag?" + +"No, thanks." Ned handed one of the cakes to Laurie; "we'll eat them +now." Then, between mouthfuls; "Maybe you'd better charge this to us. If +we're going to open an account, we might as well do it now, don't you +think?" + +Polly retired behind a counter and produced a long and narrow book, from +which dangled a lead pencil at the end of a string. She put the tip of +the pencil between her lips and looked across. "You'd better tell me +your full names, I think." + +"Edward Anderson Turner and--" + +"I meant just your first names." + +"Oh! Edward and Laurence. You can charge us each with two bottles and +one cake." + +"I like that!" scoffed Laurie. "Thought you were treating to cakes?" + +"Huh! Don't you want to help Miss Comfort? I should think you'd like +to--to do a charitable act once in a while." + +"Don't see what difference it makes to her," grumbled Laurie, "whether +you pay for both or I pay for one. She gets her money just the same." + +Ned brushed a crumb from his jacket. "You don't get the idea," he +replied gently. "Of course, I might pay for both, but you wouldn't feel +right about it, Laurie." + +"Wouldn't I? Where do you get that stuff? You try it and see." Laurie +spoke grimly, but not hopefully. Across the counter, Polly was giggling +over the account-book. + +"You're the funniest boys I ever did see," she explained, in answer to +their inquiring looks. "You--you say such funny things!" + +Before she could elucidate, footsteps sounded in the room behind the +store and a tiny white-haired woman appeared. In spite of her hair, she +couldn't have been very old, for her face was plump and unwrinkled and +her cheeks quite rosy. Seeing the customers, she bowed prettily and said +"Good afternoon" in a very sweet voice. + +"Good afternoon," returned the twins. + +"Mama, these are the Turner boys," said Polly. "One of them is Ned and +the other is Laurie, but I don't know which, because they look just +exactly alike. They--they're twins!" + +"I want to know!" said Mrs. Deane. "Isn't that nice? I'm very pleased to +meet you, young gentlemen. I hope Polly has served you with what you +wanted. My stock is kind of low just now. You see, we don't have many +customers in summer, and it's very hard to get things, nowadays, even if +you do pay three times what they're worth. Polly, those ice-cream cones +never did come, did they?" + +"Gee, do you have ice-cream?" asked Ned; eagerly. + +"Never you mind!" said Laurie, grabbing his arm. "You come on out of +here before you die on my hands. I'm sorry to tell you, ma'am, that he +doesn't know when to stop eating. I have to go around everywhere with +him and look after him. If I didn't, he'd be dead in no time." + +"I want to know!" exclaimed the Widow Deane interestedly. "Why, it's +very fortunate for him he has you, isn't it?" + +"Yes'm," answered Laurie, but he spoke doubtfully, for the little +white-haired lady seemed to hide a laugh behind her words. Ned was +grinning. Laurie propelled him to the door. Then, without relinquishing +his grasp, he doffed his cap. + +"Good afternoon," he said, "We'll come again," + +"We know not how," added Ned, "we know not when." + +"Bless my soul!" murmured the Widow, as the screen door swung behind +them. + +Back at school, the twins found a different scene from what they had +left. The grounds were populous with boys, and open windows in the two +dormitory buildings showed many others. The entrances were piled with +trunks and more were arriving. A rattling taxi turned in at the gate, +with much blowing of a frenzied but bronchial horn, and added five merry +youths to the population. Ned and Laurie made their way to East Hall, +conscious, as they approached, of many eyes focussed on them from +wide-flung windows. Remarks reached them, too. + +"See who's with us!" came from a second-floor casement above the +entrance; "the two Dromios!" + +"Tweedledum and Tweedledee!" + +"The Siamese Twins, I'll bet a cooky!" + +"Hi, East Hall! Heads out!" + +The two were glad when they reached the shelter of the doorway. "Some +one's going to get his head punched before long," growled Ned, as they +started upstairs. + +"What do we care? We don't own 'em. Let them have their fun, Neddie." + +"I'll let some of them have a wallop," was the answer. "You'd think we +were the first pair of twins they'd ever seen!" + +"Well, maybe we are. How do you know? Suppose those trunks have come?" + +They had, and for the next hour the twins were busy unpacking and +getting settled. From beyond their door came sounds of much turmoil; the +noise of arriving baggage, the banging of doors, shouts, whistling, +singing; but they were otherwise undisturbed until, just when Laurie had +slammed down the lid of his empty trunk, there came a knock at their +portal, followed, before either one could open his mouth in response, by +the appearance in the doorway of a bulky apparition in a gorgeous +crimson bath-robe. + +"Hello, fellows!" greeted the apparition. "Salutations and everything!" + +[Illustration: "Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!"] + + + + +CHAPTER IV--KEWPIE STARTS SOMETHING + + +The twins stared silently and suspiciously for an instant. Then Ned made +cautious response. + +"Hello," he said, with what must have seemed to the visitor a lamentable +lack of cordiality. + +The latter pushed the door shut behind him by the kick of one stockinged +foot, and grinned jovially. "My name's Proudtree," he announced. + +"You can't blame us," replied Laurie, coldly. + +Proudtree laughed amiably. "It is a rotten name, isn't it? I live across +the corridor, you know. Thought I'd drop in and get acquainted, seeing +you're new fellows; extend the hand of friendship and all that. You +understand. By Jove, Pringle was right, too!" + +"That's fine," said Ned, with more than a trace of sarcasm. "What +about?" + +"Why," answered Proudtree, easing his generous bulk into a chair, "he +said you fellows were twins." + +"Not only were," said Laurie, gently, "but are. Don't mind, do you?" + +"Oh, come off your horse," begged the visitor. "Don't be so cocky. Who's +said anything? I just wanted to have a look. Never saw any twins +before--grown-up twins, I mean. You understand." + +"Thought you said you came to extend the hand of friendship," retorted +Ned, sarcastically. "Well, have a good look, partner. There's no +charge!" + +Proudtree grinned and accepted the invitation. Ned fumed silently under +the inspection, but Laurie's sense of humor came to his aid. Proudtree +appeared to be getting a lot of entertainment from his silent comparison +of his hosts, and presently, when Ned's exasperation had just about +reached the explosive point, he chuckled. + +"I've got it," he said. + +"Got what?" Laurie asked. + +"The--the clue! I know how to tell you apart! His eyes are different +from yours; more blue. Yours are sort of gray. But, geewhillikins, it +must be a heap of fun! Being twins, I mean. And fooling people. You +understand." + +"Well, if you're quite through," snapped Ned, "maybe you'll call it a +day. We've got things to do." + +"Meaning you'd like me to beat it?" asked the visitor, good-temperedly. + +"Just that!" + +"Oh, come, Ned," Laurie protested, soothingly, "he's all right. I dare +say we are sort of freakish and--" + +"Sure," agreed Proudtree, eagerly, "that's what I meant. But say, I +didn't mean to hurt any one's feelings. Geewhillikins, if I got waxy +every time the fellows josh me about being fat--" Words failed him and +he sighed deeply. + +Laurie laughed. "We might start a side-show, the three of us, and make a +bit of money. 'Only ten cents! One dime! This way to the Siamese Twins +and the Fat Boy! Walk up! Walk up!'" + +Proudtree smiled wanly. "I only weigh a hundred and seventy-eight and +three quarters, too," he said dolorously. "If I was a couple of inches +taller it wouldn't be so bad." + +"I don't think it's bad as it is," said Laurie, kindly. "You don't look +really _fat_; you just look sort of--of--" + +"Amplitudinous," supplied Ned, with evident satisfaction. + +Proudtree viewed him doubtfully. Then he smiled. "Well, I've got to get +rid of nearly fifteen pounds in the next two weeks," he said, with a +shake of his head, "and that's going to take some doing." + +"What for?" Laurie asked. "Why destroy your symmetry?" + +"Football. I'm trying for center. I nearly made it last year, but +Wiggins beat me out. He's gone now, though, and Mulford as good as said +last spring that I could make it this fall if I could get down to a +hundred and sixty-five." + +"Who's Mulford?" inquired Ned. "A fortune-teller?" + +Proudtree ignored the sarcasm. "Mulford's our coach. He's all right, +too. The trouble with me is, I'm awfully fond of sweet things, and +I--I've been eating a lot of 'em lately. But I guess I can drop fourteen +pounds if I cut out pies and candy and things. Don't you think so?" +Proudtree appealed to Laurie almost pathetically. + +"Don't let any one tell you anything different," replied Laurie, +reassuringly. Ned, evidently recovered from his peevishness, asked: + +"What sort of football do they play here?" + +"Corking!" answered Proudtree. + +"I mean, Rugby or the other?" + +"Rugby!" exclaimed Proudtree, scornfully. "I guess not! We play regular +football. Nobody plays Rugby around these parts. Are you fellows going +out?" + +"Not just yet," replied Ned. + +"He means are we going to try for the football team," explained Laurie. +"Yes, we are, Proudtree; at least, one of us is." + +"You?" + +"We haven't decided yet. You see, we've never played your kind of +football. Back home, at high school, we played American Rugby, and it's +quite different. But we decided that one of us had better go in for +football and the other for baseball, if only to do our duty by the +school." + +Proudtree looked puzzled. "How are you going to decide?" he asked. + +"Oh, we'll toss up or draw lots or something, I suppose. Maybe, though, +Ned had better play football, because I know more baseball than he does. +Still, I'm not particular." + +"That's the limit!" chuckled the visitor. "Say, what are your names? I +didn't see any cards on the door." + +"Turner. His is Laurie and mine's Ned," answered the latter. "Do we put +our names on the door?" + +"It's the best way," answered Proudtree. "Well, I've got to be moving. I +started to take a shower and got side-tracked. You chaps come on over +and see me and I'll get some of the other fellows in. You want to meet +the right sort, you know. What's your class?" + +"Lower middle, I reckon," said Ned. "That's what we expect." + +"Too bad you can't make upper. That's mine. We've got a corking bunch of +fellows this year. Well, see you later. Try for Mr. Barrett's table when +you go down. That's the best. Maybe they'll put you there if you bluff +it out. You understand. So long, fellows." + +Proudtree withdrew with considerable dignity in view of his bulk, waving +a benedictory hand ere the door closed behind him. Ned shook his head. +"Sort of a fresh hombre," he said. + +"Oh, he only meant to be friendly, I reckon," said Laurie. "You +understand." + +Ned laughed. "I'll bet they've got a wonderful football team here if he +plays on it! By the way, maybe we'd better settle which of us is to be +the football star. I suppose they begin to practise pretty soon. I'll be +the goat, if you like; though you had better luck with that book you +bought in Chicago. I couldn't make head or tail of it. I never saw so +many rules for playing one game in my life!" + +"It _was_ sort of difficult," agreed Laurie. "I dare say, though, that +you pick up the rules quick enough when you start to play. If you don't +really mind, I think you'd better go in for football, and I'll do the +baseball stunt. I've played it more than you have, you know, even if I'm +no wonder." + +"All right!" Ned sighed. "We'll get a bottle of arnica to-morrow. +Nothing like being prepared. How about going to see Mr. What's-his-name +before supper about courses?" + +"Might as well, and have it over with. I'd like to know whether we're +going to make the lower middle." + +"Don't see what else we can make. They can't stick us in the junior +class. Where's my coat? For the love of lemons, Laurie, can't you find +anything else to sit on? Gosh, look at the wrinkles!" + +"Those aren't wrinkles; they're just creases. Come on!" + +Half an hour later they closed the door of Mr. Cornish's study on the +floor below, in a chastened mood. Each carried a little buff card +whereon the instructor had tabulated an amazing number and variety of +study periods. Back in Number 16, Ned cast himself into a chair, thrust +his legs forth, and gazed disconsolately at the card. + +"I don't see where a fellow finds time for anything but work here," he +complained. "Sixteen, eighteen, twenty-one hours a week! What do you +know about that?" + +"Well, don't be so proud of it. I've got the same, haven't I? I wonder +how many hours he thinks there are in a day?" + +"I tell you what I think," said Ned, after a moment's thought. "I think +he got it into his head that we're very ambitious and want to graduate +next spring!" + +"Maybe that's it," agreed Laurie, gravely. "Shall we go back and tell +him he's wrong?" + +"N-no, let's not. He seemed a well-meaning old codger, and I wouldn't +want to hurt his feelings--if he has any. Let's go down and see what +they've got for supper." + +Ned's blandishments failed with the waitress, and they were established +at a table presided over by a tall and very thin gentleman, whose name, +as they learned presently, was Mr. Brock. There were four tables in the +room, each accommodating ten boys and a member of the faculty. +Diagonally across the dining-hall, the twins descried the ample Mr. +Proudtree. Another table was in charge of a pleasant-faced woman who +proved to be the school matron, Mrs. Wyman. Mr. Cornish, the hall +master, and Mr. Barrett sat at the heads of the remaining boards. + +The room was very attractive, with a fine big stone fireplace at the +farther end, and broad windows on two sides. The food proved plain, but +it was served in generous quantities; and notwithstanding that the twins +were a bit self-conscious, they managed a very satisfactory meal. + +Their fellow-students seemed to be a very decent lot. Their ages +appeared to average about sixteen, and they had the clean, healthy look +of boys who spent much of their time outdoors. At the table at which the +twins sat, four of the boys were evidently seniors, and one was as +evidently a junior. The latter looked hardly more than thirteen, though +he was in reality a year older than that, and had the features and +expression of a cherub. The twins concluded that he was a new boy and +felt a little sorry for him. He looked much too young and innocent to +face the world alone. + +No one made any special effort to engage either Ned or Laurie in +conversation, perhaps because the returning youths had so much to talk +about among themselves. Mr. Brock ate his supper in silence, save when +one of the older boys addressed him, and had a far-away and abstracted +air. Laurie saw him sweeten his tea three times, and then frown in +annoyance when he finally tasted it. + +The boy who had guessed their awful secret at luncheon sat at the next +table, and more than once Ned caught him looking across with a +half-bewildered, half-frightened expression that somehow managed to +convey the intelligence that, in spite of temptation, he had kept the +faith. Ned finally rewarded him with a significant wink, and the youth +retired in confusion behind the milk-pitcher. + +When the meal was over the twins went outside and, following the example +set by others, made themselves comfortable on the grass beyond the walk. +Near by, two older boys were conversing earnestly, and Ned and Laurie, +having exhausted their own subjects of conversation, found themselves +listening. + +"We've got to do it," the larger of the two was saying. "Dave's going to +call a meeting of the school for Friday evening, and Mr. Wells is going +to talk to them. I'll talk too. Maybe you'd better, Frank. You can tell +them a funny story and get them feeling generous." + +"Nothing doing, Joe. Leave me out of it. I never could talk from a +platform. Anyway, it's the fellows' duty to provide money. If they +don't, they won't have a team. They understand that--or they will when +you tell them. There's another thing, though, Joe, that we've got to +have besides money, and that's material. We've _got_ to get more fellows +out." + +"I know. I'll tell them that, too. I'm going to put a notice up in +School Hall in the morning. Mr. Cummins says there are eight new fellows +entering the middle classes this year. Maybe some of them are +football-players." + +"Bound to be. Did you see the twins?" + +"No, but Billy Emerson was telling me about them. What do they look +like?" + +"Not bad. Rather light-weight, though, and sort of slow. They're from +Arizona or somewhere out that way, I think. You can't tell them apart, +Joe." + +"Think they're football stuff?" + +"Search me. Might be. They're light, though. Here comes Kewpie. Gosh, +he's fatter than ever! Hi, Kewpie! Come over here!" + +It was Proudtree who answered the hail, descended the steps, and +approached. "Hello, Joe! Hello, Frank! Well, here we are again, eh? +Great to be back, isn't it? Have a good summer, Joe?" + +"Fine! You?" + +"Corking! I was on Dad's yacht all through August. Saw the races and +everything. Bully eats, too. You understand." + +"Yes," Joe Stevenson replied, "and I understand why you're about twenty +pounds overweight, Kewpie! You ought to be kicked around the yard, you +fat loafer. Thought you wanted to play center this fall." + +"I'm going to! Listen, Joe, I'm only fourteen pounds over and I'll drop +that in no time. Honest, I will. You see! Besides, it isn't all fat, +either. A lot of it's good, hard muscle." + +"Yes, it is! I can see you getting muscle lying around on your father's +yacht! I'm off you, Kewpie. You haven't acted square. You knew mighty +well that you were supposed to keep yourself fit this summer, and now +look at you! You're a big fat lump!" + +"Aw, say, Joe! Listen, will you?" Proudtree's gaze wandered in search of +inspiration and fell on the twins. His face lighted. "Hello, you chaps!" +he said. Then he leaned over and spoke to Joe. "Say, have you met the +Turner brothers, Joe? One of 'em's a swell player. Played out in North +Dakota or somewhere." + +"Which one?" asked Joe, surreptitiously eying the twins. "Why, the--I +forget: they look so much alike, you know. I think it's the one this +way. Or maybe it's the other. Anyway, I'll fetch them over, eh?" + +"All right, Kewpie." + +Kewpie started away, paused, and spoke again. "They're--they're awfully +modest chaps, Joe. You'd think from hearing them talk that they didn't +know much about the game, but don't you be fooled. That's just their +way. You understand." + +"Oh, sure, Kewpie!" And when the latter had gone on his errand Joe +smiled and, lowering his voice, said to Frank Brattle: "Kewpie's trying +to put something over. I wonder what." + +"Proudtree tells me one of you fellows plays football," said Joe, a +minute later, when introductions had been performed and Ned and Laurie +had seated themselves. "We need good players this fall. Of course, I +hope you'll both come out." + +"Ned's the football chap," said Laurie. "Baseball's my line." + +"I don't know--" began Ned, but Laurie pinched him warningly, and he +gulped and, to Kewpie's evident relief, made a fresh start. "I'm not +much of a player," he said modestly, "but I'm willing to have a try at +it." + +Kewpie darted an "I-told-you-so" glance at Joe and Frank. + +"Where do you come from, Turner?" Joe asked politely. + +"Santa Lucia, California. I was in the high school there two years. +Everything's quite--quite different here." Ned spoke hurriedly, as +though anxious to switch the conversation from football, and Laurie +smiled in wicked enjoyment. "The climate's different, you know," Ned +went on desperately, "and the country and--and everything." + +"I suppose so," said Frank Brattle. "What's your position, Turner?" + +"Position?" + +"Yes; I mean, where did you play? Behind the line, I suppose, or maybe +end." + +"Oh, yes, yes, behind the line. You see, I--I--" + +"There aren't many fellows can play half-back the way Ned can," said +Laurie, gravely. "He won't tell you so, but if you ever meet any one who +saw him play against Weedon School last year--" + +"Shut up!" begged Ned, almost tearfully. + +Kewpie was grinning delightedly. Joe Stevenson viewed Ned with absolute +affection. "Half-back, eh? Well, we can use another good half, Turner, +and I hope you're the fellow. I don't know whether Kewpie told you that +I'm captain this year, but I am, and I'm going to try mighty hard to +captain a winning team. You look a bit light, but I dare say you're +fast, and, for my part, I like them that way. Besides, we've got Mason +and Boessel if we want the heavy sort. Practice starts to-morrow at +four, by the way. How about your brother? Glad to have him come out, +too. Even if he hasn't played, he might learn the trick. And there's +next year to think of, you know." + +"I think not, thanks," answered Laurie. "One football star is enough in +the family." + +"Well, if you change your mind, come on and have a try. Glad to have met +you. See you to-morrow--er--Turner. I want to find Dave, Frank. Coming +along?" + +The two older boys made off toward West Hall, and as soon as they were +out of hearing Ned turned indignantly on Laurie. + +"You're a nice one!" he hissed. "Look at the hole you've got me in! +'Half-back'! 'Played against Weedon School'! What did you want to talk +that way for? Why, those fellows think I know football!" + +"Cheer up," answered his brother, grinning. "All you've got to do is +bluff it through. Besides, Proudtree asked us not to let on we didn't +know a football from a doughnut, and I had to say something! You acted +as if you were tongue-tied!" + +"Yes; that's so--you started it!" Ned turned belligerently around. "Said +it would be a favor to you--" He stopped, discovering that Proudtree had +silently disappeared and that he was wasting his protests on the empty +air. "Huh!" he resumed after a moment of surprise, "it's a good thing he +did beat it! Look here, Laurie, I'm in a beast of a mess. Yow know I +can't face that captain chap to-morrow. Suppose he handed me a football +and told me to kick it!" + +"He won't. I've watched football practice back home. You'll stand around +in a circle--" + +"How the dickens can I stand in a circle?" objected Ned. + +"And pass a football for a while. Then you'll try starting, and maybe +fall on the ball a few times, until you're nice and lame, and after that +you'll run around the track half a dozen times--" + +"Oh, shut up! You make me sick! I won't do it. I'm through. I'd look +fine, wouldn't I? I guess not, partner!" + +"You've got to, Ned," replied Laurie calmly. "You can't back down now. +The honor of the Turners is at stake! Come on up and I'll read that +rules book to you. Maybe some of it'll seep in!" + +After a moment of indecision Ned arose and followed silently. + + + + +CHAPTER V--IN THE PERFORMANCE OF DUTY + + +School began in earnest the next morning. Ned and Laurie were awakened +from a deep slumber by the imperative clanging of a gong. There were +hurried trips to the bath-room, and finally a descent to the +recreation-room and morning prayers. Breakfast followed in the pleasant, +sunlit dining-hall, and at half-past eight the twins went to their first +class. There wasn't much real work performed that morning, however. +Books were bought and, being again in possession of funds, Ned purchased +lavishly of stationery and supplies. He had a veritable passion for +patent binders, scratch-pads, blank-books, and pencils, and Laurie +viewed the result of a half-hour's mad career with unconcealed concern. + +"You're all wrong, Ned," he said earnestly. "We aren't opening a +stationery emporium. Besides, we can't begin to compete with the office. +They buy at wholesale, and--" + +"Never mind the comedy. You'll be helping yourself to these things soon +enough, and then you won't be so funny." + +"That's the only way they'll ever get used up! Why, you've got enough +truck there to last three years!" + +There was one interesting annual observance that morning that the twins +witnessed inadvertently. At a little after eight the fellows began to +assemble in front of School Hall. Ned and Laurie, joining the throng, +supposed that it was merely awaiting the half-hour, until presently +there appeared at the gate a solitary youth of some fourteen years, who +came up the circling drive about as joyfully as a French Royalist +approaching the guillotine. Deep silence prevailed until the embarrassed +and unhappy youth had conquered half of the interminable distance. Then +a loud "_Hep!_" was heard, and the throng broke into a measured refrain: + +"_Hep!--Hep!--Hep!--Hep!_" + +This was in time to the boy's dogged steps. A look of consternation came +into his face and he faltered. Then, however, he set his jaw, looked +straight ahead, and came on determinedly. + +"_Hep!--Hep!_" + +Up the steps he passed, a disk of color in each cheek, looking neither +to right nor left, and passed from sight. As he did so, the chorus +changed to a good-humored laugh of approval. Ned made inquiry of a youth +beside him. + +"Day boy," was the explanation. "There are ten of them, you know: +fellows who live in town. We always give them a welcome. That chap had +spunk, but you wait and see some of them!" + +Two more followed together, and, each upheld in that moment of trial by +the presence of the other, passed through the ordeal with flying colors. +But the twins noted that the laughing applause was lacking. After that, +the remaining seven arrived almost on each other's heels and the air was +filled with "_Heps!_" Some looked only surprised, others angry; but most +of then grinned in a sickly, embarrassed way and went by with hanging +heads. + +"Sort of tough," was Ned's verdict, and Laurie agreed as they followed +the last victim inside. + +"It looks as if day students weren't popular," he added. + +Later, though, he found that he was wrong. The boys who lived in the +village were accepted without reservation, but, naturally enough, seldom +attained to a full degree of intimacy with those who lived in the +dormitories. + +By afternoon the twins had become well shaken down into the new life, +had made several superficial acquaintances, and had begun to feel at +home. Of Kewpie Proudtree they had caught but fleeting glimpses, for +that youth displayed a tendency to keep at a distance. As the hour of +four o'clock approached, Ned became more and more worried, and his +normally sunny countenance took on an expression of deep gloom. Laurie +kept close at his side, fearing that courage would fail and Ned would +bring disgrace to the tribe of Turner. But Laurie ought to have known +better, for Ned was never what his fellows would have called a +"quitter." Ned meant to see it through. His mind had retained very +little of the football lore that his brother had poured into it the +night before, but he had, at least, a somewhat clearer idea of the +general principles of the game. He knew, for instance, that a team +comprised eleven players instead of the twelve he had supposed, and that +certain restrictions governed the methods by which you might wrest the +ball from an opponent. Thus, you could not legally snatch it out of his +arms, nor trip him up in the hope that he would drop it. Ned thought the +restrictions rather silly, but accepted them. + +The athletic field, known in school parlance as the play-field, was even +larger than it had looked from their windows. It held two gridirons and +three baseball diamonds, as well as a quarter-mile track and ten +tennis-courts. There was also a picturesque and well-appointed +field-house and a fairly large grand stand. To Ned's relief, most of the +ninety students were in attendance, though only about forty of the +number were in playing togs. Ned's idea was that among so many he might +escape close observation. + +He had, of course, handled a football more or less, and he was possessed +of his full share of common sense. Besides, he had perhaps rather more +than his share of assurance. To his own surprise, if not to Laurie's, he +got through the hour and a half of practice very creditably. Seasoned +candidates and novices were on the same plane to-day. There was, first +of all, a talk by the coach. Mr. Mulford was a short, broad, +good-humored man of about thirty, with a round and florid countenance, +which possibly accounted for the nickname of "Pinky" that the school had +affectionately awarded him. His real name was Stephen, and he had played +guard, and played it well, for several years with Trinity College. This +was his fourth season as football coach at Hillman's and his third as +baseball coach. So far he had been fairly successful in both sports. + +His talk was brief and earnest, although he smiled through it all. He +wanted lots of material, but he didn't want any fellow to report for +practice who didn't mean to do his level best and stick it out. Those +who were afraid of either hard work or hard knocks had better save their +time and his. Those who did report would get a fair trial and no favor. +He meant to see the best team this fall that Hillman's School had ever +turned out, one that would start with a rush and finish with a bang, +like a rocket! + +"And," he went on, "I want this team made up the way a rocket is. A +rocket is filled with stars, fellows, but you don't realize it until the +final burst. So we're going to put the soft pedal on individual +brilliancy this year. It almost had us licked last fall, as you'll +remember. This year we're going to try hard for a well-rounded team of +hard workers, fellows who will interlock and gear together. It's the +machine that wins, the machine of eleven parts that work all together in +oil. We're going to find the eleven parts first, and after that we're +going to do the oiling. All right now! Ten men to a squad. Get balls and +pass in circles. Learn to hold the ball when you catch it. Glue right to +it. And when you pass, put it where you want it to go. Don't think that +the work is silly and unnecessary, because it isn't. A fellow who can't +hold a ball when it comes to him is of no use on this team. So keep your +minds right on the job and your eyes right on the ball. All right, +Captain Stevenson." + +At least, Ned could, to quote Laurie, "stand in a circle" and pass a +football, and he did, and did it better than several others in his +squad. In the same way, he could go after a trickling pigskin and catch +it up without falling over himself, though it is possible that his +"form" was less graceful than that of one or two of his fellows. When, +later, they were formed in a line and started off by the snapping of the +ball in the hands of a world-wearied youth in a faded blue sweater +bearing a white H on its breast, Ned didn't show up so well, for he was +almost invariably one of the last to plunge forward. The blue-sweatered +youth called his attention to the fact finally in a few well-chosen +words. + +"You guy in the brown bloomers!" he bellowed. (Of course they weren't +bloomers, but a pair of somewhat expansive golf breeches that Ned, +lacking proper attire, had donned, not without misgivings, on Laurie's +advice.) "Are you asleep? Put some life into it! Watch this ball, and +when you see it roll, jump! You don't look like a cripple, but you +surely act like one!" + +Toward the end a half-dozen last-year fellows took to punting, but, to +Ned's relief, no one suggested that he take a hand at it, and at +half-past five or thereabouts his trials came to an end. He went out of +his way, dodging behind a group on the side-line, to escape Joe +Stevenson, but ran plump into Frank Brattle instead. + +"Hello, Turner," Frank greeted. "How did it go?" + +"All right," replied Ned, with elaborate carelessness. "Fine." + +"Rather a nuisance having to go through the kindergarten stunts, isn't +it?" continued the other, sympathetically. "Mulford's a great hand at +what he calls the fundamentals, though. I dare say he's right, too. It's +funny how easy it is to get out of the hang of things during the summer. +I'm as stiff as a broom!" + +"So am I," answered Ned, earnestly and truthfully. Frank smiled, nodded, +and wandered on, and Ned, sighting Laurie hunched up in the grand stand, +joined him. "It's a bully game, football," he sighed, as he lowered +himself cautiously to a seat and listened to hear his muscles creak. +"Full of beneficial effects and all that." Laurie grinned in silence. +Ned felt experimentally of his back, frowned, rocked himself backward +and forward twice, and looked relieved. "I guess there's nothing +actually broken," he murmured, "I dare say it'll be all right soon." + +"They say the first two months are the hardest," responded Laurie, +comfortingly. "After that there's no sensation." + +Ned nodded. "I believe it," he said feelingly. He fixed his gaze on the +farther goal-post and after a minute of silence remarked: + +"I'd like to catch the man who invented football!" + +He turned a challenging look on his brother. Laurie blinked and for +several seconds his lips moved noiselessly and there was a haunted look +in his gray eyes. Then, triumphantly, he completed the couplet: "It may +suit some, but it doesn't suit all!" + +"Rotten!" said Ned. + +"I'd like to see you do any better," answered Laurie, aggrievedly. +"There isn't any proper rhyme for 'football,' anyway." + +"Nor any reason for it, either. Of all--" + +"Hi, you fellow!" interrupted a scandalized voice. "What are you doing +up there? Have you done your two laps?" + +The speaker was a lanky, red-haired man who bristled with authority and +outrage. + +"Two laps?" stammered Ned. "No, sir." + +"Get at it, then. And beat it in when you have. Want to catch cold, do +you? Sitting around without a blanket or anything like that!" The +trainer shot a final disgusted look at the offender and went on. + +"Gee," murmured Ned, "I thought I was done! Two laps, he said! I'll +never be able to, Laurie!" + +"Oh, yes, you will," was the cheerful response. "And while you're doing +them you can think up a better rhyme for 'football' than I did!" + +Ned looked back reproachfully as he limped to the ground and, having +gained the running-track, set off at a stiff-kneed jog. Laurie's +expression relented as he watched. + +"Sort of tough on the kid," he muttered sympathetically. Then his face +hardened again and he shook his head. "I've got to be stern with him, +though!" + + + + +CHAPTER VI--NED IS FIRM + + +Kewpie Proudtree obeyed the shouted invitation to enter Number 16 and +appeared with a countenance as innocent as that of an infant. "Hello, +fellows," he said cordially, dropping into a chair with indications of +exhaustion. "How do you like it as far as you've gone?" + +Ned shifted in his seat at the study-table, choking back a groan, and +fixed Kewpie with a baleful look. "Listen, Proudtree," he said sternly. +"I've got a bone to pick with you!" + +"With me?" Kewpie stared in amazement. "What have I done?" + +"You've got me into a fix, that's what you've done! Didn't you ask +me--us--last night not to let on to Stevenson that we--I--couldn't play +football? Didn't you say it would be a favor to you? Didn't you say it +would be all right and--and everything?" + +"Sure! What of it?" + +"Why, you crazy galoot, you must have told him that I knew all about the +game! And you knew mighty well I didn't! Stevenson thinks I'm a wonder, +and I don't know a touch-down from a--a forward kick!" + +"Pass, not kick," corrected Kewpie, patiently. "Look here, Turner-- Say, +are you Ned or Laurie? Blessed if I can tell!" + +"Ned," replied that youth, with much dignity. + +"Guess I'll have to call you Ned, then. Can't call you both Turner. You +understand. It was like this, Ned. You see, I want to stand in with Joe +Stevenson. It--it's for the good of the school. If they don't play me at +center this fall, who are they going to play? Well, Joe thought I--well, +he seemed to think I hadn't acted just right about keeping my weight +down. He--he was sort of peeved with me. So I wanted to smooth him down +a bit. You understand. That's why I told him what I did." + +"Well, what _did_ you tell him?" + +"Why, I sort of--well, it wasn't what I _said_ exactly; it was what he +thought I meant!" + +"Proudtree, you're telling a whopper," said Ned, sternly. "And you told +one to Stevenson, too, or I miss my guess." + +"I only said that you were a swell football-player." + +"For the love of lemons! What do you call that but a whopper?" + +Kewpie looked both ashamed and distressed. He swallowed hard and glanced +furtively at Laurie as though hoping for aid. But Laurie looked as +unsympathetic as Ned. Kewpie sighed dolefully. "I--I suppose it was," he +acknowledged. "I didn't think about that. I'm sorry, Ned, honest! I +didn't mean to tell what wasn't so. I just wanted to get Joe's mind off +his troubles. You understand." + +"Well, you got me in a mess," grumbled Ned. "I got by all right to-day, +I suppose, but what's going to happen to-morrow?" + +Kewpie evidently didn't know, for he stared morosely at the floor for a +long minute. Finally, "I'll go to Joe and fess up if--if you say so," he +gulped. + +"I think you ought to," responded Ned. + +"Where's the sense in that?" demanded Laurie. "What good would it do? +Proudtree did fib, but he didn't mean to. I mean he didn't do it for +harm. If he goes and tells Stevenson that he fibbed, Stevenson will have +it in for him harder than ever; and he will have it in for you, too, +Ned. Maybe he will think it was a scheme that you and Proudtree hatched +together. That's a punk idea, I say. Best thing to do is prove that +Proudtree didn't fib." + +"How?" asked Ned. + +"Why, Proudtree--" + +"There's an awful lot of that 'Proudtree' stuff," complained the +visitor. "Would you mind calling me Kewpie?" + +"All right. Well, Kewpie told Captain Stevenson that you are a swell +player. Go ahead and be one." + +"Huh, sounds easy the way you say it," scoffed Ned; "but how can I, when +I don't know anything about the silly game? I wish to goodness you'd +taken up football instead of me!" + +"You got through to-day all right, didn't you?" asked Laurie. "Well, +keep it up. Keep your eyes open and learn. You can do it. You're no +fool, even if you haven't my intellect. Besides, you're the best little +fakir that ever came over the range." + +"You can't fake kicking a football," said Ned, scathingly. + +"Look here!" exclaimed Kewpie, his round face illumined by a great idea. +"Tell you what, Ned! I'll show you how to kick!" + +The silence that greeted the offer might have offended a more sensitive +youth, but Kewpie went on with enthusiasm. "Of course, I'm no wonder at +it. I'm a little too short in the leg and, right now, I--I'm a bit +heavy; but I used to kick and I know how it ought to be done. Say we +have a half-hour or so at it every morning for a while?" + +"Wouldn't Stevenson know what was up?" asked Ned, dubiously. + +"He needn't know. We'll go over to the lot behind the grammar school. +Even if he saw us, he'd think we were having some fun." + +"He must have a strange idea of fun," sighed Ned. "Still, if you want to +take the trouble--" + +"Glad to! Besides, I owe you something for--for getting you in wrong. +And I can put you wise to a lot of little things about handling a ball. +We could do some passing, for instance. Wonder who's got a ball we could +borrow. I'll find one somewhere. You understand. Now, what hour have you +got free in the morning?" + +A comparison of schedules showed that on two mornings a week the boys +could meet at ten, and on two other mornings at ten-thirty. The +remaining days were not accommodating, however. + +"Well, even four times a week will show results," said Kewpie, +cheerfully. "This is Thursday. We'll have the first lesson Saturday at +ten." + +"I hope they don't ask me to do any kicking before then," said Ned. + +"Not likely. You'll get about the same stuff to-morrow as you had +to-day. You'll get by, take my word for it. That's settled, then." +Kewpie referred to an ornate gold wrist-watch. "It's after eight. You're +going over to Johnny's, aren't you!" + +"Johnny's?" repeated Laurie. "Oh, Doctor Hillman's! I suppose so. What's +it like?" + +"Oh, it isn't bad. The eats are pretty fair. Anyway, he sort of likes +the fellows to go, and he's a good sort. You'll be introduced to the +faculty and their wives, if they have any, and meet a lot of fellows +whose names you'll forget the next minute. Take my advice and sort of +work in toward the dining-room. Last year, the harlequin ice-cream gave +out before I could get to the table." Kewpie sighed. "Tabby has bully +cake, too, and I'm off of cake. Isn't that rotten luck?" + +"Awful!" laughed Ned. "You going over now?" + +"Yes. Come on and I'll introduce you to some of the fellows you ought to +know. I'll wash my dirty paws and meet you in two minutes." + +The principal's reception proved rather enjoyable. The "eats" were +excellent and, under Kewpie's guidance, the twins reached the long table +in the dining-room well in advance of the crowd. As Laurie remarked +afterward, it was worth the amount of trouble involved just to watch +Kewpie's mouth water as he gazed soulfully at the chocolate layer-cake. +To his credit be it narrated that he manfully resisted it. Besides +consuming much delectable food, the twins were impressively introduced +by their guide to a number of their fellow-students, the introduction +being prefaced in each case by a sort of biographical note, as: "There's +Dan Whipple. The tall fellow with the trick collar, talking to Mrs. +Wells. Rows stroke on the crew. Senior class president. Honor man last +year. President of Attic, too. Good chap to know. Come on." In such +manner they met at least a half-dozen school notables, most of whom were +extremely affable to the new boys. Sometimes, to be sure, the twins had +a suspicion that Kewpie was pretending a closer intimacy with a notable +than in fact existed, but he always "got away with it." + +The only fly in the ointment of the evening's enjoyment occurred when +Kewpie mischievously introduced them to Mrs. Pennington, the wife of the +Greek and Latin instructor, and sneaked away. Mrs. Pennington was tall +and extremely thin, and viewed the world through a pair of +tortoise-shell spectacles. She had a high voice and what Ned termed a +"very Lake Superior" manner, and, since she confined her conversation to +the benefits to be derived from an earnest study of the Latin poets, +philosophers, and historians, the twins were not happy. Fortunately, +very little was demanded from them conversationally, Mrs. Pennington +being quite competent to do all the talking. But, unfortunately, she +gave them no chance to get away. Ned descried Kewpie grinning +heartlessly from the doorway and rewarded him with a terrific and +threatening scowl. Kewpie, however, waved blandly and faded into the +night. Release came to them at last and they scurried away, neglecting, +in their hurried departure, to say good night either to the doctor or +Miss Tabitha, a breach of etiquette which probably passed unnoted by the +hosts. Back in East Hall, the twins hammered loudly at Number 15, but +Kewpie was either absent or discreet. At any rate, there was no +response, and revenge had to be postponed. + +To Laurie's surprise, a notice on the bulletin-board in the corridor of +School Hall the following morning announced that autumn baseball +practice would begin that afternoon. He had supposed that his hour to +offer himself on the altar of school patriotism would not arrive until +the next spring; and later, when he strode down Walnut Street with Ned, +in search of football togs for the latter, he broached the subject +diplomatically. + +"Funny idea to have baseball practice this time of year, I think," he +remarked carelessly. "Not much good in it. A fellow would forget +anything he learned by next April." + +"Didn't know they did," replied Ned, uninterestedly. "Who told you +that?" + +"Oh, there was a notice on the board in School Hall. Don't believe many +fellows go out in the fall." + +"Thought baseball was a spring and summer game. Still, I dare say you +can play it just as well now. Seems to me I've heard of having spring +football practice, haven't you?" + +"I dare say. Crazy scheme, though, playing games out of season." + +"Ye-es." Ned went on thoughtfully a moment Then he shot a suspicious +glance at his brother. "You going out?" he demanded. + +"N-no, I don't think so," answered Laurie, lightly. "There's that +building we had the bet on the other day. We never did find out--" + +"Never you mind about that building," interrupted Ned, severely. "I'm on +to you, partner. You're trying to renege on baseball. Well, it doesn't +go! You're a baseball hero and you've got to get busy!" + +"Aw, Ned, have a heart! There's plenty of time--" + +"No, sir, by jiminy! You got me slaving for the dear old school, now you +do your bit!" + +"Yes, but it isn't fair to start the baseball season in September. You +know it isn't." + +"Cut out the alibis! You can get some baseball togs right now. Good +thing you spoke of it. What'll you need?" + +"All I need is kindness," wailed Laurie. "Ned, I don't want to be a +hero! I don't want to save the dear old school from defeat in the ninth +inning! I--I--" + +"You're going to do as you agreed to," answered Ned, grimly. "Remember +that the honor of the Turners is at stake!" + +Laurie sighed deeply. Then, "You speak of honor! Say no more. I yield," +he declaimed dramatically. + +"You bet you do," answered Ned, unhesitatingly. "You for the baseball +field!" + + + + +CHAPTER VII--HIGH SCHOOL ACCEPTS DEFEAT + + +A week passed, and the twins began to feel like old residents. They had +ceased being "the Turner twins" to acquaintances, although others still +referred to them so, and their novelty had so far worn off that they +could enter a classroom or walk side by side across the yard without +being conscious of the rapt, almost incredulous stares of the beholders. +To merely casual acquaintances they were known as Ned and Laurie; to a +few friends they had become Nid and Nod. Kewpie was responsible for +that. He had corrupted "Ned" into "Nid," after which it was impossible +for Laurie to be anything but "Nod." Laurie had demurred for a time, +demanding to be informed who Nod had been. Kewpie couldn't tell him, +being of the hazy belief that Nid and Nod were brothers in some fairy +story he had once read, but he earnestly assured Laurie that both had +been most upright and wholly estimable persons. Anyhow, Laurie's +objections wouldn't have accomplished much, for others had been prompt +to adopt the nicknames and all the protests in the world wouldn't have +caused them to drop them. These others weren't many in number, however: +Kewpie and Thurman Kendrick and Lee Murdock and George Watson about made +up the list of them at this time. + +Kendrick was Kewpie's room-mate, a smallish, black-haired, very earnest +youth of sixteen, which age was also Kewpie's. Thurman was familiarly +known as "Hop," although the twins never learned why. He was a candidate +for quarter-back on the eleven and took his task very seriously. Lee +Murdock was one of the baseball crowd, and Laurie had scraped +acquaintance with him on the diamond during a practice game. The word +"scraped" is used advisedly, for Laurie, in sliding to second base, had +spiked much of the skin from Lee's ankle. Of such incidents are +friendships formed! Lee was two years older than Laurie, a big, rather +raw-boned fellow with a mop of ash-colored hair and very bright blue +eyes. + +George Watson was sixteen, an upper middler, and, as Laurie frequently +assured him, no fit associate for a respectable fellow. To the latter +assertion George cheerfully agreed, adding that he always avoided such. +He came from Wyoming and had brought with him a breeziness of manner +that his acquaintances, rightly or wrongly, described as "wild and +woolly." Of the four, Kewpie and George were more often found in company +with the twins. + +There had been four lessons in kicking on an open lot behind the grammar +school, two short blocks away, and while Ned had not yet mastered the +gentle art of hurtling a football through the air, Kewpie was +enthusiastic about his pupil's progress. "Why, geewhillikins, Nid," he +broke forth after the fourth session, "you're a born kicker! Honest you +are! You've got a corking swing and a lot of drive. You--you've got real +_form_, that's what you've got. You understand. And you certainly do +learn! Of course, you haven't got it all from me, because you've been +punting in practice two or three times, but I take some of the credit." + +"You've got a right to," responded Ned. "You've taught me a lot more +than I've learned on the field. Gee, if it hadn't been for you I'd been +afraid even to try a punt over there! You ought to see the puzzled way +that Pope looks at me sometimes. He can't seem to make me out, because, +I suppose, Joe Stevenson told him I was a crackajack. Yesterday he said, +'You get good distance, Turner, and your direction isn't bad, but you +never punt twice the same way!'" + +"Well, you don't," laughed Kewpie. "But you'll get over that just as +soon as I can get it into your thick head that the right way's the best +and there's only one right!" + +"I know," said Ned, humbly. "I mean to do the way you say, but I sort of +forget." + +"That's because you try to think of too many things at once. Stop +thinking about your leg and just remember the ball and keep your eyes on +it until it's in the air. That's the secret, Nid. I heard Joe telling +Pinky the other day that you'd ought to shape up well for next year." + +"Next year!" exclaimed Ned, dubiously. "Gee! mean to tell me I'm going +through all this work for next year?" + +"Well, you might get a place this year, for all you know," replied +Kewpie, soothingly. "Just keep on coming, Nid. If you could only--well, +if you had just a bit more _speed_ now, got started quicker, you know, +Pinky would have you on the second squad in no time, I believe. You're +all right after you get started, but--you understand." + +"I do the best I know how," sighed Ned. "I suppose I am slow on the +get-away, though. Corson is always calling me down about it. Oh, well, +what do I care? I don't own it." + +"I'd like to see you make good, though," said Kewpie. "Besides, remember +the honor of the Turners!" + +Ned laughed. "Laurie will look after that. He's doing great things in +baseball, if you believe him, and it wouldn't be right for us to capture +all the athletic honors." + +"You make me weary!" grunted Kewpie. "Say, don't you California chaps +ever have any pep?" + +"California, old scout, is famous for its pep. We grow it for market out +there. Why, I've seen a hundred acres planted to it!" + +"You have, eh? Well, it's a big shame you didn't bring a sprig of it +East with you, you lazy lummox! Some day I'm going to drop a cockle-burr +down your back and see if you don't show some action!" + +Hillman's started her season on the following Saturday with Orstead High +School. As neither team had seen much practice, the contest didn't show +a very high grade of football. The teams played four ten-minute +quarters, consuming a good two hours of elapsed time in doing it, their +members spending many precious moments prone on the turf. The weather +was miserably warm for football and the players were still pretty soft. + +Kewpie derived great satisfaction from the subsequent discovery that he +had dropped three quarter pounds and was within a mere seven pounds of +his desired weight. Had he played the game through instead of yielding +the center position to Holmes at the beginning of the last half, he +might have reached his goal that afternoon. Ned and Laurie wounded him +deeply by declaring that there was no apparent improvement in his +appearance. + +Ned saw the game from the substitutes' bench, and Laurie from the stand. +High School turned out a full attendance and, since Hillman's was +outnumbered two to one, "O. H. S." colors and cheers predominated. +Laurie sat with Lee Murdock, who, as a baseball enthusiast, professed a +great scorn of football. (There was no practice on the diamond that +afternoon.) Lee amused himself by making ridiculous comments in a voice +audible for many yards around. + +"That's piffle!" he declared on one occasion, when the ground was strewn +with tired, panting players. "The umpire said, 'Third down,' but if they +aren't three quarters down, I'll treat the crowd! The trouble with those +fellows is that they didn't get enough sleep last night. Any one can see +that. Why, I can hear that big chap snoring 'way over here!" Again, +"That brother of yours is playing better than any of them," he asserted. + +"Ned? Why, he isn't in! He's on the bench down there." + +"Sure! That's what I mean. You don't see him grabbing the ball away from +Brattle and losing two or three yards at a time. No, sir; he just sits +right there, half asleep, and makes High School _work_ for the game. +Every time he doesn't take the ball, Nod, he saves us three or four +yards. He's a hero, that's what he is. If Mulford would get all the rest +of them back on the bench, we might win." + +"You're crazy," laughed Laurie. + +During the intermission, Laurie's wandering gaze fell on two girls a +dozen seats away. One, whom he had never seen before, displayed a +cherry-and-black pennant and belonged unmistakably to the high school +cohort. She was a rather jolly-looking girl, Laurie decided, with a good +deal of straw-colored hair and a pink-and-white skin. Her companion was +evidently divided as to allegiance, for she had a cherry-and-black +ribbon pinned on the front of her dress and wore a dark-blue silken +arm-band. For a moment Laurie wondered why she looked familiar to him. +Then he recognized her as Polly Deane. The two girls appeared to be +alone, although some boys in the row behind were talking to them. + +So far, the twins had not been back to the little shop on Pine Street, +but Laurie resolved now that he would drop around there very soon and +pay his bill before his money was gone. After paying the school bill for +the first half-year, he and Ned had shared slightly more than twenty +dollars, but since then there had been many expenses. They had each had +to purchase playing togs and stationery, and, finally, had donated two +dollars apiece to the football fund at the mass-meeting Friday night of +the week before. + +Viewed from a financial standpoint, that meeting hadn't been a great +success, and it was no secret that, unless more money was forthcoming, +the team would be obliged to cancel at least one of its away-from-home +games. But it had resulted in bringing out a big field of candidates, +and there had been a lot of enthusiasm. The next day, viewing his +reduced exchequer, Laurie had ruefully observed that he guessed a dollar +would have been enough to give, but Ned had called him a "piker" and a +"tight-wad" and other scornful things. Yesterday Ned had borrowed half a +dollar, which was more than a fourth of Laurie's remaining cash; and the +first of October was still a week distant. Realizing the latter fact, +Laurie changed his mind about settling his account at the Widow Deane's. +But, he reflected, with another friendly glance in Polly's direction, it +wouldn't be right to withhold his trade from the store. And he wasn't +anywhere near the limit of indebtedness yet! + +Two listless periods followed the intermission, the only inspiring +incident coming when, near the end of the third quarter, Pope, Hillman's +full-back, foiled in his attempt to get a forward pass away, smashed +past the enemy and around his left end for a run that placed the pigskin +six yards short of the last white line. From there the home team managed +to push its way to a touch-down, the third and last score of the day. +The final figures were 10 to 7 in Hillman's favor, and neither side was +very proud of the outcome. + +Ned returned to Number 16 half an hour later in a most critical frame of +mind, and spent ten minutes explaining to Laurie just when and how the +school team had failed. At last Laurie interrupted him to ask, "Have you +told this to Mr. Mulford, Ned?" + +"Mr. Mulford? Why--oh, go to the dickens!" + +"Seems to me he ought to know," said Laurie, gravely. + +"That's all right. You can be sarcastic if you like, but I'm talking +horse-sense. You see a lot of things from the bench that you don't see +from the stand. Besides, you've got to know football to understand it. +Now you take--" + +"I beg your pardon! Did you say anything about understanding football?" + +"Well, I understand a lot more about it than you do," replied the other, +warmly. "I've been playing it a week, haven't I?" + +"Sure, but I'll bet you don't know how much a safety counts!" + +"I don't need to. That's up to the referee. But I know some football, +just the same. And I punted forty-seven yards yesterday, too!" + +"In how many punts?" inquired Laurie, innocently. + +Ned threw a book at him and the subject was closed. + +In his own line, baseball, Laurie was not setting the world on fire. He +was gaining a familiarity with the position of center fielder on the +scrub nine, and batting practice was at least not doing him any harm. +But he certainly had displayed no remarkable ability; and if Ned had +gained a notion to the contrary, it was merely because it pleased Laurie +to fool him with accounts of imaginary incidents in which he, Laurie, +had shone most brilliantly. As Ned knew even less about baseball than he +had known of football, almost any fairy-tale "went" with him, and Laurie +derived much amusement thereby; decidedly more, in fact, than he derived +from playing! + +On Monday morning Laurie dragged Ned over to the Widow Deane's for +ginger-ale, professing a painful thirst. The Widow greeted them +pleasantly, recalling their names, and provided them with the requested +beverage. Laurie's thirst seemed to have passed, for he had difficulty +in consuming his portion. When, presently, he asked politely about +Polly, it developed that that young lady was quite well enough to attend +high school as usual. Laurie said, "Oh!" and silently promised himself +that the next time he got thirsty it would be in the afternoon. Ned ate +two doughnuts and was hesitating over raspberry tarts when Laurie +dragged him away. "Can't you think of anything but eating?" demanded the +latter, disgustedly. Ned only blinked. + +"Ginger-ale always makes me hungry," he explained calmly. + +Two days later, the twins awoke to cloudy skies, and by mid-forenoon a +lazy drizzle was falling, which later turned to a downright tempest of +wind and rain. At four the baseball candidates scooted to the +field-house for cover, although, peering forth through a drenched +window, Laurie discerned the football-players still at work. Lee Murdock +said he guessed the equinoctial storm had come, and that if it had +there'd be no practice for a couple of days. Laurie tried to look +broken-hearted and failed dismally. Taking advantage of a lull in the +downpour, he and Lee, with many of the others, set forth for school. +They were still far short of the gymnasium, however, when the torrent +began again, and it was a wet, bedraggled, and breathless crowd that +presently pushed through the door. + +George Watson, who had been playing tennis before the rain started, was +philosophically regarding a pair of "unshrinkable" flannel trousers +which, so he declared, had already receded an inch at the bottoms. It +was George who suggested that, after changing to dry clothing, they go +over to the Widow's and have ice-cream at his expense. Not possessing a +rain-coat of his own, Laurie invaded Number 15 and borrowed Kewpie's. It +was many sizes too large, but it answered. The Widow's was full when he +and George and Lee got there, and the pastry counter looked as though it +had been visited by an invading army. There was still ice-cream, though, +and the three squeezed into a corner and became absorbedly silent for a +space. + +Polly was helping her mother, and Laurie exchanged greetings with her, +but she was far too busy for conversation. Lee treated to a second round +of ice-cream, and afterward Laurie bought a bag of old-fashioned +chocolates. He hoped Polly would wait on him, but it was Polly's mother +who did so and asked after his brother as she filled the paper sack. + +"I do hope you're looking after him and that he hasn't eaten those +raspberry tarts yet," she said pleasantly. + +"Yes'm," said Laurie. "I mean, he hasn't." He thought it surprising that +the Widow Deane was able to tell them apart. Even Kewpie and George +frequently made mistakes. + +It was still pouring when they went out again, and they hurried up the +street and around the corner into School Park, their progress somewhat +delayed by the fact that Laurie had placed the bag of candy in an +outside pocket of Kewpie's capacious rain-coat and that all three had +difficulty in finding it. Lee had just popped a big chocolate into his +mouth and George was fumbling into the moist bag when the clouds opened +suddenly and such a deluge fell as made them gasp. In distance they were +but a long block from school; but with the rain descending on them as +though poured from a million buckets, their thought was of immediate +shelter. + +"Wow!" yelped Lee. "Let's get out of this! Here's a house. Come on!" + +There was an opening in a high hedge, and a short brick walk from which +the drops were rebounding knee-high, and, seen dimly through the deluge, +a porch at the end of it. They reached it in what Laurie called three +leaps and a jump, and, under shelter of the roof, drew breath and looked +back into the gray welter. The park was invisible, and even the high +lilac hedge was only a blurred shape. Lee had to shout to make himself +heard above the rain. + +"Wonder who lives here," he said. "I don't remember this house." + +"Sure you do!" said George. "This is the Coventry house. We're on the +side porch." + +"Oh!" Lee gazed doubtfully into the rain. "Well, anyway, it'll do. Gee, +my trousers are soaked to the knees! How long do you suppose this will +keep up?" + +"You said for two days," answered Laurie, cheerfully, trying to dry his +neck with a moist handkerchief. + +"I mean this shower, you chump!" + +"Call this a shower? What's a cloud-burst like in this part of the +country, then?" + +"We don't have such things," answered George, who was peering through a +side-light into the dim interior. "Say, I thought this place was empty," +he continued. "I can see chairs and a table in there." + +"No; some one rented it this fall," said Lee. "I noticed the other day +that the front door was open and the grass had been cut. I wouldn't want +to live in the place, though." + +"Why?" inquired Laurie. + +But, before any answer came, the door was suddenly opened within a few +inches of George's nose and a voice said: + +"You fellows had better come inside until it's over." + + + + +CHAPTER VIII--IN THE MISER'S HOUSE + + +The invitation came from a boy of about sixteen, a slim, eminently +attractive chap, who smiled persuasively through the aperture. Laurie +knew that he had seen him somewhere, but it was not until they had +followed, somewhat protestingly, into a hallway and from there into a +large and shadowy drawing-room that he recognized him as one of the day +pupils. Lee, it seemed, knew him slightly and called him by name. + +"We oughtn't to come in here," Lee apologized. "We're soaking wet, +Starling." + +"It doesn't matter," answered their host. "Wait till I find a match and +we'll have a fire here." + +"Don't bother, please," George protested. "We're going right on in a +minute." + +"Might as well get dry a bit first. The fire's all laid." The boy held a +match at the grate and in a moment the wood was snapping merrily. "Pull +up some chairs, fellows. Here, try this. Some rain, isn't it?" + +"Rather," agreed Lee. "By the way, do you know Turner? And Watson?" The +three boys shook hands. "I didn't know you lived here," Lee continued. +"Saw the house had been taken, but didn't know who had it. Corking big +place, isn't it?" + +Starling laughed. "It's big all right, but it's not so corking. Let me +have that rain-coat, Turner. The rooms are so frightfully huge that you +get lost in them! I have the bedroom above this, and the first morning I +woke up in it I thought I was in the Sahara Desert! This was the only +place we could find, though, that was for rent, and we had to take it. +Dad came here on short notice and we didn't have much time to look +around. Pull up closer to the fire, Watson, and get your feet dry. I've +got some slippers upstairs if you want to take your shoes off." + +"No, thanks. I guess the wet didn't get through. I've seen you over at +school, haven't I?" + +"Yes, I'm a day boy; one of the 'Hep, heps!'" + +Lee grinned. "Sort of a mean trick, that, Starling, but they always do +it every year." + +"Wish I'd known about it beforehand. I'd have sneaked over a fence and +through a window. It was fierce! I was the last fellow to get in this +fall. Dad made application in August, and some fellow who had entered in +the spring changed his mind; otherwise I'd have had to go to the high +school." + +"That would have been an awful fate," said George, gravely. + +"Oh, I wouldn't have minded. I like Hillman's, though. Do any of you +chaps play tennis?" + +"I try to," answered George. + +"Wish you'd give me a game some day. Tennis is about the only thing I +know much about, and I saw some dandy courts over at the field." + +"Glad to," George assured him. "Any day you like, Starling. I'm not much +of a player, though, so don't expect a lot." + +"Guess you're good enough to handle me," laughed the other. "I like it +better than I can play it. How about to-morrow afternoon?" + +"Suits me," answered George. "Three-thirty?" + +"Fine! I'm going to get Dad to build a court in the yard here, if I can. +There's lots of room, but there's a tumble-down old grape-arbor right in +the middle." + +"Yes, there's surely room enough," agreed Lee. "We used to come over +here last fall and get pears--there's a dandy seckel tree back there. +I'd say there was room for two or three courts if some of the trees were +cut down." + +"What could he do with three of them?" asked Laurie. + +"I suppose we'd have to get the owner's permission to even take that +rickety old arbor down," Starling said. + +"I thought the owner was dead," Lee observed. + +George chuckled. "If he was dead he wouldn't be the owner, you simple! +Old Coventry died three or four years ago, but somebody owns the place, +of course. If what they tell of the old chap is true, it must have +broken his heart to know he couldn't take the place with him! Maybe he +took his money with him, though. Anyway, the story goes that he had +slathers of it, and they could only find a couple of thousands when he +died." + +"What was he, a miser?" asked Starling. + +"Yes, one of the sort you read about in the stories. Lived here all +alone for years and years with only a negro servant. They say you could +never see a light in the place at night, and he never went off the front +porch more than a couple of times a year. Then a carriage came for him +and he got in and went down to the boat. He didn't use the train because +it cost too much. Of course, when he died, folks expected to find that +he had left a mint of money; but all any one could discover was about +two thousand dollars in one of the banks here--that, and this property. +The heirs, whoever they were, pretty near tore the insides out of the +house, they say, looking for coin, but they didn't get any thing." + +"And at night the old codger's ghost walks around," added Lee; "and if +you follow him, he'll take you to the place the money's hidden." + +"Honest?" exclaimed Starling, joyfully. "Gosh, that's great! I always +wanted to live in a house with a ghost." + +"I'm sorry, then," said George, "for I just made that part up." + +"_You_ did?" Lee looked incredulous. "Where do you come in? I've heard +that ever since I came here." + +"No, sir; you may have heard the rest of the story, but not the part +about the ghost. I wrote the yarn up in my junior year for an English +comp., and tacked on the ghost feature as a sort of added climax. Got +good marks, too, and the Orstead paper published the thing. I'll show it +to you, if you like." + +Lee looked unconvinced still, and Starling disappointed. "Well, it's a +good story, anyway, and makes the place more interesting. Some day I'll +have a look myself for the hidden millions." + +"Guess the old chap never had that much," said George. "Thirty or forty +thousand is about what he was supposed to have salted away." + +"Scarcely worth bothering about," observed Laurie, with a yawn. + +"But look here, what became of the servant?" asked Starling. "Maybe he +got the dough and made off with it." + +"Lots of folks thought that," replied George; "but the theory didn't pan +out for a cent. The negro stuck around here for quite a while and then +ambled off somewhere. He claimed that old Coventry died owing him a +month's wages, and tried to get some one to pay him, but I guess he +never got any of it, if it was really owing." + +"Where did he go to?" asked Starling. + +"I don't know. New York City, I think." + +"I'll bet he either had the money or knew where it was," declared +Starling, with conviction. "Don't you see, fellows, he did just what any +one would do in his case? He stuck around so he wouldn't be suspected. +If he'd gone right off, folks would have said he was trying to avoid +being asked about the money. And then he faked up the yarn about the old +gentleman owing him wages. A first-class detective would have got trace +of the coin, I'll wager!" + +"You've been reading _Sherlock Holmes_," laughed Lee. "Why don't you +follow up your clue, find the negro, and restore the lost wealth to the +starving heirs?" + +"Huh! If he did get the money, he's where even _Sherlock Holmes_ +wouldn't find him by this time. Some one should have followed the fellow +and kept watch on him right then. How old was he, Watson?" + +"About fifty, I guess. They say he had white whiskers, anyway. Oh, he +didn't know any more than he said he did. He was all right. He had been +with old Coventry for years and years, one of those old-time family +servants, you know, honest and faithful. Why, he went on something +fierce when the old chap died!" + +"Say, how much of this guff is real and how much of it is English +composition?" asked Lee, suspiciously. "How do you know the negro took +on when the old codger died? You weren't here." + +"Maybe I heard it," replied George, grinning. + +"Yes, and maybe you just made it up, like the stuff about the ghost," +Lee retorted sarcastically. "I've heard the yarn two or three times, but +I never heard that the negro had white whiskers or that he went into +mourning!" + +"It's a fact, though," declared the other, warmly. "I prepared mighty +well on that comp.; talked with half a dozen persons who knew the story. +Got most of the stuff from the Widow Deane, though. Old Coventry had +been dead only about two years then and folks were still talking about +him. The Widow doesn't think the old chap had nearly as much money as he +was supposed to have." + +"She has the little store around on the back street?" asked Starling. + +"Yes. She took that as her share." + +"Her share of what?" demanded Lee. + +"Why, of the estate. Old Coventry owned the whole half-block right +through from Walnut Street to Pine. She rented that house from him until +he died; paid a good stiff price, too; and then, when the estate was +finally settled, she took it as her share, although she had to pay the +other heirs something because they claimed that it was worth more than +she had a right to." + +"Look here," said Lee, "do you mean that the Widow Deane was one of old +Coventry's heirs?" + +"Of course! Didn't you know it? She was a half-sister. She lived over in +New Jersey, she told me, until her husband died. Then she wrote to old +Coventry, asking him to help her because she didn't have much money, and +he invited her to come here. She thought he meant to give her a home +with him; but when she got here, the best he would do was rent her that +little house around on Pine Street and stock it up for her as a store. +Then he built a fence between the two places. It used to be open right +through." + +"Gee, you certainly know a lot of ancient history!" marveled Lee. + +"I believe in being thorough," laughed George. "When I tackle a subject +I get a fall out of it." + +"So when I trail the murderer--I mean the thief," reflected Starling, +"I'll be doing the old lady back there a good turn, won't I?" + +"Surest thing you know!" agreed George. + +"And she needs the money, I guess. I don't believe she makes a fortune +out of that emporium. And that daughter of hers is a nice kid, too." + +"How many other heirs are there to share in the money when Starling +finds it?" asked Laurie. + +"I don't know. Quite a bunch, I believe. The old chap wasn't married, +and the heirs are nephews and nieces and things like that. The Widow's +the only one living around here, though." + +"Well, when I do find it," laughed Starling, "I'll keep it quiet and +hand it all over to the Widow." + +"He wants to make a hit with Polly," said Lee. "He's a fox." + +"I've never seen her," Starling denied. + +"Well, she's a mighty pretty girl," George avowed. "If you don't believe +me, ask Nod." + +Laurie looked intensely innocent and very surprised. "Why me?" he asked +blandly. + +George shook his head, grinning. "You can't get away with it, son! Think +I didn't see you making love to the old lady this afternoon?" + +"Well," Laurie laughed, "I thought it was Polly you spoke of." + +"Sure, but she was busy waiting on a bunch of juniors and so you made up +to the Widow. We saw you smirking and talking sweet to her, didn't we, +Lee? Butter wouldn't have melted in the dear lamb's mouth. And I thought +the old lady seemed rather taken with him, too; didn't you, Lee?" + +"Rather! It was positively sickening! Talk about foxes--" + +"Oh, dry up and blow away!" muttered Laurie. "Say, the rain's stopped +now--pretty nearly." + +"Wants to get away from the embarrassing subject," George confided to +Starling. "Well, I never desert a pal, Nod. Come on, we'll trot along. +Much obliged for taking us in, Starling. Hope we haven't ruined your +rug. Half-past three to-morrow, if the courts are dry. I'll meet you in +School Hall." + +"Glad to have you drop around at my room some time," said Lee. "I'm in +West; Number 7." + +"Same here," added Laurie; "16 East Hall. Thanks, Starling." + +"You're welcome. Come in again, fellows. When I get that tennis-court +fixed up, we'll have some fun here. You needn't wait for that, though. +I'd like you to meet my father and aunt. No one's at home just now. I +say, better take a couple of umbrellas." + +"Not worth it, thanks," answered Lee. "After that deluge, this is just +an April shower. So long!" + +Lee's statement wasn't much of an exaggeration, and the three continued +their way to the school unhurriedly. George remarked gloomily that it +didn't look awfully promising for tennis on the morrow, adding: "I'll +bet that chap's a corking good player, too." + +"Maybe you'll learn a little about the game from him," said Laurie, +sweetly. "How old do you say he is?" + +"Starling? Oh, seventeen, maybe. He's in upper middle." + +"Sixteen, more likely," said George. "He seems a decent sort, eh? How +did you come to know him?" + +"I didn't really know him. He's in some of my classes and we've spoken a +couple of times. Rather a--an interesting kind of chap. Wonder what his +father does here. Funny place for him to come to. He spoke of an aunt, +but didn't say anything about a mother. Guess she's dead. Auntie +probably keeps house for them." + +As they entered the gate George chuckled and Laurie asked, "What's your +trouble, Old-Timer!" + +"I was just thinking what a joke it would be if Starling took that stuff +seriously about the hidden money and began to hack away the woodwork and +dig up the cellar floor!" + +"Why, wasn't it true?" + +"Sure! At least, as true as anything is that folks tell. You know, Nod, +after being repeated a couple of hundred times a story sort of grows." + +Lee grunted. "After some smart Aleck has written it up as an English +comp. its own mother wouldn't know it! The real joke would be for +Starling to wreck the woodwork and find the money!" + +"No, that wouldn't be a joke," said George, "that would be a movie! Come +on! It's starting again! Last man in East buys the sodas! Come on, Lee!" + +Lee and Laurie ran a dead heat, and all the way to George's room, on the +second floor, each sought to shift to the other the responsibility of +providing the soda-water for the trio. In the end, George appointed +himself referee and halved the responsibility between them. + +When, twenty minutes later, Laurie climbed onward to Number 16, he found +a very disgruntled Ned curled up in the window-seat, which was now +plentifully supplied with cushions. "Where've you been all the +afternoon?" he demanded aggrievedly. + +"Many places," replied Laurie, cheerfully. "Why the grouch?" + +"You'd have a grouch, I reckon, if you'd messed around with a soggy +football for almost two hours in a cloud-burst!" + +"Did you--er--get wet?" + +"Oh, no, I didn't get wet! I carried an umbrella all the time, you silly +toad! Or maybe you think they roofed the gridiron over for us?" + +"Well, I got sort of water-logged myself, and don't you let any one tell +you any different! Wait till I return this rain-coat and I'll tell you +about it." + +"I've got troubles enough of my own," grumbled Ned, as Laurie crossed +the corridor. + +Kewpie wasn't in when the borrowed garment was returned, but Hop +Kendrick was, and Hop said it was quite all right, that Ned was welcome +to anything of Kewpie's at any time, and please just stick it in the +closet or somewhere. And Laurie thanked him gratefully and placed the +rain-coat, which wasn't very wet now, where he had found it. And the +incident would have ended then and there if it hadn't started in to rain +cats and dogs again after supper and if Kewpie hadn't taken it into his +head to pay a visit to a fellow in West Hall. Which is introductory to +the fact that at eight o'clock that evening, while Ned and Laurie were +conscientiously absorbed in preparing to-morrow's Latin, a large and +irate youth appeared at the door of Number 16 with murder in his eyes +and what appeared to be gore on his hands! + +"That's a swell way to return a fellow's coat!" he accused. + +He brandished one gory hand dramatically, and with the other exhumed +from a pocket of the garment a moist and shapeless mass of brown paper +and chocolate creams. "Look at this!" he exhorted. "It--it's all over +me! The pocket's a regular glue-pot! Ugh!" + +Laurie looked and his shoulders heaved. + +"Oh, Kewpie!" he gurgled, contrition--or something--quite overmastering +him. "I'm s-s-so s-s-sorry!" + +Kewpie regarded him scathingly a moment, while syrupy globules detached +themselves from the exhibit and ran along his wrist. Finally he +exploded: "Sorry! Yes, you are!" + +Whereupon the door closed behind him with an indignant crash, and +Laurie, unable longer to contain his sorrow, dropped his head on his +books and gave way to it unrestrainedly. + + + + +CHAPTER IX--LAURIE HEARS NEWS + + +October arrived with the first touch of cooler weather, and the football +candidates, who had panted and perspired under summer conditions for a +fortnight, took heart. Among these was Ned. Laurie, who at first had had +to alternate sympathy and severity in order to keep his brother's +courage to the sticking-point, now found that his encouragement was no +longer needed. Ned was quite as much in earnest as any fellow who wore +canvas. Probably he was not destined ever to become a mighty player, for +he seemed to lack that quality which coaches, unable to describe, call +football instinct. But he had made progress--surprising progress when it +is considered that he had known virtually nothing of the game two weeks +before. + +Laurie, whose afternoons were still absorbed by baseball, viewed Ned's +efforts as something of a joke, much to the latter's chagrin, and +continued to do so until a chance conversation with Thurman Kendrick +opened his eyes. Hop had come across one forenoon to borrow some notes +and had tarried a moment to talk. In those days, when Hop talked he +talked of just one subject, and that subject was football, and he +introduced it to-day. + +"We've got to do better to-morrow than we did last week," he said +earnestly, "or we'll get licked hard. Cole's was fairly easy, but +Highland is a tough customer. Our trouble so far has been slowness, and +Highland's as fast as they make them. Somehow, Mulford doesn't seem able +to get any pep into our bunch. The line isn't so bad, but the back +field's like cold glue." + +"That's up to the quarter, isn't it?" asked Laurie, anxious to prove +himself not absolutely ignorant of the subject. + +"Yes, partly; but it's up to the coach first. If the backs aren't used +to working fast, the quarter can't make them. Frank Brattle's a good +quarter, Nod. I sort of wish he wasn't so good!" + +"Meaning you'd have a better chance of swiping his job?" smiled Laurie. + +"Oh, I'll never do that; but if he wasn't so good I'd get in more often. +The best I can hope for this year is to get in for maybe a full period +in the Farview game. Anyway, I'll get my letter, and maybe next year +I'll land in the position. Frank's a senior, you know." + +"Is he? I haven't seen much practice so far. Baseball keeps me pretty +busy." + +"How are you getting on?" + +"Slow, I'm afraid. Anyway, you could easily tell Babe Ruth and me +apart!" + +"I guess you're doing better than you let on," said Hop. "If you're as +good at baseball as your brother is at football, you'll do." + +"I guess I am," laughed Laurie; "just about!" + +"Well, Nid is surely coming fast," replied Hop, gravely. "He's been +doing some nice work the last few days." + +Laurie stared. "Say, what are you doing, Hop? Stringing me?" he +demanded. + +"Stringing you?" Hop looked puzzled. "Why, no. How do you mean?" + +"About Ned. Do you mean that he's really playing football?" + +"Why, of course I do. Didn't you know it?" + +Laurie shook his head. "He's been telling me a lot of stuff, but I +thought he was just talking, the way I've been, to sort of keep his +courage up." + +"Nonsense! Nid's doing mighty well. I don't know how much experience +he's had; some ways he acts sort of green; but he's got Mason worried, I +guess. If he had another fifteen pounds he'd make the team sure. As it +is, I wouldn't be surprised to see him play a whole lot this fall. You +see, he's a pretty good punter, Nod, and yesterday he blossomed out as a +drop-kicker, too. Landed the ball over from about the thirty yards and +from a hard angle. Mason doesn't do any kicking, and it's no bad thing +to have a fellow in the back field who can help Pope out in a pinch. +It's his kicking ability that'll get him on if anything does." + +"I see," said Laurie, thoughtfully. "Well, I'm mighty glad. To tell the +truth, Hop, Ned hasn't had an awful lot of experience. He's had to bluff +a good deal." + +"I suspected something of the sort from seeing him work the first week +or so. And then Kewpie said something that sort of lined up with the +idea. Well, he's working hard and he's making good. Much obliged for +these, Nod. I'll fetch them back in ten minutes." + +When Kendrick had taken his departure Laurie stared thoughtfully for a +minute into space. Finally he shook his head and smiled. "Good old Ned!" +he murmured. "I'm sorry I ragged him so. Gee, I'll have to buckle down +to my own job or he'll leave me at the post!" + +After practice that afternoon, Laurie and Lee picked up George and Bob +Starling at the tennis-courts, and, after changing into "cits," went +around to the doctor's porch and joined a dozen other lads who were +engaged in drinking Miss Tabitha's weak tea and eating her +soul-satisfying layer-cake. After a half-hour of batting and fielding +practice and a five-inning game between the first team and the scrubs, +Laurie was in a most receptive mood as far as refreshments were +concerned. Miss Tabitha made an ideal hostess, for she left conversation +to the guests and occupied herself in seeing that cups and plates were +kept filled. No one had yet discovered the number of helpings of cake +that constituted Miss Tabitha's limit of hospitality, and there was a +story of a junior so depressed by homesickness that he had +absent-mindedly consumed six wedges of it and was being urged to a +seventh when some inner voice uttered a saving warning. In spite of very +healthy appetites, none of the quartette sought to compete with that +record, but Laurie and George did allow themselves to be persuaded to +third helpings, declining most politely until they feared to decline any +more. Before they had finished, the doctor joined the group and made +himself very agreeable, telling several funny stories that set every one +laughing and caused a small junior--it was the cherub-faced youth who +sat at Laurie's table in the dining-hall and whose career thus far had +proved anything but that of a cherub--to swallow a mouthful of mocha +cake the wrong way, with disastrous results. During the ensuing +confusion the quartette took their departure. At the gate Bob Starling +said: + +"By the way, fellows, I spoke to Dad about that tennis-court, and he's +written to the agent for permission. He says there won't be any trouble; +and if there is, he'll agree to put the garden back the way we found it +and erect a new arbor." + +"What will it be?" asked George. "Sod or gravel?" + +"Oh, gravel. You couldn't get a sod court in shape under a year, and I +want to use it this fall. I'm going to look around to-morrow for some +one to do the job. Know who does that sort of work here--Lee?" + +"No, but I suppose you get a contractor; one of those fellows who build +roads and stone walls and things." + +"I'd ask at the court-house," said Laurie. + +"At the court--oh, that's a punk one!" jeered Bob. "See you later, +fellows!" + +The game with Highland Academy was played across the river at Lookout, +and most of the fellows went. In spite of Hop Kendrick's pessimistic +prophecy, Hillman's took command of the situation in the first quarter +and held it undisturbed to the final whistle. The contest was, if not +extremely fast, well played by both teams, and the hosts refused to +acknowledge defeat until the end. Captain Stevenson, at left tackle, was +the bright, particular star of the day, with the redoubtable Pope a good +second. + +It was Joe Stevenson's capture of a fumbled ball in the first five +minutes of play and his amazing run through the enemy ranks that +produced the initial score. Pope kicked an easy goal after Slavin, right +half, had plunged through for a touch-down. Later in the game, Pope had +added three more points by a place-kick from the forty-two yards. +Highland twice reached the Blue's ten-yard line, the first time losing +the ball on downs, and the next attempting a forward pass that went +astray. Her one opportunity to score by a kick was wrecked by no other +than Kewpie, who, having substituted Holmes at the beginning of the +second half, somehow shot his hundred and seventy pounds through the +defense and met the pigskin with his nose. Kewpie presented a +disreputable appearance for several days, but was given due honor. +Hillman's returned across the Hudson in the twilight of early October +with exultant cheers and songs. + +Ned watched that game from the substitutes' bench, just as he had +watched the two preceding contests, but a newly awakened _esprit de +corps_ forbade complaining. When Laurie sympathetically observed that he +thought it was time Mulford gave Ned a chance in a real game, Ned +responded with dignity, almost with severity, that he guessed the coach +knew his business. + +The first of the month--or, to be exact, the fourth--brought the twins +their monthly allowances, and one of the first things Laurie did was to +go to the little blue shop on Pine Street and pay his bill, which had +reached its prescribed limit several days before. Ned went, too, +although he didn't display much enthusiasm over the mission. Ned held +that, having created a bill, it was all wrong deliberately to destroy +it. To his mind, a bill was something to cherish and preserve. Laurie, +however, pointed out that, since one was prohibited from further +transactions at the Widow's, even on a cash basis, as long as one owed +money there, it would be wise to cancel the debts. Ned recognized the +wisdom of the statement and reluctantly parted with ninety-seven cents. + +Since it was only a little after two o'clock, the shop was empty when +the twins entered, and Polly and her mother were just finishing their +lunch in the back room. It was Polly who answered the tinkle of the bell +and who, after some frowning and turning of pages in the account-book, +canceled the indebtedness. + +"Now," said Ned, "I guess I'll have a cream-cake. Want one, Laurie?" + +Laurie did, in spite of the fact that it was less than an hour since +dinner. Mrs. Deane appeared at the door, observed the proceeding, and +smiled. + +"I'm real glad to see you're still alive," she said to Ned. "I guess he +must take very good care of you." + +"Yes'm, I do," Laurie assured her gravely. + +Ned laughed scornfully, or as scornfully as it was possible to laugh +with his mouth full. "You shouldn't believe everything he tells you, +Mrs. Deane. I have to look after him like a baby. Why, he wouldn't get +down in time for breakfast if I didn't put most of his clothes on." + +"That's no joke, either," retorted Laurie, "about you putting my clothes +on. You're wearing one of my collars and my best socks right now, +and--yes, sir, that's my blue tie!" + +"Wait a bit, partner! Where'd you get that shirt you're wearing?" + +"That's different," answered Laurie, with dignity. "Mine are all in the +wash. Besides, it's an old one and you never wear it." + +"I never get a chance to wear it!" + +"It must be very convenient for you," said Mrs. Deane, smilingly, "to be +able to wear each other's things. Polly, I guess there won't be any one +else in for a while; maybe they'd like to see your garden." + +Being assured that they would, Polly led the way through the back room, +a pleasant, sunny apartment evidently combining the duties of kitchen +and dining-room, and out to a little back porch shaded by +morning-glories and nasturtiums that fairly ran riot over the green +lattice. There was a braided rug on the floor and a small rocker and a +tiny table on which were books and a magazine or two. The books were +evidently Polly's school books, for they were held together by a strap. + +The twins liked that garden. It wasn't very large, for when the peculiar +Mr. Coventry had divided the estate he had placed the high board fence +very close to the little frame dwelling; but perhaps its very smallness +made it seem more attractive. Narrow beds encompassed it on three sides, +and a gravel walk followed the beds. In the tiny square inside, a small +rustic arbor, covered with climbing rose-vines, held a seat that, as was +presently proved, accommodated three very comfortably. + +But before they were allowed to sit down the boys had to be shown many +things: the hollyhocks against the back fence, the flowering almond that +had been brought all the way from the old home in New Jersey,--and had +never quite made up its mind whether to die of homesickness or go on +living,--the bed of lilies-of-the-valley that just _wouldn't_ keep out +of the path and many other floral treasures. Nasturtiums and +morning-glories and scarlet sage and crinkly-edged white and lavender +petunias were still blossoming gaily, and there was even a cluster of +white roses on the arbor, for, so far, no frost had come. The twins +admired properly and Polly was all smiles, until suddenly she said, +"O-oh!" and faced them reproachfully. + +"You've just let me go on and be perfectly ridiculous!" she charged. "I +don't think it's a bit nice of you!" + +"Why, what--how do you mean?" stammered Ned. + +"You have the most wonderful flowers in the world in California, and you +know it!" she replied severely; "and you've let me show you these poor +little things as if--as if they were anything at all in comparison! I +forgot you came from California." + +"Maybe we didn't tell you," offered Laurie. "Anyway, your flowers--" + +"In California they have hedges of geraniums and roses climb right over +the houses, and orange-trees and palms and everything," interrupted +Polly, breathlessly. "Why, this garden must seem perfectly--perfectly +_awful_ to you!" + +"Don't you believe it!" denied Ned. "Flowers and things do grow bigger, +I suppose, out our way; but they aren't a bit prettier, are they, +Laurie?" + +"Not so pretty," answered the other, earnestly. "Besides, _I_ never saw +a geranium hedge in my life. Maybe they have them in some places, like +Pasadena, but there isn't _one_ in Santa Lucia, honest. There isn't, is +there, Ned?" + +"_I_ never saw one. And palms aren't awfully pretty. They get sort of +scraggly-looking sometimes. Honest, Polly, I never saw a garden any +prettier and cuter than this is. Of course, some are bigger and--and +more magnificent--" + +"Who wants a magnificent garden?" demanded Laurie, scornfully. "What +have you got in the box, Polly?" + +Comforted, Polly smiled again. "That's Antoinette," she said. "Come and +see." + +Antoinette lived in a wooden box in the shelter of the porch, and had +long ears and very blue eyes and a nose that twitched funnily when they +approached. In short, Antoinette was a fluffy smoke-gray rabbit. "She +has a dreadfully long pedigree," said Polly, as she took Antoinette out +and snuggled her in her arms. + +"Has she?" murmured Laurie. "I thought it looked rather short." + +"A pedigree isn't a _tail_, you idiot," said Ned, scathingly. "She's +awfully pretty, Polly. Will she bite?" + +"Of course not! At least, not unless you look like a cabbage-leaf." + +"I wouldn't take a chance," Laurie advised. "Any one who's as green as +you are--" + +"She _tries_ to eat 'most everything," said Polly, "but she likes +cabbage and lettuce and carrots best." + +"I wish I had a cabbage," muttered Laurie, searching his pockets; "or a +carrot. You haven't a carrot with you, have you, Ned?" + +"You're the silliest boys!" laughed Polly, returning Antoinette to her +box. "Let's go and sit down a minute." And when they were on the seat +under the arbor and she had smoothed her skirt and tucked a pair of +rather soiled white canvas shoes from sight, she announced, "There! Now +you can make up a verse about something!" + + + + +CHAPTER X--POLLY ENTERTAINS + + +"Make up a--what did you say?" asked Ned. + +"Make up a verse," answered Polly, placidly. "As you did the other day +when you went out. Don't you remember?" + +"Oh!" Laurie looked somewhat embarrassed and a trifle silly. "Why, you +see--we only do that when--when--" + +"When we have inspiration," aided Ned, glibly. + +"Yes, that's it, inspiration! We--we have to have inspiration." + +"I'm sure Antoinette ought to be enough inspiration to any poet," +returned Polly, laughing. "You know you never saw a more beautiful +rabbit in your life--lives, I mean." + +Ned looked inquiringly at Laurie. Then he said, "Well, maybe if I close +my eyes a minute--" He suited action to word. Polly viewed him with +eager interest; Laurie, with misgiving. Finally, after a moment of +silent suspense, his eyelids flickered and: + +"O Antoinette, most lovely of thy kind!" he declaimed. + +"Thou eatest cabbages and watermelon rind!" finished Laurie, promptly. + +Polly clapped her hands, but her approval was short-lived. "But she +doesn't eatest watermelon rind," she declared indignantly. "I'm sure it +wouldn't be at all good for her!" + +Laurie grinned. "That's what we call poetic license," he explained. +"When you make a rhyme, sometimes you've got to--to sacrifice truth +for--in the interests of--I mean, you've got to think of the _sound_! +'Kind' and 'carrot' wouldn't sound _right_, don't you see?" + +"Well, I'm sure watermelon rind doesn't sound right, either," objected +Polly; "not for a rabbit. Rabbits have very delicate digestions." + +"We might change it," offered Ned. "How would this do? + + "O Antoinette, more lovely than a parrot, + Thou dost subsist on cabbages and carrot." + +"That's silly," said Polly, scornfully. + +"Poetry usually is silly," Ned answered. + +Laurie, who had been gazing raptly at his shoes, broke forth exultantly. +"I've got it!" he cried. "Listen! + + "O Antoinette, most beauteous of rabbits, + Be mine and I will feed thee naught but cabbits!" + +A brief silence followed. Then Ned asked, "What are cabbits?" + +"Cabbits are vegetables," replied Laurie. + +"I never heard of them," said Polly, wrinkling her forehead. + +"Neither did any one else," laughed Ned. "He just made them up to rhyme +with rabbits." + +"A cabbit," said Laurie, loftily, "is something between a cabbage and a +carrot." + +"What does it look like?" giggled Polly. + +Laurie blinked. "We-ell, you've seen a--you've seen an artichoke, +haven't you?" Polly nodded and Laurie blinked again. "And you've seen +a--a mangel-wurzel?" + +"No, I don't think so." + +"Then I don't see how I can tell you," said Laurie, evidently relieved, +"because a cabbit is more like a mangel-wurzel than anything else. Of +course, it's not so deciduous, and the shape is different; it's more +obvate than a mangel-wurzel; more--" he swept his hands vaguely in +air--"more phenomenal." + +"Oh, dry up," said Ned, grinning. "How'd you like to have to put up with +an idiot like that all your life, Polly? The worst of it is, folks +sometimes mistake him for me!" + +"Yes, it's awful, but I manage to bear up under it," Laurie sighed. + +"How did you ever come to think of making those funny rhymes?" Polly +asked. + +"Oh, we had measles once, about four years ago," said Ned. "We always +had everything together--measles, whooping-cough, scarlet fever, +everything. And when we were getting over it they wouldn't let us read +and so we made up rhymes. I forget whose idea it was. I'd make up one +line and Laurie would make up the other, or the other way round. The +idea was to have the last word of the first line so hard that the other +fellow couldn't rhyme to it. But I guess I only stuck Laurie once. Then +the word was lemon." + +"You didn't really stick me then," Laurie denied. "I rhymed it with +demon. You said they didn't rhyme, but I showed you a rhyming dictionary +that said they did." + +"The dictionary said it was an imperfect rhyme, Laurie, and--" + +"Just the same, a rhyme's a rhyme. Say, Ned, remember the one we made up +about Miss Yetter?" Ned nodded and grinned. "Miss Yetter was our nurse. +We thought it was pretty clever, but she didn't like it. + + "When feeling ill send for Miss Yetter. + If you don't die, she'll make you better." + +"She was quite insulted about it," laughed Ned, "and told Dad; and he +tried to lecture us, but we got laughing so he couldn't. We made rhymes +all the time for a while and nearly drove folks crazy; and finally Dad +said if we didn't stop it he'd whale us. And I said, 'All right, sir, +we'll try not to do it'; and Laurie, the chump, butted in with, ''Cause +if we do, we know we'll rue it!' We nearly got the licking right then!" + +"You _are_ funny!" laughed Polly. "Is your mother--haven't you--" + +"She died when we were kids," answered Laurie. "I just remember her, but +Ned doesn't." + +"You think you do. You've just heard Dad, and nurse talk about her. We +were only four when Mother died." + +Laurie looked unconvinced, but didn't argue the matter. Instead he +asked, "Your father's dead, isn't he, Polly?" + +"Yes, he died when I was eight. He was a dear, and I missed him just +terribly. Mother says I look like him. He was very tall and was always +laughing. Mother says he laughed so much he didn't have time for +anything else. She means that he wasn't--wasn't very successful. We were +very poor when he died. But I guess he was lots nicer than he would have +been if he had just been--successful. I guess the most successful man in +this town is Mr. Sparks, the banker, and no one has ever seen him laugh +once. And Uncle Peter was successful, too, I suppose; and he was just as +sour and ill-tempered as anything. He wasn't my real uncle, but I called +him that because Mother said it would please him. It didn't seem to." + +"Was that Mr. Coventry?" asked Laurie. "The mis--I mean the man who +lived in the big square house over there?" + +"Yes. And I don't mind your calling him the miser, because that is just +what he was. He was Mother's half-brother, but he didn't act as if he +was even a quarter-brother! He was always just as horrid as he could be. +When Father died he wrote Mother to come here and he would provide her +with a home. And when we came, we found he meant that Mother was to live +here and pay him rent. She didn't have enough money to do that, and so +Uncle Peter made the front of the house into a store and bought some +things for her and made her sign a mortgage or something. When he died, +we thought maybe he had left Mother a little; but there wasn't any will, +and not much property, either--just the big house on Walnut Street and +this place and about two thousand dollars. When the property was +divided, Mother got the other heirs to let her have this as her portion +of the estate, but she had to pay four hundred and fifty dollars for it. +That took about all she had saved and more, and so we haven't been able +to do much to the house yet." + +"It doesn't look as if it needed much doing to," said Ned, critically. + +"Oh, but it does! It needs a new coat of paint, for one thing. And some +of the blinds are broken. And there ought to be a furnace in it. Stoves +don't really keep it warm in winter. Some day we'll fix it up nicely, +though. As soon as I get through high school, I'm going to work and make +a lot of money." + +"Attaboy!" approved Ned. "What are you going to do, Polly?" + +"I'm learning stenography and typewriting, and Mr. Farmer, the +lawyer,--he's the one who got the others to let Mother have the house +when Uncle Peter's estate was settled,--says he will find a place for me +in his office. He's awfully nice. Some stenographers make lots of money, +don't they?" + +"I guess so," Ned agreed. "There's a woman in Dad's office who gets +eighteen dollars a week." + +Polly clasped her hands delightedly. "Maybe I wouldn't get that much, +though. I guess Mr. Farmer doesn't pay his stenographer very high wages. +Maybe I'd get twelve dollars, though. Don't you think I might?" + +"Sure!" said Laurie. "Don't you let any one tell you any different. +Didn't folks think that your Uncle Peter left more money than was found, +Polly?" + +"Oh, yes; but no one really knew. The lawyers looked everywhere. If he +did have any more, he must have hidden it away pretty well. They looked +all through the house and dug holes in the cellar floor. It was very +exciting. Mother thinks he lost what money he had speculating in stocks +and things. He used to go to New York about four times a year. No one +knew what he did there, not even Hilary; but Mother thinks he went to +see men who deal in stocks and that they got his money away from him." + +"Who is Hilary?" Laurie inquired. + +"Hilary was a colored man that Uncle had had a long time. It seemed to +me that if Uncle had had much money, Hilary would have known about it; +and he didn't." + +"Where is he now? Hilary, I mean," added Laurie, somewhat unnecessarily. + +"I don't know. He went away a little while after Uncle Peter died. He +said he was going to New York, I think." + +"You don't suppose he took the money with him, do you? I mean--" + +"Oh no!" Polly seemed quite horrified. "Hilary was just as honest as +honest! Why, Uncle Peter died owing him almost forty dollars and Hilary +never got a cent of it! The lawyers were too mean for anything!" + +"There's a fellow named Starling living there now," Laurie said. "His +father's rented the house for three years. Bob says that he's going to +find the money and give it to your mother." + +Polly laughed. "Oh, I wish that he would! But I guess if the lawyers +couldn't find it he never will. Lawyers, they say, can find money when +nobody else can! Is he nice?" + +"Bob? Yes, he's a dandy chap. You ought to know him, Polly; he's your +next-door neighbor." + +"Back-door neighbor, you mean," interpolated Ned. + +"I think I saw him in the garden one day," said Polly. "His father is an +engineer, Mae Ferrand says, and he's building a big bridge for the +railway. Or maybe it's a tunnel. I forget." + +"Is Mae Something the girl with the molasses-candy hair you were with at +the high school game?" Laurie asked. + +"Yes, but her hair isn't like molasses candy. It's perfectly lovely +hair. It's like--like diluted sunshine!" + +Laurie whistled. "Gee! Did you get that, Neddie? Well, anyway, I like +dark hair better." + +"Oh, I don't! I'd love to have hair like Mae's. And, what do you think, +she likes my hair better than her own!" + +"Don't blame her," said Laurie. "What do you say, Ned?" + +"I say I've got to beat it back and get into football togs. What time is +it?" + +"Look at your own watch, you lazy loafer. Well, come on. I say, Polly, +would your mother let you go to the game with me Saturday? That is, if +you want to, of course." + +"Oh, I'd love to! But--I'll ask her, anyway. And if she says I may, +would you mind if Mae went too? We usually go together to the games." + +"Not a bit. I'll be around again before Saturday and see what she says." + +"I wouldn't be surprised if she said yes," remarked Polly. "I think she +must like you boys. Anyway, you're the first of the Hillman's boys she +has ever let me invite out here." + +"Really? Bully for her! Wait till I say farewell to Antoinette, 'most +beauteous of rabbits!' What does she twitch her nose like that for?" + +"I think she's asking for some cabbits," replied Polly, gravely. + +"She's making faces at you, you chump," said Ned, rudely. "Come on." +They returned through the little living-room, empty save for a big black +cat asleep in a rocking-chair, and found Mrs. Deane serving the first of +the afternoon trade in the shop beyond. They said good afternoon to her +very politely, and Polly went to the door with them. Outside on the +walk, Ned nudged Laurie, and they paused side by side and gravely +removed their caps. + +"We give you thanks and say farewell, Miss Polly." + +"The visit's been, indeed, most jolly!" + + + + +CHAPTER XI--NED SPEAKS OUT + + +There was a cut in the football squad that afternoon and more than a +dozen candidates were retired, leaving twenty-eight players for the +first and scrub teams. Ned survived, as, indeed, he expected to; for, +while he knew his limitations, neither the coach nor the captain +appeared to. Perhaps they were sometimes puzzled over flashes of +ineptitude, or perhaps they put them down to temporary reversals of +form; at least, Ned's talent was never seriously questioned by them. He +had settled down as a regular half-back on the scrub eleven, although +twice he had been called on in practice scrimmages to take Mason's place +at left half on the first squad. He was too light to make much headway +in bucking plays, and his inability to start quickly handicapped him +frequently in running; but as a kicker he was dependable and had +developed a quite remarkable accuracy at forward passing. Against a +light opponent or a slow one he could be counted on to play a fairly +good game, although so far he had not been allowed the opportunity. With +him on the scrub team was Hop Kendrick at quarter, and, for a time, +Kewpie at center. But Kewpie had trained down at last to a hundred and +sixty-five pounds and was handling his weight and bulk with a new +snappiness, and a few days after Ned became a part of the scrub outfit +Kewpie was elevated to the first team, and a much disgruntled Holmes +took his place on the second. + +With the defeat of Wagner School, Hillman's ended her preliminary +season. In that contest, played at home, the Blue showed a new +aggressiveness and much more speed; and, while she was able to score +only one touch-down, and Pope failed miserably at goal, every one was +well satisfied. Wagner had a strong team, and a victory over it was no +small triumph. Hillman's line held splendidly under the battering-ram +tactics of the adversary, and her backs were fast and shifty. On attack, +the Blue failed to gain consistently; but in the third period, with a +captured fumble on Wagner's thirty-three yards for encouragement, Pope +got free for half the distance, and Slavin and Mason, alternating, +worked the enemy's left side until the ball lay on the five-yard line. +Then a fake attack on Wagner's right, with Pope carrying the ball +through on the left of center, brought the only score of the day. Kewpie +proved himself that afternoon, for he was a veritable Rock of Gibraltar +on defense and a hundred and sixty-five pounds of steel springs on +attack. The Blue team was far from a perfect machine yet, but it seemed +that Mulford had found his parts and that only a generous oiling was +needed. + +Laurie and George Watson escorted Polly and Mae Ferrand to the game, +and, although aware of the covert grins and whispered witticisms of +acquaintances, enjoyed themselves hugely. Mae proved to be a very jolly, +wholesome sort of girl, and her knowledge of what may be termed "inside +football" was stupendous and made both Laurie and George rather ashamed +of their ignorance. Between the halves, Ned, arrayed in a trailing gray +blanket, joined them and promptly became involved with Mae in a very +technical argument that no one else could follow. From the fact that Ned +retired with a rather dispirited expression when the teams came on +again, Laurie surmised that the honors had gone to Mae. + +The following Monday evening, while the enthusiasm produced by the +victory over Wagner School was still undiminished, a second mass-meeting +was held in the auditorium to devise means of replenishing the football +treasury: Three of the remaining five games were to be played away from +Orstead, and in two cases the distance to be traveled was considerable +and the expenses consequently large. As Joe Stevenson said, introducing +the subject for discussion, if Hillman's charged admission to her home +games, it would be possible to get through a season without asking for +assistance from the student body. "But you fellows know that that isn't +the school policy. We are allowed to sell tickets for the Farview game +only, and, while we make about four hundred and fifty dollars as our +share, that doesn't go very far against the season's outlay. We have to +pay from seventy-five to a hundred and twenty-five dollars to every team +that comes here to play us. When we go away we seldom make enough to pay +our expenses. In the Highland game, because it cost us almost nothing +for fares, we did. At the present moment we have a cash balance on hand +of forty-three dollars, and our liabilities, including Mr. Mulford's +salary for the remainder of the season, are about eight hundred dollars. + +"The manager estimates that we'll have to incur added expenses for about +a hundred and twenty dollars for Farview game tickets and new supplies. +In short, we shall have to pay out, before the season ends, about nine +hundred dollars. Against that we have on hand forty-three dollars, and +in prospect something like five hundred, leaving us about three hundred +and fifty in the hole. + +"There has been talk of cutting out the Lansing and Whittier games, but +that wouldn't make enough difference. Besides, it would give us a black +eye to cancel games as late as this. We might save perhaps seventy +dollars if we did, but it would cost us ten times that in public +estimation. As far as I can see, fellows, if we're going to have a +football team, we've got to pay for it. We've asked permission to charge +admission, even a nominal one, to all games, but the faculty is against +it. And we have asked to have a regular assessment made against each +student. To many of us that would seem the fairer and most satisfactory +way of meeting the emergency. But the faculty doesn't like that any +better than the other proposition. So I guess it's up to us, each and +every one of us, to dig down and produce the coin. + +"We need three hundred and fifty dollars at least. That means that every +fellow in school must pony up four dollars, or, rather, that the average +must be four dollars each. Some of you can't give so much, probably, and +a few can give more. I'd like to hear from you, please. Don't be afraid +to say what you think. We want to get together on this matter and thrash +it out, if it takes until ten o'clock. Any one who has any suggestion to +offer or anything to say will be heard. Come on, somebody!" + +There were plenty of speakers: Dave Brewster, the baseball captain, Dan +Whipple, senior class president, Lew Cooper, upper middle class +president, Dave Murray, the manager of the team, Craig Jones, for the +lower middlers, and many others, Some subscribed to the donation scheme, +others opposed it. Cooper suggested an appeal to the school alumni. +Brewster pointed out that the effort would cost money and that the +result would be uncertain and, in any case, slow. An increase in the +price of tickets to the Farview game was discussed and the idea +abandoned. An hour passed and the meeting was getting nowhere. Some of +the younger boys had already withdrawn. A tall, lantern-jawed youth had +charged the football committee with extravagance, and Dave Murray had +bitterly resented the allegation. Ned, who, with Laurie and Lee Murdock, +was seated near the back of the hall, had shown signs of restiveness for +some time and had been muttering to himself. Now, to the surprise of his +companions, he jumped to his feet and demanded recognition: + +"Mr. Chairman!" + +"Mister--" Dan Whipple pointed a finger at Ned and nodded. + +"Turner," prompted Kewpie from a front seat. + +"Mr. Turner," encouraged the chairman. + +"I'd like to say that I never heard so much talking and saw so little +action," began Ned, impatiently. "What's the matter with some one saying +something useful instead of just chewing the rag?" + +"You tell 'em," piped a small junior, above the applause and laughter. + +"All right! I'll tell you fellows that you're a lot of pikers to +hesitate to pledge three or four hundred dollars to keep your team +going. Where I come from we had to have a new grand stand two years ago, +and we called a meeting like this and we raised seven hundred dollars in +thirty-five minutes in cash and pledges. There were a lot more of us, +but half of us would have felt like Rockefellers if we'd ever found a +whole half-dollar in our pockets! Some of us gave as high as five +dollars, but not many. Most of us pledged two dollars; and those who +didn't have two dollars went out and worked until they'd made it, by +jingo! And we got our grand stand up inside of two weeks, in time for +the big baseball game." + +There was real applause this time, and those in the front of the hall +had swung around to have a look at the earnest youth who was calling +them names. + +"That's one way of getting the money," continued Ned, warming up finely, +"but there's another. Out my way--" + +"Say, where do you come from?" called some one. + +"I come from California," answered Ned, proudly. "Maybe you've heard of +it!" + +"Attaboy!" shouted Kewpie. "Swing your leg, Nid!" + +"When we want to raise some money out there and folks are too stingy to +give it outright, we take it away from them another way. We get up a +fête. We give them a good time and they pay for it. Why not try it here? +I don't know how many folks there are in this burg, but I reckon there +are enough to part with three or four hundred dollars. Give them an +excuse to spend their money and they'll spend it!" + +Ned sat down amid loud applause, and Dave Brewster was recognized, +although half a dozen others were clamoring for speech. + +"Turner's said something, fellows," declared Brewster. "The idea's worth +considering. We've never tackled the town folks for money, and there's +no reason why they shouldn't come across. They've come to our games for +years without paying a cent, except for the Farview game, and it +wouldn't hurt them to give a little to a good cause. I don't know what +sort of a fête Turner has in mind, but I should think we might get up +something that would do the business." + +"Mr. Chairman," said Kewpie, "I move that a committee of three be +appointed by the chair, to include Nid,--I mean Mr. Turner,--to consider +the--the matter of giving a fête to raise the money." + +"Seconded!" + +"You have heard the motion," droned Whipple. "All those in favor will so +signify by saying 'Aye.' Contrary, 'No.' Moved and carried. I will +appoint the presidents of the senior and upper middle classes and Mr. +Turner to the committee, three in all. Is it the sense of this meeting +that your committee is to report to it at a subsequent meeting, or is it +to have authority to proceed with the matter if it decides that the +scheme is a good one?" + +"Full authority, Mr. Chairman!" "Let 'em go ahead with it!" "Sure! +That's what we want. Let's have action!" + +"Is there any other business? Then I declare the meeting adjourned!" + +Whipple captured Ned on the way out. "We'd better get together right +away on this, Turner," he said. "Can you meet Cooper and me at my room +to-morrow at twelve?" + +Ned agreed, and he and Laurie and Lee went on. "What I'd like to know," +remarked Laurie, after a moment's silence, "is how you're going to have +a fête in a place like this. The weather's too cold for it." + +"Maybe it will be warmer," answered Ned, cheerfully. "Besides, we don't +have to have it outdoors." + +"It wouldn't be a fête if you didn't," sniffed the other. + +"Well, what's the difference? Call it anything you like. The big thing +is to get the money." + +"You had your cheek with you to talk the way you did," chuckled Laurie. + +"He talked sense, though," asserted Lee, warmly. + +"Of course. The Turners always do." Laurie steered Ned toward the +entrance of East Hall. "Well, good night, Lee. See you at the fête!" + +Upstairs, Ned tossed his cap to the bed, plumped himself into a chair at +the table, and drew paper and pencil to him. "Now," he said, "let's +figure this out. I've got to talk turkey to those fellows to-morrow. +What's your idea, partner?" + +"Hey, where do you get that stuff?" demanded Laurie. "Why drag me into +it? It's not my fête. I don't own it." + +"Shut up and sit down there before I punch your head. You've got to help +with this. The honor of the Turners is at stake!" + +So Laurie subsided and for more than an hour he and Ned racked their +brains and gradually the plan took shape. + + + + +CHAPTER XII--THE COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS + + +"It's like this," explained Ned. He and Laurie and Polly and Mae Ferrand +were in the little garden behind the shop. The girls were on the bench +and the boys were seated on the turf before the arbor, their knees +encircled with their arms. A few yards away Antoinette eyed them gravely +and twitched her nose. On the porch step, Towser, the big black cat, +blinked benignly, sometimes shifting his gaze to the branches of the +maple in the next yard, where an impudent black-and-white woodpecker was +seeking a late luncheon. + +"There are two sub-committees," continued Ned, earnestly. "Whipple and +Cooper are the Committee on Finance and Publicity, and Laurie and I are +the Committee on Arrangements. I told them I had to have help and so +they took Laurie in." + +"No thanks to you," grumbled Laurie, who was, however, secretly much +pleased. + +"It's going to be next Saturday afternoon and evening, and this is +Tuesday, and so there isn't much time. We were afraid to make it any +later because the weather might get too cold. Besides, the team needs +the money right off. I looked in an almanac and it said that next +Saturday would be fair and warm, so that's all right." + +"But don't you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?" asked Polly. "I +know ours does. When we had our high-school picnic, the almanac said +'showers' and it was a perfectly gorgeous day. I carried my mackintosh +around all day and it was a perfect nuisance. Don't you remember, Mae?" + +"Well, you've got to believe in something," declared Ned. "Anyway, we're +going to have it at Bob Starling's, and if it's too cold outdoors, we'll +move inside." + +"You mean at Uncle Peter's?" exclaimed Polly. + +"Yes. We thought of having it at school first, but Mr. Hillman didn't +like it much; and besides, the fellows would be inside without having to +pay to get there! You see, it's going to cost every one a quarter just +to get in." + +"And how much to get out?" asked Mae, innocently. + +Ned grinned. "As much as we can get away from them. There'll be twelve +booths to sell things in--" + +"What sort of things?" Polly inquired. + +"All sorts. Eats and drinks and everything. We're getting the +storekeepers to donate things. So far they've just given us things that +they haven't been able to sell, a pile of junk; but we're going to stop +that. Biddle, the hardware man, gave us a dozen cheap pocket-knives, but +he's got to come across again. We've been to only eight of them so far, +but we haven't done so worse. Guess we've got enough truck for one booth +already. And then there'll be one of them for a rummage sale. We're +going to get each of the fellows to give us something for that, and I'll +bet we'll have a fine lot of truck. Each booth will represent a college +and be decorated in the proper colors: Yale, Harvard, Princeton, and so +on. And--and now it's your turn, Laurie." + +"Yes, I notice that I always have to do the dirty work," said the other. +He hugged his knees tighter, rolled over on his back for inspiration, +and, when he again faced his audience on the bench, smiled his nicest. +"Here's where you girls come in," he announced. "We want you two to take +two of the booths and get a girl for each of the others. Want to?" + +"Oh, it would be darling!" cried Polly. + +"I'd love to!" said Mae. + +"Only--" + +"Only--" + +"Only what!" asked Ned, as the girls viewed each other doubtfully. + +"I'm not sure Mother would let me," sighed Polly. "Do you think she +would, Mae?" + +"I don't believe so. And I don't believe Mama would let me. She--she's +awfully particular that way." + +"Gee!" said Ned, in disappointed tones, "I don't see why not! It isn't +as if--" + +"Of course it isn't," agreed Laurie. "Besides, your mothers would be +there too!" + +"Would they?" asked Mae, uncertainly. + +"Of course! Every one's coming! What harm would there be in it? You can +do things for--for charity that you can't do any other time! All you'd +have to do would be to just stand behind the booth and sell things. It +won't be hard. Everything will have the price marked on it and--" + +"You won't need to go by the prices always, though," interpolated Ned. +"I mean, if you can get more than the thing is marked, you'd better do +it! And then there's the--the costumes, Laurie." + +"Oh, yes, I forgot. We'd like each girl to sort of wear something that +would sort of match the college she represented--sort of," he explained +apologetically. "If you had the Yale booth, you could wear a dark-blue +waist, and so on. Do you think that would be possible?" + +Polly giggled. "We might ask Stella Hatch to take the Harvard booth, +Mae. With her hair, she wouldn't have to dress much!" + +"And you and Polly could take your first pick," observed Laurie, +craftily. "You'd look swell as--as Dartmouth, Mae!" + +"In _green_! My gracious, Ned! No, thank you! But Polly ought to be +Yale. She looks lovely in blue. I think I'd like to be Cornell. My +brother Harry's in Cornell." + +"All right," agreed Ned. "I wish you'd ask your mothers soon, will you? +Do try, because we've just got to get girls for the booths. You'd have +lots of fun, too. The Banjo and Mandolin Club is going to play for +dancing for an hour at five and nine, and there'll be an entertainment, +too." + +"What sort?" asked Polly. + +"We don't know yet. Some of the gymnastic team will do stunts, I think, +for one thing, and there'll be singing and maybe Laurie will do some +rope-swinging--" + +"I told you a dozen times I wouldn't! Besides, I haven't any rope." + +"We can find one, probably," replied his brother, untroubled. "We +haven't settled about the entertainment yet. And there are two or three +other things we haven't got to. Starling's going to have his garden all +fixed up, and he's going to cover the old arbor with branches and hang +Chinese lanterns in it and have little tables and chairs there for folks +to sit down and eat ice-cream and cake. + +"And that reminds me, Polly. Do you suppose that Miss Comfort would make +some cakes for us?" + +"Why, yes, Nid, but--but you'd have to _buy_ them. I don't think you +ought to expect her to _donate_ them." + +"We meant to buy them, of course, Polly. And we wondered if your mother +would make some of those dandy cream-puffs." + +"I'm sure she will. How many would you want?" + +"I don't know. You see, there's no way of telling how many will come. +There are three thousand people in Orstead, but that doesn't mean much, +does it? The 'Messenger' editor's agreed to put in an advertisement for +us for nothing, and there'll be notices all around town in the windows: +we got the man who prints the school monthly to do them for just the +cost of the paper. So folks ought to come, shouldn't you think?" + +"Oh, I'm sure they will!" agreed Polly, and Mae echoed her. "But it'll +be dreadfully hard to know how much cake and ice-cream and refreshments +to order, won't it?" + +"Fierce," agreed Ned. "I suppose the best way will be to reckon on, say, +three hundred and order that much stuff. Only, how do you tell how much +three hundred will eat?" + +"Why, you can't! Besides, Nid, three hundred people would only bring in +seventy-five dollars!" + +"In admissions, yes; but we've got to make them buy things when we get +them in there. If every one spent a dollar inside--" + +"But lots of them won't. Do you think they will, Mae?" + +Mae shook her head. "No, I don't. Lots and lots will just come out of +curiosity and won't spend a cent. I know, boys, because that's the way +they act at the fairs here." + +Ned kicked at the turf gloomily. "Gee, that's fierce!" he muttered. + +"Well, we'd ought to get more than three hundred folks," said Laurie. +"Remember, it's to be afternoon and evening too. I'll bet there'll be +nearer six hundred than three." + +Ned brightened. "That's so. And six hundred, even if they only averaged +fifty cents apiece, would be three hundred dollars. And I guess if we +can make three hundred, we can dig up the other fifty! Well, we've got +to get busy, Laurie. I got them to give me a cut from practice this +afternoon and I'll have to make the most of my time," he explained to +the girls. + +"Oh! And did they let you off, too, Nod?" asked Polly. + +"No, we're through with baseball," Laurie answered. "No more till +spring. I'm just fairly broken-hearted!" + +"When will you know about helping us, Polly?" Ned asked. + +[Illustration: "But don't you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?" +asked Polly] + +"I'll ask Mother right away; and you'll ask, too, won't you, Mae? Can +you stop in this evening? I do hope it'll be all right!" + +"So do we!" said Ned and Laurie, in a breath. "Rather!" + +And the Committee on Arrangements hurried away. + +That night the committee met again in Dan Whipple's room in West Hall +and satisfactory progress was reported all along the line. Ned read a +list of donations from the town merchants, and announced that twelve +young ladies from the high school would be on hand, appropriately +attired, to take charge of the booths. Lew Cooper showed proofs of the +poster that was to be displayed in windows and tacked on posts and +fences, and of the four-inch, double-column advertisement to appear in +the "Messenger." Dan reported that Mr. Wells, the physical director, had +promised to see that the best six members of the gymnastic team should +exhibit afternoon and evening. + +"That means, though," he said, "that we'll have to have some kind of a +platform. Better make a note of that, Lew." + +"Platforms cost money," answered Lew, dubiously. "Maybe we can +borrow--I'll tell you what! There's one stored over in the field-house, +one they use to set the dressing-tent on. It's in two +pieces,--sections,--but I guess it's big enough. We'll see if we can't +get the use of it." + +"Good! Better ask Mr. Wells, Say, Hal, did you see Norris?" + +Hal Pringle was Dan's room-mate, and, while he was usually present at +the meetings, he was careful to keep himself in the background unless +called on for advice. Now he looked up from his book and nodded. "Yes, +it 'a all right. They'll play for an hour in the afternoon and an hour +at night. I had to promise them eats, though." + +"Of course. Much obliged. Speaking of eats, fellows, what's been done +about the refreshments?" + +"Nothing yet," answered Ned. "I wanted to talk that over. How many +sandwiches and how much salad will we want? And how many gallons of +ice-cream and--" + +"Whoa!" begged Dan. "Blessed if I know! How the dickens are we going to +know how much food will be needed? What's the rule about it? Or isn't +there any?" + +"Depends on how many will attend the show," said Lew. "Find that out--" + +"How're we going to find it out, you chump? How many do you suppose we +can count on, Ned?" + +"Maybe six hundred," was the answer. "But if it should rain--" + +"There you are! If it rained, we mightn't get two hundred! I'll say +that's a problem. We'd be in a fine fix if we found ourselves with two +or three freezers of ice-cream on our hands and a lot of other truck. +Look here, Tabby might know. Suppose you ask her, Ned. We've got to have +enough and not too much." + +"It'll be all right about the ice-cream," said Laurie. "The man said we +could return what we didn't open if we got it back that night so he +could pack it over. But the other things--" + +"You talk to Tabby in the morning," repeated Dan. "She'll know if any +one does. Now what else? What about the entertainment part of it, Mr. +Chairman of the Committee on Arrangements? What have you got in mind +besides the gymnastics?" + +"We thought we might find some one who could sing or dance. But we don't +know many of the fellows." + +"Bully! There's Cheesman, Lew. He's a corker. And Kewpie isn't so bad. +He sings a funny song mighty well." + +"He couldn't sing it in the afternoon, though, Dan: he'd be at the +field." + +"That's so! still, the game ought to be finished by four. We wouldn't +have the entertainment part until late, would we?" + +"About four, I thought," said Ned, "but Kewpie could come last. I'll put +him down, anyway." + +"Anything else besides songs?" asked Dan. + +"Yes, only-" Ned dropped his voice and glanced at Pringle--"only it's +got to be kept a secret to make good." + +"Oh, Hal's all right. He's a sort of ex-officio member of the committee. +Shoot, Ned!" + + + + +CHAPTER XIII--NED GETS INTO THE GAME + + +Four hectic days followed. To Laurie, since Ned was held for two hours +each afternoon at the football field, fell most of the duties of the +Committee on Arrangements, and he was a very busy youth. He badgered +shopkeepers into parting with goods to be sold at the booths, helped Bob +Starling trim up the old arbor in the garden of the Coventry place, made +frequent trips to the Or stead caterer's, engaged eight cakes from Miss +Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from the Widow Deane, spent two +hours Wednesday helping Lew and Hal Pringle distribute posters +throughout the village, and attended to a hundred other matters +between-times. Of course, Ned aided when he could, and was helpful with +advice and unfailing in suggestions; but recitations and football +practice didn't leave him much time, even though he conscientiously +arose a full hour earlier every morning that week, and skimped studying +so much that he got in trouble with three instructors in one day! + +Miss Tabitha had proved as helpful as Dan Whipple had predicted. She had +shaken her head at the idea of entertaining six hundred at the fête. +"You mustn't count on more than half that many," she said. "I dare say +all the boys will go, and they'll make ninety. Then, if you get two +hundred of the townsfolk, you'll be doing very nicely. Don't decide how +much salad or how many sandwiches you want until Saturday morning. So +much will depend on the weather. Even if you hold the affair indoors, +lots of folks won't come if it rains. You say you've ordered eight cakes +from Martha Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from Mrs. Deane?" + +"Yes'm," said Ned. "We wanted Mrs. Deane to make more, but she didn't +think she could." + +"Well, that's a hundred and fourty-four cream-puffs, and--let me +see--one of Miss Comfort's cakes will cut into sixteen pieces, and eight +times sixteen--" + +"A hundred and twenty-eight, ma'am." + +"Well, and a hundred and twenty-eight and a hundred and forty-four--" + +"Two hundred and seventy-two." + +"You're real quick at figures, aren't you? Seems as if, though, counting +on three hundred, you'd be a little short. I'll have Aunt Persis make +one of her marble-cakes. That'll help out, I guess." + +"Yes'm; thanks awfully," answered Ned. + +"Who is going to serve the refreshments?" + +"Why--why--" Ned's face fell. "I guess we hadn't thought of that!" + +"Well, it makes a heap of difference, because you can make a quart of +ice-cream serve ten people or twenty, just as you've a mind to. I +usually count on sixteen. Same way with a loaf of cake, and same way +with salad. It's awfully easy to waste salad when you're serving it. +Now, if you'd like me to, Ned, I'll attend to serving everything for +you. You just have the things set down there and I'll look after them." + +"Oh, Miss Hillman, if you would! Gee, that would be great! It--it'll be +a lot of trouble, though, ma'am." + +"Well, I guess it won't be the first trouble I've seen," replied Miss +Tabitha, dryly; "nor it won't be the last!" + +Thursday afternoon Laurie hurried over to the Coventry place as soon as +a two-o'clock recitation was done. Bob was awaiting him at the gate, and +conducted him around to the back of the big square house. Ned stared in +surprise. The tangle of trees and vines and shrubbery had been trimmed +to orderly neatness, the long, unkempt grass had been shorn to a yellow, +but respectable, turf, and the old arbor showed new strips where Thomas, +the Starlings' man, had been at work on the decrepit frame. Near at hand +lay piles of cedar and hemlock branches. + +"Dad got a couple of the men to cut those down near the tunnel and haul +them up here." Bob explained. "Thomas is going to help us put them up. +He made a peachy job of the garden, didn't he?" + +"You bet!" responded Laurie, heartily. "I wouldn't have known the place! +I say, Bob, this arbor's longer than I thought it was." + +"Forty feet, about. Why?" + +"I only ordered six tables and a dozen chairs from the caterer," +answered Laurie, dubiously. "Guess they aren't enough; but he's charging +twenty-five cents apiece for them--" + +"Twenty-five cents for a table? Isn't that dirt-cheap?" + +"We're only renting them, you idiot!" + +"Oh, I see. Well, six is enough, I guess; you don't want to crowd them. +Now let's get busy with the green stuff. I'll yell down cellar for +Thomas. There's a ball of twine, and I've got two hammers and a lot of +tacks on the side porch. You take your coat off and I'll--" + +"We'll have to have a step-ladder, Bob!" + +"There's a short ladder right beside you. Be right back." + +Laurie sat down on a wheelbarrow, after removing his coat and folding +back the sleeves of his shirt, and looked around him. The garden was +fairly large--larger in appearance since the clutter of shrubbery along +the sides had been cleared away. Along the School Park edge ran a tall +hedge of lilac bushes. At the back was the high board fence, painted +dark brown, that separated the garden from the Widow Deane's humble +property. On the other side was a rusty ornamental iron fence, mostly +hidden by vines. Broad walks, in spite of Thomas's efforts rather +overrun with weeds, surrounded the central plot of ancient turf, and +another ran straight down the middle of the garden, connecting with the +arbor. Wires were to be strung from the trees and across to the arbor, +and Chinese lanterns hung thereon. Laurie, half closing his eyes, sought +to visualize the place as it would appear on Saturday. He did want the +affair to be a success, both financial and artistic, both on account of +the school and--well, for the honor of the Turners! While he was musing, +two things happened simultaneously: Bob and Thomas appeared from the +house, and a familiar voice came to him from the opposite direction. + +"Nod!" called the voice. "Nod, will you please come here a moment?" + +Laurie's eyes sought the board fence. Over the top of it appeared the +head and shoulders of Polly. He left the wheelbarrow and hurried through +the arbor and down the walk beyond. Polly's face indicated distress, +whether mental or physical Laurie couldn't determine. But Polly's first +words explained. + +"I can't stay here l-long," she said. "I--I'm just hanging by my elbows. +I cl-climbed up on a board, and it's fallen down!" + +"I'll get you a ladder!" cried Laurie, gallantly. + +"N-no, never mind. I'm going to drop in a s-second. I just want to ask +you what Brown's color is. Nettie Blanchard is going to be Brown and--" + +"Why, brown, of course!" + +"Oh!" There was the sound of desperate scraping against the farther side +of the fence, and Polly's countenance became fairly convulsed with the +effort of holding herself in sight. "Oh! She said it was pur-pur--" + +Polly disappeared. There was a thud from the next yard. + +"Purple!" The word floated across to him, muffled but triumphant. + +"Are you hurt, Polly?" he called anxiously. + +"Not a bit," was the rueful response, "but I'm afraid the day-lilies +are!" Then she laughed merrily. "Thanks, Nod! I didn't think Nettie was +right. She loves purple, you see!" + +"Does she? Well, say, maybe she can be Williams. We weren't going to +have Williams, but its color is purple, I think, and if she is going to +be disappointed--" + +"She will look very well indeed in brown," came from the other side in +judicial tones; "and if we begin making changes, half the girls will +want to be something they aren't. Why, Pearl Fayles begged to be some +girls' college neither Mae nor I had ever heard of, just so she could +wear lavender and pale lemon!" + +"Well, all right," laughed Laurie. "She'd better stick to Brown--and +brown! Good-by, Polly. I'll drop in after a while and find out how +things are getting on." + +He turned to find Bob viewing him quizzically from the end of the arbor, +swinging a hammer in each hand. "Of course it's all right, I dare say," +he announced, "but I _thought_ you came here to fix up the arbor. +Instead of that I find you talking to girls over the fence!" + +"There's only one girl," replied Laurie, with dignity, "and we were +talking business." + +"Oh, of course! Sorry I interrupted." + +"You needn't be, and you didn't. Quit grinning like a simpleton and give +me a hammer!" + +"Right-o! Come on, Thomas! It's quite all right now!" + +An hour later their task was done, and well done, and they viewed it +with approval. To be honest, the major part of the work had been +performed by the faithful Thomas, although it is not to be denied that +both Laurie and Bob toiled conscientiously. Before they were through +approving the result from various angles, Bob's father joined them. Mr. +Starling was an older edition of Bob--a tall, straight, lean-visaged man +of forty-two or -three, with the complexion of one who had lived an +outdoor life. He had a deep, pleasant voice and a quiet manner not fully +in accord with a pair of keen eyes and a firm mouth. + +"I'd call that a good piece of work, boys," he said, as he joined them. +"And right up to specifications, too. Those paper lanterns come yet, +Bob?" + +"No, sir; I haven't seen them." + +"Lanterns, Mr. Starling?" asked Laurie. "Do you mean Chinese lanterns? +We've ordered a lot from the caterer, sir." + +"Tell him you won't need them, then. I've got a hundred coming up from +the city, Turner. They ought to be here, too. Thomas, call up the +express company and ask about them." + +"That's very kind, sir," said Laurie, "but you needn't have done it. +You--you're doing _everything_!" + +"Nonsense! Bob and I want to do our part, of course. Well, this +wilderness certainly looks different, doesn't it? That reminds me, Bob; +the agent writes me that we may 'make such improvements to the property +as we desire.' So, as I consider the absence of that arbor an +improvement, I guess you can pull it down any time you like. I'm going +to have a cup of tea, Turner. Will you join me? I believe there will be +cakes, too." + +Laurie found Ned in rather a low frame of mind when he got back to +Number 16 a half-hour before supper-time. Ned was hunched over a Latin +book and each hand held a firm grip on his hair. At Laurie's arrival he +merely grunted. + +"Where does it pain you most?" asked Laurie, solicitously, subsiding +into a chair with a weary sigh. Ned's mood was far from flippant. He +rewarded the other with a scowl, and bent his gaze on the book again. +"Want to hear the latest news from the front?" persisted Laurie. + +"No, I don't!" his brother growled. "I've had all the news I can stand. +Smug says that if I don't get this rotten stuff by nine to-night, and +make a perfect showing to-morrow, he will can me!" + +"Mr. Cornish said that?" gasped Laurie. "What do you know about that? +Why, I thought he was a gentleman!" + +"He's a--a brute! I can't learn the old stuff! And I have a hunch that +Mulford means to give me a try in the Loring game Saturday. And if I +don't get this, Cornish will fix it so I can't play. He as good as said +so." + +"Didn't you tell him you'd been busy with the fête and everything?" + +"Of course I did. Much he cared! Just made a rotten pun. Said I'd better +keep my own fate in mind. Puns are fearfully low and vulgar!" + +"Aren't they? How much of that have you got?" + +"Six pages. I--I've sort of neglected it the last two days. Some fellows +can fake through, but I don't have any luck. He's always picking on me." + +Laurie whistled expressively. "Six pages! Well, never say die, partner. +We'll get down to supper early, and that'll give us two hours before +nine." + +"Us?" questioned Ned, hopefully. + +"Sure. I'll give you a hand. As the well-known proverb so wisely +remarks, two heads are the shortest way home." + +Ned grinned, and stopped tormenting his hair. "Honest? That's mighty +decent, Laurie. I'll do as much for you some day." + +"Hope you won't have to. Wash your dirty face and let's beat it!" + +At half-past nine a more cheerful and much relieved Ned returned from +the hall master's study. "All right," he announced to an anxious Laurie. +"He was rather decent, too. Said he guessed that, in view of the +manifold affairs engaging my attention just now,--you know the crazy way +he talks,--he wouldn't demand too much from me. Reckon he means to let +me down easy to-morrow, eh?" + +"Maybe, partner, and maybe not. Take my advice and, in the words of the +Scouts, be prepared!" + +Friday was a hectic day for Laurie and all others concerned with the +fête. Difficulties that had remained in ambush all the week sprang out +and confronted them at the last moment. Half a dozen things had been +forgotten, and every member of the committee sought to exonerate +himself. Tempers were short and the meeting in Dan Whipple's room at +nine o'clock was far from harmonious. All went to bed that night firmly +convinced that the affair was doomed to be a flat failure. And, to add +to that conviction, the night sky was overcast and an unsympathetic +easterly wind was blowing. Ned, conscious of having imposed too many +duties on Laurie, was grouchy and silent; and Laurie, convinced that he +had been made a "goat" of, and that Ned was secretly blaming him for +mistakes and omissions that were no fault of his, retired in high +dudgeon. + +And yet, the morning dawned fair and warm, with an almost cloudless blue +sky over the world, and life looked very different indeed. Ned arose +whistling, and Laurie somehow knew that everything would be all right. +Fortunately, they had but two recitations on Saturday, and in +consequence there remained to them three whole hours before dinner to +devote to the affairs of the entertainment. They were busy hours, you +may be sure. If Ned hurried downtown once, he hurried there half a dozen +times; while Laurie, seated beside the driver of a rickety +express-wagon, rounded up all kinds of things, from the platform at the +field-house to the cakes at Miss Comfort's. Dinner brought a respite; +but as soon as it was over, Laurie was back on the job, while Ned joined +the football-players. + +Of course, what the Hillman's School football team should have done that +afternoon was to score a decisive victory over the visiting eleven. What +it did do was to get thoroughly worsted. Loring was something of a +surprise, with a heavier line and a faster bunch of backs than Hillman's +had expected. And Loring knew a lot of football, and proved the fact +early in the game. At half-past two, by which time the second period was +half over, the result was a foregone conclusion. Loring had scored two +touch-downs and as many goals therefrom, and the Blue had never once +threatened the adversary's last white line. Gains through the opponent +were infrequent and short, even Pope, who could generally be depended on +to tear off a few yards when the worst came to the worst, failing +dismally. + +In mid-field, Mason and Slavin made some stirring advances around the +Loring wings, and there were several successful forward passes to the +home team's credit; but, once past Loring's thirty-yard line, Hillman's +seemed powerless. The third quarter went scoreless, and in the fourth, +realizing doubtless that defeat was certain, Coach Mulford used his +substitutes lavishly. Ned made his first appearance on the big team in +that period, taking Mason's place for some eight of the fifteen minutes. +He did neither better nor worse than the other second- and third-string +fellows, perhaps--although, when Pope was taken out and Deering +substituted at full-back, he did his share of the punting and performed +very creditably. But that fourth period gave Loring an opportunity to +add to her score, and she seized it. Even with several substitutes in +her own line-up, she was still far better than Hillman's, and a goal +from the field and, in the last few moments of the game, a third +touch-down, resulted. + +The Blue fought desperately and gamely with her back to the wall, in an +effort to stave off that last score; but eventually Holmes, who had +taken Kewpie's place at center, weakened, and the Loring back piled +through. The final score was 23 to 0, and what two hours before had been +looked on as a victory or, at the worst, a tie, had become a cataclysm! +Humiliated, if not disgraced, the home-team players trailed to the +field-house with hanging heads, averting their eyes from the sight of +Loring's triumphal march around the gridiron. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV--THE FETE + + +Behold Fairyland! + +Well, at least an excellent imitation of what Fairyland must look like. +Overhead, a clear, star-sprinkled sky; below, scores of gaily-hued +lanterns shedding their soft glow over a charming scene. Through the +side gate, please, on School Park. Twenty-five cents to the boy on duty +there, and you are inside, with the manifold attractions awaiting you. +On three sides of the transformed garden are the college booths, each +decked with bunting and flags of appropriate colors, and each presided +over by a patriotically attired young lady who will gladly, nay, +eagerly, sell you almost anything from a cake of soap ("Donated by the +Town Square Pharmacy, H. J. Congreve, Prop'r.") to a knitted sweater or +a gingham house-dress ("Compliments of The New York Store, High Class +Dry Goods"). Near at hand, Yale is represented by Miss Polly Deane, +capped and aproned in blue, her eyes sparkling and her voice sweetly +insistent: "Won't you buy something, please, sir? Post-cards, two for +five! These pictures are only fifty cents, all beautifully framed and +ready for hanging! Can I sell you something, ma'am?" + +Beyond, gay with orange and black, is the Princeton booth; and still +beyond, Dartmouth and Columbia and California; and then, a blur of +brilliant crimson through the leafage, Harvard. And so on all around the +garden, with merry voices sounding above the chatter of the throng that +moves here and there. Down the center of Fairyland runs a leafy tunnel +from within which blue and red and yellow and green rays twinkle. There, +under the hanging lanterns, little tables and chairs are dotted on the +gravel, and half a dozen aproned youths are busy bearing, not always +without mishap, plates of salad and rolls and dishes of ice-cream and +cake. Close to the back of the house is a platform illumined by a row of +electric lights, the one glaring spot in the area of soft radiance. + +"How's it going?" asked a heavily-built youth of a slimmer one who had +paused at the entrance to the arbor. + +"Hello, Kewpie! Oh, bully, so far. We took in eighty-four dollars this +afternoon, and we'll do at least twice as well to-night. They're still +coming. Have you seen Whipple anywhere?" + +"Yes, a minute ago, down at the Pennsylvania booth. She's a mighty +pretty girl, too, Nod. I bought a pocket-knife of her for a quarter, and +got stung; but I don't mind. I'm going back to get another pretty soon. +When do I have to sing again?" + +"You follow Wilson's clog-dance. We're switching you and Cheesman, +Kewpie. His stuff is corking, but it's pretty high-brow, and we thought +you'd better bring up the end and make the audience feel cheerful." + +"All right; but it won't feel very cheerful if those orchestra guys +don't do better than they did this afternoon. They were four or five +notes behind me once! Nid said you had a new stunt this +evening--something you left out this afternoon." + +"Yes; we couldn't work it in daylight very well. It ought to go fine +to-night, though." + +"What is it?" + +"You wait and see. I've got to find Whipple. Say, if you see Ned, tell +him I'll be at the platform in five minutes and want him to meet me +there. Everybody keeps getting lost here!" + +On the way past the arbor, Laurie ran into George Watson, returning +across lots balancing a couple of plates in one hand and holding a large +slab of cake in the other, from which he nibbled as he went. "Hello!" he +said, none too distinctly. "I've been looking for you." + +"Wanted to bring me refreshments, I suppose." + +George looked at the empty plates, laughed, and shook his head. "Not +exactly. I've been feeding Cornell. Somebody ought to take eats to those +girls, Nod; they're starving!" + +"All right; you do it." + +"What do you think I am? A millionaire? I bought Mae a salad and an +ice-cream, and I'm about broke. Lend me a half, will you? Thanks. Want +an ice-cream? I'll treat." + +"No, thanks. Have you seen Dan Whipple?" + +"Sure! He's over at the Pennsylvania booth, buying it out! Say, +everything's going great, isn't it? Couldn't have had a finer evening, +either, what? Well, see you later. I'm hungry!" And George continued his +way to the house, where Miss Tabitha, surrounded by willing and hungry +helpers, presided sternly, but most capably, over the refreshments. + +At eight o'clock the boy on duty at the entrance estimated the +attendance as close to two hundred, which, added to the eighty-six paid +admissions before supper, brought the total close to the first estimate +of three hundred. It is safe to say that every Hillman's boy attended +the fête either in the afternoon or evening, and that most of the +faculty came and brought Mrs. Faculty--when there was a Mrs. Faculty. +Doctor Hillman was spied by Laurie purchasing a particularly useless and +unlovely article in burnt wood from the auburn-haired Miss Hatch. Every +one seemed to be having a good time, and the only fly in the ointment of +the committee was the likelihood that the refreshments would be +exhausted far too soon. + +The Weather Man had kindly provided an evening of exceptional warmth, +with scarcely enough breeze to sway the paper lanterns that glowed from +end to end of the old garden, an evening so warm that ice-cream was more +in demand than sandwiches or salad; and fortunately so, since ice-cream +was the one article of refreshment that could be and was replenished. +If, said Ned, folks would stick to ice-cream and go light on the other +refreshments, they might get through. To which Laurie agreed, and Ned +hied him to the telephone and ordered another freezer sent up. + +At a few minutes after eight the Banjo and Mandolin Club took possession +of the chairs behind the platform and dashed into a military march. +Following that, six picked members of the Gymnastic Club did some very +clever work, and Cheesman, a tall and rather soulful-looking upper +middler, sang two ballads very well indeed, and then, as an encore, +quite took the joy out of life with "Suwanee River"! Little Miss +Comfort, present through the courtesy of the Committee on Arrangements, +sniffled quite audibly, but was heard to declare that "it was just too +sweet for anything!" A rather embarrassed junior attempted some card +tricks that didn't go very well, and then Wilson, garbed more or less in +the character of an Irish gentleman returning from Donnybrook Fair, and +swinging a shillaly, did some jig-dancing that was really clever and won +much applause. + +There was a brief unofficial intermission while three anxious committee +members made search for Kewpie Proudtree. He was presently discovered +consuming his fourth plate of ice-cream in the seclusion of the side +porch, and was haled away, protesting, to the platform. In spite of what +may seem an over-indulgence in refreshment, Kewpie was in excellent +voice and a jovial mood, and sang four rollicking songs in a manner that +captured his audience. In fact, long after Kewpie had vanished from the +public gaze and returned to his ice-cream, the audience still demanded +more. + +Its attention was eventually captured, however, by Dan Whipple, who +announced importantly that it gave him much pleasure to say that, at a +great expense, the committee had secured as an added attraction the +world-famed Signor Duodelli, who, with their kind permission, would +exhibit for their pleasure and astoundment his miraculous act known as +the Vanishing Man, as performed before the crowned heads of Europe, to +the bewilderment and applause of all beholders. "Ladies and gentlemen, +Signor Duodelli!" + +The Signor had a noticeable likeness to Lew Cooper, in spite of his +gorgeous mustache and flowing robe of red and purple cheese-cloth. Yet +it might not have been Lew, for his manner was extremely foreign and his +gestures and the few words he used in directing the arranging of his +"properties" were unmistakably Latin. The properties consisted of a +kitchen chair, a threefold screen covered with black baize, and a coil +of rope. There was also in evidence a short wand, but the Signor held +that in his hand, waving it around most eloquently. The audience laughed +and applauded and waited patiently until the chair had been placed +exactly to the Signor's liking, close to the back of the platform, and +the screen beside it. Previously several of the lights had been put out, +and those that remained threw their glare on the front of the stage, +leaving the back, while discernible, less in evidence. + +"Now," announced the Signor, narrowly escaping from falling off the +platform as he tripped over his robe, "I aska da some one coma up and +giva da help. Any one I aska. You, Signor, maybe, eh?" The magician +pointed his wand at Mr. Cornish, in the front of the clustered audience; +but the gentleman laughingly declined. The Signor seemed disappointed. +"No-o-o? You no geta da hurt. Some one else, eh?" He looked invitingly +around, and a small junior, urged by his companions, struggled to the +front. Unfortunately for his ambitions to pose in the lime-light, the +Signor's glance had moved to another quarter, and, ere the junior could +get his attention, a volunteer appeared from the semi-obscurity of the +kitchen porch. He was peculiarly attired, wearing a simple white garment +having a strong resemblance to the old-fashioned night-shirt, that +covered him completely from neck to ankles. He was bareheaded, revealing +the fact that his locks were red-brown in hue. + +"Ah!" exclaimed the Signor, delightedly. "You will helpa me, _si_? Right +thisa way, Signor. I thanka you!" + +"That's one of the Turner fellows," muttered a boy, while the small +junior and his companions called "Fake!" loudly. However, the +good-natured laughter of the audience drowned the accusation, and some +two hundred pairs of eyes watched amusedly and expectantly while, with +the assistance of two other volunteers, the youth in the white robe was +tied securely to the chair. + +"Maka him tight," directed the Signor, enthusiastically, waving his +wand. "Pulla da knot. Ha, thata da way! Good! Signors, I thanka you!" + +The two who had tied the victim to the chair retired from the platform. +The Signor seized the screen and opened it wide and turned it around and +closed it and turned it again. + +"You seea?" he demanded. "There is nothing that deceive! Now, then, I +placea da screen so!" He folded it around the boy and the chair, leaving +only the side away from the audience uncovered. He drew away the width +of the platform, and, "Music, ifa you please," he requested. The +orchestra, whose members had moved their chairs to one side, struck up a +merry tune, and the Signor, folding his arms, bent a rapt gaze on the +blank, impenetrable blackness of the screen. A brief moment passed. Then +the Signor bade the music cease, took a step forward, and pointed to the +screen. + +"Away!" he cried, and swung his arm in a half-circle, his body following +with a weird flaring of his brilliant robes until, with outstretched +finger, he faced the audience. "Ha! He come! Thisa way, Signor! Comea +quick!" + +As one man the audience turned and followed the pointing finger. Through +the deserted arbor came a boy in a white garment. He pushed his way +through the throng and jumped to the stage. As he did so, the Signor +whisked aside the screen. There was the chair empty, and there was the +rope dangling from it, twisted and knotted. + +A moment of surprised silence gave place to hearty applause. +Theoretically it might have been possible for the boy in the chair to +vanish from behind the screen, reach the farther end of the garden, and +run back into sight; but actually, as the audience realized on second +thought, it couldn't possibly have been done in the few seconds, surely +not more than ten, that had elapsed between the placing of the screen +and the appearance of the boy behind them. And then, how had he got +himself free from the rope? An audience likes to be puzzled, and this +one surely was. The garden hummed with conjecture and discussion. There +were some there who could have explained the seeming phenomenon, but +they held their counsel. + +Meanwhile, on the platform the Signor was modestly bowing alternately to +the audience and to his subject, the latter apparently no worse for his +magic transposition. And the orchestra again broke into its interrupted +melody. The applause became insistent, but Signor Duodelli, perhaps +because his contract with the committee called for no further evidence +of his powers, only bowed and bowed and at last disappeared into the +obscurity of the shadows. Whereupon the Banjo and Mandolin Club moved +into the house, and presently the strains of a one-step summoned the +dancers to the big drawing-room. + +Laurie, unconsciously rubbing a wrist, smiled as he listened to the +comments of the dissolving audience. "Well, but there's no getting +around the fact that it was the same boy," declared a pompous little +gentleman to his companion. "Same hair and eyes and everything! Couldn't +be two boys as much alike, eh? Not possibly! Very clever!" + +Laurie chuckled as he made his way to Polly's booth. That young lady +looked a little tired, and, by the same token, so did the Yale booth! +Only a bare dozen framed pictures and a small number of post-cards +remained of her stock. "Don't you think I've done awfully well?" asked +Polly, a trifle pathetically. She seemed to need praise, and Laurie +supplied it. + +"Corking, Polly," he assured her. "I guess you've sold more than any of +the others, haven't you?" + +"N-no, I guess some of the others have done better, Nod; but I think +they had more attractive articles, don't you? Anyhow, I've taken in +twelve dollars and thirty cents since supper, and I made four dollars +and eighty-five cents this afternoon; only I must have dropped a dime +somewhere, for I'm ten cents short. Or perhaps someone didn't give me +the right amount." + +"Why, that's seventeen dollars!" exclaimed Laurie. "I didn't think you +had anywhere near seventeen dollars' worth of things here, Polly!" + +"Oh, I didn't! Not nearly! Why, if I'd sold things at the prices marked +on them, Nod, I wouldn't have had more than half as much! But lots of +folks _wanted_ to pay more, and I let them. Mr. Conklin, the jeweler, +bought a picture, one of the funny landscapes with the frames that +didn't fit at the corners, and he said it was ridiculous to sell it for +a quarter, and he gave me a dollar for it. Then he held the picture up +and just laughed and laughed at it! I guess he just wanted to spend his +money, don't you? You know, Ned said we were to get as much as we could +for things, so I usually added ten cents to the price that was marked on +them--sometimes more, if a person looked extravagant. One lady came back +and said she'd paid twenty-five cents for a picture and it was marked +fifteen on the back. I said I was sorry she was dissatisfied and I'd be +very glad to buy it back from her for twenty." + +Laurie laughed. "What did she say to that?" he asked. + +"She said if I wanted it bad enough to pay twenty cents for it she +guessed it was worth twenty-five, and went off and didn't come back." +Polly laughed and then sighed. "I'm awfully tired. Doesn't that music +sound lovely? Do you dance?" + +Laurie shook his head. "No; but, say, if you want to go in there, I'll +watch the booth for you." + +Polly hesitated. "It's funny you don't," she said. "Don't you like it?" + +It was Laurie's turn to hesitate. "No, not much. I never have danced. +It--it seems sort of silly." He looked at Polly doubtfully. Although he +wouldn't have acknowledged it, he was more than half sorry that dancing +was not included among his accomplishments. + +"It isn't silly at all," asserted Polly, almost indignantly. "You ought +to learn. Mae could teach you to one-step in no time at all!" + +"I guess that's about the way I'd do it," answered Laurie, sadly--"in no +time at all! Don't you--couldn't _you_ teach a fellow?" + +"I don't believe so. I never tried to teach any one. Besides, Mae dances +lots better than I do. She put the things she had left on Grace +Boswell's booth and went inside the minute the music started. She wanted +me to come, but I thought I shouldn't," added Polly, virtuously. + +"You go ahead now," urged Laurie. "I'll stay here till you come back. It +isn't fair for you girls to miss the dancing. Besides, I guess there +won't be much more sold now. Folks have begun to go, some of them, and +most of the others are inside." + +Polly looked toward the house. Through the big wide-open windows the +lilting music of a waltz floated out. The Banjo and Mandolin Club was +really doing very well to-night. Polly sighed once and looked wistful. +Then she shook her head. "Thanks, Nod," she said, "but I guess I'll stay +here. Some one _might_ come." + +"What do you care? You don't own 'em! Anyway, I guess I could sell a +post-card if I had to!" + +"You'd have trouble selling any of those pictures," laughed Polly. +"Aren't they dreadful? Where did they come from?" + +"Pretty fierce," Laurie agreed. "They came from the Metropolitan +Furniture Store. The man dug them out of a corner in the cellar. I guess +he'd had them for years! Anyway, there was enough dust on them to choke +you. He seemed awfully tickled when we agreed to take them and let him +alone!" + +"I should think he might have! We girls agreed to buy things from each +other, just to help, but the only things they bought from me were +post-cards!" Polly laughed as though at some thought; and Laurie, who +had elevated himself to an empty corner of the booth and was swinging +his feet against the blue draping in front, looked inquiringly. "I was +just thinking about the boys," explained Polly. + +"What about them? What boys do you mean?" Laurie asked coldly. + +"The high school boys. They're awfully peeved because we girls took part +in this, and not one of them has been here, I guess." + +"Cheeky beggars," grumbled Laurie. "Guess we can do without them, +though. Here comes Bob's father." + +Mr. Starling was bent on a most peculiar mission. Laurie and Polly +watched him stop at the next booth and engage in conversation. Then a +fat pocket-book was produced, a bill was tendered, and Mr. Starling +strolled on. At the Yale booth he stopped again. + +"Well, Turner," he greeted, "this affair looks like a huge success, +doesn't it? Why aren't you young folks inside there, dancing?" + +"I don't dance, sir," answered Laurie, somewhat to his chagrin in a most +apologetic tone. "And Polly thinks she ought to stand by the ship. This +is Polly Deane, Mr. Starling." + +Bob's father shook hands cordially across the depleted counter and +assured its proprietor that he was very glad indeed to make her +acquaintance. Then he added: "But you don't seem to have much left, Miss +Polly. Now, I'm a great hand at a bargain. I dare say that if you made +me a fair price for what there is here I'd jump at it. What do you say?" + +Polly apparently didn't know just what to say for a minute, and her gaze +sought counsel of Laurie. + +"If you ask me," laughed the latter, "I'd say fifty cents was a big +price for the lot!" + +"You're not in charge," said Mr. Starling, almost severely. "I'm sure +the young lady has better business ability. Suppose you name a price, +Miss Polly." + +"We-ell--" Polly did some mental arithmetic, and then, doubtfully: "A +dollar and a half, sir," she said. + +"Done!" replied Mr. Starling. He drew forth a two-dollar bill. "There +you are! Just leave the things where they are. I'll look after them +later. Now you youngsters go in and dance. What's this? Change? My dear +young lady, don't you know that change is never given at an affair of +this kind? I really couldn't think of taking it. It--it's a criminal +offense!" And Mr. Starling nodded and walked away. + +"By Jove, he's a brick!" exclaimed Laurie, warmly. "Look, he's doing the +same thing everywhere!" + +"I know," answered Polly, watching. "It's just dear of him, isn't it? +But, Nod, _what_ do you suppose he will do with these awful pictures?" + +"The same thing he will do with that truck he's buying now," was the +laughing reply. "He will probably put them in the furnace!" + +"Well," said Polly, after a moment, "I suppose we might as well go +inside, don't you? We can look on, anyway, and"--with a stifled +sigh--"I'd 'most as lief look on as dance." + +Laurie followed, for the second time in his life wishing that the +Terpsichorean art had been included in his education! + + + + +CHAPTER XV--NED HAS AN IDEA + + +"Three hundred and thirty-three dollars and eighty-five cents," said +Ned, in very satisfied tones. "We took in three hundred and sixty-three +five, but we had twenty-nine twenty to come out for expenses. Not so +bad, what?" + +"But something tells me," answered Laurie, mournfully, "that if all our +expenses were deducted we'd have less than that. You see," he explained +to Polly, "I lost the piece of paper that I set down the money I paid +out on, and I just had to guess what it all came to, because I'd never +had time to add it up." + +"I dare say you guessed enough," replied Ned, untroubled. + +"I dare say I didn't, then!" was the indignant response. "If I did, +where's all the money I had when I started? I've got a dollar and ninety +cents left, and I had over four dollars when you roped me in on the +thing! I'm more than two dollars shy, I tell you!" + +"Oh, well, it's gone for a worthy cause," laughed Ned. + +"Maybe," Laurie grumbled, "but I notice that none of yours has gone that +way. You always made me pay for everything!" + +"Well, I think you did it beautifully," said Polly. "I never suspected +you'd make so much!" + +They were in the little garden behind the shop. It was the second day +after the fête, and the bell in the Congregational church tower had just +struck two. There was a perceptible nip in the air to-day, and the +flowers in the border showed blackened leaves, while the nasturtiums +were frankly limp and lifeless. But here in the sunshine it was warm +enough, and Laurie, spurning the bench, was seated tailor fashion on the +yellowing turf. Polly had stated her absolute certitude that he would +catch cold, but Laurie derided the idea. + +"We're awfully much obliged to you girls," said Ned. "We wouldn't have +done nearly so well if you hadn't helped. I think the committee ought to +give you a--a vote of thanks or something." + +"Oh, we all loved it!" Polly assured him earnestly. "We had heaps of +fun. Why, I wouldn't have missed that disappearing trick for anything. I +was positively thrilled when Laurie came running up the garden!" + +The boys' laughter interrupted, and Polly looked puzzled. + +"That wasn't Laurie," explained Ned. "That was me." + +"But I was sure you were the one in the chair! And if you were in the +chair, how could you--" + +"I wasn't, though. That was Laurie." + +Polly sighed despairingly. "I'll never get so I can tell you apart," she +said; "unless I hear you talk, that is! I don't see yet how it was done. +Won't you please tell me?" + +"It was as easy as easy," replied Ned. "You see, the way I planned it +first--" + +"The way _who_ planned it?" inquired Laurie. + +"Well, the way _we_ planned it, then." + +"Hold on! Whose idea was it in the first place, partner?" + +"Oh, don't be so fussy! Anyway, you couldn't have done it without me!" + +"I never said I could. But you've got a lot of cheek to talk about the +way _you--_" + +Polly clapped her hands to her ears. "I'm not being told how it was +done, and I do want to know. Go on, Ned." + +"Well, it was done like this. You see, Laurie was tied to the chair, and +I was hiding out at the other end of the garden. Then Lew Cooper put the +screen around the chair." Polly nodded. "Then I started toward the +platform, and every one turned to look at me." Polly nodded again. +"Well, right behind the platform was the bulkhead door into the cellar. +When Cooper shouted to me to come on, two fellows who were on the stairs +waiting pushed the door open, grabbed Laurie, chair and all, and whisked +him down cellar. Then they put another chair, just like the first one, +behind the screen, and when Cooper pulled the screen away, there it was, +just as if Laurie had somehow untied himself and--and vanished! Of +course, if any one had been looking at the screen instead of at me just +then, he might have seen what was going on, although it was pretty dark +behind there and he mightn't have. Anyway, no one was, I guess. The +trick depended on the--the faint similarity between us. Lots of fellows +who knew us were on to it, but the folks from the village were puzzled +for fair!" + +"Indeed they were," agreed Polly. "They just couldn't understand it at +all!" + +"It would have been better," mused Laurie, "if we could have taken the +screen away and showed the empty chair before Ned came into sight; but +there didn't seem to be any way of doing that. We had to have the people +looking the other way, and we had to work quick. As it was, I was half +killed, for Wainwright and Plummer were in such a hurry to get the other +chair up there that they just dumped me on my back! And then they ran +upstairs through the kitchen to see the end of it, and I was kicking +around down there for five minutes!" + +"Well," said Ned, a few minutes later, "I'm not finding out what to do +with this." He opened one hand and exposed some bills and two ten-cent +pieces folded into a wad. "Your mother says she won't take it, +Polly--that she didn't understand we were going to pay her for the +cream-puffs. Gee, we wouldn't have thought of asking her to make them +for nothing!" + +Polly nodded sympathetically. "Mother says, though, that the boys bring +so much trade to her that it's only fair for her to help them." + +"That's poppy-cock!" said Laurie. "Seven dollars and twenty cents is a +lot of money. Look here; don't you think she ought to take it, Polly?" + +Polly was silent a moment. Then she nodded affirmatively. "Yes, I do," +she said frankly. "She really needs the money, Ned. I wouldn't tell any +one else, but we're just frightfully hard up, and I wouldn't be a bit +surprised if Mother had to give up here before very long." + +"Give up!" exclaimed Ned. "You mean--go away?" + +"Yes. You see, she doesn't make very much money in the store; nothing +like she used to before the war sent prices so high. And then, what with +taxes and water and light, and the interest on the mortgage, why, it +hardly pays. Just the same, if she says she won't take the money, Ned, +why, I guess she won't, and that's all there is to it. But she ought +to!" + +"Can't she charge more for things?" asked Laurie. "Everyone else does +nowadays. That bake-shop down on Hudson Street gets eight cents for +cream-puffs and éclairs, and you sell them for six." + +"I know; but Mama says six cents is enough and that the boys oughtn't to +have to pay any more. And lots of things she sells for hardly any more +than she used to before prices advanced. Why, I have to watch all the +time; and when bills come in for things, I have to compare them with +what we're getting for them, and lots of times I find that Mama's been +selling for less than what she's paid! She just won't be a profiteer, +she says!" + +"Gee! I hope you don't have to shut up," said Laurie. He looked around +the little garden. "It--it's such a jolly place! And the house and +everything. Gee, that would be a shame!" + +Polly sighed while she nodded. "It is nice," she agreed; "but there are +so many things that ought to be done! Uncle Peter never would do much +for us. He did promise to have the house painted, but he died about a +month after that, and so it was never done." + +"Suppose he up and died so's he wouldn't have to do it?" inquired +Laurie, suspiciously. + +Polly shook her head and looked a trifle shocked, until she caught the +smile in Ned's eyes. + +"It doesn't look as if it would cost much money to paint it," remarked +Ned, looking up at the rear of the little two-and-a-half-story building. +"It's not much more than a doll's house, anyway. How many rooms are +there, Polly?" + +"Three upstairs, and then a sort of attic room under the roof; and two +downstairs." + +"Uh-huh. I just wondered. It wouldn't be much of a trick to paint the +outside. Bet you I could do it in a couple of days." + +Laurie gasped. "A couple of days! You? How do you get like that? It +would take a real painter a week to do it!" + +"Maybe; but I'm not a real painter," answered Ned, grinning. He glanced +at the crumpled wad in his hand and held it tentatively toward Polly. +"Maybe you'd better take charge of this, Polly, until we decide what to +do with it." + +But Polly put her hands resolutely behind her, and shook her head with +decision. "No, Ned, I'd rather not. If Mama says she won't have it, she +won't, and you might just as well give it back to the--the fund." + +Somewhat to Laurie's surprise, Ned pocketed the money without further +protest. "All right," he said. "It's very kind of your mother. We +mustn't forget to see that her name's included in the list of those who +donated things, Laurie. This week's 'Messenger' is going to tell all +about it. Well, I've got to pull my freight. You coming, partner?" + +"Yes, I guess so," replied Laurie, without much enthusiasm. "I promised +Bob and George to get another fellow and play some tennis this +afternoon." + +"Gee! it must be great to have nothing to do but play," sighed his +brother. + +"Huh, any one would think, to hear you talk, that you were working," +replied Laurie, crushingly. "All you do is stand around and watch the +others." + +"Think so?" Ned smiled in a superior way. "You come down this afternoon +and see how much standing around I do. Joe Stevenson says I've got to +practise goals now. Isn't that the limit?" + +"I suppose it pains him to see you loafing," said Laurie. "Anyway, I +dare say it'll keep you out of mischief." + +Laurie led the way to the back fence, against which leaned a plank with +two pieces of wood nailed across it. This afforded a short cut to and +from school, and was an idea of Bob's. From the top of the fence they +dropped into the shrubbery and then made their way to the side gate. + +The arbor had not yet been denuded of its evergreen clothing, and there +were other evidences of the recent festival in the shape of crumpled +paper napkins lying on the ground. Thomas had taken down the lanterns +and was packing them away in their case by the kitchen porch, and the +boys called a greeting to him as they passed. + +"Bob still mean to make a tennis-court here?" asked Ned, as they went +through the gate. + +"Yes. He's going to tear down that arbor right away, he says. So far, +though, he hasn't found any one to do the work on the court. Every one +is busy. I don't believe he will get it done in time to use it this +fall." + +"Of course he won't. It's nearly November now. Say, you'd better take +this money and hand it over to Whipple. You'll see him before I do. And +tell him to put Mrs. Deane's name down with the other folks who +contributed, will you?" + +"All right; but I think it's a shame to let her stand for all those +cakes." + +"So do I; only--" + +"Only what?" + +"Maybe we can make it up to her another way. I've got an idea, Laurie." + +"I hope it's better than most of 'em. What is it?" + +And when Ned had explained it, Laurie considered a long moment and then +indorsed it enthusiastically. "That's corking!" he cried. "For once, +Ned, the old bean has worked! Only, when could we--" + +"Christmas vacation," said Ned. "We won't have much to do then. What do +you say?" + +"I say that, for the first time in my life, Neddie, I'm proud to +acknowledge you as my twin!" + + + + +CHAPTER XVI--POLLY TELLS A SPOOK STORY + + +Assured of sufficient funds to complete its season without financial +embarrassment, the Hillman's football team seemed to take a new and +firmer grip on things. Practice went well that week, and the players +showed vim and snap. Perhaps the colder weather helped, too. The line-up +that faced the scrubs on Friday for a short scrimmage was, barring +accidents, that which would, four weeks later, start the game against +Hillman's old rival, Farview Academy. Farley and White were at the ends, +Captain Stevenson and Pringle were the tackles, Emerson and Corson were +the guards, and Kewpie Proudtree was at center. Frank Brattle at +quarter, Mason and Slavin for halves, and Pope at full-back composed the +rest of the team. There were some weak places, to be sure; but, on the +whole, Coach Mulford was fairly satisfied that he had the parts for a +capable machine. + +Ned was still playing on the scrub eleven, and doing rather well. As a +punter, at least, he deserved his position at left half, and it might be +that he would develop into a fair goal-kicker; for in the last four +days, under the tuition of the coach and full-back Pope, he had shown +excellent promise. Those morning lessons, now abandoned, had grounded +Ned well in the art of toeing the pigskin, and, whatever fame the future +might hold for him as punter or drop-kicker or place-kicker, much of the +credit would be Kewpie's. + +To-day, in the second ten minutes of the scrimmaging,--there was but +twenty minutes in all,--Thursby, playing quarter, and probably acting +under instructions, gave Ned his first chance to show what he could do +in the way of field goals. Unable to reach a point nearer than twenty +yards to the school team's goal, Thursby called for "kick formation, +Turner back," and Ned went up-field with his heart in his mouth. +Although the cross-bar was less than thirty yards from where he took his +stand and almost directly in front of him, it looked to Ned to be a +woeful distance away and the angle much more severe than it was. But he +didn't have much time for reflection, for Thursby called his signal +quickly, and the leather came back to him at a good pass, and the school +team was crashing through. + +Ned always thought that he closed his eyes when he swung his toe against +the rebounding ball and trusted to luck, but I doubt it, for the pigskin +described a perfect arc and went well and true over the bar, and if Ned +had had his eyes closed I don't believe the pigskin would have acted +that way at all. Most of the scrub team players thumped him on the back +and showed their delight in other ways, for they had not scored on the +school team for nearly a week; while, at a little distance, Coach +Mulford nodded his head almost imperceptibly. It was too bad Ned didn't +see that nod, for it would have pleased him far more than the buffets of +his team-mates. + +The next day Hillman's made a trip to Warring and played the Lansing +team to a standstill, returning with a 22-0 victory tucked under its +belt. Ned got into the game for a bare five minutes at the last, as did +half a dozen other substitutes; but he was not called on to kick any +goals, for which he was at once sorry and glad. To have had the eyes of +nearly a thousand persons on him would, he thought, have precluded any +possibility of success; but, on the other hand, had he succeeded--He +sighed for lost opportunities! + +The attendance that afternoon was a matter of great joy to Manager Dave +Murray, for Hillman's went home with a neat sum as its share of the +day's profits, a sum far larger than he had counted on--large enough, in +fact, to make up the difference between the net receipts from the fête +and the three hundred and fifty dollars aimed at. + +Hillman's good fortune held for another week. There were no accidents +during practice; every fellow in the line-up played for all that was in +him; and the scrubs took a licking every afternoon. Ned twice more +gained glory as a drop-kicker, although on a third occasion he failed +lamentably. Unfortunately, neither of his successes brought victory to +his team, since the opponents had on each occasion a safe lead in the +scoring. Every afternoon, following the scrimmage, Ned was presented by +the coach with a nice battle-scarred football, and instructed to go down +to the east goal and "put some over." Sometimes Hop Kendrick or Ben +Thursby went with him to hold the ball while he tried placement-kicks, +and always an unhappy substitute was delegated to retrieve the pigskin +for him; but the coach let him pretty much alone, and Pope looked on +only occasionally and was surprisingly sparing of comment or advice. And +yet, Ned improved, rather to his surprise, since he felt himself +neglected and, as he said to Laurie, didn't see how they expected a +fellow to learn goal-kicking if they didn't show him a little! But, +although he didn't realize it, Ned had reached a point in his +development where he was best left to his own devices, and Coach Mulford +knew it and forbore to risk confusing him with unnecessary instruction. +So Ned pegged away doggedly, and got results, as he considered, in spite +of the coach! + +Against the Queens Preparatory Institute, which journeyed up from the +city on Saturday, the Blue was able to emerge from four grueling +fifteen-minute periods with the score 6-6, from the Blue's standpoint a +very satisfactory showing, for Q. P. I. was a much-heralded team and had +downed stronger elevens than Hillman's. So November began its second +week, and cloudy days and not infrequently rainy ones took the place of +the sunny weather of October. + +Laurie would have been somewhat at a loss for a way in which to spend +his afternoons at that time, had it not been for Bob Starling's +overmastering desire to build a tennis-court in the garden of the +Coventry place. The weather was far too cold for tennis, although now +and then he and Bob played George and Lee Murdock, and the wrecking of +the old grape-arbor, preparatory to digging up the sod, proved a welcome +diversion. Sometimes Thomas took a hand; but Thomas had plenty to do +indoors, and the work was accomplished almost wholly by Bob and Laurie, +with the occasional moral support of George or Lee. + +Usually an hour's labor with hammer or crowbar ended with an adjournment +to the Widow Deane's, by way of the back fence, for refreshments. +Sometimes it was warm enough to foregather in the little garden behind +the shop and, armed with cream-puffs or tarts, spend a jolly half-hour +in the society of Polly and Mae. At such times Mrs. Deane, hearing the +shouts and laughter, came to the back door and smiled in sympathy. + +One glorious afternoon of mingled sunlight and frost there was an +excursion afoot out into the country in search of nuts. Polly and Mae +and Laurie and George and Bob and Lee formed the party. They carried two +baskets, one of which George wore on his head most of the way, to the +wonderment of the infrequent passers. Mae knew, or thought she knew, +where there were chestnut trees, and led the way for three miles to what +is called Two Jug Ridge. The chestnut trees, however, were, according to +Laurie, away for the afternoon. They found some hickory nuts, not quite +ready to leave their husks, and a few beech-nuts, and after gathering +those they sat on a broad, flat boulder and looked down on Orstead and +Little Windsor and some twelve miles of the Hudson River, and talked a +good deal of nonsense--all except Lee, who went to sleep with his cap +pulled over his eyes, and had a cold in his head for days after. George +decided that when he was through college and was married, he would come +back there and build a bungalow just where they were seated. + +"This will do for the front door-step," he expounded, "and over there +will be a closed-in porch with an open fireplace and a Gloucester +hammock." + +"That all you're going to have?" asked Bob. "No kitchen?" + +"Oh, there'll be a kitchen, all right, and a dining-room--no, I guess +we'll eat on the porch. Wouldn't it be a dandy place, though? Look at +the view!" + +"Fine," said Laurie, without much enthusiasm, remembering the last +uphill mile. "Don't mind if I don't come to see you often, though, do +you?" + +"Not a bit! Nobody asked you, anyway." + +"You could live on nuts," murmured Polly, "and could have shaggy-barks +for breakfast and beech-nuts for dinner and--" + +"Grape-nuts for supper," said Laurie, coming to the rescue. + +"And you could call the place the Squirrel-Cage," suggested Bob. + +And that reminded Mae of a story her father had told of a man who had +lived in the woods farther down the river some years before, and who ate +nothing but nuts and things he found in the forest. "He lived all alone +in a little cabin he'd built, and folks said he was a deserter from the +army, and--" + +"What army?" George asked. + +"The Northern Army, of course." + +"I thought you might mean the Salvation Army. Then this was quite awhile +ago, wasn't it?" + +"Of course, stupid! Years and years ago. And finally, when he died, +folks found that he wasn't a deserter at all, but a general or a major +or something, and they found a prize that the government had given him, +some sort of a medal for bravery in battle. Wasn't that sad?" + +"Well," replied Laurie, doubtfully, "I suppose it was. I suppose the +government would have shown better judgment if they'd given him a bag of +nuts. Of course, he couldn't eat that medal!" + +"You're horrid! Anyway, it just shows that you mustn't judge folks +by--by outward appearances, doesn't it?" + +"Rather! I've always said that, too. Take George, for example. Just to +look at him, you'd never think he had any sense at all; but at times--" + +"Lay off of George," interrupted that young gentleman, threateningly. +"If folks judged you by the way you talk, you'd be inside a nice high +wall!" + +Why the talk should have drifted from there to the subject of ghosts and +uncanny happenings isn't apparent, but it did. In the midst of it, Lee +gave a tremendous snore that scared both the girls horribly, and sat up +suddenly, blinking. "Hello!" he muttered. Then he yawned and grinned +foolishly. "Guess I must have dropped off," he said apologetically. + +"You didn't," said George. "If you had you'd have waked up quicker! Cut +out the chatter; Polly's telling a spook yarn." + +Lee gathered up a handful of beech-nuts and was silent except for the +sound he made in cracking the shells. + +"It isn't much of a story," disclaimed Polly, "but it--it _was_ funny. +It began just after Mama and I came here. I mean, that was the first +time. One night, after we had gone to bed, Mama called me. 'I think +there's some one downstairs, Polly,' she whispered. We both listened, +and, sure enough, we could hear a sort of tapping sound. It wasn't like +footsteps, exactly; more--more hollow, as if it came from a long way +off. But it sounded right underneath. We listened a minute or two, and +then it stopped and didn't begin again; and presently we lighted a +candle and went downstairs, and nobody was there and everything was +quite all right. So we thought that perhaps what we'd heard was some one +walking along the street. + +"We didn't hear it again for nearly two weeks, and then it lasted +longer--maybe two minutes. It got louder; and stopped, and began again, +and died away; and we sat there and listened, and I thought of ghosts +and everything except robbers, because it didn't sound like any one in +the store. It was more as if it was some one in the cellar." + +"Well, maybe it was," suggested Laurie, when Polly paused. + +"That's what we thought, Nod, until we went to see. Then we remembered +that there wasn't any cellar!" + +"Oh!" said Laurie. + +"What happened then?" asked Lee, flicking a shell at George. + +"It kept on happening every little while for two years. We got so we +didn't think any more about it. Mr. Farmer, the lawyer, said what we +heard was probably a rat. But I know very well it wasn't that. It was +too regular. It was always just the same each time. At first we could +just hear it a little, and then it grew louder and louder, and stopped. +And then it began again, loud, and just sort of--of trailed off till you +couldn't hear it at all. I suppose we never would have heard it if it +hadn't been for Mama not sleeping very well, because it always came +after midnight, usually about half-past twelve. After a while I didn't +hear it at all, because Mama stopped waking me up." + +"Spooks," declared George, with unction. "The house is haunted, Polly." + +"Wish I lived there," said Bob eagerly. "I'm crazy about ghosts. They +told me that old Coven--I mean your uncle, Polly--haunted the house +we're in; but, gee! I've been around at all times of night and never +seen a thing! There are lots of jolly, shivery noises--stairs creaking, +and woodwork popping, and all that, you know; but nary a ghost. Look +here, Polly! Let me sit down in the store some night, will you? I'd love +to!" + +"You've got funny ideas of fun," murmured George. + +"Oh, but it's gone now," said Mae. "Hasn't it, Polly? You haven't heard +the noise for a long time, have you?" + +"No, not for--oh, two years, I think. At least, that's what Mama says. +Maybe, though, she sleeps better and doesn't hear things." + +"I guess Mr. What's-his-name was right," said Lee. "It was probably a +rat, or a family of rats." + +"Rats wouldn't make the same sound every time," scoffed Laurie. + +"They might. Trained rats might. Maybe they escaped from a circus." + +"And maybe you escaped from an asylum," responded Laurie, getting up. +"Let's take him home before he gets violent." + + + + +CHAPTER XVII--LAURIE MAKES A PROTEST + + +The football team continued to add victories, and as the fateful 20th of +November approached enthusiasm grew until, after the Whittier game, +which Hillman's won by a field goal in the final hectic two minutes, it +became more a furore than enthusiasm. Ned, by that time, had settled +down to a realization that, no matter what progress he made this fall, +no matter how adept he became at kicking a football down the field or +over the cross-bar, he would not make the first team; that, in short, he +was being educated as next year material. There was no injustice in +this, and he realized it; for, aside from his proficiency as a kicker, +he was not in the class with the school team backs. He couldn't worm his +way through a hole in the opposing line the way Slavin could, nor smash +through the defense the way Mason did, nor dodge and side-step in a +broken field like Pope. Once going, Ned was rather hard to stop, for he +displayed some of the slippery qualities of an eel; but it took him ten +yards to get his speed up, and the opponents had a discouraging way of +getting through and flooring him before the tenth yard was won! But he +had grown to love the game, and no one toiled more conscientiously. +There were times when Laurie devoutly wished that Ned hadn't taken up +the game, for after a half-hour of Ned's chatter Laurie found the +subject of football a trifle dull. + +On the Wednesday before the Farview contest the Orstead High School team +came over for a practice game. At least, Hillman's called it a practice +game and considered it such; but High School had blood in her eye and +was secretly determined to wreak all the vengeance possible. Once a +year, for the space of some three hours, Orstead High School swore +allegiance to Hillman's and turned out at the field and rooted valiantly +for the Blue while she battled with Farview. But all the rest of the +time she was frankly hostile and derisive. This Wednesday afternoon the +hostility was apparent from the first. More than a hundred boys and a +scattering of girls followed their team to the Hillman's field and +demanded revenge for the early-season defeat, while the High School +team, which had passed through a rather successful season and was not at +all the aggregation that the Blue had beaten 10 to 7, started right out +after it. + +Coach Mulford began with his first-string players, and against them High +School was not dangerous, although there were anxious moments. The +second period ended with the score 7--0 in Hillman's favor, only a +fumble by Slavin on High School's eight yards saving the visitor from a +second touch-down. When the third quarter began, Coach Mulford put in +nearly a new eleven, only Kewpie Proudtree, Farley, Mason, and Pope +remaining over. Perhaps the High School coach had talked new strength +and determination into his charges during the intermission, for the +visitors started in on the second half in whirlwind fashion. The Blue +kicked off, and High School's quarter got the ball on his +twenty-five-yard line and scampered back to the thirty-five before he +was laid low by Farley, the Blue's left end. From there, with fierce +slams at Hillman's right and two short forward passes over the center of +the line, High School reached the opponent's thirty-two. There an +off-side penalty set her back, and, after two attempts at rushing that +produced but three yards, she kicked to the five-yard line. Kendrick +fumbled the catch, but recovered and was downed on his ten. Pope punted +on second down to mid-field, and from there High School started another +slashing advance that took her to the thirty-four yards before she was +halted. + +On the side-lines, the High School supporters were shouting and +beseeching and banners were waving deliriously. A tow-haired full-back, +who had all along proved the visitor's best ground-gainer, smashed +through the Hillman's left for two yards; and then, on fourth down, +faking a kick, he set off on a romp around the adversary's right. +Lightner, the second-string end, was effectually boxed, and the runner, +turning wide, was off down the field at top speed. Only Hop Kendrick +stood between him and the goal-line, and Hop waited on the fifteen +yards, wary and alert. The tow-haired boy's feint to the right didn't +fool him, and when the side-stepping to the left began, Hop was on him +with a clean dive and a hard tackle, and the two rolled to earth +together. But the ball was on the thirteen yards now, and it was first +down for High School, and the latter was not to be denied. A plunge off +tackle took the pigskin in front of the goal, though there was no gain. +Hillman's piled up an attack at right guard. On third down, High School +called for kick formation, and the tow-haired terror dropped back. + +From the side of the gridiron, Hillman's rooters chanted: "Block that +kick! Block that kick!" But there was no kick to block, for the +full-back only backed away a pace or two when the pigskin reached him, +and then tossed to the corner of the field and to the eager hands of an +uncovered right end who had but to make three strides before he was over +the line. Hop got him then; but the damage was done, and the visitors +lining the gridiron were cheering and cavorting wildly. The kick was +from a difficult angle, but the tow-haired player made it, and the score +was tied. + +The teams changed fields a minute later. Undismayed, Coach Mulford sent +in three new substitutes, one of them in place of Pope. Hillman's got +the ball in mid-field on a fumble, and set off for the adversary's goal; +but the new players were not able to make much headway, and Deering, who +had taken Pope's place, punted. The effort landed the ball on High +School's thirty-seven, and her quarter ran it back eight more before he +was stopped. Three tries at the line netted seven yards, and the visitor +punted to Hop Kendrick on his eighteen. This time Hop hugged the ball +hard and set off along the far side of the gridiron at a smart pace. +Fortunately for him, one High School end overran. The other challenged, +but missed his tackle. By that time a hasty interference had formed, +and, guarded by Mason and Lightner, Hop reached his forty before +misfortune overtook him. There a High School tackle crashed through the +interference and nailed him hard. + +But that twenty-yard sprint had brought new vim to the Blue's novices, +and new confidence, and from their forty yards they began a fast, hard +attack that placed High School with her back to the wall almost before +she realized it. If the substitutes lacked the experience and brawn of +the first-choice players, they at least had sand and speed. And they had +a quarter-back who was earnest and grim and determined, and who, sensing +that the opponent was weary, realized that speed, and a lot of it, was +the one thing that could save the day. And so Hop proved his right to +his nickname that afternoon. Hop he did, and so did his team. Signals +were fairly shot into the air, and there was no longer any time between +plays for High School to recover her breath. Twice, with plunges at the +right of the visitor's line and runs outside her tackles, Hillman's made +her distance and the pigskin rested on the thirty-six yards. + +So far the Blue had attempted but three forward passes, of which only +one had succeeded. Now, from position, Hop threw straight over the +center, and somehow Lightner was there and pulled it down, although the +enemy was clustered around him thick. That seven-yard gain was made ten +when Deering was poked through the center, ten a little more, for the +ball was down on High School's twenty-four-yard line. The game that had +been proclaimed a practice event for the purpose of seasoning the +substitutes against Saturday's contest had developed within the last +half-hour into a battle to the death. Outside the gridiron the opposing +factions hurled defiant cheers at each other and rooted as they had not +rooted all the season. On the field the rivalry was even more intense, +and black looks and hard knocks were the order. + +High School, sparring for time, administered to a breathless right +guard, and then drew into a bunch for a whispered conference, while +Hillman's supporters hooted derisively. Deering gained three and Boessel +two more. High School ran two substitutes on, and, after the next play, +two more. An old-fashioned criss-cross sent Mason around his own right +end for eight yards and planted the ball just short of the ten-yard +line. Mason gave place to Beedle. A slide off tackle centered the +pigskin and gained a scant yard. Deering struck center for a yard loss, +and Lightner was caught off-side. The ball went back to the seventeen +yards. + +High School was playing desperately and her line had stiffened. Beedle +gave way to Ned after that second down, and Ned had his instructions. +The ball was in front of High School's goal, and from the seventeen +yards a field goal was an easy proposition if the opponents could be +held away from the kicker. Perhaps Hop Kendrick didn't realize why Ned +had been sent in, or perhaps he thought better of his own judgment. +Since by the rules Ned could not communicate the instructions from the +coach until after the following play, he could only look his surprise +when Hop failed to call him back to kicking position. Farley, captain in +Stevenson's absence, seemed to be on the point of protesting, and even +took a step toward the quarter-back; but he evidently reconsidered, for +he returned to his position at the end of the line, and the starting +signal followed. + +The play was a fake attack on the right, with Boessel carrying the ball +to the left inside of tackle, and it worked to perfection. High School, +over-anxious, stormed to the defense of her threatened right side, and +Boessel, with Ned hanging at his flank as far as the five-yard line, +where the earth suddenly rose up and smote him, romped over the line for +the last and deciding touch-down, while the Blue cohorts went fairly +wild with delight. + +On the side-line, Coach Mulford turned to Joe Stevenson. "What do you +think of Kendrick?" he asked, smiling. + +"I'd kiss him if I had him here," answered Joe, grinning joyously. "I +call him one sweet little quarter, Coach!" + +"Well, this was his day, all right," mused the other; "I hope he will +show up as well Saturday. Now we'll see whether Turner can kick a goal. +He's been doing some good work in practice, but he looks scared to death +and will probably miss it by a mile." + +And Ned _was_ scared, too. He tried to steady his nerves by assuring +himself that, whether he made it or missed it, the Blue had won the +game, and that consequently a failure made little difference. But the +silence of his schoolmates and the "booing" of the visiting rooters +affected him badly. To Hop, holding the ball from the turf, it seemed +that Ned would never have done pointing it. And so it seemed to the +onlookers. Never was a kicker more deliberate. But at last Hop heard a +faint "Down!" and drew his fingers from beneath the oval and waited an +anxious moment. Then there was a clean, hard _thud_, and the +quarter-back, watching its flight, saw the pigskin rise lazily, end over +end, and go straight and high over the bar. + +And he might have heard Ned's loud sigh of relief, had not the pounding +of the charging enemy and the cries of the Hillman's horde drowned it. + +Another kick-off and four plays ended the contest, and High School, +after cheering half-heartedly, went off disgruntled and silent. + +On his way to the field-house, Ned, trotting along with Hop, encountered +Polly and Mae in the throng, and paused to speak. "Bully game, wasn't +it?" he said. Then, seeing Mae's High School banner, he added: "High +School put up a dandy fight, Mae." + +"Indeed she did," agreed Mae. "I thought once she was going to win, +too." + +Polly was laughing. "Poor Mae didn't know which team she wanted to win," +she explained. "When High School gained she waved her flag, and when +Hillman's gained she waved it just the same. She was waving it all the +time! That was a lovely goal you made, Nid." + +"Thanks. I--well, I was so scared I didn't know whether to kick the ball +or bite it! I'm mighty glad it went over, though." He nodded and hurried +on in the wake of Hop, who, being a very earnest young gentleman and +completely absorbed in the business of football, considered girls far +outside his scheme of things. + +Three quarters of an hour later, Laurie arose from his recumbent +position on the window-seat of Number 16 East Hall, and delivered an +ultimatum in quiet but forceful tones. "Ned," he said, "I saw that game +from about the middle of the first quarter to the bitter end. Nothing +escaped my eagle gaze. I can even tell you exactly how many times that +High School umpire consulted his rules book when he thought no one was +looking. I know how much dirt there was in Frank Brattle's left ear when +they dragged him out. I know--" + +"Well, what of it? What's your chief trouble?" growled Ned. + +"Knowing all this and more, much more, Neddie, I refuse to listen any +longer to your reminiscences. You've been through the game three times +since you landed up here, and there's a limit to my endurance. And +you've reached that limit, Neddie--you really have. I'm going down to +George's, where I may hear something besides touch-downs and passes and +goals. When you recover, Neddie, come on down." + +"Oh, go to the dickens!" muttered Ned, as the door closed softly. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII--BEFORE THE BATTLE + + +"The fellow who put these posts in," grunted Bob, as he heaved and +tugged, "must have had more time than brains!" + +It was Thursday afternoon. A hard frost, which had frozen the ground a +half-inch deep, had counseled him to finish the work of wrecking the +arbor. But three posts remained, and at one of these Bob, after having +dug around it, and pried at it with a bar until patience was exhausted, +was tugging lustily. Laurie, wiping the sweat of honest toil from his +brow, cast aside the bar and gave a hand. + +"Come on," he said hopefully. "One, two--three! Heave!" + +"Heave!" muttered Bob. + +But although the post, which had formed a corner of the arbor, gave from +side to side, it refused to leave its nest. Panting, the boys drew off +and observed it glumly. + +"Guess we'll have to dig some more," said Bob. + +"Wait a minute. Let me get a purchase on it with the bar." + +Laurie seized that implement again and drove it into the softened earth +beside the post. As the first drive didn't send it far enough, he pulled +it out, and put all his strength into the next effort. This time he +succeeded beyond all expectations. The bar slipped through his fingers +and disappeared from sight! + +"Well!" he gasped. "What do you know--" + +"Where-where did it go to?" cried Bob, dumfounded. + +"It went--it went to China, I guess! It just slipped right through my +hands, and kept on slipping!" Laurie knelt and dug at the hole with his +fingers. + +"Find it?" asked Bob. "Try the shovel." + +"No, I can't feel it. Hand it here." Laurie took the shovel and dug +frantically. Then Bob dug. The result was that they enlarged and +deepened the hole around the post, but the crowbar failed to +materialize. + +"I suppose," said Laurie, finally, dropping the shovel and tilting back +his cap, "what happened was that I struck a sort of hole, and the bar +went right down in. Maybe it was a rat-hole, Bob." + +"I guess so. Anyway, it's gone, and we'll have to get a new one." + +"Oh, I guess we'll find it when we get the post out. Let's try the old +thing." + +They did, and, after a moment of indecision, it came out most +obligingly. But there was still no crowbar to be seen. Laurie shook his +head, mystified. "That's the funniest thing I ever saw," he declared. + +"It surely is! Look here; maybe there's an old well there." + +"Then why didn't the post go down into it?" + +"Because it's covered over with stones. The bar happened to slip into +a--a crevice." + +Laurie nodded dubiously. "That might be it," he agreed. "Or perhaps +we've discovered a subterranean cavern!" + +"Caverns always are subterranean, aren't they?" + +"No; sometimes they're in the side of a hill." + +"Then they're caves." + +"A cave and a cavern are the same thing, you smart Aleck." + +"All right; but even if a cavern is in a hill, it's underground, and +subterranean means under--" + +"Help! You win, Bob! Come on and get hold of this log and let's get it +out of here." And, as they staggered with it across the garden to add it +to the pile of posts and lumber already there, he continued: "There's +one thing certain, Bob, and that's that you won't get me to play tennis +on your court. I'd be afraid of sinking into the ground some fine day!" + +"Maybe you'd find the crowbar then," said Bob. "Heave!" + +Laurie "heaved," patted the brown loam from his hands, and surveyed the +pile. "There's a lot of good stuff there," he pondered. "Some of it's +sort of rotten, but there's enough to build something." + +"What do you want to build?" + +"I don't know. We could build a sort of covered seat, like the one in +Polly's yard, where folks could rest and look on. Take about six of +these posts and some of the strips, and some boards for the seat--" + +"Who'd dig the post-holes?" inquired Bob, coldly. + +"Oh, we could get a couple of the others to help. Honest, Bob, it would +be a lot of fun. Maybe we couldn't do it before spring, though." + +"I might leave the stuff here," said Bob. "Thomas could sort of pile it +a little neater, you know. I love to carpenter. Sometime we'll draw a +plan of it, Nod." + +"Right-o! How about those other posts? No use trying to do anything with +'em to-day, is there?" + +"No; we'll have to have another crowbar." + +Laurie looked relieved. "Well, let's go over and see whether the Widow's +got any of those little cakes with the chocolate on top," he suggested. +"Hard work always makes a fellow hungry." + +There was a rousing football meeting in the auditorium that evening, +with speeches and music, songs and cheers; and the enthusiasm spilled +over to the yard afterward, and threatened to become unruly until Dan +Whipple mounted the steps of School Hall and spoke with all the +authority of eighteen years and the senior class presidency. Whereupon +someone suggested a cheer for the Doctor, and the joyous crowd thronged +to the west end of the building and gave nine long "Hillman's," with a +"Doctor Hillman" on the end. And then suddenly the lights flashed on on +the porch, and there were the Doctor and Miss Tabitha, the former +looking very much as if he had awakened very recently from a nap--which +was, in fact, the case. But he was smiling as he stepped to the doorway +and near-sightedly surveyed the throng. + +"This--er--testimonial would appear to demand some sort of a response," +he announced, as the applause that had greeted his appearance died away. +"But I find myself singularly devoid of words, boys. Perhaps some of you +recall the story of the visitor in Sunday-school who was unexpectedly +called on by the superintendent to address the children. He hemmed and +hawed and said, finally, that it gave him much pleasure to see so many +smiling, happy faces. And he hoped they were all good little boys and +girls and knew their lessons. And then his eloquence failed him, and +after an unhappy interim he asked: 'And now, children, what shall I +say?' And a little girl in the front row lisped: 'Pleathe, Mithter, thay +"Amen" and thit down!' + +"Perhaps I'd better say 'Amen' and sit down, too," he went on, when the +laughter had ceased; "but before I do I'd like to assure you that I am +'rooting' just as hard as any of you for a victory the day after +to-morrow. My duties will not allow me to see the team in action, as +much as I'd like to, but I am kept well informed of its progress. I have +my scouts at work constantly. Mr. Pennington reports to me on the work +of the linemen; Mr. Barrett advises me each day as to the backs; Mr. +Wells is my authority on--er--stratagem." + +This amused his hearers intensely, since none of the three instructors +mentioned had ever been known to attend a game or watch a practice. + +"And," continued the principal, when he could, "I follow the newspaper +reports of our enemy's progress. Of course, I don't believe all I read. +If I did I'd be certain that only overwhelming disaster awaited us on +Saturday. But there is one thing that troubles me. I read recently that +the Farview center is a very large youth, weighing, if I am not +mistaken, some one hundred and seventy pounds. While mere weight and +brawn are not everything, I yet tremble to consider what may happen to +the slight, atomic youth who will oppose him. Young gentlemen, I shudder +when I dwell on that unequal meeting, that impending battle of David and +Goliath!" + +When the new burst of laughter had subsided, the doctor continued more +soberly: "I wish the team all success, a notable victory. Or, if the +gods of battle will it otherwise, I wish it the manly grace to accept +defeat smilingly and undismayed. I am certain of one thing, boys, which +is that, whether fortune favors the Dark Blue or the Maroon and White, +the contest will be hard fought and clean, and bring honor alike to the +victor and vanquished. You have my heartiest good wishes. And"--the +doctor took the hand of Miss Tabitha, who had been standing a few steps +behind him--"and the heartiest good wishes of another, who, while not a +close follower of your sports, has a warm spot in her heart for each and +every one of you, and who is as firmly convinced as I am of the +invincibility of the Dark Blue!" + +"Three cheers for Tab--for Miss Hillman!" cried a voice; and, at first a +trifle ragged with laughter, the cheers rang forth heartily. Then came +another cheer for the doctor and a rousing one for "Hillman's! +_Hillman's!!_ HILLMAN'S!!!" And the little throng, laughing and +chattering, dispersed to the dormitories. + +Friday saw but a light practice for the first team and a final +appearance of the scrubs, who, cheered by the students, went through a +few minutes of snappy signal work, and the waving sweaters and blankets +dashed off to the field-house, their period of servitude at an end. For +the first team there was a long blackboard drill in the gymnasium after +supper, and Ned, who, somewhat to his surprise and very much to his +gratification, had been retained on the squad, returned to Number 16 at +nine o'clock in a rather bemused condition of mind. Kewpie, who +accompanied him, tried to cheer him up. + +"It'll be all right to-morrow, Nid," he declared. "I know how you feel. +Fact is, I wouldn't know one signal from another if I got it this +minute, and as for those sequences--" Words failed him. "But when you +get on the field to-morrow it'll all come back to you. It--it's sort of +psychological. A trick of memory and all that. You understand!" + +"I don't see why he needs to worry, anyhow," observed Laurie, cruelly. +"He won't get a show in to-morrow's game." + +Ned looked hopeful for a moment, then relapsed into dejection as Kewpie +answered: "I'd like to bet you he will, Nod. I'd like to bet you that +he'll play a full period. You just watch Farview lay for Pope! Boy, +they're going to make hard weather for that lad! They were after him +last year, but they couldn't get him and he played right through. But +I'd like to bet you that to-morrow they'll have him out of it before the +last quarter." + +"What do you mean?" asked Laurie, in surprise. "They don't play that +sort of a game, do they?" + +"What sort of a game?" responded Kewpie. "They play hard, that's the way +they play! And every time they tackle Pope, they'll tackle him so he'll +know it. And every time he hits the line, there'll be one of those +red-legs waiting for him. Oh, they don't play dirty, if you mean that; +but they don't let any chances slip, believe me!" + +"It sounds sort of off color to me, though," Laurie objected. "How are +you going to put a fellow out of the game if you don't slug or do +something like that?" + +Kewpie smiled knowingly. "My son," he said, "if I start after you and +run you around the dormitory about twenty times--" + +Ned, in spite of his down-heartedness, snickered at the picture evolved, +and Kewpie grinned. + +"Well, suppose some one else did, then. Anyhow, after he'd done it about +a couple of dozen times, you'd be all in, wouldn't you? He wouldn't have +to kick you or knock you down or anything, would he? Well, that's what I +mean. That's the way they'll go after Pope. They'll tire him out. You +understand. And every time they tackle him, they'll tackle him good and +hard. Well, suppose Pope does go out, and there's a chance for a field +goal, as there's likely to be. Who will Pinky put in? Why, Nid, of +course! Who else is there? Brattle can't kick one goal in six. No more +can Deering. What do you think Mulford's been nursing Nid all the season +for?" + +"Next year?" said Laurie, questioningly. + +"Sure--and this year, too. You watch and see. I'd like to bet you that +Nid'll have a goal to kick to-morrow--yes, and that he'll kick it, too!" + +"Don't!" groaned Ned. "I never could do it!" + +"Well," laughed Laurie, "I don't bet for money, Kewpie, but I tell you +what I'll do. If Ned kicks a goal to-morrow, I'll take you over to the +Widow's, and I'll buy you all the cream-puffs you can eat at one +sitting!" + +"It's a go!" cried Kewpie. "And if he doesn't, I'll do it to you!" + +"Of course," explained Laurie, in recognition of his brother's look of +pained inquiry, "I'm not making the offer because I think Ned can't do +it, or because I don't want him to play. You bet I do! It's because I do +want him to, Kewpie. You see, I usually lose bets!" + +"All right, you crazy galoot. I've got to beat it. Pinky made us swear +by the Great Horn Spoon to be in bed by ten. Good night. Don't let the +signal stuff worry you, Nid. It'll come out all right to-morrow. You +understand. Night!" + +When the door had closed, Laurie laughed and turned to Ned. "He's a good +old scout, isn't he? I say, what's the matter with you, Ned? You look +like the end of a hard winter! Cheer up! It may not be true!" + +But Ned shook his head, although he tried to smile unconcernedly. "It'll +happen just the way he told, Laurie," he said, sadly. "I just know it +will! They'll get Pope out of the way, and there'll be a field goal +wanted, just as there was Wednesday, and Mulford will send me in!" + +"Well, what of it? You'd like that, wouldn't you?" + +"I--I'm scared!" + +"Oh, piffle, Neddie! You've got nerves, that's all. The night before the +battle, you know, and all that! In the morning you'll be as right as +rain. Get your clothes off and tumble in. Want me to read a story to +you? There's a corker in the 'Post' this week." + +"No, thanks; I guess not. I'd better go to sleep." + +But, although Ned, stifling a desire to sit up and read the corking +story himself, put the light out at ten minutes before ten, he lay awake +until after midnight and suffered as blue a case of funk as any boy ever +did. And when, at length, sleep came, it was filled with visions in +which he stood in the center of a vast arena, the object of countless +eyes, and tried over and over, and never with success, to kick a +perfectly gigantic leather ball over a cross-bar that was higher than +the Masonic Temple at home! + +The truth is that Ned was over-trained and stale. And the further truth +is that when he awoke to as sweet a November morning as ever peered down +from a cloudless sky through golden sunlight, he felt, as he phrased it +to himself, like a sock that had just come through the wringer! + + + + +CHAPTER XIX--NED IS MISSING + + +Ned ate almost no breakfast, and Laurie noted the fact, but, after a +glance at his brother's face, said nothing. After all, he reflected, +there were probably others of the squad who were displaying no more +appetite this morning. Afterward, on the way to School Hall for their +only recitation of the day, he asked off-handedly: "How are you feeling, +Neddie?" + +Ned didn't answer at once. When he did, he only replied laconically: +"Rotten!" + +"How do you mean, rotten?" Laurie disguised anxiety under flippancy. +"Tummy out of whack? Or is it a case of ingrowing signals?" + +"I don't know what the trouble is," answered Ned seriously. "I feel +perfectly punk. And I--I'm scared, Laurie. I'd give a million dollars if +I didn't have to go to the field this afternoon. I wish to goodness I +could duck somehow. Say, feel my forehead. Isn't it hot?" + +Laurie felt, and shook his head. "Cool as a cucumber, you old fakir. +Buck up, Neddie! You'll feel better after a while. Did you sleep all +right?" + +"I guess so," replied the other dispiritedly. "I dreamed a lot. Dreamed +I was kicking goals over a bar as high as a mountain. And the ball was +as big as a hogshead. And there were about a million folks watching me, +and Mr. Cornish was beating a bass-drum." + +Laurie laughed. "Some dream, Neddie! Tell you what. After we get out of +here, we'll take a nice, long hike. Mulford wants the players to stay +outdoors, doesn't he? Didn't you tell me he said you were to walk or +something?" + +Ned nodded. "I'm too tired to walk, though, Laurie. Guess I'll get a +book and go over to the park. Or go down and jump in the river!" + +"Fine idea!" scoffed Laurie. "What have you got against the river? It +never did anything to you, did it?" + +Ned, however, refused to smile. "You don't need to come along," he said. +"I--I guess I'd rather be alone, Laurie." + +"You will be, if you're going to jump in the river, partner! The water's +a heap too cold to appeal to me. Well, cheer up. See you when we come +out." + +There was a holiday feeling in the air this morning that didn't promise +well for recitations, and Mr. Brock's chemistry class was a sore trial +to that gentleman. Yet, although he frowned often and sighed many +despairing sighs, he made allowance for the prevailing mood of +restlessness and exhibited unusual patience. And finally it was over and +the class trooped out. + +"You stay here," said Laurie, "and I'll run over and get a couple of +books from the room. What do you want?" + +"I don't care--anything," answered Ned, listlessly. + +When Laurie went off, Ned seated himself on a step and gazed forlornly +around him. Groups of boys stood on the walks in animated conversation. +Near at hand, a half-dozen juniors were discussing the game avidly, +drawing comforting conclusions from a comparison of the season's +performances of Hillman's and Farview. Suddenly the prospect of sitting +on a park bench with Laurie became utterly distasteful to Ned, and, with +a hurried glance in the direction of East Hall, he arose and made his +way along the drive and into Summit Street. There he turned to the left +and walked quickly to the corner. At Washington Street another look +behind showed that he had made his escape, and he heaved a sigh of +relief and went on past the library and into Cumber Street, heading +unconsciously toward the open country eastward of town. + +When Laurie returned to School Hall with a book for Ned and a magazine +for himself, he sat down and waited a few minutes, supposing that Ned +would be back. When he didn't come, Laurie went over to School Park, +thinking that he had perhaps grown tired of waiting in the yard. But no +Ned was to be seen, and, puzzled but untroubled, Laurie dawdled into +Pine Street. The white-and-red sign above the Widow Deane's little store +shone bravely in the sunlight. For an hour Laurie enjoyed the society of +Polly and Antoinette in the sunny garden, where, against the board +fence, a clump of hardy chrysanthemums made a cheery showing of yellow +and lavender. Antoinette had retired to winter quarters, which means +that a gunny-sack and a length of old red carpet had been draped over +her box. But just now the drapery was lifted, and Antoinette was doing +great things to a very large cabbage-leaf. Towser had established +himself in the sunshine atop the porch roof and gazed down benignly at +the pair below. + +Laurie and Polly talked, of course, about the game. He and George were +again to act as escorts to the two girls, a fact that had eaten a large +hole in Laurie's remaining allowance. About ten o'clock he took himself +away, reminding Polly to be ready at half-past one, since it took a good +ten minutes to walk to the field, and because, wisely, he realized that +to Polly "half-past one" would mean a quarter or two. Climbing the fence +into Bob's yard, he discovered that young man with a new crowbar about +to begin an attack on the remaining posts of the arbor. So he removed +his sweater, moistened his hands in the time-honored and only +efficacious manner, and joined the assault. After the posts were added +to the pile beside the fence, the two boys went indoors and refreshed +the inner man with piping-hot ginger cookies. Thus it was that it was +nearly noon when Laurie got back to Number 16, to find, to his +uneasiness, that Ned was not there. Nor, as far as any evidences showed, +had he been there since before breakfast. + +Laurie threw himself on the window-seat and tried to apply himself to +the magazine that he had carried all morning. But he began to be really +worried about Ned. He didn't understand where he could be. Even if he +had gone off by himself, mooning along the roads, which was what Laurie +suspected he had done, he should have been home before this, for, as +Laurie knew, the players were to go to lunch at twelve. Presently he +dropped the magazine and strode across the corridor to Number 15. Kewpie +was not in, but Hop was there--a more than ordinarily serious-faced Hop, +who replied to Laurie's inquiry in an absent-minded manner suggesting +that some one had placed him in a trance and gone away without awakening +him. Hop hadn't seen Nid all morning. Kewpie had just gone over to West +Hall. He hoped there wouldn't be any wind this afternoon. Farview had a +punter that could do fifty yards easily, and a wind would lengthen his +kicks frightfully. Did Nod think those clouds meant wind? + +Laurie withdrew without venturing an opinion in the matter. Football, he +reflected, was a far more dangerous pastime than folks generally +realized, when it could affect a fellow's brains like that! Downstairs, +he searched the little group about the dining-hall door, and finally +made inquiry of Dave Murray. Dave was worried and excited and a bit +short-tempered. + +"Nid Turner? No, I haven't seen him. He'll be here pretty quick, though. +We eat at twelve." + +He left Laurie, to push his way toward the entrance to accost Mr. +Mulford, who was coming in; and Laurie went out and sat down on the step +and watched. Kewpie came striding across from West Hall, smiling and +evidently very fit. But when Laurie questioned him the smile faded. + +"Nid? No, I haven't set eyes on him. Isn't he here? Are you sure? Say, +you don't suppose the silly guy has bolted? He was in mean shape last +night, Nod. But he wouldn't do that! He's no quitter. He'll be here in a +minute or two." + +"Suppose--suppose he isn't?" asked Laurie, anxiously. "Would it matter +much?" + +"Matter?" Kewpie shrugged, one eye on the dining-hall door, through +which his team-mates were beginning to pass. "It wouldn't matter to the +game, I guess. I was only trying to cheer him up last night. You +understand. It isn't likely Pinky will use him. But it would be a bad +thing for him, Nod. It would be an awful black eye, in fact, if he cut +the game. Guess Pinky would just about can him for all time! I say, I've +got to hustle in there. Why don't you have a look around for him? Maybe +he's in the library, or over in West, or--or somewhere. See you later, +Nod!" + +Kewpie disappeared into the dining-hall, and a moment later the door was +closed. Laurie acted on Kewpie's suggestion, and made a thorough search +of School Hall and the other dormitory, and even poked his head into the +gymnasium, where only an empty floor met his gaze. After that there +seemed nothing to do but wait. Ned had already missed his lunch, for the +fellows were coming out into the corridor when Laurie returned to East +Hall. Murray nailed him as he tried to pass unnoticed to the stairs. + +"Say, Nod, where's that brother of yours?" he demanded indignantly. +"Didn't he know that lunch was at twelve? Where is he, anyway?" + +"I don't know, Dave," Laurie answered, miserably. "He went for a walk +this morning, and I haven't seen him since. I guess he went too far and +couldn't get back in time. I've been looking all over for him." + +"That's fine!" said the manager, bitterly. "Mulford asked for him, and I +said I'd look him up. You'd better find him mighty quick, Nod. Tell him +to get something to eat somewhere and be at the gym not later than one. +There's a floor drill then. I'll make it all right with Mulford, +somehow. But there'll be the dickens and all to pay if he doesn't show +up!" + +Hoping against hope, Laurie hurried up to the room. But there was no +Ned. One o'clock came and passed. Time and again Laurie went to the gate +and looked up and down the street, but without result. Ned had +disappeared utterly, it seemed, and the unwelcome conclusion grew in +Laurie's mind that Ned had shown the white feather and had deliberately +absented himself. Laurie didn't like to think that, and there were +moments when he couldn't. But here it was nearly half-past one, and Ned +hadn't come, and facts are facts! It looked, he thought sadly, like a +bad day for the honor of the Turners! + +At half-past one he found George Watson in his room, and handed over one +of his tickets. "I can't go to the field with you," he said, "but I'll +find you over there. Try to keep a seat for me, will you?" + +"What's the big idea?" asked George, blankly. "Why can't you go with us? +That's a fine game to play!" + +"I'll tell you later. I--I've got something to do. Be a good fellow, +George, won't you? And tell Polly how it is, will you?" + +"How the dickens can I tell Polly how it is when I don't know how it is +myself?" asked George, indignantly. "Oh, all right! But you want to get +there pretty quick, Nod. It's hard to hold seats when there aren't +enough of them in the first place. There's a regular mob going out there +already!" + +Disconsolately Laurie hurried out and stationed himself at the dormitory +entrance. Presently the players emerged from the gymnasium in their togs +and passed through the little gate to Washington Street. Laurie watched +them file past, hoping hard that Ned would be among them. But, although +all the rest were there, twenty-one in all, there was no Ned. + +From Washington Street and Summit Street came a steady tramping of feet, +accompanied by a swishing sound as the pedestrians brushed through the +fallen leaves. Occasionally an automobile went by with a warning honk of +its horn at the corner. Looking over the withered hedge, Laurie could +see the colors of Hillman's and Farview marching past, banners of dark +blue bearing the white Old English H, maroon-and-white flags adorned +with the letters "F. A." Laughter and the merry, excited chatter of many +voices came to him. The yard was empty, except for a boy hurrying down +the steps of West Hall, and he too quickly disappeared through the gate. + +Presently Laurie looked at his watch. The time was eighteen minutes to +two. He left East Hall and turned toward the gymnasium. Out of the +shelter of the dormitory a little breeze fanned his face, and he +remembered Hop Kendrick's dread of a wind that would put more power into +the toe of the Farview punter. It might be, he reflected, that Hop was +due for disappointment; but the matter didn't seem very important to +him. The locker-room in the gymnasium was empty. Over the benches lay +the discarded underclothing of the players, and sometimes the outer +clothing as well, suggesting that excitement on this occasion had +prevailed over orderliness. Laurie made his way to Ned's locker. It was +closed, and behind the unfastened door hung his togs. + + + + +CHAPTER XX--FOR THE HONOR OF THE TURNERS + + +Walking felt good to Ned that morning. The air, brisk in spite of the +sunshine and the day's stillness, cleared his head of the queer +cloudiness that had been there since awakening, and, turning into the +country road that led eastward toward the higher hills, he strode along +briskly. He had, he reflected, played rather a low-down trick on Laurie; +but that could be explained later, and Laurie wouldn't mind when he +understood. When he had gone the better part of a mile into the country, +and the road had begun to steepen perceptibly, the sound of a motor +behind warned him to one side. But, instead of passing in a cloud of +dust, the automobile slowed down as it reached the pedestrian, and the +driver, a genial-looking man of middle age, hailed. + +"Going my way?" he asked. "Get in if you like." + +Ned hesitated, and then climbed in beside the solitary occupant of the +car. The prospect of speeding through the sunlit morning world appealed +to him, and he thanked the driver and snuggled into the other corner of +the front seat. + +"That's all right, my boy," answered the man, genially. "Glad to have +company. How far are you going?" + +"Just--just up the road a ways," replied Ned, vaguely. "I was out for a +walk, only this seemed better." + +"Well, it's quicker, though it doesn't give you quite so much exercise," +was the response. "You sing out when you've had enough. Maybe you can +get a lift going back, if you're not in too much of a hurry. Still, +there isn't much travel on this road. Most folks go around by Little +Windsor. It's longer, but the road's a sight better. I go this way +because I can do it quicker. There are some fierce bumps, though. Yell +if you drop out!" + +The car was a heavy one with good springs, and as long as Ned remained +in it the bad bumps didn't materialize. His companion evidently liked to +talk, and Ned learned a good deal about him and his business, without, +however, finding it very interesting. The man asked few questions, and +so Ned merely supplied the information that he was from Hillman's School +and that he liked to walk and that he had all the morning to get back +in. The car kept up an even, effortless speed of twenty-seven or -eight +miles an hour, and it was finding himself booming up the straight grade +over Candle Mountain that brought Ned to a sudden realization that if he +meant to get back to school by twelve o'clock without undue effort he +had best part company with his chatty acquaintance. So, at the summit of +the hill, he said good-by, repeated his thanks, and got out. + +"Guess you're about six miles from Orstead," said the man. "It won't +take you long to get back there, though, if you find a lift. Don't +hesitate to stop any one you see; they'll be glad to take you in. +Good-by!" + +The gray automobile went on and was speedily dropping from sight beyond +the nearly leafless forest. Ned watched it disappear, and then set his +face toward home. The ride had certainly done him good, he told himself. +The prospect of being called on to kick a dozen goals wouldn't have +dismayed him a mite at that moment. In fact, he suddenly realized that +he was going to be horribly disappointed if the chance to attempt at +least one goal from the field did not come to him, and he wondered why +he had felt so craven last night. + +After a mile or so a small, dust-covered car overhauled him and went by +without a challenge from him. It was still only ten o'clock, and he had +two hours yet, and he had no intention of begging a ride. Taken +leisurely, the remaining miles would be covered without weariness and in +plenty of time. When he had accomplished, as he reckoned, about half the +distance to Orstead, his watch said seventeen minutes to eleven. The +forenoon had grown appreciably warmer, and so had Ned. Beside the road +was a little knoll carpeted with ashy-brown beech-leaves. Only a stone +wall, bordered with blackberry briars, intervened. + +Ned climbed across the wall and seated himself on the slope of the +knoll. The land descended gently before him toward the river and the +town, but neither was in sight. Presently, removing his cap, he +stretched himself on his back and linked his fingers under his head. And +presently, because the blue, sunlit, almost cloudless sky was too +dazzling to gaze at long, he closed his eyes. And as he did so a +strange, delicious languor descended upon him. He sighed luxuriously and +stretched his legs into a more comfortable position. It was odd that he +should feel sleepy at this time of day, he thought, and it wouldn't do +to stay here too long. He wished, though, that he didn't have to get +anywhere at any especial time. It would be great to just lie here like +this and feel the sun on his face and-- + +At about that moment he stopped thinking at all and went sound asleep. + +When he awoke he was in shadow, for the sun had traveled around and past +the elbow of a near-by old and knotted oak whose brown-pink leaves still +clung to the twisted branches. Ned looked around him in puzzlement, and +it was a long moment before he could account for his surroundings. When +he had, he sat up very quickly and gave a startled look at his watch. +The thing was crazy! It said twenty-one minutes past two! Of course it +couldn't be that late, he told himself indignantly. But even as he said +it he was oppressed by a conviction that it was. And a look at the sun +removed any lingering doubt! + +He sprang to his feet, seized his cap, and stumbled across the wall, +and, again on the road, set out at a run toward home. But after a moment +he slowed up. "Was there any use in hurrying now? The game was already +in progress--had been going on for twenty minutes. The first quarter was +probably nearly over. What would they say to him, the fellows and Coach +Mulford and--Laurie? Somehow, what Laurie would think appeared far more +important than what any of the others might. He would have such a poor +excuse, he reflected ruefully! Went for a walk, and fell asleep by the +road! Gee, he couldn't tell them that! He might tell Laurie; but the +others--" + +He was jogging on as he thought things over. Even if he ran all the way, +and he couldn't do that, of course, he wouldn't get to school before +three. And then he would have to change into his togs and reach the +field. And by that time the second half would have started. Wouldn't it +be far better to remain away altogether? He might easily reach his room +unseen, and then, when Laurie returned, he could pretend illness. He +might not fool Laurie; but the others, Coach Mulford and Dave Murray and +the fellows, would have to believe him. + +If a fellow was ill, he couldn't be expected to play football. He even +got as far as wondering what particular and peculiar malady he could +assume, when he put the idea aside. + +"No use lying about it," he muttered. "Got to face the music, Ned! It +was your own fault. Maybe Mulford will let me down easy. I wouldn't like +to queer myself for next year. Gee, though, what'll the school think?" +And Ned groaned aloud. + +While he had slept, five vehicles had passed him, and as many persons +had seen him lying there asleep in the sun and idly conjectured about +him. But now, when he needed help to conquer the interminable three +miles that stretched between him and the town, and although he +constantly turned his head to gaze hopefully back along the dusty road, +not a conveyance appeared. Before long, since he had unwisely started at +too great a speed, he was forced to sit down on a rock and rest. He was +very nearly out of breath and the perspiration was trickling down +beneath his cloth cap. A light breeze had sprung up since he had dropped +asleep, and it felt very grateful as it caressed his damp hair and +flushed face. + +Perhaps those three miles were nearer four, because when, tired, dusty, +and heart-sick, he descried the tower of the Congregational church above +the leafless elms and maples of the village, the gilded hands pointed to +twelve minutes past three. Even had he arrived in time, he reflected +miserably, he would never have been able to serve his team-mates and his +school, for he was scarcely able to drag one foot behind the other as he +finally turned into the yard. + +The place appeared deserted, grounds and buildings alike, as Ned +unhesitatingly made his way across to the gymnasium. He had long since +decided on his course of action. No matter whether he had failed his +coach and his schoolmates, his duty was still plain. As late as it was, +he would get into his togs and report at the field. But when, in the +empty locker-room, he paused before where his football togs should have +been, he found only empty hooks. The locker, save for towels, was empty! + +At first he accepted the fact as conclusive evidence of his +disgrace--thought that coach or manager or an infuriated student body +had removed his clothes as a signal of degradation! Then the +unlikelihood of the conclusion came, and he wondered whether they had +really been there. But of course they had! He remembered perfectly +hanging them up, as usual, yesterday afternoon. Perhaps some one had +borrowed them, then. The locker had been unfastened, probably, for half +the time he forgot to turn the key in it. Wondering, he made his way out +of the building, undecided now what to do. But as he reached the corner +a burst of cheers floated to him from the play-field. His head came up. +It was still his duty to report, togs or no togs! Resolutely he set out +on Summit Street, the sounds of battle momentarily growing nearer as he +limped along. + +By the entrances many automobiles and some carriages lined the road. +Above the stand the backs of the spectators in the top row of seats +looked strangely agitated, and blue flags waved and snapped. A fainter +cheer came to him, the slogan of Farview, from the farther side of the +field. He heard the piping of signals, and a dull thud of leather +against leather, then cries and a whistle shrilling; and then a great +and triumphant burst of cheering from the Blue side. + +He hurried his steps, leaped the low fence beside the road, and came to +a group of spectators standing at the nearer end of the long, low grand +stand. He could see the gridiron now, and the battling teams in +mid-field. And the scoreboard at the farther end! And, seeing that, his +heart sank. "Hillman's 7--Visitors 9" was the story! He tugged the +sleeve of a man beside him, a youngish man in a chauffeur's livery. + +"What period is it?" he asked. + +"Fourth," was the answer. The man turned a good-natured look on the +boy's anxious face. + +"Been going about four minutes. You just get here?" + +Ned nodded. "How did they get their nine?" he asked. + +"Farview? Worked a forward pass in the second quarter for about thirty +yards, and smashed over for a touch-down. They failed at goal, though. +That made 'em six, and they got three more in the last quarter. +Hillman's fumbled about on their thirty, and that bandy-legged full-back +of Farview's kicked a corking goal from field. Gee--say, it was some +kick!" + +"Placement or drop?" + +"Drop. Almost forty yards, I guess. There they go again!" The chauffeur +tiptoed to see over a neighbor's head. Ned, past his shoulder, had an +uncertain glimpse of the Maroon and White breaking through the Blue's +left side. When the down was signaled, he spoke again. + +"How did Hillman's score?" he asked. + +"Huh? Oh, she got started right off at the beginning of the game and +just ate those red-legs up. Rushed the ball from the middle of the +field, five and six yards at a whack, and landed it on the other +fellow's door-sill. Farview sort of pulled together then and made a +fight; but that big chap, Pope, the full-back, smashed through finally, +right square between the posts. After that he kicked the goal. Guess the +red-legs had stage-fright then, but they got over it, and our fellows +haven't had a chance to score since. Pope had to lay off last quarter. +They played him to a standstill. Mason's mighty good, but he can't make +the gains Pope did. First down again! Say, they aren't doing a thing but +eating us up!" + +Ned wormed himself to the front of the group, and came to anchor at the +side of a tall policeman, close to the rope that stretched from the end +of the stand well past the zone line. By craning his neck he could look +down the length of the field. White-sweatered, armed with big blue +megaphones, Brewster and Whipple and two others, cheer leaders, were +working mightily, although the resulting cheers sounded weak where Ned +stood. The teams were coming down the field slowly but surely, the Blue +contesting every yard, but yielding after every play. The lines faced +each other close to the thirty now. Across the gridiron, Farview's pæans +were joyful and confident, and the maroon-and-white flags gyrated in +air. Well back toward his threatened goal, Hop Kendrick, white-faced and +anxious, called hoarse encouragement. Ned clenched his hands and hoped +and feared. + +A line attack turned into an unexpected forward pass, and a tall Farview +end came streaking down just inside the boundary. Hop was after him like +a shot; but Deering, who had taken Pope's place, ran him out at the +fifteen-yard line. The Maroon and White went wild with joy. The teams +trooped in on the heels of the diminutive referee, and the ball was down +just inside Hillman's fifteen. Ned looked the Blue team over. Save for +Corson and White, the line was made up of first-string men, but the back +field was, with the single exception of Mason, all substitutes: +Kendrick, Boessel, and Deering. + +A plunge straight at the center gave Farview two more precious yards, +Kewpie, apparently pretty well played out, yielding before the desperate +attack. Three more yards were gained between Emerson and Stevenson on +the left. Third down now, and five to go! Evidently Farview was +determined on a touch-down, for on the nine yards, with an excellent +chance for a field goal, she elected to rush again. But this time the +Blue's center held, and the Farview left half, when friend and foe was +pulled from above him, held the pigskin scarcely a foot in advance of +its former position. It was Hillman's turn to cheer, and cheer she did. +Ned added a wild shout of triumph to the din about him. + +Fourth down, and still five yards to gain! Now Farview must either kick +or try a forward, and realizing this the Blue's secondary defense +dropped back and out. A Farview substitute came speeding on, a new left +tackle. Then, amid a sudden hush, the quarter sang his signals: "Kick +formation! 73--61--29--" The big full-back stretched his arms out. +"12--17--9!" Back sped the ball, straight and breast-high. The Blue line +plunged gallantly. The stand became a pandemonium. The full-back swung a +long right leg, but the ball didn't drop from his hands. Two steps to +the left, and he was poising it for a forward pass! Then he threw, well +over the up-stretched hands of a Hillman's player who had broken +through, and to the left. A Maroon and White end awaited the ball, for +the instant all alone on the Blue's goal-line. Ned, seeing, groaned +dismally. Then from somewhere a pair of blue-clad arms flashed into +sight, a slim body leaped high, and from the Hillman's side of the field +came a veritable thunder of relief and exultation. For the blue arms had +the ball, and the blue player was dodging and worming toward the farther +side-line! Captain Stevenson it was who cleared the path for him at the +last moment, bowling over a Farview player whose arms were already +stretched to grapple, and, in a shorter time than the telling takes, Hop +Kendrick was racing toward the distant goal! + +Afterward Ned realized that during the ensuing ten or twelve seconds he +had tried desperately to shin up the tall policeman; but at the time he +had not known it, nor, or so it appeared, had the policeman, for the +latter was shouting his lungs out! Past the middle of the field sped +Hop, running as fleetly as a hare, and behind him pounded a solitary +Farview end. These two left the rest of the field farther and farther +back at every stride. For a moment it seemed that Hop would win that +desperate race; but at last, near the thirty-five yards, he faltered, +and the gap between him and his pursuer closed to a matter of three or +four strides, and after that it was only a question of how close to the +goal the Blue runner would get before he was overtaken and dragged down. +The end came between the fifteen- and twenty-yard streaks. Then, no more +than a stride behind, the Farview player sprang. His arms wrapped +themselves around Hop's knees, and the runner crashed to earth. + +For a long minute the babel of shouting continued, for that eighty-yard +sprint had changed the complexion of the game in a handful of seconds. +Hillman's was no longer the besieged, fighting in her last trench to +stave off defeat, but stood now on the threshold of victory, herself the +besieger! + +Farview called for time. Two substitutes came in to strengthen her line. +Hop, evidently no worse for his effort, was on his feet again, thumping +his players on the backs, imploring, entreating, and confident. On the +seventeen yards lay the brown oval, almost in front of the right-hand +goal-post. A field goal would put the home team one point to the good, +and, with only a few minutes left to play, win the game almost beyond a +doubt, and none on the Blue's side of the field doubted that a try at +goal would follow. Even when the first play came from ordinary formation +and Deering smashed into the left of Farview's line for a scant yard, +the audience was not fooled. Of course, it was wise to gain what ground +they might with three downs to waste, for there was always the chance +that a runner might get free and that luck would bring a touch-down +instead. + +Yet again Hop signaled a line attack. This time it was Mason who carried +the ball, and he squirmed through for two yards outside left tackle, +edging the pigskin nearer the center of the goal. Then came a shout that +started near the Blue team's bench and traveled right along the stand. A +slight youngster was pulling off his sweater in front of the bench, a +boy with red-brown hair and a pale, set face. Then he had covered the +red-brown hair with a leather helmet and was trotting into the field +with upraised hand. + +Ned stared and stared. Then he closed his eyes for an instant, opened +them, and stared again. After that he pinched himself hard to make +certain that he was awake and not still dreaming on the knoll beside the +road. The substitute was speaking to the referee now, and Deering was +walking away from the group in the direction of the bench. The cheering +began, the leaders waving their arms in unison along the length of the +Hillman's stand: + +"'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! 'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! 'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! Deering!" + +And then again, a second later: "'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! 'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! +'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! Turner!" + +Ned turned imploringly to the tall policeman. "What--who was that last +fellow they cheered?" he faltered. + +The policeman looked down impatiently. + +"Turner. Guess he's going to kick a goal for 'em." + + + + +CHAPTER XXI--THE UNDERSTUDY + + +"_Block that kick! Block that kick! Block that kick!_" chanted Farview +imploringly, from across the trampled field. + +Yet above the hoarse entreaty came Hop Kendrick's confident voice: "All +right, Hillman's! Make it go! Here's where we win it! Kick formation! +Turner back!" And then: "25--78--26--194! 12--31--9--" + +But it was Hop himself who dashed straight forward and squirmed ahead +over one white line before the whistle blew. + +"Fourth down!" called the referee. "About four and a half!" + +"Come on!" cried Hop. "Make it go this time! Hard, fellows, hard! We've +got 'em going!" He threw an arm over the shoulder of the new substitute. +Those near by saw the latter shake his head, saw Hop draw back and stare +as if aghast at the insubordination. Farview protested to the referee +against the delay, and the latter called warningly. Hop nodded, and +raised his voice again: + +"Kick formation! Turner back!" + +Then he walked back to where the substitute stood and dropped to his +knees. + +"Place-kick!" grunted a man at Ned's elbow. "Can't miss it from there if +the line holds!" + +Ned, in a perfect agony of suspense, waited. Hop was calling his +signals. There was a pause. Then: "16--32--7--" + +Back came the ball on a long pass from Kewpie. It was high, but Hop got +it, pulled it down, and pointed it. Ned saw the kicker step forward. +Then he closed his eyes. + +There was a wild outburst from all around him, and he opened them again. +The ball was not in sight, but a frantic little man in a gray sweater +was waving his arms like a semaphore behind the farther goal. Along the +space between stand and side-line a quartette of youths leaped crazily, +flourishing great blue megaphones or throwing them in air. Above the +stand blue banners waved and caps tossed about. On the scoreboard at the +far end of the field the legend read: "Hillman's 10--Visitors 9." + +A moment later, a boy with a wide grin on his tired face and nerves that +were still jangling made his way along Summit Street in the direction of +school. Behind him the cheers and shouts still broke forth at intervals, +for there yet remained some three minutes of playing time. Once, in the +sudden stillness between cheers, he heard plainly the hollow thump of a +punted ball. More shouts then, indeterminate, dying away suddenly. The +boy walked quickly, for he had a reason for wanting to gain the security +of his room before the crowd flowed back from the field. At last, at the +school gate, he paused and looked back and listened. From the distant +scene of battle came a faint surge of sound that rose and fell and rose +again and went on unceasingly as long as he could hear. + +Back in Number 16, Ned threw his cap aside and dropped into the nearest +chair. There was much that he understood, yet much more that was still a +mystery to him. One thing, however, he dared hope, and that was that the +disgrace of having failed his fellows had passed him miraculously by! As +to the rest, he pondered and speculated vainly. He felt horribly limp +and weary while he waited for Laurie to come. And after a while he heard +cheering, and arose and went to a window. There could no longer be any +doubt as to the final outcome of the game. Between the sidewalk throngs, +dancing from side to side of the street with linked arms, came +Hillman's, triumphant! + +[Illustration: "Turner. Guess he's going to kick a goal for 'em."] + +And here and there, borne on the shoulders of joyous comrades, bobbed a +captured player. There were more than a dozen of them, some taking the +proceeding philosophically, others squirming and fighting for freedom. +Now and then one succeeded in getting free, but recapture was invariably +his fate. At least, this was true with a single exception while Ned +watched. The exception was a boy with red-brown hair, who, having +managed to slip from his enthusiastic friends, dashed through the throng +on the sidewalk, leaped a fence, cut across a corner, and presently sped +through the gate on Washington Street, pursuit defeated. A minute later, +flushed and breathless, he flung open the door of Number 16. + +At sight of Ned, Laurie's expression of joyous satisfaction faded. He +halted inside the door and closed it slowly behind him. At last, +"Hello," he said, listlessly. + +"Hello," answered Ned. Then there was a long silence. Outside, in front +of the gymnasium, they were cheering the victorious team, player by +player. At last, "We won, didn't we?" asked Ned. + +Laurie nodded as if the thing were a matter of total indifference. He +still wore football togs, and he frowningly viewed a great hole in one +blue stocking as he seated himself on his bed. + +"Well," he said, finally, "what happened to you?" + +Ned told him, at first haltingly, and then with more assurance as he saw +the look of relief creep into Laurie's face. As he ended his story, +Laurie's countenance expressed only a great and joyous amusement. + +"Neddie," he chuckled, "you'll be the death of me yet! You came pretty +near to it to-day, too, partner!" He sobered as his thoughts went back +to a moment some fifteen minutes before, and he shook his head. +"Partner, this thing of understudying a football hero is mighty wearing. +I'm through for all time. After this, Ned, you'll have to provide your +own substitute! I'm done!" + +"How--why--how did you happen to think of it?" asked Ned, rather humbly. +"Weren't you--scared?" + +"Scared? Have a heart! I was frightened to death every minute I sat on +the bench. And then, when Mulford yelped at me, I--well, I simply passed +away altogether! I'm at least ten years older than I was this morning, +Neddie, and I'll bet I've got gray hairs all over my poor old head. You +see, Murray as much as said that it was all day with you if you didn't +show up. Kewpie was a bit down-hearted about it, too. I waited around +until half-past one or after, thinking every moment that you'd turn +up--hoping you would, anyhow; although, to be right honest, Neddie, I +had a sort of hunch, after the way you acted and talked, that maybe +you'd gone off on purpose. Anyhow, about one o'clock I got to thinking, +and the more I thought the more I got into the notion that something had +to be done if the honor of the Turners was to be--be upheld. And the +only thing I could think of was putting on your togs and bluffing it +through. Kewpie owned up that he'd been talking rot last night--that he +didn't really think you'd be called on to-day. And I decided to take a +chance. Of course, if I'd known what was going to happen I guess I +wouldn't have had the courage; but I didn't know. I thought all I'd have +to do was sit on the bench and watch. + +"So I went over to the gym and got your togs on, and streaked out to the +field, I guess I looked as much like you as you do, for none of the +fellows knew that I wasn't you. I was careful not to talk much. Mr. +Mulford gave me thunder, and so did Murray, and Joe Stevenson looked +pretty black. I just said I was sorry, and there wasn't much time to +explain, anyway, because the game was starting about the time I got +there. Once, in the third period, when Slavin was hurt, Mulford looked +along the bench and stopped when he got to me, and I thought my time had +come. But I guess he wanted to punish me for being late. Anyway, Boessel +got the job. When the blow did fall, Neddie, I was sick clean through. +My tummy sort of folded up and my spine was about as stiff as--as a +drink of water! I wanted to run, or crawl under the bench or something. +'You've pleased yourself so far to-day, Turner,' said Mulford. 'Now +suppose you do something for the school. Kendrick will call for a kick. +You see that it gets over, or I'll have something to say to you later. +Remember this, though: not a word to any one but the referee until after +the next play. Now get out there and _win this game!_' + +"Nice thing to say to a chap who'd never kicked a football in his life +except around the street! But, gee, Neddie, what could I do? I'd started +the thing, and I had to see it through. Of course I thought that maybe +I'd ought to fess up that I wasn't me--or, rather, you--and let some one +else kick. But I knew there wasn't any one else they could depend on, +and I decided that if some one had to miss the goal, it might as well be +me--or you. Besides, there was the honor of the Turners! So I sneaked +out, with my heart in my boots,--your boots, I mean,--and Hop called for +a line play, and then another one, and I thought maybe I was going to +get off without making a fool of myself. But no such luck. 'Take all the +time you want, Nid,' said Hop. 'We'll hold 'em for you. Drop it over, +for the love of mud! We've got to have this game!' 'Drop it?' said I. +'Not on your life, Hop! Make it a place-kick or I'll never have a +chance!' 'What do you mean?' he asked. 'I mean I can't drop-kick +to-day.' I guess something in my voice or the way I said it put him on, +for he looked at me pretty sharp. Still, maybe he didn't guess the +truth, either, for he let me have my way and let me kick. + +"After that"--Laurie half closed his eyes and shook his head +slowly--"after that I don't really know what did happen. I have a sort +of a hazy recollection of Hop shouting some signals that didn't mean a +thing in my young life, and kneeling on the ground a couple of yards +ahead of me. I didn't dare look at the goal, though I knew it was ahead +of me and about twenty yards away. Then there was a brown streak, and +things began to move, and I moved with them. I suppose I swung my +foot,-probably my right one, though it may have been my left,--and then +I closed my eyes tight and waited for some one to kill me. Next thing I +knew, I was being killed--or I thought I thought I was, for a second. It +turned out, though, that the fellows weren't really killing me; they +were just beating me black and blue to show they were pleased. + +"Of course, it was all the biggest piece of luck that ever happened, +Ned. Hop aimed the ball just right, and somehow or other I managed to +kick it. Maybe any one would have done just as well, because I guess it +was an easy goal. Anyway, the honor of the Turners was safe!" + +"You're a regular brick," said Ned, a bit huskily. "What--what happened +afterward? I didn't stay." + +"Afterward Hop looked at me kind of queer and said, 'I guess that'll do +for you, Turner,' and I beat it away from there as fast as I knew how, +and Mulford sent in some other poor unfortunate. There were only half a +dozen plays after that, and we kicked whenever we got the ball." + +"Do you think any one but Hop found out?" asked Ned, anxiously. + +"Not a one. And I'm not sure, mind you, that Hop did. You see, he didn't +_say_ anything. Only, he did call me 'Nid' at first, and then 'Turner' +the next time. I haven't seen him since. I guess I never will know, +unless I ask him. One thing's sure, though, Ned, and that is that Hop +won't talk." + +"You don't think I'd ought to fess up?" asked Ned. + +"I do not," replied Laurie stoutly. "What's the good? It wasn't your +fault if you went to sleep out in the country. If any one's to blame, +it's me. I oughtn't to have hoaxed them. No, sir; if Mulford or any one +says anything, just you tell them you fell asleep and couldn't help +getting there late. But I don't believe any one will ask questions now. +They're all too pleased and excited. But, gee, Neddie! I certainly am +glad I made that goal instead of missing it. I'd be a pretty mean +feeling pup to-night if I hadn't!" + +"It was wonderful," mused Ned. "You putting it over, I mean. With all +that crowd looking on, and Farview shouting--" + +"Shouting? I didn't hear them. I didn't know whether there was any one +around just then! I had troubles of my own, partner! Know something? +Well, I think there's the chap who kicked that goal." Laurie raised his +right foot and displayed one of Ned's scuffed football shoes. "I guess I +just sort of left things to him and he did the business. Good old Mister +Shoe!" + +Ned jumped to his feet and pulled Laurie from the bed. "For the love of +lemons," he cried, "get those togs off before any one comes in!" + +"Gee, that's so!" Laurie worked feverishly, while Ned stumbled over a +chair and turned the key in the lock. + +"A fine pair of idiots we are!" exclaimed Ned, as he ripped Laurie's +shirt off for him. "Suppose Hop or Kewpie had come in while we were +sitting here!" + +Hillman's spent the rest of the evening in celebration. In the +dining-hall the appearance of any member of the squad was the signal for +hand-clapping and cheers, and when Ned entered, followed by Laurie, the +applause was deafening. Ned showed himself to be a very modest and +retiring hero, for he fairly scuttled to his seat, and kept his head +bent over his plate long after the applause had died away. Then, +stealing an unhappy glance at Laurie, he found that youth grinning +broadly, and was the recipient of a most meaningful wink. After supper, +in the corridor, the twins ran squarely into Hop Kendrick. Ned tried to +pull aside, but Laurie stood his ground. Hop was plainly a very happy +youth to-night, although even when happiest he never entirely lost his +look of earnest gravity. + +"Well, we did it, Nid!" he said joyfully, clapping that youth on the +shoulder. "That was a corking kick of yours, son!" + +Ned stammered something utterly unintelligible, but Laurie came to the +rescue: "Ned says it was the way you pointed the ball that won that +goal, Hop," he said casually. "He's mighty modest about it." + +Hop shot a quick glance at the speaker, and Ned declared afterward that +there was a smile behind it. But all he said was: "Oh, well, pointing +isn't everything, Nod. _Some one's_ got to kick it!" + +When he had gone on, Ned and Laurie viewed each other questioningly. +"Think he knows?" asked Ned. Laurie shook his head frowningly. "You've +got me, partner!" he answered. + +And, because neither asked Hop Kendrick outright, neither ever did know! + +There were songs and speeches and a general jollification after supper, +ending in a parade of cheering, singing youths who marched through the +town from end to end, and at last drew up outside Doctor Hillman's porch +and shouted until that gentleman appeared and responded. The Doctor's +words were few, but they hit the spot, and when there had been another +long cheer for him, and another long cheer for the team, and a final +mighty cheer for the school, the happy boys called it a day and sought +the dormitories. + +Ned was just dropping off to sleep that night when Laurie's voice +reached him through the darkness. + +"Ned!" called Laurie. + +"Huh?" + +"Are you awake?" + +"Uh-huh." + +"Listen. It's a fortunate thing to be a twin." + +There was a long moment of silence. Then Ned's voice came sleepily: + +"'Cause if one twin can't the other twin kin!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXII--THE BOYS MAKE A PRESENT + + +The week or so succeeding the Farview game seemed like an anticlimax. +The bottom had sort of dropped out of things and there was no immediate +excitement to look forward to. The weather became as miserable as +weather possibly could, the slight snowfall that followed the rain of +Thanksgiving Day lasting only long enough to be seen by the early +risers. Perhaps it was well that lack of events and inclement weather +ruled, for Ned and a good many other boys in school were no worse for an +opportunity to apply themselves undisturbedly to their studies. +Basketball candidates were called the first Monday in December, and the +twins held a serious conference on the question of reporting. Ned, who +felt rather flat since there was no more football, was half inclined to +go in for the game, and would have had Laurie insisted. But Laurie voted +that for the present the Turners had done sufficient in the athletic +line, that the honor of the family demanded no further sacrifices on the +altar of duty. So Ned abandoned the idea and talked of trying for the +crew in the spring. + +When December was a week old, the fellows set their gaze on the +Christmas recess, which this year began on Wednesday, three days before +Christmas, and lasted until the 2d of January. Eleven days are not +sufficient to make a trip across the continent and back advisable, +although the twins figured that, with the best of fortune, they would be +able to reach Santa Lucia in time for dinner Christmas night. On the +other hand, the missing of one connection would delay their arrival +until the following afternoon, and, as Laurie pointed out, they were +fairly certain to be held up somewhere on the way, and a sleeping-car +wasn't exactly an ideal place in which to spend the holiday! Besides, +there was a noticeable lack of encouragement from home. It had been +accepted beforehand that the boys were to remain at the school during +the recess, and nothing in Mr. Turner's fortnightly letters hinted that +he had changed his mind. + +"I'd just as lief stay here, anyway," declared Ned. "We can have a lot +more fun. Maybe there'll be a bunch of snow, and I'm dying to try +skiing." + +"You bet! And skating, too! And then there's that other scheme. Mustn't +forget that, Neddie." + +"You mean--" + +"Yes. Didn't you say we'd do it during vacation?" + +"Sure! It--it'll take quite a lot of money, though, Laurie. And we'll +have presents to buy for Dad and Aunt Emmie and the cousins--" + +"The cousins get Christmas cards, and that's all they do get," +interrupted Laurie, decisively. "That's all they ever give us, and I'd +rather spend my money on something that'll really--really benefit some +one. I guess Dad'll send us some more money, too, for Christmas. We can +do it, all right. I've got nearly seven dollars right now. I haven't +spent hardly any money this month." + +"All right. Some day soon we'll go downtown and find out how much it's +going to cost and what we'll need and everything. I say, we can get Bob +to help us, too!" + +"Rather! And three or four other fellows, I guess. Every one likes the +Widow, and George says there will be five or six fellows here during +recess. He was here last year, and he says he had a dandy time." + +"Let's get George this afternoon and get the thing started. We can find +out the--the area and ask the man how much we'll need." + +"Sure! And we can buy it and store it at Bob's. Then all we'll have to +do will be carry it over the fence. I'll go down and see if I can find +him. Look here, Neddie. Why don't we do it before Christmas and make it +a sort of Christmas present? Say we worked hard all day Thursday and +Friday--" + +"Great! Only if it snowed--" + +Laurie's face fell. "Gee, that's so! I suppose we couldn't do it if it +snowed. Or rained. Or if it was frightfully cold." + +"They say it doesn't get real cold here until after New Year's," said +Ned, reassuringly. "But of course it might snow or rain. Well, we'll do +it in time for Christmas if we can. If we can't, we'll do it for New +Year's. I'll bet she'll be tickled to death. I say, though! We never +found out about the color!" + +"I did," answered Laurie modestly. "I asked Polly. She said white." + +"White! Geewhillikins, Laurie, that makes it harder, doesn't it? We'd +have to put on two coats!" + +"Think so?" Laurie frowned. "I guess we would. That would take twice as +long, eh? Look here; maybe--maybe I can get Polly to change her mind!" + +"That's likely, you chump!" Ned scowled thoughtfully. Finally, "I tell +you what," he said. "Suppose we went around there sometime, and talked +with Mrs. Deane, and told her how nice we think blue looks and how sort +of--of distinctive! Gee, it wouldn't be any trick at all to make it +blue; but white--" He shook his head despondently. + +"Cheer up!" said Laurie. "I've got the dope, partner! Listen. We'll tell +them that it ought to be blue because blue's the school color and all +that. Mrs. Deane thinks a heap of Hillman's, and she'll fall for it as +sure as shooting. So'll Polly! Come on! Let's find George and get the +thing started!" + +"Better get Bob to go with us, too. He said something about wanting to +pay his share of it, so we'd better let him in right from the start. +After all, we don't want to hog it, Laurie!" + +A fortnight later the exodus came. Of the four-score lads who lived at +Hillman's, all but eight took their departure that Wednesday morning, +and Ned and Laurie and George watched the last group drive off for the +station with feelings of genuine satisfaction. Life at school during the +eleven days of recess promised to be busy and enjoyable, and they were +eager to see the decks cleared, so to speak, and to start the new way of +living. Ned and Laurie had had plenty of invitations for Christmas week. +Both Kewpie and Lee Murdock had earnestly desired their society at their +respective homes, and there had been others less insistent but possibly +quite as cordial invitations. But neither one had weakened. George half +promised one of the boys to visit him for a few days after Christmas, +but later he canceled his acceptance. + +Besides George and the twins, there remained at school five other +fellows who, because they lived at a distance and railway fares were +high, or for other reasons, found it expedient to accept Doctor +Hillman's hospitality. None of the five, two juniors, one lower middler, +and two upper middlers, were known to the twins more than casually when +recess began; but eating together three times a day and being thrown in +one another's society at other times soon made the acquaintance much +closer, and all proved to be decent, likable chaps. + +Meals were served at a corner table in West Hall, and during recess +there were seldom fewer than three of the faculty present. That may +sound depressing, but in vacation-time an instructor becomes quite a +human, jovial person, and the scant dozen around the table enjoyed +themselves hugely. In the evening Doctor Hillman held open house, and +Miss Tabitha showed a genius for providing methods of entertainment. +Sometimes they popped corn in the fireplace in the cozy living-room, +sometimes they roasted apples. Once it was chestnuts that jumped on the +hearth. Then, too, Miss Tabitha was a past mistress in the art of making +fudge, and on two occasions Mr. Barrett, the mathematics instructor, +displayed such a sweet tooth that the boys lost the last of their awe +and "ragged" him without mercy. Several times the Doctor read aloud, +choosing, to the boys' surprise, a corking detective novel that had them +squirming on the edges of their chairs. Toward the last of the vacation, +Laurie confided to Ned and George that he wished recess was just +beginning. + +To Ned's and Laurie's great disappointment, neither snow nor ice +appeared and the weather remained merely briskly cold, with sometimes a +day like Indian summer. But I am getting ahead of my story, which really +comes to an end on Christmas Day. + +More than a week before the closing of school, the four conspirators had +finished their preparations for the task that was to provide the Widow +Deane with a novel Christmas present. In Bob's cellar were many cans +containing blue paint, white paint, linseed oil, and turpentine. There +were brushes there, too, and a scraper, and a roll of cotton rags +provided by Polly. For, in the end, it had become necessary to acquaint +Polly with the project. Against Bob's back fence reposed all the +ladders, of varying lengths, that the neighborhood afforded. Wednesday +evening Ned and Laurie and George herded the other boys into George's +room, and explained the scheme and asked for volunteers. They got five +most enthusiastic ones. + +Nine o'clock the next morning was set as the time for the beginning of +the work, and at that hour nine rather disreputably-attired youths +appeared in Mrs. Deane's yard, arriving by way of the back fence, and +began their assault. The first the Widow knew of what was happening was +when, being then occupied with the task of tidying up the sleeping-room +on the second floor, she was startled to see the head and shoulders of a +boy appear outside her window. Her exclamation of alarm gave place to +murmurs of bewilderment as the supposed burglar contented himself with +lifting the two shutters from their hinges and passing them down the +ladder to some unseen accomplice. Mrs. Deane looked forth. In the garden +was what at first glimpse looked like a convention of tramps. They were +armed with ladders and brushes and pots of paint, and they were already +very busy. Across two trestles set on the grass plot, the stolen +shutters were laid as fast as they were taken down. One boy, flourishing +a broad-bladed implement, scraped the rough surfaces. A second plied a +big round brush, dusting diligently. Numbers three and four, as soon as +the first two operatives retired, attacked with brushes dripping with +white paint. In almost no time at all the first shutter was off the +trestles and leaning, fresh and spotless, against the fence. Every +instant another shutter appeared. Mrs. Deane gazed in fascinated +amazement. One after another, she recognized the miscreants: the two +Turner boys, George Watson, Mr. Starling's son, Hal Goring, the Stanton +boy, and the rest; but, although recognition brought reassurance, +bewilderment remained, and she hurried downstairs as fast as ever she +could go. + +Polly was on the back porch, a very disturbed and somewhat indignant +Towser in her arms, evidently a party to the undertaking, and to her +Mrs. Deane breathlessly appealed. + +"Polly! What are they doing?" she gasped. + +"You'll have to ask the boys, Mama." Polly's eyes were dancing. "Nid, +here's Mama, and she wants to know what you're doing!" + +Nid hurried up, a dripping brush in one hand and a smear of white paint +across one cheek, followed by Laurie. The others paused at their various +tasks to watch smilingly. + +"Painting the house, Mrs. Deane!" + +"Painting the house! My house? Why--why--what--who--" + +"Yes'm. There's the blue paint. It's as near like the old as we could +find. You don't think it's too dark, do you?" + +"But I don't understand, Nid Turner!" said Mrs. Deane helplessly. "Who +told you to? Who's going to pay for it?" + +"It's all paid for, ma'am. It--it's a sort of Christmas present from +us--from the school. You--you don't mind, do you?" + +"Well, I never did!" Mrs. Deane looked from Ned to Laurie, her mouth +quivering. "I--I don't know what to say. I guess I'll--I'll go see if +any one's--in the shop, Polly. Did you think you--heard the bell?" Mrs. +Deane's eyes were frankly wet as she turned hurriedly away and +disappeared inside. Ned viewed Polly anxiously. + +"Do you think she--doesn't like it?" he half whispered. + +Polly shook her head and laughed softly, although her own eyes were not +quite dry. "Of course she likes it, you stupid boy! She just didn't know +what to say. She'll be back pretty soon, after she's had a little cry." + +"Oh!" said Ned and Laurie in chorus, their faces brightening; and Laurie +added apologetically: "Gee, we didn't want to make her cry, Polly!" + +"That sort of a cry doesn't hurt," said Polly. + +Afterward Mrs. Deane said a great deal, and said it very sweetly, and +the boys got more or less embarrassed, and were heartily glad when she +drew Ned to her and kissed him, much to that youth's distress, and the +incident ended in laughter. By noon the shutters were done, and nine +industrious amateur painters were swarming over the back of the little +house. I'm not going to tell you that the job was done as perfectly as +Sprague and Currie, Painters and Paper-hangers, would have done it, but +you're to believe that it was done much quicker and at a far greater +saving of money! And when it was finished no one except a professional +would ever have known the difference. Perhaps there was more blue and +white paint scattered around the landscape than was absolutely +necessary, and it always remained a mystery how Antoinette managed to +get her right ear looking like a bit of Italian sky, for every one +professed ignorance and Antoinette was apparently well protected from +spatters. (It took Polly more than a week to restore the rabbit to her +original appearance.) + +When the early winter twilight fell and it became necessary to knock off +work for the day, the blue painting was more than half done and, unless +weather prevented, it was certain that the entire task would be finished +by to-morrow evening. Mrs. Deane served five-o'clock tea,--only it +happened to be four-o'clock tea instead,--and nine very, very hungry +lads did full justice to the repast, and the little room behind the +store held a merry party. Perhaps the prevailing odor of paint detracted +somewhat from Mrs. Deane's and Polly's enjoyment of the refreshments, +but you may be certain they made no mention of the fact. + +That night the boys viewed the cloudy sky apprehensively. Laurie, who +knew little about it, declared dubiously that it smelt like snow. But +when morning came, although the cloudiness persisted most of the day, +the weather remained kindly, with just enough frost in the air to chill +feet and nip idle fingers and to give an added zest to labor. Very +little time was wasted on luncheon, and at two o'clock the last slap of +blue paint had been applied and the more difficult work of doing the +white trim began. Fortunately, there were only eleven windows and two +doors, and although "drawing" the sashes was slow and finicking work, +with nine willing hands hard at it the end came shortly after dusk, +when, watched by eight impatient companions, young Haskell, one of the +junior class boys, with trembling fingers drew his brush along the last +few inches of a front window, and then, because he was quite keyed up +and because it was much too dark to see well, celebrated the culmination +of his efforts by putting a foot squarely into a can of white paint! + +When first-aid methods had been applied, he was allowed, on promise to +put only one foot to the floor, to accompany the rest inside and +announce to a delighted and slightly tremulous Mrs. Deane that the work +was completed. There was a real celebration then, with more piping-hot +tea and lots of perfectly scrumptious cream-puffs,--besides less +enticing bread-and-butter sandwiches,--and Mrs. Deane tried hard to +thank the boys and couldn't quite do it, and Polly failed almost as +dismally, and Laurie made a wonderful speech that no one understood very +well, except for the general meaning, and nine flushed and very happy +youths cheered long and loudly for Mrs. Deane, and finally departed +merrily into the winter twilight, calling back many a "Merry Christmas" +as they went. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII--THE SECRET PASSAGE + + +Christmas Day dawned clear and mild, a green Christmas if ever there was +one. And yet, in spite of the absence of such traditional accompaniments +as snow and ice, the spirit of the season was there in abundance. Ned +and Laurie, wakening early to the sound of church bells, felt Christmasy +right from the first conscious moment. When they hastened down the hall +for their baths, they could hear George and Hal Goring on the floor +below uniting in what they fondly believed was song. Later, at +breakfast, beside a perfectly wonderful repast in which chicken and +little crisp sausages and hot, crisp waffles played leading rôles, the +Doctor and Miss Tabitha had placed at each plate a Christmas card tied +by a tiny blue ribbon to a diminutive painter's brush! Later on there +was to be a tree in the Doctor's living-room. In fact, the tree was +already there, and the boys had spent much of the preceding evening +trimming it and placing around its base inexpensive gifts of a joking +nature for one another and the Doctor and Miss Tabitha and the two +instructors who were there. + +Laurie and Ned had exchanged presents with each other and had received +several from home, not the least welcome of which was a check from their +father. And they had bought small gifts for George and Bob. Also, though +you needn't tell it around school, Laurie had purchased a most +odoriferous and ornate bottle of perfume for Polly! So when, shortly +after breakfast, Ned suggested that Laurie take Bob's present over to +him, Laurie evinced entire willingness to perform the errand. That he +carried not one gift but two in his pockets was, however, beyond Ned's +knowledge. A cheerful whistling from the back of the house drew Laurie +past the front entrance, and he found Bob, attired in any but festal +garments, swinging open the bulkhead doors. A pair of old gray trousers +and a disreputable brown sweater formed most of his costume. At sight of +Laurie he gave a joyful whoop. + +"Merry Christmas!" he called. "I was going over to see you in a minute. +Thomas is in bed with a cold or something, and I'm furnace-man and +general factotle--" + +"Factotum, you mean," laughed Laurie. + +"All right! As you fellows say, what do I care? I don't own it. Now +you're here, you can just give me a hand with this load of junk. Dad +says it doesn't look shipshape for Christmas." Bob indicated more than a +dozen paint-cans, empty, partly empty, or unopened, and a mess of +brushes, paddles, and rags that they had set there last evening. "I +suppose a lot of these might as well be thrown away, but we'll dump the +whole caboodle down in the cellar for now." + +"All right," agreed Laurie. "First, though, here's something that Ned +and I thought you might like. It isn't anything much, you know, Bob; +just a--a trinket." + +"For me?" Bob took the little packet, and removed the paper and then the +lid, disclosing a pair of silver cuff-links lying in a nest of +cotton-wool. As Laurie said, they weren't much, but they were neat and +the jeweler had made a very good job of the three plain block letters, +R. D. S., that he had engraved on them. "Gee, they're corking!" +exclaimed Bob, with unmistakable sincerity. "I needed them, too, Nod. I +lost one of a pair just the other day, and--" + +"I know you did. That's why we got those." + +"Well, I'm awfully much obliged. They're great. I've got a couple of +little things upstairs for you chaps. They aren't nearly so nice as +these, but I'll get 'em--" + +"Wait till we finish this job," said Laurie. "Grab a handful and come +on. Is Thomas very sick?" + +"I guess not," replied Bob, as he followed the other down the steps. "He +ate some breakfast, but aunt thought he'd better stay in bed. I had a +great time with the furnace this morning. Got up at half-past six and +shoveled coal to beat the band!" + +"Where do you want to put these?" asked Laurie. + +"Anywhere, I guess. Hold on; let's dump 'em on the shelves in the closet +there. Then they'll be out of the way. Some day we'll clean the cans all +out, and maybe we'll get enough to paint that arbor we're going to +build. Here you are." + +Bob led the way to a small room built against the rear wall of the big +cellar. Designed for a preserve closet, its shelves had probably long +been empty of aught save dust, and the door, wide open, hung from one +hinge. It was some six feet broad and perhaps five feet deep, built of +matched boards. Before Bob entered the cobwebby doorway with his load of +cans, its only contents were an accumulation of empty preserve-jars in a +wooden box set on the cement floor beneath a lower shelf at the back. +There were eight shelves across the rear wall, divided in the center by +a vertical board into two tiers. Bob placed his load on a lower shelf +and Laurie put his on the shelf above. As he drew away he noticed that +the shelf appeared to have worked out from the boards at the back, and +he gave it a blow on the edge with the flat of one hand. It slipped back +into place, but, to his surprise, it came forward again an inch or two, +and all the other shelves in that tier came with it! + +"Hey!" said Laurie, startled. + +Bob, at the doorway, turned. "What's the matter?" he asked. + +"Nothing, only--" Laurie took hold of the shelf above the loosened one +and pulled. It yielded a little, and so did the other shelves and the +rear wall of the cubicle, but it was only a matter of less than an inch. +Bob, at his side, looked on interestedly. + +"That's funny," he said. "Push on it." + +Laurie pushed, and the tier went back a couple of inches. "Looks like +this side was separate from the rest," said Laurie. "What's the idea of +having it come out like that?" + +"Search me!" answered Bob. "Pull it toward you again and let me have a +look." A second later he exclaimed: "The whole side is loose, Nod, but +it can't come out because the ends of the shelves strike this partition +board! Try it again!" Laurie obeyed, moving the tier back and forth +three or four times as far as it would go. Bob shook his head in +puzzlement, his gaze roving around the dim interior. Then, "Look here," +he said. "The shelves on the side aren't on a level with the back ones, +Nod." + +"What of it?" + +"Nothing, maybe; only, if the back swung out the side shelves wouldn't +stop it! See what I mean?" + +"Not exactly. Anyhow, it doesn't swing out, so what's the--" + +"Hold on!" Bob sprang forward and seized the edge of a shelf in the +right-hand tier close to the partition board, and pulled. It readily +yielded an inch, but no more. + +"Wait!" Laurie bent and pulled aside the box of jars. "Now!" + +Then, as Bob tugged, to their amazement the right-hand tier swung toward +them, its lower edge scraping on the cement floor, and the left-hand +tier swung with it, the whole back wall of the closet, shelves and all, +opening toward them like a pair of double doors! + +"Gee!" whispered Laurie. "What do you suppose--" + +"Pull them wide open and let's find out," said Bob recklessly. + +When the two sides were open as far as they would go, there was an +aperture between them some three feet wide. Beyond it was darkness, +though, as they gazed, the stones of the cellar wall took shape dimly. +Then Laurie seized Bob's arm. + +"Look!" he whispered excitedly. Behind, where the left-hand tier of +shelves had stood, was a blacker patch about three feet high by two feet +wide, which, as they stared in fascination, evolved itself into an +opening in the wall. + +"Know what I think?" asked Bob, in low tones. "I think we've found the +miser's hiding-place, Nod!" + +"Honest? Maybe it's just a--a drain or something. Got a match?" + +"There are some over by the furnace. Hold your horses!" Bob hurried out, +and was back in a moment and was standing at the opening between the +doors with a lighted match held toward the opening in the wall. As the +little light grew they saw that the stones of the wall had been removed +from a space of a foot above the floor and three feet high and some two +feet wide. Around the opening so made cement had been applied in the +form of a smooth casing. + +The match flickered and went out, and in the succeeding gloom the two +boys stared at each other with wide eyes. + +"Would you dare go in there?" asked Laurie. + +"Sure! Why not? It can't be anything but a sort of cave underground. +Wait till I get a candle." + +"A lantern would be better," suggested Laurie, viewing the hole +dubiously. + +"That's so, and there's one here somewhere. I noticed it the other day." +Bob's voice came from the cellar beyond, and Laurie heard him walking +around out there. Then, "I've got it!" Bob called. "There's oil in it, +too! Now we'll have a look!" + +Laurie heard the chimney of the lantern squeak as it was forced up and +then drop into place again. Then a wan light came toward the closet, and +Bob appeared, triumphant and excited. "Wait till I turn it up a bit. +There we are! Come on!" + +They passed through between the doors, Bob leading, and stooped before +the hole in the wall. Bob held the lantern inside, and Laurie peered +over his shoulder. "Gee, it's high," whispered the latter. + +"Yes, and it isn't a cave at all; it's a tunnel!" said Bob, in awed +tones. "What do you say?" + +"I'll go, if you will," replied Laurie, stoutly; and without much +enthusiasm Bob ducked his head and crawled through. Past the two-foot +wall was a passage, more than head-high and about a yard in width, stone +walled and arched, that led straight ahead farther than the light of the +lantern penetrated. The walls were dry, but the earthen floor was damp +to the touch. There was a musty odor, though the air in there seemed +fresh. + +"Where do you suppose it goes to?" asked Bob, in a hushed voice. + +"I can't imagine. But it runs straight back from the cellar, and so it +must pass under the garden. Let's--let's go on, Bob." + +"Sure! Only I thought we were going to find old Coventry's treasure!" + +"How do you know we aren't?" asked Laurie. + +"That's so! Maybe he buried it under the garden." Their footfalls +sounded clearly on the hard-packed earth floor as they went ahead. +Suddenly Bob, in the lead, uttered an exclamation, and Laurie jumped a +foot and then hurried forward to where the other was standing. Beside +him, its point buried in the floor of the tunnel, was the lost crowbar! + +"What do you know?" gasped Bob. "We're under the farther end of the +arbor. That bar came through between those stones up here." He touch the +crevice in the arched roof with a finger. "See the dirt it brought down +with it? Well, that explains that mystery!" + +"Yes, but--where does this thing go to, Bob?" + +"Let's find out. It can't go much farther, because the arbor was only +about forty feet from the back fence." + +But they went that forty feet and perhaps forty more before the wavering +light of the lantern showed them a stout wooden door across their path. +Formed of two-inch planking and strengthened with three broad cleats, it +was hinged to a frame of concrete. It wasn't a big door, but it looked +very formidable to the two boys who stood there and viewed it dubiously +in the yellow glare of the lantern; for a big square iron lock held it +firmly in place. + +"Guess we don't go any farther," said Bob, dryly. + +"Maybe the key's here somewhere," Laurie suggested; and, although Bob +scoffed at the suggestion, they searched thoroughly but without success. + +"We could bust it," Bob said; "only maybe we haven't any right to." + +"I don't see why not, Bob. We discovered it. Let's!" + +"We-ell, but one of us'll have to go for a hammer or something." + +"Sure; I'll go." + +"And leave me here in the dark? I guess not!" + +"We'll both go, then. Hold on! What's the matter with the crowbar?" + +"Of course! I never thought of that! I'll fetch it!" The light receded +down the tunnel until it was small and dim, and Laurie, left alone in +front of the mysterious portal, felt none too happy. Of course there was +nothing to be afraid of, but he was awfully glad when the light drew +nearer again and Bob returned. "You hold this," directed Bob, "and I'll +give it a couple of whacks." + +Laurie took the lantern, and Bob brought the bar down smartly on the +lock. Probably it was old and rusty, for it broke into pieces under the +blow, and in another instant they had thrust the heavy bolt back. Then +Bob took a long breath and pulled the door toward them. The hinges +squeaked loudly, startlingly, in the silence. Before them lay darkness, +and Laurie, leaning past the doorway, raised the lantern high. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV--A MERRY CHRISTMAS + + +"Guess Laurie got lost," grumbled Ned, kicking one foot against the step +and looking across the yard. + +George laughed. "Guess you could find him if you went as far as the +Widow's, Nid." + +"Well, he ought to be back. It's nearly time for the tree, isn't it?" +Characteristically, Ned saved himself the trouble of determining the +matter for himself, and it was George who looked at his watch. + +"There's 'most an hour yet. Let's go and have a look for him. He and Bob +are probably at Polly's." + +But they didn't get as far as Polly's just then, for when they reached +the corner they descried Laurie tearing along the side yard of the +Coventry place. At sight of them he moderated his speed slightly and +began to shout, waving both hands in a quite demented manner. + +"What's he saying?" asked George. "What's wrong?" + +"Wants us to hurry," grumbled Ned. "We are hurrying, you idiot!" he +continued, raising his voice. But he hurried faster, George at his +heels, and met Laurie at the front gate. + +"What's your trouble?" he demanded. "House on fire? Bob got the croup? +What is it? Can't you talk?" + +"Can't tell you," panted Laurie. "You've got to see--for yourself! Come +on!" + +He seized Ned by one arm, and pulled him away and around the house and +down the bulkhead steps, George loping after them. In the cellar stood +Bob, disreputable in his old clothes and adorned with dust and cobwebs, +a lighted lantern in one hand. + +"Has he told you?" he cried, as the others piled down the stairs. + +"Told me? He hasn't told anything," gasped Ned, shaking himself free at +last. "What is it?" + +Bob laughed loudly and gleefully. "Then come on!" he shouted. He dashed +into the preserve closet, Ned, George, and Laurie at his heels, passed +from sight for an instant, and was seen again crawling through a hole in +the wall. Ned and George showered questions as they pattered along the +tunnel, but all they received in reply was insane laughter and a +meaningless, breathless jumble of words. And then they were at the +farther portal, and Bob led the way through, and they followed. + +They found themselves in a small cellar-like compartment scarcely four +paces square. It was windowless, although, close to the raftered ceiling +in the rear wall, two oblongs of brick set in the stone showed where at +some time small windows had been. The floor was paved with flat stones. +In one corner, the only objects there, were a small iron chest, its lid +swung open and back, and a crowbar. The newcomers stared in amazement, +the truth slowly dawning on them. It was Laurie who spoke first. + +"Go and look!" he said excitedly. + +Ned and George obeyed. Within the chest lay four fat, heavy brownish +envelopes, bound and tied with pink tape. + +"Take one out and open it," said Bob over Ned's shoulder. + +Ned picked up one. Across one end was written in scrawly characters the +inscription "Gov't." + +"'Government,'" explained Laurie, softly. "It's full of United States +bonds. Nearly a dozen of them. Have a look." + +"Geewhillikins!" breathed Ned, in awe, as he drew the folded contents +into the light. "Old Coventry's, do you mean?" + +"Of course! Whose else? And there are three more lots. We haven't +figured them up yet, but there must be fifty thousand dollars' worth!" + +"Maybe they're no good," offered George. + +"How do you mean, no good?" asked Ned indignantly. "United States bonds +are always good!" + +"Well, the others--" + +"They're railroad bonds, all of them, three different lots," said Bob. +"I guess they're all right, too, don't you, Ned?" + +"Right as rain! Why, the old codger--What's that?" he asked suddenly, +looking ceiling-ward. Laurie laughed. + +"That's what we wondered," he answered. "We jumped when we heard it +first. Don't you know where you are?" + +Ned looked around him and shook his head. + +"Under the Widow Deane's house!" + +"Wha-at! But Polly said there wasn't any cellar!" + +"She doesn't know any better. Look above you. See where the stairway +went? The old chap must have torn it away and boarded the hole up; and +bricked up the windows, too. It must have cost him a pretty penny to do +all this!" + +"What--what are you going to do with it?" asked George, pointing to the +chest. + +"Why, hand it over to the lawyers, whoever they are, I suppose," +answered Bob. "But first of all we're going to take those bonds and dump +them into the Widow's lap. I always said I'd hand it all over to her, +when I found it. I never thought I would find it, but I have--or Laurie +has, because if he hadn't noticed that the shelves were loose we never +would--" + +"Besides," interrupted George, "she comes in for a share of the money. +Come on, fellows! Let's do it now! Gee, it will be some Christmas +present!" + +"Won't it? Let's each one take a package," said Laurie. "We'll leave +everything just as it is for the lawyer folks. Come on!" + +"Say, fellows, there's an awfully funny smell down here," observed +George. "Sort of--sort of sweet, like--like violets or something. Notice +it?" + +"Yes, I noticed it before I got in here, though," said Ned. "Wonder what +it is." + +"Oh, places like this get to smelling funny after they've been shut up +for a while," said Bob. "And I guess this place hasn't been opened for +two years, eh?" + +"Of course not; not since old Coventry died. Just the same, it's a +mighty funny odor." And George sniffed again perplexedly. Laurie, who +had withdrawn to the door, unconsciously placed a hand in one jacket +pocket, where, within a crushed cardboard box, some fragments of glass +were all that remained of Polly's present! In prying open the lid of the +chest he had brought the end of the crowbar against that pocket, and now +the purchase was only a memory, albeit a fragrant one. + +Some three minutes later four flushed-faced and very joyous youths burst +into the Widow Deane's shop. To the jangling of the little bell in the +back room Polly appeared, a very pretty, bright-eyed Polly this morning +in a new Christmas dress. + +"Merry Christmas!" she cried. "Merry Christmas, Nid! Merry Christmas, +Bob! Merry Christmas, George! Merry Christmas, Nod!" + +Perhaps Laurie should have felt hurt that his own greeting had come +last; but he wasn't, for a glance went with it that hadn't accompanied +the others. But, although the boys answered the greetings in chorus, it +was apparent to Polly that they were there for another purpose than to +wish her a Merry Christmas. + +"Where's your mother!" demanded Bob. + +"In there." Polly pointed to the back room, and without ceremony the +four filed past and into the little living-room. Mrs. Deane was seated +in a rocker, her spectacles pushed down on her nose, a paper across her +knees, and her eyes fixed in smiling inquiry on the doorway. + +Bob led the way. On the outspread paper he laid a brown envelop. "Wish +you a Merry Christmas, ma'am," he said. + +Laurie followed, deposited his envelop beside Bob's, repeated the +greeting, and drew aside to make way for Nod and George. The Widow +looked inquiringly from the stout envelops to the boys, smiling +tolerantly the while. Boys were always up to pranks, and she liked them, +boys and pranks both! + +"What are these?" she asked, finally, when the fourth envelop lay in her +lap. + +Polly, looking over her shoulder, gasped as she read the writing on one +of the packets, and her eyes, as round as round, looked across at +Laurie. + +"_Nod! They aren't--You haven't--_" + +"Yes, they are!" cried Laurie. "Look and see for yourself! Open them, +Mrs. Deane!" + + * * * * * + +Ten minutes later, when the first excitement had somewhat subsided, +Polly clapped her hands. + +"Why," she cried, "now we know what those sounds were we used to hear, +Mama! They were Uncle Peter down there in the cellar! They were his +footsteps! And only a little while ago I thought I heard sounds sort of +like them! And that must have been you boys!" + +"Of course," agreed Bob. "And we could hear you folks up here quite +plainly. There goes my last hope of catching a ghost!" + +"How many are there to share in the money, Mrs. Deane?" asked George. + +"Dear me, I'm not quite sure." She looked inquiringly over her +spectacles at Polly. "Weren't there seven, dear?" + +"Eight, Mama." + +"Well, even then it isn't so bad" said George. "One eighth of +sixty-two-thousand--" + +"Seven thousand seven hundred and fifty," announced Laurie, promptly. +"And the bonds may be worth more than we figured, ma'am!" + +"Well, I'm sure," answered Mrs. Deane, "seven thousand dollars is seven +times more money than I ever expected to see! I shan't know what to do +with it." She looked quite alarmed and helpless for a moment, but Polly +patted her shoulder reassuringly. + +"You must invest it, dearest, and then you won't have to keep this place +any longer, because when I go to work--" + +But, instead of vanishing, the Widow Deane's alarm increased. "Oh, I +couldn't give up the store, Polly!" she gasped. "Why--why, what would I +do with myself all day?" + +"Yes'm that's so!" declared Ned, heartily. "Gee, you couldn't do that! +Why, we wouldn't have any place to buy cream-puffs!" + +"I guess I would keep on with the store," Mrs. Deane concluded, when the +laughter had subsided. "I'm afraid I'd never be very happy if I didn't +have you boys around. Well, it's certainly very wonderful, isn't it, +Polly?" + +"It's--it's heavenly!" declared Polly. "This is just the most beautiful +Christmas there ever was or ever will be! And I don't see how we can +ever thank you all for finding--" + +"Gosh!" exclaimed Laurie. "The Doctor's tree, fellows! We'll have to +beat it! We'll leave the bonds here until to-morrow--eh?" + +"But I want to see the tunnel and--and everything!" cried Polly. + +"That's so! We'll come over after dinner. Come on, fellows! Neddie, come +away from those tarts!" + +"I was only looking," sighed Ned. + +Mrs. Deane and Polly went with them to the door. Down the street the +deep-toned bell in the Congregational church was ringing, and, farther +away, other bells were joining in a chorus of glad triumph. Mrs. Deane, +listening, held a very happy look in her face. On the sidewalk, Ned and +Laurie dropped behind their companions, paused, and faced the doorway. +There was a quick exchange of glances between them, and then, bowing, +Ned began and Laurie finished: + + "A Merry Christmas and well-filled bins," + "Is the hearty wish of the Turner Twins!" + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + +***** This file should be named 37209-8.txt or 37209-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/2/0/37209/ + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/37209-8.zip b/old/37209-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f85711 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/37209-8.zip diff --git a/old/37209-h.zip b/old/37209-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..38e0278 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/37209-h.zip diff --git a/old/37209.txt b/old/37209.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..717796e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/37209.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7592 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Turner Twins + +Author: Ralph Henry Barbour + +Illustrator: C. M. Relyea + +Release Date: August 26, 2011 [EBook #37209] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + + + + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + +[Illustration: Through the secret door] + + + + + THE + TURNER TWINS + + BY + RALPH HENRY BARBOUR + + Author of "The Crimson Sweater," "Harry's Island," + "Team-Mates," etc. + + ILLUSTRATED BY + C. M. RELYEA + + NEW YORK + THE CENTURY CO. + 1922 + + + + + Copyright, 1921, 1922, by + The Century Co. + + PRINTED IN THE U. S. A. + + + + + CONTENTS + + CHAPTER PAGE + I Introduces a Pair of Shoes 3 + II The Girl in the White Middy 13 + III Cakes and Ale 28 + IV Kewpie Starts Something 37 + V In the Performance of Duty 52 + VI Ned is Firm 61 + VII High School Accepts Defeat 70 + VIII In the Miser's House 84 + IX Laurie Hears News 98 + X Polly Entertains 110 + XI Ned Speaks Out 120 + XII The Committee on Arrangements 130 + XIII Ned Gets into the Game 141 + XIV The Fete 154 + XV Ned Has an Idea 170 + XVI Polly Tells a Spook Story 179 + XVII Laurie Makes a Protest 190 + XVIII Before the Battle 201 + XIX Ned is Missing 213 + XX For the Honor of the Turners 223 + XXI The Understudy 238 + XXII The Boys Make a Present 250 + XXIII The Secret Passage 262 + XXIV A Merry Christmas 272 + + + + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + + LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS + +Through the secret door Frontispiece + +"Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!" 36 + +"But don't you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?" asked Polly 136 + +"Turner. Guess he's going to kick a goal for 'em." 240 + + + + +THE TURNER TWINS + + + + +CHAPTER I--INTRODUCES A PAIR OF HEROES + + +"Jail," said the boy in the gray flannels. + +"School," pronounced the boy in the blue serge. + +"Bet you!" + +"No, sir, you owe me ten cents now. You didn't pay up the last time." + +"It's wrong to bet for money, Ned." + +The other set down the suitcase he was carrying and scoffed. "Yes, when +you lose," he observed, with deep sarcasm. "That's thirty-five cents you +owe me. You bet in Chicago that--" + +"That debt's outlawed. Chicago's in Michigan--" + +"Bet you!" + +"And this is New York, and so--" + +"Mighty good thing Dad sent you to school, Laurie. Chicago's in +Illinois, you ignoramus." + +"Is it? Well, who cares?" Laurence Stenman Turner had also deposited the +bag he was carrying on the brick sidewalk and was applying a +lavender-bordered handkerchief to a moist brow. "Just the same, that's a +jail." + +"If that's a jail, I'll eat my hat," declared the other, + +"It's not a school, though, and that's flat," was the prompt retort. + +"Huh, that was an easy one!" Edward Anderson Turner retreated to a +flat-topped stone wall bordering a well-shaded lawn and seated himself +with a sigh of relief. His companion followed suit. Behind them, grass +and trees and flower beds made a pleasant setting for a square gray +house, half hidden from the street. Overhead a horse-chestnut tree +spread low branches across the sidewalk. The quiet village street +ascended gently, curving as it went, empty in both directions. Somewhere +on a neighboring thoroughfare a scissors-grinder was punctuating the +silence with the musical _ding--dang--dong_ of bells. In a near-by tree +a locust was making his shrill clatter. Across the way, the subject of +contention, stood a large red-brick edifice, stone trimmed, many +windowed, costly and unlovely. The boys viewed it silently. Then their +glances fell to the two black suitcases on the curbing. + +"How far did that hombre say it was to the school?" asked Ned Turner, +after a minute of silence. + +"Three quarters of a mile." + +"How far have we walked already?" + +"Mile and a half." + +"Consequently?" + +"Said hombre was a li--was unvoracious." + +"Un-_ver_-acious is the word, old son." + +"What do we care? We don't own it," replied Laurie, cheerfully. "Want to +go on?" + +Ned shook his head slowly. "What time have you got?" he asked. + +"What time do you want?" was the flippant response. + +With a sigh, Ned pulled back his left sleeve and looked at his watch. +"It's only about a quarter to twelve. We don't have to get there until +six if we don't want to." + +"I know, but I couldn't sit on this wall all that time! Besides, what +about lunch?" + +"I'm not very hungry," was the sad reply. + +"That's the trouble with having your breakfast late." + +"That's the trouble with eating two plates of griddle-cakes, you mean," +retorted Laurie. "Anyway, I'm hungry if you're not. Let's go." + +But he made no move, and they continued to dangle their shoes from the +wall and gaze lazily across the shady street. The scissors-grinder's +chime died in the distance. Farther down the street the whirring of a +lawn-mower competed with the locust. + +"Upon a wall they sat them down," murmured Ned, turning a challenging +look on his companion. + +"Lost in the wilds of Orstead Town," added Laurie. + +Ned nodded mild approval and once more silence held. + +Save that one was dressed in gray and the other in blue, the two boys +were strikingly alike. Each was slim of body and round of face, with +red-brown hair and a short, slightly impertinent nose. Ned's eyes were a +trifle bluer than Laurie's and he had the advantage--if advantage it +was--of some five pounds of weight. But neither of these facts was +apparent at first glance. Faces and hands were well browned and the pair +looked extremely healthy. They were dressed neatly, with perhaps more +attention to detail than is usual in lads of their age, their attire +terminating at one end in well-polished brown shoes and at the other in +immaculate black derbies. Their age was fifteen years, three months, and +eleven days. Which, of course, leads you to the correct conclusion that +they were twins. + +"Maybe," hazarded Laurie, presently, "we've lost our way." + +"Don't just see how we could," Ned objected. "The old chap at the +station said we were to keep right along up Walnut Street. This is still +Walnut Street, isn't it?" + +"I suppose so." Laurie's glance strayed right and left. "Must be; I +don't see any walnuts." + +"Guess the only 'nuts' are right here. Come on, let 's hit the trail +again." Ned slid to his feet and took up his burden. "Why the dickens we +didn't take that carriage the fellow wanted to sell us is more than I +see." + +"'Cause we needed the exercise. Also, 'cause we're down to a dollar and +fourteen cents between us--unless you 're holding out." + +"Well, I'm not!" replied Ned, indignantly. "I paid for the breakfasts in +New York--" + +"And I paid for dinner on the diner last night--" + +"Who said you didn't?" They went on leisurely, and presently Ned +continued: "Say, suppose we don't like this ranch after we get +there--then what, old son?" + +Laurie considered thoughtfully. Then, "Two things we can do," he +pronounced. "No, three. We can put up with it, change it to suit us, or +leave it." + +"Leave it! Yes, we can! On a dollar and fourteen cents?" + +"We'll have nearly twenty more when we cash Dad's check and pay the term +bill. Twenty dollars would take us back to New York and buy a lot of +griddle-cakes, anyway." + +Laurie's voice was partly drowned by a small delivery automobile that +dashed into sight at a corner ahead and sped by with a clamor worthy of +a four-ton truck. The brothers looked after it interestedly. "That's the +first sign of life we've seen," said Ned. "Say, I do wish this street +would stop twisting this way. First thing we know, we'll be back at the +station!" + +"Bet you I'd hop the first freight then. I've got a hunch that we're not +going to care for Hillman's School." + +"Speak for yourself. I am. I like this town, too. It's pretty." + +"Oh, it's pretty enough," grumbled Laurie, "but it went to sleep about a +century ago and hasn't waked up since. Here's somebody coming; let's ask +where the school is." + +"It's just a girl." + +"What of it? She probably knows." + +The girl appeared to be of about their own age and wore a white middy +dress with black trimming and a scarlet tie knotted below a V of +sun-browned throat. She wore no hat and her dark hair was gathered into +a single braid. As she drew near she gave the boys a quick glance of +appraisal from a pair of gravely friendly brown eyes. It was Ned who +shifted his suitcase to his left hand and raised his derby. It was +always Ned who spoke first; after that, they alternated scrupulously. + +"Would you please tell us where Hillman's School is?" he asked. + +The girl stopped and her somewhat serious face lighted with a smile. +"It's right there," she replied, and nodded. + +The boys turned to the blankness of a high privet hedge behind an iron +fence. The girl laughed softly. "Behind the hedge, I mean," she +explained. "The gate is a little way around the corner there, on Summit +Street." + +"Oh," said Laurie. That laugh was contagious, and he grinned in +response. "A man at the station told us it was only three quarters of a +mile, but we've been walking for hours!" + +"I guess it's nearer a mile than three quarters," answered the girl, +slowly. She appeared to be giving the matter very serious consideration +and two little thoughtful creases appeared above her nose, a small, +straight nose that was bridged by a sprinkling of freckles. Then the +smile came again. "Maybe it did seem longer, though," she acknowledged, +"for it's uphill all the way; and then, you had your bags. You're new +boys, aren't you?" + +Ned acknowledged it, adding, "Think we'll like it?" + +The girl seemed genuinely surprised. "Why, of course! Every one likes +it. What a perfectly funny idea!" + +"Well," said Laurie, defensively, "we've never tried boarding-school +before, you see. Dad didn't know anything about Hillman's, either. He +chose it on account of the way the advertisement read in a magazine. +Something about 'a moderate discipline rigidly enforced.'" + +The girl laughed again. (She had a jolly sort of laugh, they decided.) +"You're--you're twins, aren't you?" she asked. + +"He is," replied Ned, gravely. + +"Why--why, aren't you both?" Her brown eyes grew very round and the +little lines creased her nose again. + +"It's this way," explained Laurie. "Ned was born first, and so, as there +was only one of him, he wasn't a twin. Then I came, and that made two of +us, and I was a twin. You see, don't you? It's really quite plain." + +The girl shook her head slowly in puzzlement. "I--I'm afraid I don't," +she answered apologetically. "You _must_ be twins--both of you, I +mean--because you both look just like both--I mean, each other!" Then +she caught the sparkle of mischief in Ned's blue eyes and laughed. Then +they all laughed. After which they seemed suddenly to be very good +friends, such good friends that Laurie abandoned custom and spoke out of +turn. + +"I suppose you know a lot of the fellows," he said. + +The girl shook her head. "N--no, not any, really. Of course, I see most +of them when they come to Mother's, but she doesn't like me to--to +_know_ them." + +"Of course not," approved Ned. "She's dead right, too. They're a pretty +poor lot, I guess." + +"Oh, no, they're not, really! Only, you see--" She stopped, and then +went on a trifle breathlessly: "I guess she wouldn't be awfully pleased +if she saw me now! I--I hope you'll like the school." + +She nodded and went on. + +"Thanks," called Laurie. "If we don't like it, we'll change it. +Good-by." + +"Nice kid," observed Ned, tolerantly, as they turned the corner of the +hedge. "Wonder who she is. She said most of the fellows went to her +mother's. Maybe her mother gives dancing lessons or something, eh?" + +"If she does, she won't see me," responded his brother, firmly. "No +dancing for mine." + +"Maybe it's compulsory." + +"Maybe it's esthetic," retorted Laurie, derisively. "It makes no never +mind. I'm agin it. This must be the place. Yes, there's a sign." + +It was a very modest sign a-swing from a rustic post beside a broad +entrance giving on to a well-kept drive. "Hillman's School--Entrance +Only," it read. Laurie stopped in pretended alarm and laid a detaining +clutch on Ned's shoulder. + +"'Entrance Only'! Sounds as if we couldn't ever get out again, Ned! Do +you dare?" + +Ned looked doubtfully through at the curving drive and the red-brick +building that showed beyond the border of trees and shrubbery. Then he +threw back his shoulders and set foot bravely within. + +"Come, comrade, let us know the worst!" + +Laurie, with a gesture of resignation, followed. + +"What you durst I will likewise durst!" + + + + +CHAPTER II--THE GIRL IN THE WHITE MIDDY + + +When Doctor John Hyde Hillman started a modest school for boys, on the +bank of the Hudson River, at Orstead, the town barely crept to the one +brick building that contained dormitory and recitation-rooms. But that +was nearly twenty years ago, and to-day the place is no longer isolated, +but stands well inside the residence section of the village. There are +four buildings, occupying most of an unusually large block. School Hall, +four stories in height, is a red-brick, slate-roofed edifice, whose +unloveliness has been mercifully hidden by ivy. It faces Summit Street +and contains the class-rooms, the offices, and, at one end, the +principal's quarters. Flanking it are the two dormitories, East Hall and +West Hall. These, while of brick too, are modern and far more +attractive. Each contains sleeping-rooms to accommodate forty students, +two masters' studies, a recreation-hall, dining-room, kitchen, and +service-rooms. Behind East Hall is the gymnasium, a picturesque +structure of random-set stone, gray stucco, and much glass. Here, +besides the gymnasium proper, is an auditorium of good size, a modest +swimming-tank, locker-room and baths, and a commodious office presided +over by Mr. Wells, the physical director. From the gymnasium steps one +looks across an attractive, well-kept quadrangle of shaded turf, +vegetable and flower gardens, and tennis-courts. + +Doctor Hillman occupies an apartment at the west end of the School Hall, +gained from the building by way of the school offices, and from without +by way of a wide porch, vine screened in summer and glassed in winter, +an outdoor living-room where, on seasonable Friday afternoons, the +doctor's maiden sister, Miss Tabitha, who keeps house for him, serves +weak tea and layer-cake to all comers. Miss Tabitha, I regret to say, is +known among the boys as "Tabby," with, however, no more intention of +disrespect than in alluding to the doctor as "Johnny." Miss Tabitha's +thin body holds a warm heart, and her somewhat stern countenance belies +her kindly ways. + +On this fifteenth day of September, shortly after twelve o'clock, Miss +Tabitha was seated on the vine-shaded porch in an erect and +uncompromising attitude, her knitting-needles clicking busily. Near by, +but a few moments before released from the office, the doctor was +stretched in a long wicker chair, a morning paper before him. At the +other end of the porch, a gate-legged table was spread for the mid-day +meal, and a middle-aged colored woman--who, when it pleased her, +answered to the name of Aunt Persis--shuffled in and out of sight at +intervals. It was Miss Tabitha who, hearing the sound of steps on the +walk, peered over her glasses and broke the silence. + +"Two more of the boys are coming, John," she announced. + +The doctor grunted. + +"I think they are new boys. Yes, I am sure they are. And bless my soul, +John, they're alike as two peas!" + +"Alike?" The doctor rustled the paper to indicate interest. "Well, why +shouldn't they be? Probably they're brothers. Let me see, weren't those +two boys from California brothers? Of course. Turner's the name." + +"Well, I never saw two boys so much alike in all my born days," Miss +Tabitha marveled. "Do you suppose they can be twins, John?" + +"It's quite within the realm of probability," was the reply. "I believe +that twins do occur occasionally, even in the--er--best-regulated +families." + +"Well, they certainly _are_ twins!" Miss Tabitha laid down her work, +brushed the front of her immaculate dress, and prepared to rise. "I +suppose I had better go and meet them," she added. + +"I don't see the necessity for it, my dear," the doctor protested. +"Cummins may, I think, be relied on to deal even with--er--twins." + +"Of course; but--still--California's such a long way--and they may feel +strange--or lonesome--" + +The doctor laughed gently. "Then by all means go, my dear. If you like, +have them out here for a few minutes. If the resemblance between them is +as striking as you seem to think, they must be worth seeing." + +When Miss Tabitha had tripped into the house, the doctor dropped his +paper, stretched luxuriously, and, with a sigh of protest, sat up. He +was several years younger than his sister--which is to say, in the +neighborhood of forty-seven. He was a smallish man, compactly built, +with a pleasant countenance on which a carefully-trimmed Vandyke beard +made up to an extent for the lack of hair above. He wore shell-rimmed +glasses and was very near-sighted, a fact emphasized by his manner of +thrusting his head forward to eke out the deficiencies of his lenses. +This trick was apparent a minute later when, following in the tripping +footsteps of Miss Tabitha, the two boys emerged on the porch. They were +amazingly alike, the doctor decided: same height, same breadth at hip +and shoulder, same coloring, same leisurely, yet confident, ease of +movement, same expression of lively curiosity twinkling through an +almost depressingly respectful solemnity. + +"These are the Turner boys," announced Miss Tabitha. "This is Edward and +this is--" She halted to look doubtfully from one to the other. "Or--or +perhaps _this_ is Edward and--Dear me!" + +"I'm Edward, ma'am," said the boy in blue. + +"Well, I don't see how you can ever be _certain_ of it!" sighed Miss +Tabitha, doubtfully. "This is Doctor Hillman." + +They shook hands, and in a moment the boys found themselves seated side +by side and replying to the doctor's questions. + +"You are entering with certificates from your high school principal, I +believe, young gentlemen. What year were you?" + +"Second, sir," answered Ned. + +"And your home is in--" + +"Santa Lucia, sir," replied Laurie. + +"California," added Ned. + +"Well, you're quite a ways from home. Did you make the trip alone?" + +"Yes, sir. Dad was coming with us as far as Chicago, but something +happened so he couldn't. We didn't have any trouble, though." + +"Really? Well, I believe you have the distinction of residing farther +away than any of your fellows here. I don't recall any one who lives as +far away as California; do you, sister?" + +Miss Tabitha looked doubtful and hesitated an instant before she +replied, "George Watson comes from Wyoming, I think, John." + +"So he does," assented the doctor, gravely; "but measured in a straight +line, my dear, California is slightly farther than Wyoming." + +"Is it?" asked Miss Tabitha, untroubled. "I never could remember where +those western States are." + +"You remember many more important things, however. My sister, boys, +fancied that she detected a certain resemblance between you, and even +surmised that you might be--er--twins. Doubtless she's mistaken." + +"No, sir," answered Ned, more than a trace of surprise in his voice. "I +mean, we are twins, sir." + +"Why, now that's interesting! Looking closer--" the doctor leaned +forward and craned his head--"I believe I detect a certain slight +similarity myself!" + +There was a perceptible twinkle behind the glasses and Laurie dared a +laugh, in which the doctor and Ned joined, while Miss Tabitha murmured: +"Well! I should think you _might_!" + +"I hope you are both going to like the school," continued the doctor. +"Of course, you'll find our ways a little different, but we'll try to +make you feel at home. You are the first representatives of your State +who have attended our school, and I trust that both in conduct and +industry you will bring honor to it. Mr. Cornish, your hall master, will +advise you in all matters pertaining to your studies, Other questions +may be taken to Mr. Cummins, the school secretary, whom you have +doubtless already met. But I want you always to feel at perfect liberty +to come to me at any time on any matter at all. And," added the doctor, +with a twinkle, "if we fail you, there is still my sister, who, I assure +you, possesses more wisdom than all of us." + +Miss Tabitha acknowledged the compliment with a little wry smile, and +Ned and Laurie arose. + +"Yes, sir," said the former. + +"Thank you, sir," said Laurie. + +"Luncheon is served at one in West Hall," continued the doctor. "That's +the dormitory behind you there. Beginning with supper to-night, you will +take your meals in your own hall, but only a few of the students have +arrived as yet, and so only one dining-room is open. I'm very glad to +have met you, young gentlemen. Mr. Cummins will direct you to your room. +Good morning." + +Five minutes later, the Turner twins set their suitcases down on the +floor of Number 16 East Hall and looked about them. Number 16 was not +palatial as to size, but it was big enough to hold comfortably the two +single beds, the study-table, the two narrow chiffoniers, and the four +chairs that made up its furnishing. There was a generous-sized closet at +each side of the door, and two windows set close together between the +beds. Under the windows was a wide seat, lacking only pillows to make it +inviting. From the casements the boys looked over or through the topmost +branches of the maples that lined Washington Street and followed Summit +Street as it continued its ascent of the hill and presently leveled out +between a thick wood on one side and an open field on the other. + +"That must be the athletic field," said Laurie. "See the stand there? +And the goal-posts? How do you like it?" + +"The field? Looks all right from here." + +"I mean the whole outfit, you simp; the school and Doctor Hillman and +Miss Frosty-Face and everything." + +"Cut out calling names, Laurie. Miss Hillman's all right. So's the +doctor. So's the school. I like it. Wonder when our trunks will get +here." + +"Half an hour ago you had a hunch you weren't going to like it," jeered +Laurie. "Changed your mind, haven't you?" + +"Yes, and I'm going to change more than my mind." Whereupon Ned opened +his bag and selected a clean shirt. "What time is it?" + +"What do you wear a watch for if you never look at it?" grumbled his +brother. "It's ten to one, Lazy. I'm going to find a place to wash up. I +choose this side of the room, Ned." + +Ned studied the room a moment. "No, you don't," he challenged. "I'll +take this side. I'm the oldest." "There isn't any difference, you chump. +One side's as good as the other." + +"Then you won't mind taking the other," answered Ned, sweetly. "Run +along and find the lavatory. I think it's at the head of the stairs. +Wonder why they put us up two flights." + +"Guess they knew you were naturally lazy and needed the exercise." + +Laurie dodged a pair of traveling slippers in a red-leather case and +disappeared into the corridor. + +Some ten minutes later they descended the stairway together and set out +for West Hall. Laurie drew attention to the gymnasium building, but Ned, +who had recovered his appetite, only deigned it a glance. Two boys, +luggage laden, evidently just arrived, came down the steps of School +Hall as the twins passed, and stared curiously. + +"Guess they've never seen twins before in this part of the world," +grumbled Laurie. "Those chaps nearly popped their eyes out!" + +West Hall proved an exact duplicate of their own dormitory, and the +dining-room occupied all the right end of it. There were about fifteen +boys there, in age varying from fourteen to eighteen, and there was a +perceptible pause in the business of eating when the newcomers entered. +A waitress conducted them to seats at a table already occupied by three +other lads, and asked if they'd have milk or iced tea. Ned, as usual, +answered for both. + +"Iced tea, please, and lots of lemon." + +A very stout boy, sitting across the table, sniggered, and then, +encountering Ned's inquiring regard, said, "Guess you think you're in +the Waldorf!" + + +"What's the Waldorf?" asked Ned. "Don't you get lemon with iced tea +here?" + +"Sure! but you don't get much. Say, are you fellows--twins, or what?" + +"Twins?" repeated Laurie. "Where do you get that stuff? This fellow's +name is Anderson and mine's Stenman. What's yours?" + +"Crow. Honest, is that a fact?" Crow looked appealingly at the other +occupants of the table. These, however, two rather embarrassed-looking +youngsters of fourteen or thereabouts, fixed their eyes on their plates, +and Crow turned his regard incredulously back to the twins. "Gee, you +fellows look enough alike to be--be--" He swallowed the word. "Aren't +you even related?" + +Ned gazed speculatively at Laurie and Laurie gazed speculatively at Ned. +"We might be," hazarded the latter. + +Laurie nodded. "If we went back far enough, we might find a common +ancestor." + +The arrival of luncheon caused a diversion, although Crow, who was a +round-faced, credulous-looking youth of perhaps seventeen, continued to +regard them surreptitiously and in puzzlement. At last, making the +passing of the salt an excuse, for further conversation, he asked, +"Where do you fellows come from?" + +"California," said Ned. + +"Santa Lucia," said Laurie. + +"Well, but," sputtered Crow, "isn't California in Santa--I mean, isn't +Santa--Say, you guys are joking, I'll bet!" + +"Methinks," observed Ned, helping himself gravely to mustard, "his words +sound coarse and vulgar." + +Laurie abstractedly added a fourth teaspoon of sugar to his iced tea. +"Like Turk or Kurd or even Bulgar," he murmured. + +Crow stared, grunted, and pushed his chair back. "You fellows think +you're smart, don't you?" he sputtered. "Bet you you are twins--both of +you!" + +Ned and Laurie looked after him in mild and patient surprise until his +broad back had disappeared from view. Then a choking sound came from one +of the younger lads, and Ned asked gently, "Now what's your trouble, +son?" + +The boy grew very red of face and gave way to giggles. "I knew all the +time you were twins," he gasped. + +"Did you really?" exclaimed Laurie. "Well, listen. Just as a favor to +us, don't say anything about it, eh? You see, we're sort of--sort of--" + +"Sort of sensitive," aided Ned. "We'd rather it wasn't generally known. +You understand, don't you?" + +The boy looked as if he was very far indeed from understanding, but he +nodded, choked again, and muttered something that seemed to indicate +that the secret was safe with him. Laurie thanked him gratefully. + +After luncheon they went sight-seeing about the school, snooped through +the dim corridors and empty class-rooms of School Hall, viewed the +gymnasium and experimented with numerous apparatus, and finally, after +browsing through a flower and vegetable garden behind the recitation +building and watching two boys make a pretense of playing tennis, +returned to Number 16 in the hope of finding their trunks. But the +baggage had not arrived, and presently, since the room was none too +cool, they descended again and followed the curving drive to the right +and past a sign that said "Exit Only" and wandered west on Summit +Street. + +For the middle of September in the latitude of southern New York the +weather was decidedly warm, and neither grass nor trees hinted that +autumn had arrived. In the well-kept gardens across the way, scarlet +sage and cosmos, asters and dahlias made riots of color. + +"Hot!" grunted Ned, running a finger around the inside of his collar. + +"Beastly," agreed Laurie, removing his cap and fanning his heated face. +"Wonder where the river is. If we had our bathing-suits, maybe we could +go for a swim." + +"Yes, and if we had a cake of ice we could sit on it!" responded Ned, +sarcastically. "This place is hotter than Santa Lucia." + +At the next corner they turned again to the right. Morton Street, like +so many of the streets in Orstead, refused to go straight, and after a +few minutes, to their mild bewilderment, they found themselves on Walnut +Street once more, a block below the school. + +"I'm not going back yet," said Laurie, firmly. "Let's find a place where +we can get something cool to drink." + +As Walnut Street was unpromising, they crossed it and meandered along +Garden Street. The houses here appeared to be less prosperous, and the +front yards were less likely to hold lawn and flowers than dilapidated +baby-carriages. At the first crossing they peered right and left, and +were rewarded by the sight of a swinging sign at a little distance. + +What the sign said was as yet a mystery, for the trees intervened, but +Laurie declared that he believed in signs and they made their way toward +it. It finally proved to be a very cheerful little sign hung above a +little white door in a little pale-blue two-story house, the lower floor +of which was plainly devoted to commercial purposes. + + L. S. DEANE + BOOKS, TOYS, AND + CONFECTIONERY + CIRCULATING LIBRARY + LAUNDRY AGENCY + TONICS + +That is what the sign said in red letters on a white background. The +windows, many paned, allowed uncertain glimpses of various articles: +tops of red and blue and green, boxes of pencils, pads of paper, jars of +candy, many bottles of ink, a catcher's glove, a dozen tennis-balls, +some paper kites-- + +Laurie dragged Ned inside, through a screen door that, on opening, +caused a bell to tinkle somewhere in the farther recesses of the little +building. It was dark inside, after the glare of the street, and +refreshingly cool. Laurie, leading the way, collided with a bench, +caromed off the end of a counter, and became aware of a figure, dimly +seen, beyond the width of a show-case. + +"Have you anything cold to drink?" asked Ned, leaning across the +show-case. + +"Ginger-ale or tonic or something?" Laurie elaborated. + +"Yes, indeed," replied the apparition, in a strangely familiar voice. +"If you will step over to the other side, please--" + +Ned and Laurie leaned farther across the show-case. + +It was the girl in the white middy dress. + + + + +CHAPTER III--CAKES AND ALE + + +"Hello!" exclaimed the twins, in one voice. + +"Hello," replied the girl, and they suspected that she was smiling, +although their eyes were still too unused to the dimness of the little +store for them to be certain. She was still only a vague figure in +white, with a deeper blur where her face should have been. Treading on +each other's heels, Ned and Laurie followed her to the other side. The +twilight brightened and objects became more distinct. They were in front +of a sort of trough-like box in which, half afloat in a pool of +ice-water, were bottles of tonic and soda and ginger-ale. Behind it was +a counter on which reposed a modest array of pastry. + +"What do you want?" asked the girl in the middy. + +"Ginger-ale," answered Ned. "Say, do you live here?" + +"No, this is the shop," was the reply. "I live upstairs." + +"Oh, well, you know what I mean," muttered Ned. "Is this your store?" + +"It's my mother's. I help in it afternoons. My mother is Mrs. Deane. The +boys call her the Widow. I'm Polly Deane." + +"Pleased to know you," said Laurie. "Our name's Turner. I'm Laurie and +he's Ned. Let me open that for you." + +"Oh, no, thanks. I've opened hundreds of them. Oh dear! You said +ginger-ale, didn't you! And I've opened a root-beer. It's so dark in +here in the afternoon." + +"That's all right," Ned assured her. "We like root-beer. We'd just as +soon have it as ginger-ale. Wouldn't we, Laurie?" + +"You bet! We're crazy about it." + +"Are you sure? It's no trouble to--Well, _this_ is ginger-ale, anyway. +I'm awfully sorry!" + +"What do we care?" asked Ned. "We don't own it." + +"Don't own it?" repeated Polly, in a puzzled tone. + +"That's just an expression of his," explained Laurie. "He's awfully +slangy. I try to break him of it, but it's no use. It's fierce." + +"Of course _you_ don't use slang?" asked Polly, demurely. "Who wants the +root-beer?" + +"You take it," said Laurie, hurriedly. + +"No, you," said Ned. "You're fonder of it than I am, Laurie. I don't +mind, really!" + +Laurie managed a surreptitious kick on his brother's shin. "Tell you +what," he exclaimed, "we'll mix 'em!" + +Ned agreed, though not enthusiastically, and with the aid of a third +glass the deed was done. The boys tasted experimentally, each asking a +question over the rim of his glass. Then looks of relief came over both +faces and they sighed ecstatically. + +"Corking!" they breathed in unison. + +Polly laughed, "I never knew any one to do that before," she said. "I'm +glad you like it. I'll tell the other boys about it." + +"No, you mustn't," protested Ned. "It's our invention. We'll call +it--call it--" + +"Call it an Accident," suggested Laurie. + +"We'll call it a Polly," continued the other. "It really is bully. +It's--it's different; isn't it, Laurie? Have another?" + +"Who were those on?" was the suspicious reply. + +"You. The next is on me. Only maybe another wouldn't taste so good, eh?" + +"Don't you fool yourself! I'll risk that." + +However, the third and fourth bottles, properly combined though they +were, lacked novelty, and it was some time before the last glass was +emptied. Meanwhile, of course, they talked. The boys acknowledged that, +so far, they liked what they had seen of the school. Mention of the +doctor and Miss Hillman brought forth warm praise from Polly. "Every one +likes the doctor ever so much," she declared. "And Miss Tabitha is--" + +"Miss what?" interrupted Laurie. + +"Miss Tabitha. That's her name." Polly laughed softly. "They call her +Tabby,--the boys, I mean,--but they like her. She's a dear, even if she +does look sort of--of cranky. She isn't, though, a bit. She makes +believe she's awfully stern, but she's just as soft as--as--" + +"As Laurie's head?" offered Ned, helpfully. "Say, you sell 'most +everything here, don't you? Are those cream-puffs?" + +Ned slipped a hand into his pocket and Laurie coughed furiously. Ned's +hand came forth empty. He turned away from temptation. "They look mighty +good," he said. "If we'd seen those before we'd had all that +ginger-ale--" + +Polly spoke detachedly. "You can have credit if you like," she said, +placing the empty bottles aside. "The doctor lets the boys run bills +here up to a dollar. They can't go over a dollar, though." + +"Personally," observed Laurie, jingling some coins in a trousers pocket, +"I prefer to pay cash. Still, there are times--" + +"Yes, a fellow gets short now and then," said Ned, turning for another +look at the pastry counter. "Maybe, just for--for convenience, it would +be a good plan to have an account here, Laurie. Sometimes a fellow +forgets to put any money in his pocket, you know. Does your mother make +these?" + +"Yes, the cream-cakes, and some of the others. The rest Miss Comfort +makes." + +"That's another funny name," said Laurie. "Who is Miss Comfort?" + +"She's--she's just Miss Comfort, I guess," replied Polly. "She lives on +the next corner, in the house with the white shutters. She's quite old, +almost seventy, I suppose, and she makes the nicest cake in Orstead. +Everybody goes to her for cakes. That's the way she lives, I guess." + +"Maybe we'd ought to help her," suggested Ned, mentally choosing the +largest and fattest cakes on the tray. "I guess we'll take a couple. How +much are they?" + +"Six cents apiece," said Polly. "Do you want them in a bag?" + +"No, thanks." Ned handed one of the cakes to Laurie; "we'll eat them +now." Then, between mouthfuls; "Maybe you'd better charge this to us. If +we're going to open an account, we might as well do it now, don't you +think?" + +Polly retired behind a counter and produced a long and narrow book, from +which dangled a lead pencil at the end of a string. She put the tip of +the pencil between her lips and looked across. "You'd better tell me +your full names, I think." + +"Edward Anderson Turner and--" + +"I meant just your first names." + +"Oh! Edward and Laurence. You can charge us each with two bottles and +one cake." + +"I like that!" scoffed Laurie. "Thought you were treating to cakes?" + +"Huh! Don't you want to help Miss Comfort? I should think you'd like +to--to do a charitable act once in a while." + +"Don't see what difference it makes to her," grumbled Laurie, "whether +you pay for both or I pay for one. She gets her money just the same." + +Ned brushed a crumb from his jacket. "You don't get the idea," he +replied gently. "Of course, I might pay for both, but you wouldn't feel +right about it, Laurie." + +"Wouldn't I? Where do you get that stuff? You try it and see." Laurie +spoke grimly, but not hopefully. Across the counter, Polly was giggling +over the account-book. + +"You're the funniest boys I ever did see," she explained, in answer to +their inquiring looks. "You--you say such funny things!" + +Before she could elucidate, footsteps sounded in the room behind the +store and a tiny white-haired woman appeared. In spite of her hair, she +couldn't have been very old, for her face was plump and unwrinkled and +her cheeks quite rosy. Seeing the customers, she bowed prettily and said +"Good afternoon" in a very sweet voice. + +"Good afternoon," returned the twins. + +"Mama, these are the Turner boys," said Polly. "One of them is Ned and +the other is Laurie, but I don't know which, because they look just +exactly alike. They--they're twins!" + +"I want to know!" said Mrs. Deane. "Isn't that nice? I'm very pleased to +meet you, young gentlemen. I hope Polly has served you with what you +wanted. My stock is kind of low just now. You see, we don't have many +customers in summer, and it's very hard to get things, nowadays, even if +you do pay three times what they're worth. Polly, those ice-cream cones +never did come, did they?" + +"Gee, do you have ice-cream?" asked Ned; eagerly. + +"Never you mind!" said Laurie, grabbing his arm. "You come on out of +here before you die on my hands. I'm sorry to tell you, ma'am, that he +doesn't know when to stop eating. I have to go around everywhere with +him and look after him. If I didn't, he'd be dead in no time." + +"I want to know!" exclaimed the Widow Deane interestedly. "Why, it's +very fortunate for him he has you, isn't it?" + +"Yes'm," answered Laurie, but he spoke doubtfully, for the little +white-haired lady seemed to hide a laugh behind her words. Ned was +grinning. Laurie propelled him to the door. Then, without relinquishing +his grasp, he doffed his cap. + +"Good afternoon," he said, "We'll come again," + +"We know not how," added Ned, "we know not when." + +"Bless my soul!" murmured the Widow, as the screen door swung behind +them. + +Back at school, the twins found a different scene from what they had +left. The grounds were populous with boys, and open windows in the two +dormitory buildings showed many others. The entrances were piled with +trunks and more were arriving. A rattling taxi turned in at the gate, +with much blowing of a frenzied but bronchial horn, and added five merry +youths to the population. Ned and Laurie made their way to East Hall, +conscious, as they approached, of many eyes focussed on them from +wide-flung windows. Remarks reached them, too. + +"See who's with us!" came from a second-floor casement above the +entrance; "the two Dromios!" + +"Tweedledum and Tweedledee!" + +"The Siamese Twins, I'll bet a cooky!" + +"Hi, East Hall! Heads out!" + +The two were glad when they reached the shelter of the doorway. "Some +one's going to get his head punched before long," growled Ned, as they +started upstairs. + +"What do we care? We don't own 'em. Let them have their fun, Neddie." + +"I'll let some of them have a wallop," was the answer. "You'd think we +were the first pair of twins they'd ever seen!" + +"Well, maybe we are. How do you know? Suppose those trunks have come?" + +They had, and for the next hour the twins were busy unpacking and +getting settled. From beyond their door came sounds of much turmoil; the +noise of arriving baggage, the banging of doors, shouts, whistling, +singing; but they were otherwise undisturbed until, just when Laurie had +slammed down the lid of his empty trunk, there came a knock at their +portal, followed, before either one could open his mouth in response, by +the appearance in the doorway of a bulky apparition in a gorgeous +crimson bath-robe. + +"Hello, fellows!" greeted the apparition. "Salutations and everything!" + +[Illustration: "Hello, fellows! Salutations and everything!"] + + + + +CHAPTER IV--KEWPIE STARTS SOMETHING + + +The twins stared silently and suspiciously for an instant. Then Ned made +cautious response. + +"Hello," he said, with what must have seemed to the visitor a lamentable +lack of cordiality. + +The latter pushed the door shut behind him by the kick of one stockinged +foot, and grinned jovially. "My name's Proudtree," he announced. + +"You can't blame us," replied Laurie, coldly. + +Proudtree laughed amiably. "It is a rotten name, isn't it? I live across +the corridor, you know. Thought I'd drop in and get acquainted, seeing +you're new fellows; extend the hand of friendship and all that. You +understand. By Jove, Pringle was right, too!" + +"That's fine," said Ned, with more than a trace of sarcasm. "What +about?" + +"Why," answered Proudtree, easing his generous bulk into a chair, "he +said you fellows were twins." + +"Not only were," said Laurie, gently, "but are. Don't mind, do you?" + +"Oh, come off your horse," begged the visitor. "Don't be so cocky. Who's +said anything? I just wanted to have a look. Never saw any twins +before--grown-up twins, I mean. You understand." + +"Thought you said you came to extend the hand of friendship," retorted +Ned, sarcastically. "Well, have a good look, partner. There's no +charge!" + +Proudtree grinned and accepted the invitation. Ned fumed silently under +the inspection, but Laurie's sense of humor came to his aid. Proudtree +appeared to be getting a lot of entertainment from his silent comparison +of his hosts, and presently, when Ned's exasperation had just about +reached the explosive point, he chuckled. + +"I've got it," he said. + +"Got what?" Laurie asked. + +"The--the clue! I know how to tell you apart! His eyes are different +from yours; more blue. Yours are sort of gray. But, geewhillikins, it +must be a heap of fun! Being twins, I mean. And fooling people. You +understand." + +"Well, if you're quite through," snapped Ned, "maybe you'll call it a +day. We've got things to do." + +"Meaning you'd like me to beat it?" asked the visitor, good-temperedly. + +"Just that!" + +"Oh, come, Ned," Laurie protested, soothingly, "he's all right. I dare +say we are sort of freakish and--" + +"Sure," agreed Proudtree, eagerly, "that's what I meant. But say, I +didn't mean to hurt any one's feelings. Geewhillikins, if I got waxy +every time the fellows josh me about being fat--" Words failed him and +he sighed deeply. + +Laurie laughed. "We might start a side-show, the three of us, and make a +bit of money. 'Only ten cents! One dime! This way to the Siamese Twins +and the Fat Boy! Walk up! Walk up!'" + +Proudtree smiled wanly. "I only weigh a hundred and seventy-eight and +three quarters, too," he said dolorously. "If I was a couple of inches +taller it wouldn't be so bad." + +"I don't think it's bad as it is," said Laurie, kindly. "You don't look +really _fat_; you just look sort of--of--" + +"Amplitudinous," supplied Ned, with evident satisfaction. + +Proudtree viewed him doubtfully. Then he smiled. "Well, I've got to get +rid of nearly fifteen pounds in the next two weeks," he said, with a +shake of his head, "and that's going to take some doing." + +"What for?" Laurie asked. "Why destroy your symmetry?" + +"Football. I'm trying for center. I nearly made it last year, but +Wiggins beat me out. He's gone now, though, and Mulford as good as said +last spring that I could make it this fall if I could get down to a +hundred and sixty-five." + +"Who's Mulford?" inquired Ned. "A fortune-teller?" + +Proudtree ignored the sarcasm. "Mulford's our coach. He's all right, +too. The trouble with me is, I'm awfully fond of sweet things, and +I--I've been eating a lot of 'em lately. But I guess I can drop fourteen +pounds if I cut out pies and candy and things. Don't you think so?" +Proudtree appealed to Laurie almost pathetically. + +"Don't let any one tell you anything different," replied Laurie, +reassuringly. Ned, evidently recovered from his peevishness, asked: + +"What sort of football do they play here?" + +"Corking!" answered Proudtree. + +"I mean, Rugby or the other?" + +"Rugby!" exclaimed Proudtree, scornfully. "I guess not! We play regular +football. Nobody plays Rugby around these parts. Are you fellows going +out?" + +"Not just yet," replied Ned. + +"He means are we going to try for the football team," explained Laurie. +"Yes, we are, Proudtree; at least, one of us is." + +"You?" + +"We haven't decided yet. You see, we've never played your kind of +football. Back home, at high school, we played American Rugby, and it's +quite different. But we decided that one of us had better go in for +football and the other for baseball, if only to do our duty by the +school." + +Proudtree looked puzzled. "How are you going to decide?" he asked. + +"Oh, we'll toss up or draw lots or something, I suppose. Maybe, though, +Ned had better play football, because I know more baseball than he does. +Still, I'm not particular." + +"That's the limit!" chuckled the visitor. "Say, what are your names? I +didn't see any cards on the door." + +"Turner. His is Laurie and mine's Ned," answered the latter. "Do we put +our names on the door?" + +"It's the best way," answered Proudtree. "Well, I've got to be moving. I +started to take a shower and got side-tracked. You chaps come on over +and see me and I'll get some of the other fellows in. You want to meet +the right sort, you know. What's your class?" + +"Lower middle, I reckon," said Ned. "That's what we expect." + +"Too bad you can't make upper. That's mine. We've got a corking bunch of +fellows this year. Well, see you later. Try for Mr. Barrett's table when +you go down. That's the best. Maybe they'll put you there if you bluff +it out. You understand. So long, fellows." + +Proudtree withdrew with considerable dignity in view of his bulk, waving +a benedictory hand ere the door closed behind him. Ned shook his head. +"Sort of a fresh hombre," he said. + +"Oh, he only meant to be friendly, I reckon," said Laurie. "You +understand." + +Ned laughed. "I'll bet they've got a wonderful football team here if he +plays on it! By the way, maybe we'd better settle which of us is to be +the football star. I suppose they begin to practise pretty soon. I'll be +the goat, if you like; though you had better luck with that book you +bought in Chicago. I couldn't make head or tail of it. I never saw so +many rules for playing one game in my life!" + +"It _was_ sort of difficult," agreed Laurie. "I dare say, though, that +you pick up the rules quick enough when you start to play. If you don't +really mind, I think you'd better go in for football, and I'll do the +baseball stunt. I've played it more than you have, you know, even if I'm +no wonder." + +"All right!" Ned sighed. "We'll get a bottle of arnica to-morrow. +Nothing like being prepared. How about going to see Mr. What's-his-name +before supper about courses?" + +"Might as well, and have it over with. I'd like to know whether we're +going to make the lower middle." + +"Don't see what else we can make. They can't stick us in the junior +class. Where's my coat? For the love of lemons, Laurie, can't you find +anything else to sit on? Gosh, look at the wrinkles!" + +"Those aren't wrinkles; they're just creases. Come on!" + +Half an hour later they closed the door of Mr. Cornish's study on the +floor below, in a chastened mood. Each carried a little buff card +whereon the instructor had tabulated an amazing number and variety of +study periods. Back in Number 16, Ned cast himself into a chair, thrust +his legs forth, and gazed disconsolately at the card. + +"I don't see where a fellow finds time for anything but work here," he +complained. "Sixteen, eighteen, twenty-one hours a week! What do you +know about that?" + +"Well, don't be so proud of it. I've got the same, haven't I? I wonder +how many hours he thinks there are in a day?" + +"I tell you what I think," said Ned, after a moment's thought. "I think +he got it into his head that we're very ambitious and want to graduate +next spring!" + +"Maybe that's it," agreed Laurie, gravely. "Shall we go back and tell +him he's wrong?" + +"N-no, let's not. He seemed a well-meaning old codger, and I wouldn't +want to hurt his feelings--if he has any. Let's go down and see what +they've got for supper." + +Ned's blandishments failed with the waitress, and they were established +at a table presided over by a tall and very thin gentleman, whose name, +as they learned presently, was Mr. Brock. There were four tables in the +room, each accommodating ten boys and a member of the faculty. +Diagonally across the dining-hall, the twins descried the ample Mr. +Proudtree. Another table was in charge of a pleasant-faced woman who +proved to be the school matron, Mrs. Wyman. Mr. Cornish, the hall +master, and Mr. Barrett sat at the heads of the remaining boards. + +The room was very attractive, with a fine big stone fireplace at the +farther end, and broad windows on two sides. The food proved plain, but +it was served in generous quantities; and notwithstanding that the twins +were a bit self-conscious, they managed a very satisfactory meal. + +Their fellow-students seemed to be a very decent lot. Their ages +appeared to average about sixteen, and they had the clean, healthy look +of boys who spent much of their time outdoors. At the table at which the +twins sat, four of the boys were evidently seniors, and one was as +evidently a junior. The latter looked hardly more than thirteen, though +he was in reality a year older than that, and had the features and +expression of a cherub. The twins concluded that he was a new boy and +felt a little sorry for him. He looked much too young and innocent to +face the world alone. + +No one made any special effort to engage either Ned or Laurie in +conversation, perhaps because the returning youths had so much to talk +about among themselves. Mr. Brock ate his supper in silence, save when +one of the older boys addressed him, and had a far-away and abstracted +air. Laurie saw him sweeten his tea three times, and then frown in +annoyance when he finally tasted it. + +The boy who had guessed their awful secret at luncheon sat at the next +table, and more than once Ned caught him looking across with a +half-bewildered, half-frightened expression that somehow managed to +convey the intelligence that, in spite of temptation, he had kept the +faith. Ned finally rewarded him with a significant wink, and the youth +retired in confusion behind the milk-pitcher. + +When the meal was over the twins went outside and, following the example +set by others, made themselves comfortable on the grass beyond the walk. +Near by, two older boys were conversing earnestly, and Ned and Laurie, +having exhausted their own subjects of conversation, found themselves +listening. + +"We've got to do it," the larger of the two was saying. "Dave's going to +call a meeting of the school for Friday evening, and Mr. Wells is going +to talk to them. I'll talk too. Maybe you'd better, Frank. You can tell +them a funny story and get them feeling generous." + +"Nothing doing, Joe. Leave me out of it. I never could talk from a +platform. Anyway, it's the fellows' duty to provide money. If they +don't, they won't have a team. They understand that--or they will when +you tell them. There's another thing, though, Joe, that we've got to +have besides money, and that's material. We've _got_ to get more fellows +out." + +"I know. I'll tell them that, too. I'm going to put a notice up in +School Hall in the morning. Mr. Cummins says there are eight new fellows +entering the middle classes this year. Maybe some of them are +football-players." + +"Bound to be. Did you see the twins?" + +"No, but Billy Emerson was telling me about them. What do they look +like?" + +"Not bad. Rather light-weight, though, and sort of slow. They're from +Arizona or somewhere out that way, I think. You can't tell them apart, +Joe." + +"Think they're football stuff?" + +"Search me. Might be. They're light, though. Here comes Kewpie. Gosh, +he's fatter than ever! Hi, Kewpie! Come over here!" + +It was Proudtree who answered the hail, descended the steps, and +approached. "Hello, Joe! Hello, Frank! Well, here we are again, eh? +Great to be back, isn't it? Have a good summer, Joe?" + +"Fine! You?" + +"Corking! I was on Dad's yacht all through August. Saw the races and +everything. Bully eats, too. You understand." + +"Yes," Joe Stevenson replied, "and I understand why you're about twenty +pounds overweight, Kewpie! You ought to be kicked around the yard, you +fat loafer. Thought you wanted to play center this fall." + +"I'm going to! Listen, Joe, I'm only fourteen pounds over and I'll drop +that in no time. Honest, I will. You see! Besides, it isn't all fat, +either. A lot of it's good, hard muscle." + +"Yes, it is! I can see you getting muscle lying around on your father's +yacht! I'm off you, Kewpie. You haven't acted square. You knew mighty +well that you were supposed to keep yourself fit this summer, and now +look at you! You're a big fat lump!" + +"Aw, say, Joe! Listen, will you?" Proudtree's gaze wandered in search of +inspiration and fell on the twins. His face lighted. "Hello, you chaps!" +he said. Then he leaned over and spoke to Joe. "Say, have you met the +Turner brothers, Joe? One of 'em's a swell player. Played out in North +Dakota or somewhere." + +"Which one?" asked Joe, surreptitiously eying the twins. "Why, the--I +forget: they look so much alike, you know. I think it's the one this +way. Or maybe it's the other. Anyway, I'll fetch them over, eh?" + +"All right, Kewpie." + +Kewpie started away, paused, and spoke again. "They're--they're awfully +modest chaps, Joe. You'd think from hearing them talk that they didn't +know much about the game, but don't you be fooled. That's just their +way. You understand." + +"Oh, sure, Kewpie!" And when the latter had gone on his errand Joe +smiled and, lowering his voice, said to Frank Brattle: "Kewpie's trying +to put something over. I wonder what." + +"Proudtree tells me one of you fellows plays football," said Joe, a +minute later, when introductions had been performed and Ned and Laurie +had seated themselves. "We need good players this fall. Of course, I +hope you'll both come out." + +"Ned's the football chap," said Laurie. "Baseball's my line." + +"I don't know--" began Ned, but Laurie pinched him warningly, and he +gulped and, to Kewpie's evident relief, made a fresh start. "I'm not +much of a player," he said modestly, "but I'm willing to have a try at +it." + +Kewpie darted an "I-told-you-so" glance at Joe and Frank. + +"Where do you come from, Turner?" Joe asked politely. + +"Santa Lucia, California. I was in the high school there two years. +Everything's quite--quite different here." Ned spoke hurriedly, as +though anxious to switch the conversation from football, and Laurie +smiled in wicked enjoyment. "The climate's different, you know," Ned +went on desperately, "and the country and--and everything." + +"I suppose so," said Frank Brattle. "What's your position, Turner?" + +"Position?" + +"Yes; I mean, where did you play? Behind the line, I suppose, or maybe +end." + +"Oh, yes, yes, behind the line. You see, I--I--" + +"There aren't many fellows can play half-back the way Ned can," said +Laurie, gravely. "He won't tell you so, but if you ever meet any one who +saw him play against Weedon School last year--" + +"Shut up!" begged Ned, almost tearfully. + +Kewpie was grinning delightedly. Joe Stevenson viewed Ned with absolute +affection. "Half-back, eh? Well, we can use another good half, Turner, +and I hope you're the fellow. I don't know whether Kewpie told you that +I'm captain this year, but I am, and I'm going to try mighty hard to +captain a winning team. You look a bit light, but I dare say you're +fast, and, for my part, I like them that way. Besides, we've got Mason +and Boessel if we want the heavy sort. Practice starts to-morrow at +four, by the way. How about your brother? Glad to have him come out, +too. Even if he hasn't played, he might learn the trick. And there's +next year to think of, you know." + +"I think not, thanks," answered Laurie. "One football star is enough in +the family." + +"Well, if you change your mind, come on and have a try. Glad to have met +you. See you to-morrow--er--Turner. I want to find Dave, Frank. Coming +along?" + +The two older boys made off toward West Hall, and as soon as they were +out of hearing Ned turned indignantly on Laurie. + +"You're a nice one!" he hissed. "Look at the hole you've got me in! +'Half-back'! 'Played against Weedon School'! What did you want to talk +that way for? Why, those fellows think I know football!" + +"Cheer up," answered his brother, grinning. "All you've got to do is +bluff it through. Besides, Proudtree asked us not to let on we didn't +know a football from a doughnut, and I had to say something! You acted +as if you were tongue-tied!" + +"Yes; that's so--you started it!" Ned turned belligerently around. "Said +it would be a favor to you--" He stopped, discovering that Proudtree had +silently disappeared and that he was wasting his protests on the empty +air. "Huh!" he resumed after a moment of surprise, "it's a good thing he +did beat it! Look here, Laurie, I'm in a beast of a mess. Yow know I +can't face that captain chap to-morrow. Suppose he handed me a football +and told me to kick it!" + +"He won't. I've watched football practice back home. You'll stand around +in a circle--" + +"How the dickens can I stand in a circle?" objected Ned. + +"And pass a football for a while. Then you'll try starting, and maybe +fall on the ball a few times, until you're nice and lame, and after that +you'll run around the track half a dozen times--" + +"Oh, shut up! You make me sick! I won't do it. I'm through. I'd look +fine, wouldn't I? I guess not, partner!" + +"You've got to, Ned," replied Laurie calmly. "You can't back down now. +The honor of the Turners is at stake! Come on up and I'll read that +rules book to you. Maybe some of it'll seep in!" + +After a moment of indecision Ned arose and followed silently. + + + + +CHAPTER V--IN THE PERFORMANCE OF DUTY + + +School began in earnest the next morning. Ned and Laurie were awakened +from a deep slumber by the imperative clanging of a gong. There were +hurried trips to the bath-room, and finally a descent to the +recreation-room and morning prayers. Breakfast followed in the pleasant, +sunlit dining-hall, and at half-past eight the twins went to their first +class. There wasn't much real work performed that morning, however. +Books were bought and, being again in possession of funds, Ned purchased +lavishly of stationery and supplies. He had a veritable passion for +patent binders, scratch-pads, blank-books, and pencils, and Laurie +viewed the result of a half-hour's mad career with unconcealed concern. + +"You're all wrong, Ned," he said earnestly. "We aren't opening a +stationery emporium. Besides, we can't begin to compete with the office. +They buy at wholesale, and--" + +"Never mind the comedy. You'll be helping yourself to these things soon +enough, and then you won't be so funny." + +"That's the only way they'll ever get used up! Why, you've got enough +truck there to last three years!" + +There was one interesting annual observance that morning that the twins +witnessed inadvertently. At a little after eight the fellows began to +assemble in front of School Hall. Ned and Laurie, joining the throng, +supposed that it was merely awaiting the half-hour, until presently +there appeared at the gate a solitary youth of some fourteen years, who +came up the circling drive about as joyfully as a French Royalist +approaching the guillotine. Deep silence prevailed until the embarrassed +and unhappy youth had conquered half of the interminable distance. Then +a loud "_Hep!_" was heard, and the throng broke into a measured refrain: + +"_Hep!--Hep!--Hep!--Hep!_" + +This was in time to the boy's dogged steps. A look of consternation came +into his face and he faltered. Then, however, he set his jaw, looked +straight ahead, and came on determinedly. + +"_Hep!--Hep!_" + +Up the steps he passed, a disk of color in each cheek, looking neither +to right nor left, and passed from sight. As he did so, the chorus +changed to a good-humored laugh of approval. Ned made inquiry of a youth +beside him. + +"Day boy," was the explanation. "There are ten of them, you know: +fellows who live in town. We always give them a welcome. That chap had +spunk, but you wait and see some of them!" + +Two more followed together, and, each upheld in that moment of trial by +the presence of the other, passed through the ordeal with flying colors. +But the twins noted that the laughing applause was lacking. After that, +the remaining seven arrived almost on each other's heels and the air was +filled with "_Heps!_" Some looked only surprised, others angry; but most +of then grinned in a sickly, embarrassed way and went by with hanging +heads. + +"Sort of tough," was Ned's verdict, and Laurie agreed as they followed +the last victim inside. + +"It looks as if day students weren't popular," he added. + +Later, though, he found that he was wrong. The boys who lived in the +village were accepted without reservation, but, naturally enough, seldom +attained to a full degree of intimacy with those who lived in the +dormitories. + +By afternoon the twins had become well shaken down into the new life, +had made several superficial acquaintances, and had begun to feel at +home. Of Kewpie Proudtree they had caught but fleeting glimpses, for +that youth displayed a tendency to keep at a distance. As the hour of +four o'clock approached, Ned became more and more worried, and his +normally sunny countenance took on an expression of deep gloom. Laurie +kept close at his side, fearing that courage would fail and Ned would +bring disgrace to the tribe of Turner. But Laurie ought to have known +better, for Ned was never what his fellows would have called a +"quitter." Ned meant to see it through. His mind had retained very +little of the football lore that his brother had poured into it the +night before, but he had, at least, a somewhat clearer idea of the +general principles of the game. He knew, for instance, that a team +comprised eleven players instead of the twelve he had supposed, and that +certain restrictions governed the methods by which you might wrest the +ball from an opponent. Thus, you could not legally snatch it out of his +arms, nor trip him up in the hope that he would drop it. Ned thought the +restrictions rather silly, but accepted them. + +The athletic field, known in school parlance as the play-field, was even +larger than it had looked from their windows. It held two gridirons and +three baseball diamonds, as well as a quarter-mile track and ten +tennis-courts. There was also a picturesque and well-appointed +field-house and a fairly large grand stand. To Ned's relief, most of the +ninety students were in attendance, though only about forty of the +number were in playing togs. Ned's idea was that among so many he might +escape close observation. + +He had, of course, handled a football more or less, and he was possessed +of his full share of common sense. Besides, he had perhaps rather more +than his share of assurance. To his own surprise, if not to Laurie's, he +got through the hour and a half of practice very creditably. Seasoned +candidates and novices were on the same plane to-day. There was, first +of all, a talk by the coach. Mr. Mulford was a short, broad, +good-humored man of about thirty, with a round and florid countenance, +which possibly accounted for the nickname of "Pinky" that the school had +affectionately awarded him. His real name was Stephen, and he had played +guard, and played it well, for several years with Trinity College. This +was his fourth season as football coach at Hillman's and his third as +baseball coach. So far he had been fairly successful in both sports. + +His talk was brief and earnest, although he smiled through it all. He +wanted lots of material, but he didn't want any fellow to report for +practice who didn't mean to do his level best and stick it out. Those +who were afraid of either hard work or hard knocks had better save their +time and his. Those who did report would get a fair trial and no favor. +He meant to see the best team this fall that Hillman's School had ever +turned out, one that would start with a rush and finish with a bang, +like a rocket! + +"And," he went on, "I want this team made up the way a rocket is. A +rocket is filled with stars, fellows, but you don't realize it until the +final burst. So we're going to put the soft pedal on individual +brilliancy this year. It almost had us licked last fall, as you'll +remember. This year we're going to try hard for a well-rounded team of +hard workers, fellows who will interlock and gear together. It's the +machine that wins, the machine of eleven parts that work all together in +oil. We're going to find the eleven parts first, and after that we're +going to do the oiling. All right now! Ten men to a squad. Get balls and +pass in circles. Learn to hold the ball when you catch it. Glue right to +it. And when you pass, put it where you want it to go. Don't think that +the work is silly and unnecessary, because it isn't. A fellow who can't +hold a ball when it comes to him is of no use on this team. So keep your +minds right on the job and your eyes right on the ball. All right, +Captain Stevenson." + +At least, Ned could, to quote Laurie, "stand in a circle" and pass a +football, and he did, and did it better than several others in his +squad. In the same way, he could go after a trickling pigskin and catch +it up without falling over himself, though it is possible that his +"form" was less graceful than that of one or two of his fellows. When, +later, they were formed in a line and started off by the snapping of the +ball in the hands of a world-wearied youth in a faded blue sweater +bearing a white H on its breast, Ned didn't show up so well, for he was +almost invariably one of the last to plunge forward. The blue-sweatered +youth called his attention to the fact finally in a few well-chosen +words. + +"You guy in the brown bloomers!" he bellowed. (Of course they weren't +bloomers, but a pair of somewhat expansive golf breeches that Ned, +lacking proper attire, had donned, not without misgivings, on Laurie's +advice.) "Are you asleep? Put some life into it! Watch this ball, and +when you see it roll, jump! You don't look like a cripple, but you +surely act like one!" + +Toward the end a half-dozen last-year fellows took to punting, but, to +Ned's relief, no one suggested that he take a hand at it, and at +half-past five or thereabouts his trials came to an end. He went out of +his way, dodging behind a group on the side-line, to escape Joe +Stevenson, but ran plump into Frank Brattle instead. + +"Hello, Turner," Frank greeted. "How did it go?" + +"All right," replied Ned, with elaborate carelessness. "Fine." + +"Rather a nuisance having to go through the kindergarten stunts, isn't +it?" continued the other, sympathetically. "Mulford's a great hand at +what he calls the fundamentals, though. I dare say he's right, too. It's +funny how easy it is to get out of the hang of things during the summer. +I'm as stiff as a broom!" + +"So am I," answered Ned, earnestly and truthfully. Frank smiled, nodded, +and wandered on, and Ned, sighting Laurie hunched up in the grand stand, +joined him. "It's a bully game, football," he sighed, as he lowered +himself cautiously to a seat and listened to hear his muscles creak. +"Full of beneficial effects and all that." Laurie grinned in silence. +Ned felt experimentally of his back, frowned, rocked himself backward +and forward twice, and looked relieved. "I guess there's nothing +actually broken," he murmured, "I dare say it'll be all right soon." + +"They say the first two months are the hardest," responded Laurie, +comfortingly. "After that there's no sensation." + +Ned nodded. "I believe it," he said feelingly. He fixed his gaze on the +farther goal-post and after a minute of silence remarked: + +"I'd like to catch the man who invented football!" + +He turned a challenging look on his brother. Laurie blinked and for +several seconds his lips moved noiselessly and there was a haunted look +in his gray eyes. Then, triumphantly, he completed the couplet: "It may +suit some, but it doesn't suit all!" + +"Rotten!" said Ned. + +"I'd like to see you do any better," answered Laurie, aggrievedly. +"There isn't any proper rhyme for 'football,' anyway." + +"Nor any reason for it, either. Of all--" + +"Hi, you fellow!" interrupted a scandalized voice. "What are you doing +up there? Have you done your two laps?" + +The speaker was a lanky, red-haired man who bristled with authority and +outrage. + +"Two laps?" stammered Ned. "No, sir." + +"Get at it, then. And beat it in when you have. Want to catch cold, do +you? Sitting around without a blanket or anything like that!" The +trainer shot a final disgusted look at the offender and went on. + +"Gee," murmured Ned, "I thought I was done! Two laps, he said! I'll +never be able to, Laurie!" + +"Oh, yes, you will," was the cheerful response. "And while you're doing +them you can think up a better rhyme for 'football' than I did!" + +Ned looked back reproachfully as he limped to the ground and, having +gained the running-track, set off at a stiff-kneed jog. Laurie's +expression relented as he watched. + +"Sort of tough on the kid," he muttered sympathetically. Then his face +hardened again and he shook his head. "I've got to be stern with him, +though!" + + + + +CHAPTER VI--NED IS FIRM + + +Kewpie Proudtree obeyed the shouted invitation to enter Number 16 and +appeared with a countenance as innocent as that of an infant. "Hello, +fellows," he said cordially, dropping into a chair with indications of +exhaustion. "How do you like it as far as you've gone?" + +Ned shifted in his seat at the study-table, choking back a groan, and +fixed Kewpie with a baleful look. "Listen, Proudtree," he said sternly. +"I've got a bone to pick with you!" + +"With me?" Kewpie stared in amazement. "What have I done?" + +"You've got me into a fix, that's what you've done! Didn't you ask +me--us--last night not to let on to Stevenson that we--I--couldn't play +football? Didn't you say it would be a favor to you? Didn't you say it +would be all right and--and everything?" + +"Sure! What of it?" + +"Why, you crazy galoot, you must have told him that I knew all about the +game! And you knew mighty well I didn't! Stevenson thinks I'm a wonder, +and I don't know a touch-down from a--a forward kick!" + +"Pass, not kick," corrected Kewpie, patiently. "Look here, Turner-- Say, +are you Ned or Laurie? Blessed if I can tell!" + +"Ned," replied that youth, with much dignity. + +"Guess I'll have to call you Ned, then. Can't call you both Turner. You +understand. It was like this, Ned. You see, I want to stand in with Joe +Stevenson. It--it's for the good of the school. If they don't play me at +center this fall, who are they going to play? Well, Joe thought I--well, +he seemed to think I hadn't acted just right about keeping my weight +down. He--he was sort of peeved with me. So I wanted to smooth him down +a bit. You understand. That's why I told him what I did." + +"Well, what _did_ you tell him?" + +"Why, I sort of--well, it wasn't what I _said_ exactly; it was what he +thought I meant!" + +"Proudtree, you're telling a whopper," said Ned, sternly. "And you told +one to Stevenson, too, or I miss my guess." + +"I only said that you were a swell football-player." + +"For the love of lemons! What do you call that but a whopper?" + +Kewpie looked both ashamed and distressed. He swallowed hard and glanced +furtively at Laurie as though hoping for aid. But Laurie looked as +unsympathetic as Ned. Kewpie sighed dolefully. "I--I suppose it was," he +acknowledged. "I didn't think about that. I'm sorry, Ned, honest! I +didn't mean to tell what wasn't so. I just wanted to get Joe's mind off +his troubles. You understand." + +"Well, you got me in a mess," grumbled Ned. "I got by all right to-day, +I suppose, but what's going to happen to-morrow?" + +Kewpie evidently didn't know, for he stared morosely at the floor for a +long minute. Finally, "I'll go to Joe and fess up if--if you say so," he +gulped. + +"I think you ought to," responded Ned. + +"Where's the sense in that?" demanded Laurie. "What good would it do? +Proudtree did fib, but he didn't mean to. I mean he didn't do it for +harm. If he goes and tells Stevenson that he fibbed, Stevenson will have +it in for him harder than ever; and he will have it in for you, too, +Ned. Maybe he will think it was a scheme that you and Proudtree hatched +together. That's a punk idea, I say. Best thing to do is prove that +Proudtree didn't fib." + +"How?" asked Ned. + +"Why, Proudtree--" + +"There's an awful lot of that 'Proudtree' stuff," complained the +visitor. "Would you mind calling me Kewpie?" + +"All right. Well, Kewpie told Captain Stevenson that you are a swell +player. Go ahead and be one." + +"Huh, sounds easy the way you say it," scoffed Ned; "but how can I, when +I don't know anything about the silly game? I wish to goodness you'd +taken up football instead of me!" + +"You got through to-day all right, didn't you?" asked Laurie. "Well, +keep it up. Keep your eyes open and learn. You can do it. You're no +fool, even if you haven't my intellect. Besides, you're the best little +fakir that ever came over the range." + +"You can't fake kicking a football," said Ned, scathingly. + +"Look here!" exclaimed Kewpie, his round face illumined by a great idea. +"Tell you what, Ned! I'll show you how to kick!" + +The silence that greeted the offer might have offended a more sensitive +youth, but Kewpie went on with enthusiasm. "Of course, I'm no wonder at +it. I'm a little too short in the leg and, right now, I--I'm a bit +heavy; but I used to kick and I know how it ought to be done. Say we +have a half-hour or so at it every morning for a while?" + +"Wouldn't Stevenson know what was up?" asked Ned, dubiously. + +"He needn't know. We'll go over to the lot behind the grammar school. +Even if he saw us, he'd think we were having some fun." + +"He must have a strange idea of fun," sighed Ned. "Still, if you want to +take the trouble--" + +"Glad to! Besides, I owe you something for--for getting you in wrong. +And I can put you wise to a lot of little things about handling a ball. +We could do some passing, for instance. Wonder who's got a ball we could +borrow. I'll find one somewhere. You understand. Now, what hour have you +got free in the morning?" + +A comparison of schedules showed that on two mornings a week the boys +could meet at ten, and on two other mornings at ten-thirty. The +remaining days were not accommodating, however. + +"Well, even four times a week will show results," said Kewpie, +cheerfully. "This is Thursday. We'll have the first lesson Saturday at +ten." + +"I hope they don't ask me to do any kicking before then," said Ned. + +"Not likely. You'll get about the same stuff to-morrow as you had +to-day. You'll get by, take my word for it. That's settled, then." +Kewpie referred to an ornate gold wrist-watch. "It's after eight. You're +going over to Johnny's, aren't you!" + +"Johnny's?" repeated Laurie. "Oh, Doctor Hillman's! I suppose so. What's +it like?" + +"Oh, it isn't bad. The eats are pretty fair. Anyway, he sort of likes +the fellows to go, and he's a good sort. You'll be introduced to the +faculty and their wives, if they have any, and meet a lot of fellows +whose names you'll forget the next minute. Take my advice and sort of +work in toward the dining-room. Last year, the harlequin ice-cream gave +out before I could get to the table." Kewpie sighed. "Tabby has bully +cake, too, and I'm off of cake. Isn't that rotten luck?" + +"Awful!" laughed Ned. "You going over now?" + +"Yes. Come on and I'll introduce you to some of the fellows you ought to +know. I'll wash my dirty paws and meet you in two minutes." + +The principal's reception proved rather enjoyable. The "eats" were +excellent and, under Kewpie's guidance, the twins reached the long table +in the dining-room well in advance of the crowd. As Laurie remarked +afterward, it was worth the amount of trouble involved just to watch +Kewpie's mouth water as he gazed soulfully at the chocolate layer-cake. +To his credit be it narrated that he manfully resisted it. Besides +consuming much delectable food, the twins were impressively introduced +by their guide to a number of their fellow-students, the introduction +being prefaced in each case by a sort of biographical note, as: "There's +Dan Whipple. The tall fellow with the trick collar, talking to Mrs. +Wells. Rows stroke on the crew. Senior class president. Honor man last +year. President of Attic, too. Good chap to know. Come on." In such +manner they met at least a half-dozen school notables, most of whom were +extremely affable to the new boys. Sometimes, to be sure, the twins had +a suspicion that Kewpie was pretending a closer intimacy with a notable +than in fact existed, but he always "got away with it." + +The only fly in the ointment of the evening's enjoyment occurred when +Kewpie mischievously introduced them to Mrs. Pennington, the wife of the +Greek and Latin instructor, and sneaked away. Mrs. Pennington was tall +and extremely thin, and viewed the world through a pair of +tortoise-shell spectacles. She had a high voice and what Ned termed a +"very Lake Superior" manner, and, since she confined her conversation to +the benefits to be derived from an earnest study of the Latin poets, +philosophers, and historians, the twins were not happy. Fortunately, +very little was demanded from them conversationally, Mrs. Pennington +being quite competent to do all the talking. But, unfortunately, she +gave them no chance to get away. Ned descried Kewpie grinning +heartlessly from the doorway and rewarded him with a terrific and +threatening scowl. Kewpie, however, waved blandly and faded into the +night. Release came to them at last and they scurried away, neglecting, +in their hurried departure, to say good night either to the doctor or +Miss Tabitha, a breach of etiquette which probably passed unnoted by the +hosts. Back in East Hall, the twins hammered loudly at Number 15, but +Kewpie was either absent or discreet. At any rate, there was no +response, and revenge had to be postponed. + +To Laurie's surprise, a notice on the bulletin-board in the corridor of +School Hall the following morning announced that autumn baseball +practice would begin that afternoon. He had supposed that his hour to +offer himself on the altar of school patriotism would not arrive until +the next spring; and later, when he strode down Walnut Street with Ned, +in search of football togs for the latter, he broached the subject +diplomatically. + +"Funny idea to have baseball practice this time of year, I think," he +remarked carelessly. "Not much good in it. A fellow would forget +anything he learned by next April." + +"Didn't know they did," replied Ned, uninterestedly. "Who told you +that?" + +"Oh, there was a notice on the board in School Hall. Don't believe many +fellows go out in the fall." + +"Thought baseball was a spring and summer game. Still, I dare say you +can play it just as well now. Seems to me I've heard of having spring +football practice, haven't you?" + +"I dare say. Crazy scheme, though, playing games out of season." + +"Ye-es." Ned went on thoughtfully a moment Then he shot a suspicious +glance at his brother. "You going out?" he demanded. + +"N-no, I don't think so," answered Laurie, lightly. "There's that +building we had the bet on the other day. We never did find out--" + +"Never you mind about that building," interrupted Ned, severely. "I'm on +to you, partner. You're trying to renege on baseball. Well, it doesn't +go! You're a baseball hero and you've got to get busy!" + +"Aw, Ned, have a heart! There's plenty of time--" + +"No, sir, by jiminy! You got me slaving for the dear old school, now you +do your bit!" + +"Yes, but it isn't fair to start the baseball season in September. You +know it isn't." + +"Cut out the alibis! You can get some baseball togs right now. Good +thing you spoke of it. What'll you need?" + +"All I need is kindness," wailed Laurie. "Ned, I don't want to be a +hero! I don't want to save the dear old school from defeat in the ninth +inning! I--I--" + +"You're going to do as you agreed to," answered Ned, grimly. "Remember +that the honor of the Turners is at stake!" + +Laurie sighed deeply. Then, "You speak of honor! Say no more. I yield," +he declaimed dramatically. + +"You bet you do," answered Ned, unhesitatingly. "You for the baseball +field!" + + + + +CHAPTER VII--HIGH SCHOOL ACCEPTS DEFEAT + + +A week passed, and the twins began to feel like old residents. They had +ceased being "the Turner twins" to acquaintances, although others still +referred to them so, and their novelty had so far worn off that they +could enter a classroom or walk side by side across the yard without +being conscious of the rapt, almost incredulous stares of the beholders. +To merely casual acquaintances they were known as Ned and Laurie; to a +few friends they had become Nid and Nod. Kewpie was responsible for +that. He had corrupted "Ned" into "Nid," after which it was impossible +for Laurie to be anything but "Nod." Laurie had demurred for a time, +demanding to be informed who Nod had been. Kewpie couldn't tell him, +being of the hazy belief that Nid and Nod were brothers in some fairy +story he had once read, but he earnestly assured Laurie that both had +been most upright and wholly estimable persons. Anyhow, Laurie's +objections wouldn't have accomplished much, for others had been prompt +to adopt the nicknames and all the protests in the world wouldn't have +caused them to drop them. These others weren't many in number, however: +Kewpie and Thurman Kendrick and Lee Murdock and George Watson about made +up the list of them at this time. + +Kendrick was Kewpie's room-mate, a smallish, black-haired, very earnest +youth of sixteen, which age was also Kewpie's. Thurman was familiarly +known as "Hop," although the twins never learned why. He was a candidate +for quarter-back on the eleven and took his task very seriously. Lee +Murdock was one of the baseball crowd, and Laurie had scraped +acquaintance with him on the diamond during a practice game. The word +"scraped" is used advisedly, for Laurie, in sliding to second base, had +spiked much of the skin from Lee's ankle. Of such incidents are +friendships formed! Lee was two years older than Laurie, a big, rather +raw-boned fellow with a mop of ash-colored hair and very bright blue +eyes. + +George Watson was sixteen, an upper middler, and, as Laurie frequently +assured him, no fit associate for a respectable fellow. To the latter +assertion George cheerfully agreed, adding that he always avoided such. +He came from Wyoming and had brought with him a breeziness of manner +that his acquaintances, rightly or wrongly, described as "wild and +woolly." Of the four, Kewpie and George were more often found in company +with the twins. + +There had been four lessons in kicking on an open lot behind the grammar +school, two short blocks away, and while Ned had not yet mastered the +gentle art of hurtling a football through the air, Kewpie was +enthusiastic about his pupil's progress. "Why, geewhillikins, Nid," he +broke forth after the fourth session, "you're a born kicker! Honest you +are! You've got a corking swing and a lot of drive. You--you've got real +_form_, that's what you've got. You understand. And you certainly do +learn! Of course, you haven't got it all from me, because you've been +punting in practice two or three times, but I take some of the credit." + +"You've got a right to," responded Ned. "You've taught me a lot more +than I've learned on the field. Gee, if it hadn't been for you I'd been +afraid even to try a punt over there! You ought to see the puzzled way +that Pope looks at me sometimes. He can't seem to make me out, because, +I suppose, Joe Stevenson told him I was a crackajack. Yesterday he said, +'You get good distance, Turner, and your direction isn't bad, but you +never punt twice the same way!'" + +"Well, you don't," laughed Kewpie. "But you'll get over that just as +soon as I can get it into your thick head that the right way's the best +and there's only one right!" + +"I know," said Ned, humbly. "I mean to do the way you say, but I sort of +forget." + +"That's because you try to think of too many things at once. Stop +thinking about your leg and just remember the ball and keep your eyes on +it until it's in the air. That's the secret, Nid. I heard Joe telling +Pinky the other day that you'd ought to shape up well for next year." + +"Next year!" exclaimed Ned, dubiously. "Gee! mean to tell me I'm going +through all this work for next year?" + +"Well, you might get a place this year, for all you know," replied +Kewpie, soothingly. "Just keep on coming, Nid. If you could only--well, +if you had just a bit more _speed_ now, got started quicker, you know, +Pinky would have you on the second squad in no time, I believe. You're +all right after you get started, but--you understand." + +"I do the best I know how," sighed Ned. "I suppose I am slow on the +get-away, though. Corson is always calling me down about it. Oh, well, +what do I care? I don't own it." + +"I'd like to see you make good, though," said Kewpie. "Besides, remember +the honor of the Turners!" + +Ned laughed. "Laurie will look after that. He's doing great things in +baseball, if you believe him, and it wouldn't be right for us to capture +all the athletic honors." + +"You make me weary!" grunted Kewpie. "Say, don't you California chaps +ever have any pep?" + +"California, old scout, is famous for its pep. We grow it for market out +there. Why, I've seen a hundred acres planted to it!" + +"You have, eh? Well, it's a big shame you didn't bring a sprig of it +East with you, you lazy lummox! Some day I'm going to drop a cockle-burr +down your back and see if you don't show some action!" + +Hillman's started her season on the following Saturday with Orstead High +School. As neither team had seen much practice, the contest didn't show +a very high grade of football. The teams played four ten-minute +quarters, consuming a good two hours of elapsed time in doing it, their +members spending many precious moments prone on the turf. The weather +was miserably warm for football and the players were still pretty soft. + +Kewpie derived great satisfaction from the subsequent discovery that he +had dropped three quarter pounds and was within a mere seven pounds of +his desired weight. Had he played the game through instead of yielding +the center position to Holmes at the beginning of the last half, he +might have reached his goal that afternoon. Ned and Laurie wounded him +deeply by declaring that there was no apparent improvement in his +appearance. + +Ned saw the game from the substitutes' bench, and Laurie from the stand. +High School turned out a full attendance and, since Hillman's was +outnumbered two to one, "O. H. S." colors and cheers predominated. +Laurie sat with Lee Murdock, who, as a baseball enthusiast, professed a +great scorn of football. (There was no practice on the diamond that +afternoon.) Lee amused himself by making ridiculous comments in a voice +audible for many yards around. + +"That's piffle!" he declared on one occasion, when the ground was strewn +with tired, panting players. "The umpire said, 'Third down,' but if they +aren't three quarters down, I'll treat the crowd! The trouble with those +fellows is that they didn't get enough sleep last night. Any one can see +that. Why, I can hear that big chap snoring 'way over here!" Again, +"That brother of yours is playing better than any of them," he asserted. + +"Ned? Why, he isn't in! He's on the bench down there." + +"Sure! That's what I mean. You don't see him grabbing the ball away from +Brattle and losing two or three yards at a time. No, sir; he just sits +right there, half asleep, and makes High School _work_ for the game. +Every time he doesn't take the ball, Nod, he saves us three or four +yards. He's a hero, that's what he is. If Mulford would get all the rest +of them back on the bench, we might win." + +"You're crazy," laughed Laurie. + +During the intermission, Laurie's wandering gaze fell on two girls a +dozen seats away. One, whom he had never seen before, displayed a +cherry-and-black pennant and belonged unmistakably to the high school +cohort. She was a rather jolly-looking girl, Laurie decided, with a good +deal of straw-colored hair and a pink-and-white skin. Her companion was +evidently divided as to allegiance, for she had a cherry-and-black +ribbon pinned on the front of her dress and wore a dark-blue silken +arm-band. For a moment Laurie wondered why she looked familiar to him. +Then he recognized her as Polly Deane. The two girls appeared to be +alone, although some boys in the row behind were talking to them. + +So far, the twins had not been back to the little shop on Pine Street, +but Laurie resolved now that he would drop around there very soon and +pay his bill before his money was gone. After paying the school bill for +the first half-year, he and Ned had shared slightly more than twenty +dollars, but since then there had been many expenses. They had each had +to purchase playing togs and stationery, and, finally, had donated two +dollars apiece to the football fund at the mass-meeting Friday night of +the week before. + +Viewed from a financial standpoint, that meeting hadn't been a great +success, and it was no secret that, unless more money was forthcoming, +the team would be obliged to cancel at least one of its away-from-home +games. But it had resulted in bringing out a big field of candidates, +and there had been a lot of enthusiasm. The next day, viewing his +reduced exchequer, Laurie had ruefully observed that he guessed a dollar +would have been enough to give, but Ned had called him a "piker" and a +"tight-wad" and other scornful things. Yesterday Ned had borrowed half a +dollar, which was more than a fourth of Laurie's remaining cash; and the +first of October was still a week distant. Realizing the latter fact, +Laurie changed his mind about settling his account at the Widow Deane's. +But, he reflected, with another friendly glance in Polly's direction, it +wouldn't be right to withhold his trade from the store. And he wasn't +anywhere near the limit of indebtedness yet! + +Two listless periods followed the intermission, the only inspiring +incident coming when, near the end of the third quarter, Pope, Hillman's +full-back, foiled in his attempt to get a forward pass away, smashed +past the enemy and around his left end for a run that placed the pigskin +six yards short of the last white line. From there the home team managed +to push its way to a touch-down, the third and last score of the day. +The final figures were 10 to 7 in Hillman's favor, and neither side was +very proud of the outcome. + +Ned returned to Number 16 half an hour later in a most critical frame of +mind, and spent ten minutes explaining to Laurie just when and how the +school team had failed. At last Laurie interrupted him to ask, "Have you +told this to Mr. Mulford, Ned?" + +"Mr. Mulford? Why--oh, go to the dickens!" + +"Seems to me he ought to know," said Laurie, gravely. + +"That's all right. You can be sarcastic if you like, but I'm talking +horse-sense. You see a lot of things from the bench that you don't see +from the stand. Besides, you've got to know football to understand it. +Now you take--" + +"I beg your pardon! Did you say anything about understanding football?" + +"Well, I understand a lot more about it than you do," replied the other, +warmly. "I've been playing it a week, haven't I?" + +"Sure, but I'll bet you don't know how much a safety counts!" + +"I don't need to. That's up to the referee. But I know some football, +just the same. And I punted forty-seven yards yesterday, too!" + +"In how many punts?" inquired Laurie, innocently. + +Ned threw a book at him and the subject was closed. + +In his own line, baseball, Laurie was not setting the world on fire. He +was gaining a familiarity with the position of center fielder on the +scrub nine, and batting practice was at least not doing him any harm. +But he certainly had displayed no remarkable ability; and if Ned had +gained a notion to the contrary, it was merely because it pleased Laurie +to fool him with accounts of imaginary incidents in which he, Laurie, +had shone most brilliantly. As Ned knew even less about baseball than he +had known of football, almost any fairy-tale "went" with him, and Laurie +derived much amusement thereby; decidedly more, in fact, than he derived +from playing! + +On Monday morning Laurie dragged Ned over to the Widow Deane's for +ginger-ale, professing a painful thirst. The Widow greeted them +pleasantly, recalling their names, and provided them with the requested +beverage. Laurie's thirst seemed to have passed, for he had difficulty +in consuming his portion. When, presently, he asked politely about +Polly, it developed that that young lady was quite well enough to attend +high school as usual. Laurie said, "Oh!" and silently promised himself +that the next time he got thirsty it would be in the afternoon. Ned ate +two doughnuts and was hesitating over raspberry tarts when Laurie +dragged him away. "Can't you think of anything but eating?" demanded the +latter, disgustedly. Ned only blinked. + +"Ginger-ale always makes me hungry," he explained calmly. + +Two days later, the twins awoke to cloudy skies, and by mid-forenoon a +lazy drizzle was falling, which later turned to a downright tempest of +wind and rain. At four the baseball candidates scooted to the +field-house for cover, although, peering forth through a drenched +window, Laurie discerned the football-players still at work. Lee Murdock +said he guessed the equinoctial storm had come, and that if it had +there'd be no practice for a couple of days. Laurie tried to look +broken-hearted and failed dismally. Taking advantage of a lull in the +downpour, he and Lee, with many of the others, set forth for school. +They were still far short of the gymnasium, however, when the torrent +began again, and it was a wet, bedraggled, and breathless crowd that +presently pushed through the door. + +George Watson, who had been playing tennis before the rain started, was +philosophically regarding a pair of "unshrinkable" flannel trousers +which, so he declared, had already receded an inch at the bottoms. It +was George who suggested that, after changing to dry clothing, they go +over to the Widow's and have ice-cream at his expense. Not possessing a +rain-coat of his own, Laurie invaded Number 15 and borrowed Kewpie's. It +was many sizes too large, but it answered. The Widow's was full when he +and George and Lee got there, and the pastry counter looked as though it +had been visited by an invading army. There was still ice-cream, though, +and the three squeezed into a corner and became absorbedly silent for a +space. + +Polly was helping her mother, and Laurie exchanged greetings with her, +but she was far too busy for conversation. Lee treated to a second round +of ice-cream, and afterward Laurie bought a bag of old-fashioned +chocolates. He hoped Polly would wait on him, but it was Polly's mother +who did so and asked after his brother as she filled the paper sack. + +"I do hope you're looking after him and that he hasn't eaten those +raspberry tarts yet," she said pleasantly. + +"Yes'm," said Laurie. "I mean, he hasn't." He thought it surprising that +the Widow Deane was able to tell them apart. Even Kewpie and George +frequently made mistakes. + +It was still pouring when they went out again, and they hurried up the +street and around the corner into School Park, their progress somewhat +delayed by the fact that Laurie had placed the bag of candy in an +outside pocket of Kewpie's capacious rain-coat and that all three had +difficulty in finding it. Lee had just popped a big chocolate into his +mouth and George was fumbling into the moist bag when the clouds opened +suddenly and such a deluge fell as made them gasp. In distance they were +but a long block from school; but with the rain descending on them as +though poured from a million buckets, their thought was of immediate +shelter. + +"Wow!" yelped Lee. "Let's get out of this! Here's a house. Come on!" + +There was an opening in a high hedge, and a short brick walk from which +the drops were rebounding knee-high, and, seen dimly through the deluge, +a porch at the end of it. They reached it in what Laurie called three +leaps and a jump, and, under shelter of the roof, drew breath and looked +back into the gray welter. The park was invisible, and even the high +lilac hedge was only a blurred shape. Lee had to shout to make himself +heard above the rain. + +"Wonder who lives here," he said. "I don't remember this house." + +"Sure you do!" said George. "This is the Coventry house. We're on the +side porch." + +"Oh!" Lee gazed doubtfully into the rain. "Well, anyway, it'll do. Gee, +my trousers are soaked to the knees! How long do you suppose this will +keep up?" + +"You said for two days," answered Laurie, cheerfully, trying to dry his +neck with a moist handkerchief. + +"I mean this shower, you chump!" + +"Call this a shower? What's a cloud-burst like in this part of the +country, then?" + +"We don't have such things," answered George, who was peering through a +side-light into the dim interior. "Say, I thought this place was empty," +he continued. "I can see chairs and a table in there." + +"No; some one rented it this fall," said Lee. "I noticed the other day +that the front door was open and the grass had been cut. I wouldn't want +to live in the place, though." + +"Why?" inquired Laurie. + +But, before any answer came, the door was suddenly opened within a few +inches of George's nose and a voice said: + +"You fellows had better come inside until it's over." + + + + +CHAPTER VIII--IN THE MISER'S HOUSE + + +The invitation came from a boy of about sixteen, a slim, eminently +attractive chap, who smiled persuasively through the aperture. Laurie +knew that he had seen him somewhere, but it was not until they had +followed, somewhat protestingly, into a hallway and from there into a +large and shadowy drawing-room that he recognized him as one of the day +pupils. Lee, it seemed, knew him slightly and called him by name. + +"We oughtn't to come in here," Lee apologized. "We're soaking wet, +Starling." + +"It doesn't matter," answered their host. "Wait till I find a match and +we'll have a fire here." + +"Don't bother, please," George protested. "We're going right on in a +minute." + +"Might as well get dry a bit first. The fire's all laid." The boy held a +match at the grate and in a moment the wood was snapping merrily. "Pull +up some chairs, fellows. Here, try this. Some rain, isn't it?" + +"Rather," agreed Lee. "By the way, do you know Turner? And Watson?" The +three boys shook hands. "I didn't know you lived here," Lee continued. +"Saw the house had been taken, but didn't know who had it. Corking big +place, isn't it?" + +Starling laughed. "It's big all right, but it's not so corking. Let me +have that rain-coat, Turner. The rooms are so frightfully huge that you +get lost in them! I have the bedroom above this, and the first morning I +woke up in it I thought I was in the Sahara Desert! This was the only +place we could find, though, that was for rent, and we had to take it. +Dad came here on short notice and we didn't have much time to look +around. Pull up closer to the fire, Watson, and get your feet dry. I've +got some slippers upstairs if you want to take your shoes off." + +"No, thanks. I guess the wet didn't get through. I've seen you over at +school, haven't I?" + +"Yes, I'm a day boy; one of the 'Hep, heps!'" + +Lee grinned. "Sort of a mean trick, that, Starling, but they always do +it every year." + +"Wish I'd known about it beforehand. I'd have sneaked over a fence and +through a window. It was fierce! I was the last fellow to get in this +fall. Dad made application in August, and some fellow who had entered in +the spring changed his mind; otherwise I'd have had to go to the high +school." + +"That would have been an awful fate," said George, gravely. + +"Oh, I wouldn't have minded. I like Hillman's, though. Do any of you +chaps play tennis?" + +"I try to," answered George. + +"Wish you'd give me a game some day. Tennis is about the only thing I +know much about, and I saw some dandy courts over at the field." + +"Glad to," George assured him. "Any day you like, Starling. I'm not much +of a player, though, so don't expect a lot." + +"Guess you're good enough to handle me," laughed the other. "I like it +better than I can play it. How about to-morrow afternoon?" + +"Suits me," answered George. "Three-thirty?" + +"Fine! I'm going to get Dad to build a court in the yard here, if I can. +There's lots of room, but there's a tumble-down old grape-arbor right in +the middle." + +"Yes, there's surely room enough," agreed Lee. "We used to come over +here last fall and get pears--there's a dandy seckel tree back there. +I'd say there was room for two or three courts if some of the trees were +cut down." + +"What could he do with three of them?" asked Laurie. + +"I suppose we'd have to get the owner's permission to even take that +rickety old arbor down," Starling said. + +"I thought the owner was dead," Lee observed. + +George chuckled. "If he was dead he wouldn't be the owner, you simple! +Old Coventry died three or four years ago, but somebody owns the place, +of course. If what they tell of the old chap is true, it must have +broken his heart to know he couldn't take the place with him! Maybe he +took his money with him, though. Anyway, the story goes that he had +slathers of it, and they could only find a couple of thousands when he +died." + +"What was he, a miser?" asked Starling. + +"Yes, one of the sort you read about in the stories. Lived here all +alone for years and years with only a negro servant. They say you could +never see a light in the place at night, and he never went off the front +porch more than a couple of times a year. Then a carriage came for him +and he got in and went down to the boat. He didn't use the train because +it cost too much. Of course, when he died, folks expected to find that +he had left a mint of money; but all any one could discover was about +two thousand dollars in one of the banks here--that, and this property. +The heirs, whoever they were, pretty near tore the insides out of the +house, they say, looking for coin, but they didn't get any thing." + +"And at night the old codger's ghost walks around," added Lee; "and if +you follow him, he'll take you to the place the money's hidden." + +"Honest?" exclaimed Starling, joyfully. "Gosh, that's great! I always +wanted to live in a house with a ghost." + +"I'm sorry, then," said George, "for I just made that part up." + +"_You_ did?" Lee looked incredulous. "Where do you come in? I've heard +that ever since I came here." + +"No, sir; you may have heard the rest of the story, but not the part +about the ghost. I wrote the yarn up in my junior year for an English +comp., and tacked on the ghost feature as a sort of added climax. Got +good marks, too, and the Orstead paper published the thing. I'll show it +to you, if you like." + +Lee looked unconvinced still, and Starling disappointed. "Well, it's a +good story, anyway, and makes the place more interesting. Some day I'll +have a look myself for the hidden millions." + +"Guess the old chap never had that much," said George. "Thirty or forty +thousand is about what he was supposed to have salted away." + +"Scarcely worth bothering about," observed Laurie, with a yawn. + +"But look here, what became of the servant?" asked Starling. "Maybe he +got the dough and made off with it." + +"Lots of folks thought that," replied George; "but the theory didn't pan +out for a cent. The negro stuck around here for quite a while and then +ambled off somewhere. He claimed that old Coventry died owing him a +month's wages, and tried to get some one to pay him, but I guess he +never got any of it, if it was really owing." + +"Where did he go to?" asked Starling. + +"I don't know. New York City, I think." + +"I'll bet he either had the money or knew where it was," declared +Starling, with conviction. "Don't you see, fellows, he did just what any +one would do in his case? He stuck around so he wouldn't be suspected. +If he'd gone right off, folks would have said he was trying to avoid +being asked about the money. And then he faked up the yarn about the old +gentleman owing him wages. A first-class detective would have got trace +of the coin, I'll wager!" + +"You've been reading _Sherlock Holmes_," laughed Lee. "Why don't you +follow up your clue, find the negro, and restore the lost wealth to the +starving heirs?" + +"Huh! If he did get the money, he's where even _Sherlock Holmes_ +wouldn't find him by this time. Some one should have followed the fellow +and kept watch on him right then. How old was he, Watson?" + +"About fifty, I guess. They say he had white whiskers, anyway. Oh, he +didn't know any more than he said he did. He was all right. He had been +with old Coventry for years and years, one of those old-time family +servants, you know, honest and faithful. Why, he went on something +fierce when the old chap died!" + +"Say, how much of this guff is real and how much of it is English +composition?" asked Lee, suspiciously. "How do you know the negro took +on when the old codger died? You weren't here." + +"Maybe I heard it," replied George, grinning. + +"Yes, and maybe you just made it up, like the stuff about the ghost," +Lee retorted sarcastically. "I've heard the yarn two or three times, but +I never heard that the negro had white whiskers or that he went into +mourning!" + +"It's a fact, though," declared the other, warmly. "I prepared mighty +well on that comp.; talked with half a dozen persons who knew the story. +Got most of the stuff from the Widow Deane, though. Old Coventry had +been dead only about two years then and folks were still talking about +him. The Widow doesn't think the old chap had nearly as much money as he +was supposed to have." + +"She has the little store around on the back street?" asked Starling. + +"Yes. She took that as her share." + +"Her share of what?" demanded Lee. + +"Why, of the estate. Old Coventry owned the whole half-block right +through from Walnut Street to Pine. She rented that house from him until +he died; paid a good stiff price, too; and then, when the estate was +finally settled, she took it as her share, although she had to pay the +other heirs something because they claimed that it was worth more than +she had a right to." + +"Look here," said Lee, "do you mean that the Widow Deane was one of old +Coventry's heirs?" + +"Of course! Didn't you know it? She was a half-sister. She lived over in +New Jersey, she told me, until her husband died. Then she wrote to old +Coventry, asking him to help her because she didn't have much money, and +he invited her to come here. She thought he meant to give her a home +with him; but when she got here, the best he would do was rent her that +little house around on Pine Street and stock it up for her as a store. +Then he built a fence between the two places. It used to be open right +through." + +"Gee, you certainly know a lot of ancient history!" marveled Lee. + +"I believe in being thorough," laughed George. "When I tackle a subject +I get a fall out of it." + +"So when I trail the murderer--I mean the thief," reflected Starling, +"I'll be doing the old lady back there a good turn, won't I?" + +"Surest thing you know!" agreed George. + +"And she needs the money, I guess. I don't believe she makes a fortune +out of that emporium. And that daughter of hers is a nice kid, too." + +"How many other heirs are there to share in the money when Starling +finds it?" asked Laurie. + +"I don't know. Quite a bunch, I believe. The old chap wasn't married, +and the heirs are nephews and nieces and things like that. The Widow's +the only one living around here, though." + +"Well, when I do find it," laughed Starling, "I'll keep it quiet and +hand it all over to the Widow." + +"He wants to make a hit with Polly," said Lee. "He's a fox." + +"I've never seen her," Starling denied. + +"Well, she's a mighty pretty girl," George avowed. "If you don't believe +me, ask Nod." + +Laurie looked intensely innocent and very surprised. "Why me?" he asked +blandly. + +George shook his head, grinning. "You can't get away with it, son! Think +I didn't see you making love to the old lady this afternoon?" + +"Well," Laurie laughed, "I thought it was Polly you spoke of." + +"Sure, but she was busy waiting on a bunch of juniors and so you made up +to the Widow. We saw you smirking and talking sweet to her, didn't we, +Lee? Butter wouldn't have melted in the dear lamb's mouth. And I thought +the old lady seemed rather taken with him, too; didn't you, Lee?" + +"Rather! It was positively sickening! Talk about foxes--" + +"Oh, dry up and blow away!" muttered Laurie. "Say, the rain's stopped +now--pretty nearly." + +"Wants to get away from the embarrassing subject," George confided to +Starling. "Well, I never desert a pal, Nod. Come on, we'll trot along. +Much obliged for taking us in, Starling. Hope we haven't ruined your +rug. Half-past three to-morrow, if the courts are dry. I'll meet you in +School Hall." + +"Glad to have you drop around at my room some time," said Lee. "I'm in +West; Number 7." + +"Same here," added Laurie; "16 East Hall. Thanks, Starling." + +"You're welcome. Come in again, fellows. When I get that tennis-court +fixed up, we'll have some fun here. You needn't wait for that, though. +I'd like you to meet my father and aunt. No one's at home just now. I +say, better take a couple of umbrellas." + +"Not worth it, thanks," answered Lee. "After that deluge, this is just +an April shower. So long!" + +Lee's statement wasn't much of an exaggeration, and the three continued +their way to the school unhurriedly. George remarked gloomily that it +didn't look awfully promising for tennis on the morrow, adding: "I'll +bet that chap's a corking good player, too." + +"Maybe you'll learn a little about the game from him," said Laurie, +sweetly. "How old do you say he is?" + +"Starling? Oh, seventeen, maybe. He's in upper middle." + +"Sixteen, more likely," said George. "He seems a decent sort, eh? How +did you come to know him?" + +"I didn't really know him. He's in some of my classes and we've spoken a +couple of times. Rather a--an interesting kind of chap. Wonder what his +father does here. Funny place for him to come to. He spoke of an aunt, +but didn't say anything about a mother. Guess she's dead. Auntie +probably keeps house for them." + +As they entered the gate George chuckled and Laurie asked, "What's your +trouble, Old-Timer!" + +"I was just thinking what a joke it would be if Starling took that stuff +seriously about the hidden money and began to hack away the woodwork and +dig up the cellar floor!" + +"Why, wasn't it true?" + +"Sure! At least, as true as anything is that folks tell. You know, Nod, +after being repeated a couple of hundred times a story sort of grows." + +Lee grunted. "After some smart Aleck has written it up as an English +comp. its own mother wouldn't know it! The real joke would be for +Starling to wreck the woodwork and find the money!" + +"No, that wouldn't be a joke," said George, "that would be a movie! Come +on! It's starting again! Last man in East buys the sodas! Come on, Lee!" + +Lee and Laurie ran a dead heat, and all the way to George's room, on the +second floor, each sought to shift to the other the responsibility of +providing the soda-water for the trio. In the end, George appointed +himself referee and halved the responsibility between them. + +When, twenty minutes later, Laurie climbed onward to Number 16, he found +a very disgruntled Ned curled up in the window-seat, which was now +plentifully supplied with cushions. "Where've you been all the +afternoon?" he demanded aggrievedly. + +"Many places," replied Laurie, cheerfully. "Why the grouch?" + +"You'd have a grouch, I reckon, if you'd messed around with a soggy +football for almost two hours in a cloud-burst!" + +"Did you--er--get wet?" + +"Oh, no, I didn't get wet! I carried an umbrella all the time, you silly +toad! Or maybe you think they roofed the gridiron over for us?" + +"Well, I got sort of water-logged myself, and don't you let any one tell +you any different! Wait till I return this rain-coat and I'll tell you +about it." + +"I've got troubles enough of my own," grumbled Ned, as Laurie crossed +the corridor. + +Kewpie wasn't in when the borrowed garment was returned, but Hop +Kendrick was, and Hop said it was quite all right, that Ned was welcome +to anything of Kewpie's at any time, and please just stick it in the +closet or somewhere. And Laurie thanked him gratefully and placed the +rain-coat, which wasn't very wet now, where he had found it. And the +incident would have ended then and there if it hadn't started in to rain +cats and dogs again after supper and if Kewpie hadn't taken it into his +head to pay a visit to a fellow in West Hall. Which is introductory to +the fact that at eight o'clock that evening, while Ned and Laurie were +conscientiously absorbed in preparing to-morrow's Latin, a large and +irate youth appeared at the door of Number 16 with murder in his eyes +and what appeared to be gore on his hands! + +"That's a swell way to return a fellow's coat!" he accused. + +He brandished one gory hand dramatically, and with the other exhumed +from a pocket of the garment a moist and shapeless mass of brown paper +and chocolate creams. "Look at this!" he exhorted. "It--it's all over +me! The pocket's a regular glue-pot! Ugh!" + +Laurie looked and his shoulders heaved. + +"Oh, Kewpie!" he gurgled, contrition--or something--quite overmastering +him. "I'm s-s-so s-s-sorry!" + +Kewpie regarded him scathingly a moment, while syrupy globules detached +themselves from the exhibit and ran along his wrist. Finally he +exploded: "Sorry! Yes, you are!" + +Whereupon the door closed behind him with an indignant crash, and +Laurie, unable longer to contain his sorrow, dropped his head on his +books and gave way to it unrestrainedly. + + + + +CHAPTER IX--LAURIE HEARS NEWS + + +October arrived with the first touch of cooler weather, and the football +candidates, who had panted and perspired under summer conditions for a +fortnight, took heart. Among these was Ned. Laurie, who at first had had +to alternate sympathy and severity in order to keep his brother's +courage to the sticking-point, now found that his encouragement was no +longer needed. Ned was quite as much in earnest as any fellow who wore +canvas. Probably he was not destined ever to become a mighty player, for +he seemed to lack that quality which coaches, unable to describe, call +football instinct. But he had made progress--surprising progress when it +is considered that he had known virtually nothing of the game two weeks +before. + +Laurie, whose afternoons were still absorbed by baseball, viewed Ned's +efforts as something of a joke, much to the latter's chagrin, and +continued to do so until a chance conversation with Thurman Kendrick +opened his eyes. Hop had come across one forenoon to borrow some notes +and had tarried a moment to talk. In those days, when Hop talked he +talked of just one subject, and that subject was football, and he +introduced it to-day. + +"We've got to do better to-morrow than we did last week," he said +earnestly, "or we'll get licked hard. Cole's was fairly easy, but +Highland is a tough customer. Our trouble so far has been slowness, and +Highland's as fast as they make them. Somehow, Mulford doesn't seem able +to get any pep into our bunch. The line isn't so bad, but the back +field's like cold glue." + +"That's up to the quarter, isn't it?" asked Laurie, anxious to prove +himself not absolutely ignorant of the subject. + +"Yes, partly; but it's up to the coach first. If the backs aren't used +to working fast, the quarter can't make them. Frank Brattle's a good +quarter, Nod. I sort of wish he wasn't so good!" + +"Meaning you'd have a better chance of swiping his job?" smiled Laurie. + +"Oh, I'll never do that; but if he wasn't so good I'd get in more often. +The best I can hope for this year is to get in for maybe a full period +in the Farview game. Anyway, I'll get my letter, and maybe next year +I'll land in the position. Frank's a senior, you know." + +"Is he? I haven't seen much practice so far. Baseball keeps me pretty +busy." + +"How are you getting on?" + +"Slow, I'm afraid. Anyway, you could easily tell Babe Ruth and me +apart!" + +"I guess you're doing better than you let on," said Hop. "If you're as +good at baseball as your brother is at football, you'll do." + +"I guess I am," laughed Laurie; "just about!" + +"Well, Nid is surely coming fast," replied Hop, gravely. "He's been +doing some nice work the last few days." + +Laurie stared. "Say, what are you doing, Hop? Stringing me?" he +demanded. + +"Stringing you?" Hop looked puzzled. "Why, no. How do you mean?" + +"About Ned. Do you mean that he's really playing football?" + +"Why, of course I do. Didn't you know it?" + +Laurie shook his head. "He's been telling me a lot of stuff, but I +thought he was just talking, the way I've been, to sort of keep his +courage up." + +"Nonsense! Nid's doing mighty well. I don't know how much experience +he's had; some ways he acts sort of green; but he's got Mason worried, I +guess. If he had another fifteen pounds he'd make the team sure. As it +is, I wouldn't be surprised to see him play a whole lot this fall. You +see, he's a pretty good punter, Nod, and yesterday he blossomed out as a +drop-kicker, too. Landed the ball over from about the thirty yards and +from a hard angle. Mason doesn't do any kicking, and it's no bad thing +to have a fellow in the back field who can help Pope out in a pinch. +It's his kicking ability that'll get him on if anything does." + +"I see," said Laurie, thoughtfully. "Well, I'm mighty glad. To tell the +truth, Hop, Ned hasn't had an awful lot of experience. He's had to bluff +a good deal." + +"I suspected something of the sort from seeing him work the first week +or so. And then Kewpie said something that sort of lined up with the +idea. Well, he's working hard and he's making good. Much obliged for +these, Nod. I'll fetch them back in ten minutes." + +When Kendrick had taken his departure Laurie stared thoughtfully for a +minute into space. Finally he shook his head and smiled. "Good old Ned!" +he murmured. "I'm sorry I ragged him so. Gee, I'll have to buckle down +to my own job or he'll leave me at the post!" + +After practice that afternoon, Laurie and Lee picked up George and Bob +Starling at the tennis-courts, and, after changing into "cits," went +around to the doctor's porch and joined a dozen other lads who were +engaged in drinking Miss Tabitha's weak tea and eating her +soul-satisfying layer-cake. After a half-hour of batting and fielding +practice and a five-inning game between the first team and the scrubs, +Laurie was in a most receptive mood as far as refreshments were +concerned. Miss Tabitha made an ideal hostess, for she left conversation +to the guests and occupied herself in seeing that cups and plates were +kept filled. No one had yet discovered the number of helpings of cake +that constituted Miss Tabitha's limit of hospitality, and there was a +story of a junior so depressed by homesickness that he had +absent-mindedly consumed six wedges of it and was being urged to a +seventh when some inner voice uttered a saving warning. In spite of very +healthy appetites, none of the quartette sought to compete with that +record, but Laurie and George did allow themselves to be persuaded to +third helpings, declining most politely until they feared to decline any +more. Before they had finished, the doctor joined the group and made +himself very agreeable, telling several funny stories that set every one +laughing and caused a small junior--it was the cherub-faced youth who +sat at Laurie's table in the dining-hall and whose career thus far had +proved anything but that of a cherub--to swallow a mouthful of mocha +cake the wrong way, with disastrous results. During the ensuing +confusion the quartette took their departure. At the gate Bob Starling +said: + +"By the way, fellows, I spoke to Dad about that tennis-court, and he's +written to the agent for permission. He says there won't be any trouble; +and if there is, he'll agree to put the garden back the way we found it +and erect a new arbor." + +"What will it be?" asked George. "Sod or gravel?" + +"Oh, gravel. You couldn't get a sod court in shape under a year, and I +want to use it this fall. I'm going to look around to-morrow for some +one to do the job. Know who does that sort of work here--Lee?" + +"No, but I suppose you get a contractor; one of those fellows who build +roads and stone walls and things." + +"I'd ask at the court-house," said Laurie. + +"At the court--oh, that's a punk one!" jeered Bob. "See you later, +fellows!" + +The game with Highland Academy was played across the river at Lookout, +and most of the fellows went. In spite of Hop Kendrick's pessimistic +prophecy, Hillman's took command of the situation in the first quarter +and held it undisturbed to the final whistle. The contest was, if not +extremely fast, well played by both teams, and the hosts refused to +acknowledge defeat until the end. Captain Stevenson, at left tackle, was +the bright, particular star of the day, with the redoubtable Pope a good +second. + +It was Joe Stevenson's capture of a fumbled ball in the first five +minutes of play and his amazing run through the enemy ranks that +produced the initial score. Pope kicked an easy goal after Slavin, right +half, had plunged through for a touch-down. Later in the game, Pope had +added three more points by a place-kick from the forty-two yards. +Highland twice reached the Blue's ten-yard line, the first time losing +the ball on downs, and the next attempting a forward pass that went +astray. Her one opportunity to score by a kick was wrecked by no other +than Kewpie, who, having substituted Holmes at the beginning of the +second half, somehow shot his hundred and seventy pounds through the +defense and met the pigskin with his nose. Kewpie presented a +disreputable appearance for several days, but was given due honor. +Hillman's returned across the Hudson in the twilight of early October +with exultant cheers and songs. + +Ned watched that game from the substitutes' bench, just as he had +watched the two preceding contests, but a newly awakened _esprit de +corps_ forbade complaining. When Laurie sympathetically observed that he +thought it was time Mulford gave Ned a chance in a real game, Ned +responded with dignity, almost with severity, that he guessed the coach +knew his business. + +The first of the month--or, to be exact, the fourth--brought the twins +their monthly allowances, and one of the first things Laurie did was to +go to the little blue shop on Pine Street and pay his bill, which had +reached its prescribed limit several days before. Ned went, too, +although he didn't display much enthusiasm over the mission. Ned held +that, having created a bill, it was all wrong deliberately to destroy +it. To his mind, a bill was something to cherish and preserve. Laurie, +however, pointed out that, since one was prohibited from further +transactions at the Widow's, even on a cash basis, as long as one owed +money there, it would be wise to cancel the debts. Ned recognized the +wisdom of the statement and reluctantly parted with ninety-seven cents. + +Since it was only a little after two o'clock, the shop was empty when +the twins entered, and Polly and her mother were just finishing their +lunch in the back room. It was Polly who answered the tinkle of the bell +and who, after some frowning and turning of pages in the account-book, +canceled the indebtedness. + +"Now," said Ned, "I guess I'll have a cream-cake. Want one, Laurie?" + +Laurie did, in spite of the fact that it was less than an hour since +dinner. Mrs. Deane appeared at the door, observed the proceeding, and +smiled. + +"I'm real glad to see you're still alive," she said to Ned. "I guess he +must take very good care of you." + +"Yes'm, I do," Laurie assured her gravely. + +Ned laughed scornfully, or as scornfully as it was possible to laugh +with his mouth full. "You shouldn't believe everything he tells you, +Mrs. Deane. I have to look after him like a baby. Why, he wouldn't get +down in time for breakfast if I didn't put most of his clothes on." + +"That's no joke, either," retorted Laurie, "about you putting my clothes +on. You're wearing one of my collars and my best socks right now, +and--yes, sir, that's my blue tie!" + +"Wait a bit, partner! Where'd you get that shirt you're wearing?" + +"That's different," answered Laurie, with dignity. "Mine are all in the +wash. Besides, it's an old one and you never wear it." + +"I never get a chance to wear it!" + +"It must be very convenient for you," said Mrs. Deane, smilingly, "to be +able to wear each other's things. Polly, I guess there won't be any one +else in for a while; maybe they'd like to see your garden." + +Being assured that they would, Polly led the way through the back room, +a pleasant, sunny apartment evidently combining the duties of kitchen +and dining-room, and out to a little back porch shaded by +morning-glories and nasturtiums that fairly ran riot over the green +lattice. There was a braided rug on the floor and a small rocker and a +tiny table on which were books and a magazine or two. The books were +evidently Polly's school books, for they were held together by a strap. + +The twins liked that garden. It wasn't very large, for when the peculiar +Mr. Coventry had divided the estate he had placed the high board fence +very close to the little frame dwelling; but perhaps its very smallness +made it seem more attractive. Narrow beds encompassed it on three sides, +and a gravel walk followed the beds. In the tiny square inside, a small +rustic arbor, covered with climbing rose-vines, held a seat that, as was +presently proved, accommodated three very comfortably. + +But before they were allowed to sit down the boys had to be shown many +things: the hollyhocks against the back fence, the flowering almond that +had been brought all the way from the old home in New Jersey,--and had +never quite made up its mind whether to die of homesickness or go on +living,--the bed of lilies-of-the-valley that just _wouldn't_ keep out +of the path and many other floral treasures. Nasturtiums and +morning-glories and scarlet sage and crinkly-edged white and lavender +petunias were still blossoming gaily, and there was even a cluster of +white roses on the arbor, for, so far, no frost had come. The twins +admired properly and Polly was all smiles, until suddenly she said, +"O-oh!" and faced them reproachfully. + +"You've just let me go on and be perfectly ridiculous!" she charged. "I +don't think it's a bit nice of you!" + +"Why, what--how do you mean?" stammered Ned. + +"You have the most wonderful flowers in the world in California, and you +know it!" she replied severely; "and you've let me show you these poor +little things as if--as if they were anything at all in comparison! I +forgot you came from California." + +"Maybe we didn't tell you," offered Laurie. "Anyway, your flowers--" + +"In California they have hedges of geraniums and roses climb right over +the houses, and orange-trees and palms and everything," interrupted +Polly, breathlessly. "Why, this garden must seem perfectly--perfectly +_awful_ to you!" + +"Don't you believe it!" denied Ned. "Flowers and things do grow bigger, +I suppose, out our way; but they aren't a bit prettier, are they, +Laurie?" + +"Not so pretty," answered the other, earnestly. "Besides, _I_ never saw +a geranium hedge in my life. Maybe they have them in some places, like +Pasadena, but there isn't _one_ in Santa Lucia, honest. There isn't, is +there, Ned?" + +"_I_ never saw one. And palms aren't awfully pretty. They get sort of +scraggly-looking sometimes. Honest, Polly, I never saw a garden any +prettier and cuter than this is. Of course, some are bigger and--and +more magnificent--" + +"Who wants a magnificent garden?" demanded Laurie, scornfully. "What +have you got in the box, Polly?" + +Comforted, Polly smiled again. "That's Antoinette," she said. "Come and +see." + +Antoinette lived in a wooden box in the shelter of the porch, and had +long ears and very blue eyes and a nose that twitched funnily when they +approached. In short, Antoinette was a fluffy smoke-gray rabbit. "She +has a dreadfully long pedigree," said Polly, as she took Antoinette out +and snuggled her in her arms. + +"Has she?" murmured Laurie. "I thought it looked rather short." + +"A pedigree isn't a _tail_, you idiot," said Ned, scathingly. "She's +awfully pretty, Polly. Will she bite?" + +"Of course not! At least, not unless you look like a cabbage-leaf." + +"I wouldn't take a chance," Laurie advised. "Any one who's as green as +you are--" + +"She _tries_ to eat 'most everything," said Polly, "but she likes +cabbage and lettuce and carrots best." + +"I wish I had a cabbage," muttered Laurie, searching his pockets; "or a +carrot. You haven't a carrot with you, have you, Ned?" + +"You're the silliest boys!" laughed Polly, returning Antoinette to her +box. "Let's go and sit down a minute." And when they were on the seat +under the arbor and she had smoothed her skirt and tucked a pair of +rather soiled white canvas shoes from sight, she announced, "There! Now +you can make up a verse about something!" + + + + +CHAPTER X--POLLY ENTERTAINS + + +"Make up a--what did you say?" asked Ned. + +"Make up a verse," answered Polly, placidly. "As you did the other day +when you went out. Don't you remember?" + +"Oh!" Laurie looked somewhat embarrassed and a trifle silly. "Why, you +see--we only do that when--when--" + +"When we have inspiration," aided Ned, glibly. + +"Yes, that's it, inspiration! We--we have to have inspiration." + +"I'm sure Antoinette ought to be enough inspiration to any poet," +returned Polly, laughing. "You know you never saw a more beautiful +rabbit in your life--lives, I mean." + +Ned looked inquiringly at Laurie. Then he said, "Well, maybe if I close +my eyes a minute--" He suited action to word. Polly viewed him with +eager interest; Laurie, with misgiving. Finally, after a moment of +silent suspense, his eyelids flickered and: + +"O Antoinette, most lovely of thy kind!" he declaimed. + +"Thou eatest cabbages and watermelon rind!" finished Laurie, promptly. + +Polly clapped her hands, but her approval was short-lived. "But she +doesn't eatest watermelon rind," she declared indignantly. "I'm sure it +wouldn't be at all good for her!" + +Laurie grinned. "That's what we call poetic license," he explained. +"When you make a rhyme, sometimes you've got to--to sacrifice truth +for--in the interests of--I mean, you've got to think of the _sound_! +'Kind' and 'carrot' wouldn't sound _right_, don't you see?" + +"Well, I'm sure watermelon rind doesn't sound right, either," objected +Polly; "not for a rabbit. Rabbits have very delicate digestions." + +"We might change it," offered Ned. "How would this do? + + "O Antoinette, more lovely than a parrot, + Thou dost subsist on cabbages and carrot." + +"That's silly," said Polly, scornfully. + +"Poetry usually is silly," Ned answered. + +Laurie, who had been gazing raptly at his shoes, broke forth exultantly. +"I've got it!" he cried. "Listen! + + "O Antoinette, most beauteous of rabbits, + Be mine and I will feed thee naught but cabbits!" + +A brief silence followed. Then Ned asked, "What are cabbits?" + +"Cabbits are vegetables," replied Laurie. + +"I never heard of them," said Polly, wrinkling her forehead. + +"Neither did any one else," laughed Ned. "He just made them up to rhyme +with rabbits." + +"A cabbit," said Laurie, loftily, "is something between a cabbage and a +carrot." + +"What does it look like?" giggled Polly. + +Laurie blinked. "We-ell, you've seen a--you've seen an artichoke, +haven't you?" Polly nodded and Laurie blinked again. "And you've seen +a--a mangel-wurzel?" + +"No, I don't think so." + +"Then I don't see how I can tell you," said Laurie, evidently relieved, +"because a cabbit is more like a mangel-wurzel than anything else. Of +course, it's not so deciduous, and the shape is different; it's more +obvate than a mangel-wurzel; more--" he swept his hands vaguely in +air--"more phenomenal." + +"Oh, dry up," said Ned, grinning. "How'd you like to have to put up with +an idiot like that all your life, Polly? The worst of it is, folks +sometimes mistake him for me!" + +"Yes, it's awful, but I manage to bear up under it," Laurie sighed. + +"How did you ever come to think of making those funny rhymes?" Polly +asked. + +"Oh, we had measles once, about four years ago," said Ned. "We always +had everything together--measles, whooping-cough, scarlet fever, +everything. And when we were getting over it they wouldn't let us read +and so we made up rhymes. I forget whose idea it was. I'd make up one +line and Laurie would make up the other, or the other way round. The +idea was to have the last word of the first line so hard that the other +fellow couldn't rhyme to it. But I guess I only stuck Laurie once. Then +the word was lemon." + +"You didn't really stick me then," Laurie denied. "I rhymed it with +demon. You said they didn't rhyme, but I showed you a rhyming dictionary +that said they did." + +"The dictionary said it was an imperfect rhyme, Laurie, and--" + +"Just the same, a rhyme's a rhyme. Say, Ned, remember the one we made up +about Miss Yetter?" Ned nodded and grinned. "Miss Yetter was our nurse. +We thought it was pretty clever, but she didn't like it. + + "When feeling ill send for Miss Yetter. + If you don't die, she'll make you better." + +"She was quite insulted about it," laughed Ned, "and told Dad; and he +tried to lecture us, but we got laughing so he couldn't. We made rhymes +all the time for a while and nearly drove folks crazy; and finally Dad +said if we didn't stop it he'd whale us. And I said, 'All right, sir, +we'll try not to do it'; and Laurie, the chump, butted in with, ''Cause +if we do, we know we'll rue it!' We nearly got the licking right then!" + +"You _are_ funny!" laughed Polly. "Is your mother--haven't you--" + +"She died when we were kids," answered Laurie. "I just remember her, but +Ned doesn't." + +"You think you do. You've just heard Dad, and nurse talk about her. We +were only four when Mother died." + +Laurie looked unconvinced, but didn't argue the matter. Instead he +asked, "Your father's dead, isn't he, Polly?" + +"Yes, he died when I was eight. He was a dear, and I missed him just +terribly. Mother says I look like him. He was very tall and was always +laughing. Mother says he laughed so much he didn't have time for +anything else. She means that he wasn't--wasn't very successful. We were +very poor when he died. But I guess he was lots nicer than he would have +been if he had just been--successful. I guess the most successful man in +this town is Mr. Sparks, the banker, and no one has ever seen him laugh +once. And Uncle Peter was successful, too, I suppose; and he was just as +sour and ill-tempered as anything. He wasn't my real uncle, but I called +him that because Mother said it would please him. It didn't seem to." + +"Was that Mr. Coventry?" asked Laurie. "The mis--I mean the man who +lived in the big square house over there?" + +"Yes. And I don't mind your calling him the miser, because that is just +what he was. He was Mother's half-brother, but he didn't act as if he +was even a quarter-brother! He was always just as horrid as he could be. +When Father died he wrote Mother to come here and he would provide her +with a home. And when we came, we found he meant that Mother was to live +here and pay him rent. She didn't have enough money to do that, and so +Uncle Peter made the front of the house into a store and bought some +things for her and made her sign a mortgage or something. When he died, +we thought maybe he had left Mother a little; but there wasn't any will, +and not much property, either--just the big house on Walnut Street and +this place and about two thousand dollars. When the property was +divided, Mother got the other heirs to let her have this as her portion +of the estate, but she had to pay four hundred and fifty dollars for it. +That took about all she had saved and more, and so we haven't been able +to do much to the house yet." + +"It doesn't look as if it needed much doing to," said Ned, critically. + +"Oh, but it does! It needs a new coat of paint, for one thing. And some +of the blinds are broken. And there ought to be a furnace in it. Stoves +don't really keep it warm in winter. Some day we'll fix it up nicely, +though. As soon as I get through high school, I'm going to work and make +a lot of money." + +"Attaboy!" approved Ned. "What are you going to do, Polly?" + +"I'm learning stenography and typewriting, and Mr. Farmer, the +lawyer,--he's the one who got the others to let Mother have the house +when Uncle Peter's estate was settled,--says he will find a place for me +in his office. He's awfully nice. Some stenographers make lots of money, +don't they?" + +"I guess so," Ned agreed. "There's a woman in Dad's office who gets +eighteen dollars a week." + +Polly clasped her hands delightedly. "Maybe I wouldn't get that much, +though. I guess Mr. Farmer doesn't pay his stenographer very high wages. +Maybe I'd get twelve dollars, though. Don't you think I might?" + +"Sure!" said Laurie. "Don't you let any one tell you any different. +Didn't folks think that your Uncle Peter left more money than was found, +Polly?" + +"Oh, yes; but no one really knew. The lawyers looked everywhere. If he +did have any more, he must have hidden it away pretty well. They looked +all through the house and dug holes in the cellar floor. It was very +exciting. Mother thinks he lost what money he had speculating in stocks +and things. He used to go to New York about four times a year. No one +knew what he did there, not even Hilary; but Mother thinks he went to +see men who deal in stocks and that they got his money away from him." + +"Who is Hilary?" Laurie inquired. + +"Hilary was a colored man that Uncle had had a long time. It seemed to +me that if Uncle had had much money, Hilary would have known about it; +and he didn't." + +"Where is he now? Hilary, I mean," added Laurie, somewhat unnecessarily. + +"I don't know. He went away a little while after Uncle Peter died. He +said he was going to New York, I think." + +"You don't suppose he took the money with him, do you? I mean--" + +"Oh no!" Polly seemed quite horrified. "Hilary was just as honest as +honest! Why, Uncle Peter died owing him almost forty dollars and Hilary +never got a cent of it! The lawyers were too mean for anything!" + +"There's a fellow named Starling living there now," Laurie said. "His +father's rented the house for three years. Bob says that he's going to +find the money and give it to your mother." + +Polly laughed. "Oh, I wish that he would! But I guess if the lawyers +couldn't find it he never will. Lawyers, they say, can find money when +nobody else can! Is he nice?" + +"Bob? Yes, he's a dandy chap. You ought to know him, Polly; he's your +next-door neighbor." + +"Back-door neighbor, you mean," interpolated Ned. + +"I think I saw him in the garden one day," said Polly. "His father is an +engineer, Mae Ferrand says, and he's building a big bridge for the +railway. Or maybe it's a tunnel. I forget." + +"Is Mae Something the girl with the molasses-candy hair you were with at +the high school game?" Laurie asked. + +"Yes, but her hair isn't like molasses candy. It's perfectly lovely +hair. It's like--like diluted sunshine!" + +Laurie whistled. "Gee! Did you get that, Neddie? Well, anyway, I like +dark hair better." + +"Oh, I don't! I'd love to have hair like Mae's. And, what do you think, +she likes my hair better than her own!" + +"Don't blame her," said Laurie. "What do you say, Ned?" + +"I say I've got to beat it back and get into football togs. What time is +it?" + +"Look at your own watch, you lazy loafer. Well, come on. I say, Polly, +would your mother let you go to the game with me Saturday? That is, if +you want to, of course." + +"Oh, I'd love to! But--I'll ask her, anyway. And if she says I may, +would you mind if Mae went too? We usually go together to the games." + +"Not a bit. I'll be around again before Saturday and see what she says." + +"I wouldn't be surprised if she said yes," remarked Polly. "I think she +must like you boys. Anyway, you're the first of the Hillman's boys she +has ever let me invite out here." + +"Really? Bully for her! Wait till I say farewell to Antoinette, 'most +beauteous of rabbits!' What does she twitch her nose like that for?" + +"I think she's asking for some cabbits," replied Polly, gravely. + +"She's making faces at you, you chump," said Ned, rudely. "Come on." +They returned through the little living-room, empty save for a big black +cat asleep in a rocking-chair, and found Mrs. Deane serving the first of +the afternoon trade in the shop beyond. They said good afternoon to her +very politely, and Polly went to the door with them. Outside on the +walk, Ned nudged Laurie, and they paused side by side and gravely +removed their caps. + +"We give you thanks and say farewell, Miss Polly." + +"The visit's been, indeed, most jolly!" + + + + +CHAPTER XI--NED SPEAKS OUT + + +There was a cut in the football squad that afternoon and more than a +dozen candidates were retired, leaving twenty-eight players for the +first and scrub teams. Ned survived, as, indeed, he expected to; for, +while he knew his limitations, neither the coach nor the captain +appeared to. Perhaps they were sometimes puzzled over flashes of +ineptitude, or perhaps they put them down to temporary reversals of +form; at least, Ned's talent was never seriously questioned by them. He +had settled down as a regular half-back on the scrub eleven, although +twice he had been called on in practice scrimmages to take Mason's place +at left half on the first squad. He was too light to make much headway +in bucking plays, and his inability to start quickly handicapped him +frequently in running; but as a kicker he was dependable and had +developed a quite remarkable accuracy at forward passing. Against a +light opponent or a slow one he could be counted on to play a fairly +good game, although so far he had not been allowed the opportunity. With +him on the scrub team was Hop Kendrick at quarter, and, for a time, +Kewpie at center. But Kewpie had trained down at last to a hundred and +sixty-five pounds and was handling his weight and bulk with a new +snappiness, and a few days after Ned became a part of the scrub outfit +Kewpie was elevated to the first team, and a much disgruntled Holmes +took his place on the second. + +With the defeat of Wagner School, Hillman's ended her preliminary +season. In that contest, played at home, the Blue showed a new +aggressiveness and much more speed; and, while she was able to score +only one touch-down, and Pope failed miserably at goal, every one was +well satisfied. Wagner had a strong team, and a victory over it was no +small triumph. Hillman's line held splendidly under the battering-ram +tactics of the adversary, and her backs were fast and shifty. On attack, +the Blue failed to gain consistently; but in the third period, with a +captured fumble on Wagner's thirty-three yards for encouragement, Pope +got free for half the distance, and Slavin and Mason, alternating, +worked the enemy's left side until the ball lay on the five-yard line. +Then a fake attack on Wagner's right, with Pope carrying the ball +through on the left of center, brought the only score of the day. Kewpie +proved himself that afternoon, for he was a veritable Rock of Gibraltar +on defense and a hundred and sixty-five pounds of steel springs on +attack. The Blue team was far from a perfect machine yet, but it seemed +that Mulford had found his parts and that only a generous oiling was +needed. + +Laurie and George Watson escorted Polly and Mae Ferrand to the game, +and, although aware of the covert grins and whispered witticisms of +acquaintances, enjoyed themselves hugely. Mae proved to be a very jolly, +wholesome sort of girl, and her knowledge of what may be termed "inside +football" was stupendous and made both Laurie and George rather ashamed +of their ignorance. Between the halves, Ned, arrayed in a trailing gray +blanket, joined them and promptly became involved with Mae in a very +technical argument that no one else could follow. From the fact that Ned +retired with a rather dispirited expression when the teams came on +again, Laurie surmised that the honors had gone to Mae. + +The following Monday evening, while the enthusiasm produced by the +victory over Wagner School was still undiminished, a second mass-meeting +was held in the auditorium to devise means of replenishing the football +treasury: Three of the remaining five games were to be played away from +Orstead, and in two cases the distance to be traveled was considerable +and the expenses consequently large. As Joe Stevenson said, introducing +the subject for discussion, if Hillman's charged admission to her home +games, it would be possible to get through a season without asking for +assistance from the student body. "But you fellows know that that isn't +the school policy. We are allowed to sell tickets for the Farview game +only, and, while we make about four hundred and fifty dollars as our +share, that doesn't go very far against the season's outlay. We have to +pay from seventy-five to a hundred and twenty-five dollars to every team +that comes here to play us. When we go away we seldom make enough to pay +our expenses. In the Highland game, because it cost us almost nothing +for fares, we did. At the present moment we have a cash balance on hand +of forty-three dollars, and our liabilities, including Mr. Mulford's +salary for the remainder of the season, are about eight hundred dollars. + +"The manager estimates that we'll have to incur added expenses for about +a hundred and twenty dollars for Farview game tickets and new supplies. +In short, we shall have to pay out, before the season ends, about nine +hundred dollars. Against that we have on hand forty-three dollars, and +in prospect something like five hundred, leaving us about three hundred +and fifty in the hole. + +"There has been talk of cutting out the Lansing and Whittier games, but +that wouldn't make enough difference. Besides, it would give us a black +eye to cancel games as late as this. We might save perhaps seventy +dollars if we did, but it would cost us ten times that in public +estimation. As far as I can see, fellows, if we're going to have a +football team, we've got to pay for it. We've asked permission to charge +admission, even a nominal one, to all games, but the faculty is against +it. And we have asked to have a regular assessment made against each +student. To many of us that would seem the fairer and most satisfactory +way of meeting the emergency. But the faculty doesn't like that any +better than the other proposition. So I guess it's up to us, each and +every one of us, to dig down and produce the coin. + +"We need three hundred and fifty dollars at least. That means that every +fellow in school must pony up four dollars, or, rather, that the average +must be four dollars each. Some of you can't give so much, probably, and +a few can give more. I'd like to hear from you, please. Don't be afraid +to say what you think. We want to get together on this matter and thrash +it out, if it takes until ten o'clock. Any one who has any suggestion to +offer or anything to say will be heard. Come on, somebody!" + +There were plenty of speakers: Dave Brewster, the baseball captain, Dan +Whipple, senior class president, Lew Cooper, upper middle class +president, Dave Murray, the manager of the team, Craig Jones, for the +lower middlers, and many others, Some subscribed to the donation scheme, +others opposed it. Cooper suggested an appeal to the school alumni. +Brewster pointed out that the effort would cost money and that the +result would be uncertain and, in any case, slow. An increase in the +price of tickets to the Farview game was discussed and the idea +abandoned. An hour passed and the meeting was getting nowhere. Some of +the younger boys had already withdrawn. A tall, lantern-jawed youth had +charged the football committee with extravagance, and Dave Murray had +bitterly resented the allegation. Ned, who, with Laurie and Lee Murdock, +was seated near the back of the hall, had shown signs of restiveness for +some time and had been muttering to himself. Now, to the surprise of his +companions, he jumped to his feet and demanded recognition: + +"Mr. Chairman!" + +"Mister--" Dan Whipple pointed a finger at Ned and nodded. + +"Turner," prompted Kewpie from a front seat. + +"Mr. Turner," encouraged the chairman. + +"I'd like to say that I never heard so much talking and saw so little +action," began Ned, impatiently. "What's the matter with some one saying +something useful instead of just chewing the rag?" + +"You tell 'em," piped a small junior, above the applause and laughter. + +"All right! I'll tell you fellows that you're a lot of pikers to +hesitate to pledge three or four hundred dollars to keep your team +going. Where I come from we had to have a new grand stand two years ago, +and we called a meeting like this and we raised seven hundred dollars in +thirty-five minutes in cash and pledges. There were a lot more of us, +but half of us would have felt like Rockefellers if we'd ever found a +whole half-dollar in our pockets! Some of us gave as high as five +dollars, but not many. Most of us pledged two dollars; and those who +didn't have two dollars went out and worked until they'd made it, by +jingo! And we got our grand stand up inside of two weeks, in time for +the big baseball game." + +There was real applause this time, and those in the front of the hall +had swung around to have a look at the earnest youth who was calling +them names. + +"That's one way of getting the money," continued Ned, warming up finely, +"but there's another. Out my way--" + +"Say, where do you come from?" called some one. + +"I come from California," answered Ned, proudly. "Maybe you've heard of +it!" + +"Attaboy!" shouted Kewpie. "Swing your leg, Nid!" + +"When we want to raise some money out there and folks are too stingy to +give it outright, we take it away from them another way. We get up a +fete. We give them a good time and they pay for it. Why not try it here? +I don't know how many folks there are in this burg, but I reckon there +are enough to part with three or four hundred dollars. Give them an +excuse to spend their money and they'll spend it!" + +Ned sat down amid loud applause, and Dave Brewster was recognized, +although half a dozen others were clamoring for speech. + +"Turner's said something, fellows," declared Brewster. "The idea's worth +considering. We've never tackled the town folks for money, and there's +no reason why they shouldn't come across. They've come to our games for +years without paying a cent, except for the Farview game, and it +wouldn't hurt them to give a little to a good cause. I don't know what +sort of a fete Turner has in mind, but I should think we might get up +something that would do the business." + +"Mr. Chairman," said Kewpie, "I move that a committee of three be +appointed by the chair, to include Nid,--I mean Mr. Turner,--to consider +the--the matter of giving a fete to raise the money." + +"Seconded!" + +"You have heard the motion," droned Whipple. "All those in favor will so +signify by saying 'Aye.' Contrary, 'No.' Moved and carried. I will +appoint the presidents of the senior and upper middle classes and Mr. +Turner to the committee, three in all. Is it the sense of this meeting +that your committee is to report to it at a subsequent meeting, or is it +to have authority to proceed with the matter if it decides that the +scheme is a good one?" + +"Full authority, Mr. Chairman!" "Let 'em go ahead with it!" "Sure! +That's what we want. Let's have action!" + +"Is there any other business? Then I declare the meeting adjourned!" + +Whipple captured Ned on the way out. "We'd better get together right +away on this, Turner," he said. "Can you meet Cooper and me at my room +to-morrow at twelve?" + +Ned agreed, and he and Laurie and Lee went on. "What I'd like to know," +remarked Laurie, after a moment's silence, "is how you're going to have +a fete in a place like this. The weather's too cold for it." + +"Maybe it will be warmer," answered Ned, cheerfully. "Besides, we don't +have to have it outdoors." + +"It wouldn't be a fete if you didn't," sniffed the other. + +"Well, what's the difference? Call it anything you like. The big thing +is to get the money." + +"You had your cheek with you to talk the way you did," chuckled Laurie. + +"He talked sense, though," asserted Lee, warmly. + +"Of course. The Turners always do." Laurie steered Ned toward the +entrance of East Hall. "Well, good night, Lee. See you at the fete!" + +Upstairs, Ned tossed his cap to the bed, plumped himself into a chair at +the table, and drew paper and pencil to him. "Now," he said, "let's +figure this out. I've got to talk turkey to those fellows to-morrow. +What's your idea, partner?" + +"Hey, where do you get that stuff?" demanded Laurie. "Why drag me into +it? It's not my fete. I don't own it." + +"Shut up and sit down there before I punch your head. You've got to help +with this. The honor of the Turners is at stake!" + +So Laurie subsided and for more than an hour he and Ned racked their +brains and gradually the plan took shape. + + + + +CHAPTER XII--THE COMMITTEE ON ARRANGEMENTS + + +"It's like this," explained Ned. He and Laurie and Polly and Mae Ferrand +were in the little garden behind the shop. The girls were on the bench +and the boys were seated on the turf before the arbor, their knees +encircled with their arms. A few yards away Antoinette eyed them gravely +and twitched her nose. On the porch step, Towser, the big black cat, +blinked benignly, sometimes shifting his gaze to the branches of the +maple in the next yard, where an impudent black-and-white woodpecker was +seeking a late luncheon. + +"There are two sub-committees," continued Ned, earnestly. "Whipple and +Cooper are the Committee on Finance and Publicity, and Laurie and I are +the Committee on Arrangements. I told them I had to have help and so +they took Laurie in." + +"No thanks to you," grumbled Laurie, who was, however, secretly much +pleased. + +"It's going to be next Saturday afternoon and evening, and this is +Tuesday, and so there isn't much time. We were afraid to make it any +later because the weather might get too cold. Besides, the team needs +the money right off. I looked in an almanac and it said that next +Saturday would be fair and warm, so that's all right." + +"But don't you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?" asked Polly. "I +know ours does. When we had our high-school picnic, the almanac said +'showers' and it was a perfectly gorgeous day. I carried my mackintosh +around all day and it was a perfect nuisance. Don't you remember, Mae?" + +"Well, you've got to believe in something," declared Ned. "Anyway, we're +going to have it at Bob Starling's, and if it's too cold outdoors, we'll +move inside." + +"You mean at Uncle Peter's?" exclaimed Polly. + +"Yes. We thought of having it at school first, but Mr. Hillman didn't +like it much; and besides, the fellows would be inside without having to +pay to get there! You see, it's going to cost every one a quarter just +to get in." + +"And how much to get out?" asked Mae, innocently. + +Ned grinned. "As much as we can get away from them. There'll be twelve +booths to sell things in--" + +"What sort of things?" Polly inquired. + +"All sorts. Eats and drinks and everything. We're getting the +storekeepers to donate things. So far they've just given us things that +they haven't been able to sell, a pile of junk; but we're going to stop +that. Biddle, the hardware man, gave us a dozen cheap pocket-knives, but +he's got to come across again. We've been to only eight of them so far, +but we haven't done so worse. Guess we've got enough truck for one booth +already. And then there'll be one of them for a rummage sale. We're +going to get each of the fellows to give us something for that, and I'll +bet we'll have a fine lot of truck. Each booth will represent a college +and be decorated in the proper colors: Yale, Harvard, Princeton, and so +on. And--and now it's your turn, Laurie." + +"Yes, I notice that I always have to do the dirty work," said the other. +He hugged his knees tighter, rolled over on his back for inspiration, +and, when he again faced his audience on the bench, smiled his nicest. +"Here's where you girls come in," he announced. "We want you two to take +two of the booths and get a girl for each of the others. Want to?" + +"Oh, it would be darling!" cried Polly. + +"I'd love to!" said Mae. + +"Only--" + +"Only--" + +"Only what!" asked Ned, as the girls viewed each other doubtfully. + +"I'm not sure Mother would let me," sighed Polly. "Do you think she +would, Mae?" + +"I don't believe so. And I don't believe Mama would let me. She--she's +awfully particular that way." + +"Gee!" said Ned, in disappointed tones, "I don't see why not! It isn't +as if--" + +"Of course it isn't," agreed Laurie. "Besides, your mothers would be +there too!" + +"Would they?" asked Mae, uncertainly. + +"Of course! Every one's coming! What harm would there be in it? You can +do things for--for charity that you can't do any other time! All you'd +have to do would be to just stand behind the booth and sell things. It +won't be hard. Everything will have the price marked on it and--" + +"You won't need to go by the prices always, though," interpolated Ned. +"I mean, if you can get more than the thing is marked, you'd better do +it! And then there's the--the costumes, Laurie." + +"Oh, yes, I forgot. We'd like each girl to sort of wear something that +would sort of match the college she represented--sort of," he explained +apologetically. "If you had the Yale booth, you could wear a dark-blue +waist, and so on. Do you think that would be possible?" + +Polly giggled. "We might ask Stella Hatch to take the Harvard booth, +Mae. With her hair, she wouldn't have to dress much!" + +"And you and Polly could take your first pick," observed Laurie, +craftily. "You'd look swell as--as Dartmouth, Mae!" + +"In _green_! My gracious, Ned! No, thank you! But Polly ought to be +Yale. She looks lovely in blue. I think I'd like to be Cornell. My +brother Harry's in Cornell." + +"All right," agreed Ned. "I wish you'd ask your mothers soon, will you? +Do try, because we've just got to get girls for the booths. You'd have +lots of fun, too. The Banjo and Mandolin Club is going to play for +dancing for an hour at five and nine, and there'll be an entertainment, +too." + +"What sort?" asked Polly. + +"We don't know yet. Some of the gymnastic team will do stunts, I think, +for one thing, and there'll be singing and maybe Laurie will do some +rope-swinging--" + +"I told you a dozen times I wouldn't! Besides, I haven't any rope." + +"We can find one, probably," replied his brother, untroubled. "We +haven't settled about the entertainment yet. And there are two or three +other things we haven't got to. Starling's going to have his garden all +fixed up, and he's going to cover the old arbor with branches and hang +Chinese lanterns in it and have little tables and chairs there for folks +to sit down and eat ice-cream and cake. + +"And that reminds me, Polly. Do you suppose that Miss Comfort would make +some cakes for us?" + +"Why, yes, Nid, but--but you'd have to _buy_ them. I don't think you +ought to expect her to _donate_ them." + +"We meant to buy them, of course, Polly. And we wondered if your mother +would make some of those dandy cream-puffs." + +"I'm sure she will. How many would you want?" + +"I don't know. You see, there's no way of telling how many will come. +There are three thousand people in Orstead, but that doesn't mean much, +does it? The 'Messenger' editor's agreed to put in an advertisement for +us for nothing, and there'll be notices all around town in the windows: +we got the man who prints the school monthly to do them for just the +cost of the paper. So folks ought to come, shouldn't you think?" + +"Oh, I'm sure they will!" agreed Polly, and Mae echoed her. "But it'll +be dreadfully hard to know how much cake and ice-cream and refreshments +to order, won't it?" + +"Fierce," agreed Ned. "I suppose the best way will be to reckon on, say, +three hundred and order that much stuff. Only, how do you tell how much +three hundred will eat?" + +"Why, you can't! Besides, Nid, three hundred people would only bring in +seventy-five dollars!" + +"In admissions, yes; but we've got to make them buy things when we get +them in there. If every one spent a dollar inside--" + +"But lots of them won't. Do you think they will, Mae?" + +Mae shook her head. "No, I don't. Lots and lots will just come out of +curiosity and won't spend a cent. I know, boys, because that's the way +they act at the fairs here." + +Ned kicked at the turf gloomily. "Gee, that's fierce!" he muttered. + +"Well, we'd ought to get more than three hundred folks," said Laurie. +"Remember, it's to be afternoon and evening too. I'll bet there'll be +nearer six hundred than three." + +Ned brightened. "That's so. And six hundred, even if they only averaged +fifty cents apiece, would be three hundred dollars. And I guess if we +can make three hundred, we can dig up the other fifty! Well, we've got +to get busy, Laurie. I got them to give me a cut from practice this +afternoon and I'll have to make the most of my time," he explained to +the girls. + +"Oh! And did they let you off, too, Nod?" asked Polly. + +"No, we're through with baseball," Laurie answered. "No more till +spring. I'm just fairly broken-hearted!" + +"When will you know about helping us, Polly?" Ned asked. + +[Illustration: "But don't you think almanacs make mistakes sometimes?" +asked Polly] + +"I'll ask Mother right away; and you'll ask, too, won't you, Mae? Can +you stop in this evening? I do hope it'll be all right!" + +"So do we!" said Ned and Laurie, in a breath. "Rather!" + +And the Committee on Arrangements hurried away. + +That night the committee met again in Dan Whipple's room in West Hall +and satisfactory progress was reported all along the line. Ned read a +list of donations from the town merchants, and announced that twelve +young ladies from the high school would be on hand, appropriately +attired, to take charge of the booths. Lew Cooper showed proofs of the +poster that was to be displayed in windows and tacked on posts and +fences, and of the four-inch, double-column advertisement to appear in +the "Messenger." Dan reported that Mr. Wells, the physical director, had +promised to see that the best six members of the gymnastic team should +exhibit afternoon and evening. + +"That means, though," he said, "that we'll have to have some kind of a +platform. Better make a note of that, Lew." + +"Platforms cost money," answered Lew, dubiously. "Maybe we can +borrow--I'll tell you what! There's one stored over in the field-house, +one they use to set the dressing-tent on. It's in two +pieces,--sections,--but I guess it's big enough. We'll see if we can't +get the use of it." + +"Good! Better ask Mr. Wells, Say, Hal, did you see Norris?" + +Hal Pringle was Dan's room-mate, and, while he was usually present at +the meetings, he was careful to keep himself in the background unless +called on for advice. Now he looked up from his book and nodded. "Yes, +it 'a all right. They'll play for an hour in the afternoon and an hour +at night. I had to promise them eats, though." + +"Of course. Much obliged. Speaking of eats, fellows, what's been done +about the refreshments?" + +"Nothing yet," answered Ned. "I wanted to talk that over. How many +sandwiches and how much salad will we want? And how many gallons of +ice-cream and--" + +"Whoa!" begged Dan. "Blessed if I know! How the dickens are we going to +know how much food will be needed? What's the rule about it? Or isn't +there any?" + +"Depends on how many will attend the show," said Lew. "Find that out--" + +"How're we going to find it out, you chump? How many do you suppose we +can count on, Ned?" + +"Maybe six hundred," was the answer. "But if it should rain--" + +"There you are! If it rained, we mightn't get two hundred! I'll say +that's a problem. We'd be in a fine fix if we found ourselves with two +or three freezers of ice-cream on our hands and a lot of other truck. +Look here, Tabby might know. Suppose you ask her, Ned. We've got to have +enough and not too much." + +"It'll be all right about the ice-cream," said Laurie. "The man said we +could return what we didn't open if we got it back that night so he +could pack it over. But the other things--" + +"You talk to Tabby in the morning," repeated Dan. "She'll know if any +one does. Now what else? What about the entertainment part of it, Mr. +Chairman of the Committee on Arrangements? What have you got in mind +besides the gymnastics?" + +"We thought we might find some one who could sing or dance. But we don't +know many of the fellows." + +"Bully! There's Cheesman, Lew. He's a corker. And Kewpie isn't so bad. +He sings a funny song mighty well." + +"He couldn't sing it in the afternoon, though, Dan: he'd be at the +field." + +"That's so! still, the game ought to be finished by four. We wouldn't +have the entertainment part until late, would we?" + +"About four, I thought," said Ned, "but Kewpie could come last. I'll put +him down, anyway." + +"Anything else besides songs?" asked Dan. + +"Yes, only-" Ned dropped his voice and glanced at Pringle--"only it's +got to be kept a secret to make good." + +"Oh, Hal's all right. He's a sort of ex-officio member of the committee. +Shoot, Ned!" + + + + +CHAPTER XIII--NED GETS INTO THE GAME + + +Four hectic days followed. To Laurie, since Ned was held for two hours +each afternoon at the football field, fell most of the duties of the +Committee on Arrangements, and he was a very busy youth. He badgered +shopkeepers into parting with goods to be sold at the booths, helped Bob +Starling trim up the old arbor in the garden of the Coventry place, made +frequent trips to the Or stead caterer's, engaged eight cakes from Miss +Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from the Widow Deane, spent two +hours Wednesday helping Lew and Hal Pringle distribute posters +throughout the village, and attended to a hundred other matters +between-times. Of course, Ned aided when he could, and was helpful with +advice and unfailing in suggestions; but recitations and football +practice didn't leave him much time, even though he conscientiously +arose a full hour earlier every morning that week, and skimped studying +so much that he got in trouble with three instructors in one day! + +Miss Tabitha had proved as helpful as Dan Whipple had predicted. She had +shaken her head at the idea of entertaining six hundred at the fete. +"You mustn't count on more than half that many," she said. "I dare say +all the boys will go, and they'll make ninety. Then, if you get two +hundred of the townsfolk, you'll be doing very nicely. Don't decide how +much salad or how many sandwiches you want until Saturday morning. So +much will depend on the weather. Even if you hold the affair indoors, +lots of folks won't come if it rains. You say you've ordered eight cakes +from Martha Comfort and twelve dozen cream-puffs from Mrs. Deane?" + +"Yes'm," said Ned. "We wanted Mrs. Deane to make more, but she didn't +think she could." + +"Well, that's a hundred and fourty-four cream-puffs, and--let me +see--one of Miss Comfort's cakes will cut into sixteen pieces, and eight +times sixteen--" + +"A hundred and twenty-eight, ma'am." + +"Well, and a hundred and twenty-eight and a hundred and forty-four--" + +"Two hundred and seventy-two." + +"You're real quick at figures, aren't you? Seems as if, though, counting +on three hundred, you'd be a little short. I'll have Aunt Persis make +one of her marble-cakes. That'll help out, I guess." + +"Yes'm; thanks awfully," answered Ned. + +"Who is going to serve the refreshments?" + +"Why--why--" Ned's face fell. "I guess we hadn't thought of that!" + +"Well, it makes a heap of difference, because you can make a quart of +ice-cream serve ten people or twenty, just as you've a mind to. I +usually count on sixteen. Same way with a loaf of cake, and same way +with salad. It's awfully easy to waste salad when you're serving it. +Now, if you'd like me to, Ned, I'll attend to serving everything for +you. You just have the things set down there and I'll look after them." + +"Oh, Miss Hillman, if you would! Gee, that would be great! It--it'll be +a lot of trouble, though, ma'am." + +"Well, I guess it won't be the first trouble I've seen," replied Miss +Tabitha, dryly; "nor it won't be the last!" + +Thursday afternoon Laurie hurried over to the Coventry place as soon as +a two-o'clock recitation was done. Bob was awaiting him at the gate, and +conducted him around to the back of the big square house. Ned stared in +surprise. The tangle of trees and vines and shrubbery had been trimmed +to orderly neatness, the long, unkempt grass had been shorn to a yellow, +but respectable, turf, and the old arbor showed new strips where Thomas, +the Starlings' man, had been at work on the decrepit frame. Near at hand +lay piles of cedar and hemlock branches. + +"Dad got a couple of the men to cut those down near the tunnel and haul +them up here." Bob explained. "Thomas is going to help us put them up. +He made a peachy job of the garden, didn't he?" + +"You bet!" responded Laurie, heartily. "I wouldn't have known the place! +I say, Bob, this arbor's longer than I thought it was." + +"Forty feet, about. Why?" + +"I only ordered six tables and a dozen chairs from the caterer," +answered Laurie, dubiously. "Guess they aren't enough; but he's charging +twenty-five cents apiece for them--" + +"Twenty-five cents for a table? Isn't that dirt-cheap?" + +"We're only renting them, you idiot!" + +"Oh, I see. Well, six is enough, I guess; you don't want to crowd them. +Now let's get busy with the green stuff. I'll yell down cellar for +Thomas. There's a ball of twine, and I've got two hammers and a lot of +tacks on the side porch. You take your coat off and I'll--" + +"We'll have to have a step-ladder, Bob!" + +"There's a short ladder right beside you. Be right back." + +Laurie sat down on a wheelbarrow, after removing his coat and folding +back the sleeves of his shirt, and looked around him. The garden was +fairly large--larger in appearance since the clutter of shrubbery along +the sides had been cleared away. Along the School Park edge ran a tall +hedge of lilac bushes. At the back was the high board fence, painted +dark brown, that separated the garden from the Widow Deane's humble +property. On the other side was a rusty ornamental iron fence, mostly +hidden by vines. Broad walks, in spite of Thomas's efforts rather +overrun with weeds, surrounded the central plot of ancient turf, and +another ran straight down the middle of the garden, connecting with the +arbor. Wires were to be strung from the trees and across to the arbor, +and Chinese lanterns hung thereon. Laurie, half closing his eyes, sought +to visualize the place as it would appear on Saturday. He did want the +affair to be a success, both financial and artistic, both on account of +the school and--well, for the honor of the Turners! While he was musing, +two things happened simultaneously: Bob and Thomas appeared from the +house, and a familiar voice came to him from the opposite direction. + +"Nod!" called the voice. "Nod, will you please come here a moment?" + +Laurie's eyes sought the board fence. Over the top of it appeared the +head and shoulders of Polly. He left the wheelbarrow and hurried through +the arbor and down the walk beyond. Polly's face indicated distress, +whether mental or physical Laurie couldn't determine. But Polly's first +words explained. + +"I can't stay here l-long," she said. "I--I'm just hanging by my elbows. +I cl-climbed up on a board, and it's fallen down!" + +"I'll get you a ladder!" cried Laurie, gallantly. + +"N-no, never mind. I'm going to drop in a s-second. I just want to ask +you what Brown's color is. Nettie Blanchard is going to be Brown and--" + +"Why, brown, of course!" + +"Oh!" There was the sound of desperate scraping against the farther side +of the fence, and Polly's countenance became fairly convulsed with the +effort of holding herself in sight. "Oh! She said it was pur-pur--" + +Polly disappeared. There was a thud from the next yard. + +"Purple!" The word floated across to him, muffled but triumphant. + +"Are you hurt, Polly?" he called anxiously. + +"Not a bit," was the rueful response, "but I'm afraid the day-lilies +are!" Then she laughed merrily. "Thanks, Nod! I didn't think Nettie was +right. She loves purple, you see!" + +"Does she? Well, say, maybe she can be Williams. We weren't going to +have Williams, but its color is purple, I think, and if she is going to +be disappointed--" + +"She will look very well indeed in brown," came from the other side in +judicial tones; "and if we begin making changes, half the girls will +want to be something they aren't. Why, Pearl Fayles begged to be some +girls' college neither Mae nor I had ever heard of, just so she could +wear lavender and pale lemon!" + +"Well, all right," laughed Laurie. "She'd better stick to Brown--and +brown! Good-by, Polly. I'll drop in after a while and find out how +things are getting on." + +He turned to find Bob viewing him quizzically from the end of the arbor, +swinging a hammer in each hand. "Of course it's all right, I dare say," +he announced, "but I _thought_ you came here to fix up the arbor. +Instead of that I find you talking to girls over the fence!" + +"There's only one girl," replied Laurie, with dignity, "and we were +talking business." + +"Oh, of course! Sorry I interrupted." + +"You needn't be, and you didn't. Quit grinning like a simpleton and give +me a hammer!" + +"Right-o! Come on, Thomas! It's quite all right now!" + +An hour later their task was done, and well done, and they viewed it +with approval. To be honest, the major part of the work had been +performed by the faithful Thomas, although it is not to be denied that +both Laurie and Bob toiled conscientiously. Before they were through +approving the result from various angles, Bob's father joined them. Mr. +Starling was an older edition of Bob--a tall, straight, lean-visaged man +of forty-two or -three, with the complexion of one who had lived an +outdoor life. He had a deep, pleasant voice and a quiet manner not fully +in accord with a pair of keen eyes and a firm mouth. + +"I'd call that a good piece of work, boys," he said, as he joined them. +"And right up to specifications, too. Those paper lanterns come yet, +Bob?" + +"No, sir; I haven't seen them." + +"Lanterns, Mr. Starling?" asked Laurie. "Do you mean Chinese lanterns? +We've ordered a lot from the caterer, sir." + +"Tell him you won't need them, then. I've got a hundred coming up from +the city, Turner. They ought to be here, too. Thomas, call up the +express company and ask about them." + +"That's very kind, sir," said Laurie, "but you needn't have done it. +You--you're doing _everything_!" + +"Nonsense! Bob and I want to do our part, of course. Well, this +wilderness certainly looks different, doesn't it? That reminds me, Bob; +the agent writes me that we may 'make such improvements to the property +as we desire.' So, as I consider the absence of that arbor an +improvement, I guess you can pull it down any time you like. I'm going +to have a cup of tea, Turner. Will you join me? I believe there will be +cakes, too." + +Laurie found Ned in rather a low frame of mind when he got back to +Number 16 a half-hour before supper-time. Ned was hunched over a Latin +book and each hand held a firm grip on his hair. At Laurie's arrival he +merely grunted. + +"Where does it pain you most?" asked Laurie, solicitously, subsiding +into a chair with a weary sigh. Ned's mood was far from flippant. He +rewarded the other with a scowl, and bent his gaze on the book again. +"Want to hear the latest news from the front?" persisted Laurie. + +"No, I don't!" his brother growled. "I've had all the news I can stand. +Smug says that if I don't get this rotten stuff by nine to-night, and +make a perfect showing to-morrow, he will can me!" + +"Mr. Cornish said that?" gasped Laurie. "What do you know about that? +Why, I thought he was a gentleman!" + +"He's a--a brute! I can't learn the old stuff! And I have a hunch that +Mulford means to give me a try in the Loring game Saturday. And if I +don't get this, Cornish will fix it so I can't play. He as good as said +so." + +"Didn't you tell him you'd been busy with the fete and everything?" + +"Of course I did. Much he cared! Just made a rotten pun. Said I'd better +keep my own fate in mind. Puns are fearfully low and vulgar!" + +"Aren't they? How much of that have you got?" + +"Six pages. I--I've sort of neglected it the last two days. Some fellows +can fake through, but I don't have any luck. He's always picking on me." + +Laurie whistled expressively. "Six pages! Well, never say die, partner. +We'll get down to supper early, and that'll give us two hours before +nine." + +"Us?" questioned Ned, hopefully. + +"Sure. I'll give you a hand. As the well-known proverb so wisely +remarks, two heads are the shortest way home." + +Ned grinned, and stopped tormenting his hair. "Honest? That's mighty +decent, Laurie. I'll do as much for you some day." + +"Hope you won't have to. Wash your dirty face and let's beat it!" + +At half-past nine a more cheerful and much relieved Ned returned from +the hall master's study. "All right," he announced to an anxious Laurie. +"He was rather decent, too. Said he guessed that, in view of the +manifold affairs engaging my attention just now,--you know the crazy way +he talks,--he wouldn't demand too much from me. Reckon he means to let +me down easy to-morrow, eh?" + +"Maybe, partner, and maybe not. Take my advice and, in the words of the +Scouts, be prepared!" + +Friday was a hectic day for Laurie and all others concerned with the +fete. Difficulties that had remained in ambush all the week sprang out +and confronted them at the last moment. Half a dozen things had been +forgotten, and every member of the committee sought to exonerate +himself. Tempers were short and the meeting in Dan Whipple's room at +nine o'clock was far from harmonious. All went to bed that night firmly +convinced that the affair was doomed to be a flat failure. And, to add +to that conviction, the night sky was overcast and an unsympathetic +easterly wind was blowing. Ned, conscious of having imposed too many +duties on Laurie, was grouchy and silent; and Laurie, convinced that he +had been made a "goat" of, and that Ned was secretly blaming him for +mistakes and omissions that were no fault of his, retired in high +dudgeon. + +And yet, the morning dawned fair and warm, with an almost cloudless blue +sky over the world, and life looked very different indeed. Ned arose +whistling, and Laurie somehow knew that everything would be all right. +Fortunately, they had but two recitations on Saturday, and in +consequence there remained to them three whole hours before dinner to +devote to the affairs of the entertainment. They were busy hours, you +may be sure. If Ned hurried downtown once, he hurried there half a dozen +times; while Laurie, seated beside the driver of a rickety +express-wagon, rounded up all kinds of things, from the platform at the +field-house to the cakes at Miss Comfort's. Dinner brought a respite; +but as soon as it was over, Laurie was back on the job, while Ned joined +the football-players. + +Of course, what the Hillman's School football team should have done that +afternoon was to score a decisive victory over the visiting eleven. What +it did do was to get thoroughly worsted. Loring was something of a +surprise, with a heavier line and a faster bunch of backs than Hillman's +had expected. And Loring knew a lot of football, and proved the fact +early in the game. At half-past two, by which time the second period was +half over, the result was a foregone conclusion. Loring had scored two +touch-downs and as many goals therefrom, and the Blue had never once +threatened the adversary's last white line. Gains through the opponent +were infrequent and short, even Pope, who could generally be depended on +to tear off a few yards when the worst came to the worst, failing +dismally. + +In mid-field, Mason and Slavin made some stirring advances around the +Loring wings, and there were several successful forward passes to the +home team's credit; but, once past Loring's thirty-yard line, Hillman's +seemed powerless. The third quarter went scoreless, and in the fourth, +realizing doubtless that defeat was certain, Coach Mulford used his +substitutes lavishly. Ned made his first appearance on the big team in +that period, taking Mason's place for some eight of the fifteen minutes. +He did neither better nor worse than the other second- and third-string +fellows, perhaps--although, when Pope was taken out and Deering +substituted at full-back, he did his share of the punting and performed +very creditably. But that fourth period gave Loring an opportunity to +add to her score, and she seized it. Even with several substitutes in +her own line-up, she was still far better than Hillman's, and a goal +from the field and, in the last few moments of the game, a third +touch-down, resulted. + +The Blue fought desperately and gamely with her back to the wall, in an +effort to stave off that last score; but eventually Holmes, who had +taken Kewpie's place at center, weakened, and the Loring back piled +through. The final score was 23 to 0, and what two hours before had been +looked on as a victory or, at the worst, a tie, had become a cataclysm! +Humiliated, if not disgraced, the home-team players trailed to the +field-house with hanging heads, averting their eyes from the sight of +Loring's triumphal march around the gridiron. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV--THE FETE + + +Behold Fairyland! + +Well, at least an excellent imitation of what Fairyland must look like. +Overhead, a clear, star-sprinkled sky; below, scores of gaily-hued +lanterns shedding their soft glow over a charming scene. Through the +side gate, please, on School Park. Twenty-five cents to the boy on duty +there, and you are inside, with the manifold attractions awaiting you. +On three sides of the transformed garden are the college booths, each +decked with bunting and flags of appropriate colors, and each presided +over by a patriotically attired young lady who will gladly, nay, +eagerly, sell you almost anything from a cake of soap ("Donated by the +Town Square Pharmacy, H. J. Congreve, Prop'r.") to a knitted sweater or +a gingham house-dress ("Compliments of The New York Store, High Class +Dry Goods"). Near at hand, Yale is represented by Miss Polly Deane, +capped and aproned in blue, her eyes sparkling and her voice sweetly +insistent: "Won't you buy something, please, sir? Post-cards, two for +five! These pictures are only fifty cents, all beautifully framed and +ready for hanging! Can I sell you something, ma'am?" + +Beyond, gay with orange and black, is the Princeton booth; and still +beyond, Dartmouth and Columbia and California; and then, a blur of +brilliant crimson through the leafage, Harvard. And so on all around the +garden, with merry voices sounding above the chatter of the throng that +moves here and there. Down the center of Fairyland runs a leafy tunnel +from within which blue and red and yellow and green rays twinkle. There, +under the hanging lanterns, little tables and chairs are dotted on the +gravel, and half a dozen aproned youths are busy bearing, not always +without mishap, plates of salad and rolls and dishes of ice-cream and +cake. Close to the back of the house is a platform illumined by a row of +electric lights, the one glaring spot in the area of soft radiance. + +"How's it going?" asked a heavily-built youth of a slimmer one who had +paused at the entrance to the arbor. + +"Hello, Kewpie! Oh, bully, so far. We took in eighty-four dollars this +afternoon, and we'll do at least twice as well to-night. They're still +coming. Have you seen Whipple anywhere?" + +"Yes, a minute ago, down at the Pennsylvania booth. She's a mighty +pretty girl, too, Nod. I bought a pocket-knife of her for a quarter, and +got stung; but I don't mind. I'm going back to get another pretty soon. +When do I have to sing again?" + +"You follow Wilson's clog-dance. We're switching you and Cheesman, +Kewpie. His stuff is corking, but it's pretty high-brow, and we thought +you'd better bring up the end and make the audience feel cheerful." + +"All right; but it won't feel very cheerful if those orchestra guys +don't do better than they did this afternoon. They were four or five +notes behind me once! Nid said you had a new stunt this +evening--something you left out this afternoon." + +"Yes; we couldn't work it in daylight very well. It ought to go fine +to-night, though." + +"What is it?" + +"You wait and see. I've got to find Whipple. Say, if you see Ned, tell +him I'll be at the platform in five minutes and want him to meet me +there. Everybody keeps getting lost here!" + +On the way past the arbor, Laurie ran into George Watson, returning +across lots balancing a couple of plates in one hand and holding a large +slab of cake in the other, from which he nibbled as he went. "Hello!" he +said, none too distinctly. "I've been looking for you." + +"Wanted to bring me refreshments, I suppose." + +George looked at the empty plates, laughed, and shook his head. "Not +exactly. I've been feeding Cornell. Somebody ought to take eats to those +girls, Nod; they're starving!" + +"All right; you do it." + +"What do you think I am? A millionaire? I bought Mae a salad and an +ice-cream, and I'm about broke. Lend me a half, will you? Thanks. Want +an ice-cream? I'll treat." + +"No, thanks. Have you seen Dan Whipple?" + +"Sure! He's over at the Pennsylvania booth, buying it out! Say, +everything's going great, isn't it? Couldn't have had a finer evening, +either, what? Well, see you later. I'm hungry!" And George continued his +way to the house, where Miss Tabitha, surrounded by willing and hungry +helpers, presided sternly, but most capably, over the refreshments. + +At eight o'clock the boy on duty at the entrance estimated the +attendance as close to two hundred, which, added to the eighty-six paid +admissions before supper, brought the total close to the first estimate +of three hundred. It is safe to say that every Hillman's boy attended +the fete either in the afternoon or evening, and that most of the +faculty came and brought Mrs. Faculty--when there was a Mrs. Faculty. +Doctor Hillman was spied by Laurie purchasing a particularly useless and +unlovely article in burnt wood from the auburn-haired Miss Hatch. Every +one seemed to be having a good time, and the only fly in the ointment of +the committee was the likelihood that the refreshments would be +exhausted far too soon. + +The Weather Man had kindly provided an evening of exceptional warmth, +with scarcely enough breeze to sway the paper lanterns that glowed from +end to end of the old garden, an evening so warm that ice-cream was more +in demand than sandwiches or salad; and fortunately so, since ice-cream +was the one article of refreshment that could be and was replenished. +If, said Ned, folks would stick to ice-cream and go light on the other +refreshments, they might get through. To which Laurie agreed, and Ned +hied him to the telephone and ordered another freezer sent up. + +At a few minutes after eight the Banjo and Mandolin Club took possession +of the chairs behind the platform and dashed into a military march. +Following that, six picked members of the Gymnastic Club did some very +clever work, and Cheesman, a tall and rather soulful-looking upper +middler, sang two ballads very well indeed, and then, as an encore, +quite took the joy out of life with "Suwanee River"! Little Miss +Comfort, present through the courtesy of the Committee on Arrangements, +sniffled quite audibly, but was heard to declare that "it was just too +sweet for anything!" A rather embarrassed junior attempted some card +tricks that didn't go very well, and then Wilson, garbed more or less in +the character of an Irish gentleman returning from Donnybrook Fair, and +swinging a shillaly, did some jig-dancing that was really clever and won +much applause. + +There was a brief unofficial intermission while three anxious committee +members made search for Kewpie Proudtree. He was presently discovered +consuming his fourth plate of ice-cream in the seclusion of the side +porch, and was haled away, protesting, to the platform. In spite of what +may seem an over-indulgence in refreshment, Kewpie was in excellent +voice and a jovial mood, and sang four rollicking songs in a manner that +captured his audience. In fact, long after Kewpie had vanished from the +public gaze and returned to his ice-cream, the audience still demanded +more. + +Its attention was eventually captured, however, by Dan Whipple, who +announced importantly that it gave him much pleasure to say that, at a +great expense, the committee had secured as an added attraction the +world-famed Signor Duodelli, who, with their kind permission, would +exhibit for their pleasure and astoundment his miraculous act known as +the Vanishing Man, as performed before the crowned heads of Europe, to +the bewilderment and applause of all beholders. "Ladies and gentlemen, +Signor Duodelli!" + +The Signor had a noticeable likeness to Lew Cooper, in spite of his +gorgeous mustache and flowing robe of red and purple cheese-cloth. Yet +it might not have been Lew, for his manner was extremely foreign and his +gestures and the few words he used in directing the arranging of his +"properties" were unmistakably Latin. The properties consisted of a +kitchen chair, a threefold screen covered with black baize, and a coil +of rope. There was also in evidence a short wand, but the Signor held +that in his hand, waving it around most eloquently. The audience laughed +and applauded and waited patiently until the chair had been placed +exactly to the Signor's liking, close to the back of the platform, and +the screen beside it. Previously several of the lights had been put out, +and those that remained threw their glare on the front of the stage, +leaving the back, while discernible, less in evidence. + +"Now," announced the Signor, narrowly escaping from falling off the +platform as he tripped over his robe, "I aska da some one coma up and +giva da help. Any one I aska. You, Signor, maybe, eh?" The magician +pointed his wand at Mr. Cornish, in the front of the clustered audience; +but the gentleman laughingly declined. The Signor seemed disappointed. +"No-o-o? You no geta da hurt. Some one else, eh?" He looked invitingly +around, and a small junior, urged by his companions, struggled to the +front. Unfortunately for his ambitions to pose in the lime-light, the +Signor's glance had moved to another quarter, and, ere the junior could +get his attention, a volunteer appeared from the semi-obscurity of the +kitchen porch. He was peculiarly attired, wearing a simple white garment +having a strong resemblance to the old-fashioned night-shirt, that +covered him completely from neck to ankles. He was bareheaded, revealing +the fact that his locks were red-brown in hue. + +"Ah!" exclaimed the Signor, delightedly. "You will helpa me, _si_? Right +thisa way, Signor. I thanka you!" + +"That's one of the Turner fellows," muttered a boy, while the small +junior and his companions called "Fake!" loudly. However, the +good-natured laughter of the audience drowned the accusation, and some +two hundred pairs of eyes watched amusedly and expectantly while, with +the assistance of two other volunteers, the youth in the white robe was +tied securely to the chair. + +"Maka him tight," directed the Signor, enthusiastically, waving his +wand. "Pulla da knot. Ha, thata da way! Good! Signors, I thanka you!" + +The two who had tied the victim to the chair retired from the platform. +The Signor seized the screen and opened it wide and turned it around and +closed it and turned it again. + +"You seea?" he demanded. "There is nothing that deceive! Now, then, I +placea da screen so!" He folded it around the boy and the chair, leaving +only the side away from the audience uncovered. He drew away the width +of the platform, and, "Music, ifa you please," he requested. The +orchestra, whose members had moved their chairs to one side, struck up a +merry tune, and the Signor, folding his arms, bent a rapt gaze on the +blank, impenetrable blackness of the screen. A brief moment passed. Then +the Signor bade the music cease, took a step forward, and pointed to the +screen. + +"Away!" he cried, and swung his arm in a half-circle, his body following +with a weird flaring of his brilliant robes until, with outstretched +finger, he faced the audience. "Ha! He come! Thisa way, Signor! Comea +quick!" + +As one man the audience turned and followed the pointing finger. Through +the deserted arbor came a boy in a white garment. He pushed his way +through the throng and jumped to the stage. As he did so, the Signor +whisked aside the screen. There was the chair empty, and there was the +rope dangling from it, twisted and knotted. + +A moment of surprised silence gave place to hearty applause. +Theoretically it might have been possible for the boy in the chair to +vanish from behind the screen, reach the farther end of the garden, and +run back into sight; but actually, as the audience realized on second +thought, it couldn't possibly have been done in the few seconds, surely +not more than ten, that had elapsed between the placing of the screen +and the appearance of the boy behind them. And then, how had he got +himself free from the rope? An audience likes to be puzzled, and this +one surely was. The garden hummed with conjecture and discussion. There +were some there who could have explained the seeming phenomenon, but +they held their counsel. + +Meanwhile, on the platform the Signor was modestly bowing alternately to +the audience and to his subject, the latter apparently no worse for his +magic transposition. And the orchestra again broke into its interrupted +melody. The applause became insistent, but Signor Duodelli, perhaps +because his contract with the committee called for no further evidence +of his powers, only bowed and bowed and at last disappeared into the +obscurity of the shadows. Whereupon the Banjo and Mandolin Club moved +into the house, and presently the strains of a one-step summoned the +dancers to the big drawing-room. + +Laurie, unconsciously rubbing a wrist, smiled as he listened to the +comments of the dissolving audience. "Well, but there's no getting +around the fact that it was the same boy," declared a pompous little +gentleman to his companion. "Same hair and eyes and everything! Couldn't +be two boys as much alike, eh? Not possibly! Very clever!" + +Laurie chuckled as he made his way to Polly's booth. That young lady +looked a little tired, and, by the same token, so did the Yale booth! +Only a bare dozen framed pictures and a small number of post-cards +remained of her stock. "Don't you think I've done awfully well?" asked +Polly, a trifle pathetically. She seemed to need praise, and Laurie +supplied it. + +"Corking, Polly," he assured her. "I guess you've sold more than any of +the others, haven't you?" + +"N-no, I guess some of the others have done better, Nod; but I think +they had more attractive articles, don't you? Anyhow, I've taken in +twelve dollars and thirty cents since supper, and I made four dollars +and eighty-five cents this afternoon; only I must have dropped a dime +somewhere, for I'm ten cents short. Or perhaps someone didn't give me +the right amount." + +"Why, that's seventeen dollars!" exclaimed Laurie. "I didn't think you +had anywhere near seventeen dollars' worth of things here, Polly!" + +"Oh, I didn't! Not nearly! Why, if I'd sold things at the prices marked +on them, Nod, I wouldn't have had more than half as much! But lots of +folks _wanted_ to pay more, and I let them. Mr. Conklin, the jeweler, +bought a picture, one of the funny landscapes with the frames that +didn't fit at the corners, and he said it was ridiculous to sell it for +a quarter, and he gave me a dollar for it. Then he held the picture up +and just laughed and laughed at it! I guess he just wanted to spend his +money, don't you? You know, Ned said we were to get as much as we could +for things, so I usually added ten cents to the price that was marked on +them--sometimes more, if a person looked extravagant. One lady came back +and said she'd paid twenty-five cents for a picture and it was marked +fifteen on the back. I said I was sorry she was dissatisfied and I'd be +very glad to buy it back from her for twenty." + +Laurie laughed. "What did she say to that?" he asked. + +"She said if I wanted it bad enough to pay twenty cents for it she +guessed it was worth twenty-five, and went off and didn't come back." +Polly laughed and then sighed. "I'm awfully tired. Doesn't that music +sound lovely? Do you dance?" + +Laurie shook his head. "No; but, say, if you want to go in there, I'll +watch the booth for you." + +Polly hesitated. "It's funny you don't," she said. "Don't you like it?" + +It was Laurie's turn to hesitate. "No, not much. I never have danced. +It--it seems sort of silly." He looked at Polly doubtfully. Although he +wouldn't have acknowledged it, he was more than half sorry that dancing +was not included among his accomplishments. + +"It isn't silly at all," asserted Polly, almost indignantly. "You ought +to learn. Mae could teach you to one-step in no time at all!" + +"I guess that's about the way I'd do it," answered Laurie, sadly--"in no +time at all! Don't you--couldn't _you_ teach a fellow?" + +"I don't believe so. I never tried to teach any one. Besides, Mae dances +lots better than I do. She put the things she had left on Grace +Boswell's booth and went inside the minute the music started. She wanted +me to come, but I thought I shouldn't," added Polly, virtuously. + +"You go ahead now," urged Laurie. "I'll stay here till you come back. It +isn't fair for you girls to miss the dancing. Besides, I guess there +won't be much more sold now. Folks have begun to go, some of them, and +most of the others are inside." + +Polly looked toward the house. Through the big wide-open windows the +lilting music of a waltz floated out. The Banjo and Mandolin Club was +really doing very well to-night. Polly sighed once and looked wistful. +Then she shook her head. "Thanks, Nod," she said, "but I guess I'll stay +here. Some one _might_ come." + +"What do you care? You don't own 'em! Anyway, I guess I could sell a +post-card if I had to!" + +"You'd have trouble selling any of those pictures," laughed Polly. +"Aren't they dreadful? Where did they come from?" + +"Pretty fierce," Laurie agreed. "They came from the Metropolitan +Furniture Store. The man dug them out of a corner in the cellar. I guess +he'd had them for years! Anyway, there was enough dust on them to choke +you. He seemed awfully tickled when we agreed to take them and let him +alone!" + +"I should think he might have! We girls agreed to buy things from each +other, just to help, but the only things they bought from me were +post-cards!" Polly laughed as though at some thought; and Laurie, who +had elevated himself to an empty corner of the booth and was swinging +his feet against the blue draping in front, looked inquiringly. "I was +just thinking about the boys," explained Polly. + +"What about them? What boys do you mean?" Laurie asked coldly. + +"The high school boys. They're awfully peeved because we girls took part +in this, and not one of them has been here, I guess." + +"Cheeky beggars," grumbled Laurie. "Guess we can do without them, +though. Here comes Bob's father." + +Mr. Starling was bent on a most peculiar mission. Laurie and Polly +watched him stop at the next booth and engage in conversation. Then a +fat pocket-book was produced, a bill was tendered, and Mr. Starling +strolled on. At the Yale booth he stopped again. + +"Well, Turner," he greeted, "this affair looks like a huge success, +doesn't it? Why aren't you young folks inside there, dancing?" + +"I don't dance, sir," answered Laurie, somewhat to his chagrin in a most +apologetic tone. "And Polly thinks she ought to stand by the ship. This +is Polly Deane, Mr. Starling." + +Bob's father shook hands cordially across the depleted counter and +assured its proprietor that he was very glad indeed to make her +acquaintance. Then he added: "But you don't seem to have much left, Miss +Polly. Now, I'm a great hand at a bargain. I dare say that if you made +me a fair price for what there is here I'd jump at it. What do you say?" + +Polly apparently didn't know just what to say for a minute, and her gaze +sought counsel of Laurie. + +"If you ask me," laughed the latter, "I'd say fifty cents was a big +price for the lot!" + +"You're not in charge," said Mr. Starling, almost severely. "I'm sure +the young lady has better business ability. Suppose you name a price, +Miss Polly." + +"We-ell--" Polly did some mental arithmetic, and then, doubtfully: "A +dollar and a half, sir," she said. + +"Done!" replied Mr. Starling. He drew forth a two-dollar bill. "There +you are! Just leave the things where they are. I'll look after them +later. Now you youngsters go in and dance. What's this? Change? My dear +young lady, don't you know that change is never given at an affair of +this kind? I really couldn't think of taking it. It--it's a criminal +offense!" And Mr. Starling nodded and walked away. + +"By Jove, he's a brick!" exclaimed Laurie, warmly. "Look, he's doing the +same thing everywhere!" + +"I know," answered Polly, watching. "It's just dear of him, isn't it? +But, Nod, _what_ do you suppose he will do with these awful pictures?" + +"The same thing he will do with that truck he's buying now," was the +laughing reply. "He will probably put them in the furnace!" + +"Well," said Polly, after a moment, "I suppose we might as well go +inside, don't you? We can look on, anyway, and"--with a stifled +sigh--"I'd 'most as lief look on as dance." + +Laurie followed, for the second time in his life wishing that the +Terpsichorean art had been included in his education! + + + + +CHAPTER XV--NED HAS AN IDEA + + +"Three hundred and thirty-three dollars and eighty-five cents," said +Ned, in very satisfied tones. "We took in three hundred and sixty-three +five, but we had twenty-nine twenty to come out for expenses. Not so +bad, what?" + +"But something tells me," answered Laurie, mournfully, "that if all our +expenses were deducted we'd have less than that. You see," he explained +to Polly, "I lost the piece of paper that I set down the money I paid +out on, and I just had to guess what it all came to, because I'd never +had time to add it up." + +"I dare say you guessed enough," replied Ned, untroubled. + +"I dare say I didn't, then!" was the indignant response. "If I did, +where's all the money I had when I started? I've got a dollar and ninety +cents left, and I had over four dollars when you roped me in on the +thing! I'm more than two dollars shy, I tell you!" + +"Oh, well, it's gone for a worthy cause," laughed Ned. + +"Maybe," Laurie grumbled, "but I notice that none of yours has gone that +way. You always made me pay for everything!" + +"Well, I think you did it beautifully," said Polly. "I never suspected +you'd make so much!" + +They were in the little garden behind the shop. It was the second day +after the fete, and the bell in the Congregational church tower had just +struck two. There was a perceptible nip in the air to-day, and the +flowers in the border showed blackened leaves, while the nasturtiums +were frankly limp and lifeless. But here in the sunshine it was warm +enough, and Laurie, spurning the bench, was seated tailor fashion on the +yellowing turf. Polly had stated her absolute certitude that he would +catch cold, but Laurie derided the idea. + +"We're awfully much obliged to you girls," said Ned. "We wouldn't have +done nearly so well if you hadn't helped. I think the committee ought to +give you a--a vote of thanks or something." + +"Oh, we all loved it!" Polly assured him earnestly. "We had heaps of +fun. Why, I wouldn't have missed that disappearing trick for anything. I +was positively thrilled when Laurie came running up the garden!" + +The boys' laughter interrupted, and Polly looked puzzled. + +"That wasn't Laurie," explained Ned. "That was me." + +"But I was sure you were the one in the chair! And if you were in the +chair, how could you--" + +"I wasn't, though. That was Laurie." + +Polly sighed despairingly. "I'll never get so I can tell you apart," she +said; "unless I hear you talk, that is! I don't see yet how it was done. +Won't you please tell me?" + +"It was as easy as easy," replied Ned. "You see, the way I planned it +first--" + +"The way _who_ planned it?" inquired Laurie. + +"Well, the way _we_ planned it, then." + +"Hold on! Whose idea was it in the first place, partner?" + +"Oh, don't be so fussy! Anyway, you couldn't have done it without me!" + +"I never said I could. But you've got a lot of cheek to talk about the +way _you--_" + +Polly clapped her hands to her ears. "I'm not being told how it was +done, and I do want to know. Go on, Ned." + +"Well, it was done like this. You see, Laurie was tied to the chair, and +I was hiding out at the other end of the garden. Then Lew Cooper put the +screen around the chair." Polly nodded. "Then I started toward the +platform, and every one turned to look at me." Polly nodded again. +"Well, right behind the platform was the bulkhead door into the cellar. +When Cooper shouted to me to come on, two fellows who were on the stairs +waiting pushed the door open, grabbed Laurie, chair and all, and whisked +him down cellar. Then they put another chair, just like the first one, +behind the screen, and when Cooper pulled the screen away, there it was, +just as if Laurie had somehow untied himself and--and vanished! Of +course, if any one had been looking at the screen instead of at me just +then, he might have seen what was going on, although it was pretty dark +behind there and he mightn't have. Anyway, no one was, I guess. The +trick depended on the--the faint similarity between us. Lots of fellows +who knew us were on to it, but the folks from the village were puzzled +for fair!" + +"Indeed they were," agreed Polly. "They just couldn't understand it at +all!" + +"It would have been better," mused Laurie, "if we could have taken the +screen away and showed the empty chair before Ned came into sight; but +there didn't seem to be any way of doing that. We had to have the people +looking the other way, and we had to work quick. As it was, I was half +killed, for Wainwright and Plummer were in such a hurry to get the other +chair up there that they just dumped me on my back! And then they ran +upstairs through the kitchen to see the end of it, and I was kicking +around down there for five minutes!" + +"Well," said Ned, a few minutes later, "I'm not finding out what to do +with this." He opened one hand and exposed some bills and two ten-cent +pieces folded into a wad. "Your mother says she won't take it, +Polly--that she didn't understand we were going to pay her for the +cream-puffs. Gee, we wouldn't have thought of asking her to make them +for nothing!" + +Polly nodded sympathetically. "Mother says, though, that the boys bring +so much trade to her that it's only fair for her to help them." + +"That's poppy-cock!" said Laurie. "Seven dollars and twenty cents is a +lot of money. Look here; don't you think she ought to take it, Polly?" + +Polly was silent a moment. Then she nodded affirmatively. "Yes, I do," +she said frankly. "She really needs the money, Ned. I wouldn't tell any +one else, but we're just frightfully hard up, and I wouldn't be a bit +surprised if Mother had to give up here before very long." + +"Give up!" exclaimed Ned. "You mean--go away?" + +"Yes. You see, she doesn't make very much money in the store; nothing +like she used to before the war sent prices so high. And then, what with +taxes and water and light, and the interest on the mortgage, why, it +hardly pays. Just the same, if she says she won't take the money, Ned, +why, I guess she won't, and that's all there is to it. But she ought +to!" + +"Can't she charge more for things?" asked Laurie. "Everyone else does +nowadays. That bake-shop down on Hudson Street gets eight cents for +cream-puffs and eclairs, and you sell them for six." + +"I know; but Mama says six cents is enough and that the boys oughtn't to +have to pay any more. And lots of things she sells for hardly any more +than she used to before prices advanced. Why, I have to watch all the +time; and when bills come in for things, I have to compare them with +what we're getting for them, and lots of times I find that Mama's been +selling for less than what she's paid! She just won't be a profiteer, +she says!" + +"Gee! I hope you don't have to shut up," said Laurie. He looked around +the little garden. "It--it's such a jolly place! And the house and +everything. Gee, that would be a shame!" + +Polly sighed while she nodded. "It is nice," she agreed; "but there are +so many things that ought to be done! Uncle Peter never would do much +for us. He did promise to have the house painted, but he died about a +month after that, and so it was never done." + +"Suppose he up and died so's he wouldn't have to do it?" inquired +Laurie, suspiciously. + +Polly shook her head and looked a trifle shocked, until she caught the +smile in Ned's eyes. + +"It doesn't look as if it would cost much money to paint it," remarked +Ned, looking up at the rear of the little two-and-a-half-story building. +"It's not much more than a doll's house, anyway. How many rooms are +there, Polly?" + +"Three upstairs, and then a sort of attic room under the roof; and two +downstairs." + +"Uh-huh. I just wondered. It wouldn't be much of a trick to paint the +outside. Bet you I could do it in a couple of days." + +Laurie gasped. "A couple of days! You? How do you get like that? It +would take a real painter a week to do it!" + +"Maybe; but I'm not a real painter," answered Ned, grinning. He glanced +at the crumpled wad in his hand and held it tentatively toward Polly. +"Maybe you'd better take charge of this, Polly, until we decide what to +do with it." + +But Polly put her hands resolutely behind her, and shook her head with +decision. "No, Ned, I'd rather not. If Mama says she won't have it, she +won't, and you might just as well give it back to the--the fund." + +Somewhat to Laurie's surprise, Ned pocketed the money without further +protest. "All right," he said. "It's very kind of your mother. We +mustn't forget to see that her name's included in the list of those who +donated things, Laurie. This week's 'Messenger' is going to tell all +about it. Well, I've got to pull my freight. You coming, partner?" + +"Yes, I guess so," replied Laurie, without much enthusiasm. "I promised +Bob and George to get another fellow and play some tennis this +afternoon." + +"Gee! it must be great to have nothing to do but play," sighed his +brother. + +"Huh, any one would think, to hear you talk, that you were working," +replied Laurie, crushingly. "All you do is stand around and watch the +others." + +"Think so?" Ned smiled in a superior way. "You come down this afternoon +and see how much standing around I do. Joe Stevenson says I've got to +practise goals now. Isn't that the limit?" + +"I suppose it pains him to see you loafing," said Laurie. "Anyway, I +dare say it'll keep you out of mischief." + +Laurie led the way to the back fence, against which leaned a plank with +two pieces of wood nailed across it. This afforded a short cut to and +from school, and was an idea of Bob's. From the top of the fence they +dropped into the shrubbery and then made their way to the side gate. + +The arbor had not yet been denuded of its evergreen clothing, and there +were other evidences of the recent festival in the shape of crumpled +paper napkins lying on the ground. Thomas had taken down the lanterns +and was packing them away in their case by the kitchen porch, and the +boys called a greeting to him as they passed. + +"Bob still mean to make a tennis-court here?" asked Ned, as they went +through the gate. + +"Yes. He's going to tear down that arbor right away, he says. So far, +though, he hasn't found any one to do the work on the court. Every one +is busy. I don't believe he will get it done in time to use it this +fall." + +"Of course he won't. It's nearly November now. Say, you'd better take +this money and hand it over to Whipple. You'll see him before I do. And +tell him to put Mrs. Deane's name down with the other folks who +contributed, will you?" + +"All right; but I think it's a shame to let her stand for all those +cakes." + +"So do I; only--" + +"Only what?" + +"Maybe we can make it up to her another way. I've got an idea, Laurie." + +"I hope it's better than most of 'em. What is it?" + +And when Ned had explained it, Laurie considered a long moment and then +indorsed it enthusiastically. "That's corking!" he cried. "For once, +Ned, the old bean has worked! Only, when could we--" + +"Christmas vacation," said Ned. "We won't have much to do then. What do +you say?" + +"I say that, for the first time in my life, Neddie, I'm proud to +acknowledge you as my twin!" + + + + +CHAPTER XVI--POLLY TELLS A SPOOK STORY + + +Assured of sufficient funds to complete its season without financial +embarrassment, the Hillman's football team seemed to take a new and +firmer grip on things. Practice went well that week, and the players +showed vim and snap. Perhaps the colder weather helped, too. The line-up +that faced the scrubs on Friday for a short scrimmage was, barring +accidents, that which would, four weeks later, start the game against +Hillman's old rival, Farview Academy. Farley and White were at the ends, +Captain Stevenson and Pringle were the tackles, Emerson and Corson were +the guards, and Kewpie Proudtree was at center. Frank Brattle at +quarter, Mason and Slavin for halves, and Pope at full-back composed the +rest of the team. There were some weak places, to be sure; but, on the +whole, Coach Mulford was fairly satisfied that he had the parts for a +capable machine. + +Ned was still playing on the scrub eleven, and doing rather well. As a +punter, at least, he deserved his position at left half, and it might be +that he would develop into a fair goal-kicker; for in the last four +days, under the tuition of the coach and full-back Pope, he had shown +excellent promise. Those morning lessons, now abandoned, had grounded +Ned well in the art of toeing the pigskin, and, whatever fame the future +might hold for him as punter or drop-kicker or place-kicker, much of the +credit would be Kewpie's. + +To-day, in the second ten minutes of the scrimmaging,--there was but +twenty minutes in all,--Thursby, playing quarter, and probably acting +under instructions, gave Ned his first chance to show what he could do +in the way of field goals. Unable to reach a point nearer than twenty +yards to the school team's goal, Thursby called for "kick formation, +Turner back," and Ned went up-field with his heart in his mouth. +Although the cross-bar was less than thirty yards from where he took his +stand and almost directly in front of him, it looked to Ned to be a +woeful distance away and the angle much more severe than it was. But he +didn't have much time for reflection, for Thursby called his signal +quickly, and the leather came back to him at a good pass, and the school +team was crashing through. + +Ned always thought that he closed his eyes when he swung his toe against +the rebounding ball and trusted to luck, but I doubt it, for the pigskin +described a perfect arc and went well and true over the bar, and if Ned +had had his eyes closed I don't believe the pigskin would have acted +that way at all. Most of the scrub team players thumped him on the back +and showed their delight in other ways, for they had not scored on the +school team for nearly a week; while, at a little distance, Coach +Mulford nodded his head almost imperceptibly. It was too bad Ned didn't +see that nod, for it would have pleased him far more than the buffets of +his team-mates. + +The next day Hillman's made a trip to Warring and played the Lansing +team to a standstill, returning with a 22-0 victory tucked under its +belt. Ned got into the game for a bare five minutes at the last, as did +half a dozen other substitutes; but he was not called on to kick any +goals, for which he was at once sorry and glad. To have had the eyes of +nearly a thousand persons on him would, he thought, have precluded any +possibility of success; but, on the other hand, had he succeeded--He +sighed for lost opportunities! + +The attendance that afternoon was a matter of great joy to Manager Dave +Murray, for Hillman's went home with a neat sum as its share of the +day's profits, a sum far larger than he had counted on--large enough, in +fact, to make up the difference between the net receipts from the fete +and the three hundred and fifty dollars aimed at. + +Hillman's good fortune held for another week. There were no accidents +during practice; every fellow in the line-up played for all that was in +him; and the scrubs took a licking every afternoon. Ned twice more +gained glory as a drop-kicker, although on a third occasion he failed +lamentably. Unfortunately, neither of his successes brought victory to +his team, since the opponents had on each occasion a safe lead in the +scoring. Every afternoon, following the scrimmage, Ned was presented by +the coach with a nice battle-scarred football, and instructed to go down +to the east goal and "put some over." Sometimes Hop Kendrick or Ben +Thursby went with him to hold the ball while he tried placement-kicks, +and always an unhappy substitute was delegated to retrieve the pigskin +for him; but the coach let him pretty much alone, and Pope looked on +only occasionally and was surprisingly sparing of comment or advice. And +yet, Ned improved, rather to his surprise, since he felt himself +neglected and, as he said to Laurie, didn't see how they expected a +fellow to learn goal-kicking if they didn't show him a little! But, +although he didn't realize it, Ned had reached a point in his +development where he was best left to his own devices, and Coach Mulford +knew it and forbore to risk confusing him with unnecessary instruction. +So Ned pegged away doggedly, and got results, as he considered, in spite +of the coach! + +Against the Queens Preparatory Institute, which journeyed up from the +city on Saturday, the Blue was able to emerge from four grueling +fifteen-minute periods with the score 6-6, from the Blue's standpoint a +very satisfactory showing, for Q. P. I. was a much-heralded team and had +downed stronger elevens than Hillman's. So November began its second +week, and cloudy days and not infrequently rainy ones took the place of +the sunny weather of October. + +Laurie would have been somewhat at a loss for a way in which to spend +his afternoons at that time, had it not been for Bob Starling's +overmastering desire to build a tennis-court in the garden of the +Coventry place. The weather was far too cold for tennis, although now +and then he and Bob played George and Lee Murdock, and the wrecking of +the old grape-arbor, preparatory to digging up the sod, proved a welcome +diversion. Sometimes Thomas took a hand; but Thomas had plenty to do +indoors, and the work was accomplished almost wholly by Bob and Laurie, +with the occasional moral support of George or Lee. + +Usually an hour's labor with hammer or crowbar ended with an adjournment +to the Widow Deane's, by way of the back fence, for refreshments. +Sometimes it was warm enough to foregather in the little garden behind +the shop and, armed with cream-puffs or tarts, spend a jolly half-hour +in the society of Polly and Mae. At such times Mrs. Deane, hearing the +shouts and laughter, came to the back door and smiled in sympathy. + +One glorious afternoon of mingled sunlight and frost there was an +excursion afoot out into the country in search of nuts. Polly and Mae +and Laurie and George and Bob and Lee formed the party. They carried two +baskets, one of which George wore on his head most of the way, to the +wonderment of the infrequent passers. Mae knew, or thought she knew, +where there were chestnut trees, and led the way for three miles to what +is called Two Jug Ridge. The chestnut trees, however, were, according to +Laurie, away for the afternoon. They found some hickory nuts, not quite +ready to leave their husks, and a few beech-nuts, and after gathering +those they sat on a broad, flat boulder and looked down on Orstead and +Little Windsor and some twelve miles of the Hudson River, and talked a +good deal of nonsense--all except Lee, who went to sleep with his cap +pulled over his eyes, and had a cold in his head for days after. George +decided that when he was through college and was married, he would come +back there and build a bungalow just where they were seated. + +"This will do for the front door-step," he expounded, "and over there +will be a closed-in porch with an open fireplace and a Gloucester +hammock." + +"That all you're going to have?" asked Bob. "No kitchen?" + +"Oh, there'll be a kitchen, all right, and a dining-room--no, I guess +we'll eat on the porch. Wouldn't it be a dandy place, though? Look at +the view!" + +"Fine," said Laurie, without much enthusiasm, remembering the last +uphill mile. "Don't mind if I don't come to see you often, though, do +you?" + +"Not a bit! Nobody asked you, anyway." + +"You could live on nuts," murmured Polly, "and could have shaggy-barks +for breakfast and beech-nuts for dinner and--" + +"Grape-nuts for supper," said Laurie, coming to the rescue. + +"And you could call the place the Squirrel-Cage," suggested Bob. + +And that reminded Mae of a story her father had told of a man who had +lived in the woods farther down the river some years before, and who ate +nothing but nuts and things he found in the forest. "He lived all alone +in a little cabin he'd built, and folks said he was a deserter from the +army, and--" + +"What army?" George asked. + +"The Northern Army, of course." + +"I thought you might mean the Salvation Army. Then this was quite awhile +ago, wasn't it?" + +"Of course, stupid! Years and years ago. And finally, when he died, +folks found that he wasn't a deserter at all, but a general or a major +or something, and they found a prize that the government had given him, +some sort of a medal for bravery in battle. Wasn't that sad?" + +"Well," replied Laurie, doubtfully, "I suppose it was. I suppose the +government would have shown better judgment if they'd given him a bag of +nuts. Of course, he couldn't eat that medal!" + +"You're horrid! Anyway, it just shows that you mustn't judge folks +by--by outward appearances, doesn't it?" + +"Rather! I've always said that, too. Take George, for example. Just to +look at him, you'd never think he had any sense at all; but at times--" + +"Lay off of George," interrupted that young gentleman, threateningly. +"If folks judged you by the way you talk, you'd be inside a nice high +wall!" + +Why the talk should have drifted from there to the subject of ghosts and +uncanny happenings isn't apparent, but it did. In the midst of it, Lee +gave a tremendous snore that scared both the girls horribly, and sat up +suddenly, blinking. "Hello!" he muttered. Then he yawned and grinned +foolishly. "Guess I must have dropped off," he said apologetically. + +"You didn't," said George. "If you had you'd have waked up quicker! Cut +out the chatter; Polly's telling a spook yarn." + +Lee gathered up a handful of beech-nuts and was silent except for the +sound he made in cracking the shells. + +"It isn't much of a story," disclaimed Polly, "but it--it _was_ funny. +It began just after Mama and I came here. I mean, that was the first +time. One night, after we had gone to bed, Mama called me. 'I think +there's some one downstairs, Polly,' she whispered. We both listened, +and, sure enough, we could hear a sort of tapping sound. It wasn't like +footsteps, exactly; more--more hollow, as if it came from a long way +off. But it sounded right underneath. We listened a minute or two, and +then it stopped and didn't begin again; and presently we lighted a +candle and went downstairs, and nobody was there and everything was +quite all right. So we thought that perhaps what we'd heard was some one +walking along the street. + +"We didn't hear it again for nearly two weeks, and then it lasted +longer--maybe two minutes. It got louder; and stopped, and began again, +and died away; and we sat there and listened, and I thought of ghosts +and everything except robbers, because it didn't sound like any one in +the store. It was more as if it was some one in the cellar." + +"Well, maybe it was," suggested Laurie, when Polly paused. + +"That's what we thought, Nod, until we went to see. Then we remembered +that there wasn't any cellar!" + +"Oh!" said Laurie. + +"What happened then?" asked Lee, flicking a shell at George. + +"It kept on happening every little while for two years. We got so we +didn't think any more about it. Mr. Farmer, the lawyer, said what we +heard was probably a rat. But I know very well it wasn't that. It was +too regular. It was always just the same each time. At first we could +just hear it a little, and then it grew louder and louder, and stopped. +And then it began again, loud, and just sort of--of trailed off till you +couldn't hear it at all. I suppose we never would have heard it if it +hadn't been for Mama not sleeping very well, because it always came +after midnight, usually about half-past twelve. After a while I didn't +hear it at all, because Mama stopped waking me up." + +"Spooks," declared George, with unction. "The house is haunted, Polly." + +"Wish I lived there," said Bob eagerly. "I'm crazy about ghosts. They +told me that old Coven--I mean your uncle, Polly--haunted the house +we're in; but, gee! I've been around at all times of night and never +seen a thing! There are lots of jolly, shivery noises--stairs creaking, +and woodwork popping, and all that, you know; but nary a ghost. Look +here, Polly! Let me sit down in the store some night, will you? I'd love +to!" + +"You've got funny ideas of fun," murmured George. + +"Oh, but it's gone now," said Mae. "Hasn't it, Polly? You haven't heard +the noise for a long time, have you?" + +"No, not for--oh, two years, I think. At least, that's what Mama says. +Maybe, though, she sleeps better and doesn't hear things." + +"I guess Mr. What's-his-name was right," said Lee. "It was probably a +rat, or a family of rats." + +"Rats wouldn't make the same sound every time," scoffed Laurie. + +"They might. Trained rats might. Maybe they escaped from a circus." + +"And maybe you escaped from an asylum," responded Laurie, getting up. +"Let's take him home before he gets violent." + + + + +CHAPTER XVII--LAURIE MAKES A PROTEST + + +The football team continued to add victories, and as the fateful 20th of +November approached enthusiasm grew until, after the Whittier game, +which Hillman's won by a field goal in the final hectic two minutes, it +became more a furore than enthusiasm. Ned, by that time, had settled +down to a realization that, no matter what progress he made this fall, +no matter how adept he became at kicking a football down the field or +over the cross-bar, he would not make the first team; that, in short, he +was being educated as next year material. There was no injustice in +this, and he realized it; for, aside from his proficiency as a kicker, +he was not in the class with the school team backs. He couldn't worm his +way through a hole in the opposing line the way Slavin could, nor smash +through the defense the way Mason did, nor dodge and side-step in a +broken field like Pope. Once going, Ned was rather hard to stop, for he +displayed some of the slippery qualities of an eel; but it took him ten +yards to get his speed up, and the opponents had a discouraging way of +getting through and flooring him before the tenth yard was won! But he +had grown to love the game, and no one toiled more conscientiously. +There were times when Laurie devoutly wished that Ned hadn't taken up +the game, for after a half-hour of Ned's chatter Laurie found the +subject of football a trifle dull. + +On the Wednesday before the Farview contest the Orstead High School team +came over for a practice game. At least, Hillman's called it a practice +game and considered it such; but High School had blood in her eye and +was secretly determined to wreak all the vengeance possible. Once a +year, for the space of some three hours, Orstead High School swore +allegiance to Hillman's and turned out at the field and rooted valiantly +for the Blue while she battled with Farview. But all the rest of the +time she was frankly hostile and derisive. This Wednesday afternoon the +hostility was apparent from the first. More than a hundred boys and a +scattering of girls followed their team to the Hillman's field and +demanded revenge for the early-season defeat, while the High School +team, which had passed through a rather successful season and was not at +all the aggregation that the Blue had beaten 10 to 7, started right out +after it. + +Coach Mulford began with his first-string players, and against them High +School was not dangerous, although there were anxious moments. The +second period ended with the score 7--0 in Hillman's favor, only a +fumble by Slavin on High School's eight yards saving the visitor from a +second touch-down. When the third quarter began, Coach Mulford put in +nearly a new eleven, only Kewpie Proudtree, Farley, Mason, and Pope +remaining over. Perhaps the High School coach had talked new strength +and determination into his charges during the intermission, for the +visitors started in on the second half in whirlwind fashion. The Blue +kicked off, and High School's quarter got the ball on his +twenty-five-yard line and scampered back to the thirty-five before he +was laid low by Farley, the Blue's left end. From there, with fierce +slams at Hillman's right and two short forward passes over the center of +the line, High School reached the opponent's thirty-two. There an +off-side penalty set her back, and, after two attempts at rushing that +produced but three yards, she kicked to the five-yard line. Kendrick +fumbled the catch, but recovered and was downed on his ten. Pope punted +on second down to mid-field, and from there High School started another +slashing advance that took her to the thirty-four yards before she was +halted. + +On the side-lines, the High School supporters were shouting and +beseeching and banners were waving deliriously. A tow-haired full-back, +who had all along proved the visitor's best ground-gainer, smashed +through the Hillman's left for two yards; and then, on fourth down, +faking a kick, he set off on a romp around the adversary's right. +Lightner, the second-string end, was effectually boxed, and the runner, +turning wide, was off down the field at top speed. Only Hop Kendrick +stood between him and the goal-line, and Hop waited on the fifteen +yards, wary and alert. The tow-haired boy's feint to the right didn't +fool him, and when the side-stepping to the left began, Hop was on him +with a clean dive and a hard tackle, and the two rolled to earth +together. But the ball was on the thirteen yards now, and it was first +down for High School, and the latter was not to be denied. A plunge off +tackle took the pigskin in front of the goal, though there was no gain. +Hillman's piled up an attack at right guard. On third down, High School +called for kick formation, and the tow-haired terror dropped back. + +From the side of the gridiron, Hillman's rooters chanted: "Block that +kick! Block that kick!" But there was no kick to block, for the +full-back only backed away a pace or two when the pigskin reached him, +and then tossed to the corner of the field and to the eager hands of an +uncovered right end who had but to make three strides before he was over +the line. Hop got him then; but the damage was done, and the visitors +lining the gridiron were cheering and cavorting wildly. The kick was +from a difficult angle, but the tow-haired player made it, and the score +was tied. + +The teams changed fields a minute later. Undismayed, Coach Mulford sent +in three new substitutes, one of them in place of Pope. Hillman's got +the ball in mid-field on a fumble, and set off for the adversary's goal; +but the new players were not able to make much headway, and Deering, who +had taken Pope's place, punted. The effort landed the ball on High +School's thirty-seven, and her quarter ran it back eight more before he +was stopped. Three tries at the line netted seven yards, and the visitor +punted to Hop Kendrick on his eighteen. This time Hop hugged the ball +hard and set off along the far side of the gridiron at a smart pace. +Fortunately for him, one High School end overran. The other challenged, +but missed his tackle. By that time a hasty interference had formed, +and, guarded by Mason and Lightner, Hop reached his forty before +misfortune overtook him. There a High School tackle crashed through the +interference and nailed him hard. + +But that twenty-yard sprint had brought new vim to the Blue's novices, +and new confidence, and from their forty yards they began a fast, hard +attack that placed High School with her back to the wall almost before +she realized it. If the substitutes lacked the experience and brawn of +the first-choice players, they at least had sand and speed. And they had +a quarter-back who was earnest and grim and determined, and who, sensing +that the opponent was weary, realized that speed, and a lot of it, was +the one thing that could save the day. And so Hop proved his right to +his nickname that afternoon. Hop he did, and so did his team. Signals +were fairly shot into the air, and there was no longer any time between +plays for High School to recover her breath. Twice, with plunges at the +right of the visitor's line and runs outside her tackles, Hillman's made +her distance and the pigskin rested on the thirty-six yards. + +So far the Blue had attempted but three forward passes, of which only +one had succeeded. Now, from position, Hop threw straight over the +center, and somehow Lightner was there and pulled it down, although the +enemy was clustered around him thick. That seven-yard gain was made ten +when Deering was poked through the center, ten a little more, for the +ball was down on High School's twenty-four-yard line. The game that had +been proclaimed a practice event for the purpose of seasoning the +substitutes against Saturday's contest had developed within the last +half-hour into a battle to the death. Outside the gridiron the opposing +factions hurled defiant cheers at each other and rooted as they had not +rooted all the season. On the field the rivalry was even more intense, +and black looks and hard knocks were the order. + +High School, sparring for time, administered to a breathless right +guard, and then drew into a bunch for a whispered conference, while +Hillman's supporters hooted derisively. Deering gained three and Boessel +two more. High School ran two substitutes on, and, after the next play, +two more. An old-fashioned criss-cross sent Mason around his own right +end for eight yards and planted the ball just short of the ten-yard +line. Mason gave place to Beedle. A slide off tackle centered the +pigskin and gained a scant yard. Deering struck center for a yard loss, +and Lightner was caught off-side. The ball went back to the seventeen +yards. + +High School was playing desperately and her line had stiffened. Beedle +gave way to Ned after that second down, and Ned had his instructions. +The ball was in front of High School's goal, and from the seventeen +yards a field goal was an easy proposition if the opponents could be +held away from the kicker. Perhaps Hop Kendrick didn't realize why Ned +had been sent in, or perhaps he thought better of his own judgment. +Since by the rules Ned could not communicate the instructions from the +coach until after the following play, he could only look his surprise +when Hop failed to call him back to kicking position. Farley, captain in +Stevenson's absence, seemed to be on the point of protesting, and even +took a step toward the quarter-back; but he evidently reconsidered, for +he returned to his position at the end of the line, and the starting +signal followed. + +The play was a fake attack on the right, with Boessel carrying the ball +to the left inside of tackle, and it worked to perfection. High School, +over-anxious, stormed to the defense of her threatened right side, and +Boessel, with Ned hanging at his flank as far as the five-yard line, +where the earth suddenly rose up and smote him, romped over the line for +the last and deciding touch-down, while the Blue cohorts went fairly +wild with delight. + +On the side-line, Coach Mulford turned to Joe Stevenson. "What do you +think of Kendrick?" he asked, smiling. + +"I'd kiss him if I had him here," answered Joe, grinning joyously. "I +call him one sweet little quarter, Coach!" + +"Well, this was his day, all right," mused the other; "I hope he will +show up as well Saturday. Now we'll see whether Turner can kick a goal. +He's been doing some good work in practice, but he looks scared to death +and will probably miss it by a mile." + +And Ned _was_ scared, too. He tried to steady his nerves by assuring +himself that, whether he made it or missed it, the Blue had won the +game, and that consequently a failure made little difference. But the +silence of his schoolmates and the "booing" of the visiting rooters +affected him badly. To Hop, holding the ball from the turf, it seemed +that Ned would never have done pointing it. And so it seemed to the +onlookers. Never was a kicker more deliberate. But at last Hop heard a +faint "Down!" and drew his fingers from beneath the oval and waited an +anxious moment. Then there was a clean, hard _thud_, and the +quarter-back, watching its flight, saw the pigskin rise lazily, end over +end, and go straight and high over the bar. + +And he might have heard Ned's loud sigh of relief, had not the pounding +of the charging enemy and the cries of the Hillman's horde drowned it. + +Another kick-off and four plays ended the contest, and High School, +after cheering half-heartedly, went off disgruntled and silent. + +On his way to the field-house, Ned, trotting along with Hop, encountered +Polly and Mae in the throng, and paused to speak. "Bully game, wasn't +it?" he said. Then, seeing Mae's High School banner, he added: "High +School put up a dandy fight, Mae." + +"Indeed she did," agreed Mae. "I thought once she was going to win, +too." + +Polly was laughing. "Poor Mae didn't know which team she wanted to win," +she explained. "When High School gained she waved her flag, and when +Hillman's gained she waved it just the same. She was waving it all the +time! That was a lovely goal you made, Nid." + +"Thanks. I--well, I was so scared I didn't know whether to kick the ball +or bite it! I'm mighty glad it went over, though." He nodded and hurried +on in the wake of Hop, who, being a very earnest young gentleman and +completely absorbed in the business of football, considered girls far +outside his scheme of things. + +Three quarters of an hour later, Laurie arose from his recumbent +position on the window-seat of Number 16 East Hall, and delivered an +ultimatum in quiet but forceful tones. "Ned," he said, "I saw that game +from about the middle of the first quarter to the bitter end. Nothing +escaped my eagle gaze. I can even tell you exactly how many times that +High School umpire consulted his rules book when he thought no one was +looking. I know how much dirt there was in Frank Brattle's left ear when +they dragged him out. I know--" + +"Well, what of it? What's your chief trouble?" growled Ned. + +"Knowing all this and more, much more, Neddie, I refuse to listen any +longer to your reminiscences. You've been through the game three times +since you landed up here, and there's a limit to my endurance. And +you've reached that limit, Neddie--you really have. I'm going down to +George's, where I may hear something besides touch-downs and passes and +goals. When you recover, Neddie, come on down." + +"Oh, go to the dickens!" muttered Ned, as the door closed softly. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII--BEFORE THE BATTLE + + +"The fellow who put these posts in," grunted Bob, as he heaved and +tugged, "must have had more time than brains!" + +It was Thursday afternoon. A hard frost, which had frozen the ground a +half-inch deep, had counseled him to finish the work of wrecking the +arbor. But three posts remained, and at one of these Bob, after having +dug around it, and pried at it with a bar until patience was exhausted, +was tugging lustily. Laurie, wiping the sweat of honest toil from his +brow, cast aside the bar and gave a hand. + +"Come on," he said hopefully. "One, two--three! Heave!" + +"Heave!" muttered Bob. + +But although the post, which had formed a corner of the arbor, gave from +side to side, it refused to leave its nest. Panting, the boys drew off +and observed it glumly. + +"Guess we'll have to dig some more," said Bob. + +"Wait a minute. Let me get a purchase on it with the bar." + +Laurie seized that implement again and drove it into the softened earth +beside the post. As the first drive didn't send it far enough, he pulled +it out, and put all his strength into the next effort. This time he +succeeded beyond all expectations. The bar slipped through his fingers +and disappeared from sight! + +"Well!" he gasped. "What do you know--" + +"Where-where did it go to?" cried Bob, dumfounded. + +"It went--it went to China, I guess! It just slipped right through my +hands, and kept on slipping!" Laurie knelt and dug at the hole with his +fingers. + +"Find it?" asked Bob. "Try the shovel." + +"No, I can't feel it. Hand it here." Laurie took the shovel and dug +frantically. Then Bob dug. The result was that they enlarged and +deepened the hole around the post, but the crowbar failed to +materialize. + +"I suppose," said Laurie, finally, dropping the shovel and tilting back +his cap, "what happened was that I struck a sort of hole, and the bar +went right down in. Maybe it was a rat-hole, Bob." + +"I guess so. Anyway, it's gone, and we'll have to get a new one." + +"Oh, I guess we'll find it when we get the post out. Let's try the old +thing." + +They did, and, after a moment of indecision, it came out most +obligingly. But there was still no crowbar to be seen. Laurie shook his +head, mystified. "That's the funniest thing I ever saw," he declared. + +"It surely is! Look here; maybe there's an old well there." + +"Then why didn't the post go down into it?" + +"Because it's covered over with stones. The bar happened to slip into +a--a crevice." + +Laurie nodded dubiously. "That might be it," he agreed. "Or perhaps +we've discovered a subterranean cavern!" + +"Caverns always are subterranean, aren't they?" + +"No; sometimes they're in the side of a hill." + +"Then they're caves." + +"A cave and a cavern are the same thing, you smart Aleck." + +"All right; but even if a cavern is in a hill, it's underground, and +subterranean means under--" + +"Help! You win, Bob! Come on and get hold of this log and let's get it +out of here." And, as they staggered with it across the garden to add it +to the pile of posts and lumber already there, he continued: "There's +one thing certain, Bob, and that's that you won't get me to play tennis +on your court. I'd be afraid of sinking into the ground some fine day!" + +"Maybe you'd find the crowbar then," said Bob. "Heave!" + +Laurie "heaved," patted the brown loam from his hands, and surveyed the +pile. "There's a lot of good stuff there," he pondered. "Some of it's +sort of rotten, but there's enough to build something." + +"What do you want to build?" + +"I don't know. We could build a sort of covered seat, like the one in +Polly's yard, where folks could rest and look on. Take about six of +these posts and some of the strips, and some boards for the seat--" + +"Who'd dig the post-holes?" inquired Bob, coldly. + +"Oh, we could get a couple of the others to help. Honest, Bob, it would +be a lot of fun. Maybe we couldn't do it before spring, though." + +"I might leave the stuff here," said Bob. "Thomas could sort of pile it +a little neater, you know. I love to carpenter. Sometime we'll draw a +plan of it, Nod." + +"Right-o! How about those other posts? No use trying to do anything with +'em to-day, is there?" + +"No; we'll have to have another crowbar." + +Laurie looked relieved. "Well, let's go over and see whether the Widow's +got any of those little cakes with the chocolate on top," he suggested. +"Hard work always makes a fellow hungry." + +There was a rousing football meeting in the auditorium that evening, +with speeches and music, songs and cheers; and the enthusiasm spilled +over to the yard afterward, and threatened to become unruly until Dan +Whipple mounted the steps of School Hall and spoke with all the +authority of eighteen years and the senior class presidency. Whereupon +someone suggested a cheer for the Doctor, and the joyous crowd thronged +to the west end of the building and gave nine long "Hillman's," with a +"Doctor Hillman" on the end. And then suddenly the lights flashed on on +the porch, and there were the Doctor and Miss Tabitha, the former +looking very much as if he had awakened very recently from a nap--which +was, in fact, the case. But he was smiling as he stepped to the doorway +and near-sightedly surveyed the throng. + +"This--er--testimonial would appear to demand some sort of a response," +he announced, as the applause that had greeted his appearance died away. +"But I find myself singularly devoid of words, boys. Perhaps some of you +recall the story of the visitor in Sunday-school who was unexpectedly +called on by the superintendent to address the children. He hemmed and +hawed and said, finally, that it gave him much pleasure to see so many +smiling, happy faces. And he hoped they were all good little boys and +girls and knew their lessons. And then his eloquence failed him, and +after an unhappy interim he asked: 'And now, children, what shall I +say?' And a little girl in the front row lisped: 'Pleathe, Mithter, thay +"Amen" and thit down!' + +"Perhaps I'd better say 'Amen' and sit down, too," he went on, when the +laughter had ceased; "but before I do I'd like to assure you that I am +'rooting' just as hard as any of you for a victory the day after +to-morrow. My duties will not allow me to see the team in action, as +much as I'd like to, but I am kept well informed of its progress. I have +my scouts at work constantly. Mr. Pennington reports to me on the work +of the linemen; Mr. Barrett advises me each day as to the backs; Mr. +Wells is my authority on--er--stratagem." + +This amused his hearers intensely, since none of the three instructors +mentioned had ever been known to attend a game or watch a practice. + +"And," continued the principal, when he could, "I follow the newspaper +reports of our enemy's progress. Of course, I don't believe all I read. +If I did I'd be certain that only overwhelming disaster awaited us on +Saturday. But there is one thing that troubles me. I read recently that +the Farview center is a very large youth, weighing, if I am not +mistaken, some one hundred and seventy pounds. While mere weight and +brawn are not everything, I yet tremble to consider what may happen to +the slight, atomic youth who will oppose him. Young gentlemen, I shudder +when I dwell on that unequal meeting, that impending battle of David and +Goliath!" + +When the new burst of laughter had subsided, the doctor continued more +soberly: "I wish the team all success, a notable victory. Or, if the +gods of battle will it otherwise, I wish it the manly grace to accept +defeat smilingly and undismayed. I am certain of one thing, boys, which +is that, whether fortune favors the Dark Blue or the Maroon and White, +the contest will be hard fought and clean, and bring honor alike to the +victor and vanquished. You have my heartiest good wishes. And"--the +doctor took the hand of Miss Tabitha, who had been standing a few steps +behind him--"and the heartiest good wishes of another, who, while not a +close follower of your sports, has a warm spot in her heart for each and +every one of you, and who is as firmly convinced as I am of the +invincibility of the Dark Blue!" + +"Three cheers for Tab--for Miss Hillman!" cried a voice; and, at first a +trifle ragged with laughter, the cheers rang forth heartily. Then came +another cheer for the doctor and a rousing one for "Hillman's! +_Hillman's!!_ HILLMAN'S!!!" And the little throng, laughing and +chattering, dispersed to the dormitories. + +Friday saw but a light practice for the first team and a final +appearance of the scrubs, who, cheered by the students, went through a +few minutes of snappy signal work, and the waving sweaters and blankets +dashed off to the field-house, their period of servitude at an end. For +the first team there was a long blackboard drill in the gymnasium after +supper, and Ned, who, somewhat to his surprise and very much to his +gratification, had been retained on the squad, returned to Number 16 at +nine o'clock in a rather bemused condition of mind. Kewpie, who +accompanied him, tried to cheer him up. + +"It'll be all right to-morrow, Nid," he declared. "I know how you feel. +Fact is, I wouldn't know one signal from another if I got it this +minute, and as for those sequences--" Words failed him. "But when you +get on the field to-morrow it'll all come back to you. It--it's sort of +psychological. A trick of memory and all that. You understand!" + +"I don't see why he needs to worry, anyhow," observed Laurie, cruelly. +"He won't get a show in to-morrow's game." + +Ned looked hopeful for a moment, then relapsed into dejection as Kewpie +answered: "I'd like to bet you he will, Nod. I'd like to bet you that +he'll play a full period. You just watch Farview lay for Pope! Boy, +they're going to make hard weather for that lad! They were after him +last year, but they couldn't get him and he played right through. But +I'd like to bet you that to-morrow they'll have him out of it before the +last quarter." + +"What do you mean?" asked Laurie, in surprise. "They don't play that +sort of a game, do they?" + +"What sort of a game?" responded Kewpie. "They play hard, that's the way +they play! And every time they tackle Pope, they'll tackle him so he'll +know it. And every time he hits the line, there'll be one of those +red-legs waiting for him. Oh, they don't play dirty, if you mean that; +but they don't let any chances slip, believe me!" + +"It sounds sort of off color to me, though," Laurie objected. "How are +you going to put a fellow out of the game if you don't slug or do +something like that?" + +Kewpie smiled knowingly. "My son," he said, "if I start after you and +run you around the dormitory about twenty times--" + +Ned, in spite of his down-heartedness, snickered at the picture evolved, +and Kewpie grinned. + +"Well, suppose some one else did, then. Anyhow, after he'd done it about +a couple of dozen times, you'd be all in, wouldn't you? He wouldn't have +to kick you or knock you down or anything, would he? Well, that's what I +mean. That's the way they'll go after Pope. They'll tire him out. You +understand. And every time they tackle him, they'll tackle him good and +hard. Well, suppose Pope does go out, and there's a chance for a field +goal, as there's likely to be. Who will Pinky put in? Why, Nid, of +course! Who else is there? Brattle can't kick one goal in six. No more +can Deering. What do you think Mulford's been nursing Nid all the season +for?" + +"Next year?" said Laurie, questioningly. + +"Sure--and this year, too. You watch and see. I'd like to bet you that +Nid'll have a goal to kick to-morrow--yes, and that he'll kick it, too!" + +"Don't!" groaned Ned. "I never could do it!" + +"Well," laughed Laurie, "I don't bet for money, Kewpie, but I tell you +what I'll do. If Ned kicks a goal to-morrow, I'll take you over to the +Widow's, and I'll buy you all the cream-puffs you can eat at one +sitting!" + +"It's a go!" cried Kewpie. "And if he doesn't, I'll do it to you!" + +"Of course," explained Laurie, in recognition of his brother's look of +pained inquiry, "I'm not making the offer because I think Ned can't do +it, or because I don't want him to play. You bet I do! It's because I do +want him to, Kewpie. You see, I usually lose bets!" + +"All right, you crazy galoot. I've got to beat it. Pinky made us swear +by the Great Horn Spoon to be in bed by ten. Good night. Don't let the +signal stuff worry you, Nid. It'll come out all right to-morrow. You +understand. Night!" + +When the door had closed, Laurie laughed and turned to Ned. "He's a good +old scout, isn't he? I say, what's the matter with you, Ned? You look +like the end of a hard winter! Cheer up! It may not be true!" + +But Ned shook his head, although he tried to smile unconcernedly. "It'll +happen just the way he told, Laurie," he said, sadly. "I just know it +will! They'll get Pope out of the way, and there'll be a field goal +wanted, just as there was Wednesday, and Mulford will send me in!" + +"Well, what of it? You'd like that, wouldn't you?" + +"I--I'm scared!" + +"Oh, piffle, Neddie! You've got nerves, that's all. The night before the +battle, you know, and all that! In the morning you'll be as right as +rain. Get your clothes off and tumble in. Want me to read a story to +you? There's a corker in the 'Post' this week." + +"No, thanks; I guess not. I'd better go to sleep." + +But, although Ned, stifling a desire to sit up and read the corking +story himself, put the light out at ten minutes before ten, he lay awake +until after midnight and suffered as blue a case of funk as any boy ever +did. And when, at length, sleep came, it was filled with visions in +which he stood in the center of a vast arena, the object of countless +eyes, and tried over and over, and never with success, to kick a +perfectly gigantic leather ball over a cross-bar that was higher than +the Masonic Temple at home! + +The truth is that Ned was over-trained and stale. And the further truth +is that when he awoke to as sweet a November morning as ever peered down +from a cloudless sky through golden sunlight, he felt, as he phrased it +to himself, like a sock that had just come through the wringer! + + + + +CHAPTER XIX--NED IS MISSING + + +Ned ate almost no breakfast, and Laurie noted the fact, but, after a +glance at his brother's face, said nothing. After all, he reflected, +there were probably others of the squad who were displaying no more +appetite this morning. Afterward, on the way to School Hall for their +only recitation of the day, he asked off-handedly: "How are you feeling, +Neddie?" + +Ned didn't answer at once. When he did, he only replied laconically: +"Rotten!" + +"How do you mean, rotten?" Laurie disguised anxiety under flippancy. +"Tummy out of whack? Or is it a case of ingrowing signals?" + +"I don't know what the trouble is," answered Ned seriously. "I feel +perfectly punk. And I--I'm scared, Laurie. I'd give a million dollars if +I didn't have to go to the field this afternoon. I wish to goodness I +could duck somehow. Say, feel my forehead. Isn't it hot?" + +Laurie felt, and shook his head. "Cool as a cucumber, you old fakir. +Buck up, Neddie! You'll feel better after a while. Did you sleep all +right?" + +"I guess so," replied the other dispiritedly. "I dreamed a lot. Dreamed +I was kicking goals over a bar as high as a mountain. And the ball was +as big as a hogshead. And there were about a million folks watching me, +and Mr. Cornish was beating a bass-drum." + +Laurie laughed. "Some dream, Neddie! Tell you what. After we get out of +here, we'll take a nice, long hike. Mulford wants the players to stay +outdoors, doesn't he? Didn't you tell me he said you were to walk or +something?" + +Ned nodded. "I'm too tired to walk, though, Laurie. Guess I'll get a +book and go over to the park. Or go down and jump in the river!" + +"Fine idea!" scoffed Laurie. "What have you got against the river? It +never did anything to you, did it?" + +Ned, however, refused to smile. "You don't need to come along," he said. +"I--I guess I'd rather be alone, Laurie." + +"You will be, if you're going to jump in the river, partner! The water's +a heap too cold to appeal to me. Well, cheer up. See you when we come +out." + +There was a holiday feeling in the air this morning that didn't promise +well for recitations, and Mr. Brock's chemistry class was a sore trial +to that gentleman. Yet, although he frowned often and sighed many +despairing sighs, he made allowance for the prevailing mood of +restlessness and exhibited unusual patience. And finally it was over and +the class trooped out. + +"You stay here," said Laurie, "and I'll run over and get a couple of +books from the room. What do you want?" + +"I don't care--anything," answered Ned, listlessly. + +When Laurie went off, Ned seated himself on a step and gazed forlornly +around him. Groups of boys stood on the walks in animated conversation. +Near at hand, a half-dozen juniors were discussing the game avidly, +drawing comforting conclusions from a comparison of the season's +performances of Hillman's and Farview. Suddenly the prospect of sitting +on a park bench with Laurie became utterly distasteful to Ned, and, with +a hurried glance in the direction of East Hall, he arose and made his +way along the drive and into Summit Street. There he turned to the left +and walked quickly to the corner. At Washington Street another look +behind showed that he had made his escape, and he heaved a sigh of +relief and went on past the library and into Cumber Street, heading +unconsciously toward the open country eastward of town. + +When Laurie returned to School Hall with a book for Ned and a magazine +for himself, he sat down and waited a few minutes, supposing that Ned +would be back. When he didn't come, Laurie went over to School Park, +thinking that he had perhaps grown tired of waiting in the yard. But no +Ned was to be seen, and, puzzled but untroubled, Laurie dawdled into +Pine Street. The white-and-red sign above the Widow Deane's little store +shone bravely in the sunlight. For an hour Laurie enjoyed the society of +Polly and Antoinette in the sunny garden, where, against the board +fence, a clump of hardy chrysanthemums made a cheery showing of yellow +and lavender. Antoinette had retired to winter quarters, which means +that a gunny-sack and a length of old red carpet had been draped over +her box. But just now the drapery was lifted, and Antoinette was doing +great things to a very large cabbage-leaf. Towser had established +himself in the sunshine atop the porch roof and gazed down benignly at +the pair below. + +Laurie and Polly talked, of course, about the game. He and George were +again to act as escorts to the two girls, a fact that had eaten a large +hole in Laurie's remaining allowance. About ten o'clock he took himself +away, reminding Polly to be ready at half-past one, since it took a good +ten minutes to walk to the field, and because, wisely, he realized that +to Polly "half-past one" would mean a quarter or two. Climbing the fence +into Bob's yard, he discovered that young man with a new crowbar about +to begin an attack on the remaining posts of the arbor. So he removed +his sweater, moistened his hands in the time-honored and only +efficacious manner, and joined the assault. After the posts were added +to the pile beside the fence, the two boys went indoors and refreshed +the inner man with piping-hot ginger cookies. Thus it was that it was +nearly noon when Laurie got back to Number 16, to find, to his +uneasiness, that Ned was not there. Nor, as far as any evidences showed, +had he been there since before breakfast. + +Laurie threw himself on the window-seat and tried to apply himself to +the magazine that he had carried all morning. But he began to be really +worried about Ned. He didn't understand where he could be. Even if he +had gone off by himself, mooning along the roads, which was what Laurie +suspected he had done, he should have been home before this, for, as +Laurie knew, the players were to go to lunch at twelve. Presently he +dropped the magazine and strode across the corridor to Number 15. Kewpie +was not in, but Hop was there--a more than ordinarily serious-faced Hop, +who replied to Laurie's inquiry in an absent-minded manner suggesting +that some one had placed him in a trance and gone away without awakening +him. Hop hadn't seen Nid all morning. Kewpie had just gone over to West +Hall. He hoped there wouldn't be any wind this afternoon. Farview had a +punter that could do fifty yards easily, and a wind would lengthen his +kicks frightfully. Did Nod think those clouds meant wind? + +Laurie withdrew without venturing an opinion in the matter. Football, he +reflected, was a far more dangerous pastime than folks generally +realized, when it could affect a fellow's brains like that! Downstairs, +he searched the little group about the dining-hall door, and finally +made inquiry of Dave Murray. Dave was worried and excited and a bit +short-tempered. + +"Nid Turner? No, I haven't seen him. He'll be here pretty quick, though. +We eat at twelve." + +He left Laurie, to push his way toward the entrance to accost Mr. +Mulford, who was coming in; and Laurie went out and sat down on the step +and watched. Kewpie came striding across from West Hall, smiling and +evidently very fit. But when Laurie questioned him the smile faded. + +"Nid? No, I haven't set eyes on him. Isn't he here? Are you sure? Say, +you don't suppose the silly guy has bolted? He was in mean shape last +night, Nod. But he wouldn't do that! He's no quitter. He'll be here in a +minute or two." + +"Suppose--suppose he isn't?" asked Laurie, anxiously. "Would it matter +much?" + +"Matter?" Kewpie shrugged, one eye on the dining-hall door, through +which his team-mates were beginning to pass. "It wouldn't matter to the +game, I guess. I was only trying to cheer him up last night. You +understand. It isn't likely Pinky will use him. But it would be a bad +thing for him, Nod. It would be an awful black eye, in fact, if he cut +the game. Guess Pinky would just about can him for all time! I say, I've +got to hustle in there. Why don't you have a look around for him? Maybe +he's in the library, or over in West, or--or somewhere. See you later, +Nod!" + +Kewpie disappeared into the dining-hall, and a moment later the door was +closed. Laurie acted on Kewpie's suggestion, and made a thorough search +of School Hall and the other dormitory, and even poked his head into the +gymnasium, where only an empty floor met his gaze. After that there +seemed nothing to do but wait. Ned had already missed his lunch, for the +fellows were coming out into the corridor when Laurie returned to East +Hall. Murray nailed him as he tried to pass unnoticed to the stairs. + +"Say, Nod, where's that brother of yours?" he demanded indignantly. +"Didn't he know that lunch was at twelve? Where is he, anyway?" + +"I don't know, Dave," Laurie answered, miserably. "He went for a walk +this morning, and I haven't seen him since. I guess he went too far and +couldn't get back in time. I've been looking all over for him." + +"That's fine!" said the manager, bitterly. "Mulford asked for him, and I +said I'd look him up. You'd better find him mighty quick, Nod. Tell him +to get something to eat somewhere and be at the gym not later than one. +There's a floor drill then. I'll make it all right with Mulford, +somehow. But there'll be the dickens and all to pay if he doesn't show +up!" + +Hoping against hope, Laurie hurried up to the room. But there was no +Ned. One o'clock came and passed. Time and again Laurie went to the gate +and looked up and down the street, but without result. Ned had +disappeared utterly, it seemed, and the unwelcome conclusion grew in +Laurie's mind that Ned had shown the white feather and had deliberately +absented himself. Laurie didn't like to think that, and there were +moments when he couldn't. But here it was nearly half-past one, and Ned +hadn't come, and facts are facts! It looked, he thought sadly, like a +bad day for the honor of the Turners! + +At half-past one he found George Watson in his room, and handed over one +of his tickets. "I can't go to the field with you," he said, "but I'll +find you over there. Try to keep a seat for me, will you?" + +"What's the big idea?" asked George, blankly. "Why can't you go with us? +That's a fine game to play!" + +"I'll tell you later. I--I've got something to do. Be a good fellow, +George, won't you? And tell Polly how it is, will you?" + +"How the dickens can I tell Polly how it is when I don't know how it is +myself?" asked George, indignantly. "Oh, all right! But you want to get +there pretty quick, Nod. It's hard to hold seats when there aren't +enough of them in the first place. There's a regular mob going out there +already!" + +Disconsolately Laurie hurried out and stationed himself at the dormitory +entrance. Presently the players emerged from the gymnasium in their togs +and passed through the little gate to Washington Street. Laurie watched +them file past, hoping hard that Ned would be among them. But, although +all the rest were there, twenty-one in all, there was no Ned. + +From Washington Street and Summit Street came a steady tramping of feet, +accompanied by a swishing sound as the pedestrians brushed through the +fallen leaves. Occasionally an automobile went by with a warning honk of +its horn at the corner. Looking over the withered hedge, Laurie could +see the colors of Hillman's and Farview marching past, banners of dark +blue bearing the white Old English H, maroon-and-white flags adorned +with the letters "F. A." Laughter and the merry, excited chatter of many +voices came to him. The yard was empty, except for a boy hurrying down +the steps of West Hall, and he too quickly disappeared through the gate. + +Presently Laurie looked at his watch. The time was eighteen minutes to +two. He left East Hall and turned toward the gymnasium. Out of the +shelter of the dormitory a little breeze fanned his face, and he +remembered Hop Kendrick's dread of a wind that would put more power into +the toe of the Farview punter. It might be, he reflected, that Hop was +due for disappointment; but the matter didn't seem very important to +him. The locker-room in the gymnasium was empty. Over the benches lay +the discarded underclothing of the players, and sometimes the outer +clothing as well, suggesting that excitement on this occasion had +prevailed over orderliness. Laurie made his way to Ned's locker. It was +closed, and behind the unfastened door hung his togs. + + + + +CHAPTER XX--FOR THE HONOR OF THE TURNERS + + +Walking felt good to Ned that morning. The air, brisk in spite of the +sunshine and the day's stillness, cleared his head of the queer +cloudiness that had been there since awakening, and, turning into the +country road that led eastward toward the higher hills, he strode along +briskly. He had, he reflected, played rather a low-down trick on Laurie; +but that could be explained later, and Laurie wouldn't mind when he +understood. When he had gone the better part of a mile into the country, +and the road had begun to steepen perceptibly, the sound of a motor +behind warned him to one side. But, instead of passing in a cloud of +dust, the automobile slowed down as it reached the pedestrian, and the +driver, a genial-looking man of middle age, hailed. + +"Going my way?" he asked. "Get in if you like." + +Ned hesitated, and then climbed in beside the solitary occupant of the +car. The prospect of speeding through the sunlit morning world appealed +to him, and he thanked the driver and snuggled into the other corner of +the front seat. + +"That's all right, my boy," answered the man, genially. "Glad to have +company. How far are you going?" + +"Just--just up the road a ways," replied Ned, vaguely. "I was out for a +walk, only this seemed better." + +"Well, it's quicker, though it doesn't give you quite so much exercise," +was the response. "You sing out when you've had enough. Maybe you can +get a lift going back, if you're not in too much of a hurry. Still, +there isn't much travel on this road. Most folks go around by Little +Windsor. It's longer, but the road's a sight better. I go this way +because I can do it quicker. There are some fierce bumps, though. Yell +if you drop out!" + +The car was a heavy one with good springs, and as long as Ned remained +in it the bad bumps didn't materialize. His companion evidently liked to +talk, and Ned learned a good deal about him and his business, without, +however, finding it very interesting. The man asked few questions, and +so Ned merely supplied the information that he was from Hillman's School +and that he liked to walk and that he had all the morning to get back +in. The car kept up an even, effortless speed of twenty-seven or -eight +miles an hour, and it was finding himself booming up the straight grade +over Candle Mountain that brought Ned to a sudden realization that if he +meant to get back to school by twelve o'clock without undue effort he +had best part company with his chatty acquaintance. So, at the summit of +the hill, he said good-by, repeated his thanks, and got out. + +"Guess you're about six miles from Orstead," said the man. "It won't +take you long to get back there, though, if you find a lift. Don't +hesitate to stop any one you see; they'll be glad to take you in. +Good-by!" + +The gray automobile went on and was speedily dropping from sight beyond +the nearly leafless forest. Ned watched it disappear, and then set his +face toward home. The ride had certainly done him good, he told himself. +The prospect of being called on to kick a dozen goals wouldn't have +dismayed him a mite at that moment. In fact, he suddenly realized that +he was going to be horribly disappointed if the chance to attempt at +least one goal from the field did not come to him, and he wondered why +he had felt so craven last night. + +After a mile or so a small, dust-covered car overhauled him and went by +without a challenge from him. It was still only ten o'clock, and he had +two hours yet, and he had no intention of begging a ride. Taken +leisurely, the remaining miles would be covered without weariness and in +plenty of time. When he had accomplished, as he reckoned, about half the +distance to Orstead, his watch said seventeen minutes to eleven. The +forenoon had grown appreciably warmer, and so had Ned. Beside the road +was a little knoll carpeted with ashy-brown beech-leaves. Only a stone +wall, bordered with blackberry briars, intervened. + +Ned climbed across the wall and seated himself on the slope of the +knoll. The land descended gently before him toward the river and the +town, but neither was in sight. Presently, removing his cap, he +stretched himself on his back and linked his fingers under his head. And +presently, because the blue, sunlit, almost cloudless sky was too +dazzling to gaze at long, he closed his eyes. And as he did so a +strange, delicious languor descended upon him. He sighed luxuriously and +stretched his legs into a more comfortable position. It was odd that he +should feel sleepy at this time of day, he thought, and it wouldn't do +to stay here too long. He wished, though, that he didn't have to get +anywhere at any especial time. It would be great to just lie here like +this and feel the sun on his face and-- + +At about that moment he stopped thinking at all and went sound asleep. + +When he awoke he was in shadow, for the sun had traveled around and past +the elbow of a near-by old and knotted oak whose brown-pink leaves still +clung to the twisted branches. Ned looked around him in puzzlement, and +it was a long moment before he could account for his surroundings. When +he had, he sat up very quickly and gave a startled look at his watch. +The thing was crazy! It said twenty-one minutes past two! Of course it +couldn't be that late, he told himself indignantly. But even as he said +it he was oppressed by a conviction that it was. And a look at the sun +removed any lingering doubt! + +He sprang to his feet, seized his cap, and stumbled across the wall, +and, again on the road, set out at a run toward home. But after a moment +he slowed up. "Was there any use in hurrying now? The game was already +in progress--had been going on for twenty minutes. The first quarter was +probably nearly over. What would they say to him, the fellows and Coach +Mulford and--Laurie? Somehow, what Laurie would think appeared far more +important than what any of the others might. He would have such a poor +excuse, he reflected ruefully! Went for a walk, and fell asleep by the +road! Gee, he couldn't tell them that! He might tell Laurie; but the +others--" + +He was jogging on as he thought things over. Even if he ran all the way, +and he couldn't do that, of course, he wouldn't get to school before +three. And then he would have to change into his togs and reach the +field. And by that time the second half would have started. Wouldn't it +be far better to remain away altogether? He might easily reach his room +unseen, and then, when Laurie returned, he could pretend illness. He +might not fool Laurie; but the others, Coach Mulford and Dave Murray and +the fellows, would have to believe him. + +If a fellow was ill, he couldn't be expected to play football. He even +got as far as wondering what particular and peculiar malady he could +assume, when he put the idea aside. + +"No use lying about it," he muttered. "Got to face the music, Ned! It +was your own fault. Maybe Mulford will let me down easy. I wouldn't like +to queer myself for next year. Gee, though, what'll the school think?" +And Ned groaned aloud. + +While he had slept, five vehicles had passed him, and as many persons +had seen him lying there asleep in the sun and idly conjectured about +him. But now, when he needed help to conquer the interminable three +miles that stretched between him and the town, and although he +constantly turned his head to gaze hopefully back along the dusty road, +not a conveyance appeared. Before long, since he had unwisely started at +too great a speed, he was forced to sit down on a rock and rest. He was +very nearly out of breath and the perspiration was trickling down +beneath his cloth cap. A light breeze had sprung up since he had dropped +asleep, and it felt very grateful as it caressed his damp hair and +flushed face. + +Perhaps those three miles were nearer four, because when, tired, dusty, +and heart-sick, he descried the tower of the Congregational church above +the leafless elms and maples of the village, the gilded hands pointed to +twelve minutes past three. Even had he arrived in time, he reflected +miserably, he would never have been able to serve his team-mates and his +school, for he was scarcely able to drag one foot behind the other as he +finally turned into the yard. + +The place appeared deserted, grounds and buildings alike, as Ned +unhesitatingly made his way across to the gymnasium. He had long since +decided on his course of action. No matter whether he had failed his +coach and his schoolmates, his duty was still plain. As late as it was, +he would get into his togs and report at the field. But when, in the +empty locker-room, he paused before where his football togs should have +been, he found only empty hooks. The locker, save for towels, was empty! + +At first he accepted the fact as conclusive evidence of his +disgrace--thought that coach or manager or an infuriated student body +had removed his clothes as a signal of degradation! Then the +unlikelihood of the conclusion came, and he wondered whether they had +really been there. But of course they had! He remembered perfectly +hanging them up, as usual, yesterday afternoon. Perhaps some one had +borrowed them, then. The locker had been unfastened, probably, for half +the time he forgot to turn the key in it. Wondering, he made his way out +of the building, undecided now what to do. But as he reached the corner +a burst of cheers floated to him from the play-field. His head came up. +It was still his duty to report, togs or no togs! Resolutely he set out +on Summit Street, the sounds of battle momentarily growing nearer as he +limped along. + +By the entrances many automobiles and some carriages lined the road. +Above the stand the backs of the spectators in the top row of seats +looked strangely agitated, and blue flags waved and snapped. A fainter +cheer came to him, the slogan of Farview, from the farther side of the +field. He heard the piping of signals, and a dull thud of leather +against leather, then cries and a whistle shrilling; and then a great +and triumphant burst of cheering from the Blue side. + +He hurried his steps, leaped the low fence beside the road, and came to +a group of spectators standing at the nearer end of the long, low grand +stand. He could see the gridiron now, and the battling teams in +mid-field. And the scoreboard at the farther end! And, seeing that, his +heart sank. "Hillman's 7--Visitors 9" was the story! He tugged the +sleeve of a man beside him, a youngish man in a chauffeur's livery. + +"What period is it?" he asked. + +"Fourth," was the answer. The man turned a good-natured look on the +boy's anxious face. + +"Been going about four minutes. You just get here?" + +Ned nodded. "How did they get their nine?" he asked. + +"Farview? Worked a forward pass in the second quarter for about thirty +yards, and smashed over for a touch-down. They failed at goal, though. +That made 'em six, and they got three more in the last quarter. +Hillman's fumbled about on their thirty, and that bandy-legged full-back +of Farview's kicked a corking goal from field. Gee--say, it was some +kick!" + +"Placement or drop?" + +"Drop. Almost forty yards, I guess. There they go again!" The chauffeur +tiptoed to see over a neighbor's head. Ned, past his shoulder, had an +uncertain glimpse of the Maroon and White breaking through the Blue's +left side. When the down was signaled, he spoke again. + +"How did Hillman's score?" he asked. + +"Huh? Oh, she got started right off at the beginning of the game and +just ate those red-legs up. Rushed the ball from the middle of the +field, five and six yards at a whack, and landed it on the other +fellow's door-sill. Farview sort of pulled together then and made a +fight; but that big chap, Pope, the full-back, smashed through finally, +right square between the posts. After that he kicked the goal. Guess the +red-legs had stage-fright then, but they got over it, and our fellows +haven't had a chance to score since. Pope had to lay off last quarter. +They played him to a standstill. Mason's mighty good, but he can't make +the gains Pope did. First down again! Say, they aren't doing a thing but +eating us up!" + +Ned wormed himself to the front of the group, and came to anchor at the +side of a tall policeman, close to the rope that stretched from the end +of the stand well past the zone line. By craning his neck he could look +down the length of the field. White-sweatered, armed with big blue +megaphones, Brewster and Whipple and two others, cheer leaders, were +working mightily, although the resulting cheers sounded weak where Ned +stood. The teams were coming down the field slowly but surely, the Blue +contesting every yard, but yielding after every play. The lines faced +each other close to the thirty now. Across the gridiron, Farview's paeans +were joyful and confident, and the maroon-and-white flags gyrated in +air. Well back toward his threatened goal, Hop Kendrick, white-faced and +anxious, called hoarse encouragement. Ned clenched his hands and hoped +and feared. + +A line attack turned into an unexpected forward pass, and a tall Farview +end came streaking down just inside the boundary. Hop was after him like +a shot; but Deering, who had taken Pope's place, ran him out at the +fifteen-yard line. The Maroon and White went wild with joy. The teams +trooped in on the heels of the diminutive referee, and the ball was down +just inside Hillman's fifteen. Ned looked the Blue team over. Save for +Corson and White, the line was made up of first-string men, but the back +field was, with the single exception of Mason, all substitutes: +Kendrick, Boessel, and Deering. + +A plunge straight at the center gave Farview two more precious yards, +Kewpie, apparently pretty well played out, yielding before the desperate +attack. Three more yards were gained between Emerson and Stevenson on +the left. Third down now, and five to go! Evidently Farview was +determined on a touch-down, for on the nine yards, with an excellent +chance for a field goal, she elected to rush again. But this time the +Blue's center held, and the Farview left half, when friend and foe was +pulled from above him, held the pigskin scarcely a foot in advance of +its former position. It was Hillman's turn to cheer, and cheer she did. +Ned added a wild shout of triumph to the din about him. + +Fourth down, and still five yards to gain! Now Farview must either kick +or try a forward, and realizing this the Blue's secondary defense +dropped back and out. A Farview substitute came speeding on, a new left +tackle. Then, amid a sudden hush, the quarter sang his signals: "Kick +formation! 73--61--29--" The big full-back stretched his arms out. +"12--17--9!" Back sped the ball, straight and breast-high. The Blue line +plunged gallantly. The stand became a pandemonium. The full-back swung a +long right leg, but the ball didn't drop from his hands. Two steps to +the left, and he was poising it for a forward pass! Then he threw, well +over the up-stretched hands of a Hillman's player who had broken +through, and to the left. A Maroon and White end awaited the ball, for +the instant all alone on the Blue's goal-line. Ned, seeing, groaned +dismally. Then from somewhere a pair of blue-clad arms flashed into +sight, a slim body leaped high, and from the Hillman's side of the field +came a veritable thunder of relief and exultation. For the blue arms had +the ball, and the blue player was dodging and worming toward the farther +side-line! Captain Stevenson it was who cleared the path for him at the +last moment, bowling over a Farview player whose arms were already +stretched to grapple, and, in a shorter time than the telling takes, Hop +Kendrick was racing toward the distant goal! + +Afterward Ned realized that during the ensuing ten or twelve seconds he +had tried desperately to shin up the tall policeman; but at the time he +had not known it, nor, or so it appeared, had the policeman, for the +latter was shouting his lungs out! Past the middle of the field sped +Hop, running as fleetly as a hare, and behind him pounded a solitary +Farview end. These two left the rest of the field farther and farther +back at every stride. For a moment it seemed that Hop would win that +desperate race; but at last, near the thirty-five yards, he faltered, +and the gap between him and his pursuer closed to a matter of three or +four strides, and after that it was only a question of how close to the +goal the Blue runner would get before he was overtaken and dragged down. +The end came between the fifteen- and twenty-yard streaks. Then, no more +than a stride behind, the Farview player sprang. His arms wrapped +themselves around Hop's knees, and the runner crashed to earth. + +For a long minute the babel of shouting continued, for that eighty-yard +sprint had changed the complexion of the game in a handful of seconds. +Hillman's was no longer the besieged, fighting in her last trench to +stave off defeat, but stood now on the threshold of victory, herself the +besieger! + +Farview called for time. Two substitutes came in to strengthen her line. +Hop, evidently no worse for his effort, was on his feet again, thumping +his players on the backs, imploring, entreating, and confident. On the +seventeen yards lay the brown oval, almost in front of the right-hand +goal-post. A field goal would put the home team one point to the good, +and, with only a few minutes left to play, win the game almost beyond a +doubt, and none on the Blue's side of the field doubted that a try at +goal would follow. Even when the first play came from ordinary formation +and Deering smashed into the left of Farview's line for a scant yard, +the audience was not fooled. Of course, it was wise to gain what ground +they might with three downs to waste, for there was always the chance +that a runner might get free and that luck would bring a touch-down +instead. + +Yet again Hop signaled a line attack. This time it was Mason who carried +the ball, and he squirmed through for two yards outside left tackle, +edging the pigskin nearer the center of the goal. Then came a shout that +started near the Blue team's bench and traveled right along the stand. A +slight youngster was pulling off his sweater in front of the bench, a +boy with red-brown hair and a pale, set face. Then he had covered the +red-brown hair with a leather helmet and was trotting into the field +with upraised hand. + +Ned stared and stared. Then he closed his eyes for an instant, opened +them, and stared again. After that he pinched himself hard to make +certain that he was awake and not still dreaming on the knoll beside the +road. The substitute was speaking to the referee now, and Deering was +walking away from the group in the direction of the bench. The cheering +began, the leaders waving their arms in unison along the length of the +Hillman's stand: + +"'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! 'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! 'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! Deering!" + +And then again, a second later: "'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! 'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! +'Rah, 'rah, 'rah! Turner!" + +Ned turned imploringly to the tall policeman. "What--who was that last +fellow they cheered?" he faltered. + +The policeman looked down impatiently. + +"Turner. Guess he's going to kick a goal for 'em." + + + + +CHAPTER XXI--THE UNDERSTUDY + + +"_Block that kick! Block that kick! Block that kick!_" chanted Farview +imploringly, from across the trampled field. + +Yet above the hoarse entreaty came Hop Kendrick's confident voice: "All +right, Hillman's! Make it go! Here's where we win it! Kick formation! +Turner back!" And then: "25--78--26--194! 12--31--9--" + +But it was Hop himself who dashed straight forward and squirmed ahead +over one white line before the whistle blew. + +"Fourth down!" called the referee. "About four and a half!" + +"Come on!" cried Hop. "Make it go this time! Hard, fellows, hard! We've +got 'em going!" He threw an arm over the shoulder of the new substitute. +Those near by saw the latter shake his head, saw Hop draw back and stare +as if aghast at the insubordination. Farview protested to the referee +against the delay, and the latter called warningly. Hop nodded, and +raised his voice again: + +"Kick formation! Turner back!" + +Then he walked back to where the substitute stood and dropped to his +knees. + +"Place-kick!" grunted a man at Ned's elbow. "Can't miss it from there if +the line holds!" + +Ned, in a perfect agony of suspense, waited. Hop was calling his +signals. There was a pause. Then: "16--32--7--" + +Back came the ball on a long pass from Kewpie. It was high, but Hop got +it, pulled it down, and pointed it. Ned saw the kicker step forward. +Then he closed his eyes. + +There was a wild outburst from all around him, and he opened them again. +The ball was not in sight, but a frantic little man in a gray sweater +was waving his arms like a semaphore behind the farther goal. Along the +space between stand and side-line a quartette of youths leaped crazily, +flourishing great blue megaphones or throwing them in air. Above the +stand blue banners waved and caps tossed about. On the scoreboard at the +far end of the field the legend read: "Hillman's 10--Visitors 9." + +A moment later, a boy with a wide grin on his tired face and nerves that +were still jangling made his way along Summit Street in the direction of +school. Behind him the cheers and shouts still broke forth at intervals, +for there yet remained some three minutes of playing time. Once, in the +sudden stillness between cheers, he heard plainly the hollow thump of a +punted ball. More shouts then, indeterminate, dying away suddenly. The +boy walked quickly, for he had a reason for wanting to gain the security +of his room before the crowd flowed back from the field. At last, at the +school gate, he paused and looked back and listened. From the distant +scene of battle came a faint surge of sound that rose and fell and rose +again and went on unceasingly as long as he could hear. + +Back in Number 16, Ned threw his cap aside and dropped into the nearest +chair. There was much that he understood, yet much more that was still a +mystery to him. One thing, however, he dared hope, and that was that the +disgrace of having failed his fellows had passed him miraculously by! As +to the rest, he pondered and speculated vainly. He felt horribly limp +and weary while he waited for Laurie to come. And after a while he heard +cheering, and arose and went to a window. There could no longer be any +doubt as to the final outcome of the game. Between the sidewalk throngs, +dancing from side to side of the street with linked arms, came +Hillman's, triumphant! + +[Illustration: "Turner. Guess he's going to kick a goal for 'em."] + +And here and there, borne on the shoulders of joyous comrades, bobbed a +captured player. There were more than a dozen of them, some taking the +proceeding philosophically, others squirming and fighting for freedom. +Now and then one succeeded in getting free, but recapture was invariably +his fate. At least, this was true with a single exception while Ned +watched. The exception was a boy with red-brown hair, who, having +managed to slip from his enthusiastic friends, dashed through the throng +on the sidewalk, leaped a fence, cut across a corner, and presently sped +through the gate on Washington Street, pursuit defeated. A minute later, +flushed and breathless, he flung open the door of Number 16. + +At sight of Ned, Laurie's expression of joyous satisfaction faded. He +halted inside the door and closed it slowly behind him. At last, +"Hello," he said, listlessly. + +"Hello," answered Ned. Then there was a long silence. Outside, in front +of the gymnasium, they were cheering the victorious team, player by +player. At last, "We won, didn't we?" asked Ned. + +Laurie nodded as if the thing were a matter of total indifference. He +still wore football togs, and he frowningly viewed a great hole in one +blue stocking as he seated himself on his bed. + +"Well," he said, finally, "what happened to you?" + +Ned told him, at first haltingly, and then with more assurance as he saw +the look of relief creep into Laurie's face. As he ended his story, +Laurie's countenance expressed only a great and joyous amusement. + +"Neddie," he chuckled, "you'll be the death of me yet! You came pretty +near to it to-day, too, partner!" He sobered as his thoughts went back +to a moment some fifteen minutes before, and he shook his head. +"Partner, this thing of understudying a football hero is mighty wearing. +I'm through for all time. After this, Ned, you'll have to provide your +own substitute! I'm done!" + +"How--why--how did you happen to think of it?" asked Ned, rather humbly. +"Weren't you--scared?" + +"Scared? Have a heart! I was frightened to death every minute I sat on +the bench. And then, when Mulford yelped at me, I--well, I simply passed +away altogether! I'm at least ten years older than I was this morning, +Neddie, and I'll bet I've got gray hairs all over my poor old head. You +see, Murray as much as said that it was all day with you if you didn't +show up. Kewpie was a bit down-hearted about it, too. I waited around +until half-past one or after, thinking every moment that you'd turn +up--hoping you would, anyhow; although, to be right honest, Neddie, I +had a sort of hunch, after the way you acted and talked, that maybe +you'd gone off on purpose. Anyhow, about one o'clock I got to thinking, +and the more I thought the more I got into the notion that something had +to be done if the honor of the Turners was to be--be upheld. And the +only thing I could think of was putting on your togs and bluffing it +through. Kewpie owned up that he'd been talking rot last night--that he +didn't really think you'd be called on to-day. And I decided to take a +chance. Of course, if I'd known what was going to happen I guess I +wouldn't have had the courage; but I didn't know. I thought all I'd have +to do was sit on the bench and watch. + +"So I went over to the gym and got your togs on, and streaked out to the +field, I guess I looked as much like you as you do, for none of the +fellows knew that I wasn't you. I was careful not to talk much. Mr. +Mulford gave me thunder, and so did Murray, and Joe Stevenson looked +pretty black. I just said I was sorry, and there wasn't much time to +explain, anyway, because the game was starting about the time I got +there. Once, in the third period, when Slavin was hurt, Mulford looked +along the bench and stopped when he got to me, and I thought my time had +come. But I guess he wanted to punish me for being late. Anyway, Boessel +got the job. When the blow did fall, Neddie, I was sick clean through. +My tummy sort of folded up and my spine was about as stiff as--as a +drink of water! I wanted to run, or crawl under the bench or something. +'You've pleased yourself so far to-day, Turner,' said Mulford. 'Now +suppose you do something for the school. Kendrick will call for a kick. +You see that it gets over, or I'll have something to say to you later. +Remember this, though: not a word to any one but the referee until after +the next play. Now get out there and _win this game!_' + +"Nice thing to say to a chap who'd never kicked a football in his life +except around the street! But, gee, Neddie, what could I do? I'd started +the thing, and I had to see it through. Of course I thought that maybe +I'd ought to fess up that I wasn't me--or, rather, you--and let some one +else kick. But I knew there wasn't any one else they could depend on, +and I decided that if some one had to miss the goal, it might as well be +me--or you. Besides, there was the honor of the Turners! So I sneaked +out, with my heart in my boots,--your boots, I mean,--and Hop called for +a line play, and then another one, and I thought maybe I was going to +get off without making a fool of myself. But no such luck. 'Take all the +time you want, Nid,' said Hop. 'We'll hold 'em for you. Drop it over, +for the love of mud! We've got to have this game!' 'Drop it?' said I. +'Not on your life, Hop! Make it a place-kick or I'll never have a +chance!' 'What do you mean?' he asked. 'I mean I can't drop-kick +to-day.' I guess something in my voice or the way I said it put him on, +for he looked at me pretty sharp. Still, maybe he didn't guess the +truth, either, for he let me have my way and let me kick. + +"After that"--Laurie half closed his eyes and shook his head +slowly--"after that I don't really know what did happen. I have a sort +of a hazy recollection of Hop shouting some signals that didn't mean a +thing in my young life, and kneeling on the ground a couple of yards +ahead of me. I didn't dare look at the goal, though I knew it was ahead +of me and about twenty yards away. Then there was a brown streak, and +things began to move, and I moved with them. I suppose I swung my +foot,-probably my right one, though it may have been my left,--and then +I closed my eyes tight and waited for some one to kill me. Next thing I +knew, I was being killed--or I thought I thought I was, for a second. It +turned out, though, that the fellows weren't really killing me; they +were just beating me black and blue to show they were pleased. + +"Of course, it was all the biggest piece of luck that ever happened, +Ned. Hop aimed the ball just right, and somehow or other I managed to +kick it. Maybe any one would have done just as well, because I guess it +was an easy goal. Anyway, the honor of the Turners was safe!" + +"You're a regular brick," said Ned, a bit huskily. "What--what happened +afterward? I didn't stay." + +"Afterward Hop looked at me kind of queer and said, 'I guess that'll do +for you, Turner,' and I beat it away from there as fast as I knew how, +and Mulford sent in some other poor unfortunate. There were only half a +dozen plays after that, and we kicked whenever we got the ball." + +"Do you think any one but Hop found out?" asked Ned, anxiously. + +"Not a one. And I'm not sure, mind you, that Hop did. You see, he didn't +_say_ anything. Only, he did call me 'Nid' at first, and then 'Turner' +the next time. I haven't seen him since. I guess I never will know, +unless I ask him. One thing's sure, though, Ned, and that is that Hop +won't talk." + +"You don't think I'd ought to fess up?" asked Ned. + +"I do not," replied Laurie stoutly. "What's the good? It wasn't your +fault if you went to sleep out in the country. If any one's to blame, +it's me. I oughtn't to have hoaxed them. No, sir; if Mulford or any one +says anything, just you tell them you fell asleep and couldn't help +getting there late. But I don't believe any one will ask questions now. +They're all too pleased and excited. But, gee, Neddie! I certainly am +glad I made that goal instead of missing it. I'd be a pretty mean +feeling pup to-night if I hadn't!" + +"It was wonderful," mused Ned. "You putting it over, I mean. With all +that crowd looking on, and Farview shouting--" + +"Shouting? I didn't hear them. I didn't know whether there was any one +around just then! I had troubles of my own, partner! Know something? +Well, I think there's the chap who kicked that goal." Laurie raised his +right foot and displayed one of Ned's scuffed football shoes. "I guess I +just sort of left things to him and he did the business. Good old Mister +Shoe!" + +Ned jumped to his feet and pulled Laurie from the bed. "For the love of +lemons," he cried, "get those togs off before any one comes in!" + +"Gee, that's so!" Laurie worked feverishly, while Ned stumbled over a +chair and turned the key in the lock. + +"A fine pair of idiots we are!" exclaimed Ned, as he ripped Laurie's +shirt off for him. "Suppose Hop or Kewpie had come in while we were +sitting here!" + +Hillman's spent the rest of the evening in celebration. In the +dining-hall the appearance of any member of the squad was the signal for +hand-clapping and cheers, and when Ned entered, followed by Laurie, the +applause was deafening. Ned showed himself to be a very modest and +retiring hero, for he fairly scuttled to his seat, and kept his head +bent over his plate long after the applause had died away. Then, +stealing an unhappy glance at Laurie, he found that youth grinning +broadly, and was the recipient of a most meaningful wink. After supper, +in the corridor, the twins ran squarely into Hop Kendrick. Ned tried to +pull aside, but Laurie stood his ground. Hop was plainly a very happy +youth to-night, although even when happiest he never entirely lost his +look of earnest gravity. + +"Well, we did it, Nid!" he said joyfully, clapping that youth on the +shoulder. "That was a corking kick of yours, son!" + +Ned stammered something utterly unintelligible, but Laurie came to the +rescue: "Ned says it was the way you pointed the ball that won that +goal, Hop," he said casually. "He's mighty modest about it." + +Hop shot a quick glance at the speaker, and Ned declared afterward that +there was a smile behind it. But all he said was: "Oh, well, pointing +isn't everything, Nod. _Some one's_ got to kick it!" + +When he had gone on, Ned and Laurie viewed each other questioningly. +"Think he knows?" asked Ned. Laurie shook his head frowningly. "You've +got me, partner!" he answered. + +And, because neither asked Hop Kendrick outright, neither ever did know! + +There were songs and speeches and a general jollification after supper, +ending in a parade of cheering, singing youths who marched through the +town from end to end, and at last drew up outside Doctor Hillman's porch +and shouted until that gentleman appeared and responded. The Doctor's +words were few, but they hit the spot, and when there had been another +long cheer for him, and another long cheer for the team, and a final +mighty cheer for the school, the happy boys called it a day and sought +the dormitories. + +Ned was just dropping off to sleep that night when Laurie's voice +reached him through the darkness. + +"Ned!" called Laurie. + +"Huh?" + +"Are you awake?" + +"Uh-huh." + +"Listen. It's a fortunate thing to be a twin." + +There was a long moment of silence. Then Ned's voice came sleepily: + +"'Cause if one twin can't the other twin kin!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXII--THE BOYS MAKE A PRESENT + + +The week or so succeeding the Farview game seemed like an anticlimax. +The bottom had sort of dropped out of things and there was no immediate +excitement to look forward to. The weather became as miserable as +weather possibly could, the slight snowfall that followed the rain of +Thanksgiving Day lasting only long enough to be seen by the early +risers. Perhaps it was well that lack of events and inclement weather +ruled, for Ned and a good many other boys in school were no worse for an +opportunity to apply themselves undisturbedly to their studies. +Basketball candidates were called the first Monday in December, and the +twins held a serious conference on the question of reporting. Ned, who +felt rather flat since there was no more football, was half inclined to +go in for the game, and would have had Laurie insisted. But Laurie voted +that for the present the Turners had done sufficient in the athletic +line, that the honor of the family demanded no further sacrifices on the +altar of duty. So Ned abandoned the idea and talked of trying for the +crew in the spring. + +When December was a week old, the fellows set their gaze on the +Christmas recess, which this year began on Wednesday, three days before +Christmas, and lasted until the 2d of January. Eleven days are not +sufficient to make a trip across the continent and back advisable, +although the twins figured that, with the best of fortune, they would be +able to reach Santa Lucia in time for dinner Christmas night. On the +other hand, the missing of one connection would delay their arrival +until the following afternoon, and, as Laurie pointed out, they were +fairly certain to be held up somewhere on the way, and a sleeping-car +wasn't exactly an ideal place in which to spend the holiday! Besides, +there was a noticeable lack of encouragement from home. It had been +accepted beforehand that the boys were to remain at the school during +the recess, and nothing in Mr. Turner's fortnightly letters hinted that +he had changed his mind. + +"I'd just as lief stay here, anyway," declared Ned. "We can have a lot +more fun. Maybe there'll be a bunch of snow, and I'm dying to try +skiing." + +"You bet! And skating, too! And then there's that other scheme. Mustn't +forget that, Neddie." + +"You mean--" + +"Yes. Didn't you say we'd do it during vacation?" + +"Sure! It--it'll take quite a lot of money, though, Laurie. And we'll +have presents to buy for Dad and Aunt Emmie and the cousins--" + +"The cousins get Christmas cards, and that's all they do get," +interrupted Laurie, decisively. "That's all they ever give us, and I'd +rather spend my money on something that'll really--really benefit some +one. I guess Dad'll send us some more money, too, for Christmas. We can +do it, all right. I've got nearly seven dollars right now. I haven't +spent hardly any money this month." + +"All right. Some day soon we'll go downtown and find out how much it's +going to cost and what we'll need and everything. I say, we can get Bob +to help us, too!" + +"Rather! And three or four other fellows, I guess. Every one likes the +Widow, and George says there will be five or six fellows here during +recess. He was here last year, and he says he had a dandy time." + +"Let's get George this afternoon and get the thing started. We can find +out the--the area and ask the man how much we'll need." + +"Sure! And we can buy it and store it at Bob's. Then all we'll have to +do will be carry it over the fence. I'll go down and see if I can find +him. Look here, Neddie. Why don't we do it before Christmas and make it +a sort of Christmas present? Say we worked hard all day Thursday and +Friday--" + +"Great! Only if it snowed--" + +Laurie's face fell. "Gee, that's so! I suppose we couldn't do it if it +snowed. Or rained. Or if it was frightfully cold." + +"They say it doesn't get real cold here until after New Year's," said +Ned, reassuringly. "But of course it might snow or rain. Well, we'll do +it in time for Christmas if we can. If we can't, we'll do it for New +Year's. I'll bet she'll be tickled to death. I say, though! We never +found out about the color!" + +"I did," answered Laurie modestly. "I asked Polly. She said white." + +"White! Geewhillikins, Laurie, that makes it harder, doesn't it? We'd +have to put on two coats!" + +"Think so?" Laurie frowned. "I guess we would. That would take twice as +long, eh? Look here; maybe--maybe I can get Polly to change her mind!" + +"That's likely, you chump!" Ned scowled thoughtfully. Finally, "I tell +you what," he said. "Suppose we went around there sometime, and talked +with Mrs. Deane, and told her how nice we think blue looks and how sort +of--of distinctive! Gee, it wouldn't be any trick at all to make it +blue; but white--" He shook his head despondently. + +"Cheer up!" said Laurie. "I've got the dope, partner! Listen. We'll tell +them that it ought to be blue because blue's the school color and all +that. Mrs. Deane thinks a heap of Hillman's, and she'll fall for it as +sure as shooting. So'll Polly! Come on! Let's find George and get the +thing started!" + +"Better get Bob to go with us, too. He said something about wanting to +pay his share of it, so we'd better let him in right from the start. +After all, we don't want to hog it, Laurie!" + +A fortnight later the exodus came. Of the four-score lads who lived at +Hillman's, all but eight took their departure that Wednesday morning, +and Ned and Laurie and George watched the last group drive off for the +station with feelings of genuine satisfaction. Life at school during the +eleven days of recess promised to be busy and enjoyable, and they were +eager to see the decks cleared, so to speak, and to start the new way of +living. Ned and Laurie had had plenty of invitations for Christmas week. +Both Kewpie and Lee Murdock had earnestly desired their society at their +respective homes, and there had been others less insistent but possibly +quite as cordial invitations. But neither one had weakened. George half +promised one of the boys to visit him for a few days after Christmas, +but later he canceled his acceptance. + +Besides George and the twins, there remained at school five other +fellows who, because they lived at a distance and railway fares were +high, or for other reasons, found it expedient to accept Doctor +Hillman's hospitality. None of the five, two juniors, one lower middler, +and two upper middlers, were known to the twins more than casually when +recess began; but eating together three times a day and being thrown in +one another's society at other times soon made the acquaintance much +closer, and all proved to be decent, likable chaps. + +Meals were served at a corner table in West Hall, and during recess +there were seldom fewer than three of the faculty present. That may +sound depressing, but in vacation-time an instructor becomes quite a +human, jovial person, and the scant dozen around the table enjoyed +themselves hugely. In the evening Doctor Hillman held open house, and +Miss Tabitha showed a genius for providing methods of entertainment. +Sometimes they popped corn in the fireplace in the cozy living-room, +sometimes they roasted apples. Once it was chestnuts that jumped on the +hearth. Then, too, Miss Tabitha was a past mistress in the art of making +fudge, and on two occasions Mr. Barrett, the mathematics instructor, +displayed such a sweet tooth that the boys lost the last of their awe +and "ragged" him without mercy. Several times the Doctor read aloud, +choosing, to the boys' surprise, a corking detective novel that had them +squirming on the edges of their chairs. Toward the last of the vacation, +Laurie confided to Ned and George that he wished recess was just +beginning. + +To Ned's and Laurie's great disappointment, neither snow nor ice +appeared and the weather remained merely briskly cold, with sometimes a +day like Indian summer. But I am getting ahead of my story, which really +comes to an end on Christmas Day. + +More than a week before the closing of school, the four conspirators had +finished their preparations for the task that was to provide the Widow +Deane with a novel Christmas present. In Bob's cellar were many cans +containing blue paint, white paint, linseed oil, and turpentine. There +were brushes there, too, and a scraper, and a roll of cotton rags +provided by Polly. For, in the end, it had become necessary to acquaint +Polly with the project. Against Bob's back fence reposed all the +ladders, of varying lengths, that the neighborhood afforded. Wednesday +evening Ned and Laurie and George herded the other boys into George's +room, and explained the scheme and asked for volunteers. They got five +most enthusiastic ones. + +Nine o'clock the next morning was set as the time for the beginning of +the work, and at that hour nine rather disreputably-attired youths +appeared in Mrs. Deane's yard, arriving by way of the back fence, and +began their assault. The first the Widow knew of what was happening was +when, being then occupied with the task of tidying up the sleeping-room +on the second floor, she was startled to see the head and shoulders of a +boy appear outside her window. Her exclamation of alarm gave place to +murmurs of bewilderment as the supposed burglar contented himself with +lifting the two shutters from their hinges and passing them down the +ladder to some unseen accomplice. Mrs. Deane looked forth. In the garden +was what at first glimpse looked like a convention of tramps. They were +armed with ladders and brushes and pots of paint, and they were already +very busy. Across two trestles set on the grass plot, the stolen +shutters were laid as fast as they were taken down. One boy, flourishing +a broad-bladed implement, scraped the rough surfaces. A second plied a +big round brush, dusting diligently. Numbers three and four, as soon as +the first two operatives retired, attacked with brushes dripping with +white paint. In almost no time at all the first shutter was off the +trestles and leaning, fresh and spotless, against the fence. Every +instant another shutter appeared. Mrs. Deane gazed in fascinated +amazement. One after another, she recognized the miscreants: the two +Turner boys, George Watson, Mr. Starling's son, Hal Goring, the Stanton +boy, and the rest; but, although recognition brought reassurance, +bewilderment remained, and she hurried downstairs as fast as ever she +could go. + +Polly was on the back porch, a very disturbed and somewhat indignant +Towser in her arms, evidently a party to the undertaking, and to her +Mrs. Deane breathlessly appealed. + +"Polly! What are they doing?" she gasped. + +"You'll have to ask the boys, Mama." Polly's eyes were dancing. "Nid, +here's Mama, and she wants to know what you're doing!" + +Nid hurried up, a dripping brush in one hand and a smear of white paint +across one cheek, followed by Laurie. The others paused at their various +tasks to watch smilingly. + +"Painting the house, Mrs. Deane!" + +"Painting the house! My house? Why--why--what--who--" + +"Yes'm. There's the blue paint. It's as near like the old as we could +find. You don't think it's too dark, do you?" + +"But I don't understand, Nid Turner!" said Mrs. Deane helplessly. "Who +told you to? Who's going to pay for it?" + +"It's all paid for, ma'am. It--it's a sort of Christmas present from +us--from the school. You--you don't mind, do you?" + +"Well, I never did!" Mrs. Deane looked from Ned to Laurie, her mouth +quivering. "I--I don't know what to say. I guess I'll--I'll go see if +any one's--in the shop, Polly. Did you think you--heard the bell?" Mrs. +Deane's eyes were frankly wet as she turned hurriedly away and +disappeared inside. Ned viewed Polly anxiously. + +"Do you think she--doesn't like it?" he half whispered. + +Polly shook her head and laughed softly, although her own eyes were not +quite dry. "Of course she likes it, you stupid boy! She just didn't know +what to say. She'll be back pretty soon, after she's had a little cry." + +"Oh!" said Ned and Laurie in chorus, their faces brightening; and Laurie +added apologetically: "Gee, we didn't want to make her cry, Polly!" + +"That sort of a cry doesn't hurt," said Polly. + +Afterward Mrs. Deane said a great deal, and said it very sweetly, and +the boys got more or less embarrassed, and were heartily glad when she +drew Ned to her and kissed him, much to that youth's distress, and the +incident ended in laughter. By noon the shutters were done, and nine +industrious amateur painters were swarming over the back of the little +house. I'm not going to tell you that the job was done as perfectly as +Sprague and Currie, Painters and Paper-hangers, would have done it, but +you're to believe that it was done much quicker and at a far greater +saving of money! And when it was finished no one except a professional +would ever have known the difference. Perhaps there was more blue and +white paint scattered around the landscape than was absolutely +necessary, and it always remained a mystery how Antoinette managed to +get her right ear looking like a bit of Italian sky, for every one +professed ignorance and Antoinette was apparently well protected from +spatters. (It took Polly more than a week to restore the rabbit to her +original appearance.) + +When the early winter twilight fell and it became necessary to knock off +work for the day, the blue painting was more than half done and, unless +weather prevented, it was certain that the entire task would be finished +by to-morrow evening. Mrs. Deane served five-o'clock tea,--only it +happened to be four-o'clock tea instead,--and nine very, very hungry +lads did full justice to the repast, and the little room behind the +store held a merry party. Perhaps the prevailing odor of paint detracted +somewhat from Mrs. Deane's and Polly's enjoyment of the refreshments, +but you may be certain they made no mention of the fact. + +That night the boys viewed the cloudy sky apprehensively. Laurie, who +knew little about it, declared dubiously that it smelt like snow. But +when morning came, although the cloudiness persisted most of the day, +the weather remained kindly, with just enough frost in the air to chill +feet and nip idle fingers and to give an added zest to labor. Very +little time was wasted on luncheon, and at two o'clock the last slap of +blue paint had been applied and the more difficult work of doing the +white trim began. Fortunately, there were only eleven windows and two +doors, and although "drawing" the sashes was slow and finicking work, +with nine willing hands hard at it the end came shortly after dusk, +when, watched by eight impatient companions, young Haskell, one of the +junior class boys, with trembling fingers drew his brush along the last +few inches of a front window, and then, because he was quite keyed up +and because it was much too dark to see well, celebrated the culmination +of his efforts by putting a foot squarely into a can of white paint! + +When first-aid methods had been applied, he was allowed, on promise to +put only one foot to the floor, to accompany the rest inside and +announce to a delighted and slightly tremulous Mrs. Deane that the work +was completed. There was a real celebration then, with more piping-hot +tea and lots of perfectly scrumptious cream-puffs,--besides less +enticing bread-and-butter sandwiches,--and Mrs. Deane tried hard to +thank the boys and couldn't quite do it, and Polly failed almost as +dismally, and Laurie made a wonderful speech that no one understood very +well, except for the general meaning, and nine flushed and very happy +youths cheered long and loudly for Mrs. Deane, and finally departed +merrily into the winter twilight, calling back many a "Merry Christmas" +as they went. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII--THE SECRET PASSAGE + + +Christmas Day dawned clear and mild, a green Christmas if ever there was +one. And yet, in spite of the absence of such traditional accompaniments +as snow and ice, the spirit of the season was there in abundance. Ned +and Laurie, wakening early to the sound of church bells, felt Christmasy +right from the first conscious moment. When they hastened down the hall +for their baths, they could hear George and Hal Goring on the floor +below uniting in what they fondly believed was song. Later, at +breakfast, beside a perfectly wonderful repast in which chicken and +little crisp sausages and hot, crisp waffles played leading roles, the +Doctor and Miss Tabitha had placed at each plate a Christmas card tied +by a tiny blue ribbon to a diminutive painter's brush! Later on there +was to be a tree in the Doctor's living-room. In fact, the tree was +already there, and the boys had spent much of the preceding evening +trimming it and placing around its base inexpensive gifts of a joking +nature for one another and the Doctor and Miss Tabitha and the two +instructors who were there. + +Laurie and Ned had exchanged presents with each other and had received +several from home, not the least welcome of which was a check from their +father. And they had bought small gifts for George and Bob. Also, though +you needn't tell it around school, Laurie had purchased a most +odoriferous and ornate bottle of perfume for Polly! So when, shortly +after breakfast, Ned suggested that Laurie take Bob's present over to +him, Laurie evinced entire willingness to perform the errand. That he +carried not one gift but two in his pockets was, however, beyond Ned's +knowledge. A cheerful whistling from the back of the house drew Laurie +past the front entrance, and he found Bob, attired in any but festal +garments, swinging open the bulkhead doors. A pair of old gray trousers +and a disreputable brown sweater formed most of his costume. At sight of +Laurie he gave a joyful whoop. + +"Merry Christmas!" he called. "I was going over to see you in a minute. +Thomas is in bed with a cold or something, and I'm furnace-man and +general factotle--" + +"Factotum, you mean," laughed Laurie. + +"All right! As you fellows say, what do I care? I don't own it. Now +you're here, you can just give me a hand with this load of junk. Dad +says it doesn't look shipshape for Christmas." Bob indicated more than a +dozen paint-cans, empty, partly empty, or unopened, and a mess of +brushes, paddles, and rags that they had set there last evening. "I +suppose a lot of these might as well be thrown away, but we'll dump the +whole caboodle down in the cellar for now." + +"All right," agreed Laurie. "First, though, here's something that Ned +and I thought you might like. It isn't anything much, you know, Bob; +just a--a trinket." + +"For me?" Bob took the little packet, and removed the paper and then the +lid, disclosing a pair of silver cuff-links lying in a nest of +cotton-wool. As Laurie said, they weren't much, but they were neat and +the jeweler had made a very good job of the three plain block letters, +R. D. S., that he had engraved on them. "Gee, they're corking!" +exclaimed Bob, with unmistakable sincerity. "I needed them, too, Nod. I +lost one of a pair just the other day, and--" + +"I know you did. That's why we got those." + +"Well, I'm awfully much obliged. They're great. I've got a couple of +little things upstairs for you chaps. They aren't nearly so nice as +these, but I'll get 'em--" + +"Wait till we finish this job," said Laurie. "Grab a handful and come +on. Is Thomas very sick?" + +"I guess not," replied Bob, as he followed the other down the steps. "He +ate some breakfast, but aunt thought he'd better stay in bed. I had a +great time with the furnace this morning. Got up at half-past six and +shoveled coal to beat the band!" + +"Where do you want to put these?" asked Laurie. + +"Anywhere, I guess. Hold on; let's dump 'em on the shelves in the closet +there. Then they'll be out of the way. Some day we'll clean the cans all +out, and maybe we'll get enough to paint that arbor we're going to +build. Here you are." + +Bob led the way to a small room built against the rear wall of the big +cellar. Designed for a preserve closet, its shelves had probably long +been empty of aught save dust, and the door, wide open, hung from one +hinge. It was some six feet broad and perhaps five feet deep, built of +matched boards. Before Bob entered the cobwebby doorway with his load of +cans, its only contents were an accumulation of empty preserve-jars in a +wooden box set on the cement floor beneath a lower shelf at the back. +There were eight shelves across the rear wall, divided in the center by +a vertical board into two tiers. Bob placed his load on a lower shelf +and Laurie put his on the shelf above. As he drew away he noticed that +the shelf appeared to have worked out from the boards at the back, and +he gave it a blow on the edge with the flat of one hand. It slipped back +into place, but, to his surprise, it came forward again an inch or two, +and all the other shelves in that tier came with it! + +"Hey!" said Laurie, startled. + +Bob, at the doorway, turned. "What's the matter?" he asked. + +"Nothing, only--" Laurie took hold of the shelf above the loosened one +and pulled. It yielded a little, and so did the other shelves and the +rear wall of the cubicle, but it was only a matter of less than an inch. +Bob, at his side, looked on interestedly. + +"That's funny," he said. "Push on it." + +Laurie pushed, and the tier went back a couple of inches. "Looks like +this side was separate from the rest," said Laurie. "What's the idea of +having it come out like that?" + +"Search me!" answered Bob. "Pull it toward you again and let me have a +look." A second later he exclaimed: "The whole side is loose, Nod, but +it can't come out because the ends of the shelves strike this partition +board! Try it again!" Laurie obeyed, moving the tier back and forth +three or four times as far as it would go. Bob shook his head in +puzzlement, his gaze roving around the dim interior. Then, "Look here," +he said. "The shelves on the side aren't on a level with the back ones, +Nod." + +"What of it?" + +"Nothing, maybe; only, if the back swung out the side shelves wouldn't +stop it! See what I mean?" + +"Not exactly. Anyhow, it doesn't swing out, so what's the--" + +"Hold on!" Bob sprang forward and seized the edge of a shelf in the +right-hand tier close to the partition board, and pulled. It readily +yielded an inch, but no more. + +"Wait!" Laurie bent and pulled aside the box of jars. "Now!" + +Then, as Bob tugged, to their amazement the right-hand tier swung toward +them, its lower edge scraping on the cement floor, and the left-hand +tier swung with it, the whole back wall of the closet, shelves and all, +opening toward them like a pair of double doors! + +"Gee!" whispered Laurie. "What do you suppose--" + +"Pull them wide open and let's find out," said Bob recklessly. + +When the two sides were open as far as they would go, there was an +aperture between them some three feet wide. Beyond it was darkness, +though, as they gazed, the stones of the cellar wall took shape dimly. +Then Laurie seized Bob's arm. + +"Look!" he whispered excitedly. Behind, where the left-hand tier of +shelves had stood, was a blacker patch about three feet high by two feet +wide, which, as they stared in fascination, evolved itself into an +opening in the wall. + +"Know what I think?" asked Bob, in low tones. "I think we've found the +miser's hiding-place, Nod!" + +"Honest? Maybe it's just a--a drain or something. Got a match?" + +"There are some over by the furnace. Hold your horses!" Bob hurried out, +and was back in a moment and was standing at the opening between the +doors with a lighted match held toward the opening in the wall. As the +little light grew they saw that the stones of the wall had been removed +from a space of a foot above the floor and three feet high and some two +feet wide. Around the opening so made cement had been applied in the +form of a smooth casing. + +The match flickered and went out, and in the succeeding gloom the two +boys stared at each other with wide eyes. + +"Would you dare go in there?" asked Laurie. + +"Sure! Why not? It can't be anything but a sort of cave underground. +Wait till I get a candle." + +"A lantern would be better," suggested Laurie, viewing the hole +dubiously. + +"That's so, and there's one here somewhere. I noticed it the other day." +Bob's voice came from the cellar beyond, and Laurie heard him walking +around out there. Then, "I've got it!" Bob called. "There's oil in it, +too! Now we'll have a look!" + +Laurie heard the chimney of the lantern squeak as it was forced up and +then drop into place again. Then a wan light came toward the closet, and +Bob appeared, triumphant and excited. "Wait till I turn it up a bit. +There we are! Come on!" + +They passed through between the doors, Bob leading, and stooped before +the hole in the wall. Bob held the lantern inside, and Laurie peered +over his shoulder. "Gee, it's high," whispered the latter. + +"Yes, and it isn't a cave at all; it's a tunnel!" said Bob, in awed +tones. "What do you say?" + +"I'll go, if you will," replied Laurie, stoutly; and without much +enthusiasm Bob ducked his head and crawled through. Past the two-foot +wall was a passage, more than head-high and about a yard in width, stone +walled and arched, that led straight ahead farther than the light of the +lantern penetrated. The walls were dry, but the earthen floor was damp +to the touch. There was a musty odor, though the air in there seemed +fresh. + +"Where do you suppose it goes to?" asked Bob, in a hushed voice. + +"I can't imagine. But it runs straight back from the cellar, and so it +must pass under the garden. Let's--let's go on, Bob." + +"Sure! Only I thought we were going to find old Coventry's treasure!" + +"How do you know we aren't?" asked Laurie. + +"That's so! Maybe he buried it under the garden." Their footfalls +sounded clearly on the hard-packed earth floor as they went ahead. +Suddenly Bob, in the lead, uttered an exclamation, and Laurie jumped a +foot and then hurried forward to where the other was standing. Beside +him, its point buried in the floor of the tunnel, was the lost crowbar! + +"What do you know?" gasped Bob. "We're under the farther end of the +arbor. That bar came through between those stones up here." He touch the +crevice in the arched roof with a finger. "See the dirt it brought down +with it? Well, that explains that mystery!" + +"Yes, but--where does this thing go to, Bob?" + +"Let's find out. It can't go much farther, because the arbor was only +about forty feet from the back fence." + +But they went that forty feet and perhaps forty more before the wavering +light of the lantern showed them a stout wooden door across their path. +Formed of two-inch planking and strengthened with three broad cleats, it +was hinged to a frame of concrete. It wasn't a big door, but it looked +very formidable to the two boys who stood there and viewed it dubiously +in the yellow glare of the lantern; for a big square iron lock held it +firmly in place. + +"Guess we don't go any farther," said Bob, dryly. + +"Maybe the key's here somewhere," Laurie suggested; and, although Bob +scoffed at the suggestion, they searched thoroughly but without success. + +"We could bust it," Bob said; "only maybe we haven't any right to." + +"I don't see why not, Bob. We discovered it. Let's!" + +"We-ell, but one of us'll have to go for a hammer or something." + +"Sure; I'll go." + +"And leave me here in the dark? I guess not!" + +"We'll both go, then. Hold on! What's the matter with the crowbar?" + +"Of course! I never thought of that! I'll fetch it!" The light receded +down the tunnel until it was small and dim, and Laurie, left alone in +front of the mysterious portal, felt none too happy. Of course there was +nothing to be afraid of, but he was awfully glad when the light drew +nearer again and Bob returned. "You hold this," directed Bob, "and I'll +give it a couple of whacks." + +Laurie took the lantern, and Bob brought the bar down smartly on the +lock. Probably it was old and rusty, for it broke into pieces under the +blow, and in another instant they had thrust the heavy bolt back. Then +Bob took a long breath and pulled the door toward them. The hinges +squeaked loudly, startlingly, in the silence. Before them lay darkness, +and Laurie, leaning past the doorway, raised the lantern high. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV--A MERRY CHRISTMAS + + +"Guess Laurie got lost," grumbled Ned, kicking one foot against the step +and looking across the yard. + +George laughed. "Guess you could find him if you went as far as the +Widow's, Nid." + +"Well, he ought to be back. It's nearly time for the tree, isn't it?" +Characteristically, Ned saved himself the trouble of determining the +matter for himself, and it was George who looked at his watch. + +"There's 'most an hour yet. Let's go and have a look for him. He and Bob +are probably at Polly's." + +But they didn't get as far as Polly's just then, for when they reached +the corner they descried Laurie tearing along the side yard of the +Coventry place. At sight of them he moderated his speed slightly and +began to shout, waving both hands in a quite demented manner. + +"What's he saying?" asked George. "What's wrong?" + +"Wants us to hurry," grumbled Ned. "We are hurrying, you idiot!" he +continued, raising his voice. But he hurried faster, George at his +heels, and met Laurie at the front gate. + +"What's your trouble?" he demanded. "House on fire? Bob got the croup? +What is it? Can't you talk?" + +"Can't tell you," panted Laurie. "You've got to see--for yourself! Come +on!" + +He seized Ned by one arm, and pulled him away and around the house and +down the bulkhead steps, George loping after them. In the cellar stood +Bob, disreputable in his old clothes and adorned with dust and cobwebs, +a lighted lantern in one hand. + +"Has he told you?" he cried, as the others piled down the stairs. + +"Told me? He hasn't told anything," gasped Ned, shaking himself free at +last. "What is it?" + +Bob laughed loudly and gleefully. "Then come on!" he shouted. He dashed +into the preserve closet, Ned, George, and Laurie at his heels, passed +from sight for an instant, and was seen again crawling through a hole in +the wall. Ned and George showered questions as they pattered along the +tunnel, but all they received in reply was insane laughter and a +meaningless, breathless jumble of words. And then they were at the +farther portal, and Bob led the way through, and they followed. + +They found themselves in a small cellar-like compartment scarcely four +paces square. It was windowless, although, close to the raftered ceiling +in the rear wall, two oblongs of brick set in the stone showed where at +some time small windows had been. The floor was paved with flat stones. +In one corner, the only objects there, were a small iron chest, its lid +swung open and back, and a crowbar. The newcomers stared in amazement, +the truth slowly dawning on them. It was Laurie who spoke first. + +"Go and look!" he said excitedly. + +Ned and George obeyed. Within the chest lay four fat, heavy brownish +envelopes, bound and tied with pink tape. + +"Take one out and open it," said Bob over Ned's shoulder. + +Ned picked up one. Across one end was written in scrawly characters the +inscription "Gov't." + +"'Government,'" explained Laurie, softly. "It's full of United States +bonds. Nearly a dozen of them. Have a look." + +"Geewhillikins!" breathed Ned, in awe, as he drew the folded contents +into the light. "Old Coventry's, do you mean?" + +"Of course! Whose else? And there are three more lots. We haven't +figured them up yet, but there must be fifty thousand dollars' worth!" + +"Maybe they're no good," offered George. + +"How do you mean, no good?" asked Ned indignantly. "United States bonds +are always good!" + +"Well, the others--" + +"They're railroad bonds, all of them, three different lots," said Bob. +"I guess they're all right, too, don't you, Ned?" + +"Right as rain! Why, the old codger--What's that?" he asked suddenly, +looking ceiling-ward. Laurie laughed. + +"That's what we wondered," he answered. "We jumped when we heard it +first. Don't you know where you are?" + +Ned looked around him and shook his head. + +"Under the Widow Deane's house!" + +"Wha-at! But Polly said there wasn't any cellar!" + +"She doesn't know any better. Look above you. See where the stairway +went? The old chap must have torn it away and boarded the hole up; and +bricked up the windows, too. It must have cost him a pretty penny to do +all this!" + +"What--what are you going to do with it?" asked George, pointing to the +chest. + +"Why, hand it over to the lawyers, whoever they are, I suppose," +answered Bob. "But first of all we're going to take those bonds and dump +them into the Widow's lap. I always said I'd hand it all over to her, +when I found it. I never thought I would find it, but I have--or Laurie +has, because if he hadn't noticed that the shelves were loose we never +would--" + +"Besides," interrupted George, "she comes in for a share of the money. +Come on, fellows! Let's do it now! Gee, it will be some Christmas +present!" + +"Won't it? Let's each one take a package," said Laurie. "We'll leave +everything just as it is for the lawyer folks. Come on!" + +"Say, fellows, there's an awfully funny smell down here," observed +George. "Sort of--sort of sweet, like--like violets or something. Notice +it?" + +"Yes, I noticed it before I got in here, though," said Ned. "Wonder what +it is." + +"Oh, places like this get to smelling funny after they've been shut up +for a while," said Bob. "And I guess this place hasn't been opened for +two years, eh?" + +"Of course not; not since old Coventry died. Just the same, it's a +mighty funny odor." And George sniffed again perplexedly. Laurie, who +had withdrawn to the door, unconsciously placed a hand in one jacket +pocket, where, within a crushed cardboard box, some fragments of glass +were all that remained of Polly's present! In prying open the lid of the +chest he had brought the end of the crowbar against that pocket, and now +the purchase was only a memory, albeit a fragrant one. + +Some three minutes later four flushed-faced and very joyous youths burst +into the Widow Deane's shop. To the jangling of the little bell in the +back room Polly appeared, a very pretty, bright-eyed Polly this morning +in a new Christmas dress. + +"Merry Christmas!" she cried. "Merry Christmas, Nid! Merry Christmas, +Bob! Merry Christmas, George! Merry Christmas, Nod!" + +Perhaps Laurie should have felt hurt that his own greeting had come +last; but he wasn't, for a glance went with it that hadn't accompanied +the others. But, although the boys answered the greetings in chorus, it +was apparent to Polly that they were there for another purpose than to +wish her a Merry Christmas. + +"Where's your mother!" demanded Bob. + +"In there." Polly pointed to the back room, and without ceremony the +four filed past and into the little living-room. Mrs. Deane was seated +in a rocker, her spectacles pushed down on her nose, a paper across her +knees, and her eyes fixed in smiling inquiry on the doorway. + +Bob led the way. On the outspread paper he laid a brown envelop. "Wish +you a Merry Christmas, ma'am," he said. + +Laurie followed, deposited his envelop beside Bob's, repeated the +greeting, and drew aside to make way for Nod and George. The Widow +looked inquiringly from the stout envelops to the boys, smiling +tolerantly the while. Boys were always up to pranks, and she liked them, +boys and pranks both! + +"What are these?" she asked, finally, when the fourth envelop lay in her +lap. + +Polly, looking over her shoulder, gasped as she read the writing on one +of the packets, and her eyes, as round as round, looked across at +Laurie. + +"_Nod! They aren't--You haven't--_" + +"Yes, they are!" cried Laurie. "Look and see for yourself! Open them, +Mrs. Deane!" + + * * * * * + +Ten minutes later, when the first excitement had somewhat subsided, +Polly clapped her hands. + +"Why," she cried, "now we know what those sounds were we used to hear, +Mama! They were Uncle Peter down there in the cellar! They were his +footsteps! And only a little while ago I thought I heard sounds sort of +like them! And that must have been you boys!" + +"Of course," agreed Bob. "And we could hear you folks up here quite +plainly. There goes my last hope of catching a ghost!" + +"How many are there to share in the money, Mrs. Deane?" asked George. + +"Dear me, I'm not quite sure." She looked inquiringly over her +spectacles at Polly. "Weren't there seven, dear?" + +"Eight, Mama." + +"Well, even then it isn't so bad" said George. "One eighth of +sixty-two-thousand--" + +"Seven thousand seven hundred and fifty," announced Laurie, promptly. +"And the bonds may be worth more than we figured, ma'am!" + +"Well, I'm sure," answered Mrs. Deane, "seven thousand dollars is seven +times more money than I ever expected to see! I shan't know what to do +with it." She looked quite alarmed and helpless for a moment, but Polly +patted her shoulder reassuringly. + +"You must invest it, dearest, and then you won't have to keep this place +any longer, because when I go to work--" + +But, instead of vanishing, the Widow Deane's alarm increased. "Oh, I +couldn't give up the store, Polly!" she gasped. "Why--why, what would I +do with myself all day?" + +"Yes'm that's so!" declared Ned, heartily. "Gee, you couldn't do that! +Why, we wouldn't have any place to buy cream-puffs!" + +"I guess I would keep on with the store," Mrs. Deane concluded, when the +laughter had subsided. "I'm afraid I'd never be very happy if I didn't +have you boys around. Well, it's certainly very wonderful, isn't it, +Polly?" + +"It's--it's heavenly!" declared Polly. "This is just the most beautiful +Christmas there ever was or ever will be! And I don't see how we can +ever thank you all for finding--" + +"Gosh!" exclaimed Laurie. "The Doctor's tree, fellows! We'll have to +beat it! We'll leave the bonds here until to-morrow--eh?" + +"But I want to see the tunnel and--and everything!" cried Polly. + +"That's so! We'll come over after dinner. Come on, fellows! Neddie, come +away from those tarts!" + +"I was only looking," sighed Ned. + +Mrs. Deane and Polly went with them to the door. Down the street the +deep-toned bell in the Congregational church was ringing, and, farther +away, other bells were joining in a chorus of glad triumph. Mrs. Deane, +listening, held a very happy look in her face. On the sidewalk, Ned and +Laurie dropped behind their companions, paused, and faced the doorway. +There was a quick exchange of glances between them, and then, bowing, +Ned began and Laurie finished: + + "A Merry Christmas and well-filled bins," + "Is the hearty wish of the Turner Twins!" + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Turner Twins, by Ralph Henry Barbour + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TURNER TWINS *** + +***** This file should be named 37209-8.txt or 37209-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/2/0/37209/ + +Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/37209.zip b/old/37209.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..860df37 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/37209.zip |
